ZAMIL DetailingManual

DETAILING MANUAL
Table of Contents
No. Description Page
1. The Function of Drafting…………………………………………….. 01 to 02

2. Pre-Engineered Building Components & Nomenclature………….. 01 to 17
3. Pre-Engineered Building Concepts…………………………………. 01 to 02
4. Drafting Documents
4.1 Proposal Drawings…………………………………………….. 01 to 03
4.2 Approval Drawings…………………………………………….. 01
4.3 Erection Drawings
4.3.0 Guidelines for Preparation of Erection Drawings……… 01 to 03
4.3.1 Index…………………………………………………… 04 to 05
4.3.2 Anchor Bolts Setting Plan……………………………… 06 to 09
4.3.3 Building Cross Sections……………………………….. 09 to 11
4.3.4 Roof Framing Plan….…………………………………. 12 to 13
4.3.5 Roof Sheeting Plan.....…………………………………. 14 to 15
4.3.6 Sidewall Framing & Sheeting Elevations……………… 16 to 17
4.3.7 Endwall Framing & Sheeting Elevations………………. 18 to 19
4.3.8 Structural Accessories Details ………………………… 20 to 21
4.4 Shop Drawings………………………………………………… 01 to 23
4.5 Bill of Materials………………………………………………. 01 to 07
4.6 Checking of Drafting Documents…………………………….. 01 to 03
5. Drafting Procedures
5.1 Computer Details Reference
5.1.1 Item Master……………………………………………..
5.1.2 Package Master…..……………………………………..
5.2 Anchor Bolts…………………………………………………… 01 to 06
5.3 Main Framing Details…………………………………………. 01 to 40
5.4 Bracings……………………………………………………….. 01 to 47
5.5 Purlins, Girts, C-Sections & Eave Struts………...…………… 01 to 28
5.6 Endwalls & Roof Transitions………………………………….. 01 to 50
5.7 Sundry Parts . . . . . . .…………………………………………. 01 to 10
5.8 Roof and Wall Sheeting………………………………………. 01 to 73
5.9 Flashings & Trims…………………………………..…………. 01 to 11
5.10 Gutters and Downspouts……………………………………… 01 to 25
5.11 Roof & Wall Liners……………………...……………………. 01 to 46
5.12 Partitions……………………………………………………….
5.13 Insulation………………………………………………………. 01 to 12
5.14 Skewed Buildings………………………………………………
TOC Page 1 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
Table of Contents
No. Description Page
5.15 Framed Openings……………………………………………….

5.16 Expansion Joints………………………………………………..
5.17 Jack Beams……………………………………………………..
5.18 Mezzanines & Platforms………………………………………. 01 to 15
5.19 Ladders, Staircases & Handrails ………………………………. 01 to 65
5.20 Cranes and Crane Supports…………………………………… 01 to 30
5.21 Roof Extensions………………………………………………..
5.22 Canopies……………………………………………………….
5.23 Fascias…………………………………………………………. 01 to 10
5.24 Roof Monitors………………………………………………… 01 to 23
5.25 Ventilators…………………………………………………….. 01 to 08
5.26 Roof Curbs……………………………………………………. 01 to 03
5.27 Pipe Flashing………………………………………………….. 01 to 04
5.28 Doors………………………………………………………….. 01 to 46
5.29 Windows & Louvers…………………………………………… 01 to 13
5.30 Sign Board…………………………………………………… 01
5.31 Curved Eave…………………………………………………… 01 to 24
5.32 Curved Panels…………………………………………………. 01 to 13
5.33 Curved Roof Buildings…………………….…………………. 01 to 36
6. Special Detailing Requirements

6.1 Fire Protection………………………………………………….
6.2 Hot Dip Galvanizing……………………………………………
7. Shop Limitations - Products, Machinery and Shipping Limitations…....... 01 to 09
8. Material Inventory Limitations........................................................... 01 to 13
TOC Page 2 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
Chapter 1 : The Function of Drafting
Intended Audience
This manual deals with the technical information, detailing procedures, drafting documents and
fabrication limitations for all the components of Pre-Engineered Buildings.
This manual is intended to be use by all the Design Engineers and all the Drafting staff, as a
reference manual while designing and detailing a Pre-Engineered Building.
Rev. 0
1.0 Page 1
DETAILING MANUAL
Chapter 1 : The Function of Drafting
The function of drafting is to produce the detailed drafting packages. These packages are the
primary means to exhibit the design details, fabrication details, erection details and the list of all
the components of the building. These packages will show the details such that there should be
minimum possible wastages and no site problems and errors. Thus minimizing the time for
fabrication and erection.
The following are the objectives of the Detailing Manual.
1. To provide the people with comprehensive and updated information and policies governing
the detailing processes of our department.
2. To provide information in an organized and informative manner to allow easy access and
retrieval.
3. To eliminate redundant, obsolete and useless operating methods and procedures and take a
consistent approach to all detailing procedures.
4. To introduce plant equipments and its operating capabilities and limitations to the
engineering staff to allow product design and detailing to be within the plant’s ability to
produce in the most economical fashion.
5. To serve as a training tool to the new engineering personnel.
Rev. 0
1.0 Page 2 Rev. 0
DETAILING MANUAL
Chapter 2 : Pre-Engineered Building Components and Nomenclature
ACCESSORY: A supplementary building product, such as a door, window, skylight, ventilator,

etc.
ANCHOR BOLTS: Bolts used to anchor structural members to a concrete floor, foundation or
other support. Usually refers to the bolts at the bottom of all columns and door jambs.
ANCHOR BOLT PLAN: A plan view of the foundation showing all dimensions and sections
required to properly locate the anchor bolts, including projection above concrete, required recess,
etc. Column reactions (magnitude and direction), and base plate dimensions are included.
ANGLE: An hot rolled member with two legs making an angle of 90o in between.
APPROVAL DRAWING: A product drawing sent to the customer to verify design and
dimensions and to verify the sales contract description of materials and services the manufacturer
has agreed to furnish.
ASSEMBLY: Arrangement of different components to fit together.
ASTRAGAL: A closure between the two leaves of a double swing or a double slide door used to
closed the joint.
AUXILIARY LOADS: All specified dynamic live loads other than the basic design loads which
the building must safely withstand such as cranes, material handling systems and impact loads.
BACK-UP PLATES: The plates used in between the hillside washer and column web.
BASE PLATE: The end-plate of a column or beam which rests on the supporting surface.
BAY: The space between frame center lines or primary supporting members in the longitudinal
direction of the building. Also called stanchion spacing.
BEAD MASTIC: Sealant furnished in a continuous roll, normally for sealing roof panel laps. See
Endlap Mastic.
BEAM: Horizontal Structural Member.
BENT PLATE: A plate bend to form an angle.
2.0 Page 1 Rev. 33

DETAILING MANUAL
BILL OF MATERIAL: A list of components used for fabrication, shipping, receiving and
accounting purposes.
BIRD SCREEN: Wire mesh used to prevent birds from entering the building through accessories
like Ventilators, Louvers and Roof Monitors.
BLIND RIVET: A small headed pin with expandable shank for joining light gage metal.
Typically used to attach flashing, gutter, etc. also referred to as a Pop Rivet.
BRACE GRIP: Galvanized steel strands when formed helical hairpin that wraps itself tightly on
the strand with a little help.
BRACE RODS/CABLES: Rods or Cables placed diagonally in roof and walls for transferring
wind loads to foundations and stabilizing the building.
BRACED BAY: The bay where the bracing is provided.
BRACING STRAP: The steel band (strap) used to strengthen the purlins and girts.
BRACKET: A structural support projecting from a wall or column to which another structural
member is fastened. Example: Crane runway brackets.
BRIDGE CRANE: Over head traveling crane supported by beams and rails.
BUILDING CODES: Regulations established by recognized agencies describing design loads,

procedures and construction details for structures. Usually apply to designated geographical areas.
BUILDING CODES: Regulations established by recognized agencies describing design loads,

procedures and construction details for structures. Usually apply to designated geographical areas.
BUILDING WIDTH: It is the lateral width of the building.
BUILT-UP SECTION: A structural member, usually an “H” shape, made from individual flat
plates welded together.
BUTT PLATE: The end plate of a structural member which usually butts against a similar plate of
another member to form a connection. Used for moment resisting connections.
BY-PASS GIRT: The girt which passes continuously from the outside flanges of the columns.
“C” SECTION: A member formed from steel coils into the shape of a block “C”. (See Channel).
2.0 Page 2 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
CABLE CATCH ASSEMBLY: It is the operating handle used to open and close the Ridge
Ventilator.
CABLES: The galvanized steel strands used to brace the main frames.
CANOPY: An overhanging or projecting roof structure with the extreme end usually unsupported.
CAP PLATE: A plate located at the top of a column or end of a beam for capping the exposed end
of the member. Used for pinned conditions.
CAPILLARY ACTION: The property of water by which it passes through the small passages
above the water level.
CATWALK: A narrow walkway used to provide access to mechanical equipments.
CAULKING: Sealant used in making watertight joints.
CENTER LINE: It is the line passing through center of gravity of the section.
CHANNEL (HOT ROLLED): A member formed while in a semi-molten state at the steel mill to a
general “C” shape having standard dimensions and properties specified by AISC or the steel
producer.
CHECKERED PLATE: The hot rolled plate (strong in bending), used for flooring in catwalks,
staircases, etc.
CLEAR HEIGHT: The vertical dimension from the finished floor to the top of the cap plate of the
column.
CLADDING : The exterior metal roof and wall paneling of a steel building system.
CLEAR SPAN: Building without internal columns.
CLIP: A plate or angle used to fasten two or more members together.
CLOSER: Mechanical device, usually attached to a door, which prevents closing with excessive
force.
CLOSURE (FOAM CLOSURE): Profiled foam material used inside or outside profiled roof or
wall panels to form weather tight seal.
COIL: The roll of sheets or wires.
2.0 Page 3 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
COLD FORMED STEEL: The process of using press brakes or rolling mills to cold form sheet or
strip steel into desired shapes. A steel member that has been formed into its functional shape
without heat being applied to aid in the forming.
COLLATERAL LOAD: The static load other than basic design loads.
COLUMN: A primary structural member used in a vertical position on a building to transfer loads
from main roof beams, trusses or rafters to the foundation.
COMPONENT: An independent part of an assembly.
CONCRETE NOTCH: A notch or block-out formed along the outside edge of the foundation to
provide support for the wall panels and to help serve as a closure along their bottom edge.
CONTINUOUS BEAM: A beam which has more than two points of support.
CONTINUOUS RIDGE VENT: Two or more accessories mounted continuously on the building
ridge that allows air circulation.
CORNER COLUMN: A column at any corner of a building. Corner columns may be primary
frame columns or post and beam columns.
COUNTER FLASH: The trim used to connect the sidewall sheeting of the main building with the
roof sheeting of the small building.
CRANE: A machine designed to lift and/or move material by means of a hoist.
CRANE BACK-LEG: The free vertical member of the Crane Tower.
CRANE BEAM: Support for overhead traveling bridge crane.
CRANE BRACKET: Structural support welded to the primary building frame to permit
attachment of a crane runway beam (see bracket).
CRANE BRIDGE SPAN: It is the span of the beam over which the crane trolley moves.
CRANE CAPACITY: It is the capacity of the crane which it can lift safely.
CRANE LEG: The vertical member of the Crane Tower, on which the crane beam rests.
CRANE LOAD: The weight of crane trolley.
2.0 Page 4 Rev. 33

DETAILING MANUAL
CRANE RAILS: Rails welded or bolted to crane beams to form the track for bridge crane wheels.
CRANE STOPPER: A small vertical member welded to the top of the crane beam to stop the
crane bridge.
CROSS SECTION: An engineering term referring to a drawing or a plan section of any object cut
at right angles to its axes.
CURB: Raised flashing around roof openings to form waterproof openings.
CURVED EAVE: Curved panels provided at eave.
DAMPER: Baffle plate in a ventilator.
DEAD LOAD: Weight of the structure.
DOOR GUIDE: An angle or channel guide used to stabilize or keep plumb a sliding or rolling
door during its operation.
DOOR STOPPER: A clip bolted to door vertical stile, to stop it from sliding.
DOUBLE CHANNEL: Two channels placed web to web for additional strength. Normally used
in end post conditions.
DOUBLE FACE TAPE: The tape which is capable to stick from both the sides, used with
insulation.
DOUBLE SLIDE DOOR: The sliding door where leaves are opening towards both sides.
DOWNSPOUT: A hollow section used to carry water from the gutter of a building to the ground
or storm drain.
DOWNSPOUT ELBOW/SHOE: Cold formed sheet metal matching the downspout shape and
curved at bottom so as to direct water away from a wall when attached to the lower end of a
downspout.
DOWNSPOUT STRAPS: The metal straps used to fix the downspouts with the sidewalls.
EAVE: A line along the roof/sidewall intersection formed by the inside faces of the roof and wall
panels.
2.0 Page 5 Rev. 35

33
DETAILING MANUAL
EAVE FLASHING/TRIM: A sheet metal closure which functions primarily to provide weather
tightness in a structure and secondarily to enhance appearance.
EAVE GUTTER: The gutter at eave used to drain water.
EAVE HEIGHT: The vertical dimension from finished floor to the eave.
EAVE STRUT: Structural member at the eave which supports roof cover and connects to wall
panels.
EAVE STRUT CLIP: The clip used to support the eave strut.
EDGE DISTANCE: The distance between the plate edge and the center of the bolt.
ELEVATION:
a) Distance above or below a prescribed datum or reference.
b) Engineering term referring to any side view of a structure.
END FRAMING: See “Frame in Endwall” and “Post and Beam Endwall”.
END WALL RAFTER: Normally a cold formed “C” section supported by end posts on post and
beam endwalls. End rafters can also be a built-up plate or hot rolled section if required by design
loads.
END LAP: A term used to describe the lap condition occurring at a purlin location where the end
of one panel overlaps the panel below it.
END LAP MASTIC: Sealant in extruded bead form used to seal roof panel endlaps for weather
tightness.
ENDPLATE: A plate welded at the end of a member.
ENDWALL: A term used to describe the entire composition of a building end. (See Post & Beam
Endwall or Rigid Frame Endwall).
ERECTION: The on site assembling of pre-fabricated components to form the complete structure.
ERECTION DRAWINGS: Plans and erection instructions which identify all individual parts in
sufficient detail to permit the proper erection and installation of all parts of the metal building
system furnished by the seller.
2.0 Page 6 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
EXPANSION JOINT: A separation between adjoining parts which is provided to allow small
movements, such as those caused by temperature changes, to occur independently.
EXTERIOR MOUNTED: A girt system where the girts are mounted outside the columns and are
supported by the outside column flange.
EYE BOLT: The member whose one end is threaded (where the hillside washer will be fixed) and
the other end forms a circle through which the cable strand passes.
FABRICATION: The manufacturing process usually performed in a plant to convert raw material
into finished metal building components. The main operations are cold forming, cutting, punching,
welding, cleaning and painting.
FAR SIDEWALL: The sidewall of the building which is on the other side.
FASCIA: An accessory whose function is to enhance the appearance of a wall. Also used to cover
the eave or gable of a building.
FIELD: The “Job site”, “building site”, or general market area outside of the manufacturer.
FIELD WORK: A term used to indicate the need for field personnel to modify building
components before final assembly is possible.
FIN NECK BOLT: The bolts whose heads are flattened (reduced head size) and used at the
exposed surface of the framed openings.
FINISHED FLOOR: Top of the concrete slab or the finished concrete surface.
FIXED BASE: A column base that is designed to resist rotation as well has horizontal or vertical
movement.
FLANGE: The projecting edge of a structural member.
FLANGE BRACE: An angle member from the flange of columns or rafters to girts or purlins to
provide lateral support and stability. (Flange braces shall be on one side or both sides).
FLASHING: A sheet metal closure primarily to provide weather tightness in a structure and to
enhance appearance.
FLAT MILD WASHER: Washers used in between the nuts and Hillside washer for the bracings.
Also used between the nuts and Base Plate for Anchor Bolts.
2.0 Page 7 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
FLUSH MOUNTED: A girt system where the outside flanges of the girts and columns are flush.
The girts are normally supported by the use of a clip bolted or welded to the column web.
FOOTING: A pad or mat, usually of concrete, located under a column, wall, or other structural
member, that is used to distribute the loads from that member into the supporting soil without
exceeding the allowable soil bearing pressure.
FORCE: The action of one body on another body which changes or tends to change its state of rest
or motion. A force may be express in kN/cm2, N.m or other similar units and may act in any one of
the following ways:
a) Compression b) Shear
c) Tension d) Torsion
e) Flexure
FOUNDATION: The substructure which supports a building or other structure.
FRAMED OPENING: Framing (headers and jambs) and flashing which surround an opening in a
building. Usually for field installed accessories such as overhead doors.
FRAMING: The primary and secondary members (columns, rafters, girts, purlins, brace rods, etc.)
which go together to make up the skeleton of a structure to which the covering can be applied.
GABLE: The triangular portion of the endwall of a building directly under the sloping roof and
above the eave height line.
GABLE ANGLE: Angle fastened to purlins at rake for attachment of endwall sheets.
GABLE TRIM: A flashing designed to close the opening between the roof and endwall panels.
GAGE OR GAUGE: The distance between holes (see “Holes in Plates”).
GIRDER: A steel member (either hot rolled or built-up).
GIRT: Secondary horizontal member to which wall panels are attached usually cold formed “Z”.
GIRT CLIP: Angle clips used to connect the girts to the columns.
GLAZING: Providing glass panels instead of wall sheetings.
2.0 Page 8 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
GRATING: Flat steel bars when welded with some spacings in between to form a strong flooring
system.
GROUT: Non-shrinking sand cement mixture used under base plates to obtain uniform bearing
surface.
GUSSET PLATE: Usually a triangular steel stiffener plate used to help in distributing the load at
a connection.
GUTTER: A channel member installed at the eave of the roof for the purpose of carrying water
from the roof to the drains or downspouts.
“H” SECTION: A steel member with an H cross section.
HAIRPIN: Reinforcing steel used to transfer anchor bolt shear (due to column thrust) to concrete
floor mass.
HANDRAILS: Horizontal and vertical supports at staircase ends.
HANGAR DOORS: These doors provide huge access space required for Aircraft Hangar
Buildings and Ship repair service buildings.
HAUNCH: Intersection of column and rafter.
HEADER: Horizontal member over an opening in a wall.
HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS: Any bolt made from steel having a tensile strength in excess of 690
mega Pascal. Some examples are: ASTM A-325, A-354, A-449 and A-490.
HILLSIDE WASHER: A washer having non-parallel faces normally used on brace rods.
HINGED BASE: A column base that is designed to resist horizontal and vertical movements only.
HOLES IN PLATES: The following are the terms used:
PITCH: Distance between center lines of holes along longitudinal axis of plate.
GAGE: Distance between center lines of holes along transverse axis of plate.
EDGE DISTANCE: Distance from center of hole to edge of plate.
2.0 Page 9 Rev. 0

DETAILING MANUAL
HORIZONTAL KNEE SPLICE: The horizontal connection type between the column and the
rafter.
HOT ROLLED SHAPES: Steel sections (angles, channels, I-beams, etc.) which are formed while
in a semi-molten state at the steel mill to a shape having standard dimensions and properties
specified by AISC or the steel producer.
IMPACT LOAD: The load which strikes forcefully.
INSULATION: Any material used in building construction for the reduction of heat transfer.
INTERMEDIATE RAFTER SPLICE: The connection between the two pieces of a rafter
member.
JACK BEAM: A primary member used to support another beam or truss and eliminate a column
support.
JAMB: Vertical member at the side of a wall opening.
JOIST: Horizontal member for supporting floor or roof decking.
KNEE: See Haunch.
LEAN-TO: A structure dependent upon another structure for partial support and having only one
slope or pitch.
LINER PANEL: Interior wall sheeting.
LIVE LOAD: Any variable temporary load on the structure.
LOADS:
a) Dead Load e) Wind Load

b) Impact Load f) Crane Load
c) Roof Live Load g) Collateral Load
d) Seismic Load h) Auxiliary Load
LONGITUDINAL EXPANSION JOINT: A joint down the length of a building to allow small,
relative movements, such as those caused by temperature change, in the building width.
LOUVER: An opening provided with slanted blades, fixed or movable, to allow flow of air.
2.0 Page 10 Rev. 0

DETAILING MANUAL
MACHINE BOLTS: Mild steel bolts conforming to ASTM-A307.
MASTIC: See Caulking - Sealant.
MEZZANINE: A second floor above the ground floor on all or part of the building floor area.
MONORAIL BEAM: A single beam support for a material handling system. Normally a hot
rolled I-beam.
MONO-SLOPE: Single Slope Roof.
MULLION: A vertical bar or pier between panes or sections of windows and screens.
MULTI-SPAN BUILDINGS: Buildings consisting of more than one span across their width.
Multiple gable buildings and single gable buildings with interior posts are example.
NOTCH: A corner cut in the concrete edge at finished floor level, where the wall sheeting rests.
PANEL: The roof and wall sheeting.
PARAPET WALL: That portion of the vertical wall which extends above the roof line at the
intersection of the wall and roof.
PART MARK: A number given to each component of the building for erection identification.
PARTITION: A non-load bearing interior wall. It can sustain its own weight but does not support
the ceiling or roof and withstands a minimal 0.25 kN/M2 wind load.
PEAK PANEL: The panel which is used at the ridge.
PERSONNEL DOOR: An accessory which provides an entrance to the building interior.
PIECE MARK: Same as PART MARK
PIER: A concrete structure designed to transfer vertical load from the column base to a footing.
PIPE FLASHING: An accessory used to cover pipes (such as sewer or furnace ventilation pipes)
that penetrate into the roof panel.
PITCH: Slope of the roof.
PLAN: The vertical projection of a building horizontal cross section.
POP RIVET: Used for joining flashing and light gauge metal trims.
2.0 Page 11 Rev. 33

DETAILING MANUAL
PORTAL FRAME: Column and beam bracing used in lieu of standard rod or cable bracing, to
provide clear access.
POST AND BEAM ENDWALL: A system of endwall framing consisting of upright or vertical
members (posts) with pinned ends and supporting horizontal beams. These posts and beams are
normally cold-formed members.
PRE-ENGINEER: To design and detail components beforehand. Used also to mean the
fabrication and design of standard sections.
PRE-FABRICATE: To fabricate or build beforehand. To manufacture standard sections that can

be rapidly assembled.
PRIMARY FRAMING: The members carrying the main load of a structural system, generally the
columns and rafters or other main support members.
PRIMER PAINT: The initial coat of paint applied in the shop to the structural framing of a
building for protection against the elements during shipping and erection.
PURLIN: A horizontal secondary structural member bolted to the rafters which transfers the roof
loads from the roof covering to the primary frames.
PURLIN EXTENSION: A projecting secondary member used in connection with overhanging

roofs.
PURLIN LINE: The extreme outer, or exterior, edge of the purlins.
RAFTER: Primary member supported on columns.
RAKE: The intersection of the plane of the roof and the plane of the gable.
REACTIONS: The resisting forces at the column bases of a frame, holding the frame in
equilibrium under a given loading condition.
REVISION: A significant change in building design, building order, or product worthy of

notation.
RIDGE: Peak of a gabled building.
2.0 Page 12 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
RIDGE CONNECTION: A connection between two members which transfers the moment from
one side of the connection to the other side and maintains under application of load the same angle
between the connected members that exist prior to the loading. Also, a connection that maintains
continuity.
RIDGE FLASHING: Continuous metal flashing used to close roofing material along the ridge of
a roof.
RIDGE SIGN: The finish trim at the highest point of the gable.
RIDGE VENT: The ventilators used at the ridge line.
RIGID FRAME: A structural frame consisting of members joined together with rigid (or moment)
connections so as to render the frame stable with respect to imposed loads, without the need for
bracing in its plane.
RISERS: The vertical rise of the steps of the staircase.
ROOF COVERING: The exterior roof skin consisting of panels or sheets, and their attachments
and weather sealant.
ROOF CURB: The flat horizontal platform used at roofs to support the power ventilators.
ROOF EXTENSION: An extension of the roof beyond the endwall and/or sidewall of a building.
ROOF MONITOR: The ventilation system used at the ridge line.
ROOF SLOPE: The angle that a roof surface makes with the horizontal. Usually expressed in
units of vertical rise to 10 units of horizontal run.
SAG ROD: A tension member used to limit the deflection of a girt or purlin in the direction of
weak axis.
SEALANT: Any material which is used to close up cracks or joints to protect against leaks.
SECONDARY FRAMING: Members which carry loads to the primary framing. In metal
buildings this term includes base angles, purlins, girts, eave struts, flange braces, etc.
SEISMIC LOADS: The loads developed due to the earthquakes.
2.0 Page 13 Rev. 0

DETAILING MANUAL
SELF DRILLING SCREWS(SDS): Used for attaching panels and trims to girts and purlins. Pre-
drilling is not necessary.
SELF TAPPING SCREWS(STS): Same function as S.D.S. but needs pre-drilled holes.
SHEETING: The exterior cover for a building, generally light gage metal, which has been cold
formed into a configuration having appearance, weatherproofing and structural qualities. (See also
“Cladding”).
SHIMS: Small steel plates used for leveling base plates or packing between structural members.
SHOP DETAILS: Details prepared for and used by manufacturing in the fabrication of parts and
assemblies.
SIDELAP: A term used to describe the lap condition occurring at the side or lengthwise direction
of panels.
SIDEWALL: A term used to describe the entire composition of a building side.
SILL: The bottom horizontal member of a door or window opening.
SKYLIGHT: Translucent fiberglass panel used at roof to transmit natural light.
SLATS: The flat strips used in the Roll-up door shutter.
SLEEVE NUT: A long, slender nut normally used to join two brace rods of the same diameter
together. (Also known as coupling).
SLIDE DOOR: A single or double leaf door which opens horizontally by means of overhead
trolleys.
SLOT: A long hole used for the access for the movements.
SOFFIT: The underside covering of any exterior portion of a metal building.
SPANNER: A component used to connect the endwall post (column) to the endwall roof purlins.
SPECIFICATIONS: A statement of particulars of a given job, as to size of building, quality, and

performance of men and materials to be used, and the terms of the contract. The most common
specification found in the metal building industry is the “Recommended Guide Specifications For
Metal Building Systems” published by the Metal Building Manufacturers Association.”
2.0 Page 14 Rev. 035

DETAILING MANUAL
SPLICE: A connection in a structural member.
S.S.D.: Single Slide Door where leaf / leaves is / are opening towards one side.
STEEL LINE: The extreme outer limits of a buildings’ structural framing system to which the
sheeting is attached.
STEP IN EAVE HEIGHT: The condition where a lower building is attached to a higher building
at the endwalls, resulting in one building with different eave heights at each end.
STIFFENER: Plate welded to a member to prevent buckling.
STIFFENER LIP: A short extension of material at an angle to the flange of cold formed structural
members, which adds strength to the member.
STITCH SCREW: Screws that are used to fasten thin metal sheets such as panels to panels, trims
to trims and trims to panels.
STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS: Load carrying members. May be hot rolled sections, cold
formed shapes, or built-up shapes.
STRUTS: A brace fitted into a frame work to resist force in the direction of its length.
STRUT PURLIN: The purlins located at the wind column lines.
SUCTION: A partial vacuum resulting from wind loads on a building which cause a load in the
outward direction.
TAPERED MEMBER: A built-up plate member consisting of flanges welded to a variable depth
web which slopes from one end to the other.
TEMPCON PANELS: The panels which reduces the heat transmission. These panels are
manufactured by sandwiching the polyurethane foam in between the two metal sheets.
TENSION: Stress in a structural member created by forces tending to draw it apart longitudinally.
THRUST: A horizontal component of a reaction.
TOLERANCE: A fractional allowance for variations from the specified standard weight,
dimensions, etc., of mechanical construction.
2.0 Page 15 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
TRACK: A metal way for wheeled components; specifically one or more lines of ways, with
fastenings, ties, etc., for a craneway, monorail or slide door.
TRANSLUCENT: Allowing the passage of light, but not permitting a clear view of any object. A
translucent material is semi-transparent, or semi-clear.
TRANSVERSE EXPANSION JOINT: A joint across the width of a building to allow small
relative movements, such as those caused by thermal expansion and contraction of the materials
used in the structure.
TREAD: The horizontal length of the step of a staircase.
TRIM: The metal sheet flashings used to close the gaps.
TRUSS: Structural member made up of several individual parts welded or bolted together, the
completed unit acting as a beam.
TUBE COLUMN: A vertical structural support member made of a hollow square tube. Normally
used as an interior support column in multi-span buildings or mezzanine floors.
TURN-OF-NUT METHOD: A method of tightening high strength bolts in accordance with AISC
“Specifications for Structural Joints Using ASTM A-325 Bolts”.
UH CRANE: A multi-rail, underhung, material handling system, manually or electrically operated.
UHE CRANE: An electrically operated UH Crane.
UL RATING: Underwriter’s Laboratories certification rating.
UNIFORM LOAD: Loads that cover all or part of a beam and throughout the portion covered, the
amount of load per unit of length is the same.
UPLIFT: Wind load on a building which causes a load in the upward direction.
VALLEY GUTTER: A channel used to carry off water from the “V” of roofs of multi-gabled
buildings.
VAPOR BARRIER: Material used to retard the flow of vapor or moisture into walls and thus
prevent condensation within them.
2.0 Page 16 Rev. 033

DETAILING MANUAL
VENTILATION: The process of supplying outside fresh air to, or removing air from an enclosure.
VENTILATOR: An accessory usually used on the roof that allows air to pass through.
WALL COVERING: The exterior wall skin consisting of panels or sheets and their attachments,
trim and weather sealants.
WALL LIGHT: Translucent fiberglass panel used at wall to transmit natural light.
WEB: That portion of a structural member between the flanges.
WEEP HOLES: Openings in flashings, etc. to permit drainage and reduce pressures. (Usually
field drilled holes).
WHEEL BASE: The distance between the two wheels of a crane trolley.
WHEEL LOAD: The load which is transferred through the wheels of the crane trolley.
WICKET DOOR: The small door in the main Roll-up or slide doors.
WIND LOAD: A loading representing the pressure exerted on a structure by a given wind velocity.
A load caused by the wind blowing from any horizontal direction.
WORK POINT: An intersection of planes from which dimensions are located.
“Z” SECTION: A member formed from coiled steel stock in the shape of a block “Z”.
“Z” LINER: It is a liner panel with a profile of flat surface. Also called as Type-D or Type-Dx or
and Type-E or Type-Ex panels.
2.0 Page 17 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
Chapter 3.0 : The Concept of Pre-Engineered Buildings
PEB is a state of mind about building design, supply and erection. It is a comprehensive approach to
structural engineering which achieves economy and speed through the application of pre-determined
engineering criteria and standards which optimize available inventories (utilizing the efficiency of built-
up section fabrication) with additional considerations for site and erection conditions. It provides
customers a single source of responsibility for engineering design and detailing, supply, and erection.
The overall synergy of the PEB system applied to building construction invariably results in shorter
design, delivery, and execution cycles.
The very basic premise of a Pre-Engineered Building Company is that it is both the designer and the
fabricator of the building project. Therefore there is virtually no engineering service or process that can
be identified as distinct from the fabricated product. In fact, a primary engineering objective is to make
the fabrication process more efficient through design and detailing solutions which address economy of
material and man-hours. At the same time, it addresses quality by making the fabrication process
simpler and routine. The savings on man-hours not only results in lower labor cost but also leads to
increased manufacturing capacity.
It is important to eliminate any redundant components or procedures in the manufacturing process. This
requires that every plate, stiffener, hole and weld in a building component must be there deliberately to
serve a specific purpose that contributes to the overall utility of the member. To achieve the goal of
detailing for fabrication efficiency, Pre-Engineered Buildings companies adopt engineering standards
which address the materials to be used and the detailing method to be followed. The format of shop
drawings and the method of presenting information is made to conform with the particular
manufacturing conditions of a particular company’s plant. These systems objectives never compromise
on the safety and design integrity of the structure.
Engineers/detailers need to be aware of the relationship of design/detailing to the manufacturing and site
erection activities inherent in any project. The Zamil Steel PEB system reflects the design
considerations of internationally accepted codes, the inventory management objectives of the Company,
the machine and process capabilities of the plant, and the reality of actual site construction conditions. It
is important to appreciate that the value of any building systems approach lies in its overall effect on the
total construction transaction. The successful application of the PEB system generally safeguards the
integrity of Zamil Steel’s relationship with a customer by maintaining time tested standards that have
proved to be successful over time. Deviation from the approved PEB approach, jeopardizes that
relationship by introducing unknown and therefore unquantifiable risk into the safety, supply, and
erection of a building. Like all systems, there are many situations where specific weight and/or process
efficiency is sacrificed to preserve the integrity of more essential objectives. For example, the design
calculations for a specific job may justify the inclusion of non-standard inventory into the engineering
requirement. However, the reality of inventory availability in the Middle East typically precludes
purchasing on a job volume level because of pricing, availability and/or quality assurance issues. It is
therefore wiser and more responsible to maximize existing inventory rather than introducing the untested
variable of job specific purchasing.
3.0 Page 1 Rev. 0

DETAILING MANUAL
Chapter 3.0 : The Concept of Pre-Engineered Buildings
It is expected that professionals using this manual will carefully consider the following with respect to
the Zamil Steel Pre-engineering system.
1) The design of all components of a building is to conform to the system’s standard approach.
a) Use of standardized engineering software for frame analysis simplifies and reduces the
design cycle.
b) Standard steel inventories shall be used. In the event that special materials are required
for a specific job application, these must be identified to Production Control for timely
availability.
c) Use of built-up structural sections (particularly tapered sections) dramatically reduces

total supply weight of building.
d) The use of standard connections reduces cycle time in detailing, fabrication, and erection.
2) The detailing of all components is to be done through incorporation of standardized details.
a) Details are created to respect manufacturing capabilities and simplify detailing. Detailers
rarely encounter situations requiring modification or abandonment of these details.
b) Shop and erection details need to be clear and unambiguous; any reader should be able to
understand them. This will lessen confusion and ensure faster fabrication and erection.
c) The use of running (cumulative) base line dimensioning enhances shop efficiency.
3) Exceptions to the standard systems are to be made only with the advance concurrence of design/
detailing supervisor. Such departures from the routine are not to be construed as precedent for
future jobs. The enhancement and improvement work on the standard system is an on going
effort. Input for improving the standard should be passed to the Product Enhancement group.
Adherence to these standards will result in the efficiency gains in time which are required for a designer/
detailer to economically and safely approach virtually any steel structure job.
3.0 Page 2 Rev. 0

DETAILING MANUAL
Chapter 4 : Drafting Documents
Section 4.1 : Proposal Drawings
Drafting Documents:
The presentation of the designed details is done according to the requirements in

need. The following are types of the Drafting Documents, which are explained
later in this manual.
1. Proposal Drawings.
2. Approval Drawings.
3. Erection Drawings.
4. Shop Drawings.
5. Bill of Materials.
Rev. 0
4.1 Page 1
DETAILING MANUAL
Proposal Drawings:
Proposal drawings are prepared at the earliest stage (i.e. at quotation stage) showing the general
outlook of the building. The following are the drawings shown for the proposal.
1. Column layout plan: Shows the building type, building dimensions, bay spacings,
endwall type, endwall column spacings, grid numbering in both the direction and any
structural accessories as shown in the figure (example).
2. Elevation: Shows both the side wall and endwall elevation with or without the openings
for blockwalls, doors, windows or any permanent openings as shown in the figure
(example).
4.1 Page 2 Rev. 0

DETAILING MANUAL
3. Frame Cross Section: Shows the general cross section of the building showing the
main frame cross section with or without structural accessories, if any, as shown in the
figure (example).
Rev. 0
4.1 Page 3
DETAILING MANUAL
Section 4.2 : Approval Drawings
Approval Drawings:
Approval drawings are erection drawings sent to the customers or consultants for their approval.
The following are the drawing documents shown for the approval.
1. Anchor bolts layout plan.

2. Building cross section.
3. Roof framing plan
4. Roof sheeting layout
5. Sidewall framing & sheeting elevations.
6. Endwall framing & sheeting elevations.
7. Structural accessories details.
All the above drawing documents are explained in the Chapter 4 i.e. Erection drawings. The
only difference in between the approval drawings and the Erection Drawings is the part marking.
All the Approval Drawing Documents are shown without part marks on the components.
Following are the pages showing the approval drawings as an example.
In some cases the customer return the approval drawings with the stamp “Approved as Noted”
and they ask for record drawings. Although it is not our standard to give any record drawings,
Engineering sometimes provide such drawings on case to case condition.
In this case drafting to provide the customer with re-submittal drawing for approval after
incorporating all the corrections required.
4.2 Page 1 Rev.33

DETAILING MANUAL
Section 4.3 : Erection Drawing
4.3.0. Guidelines for the preparation of Erection Drawings

Erection drawings are the documents that tell the erector how to build the steel building in the
site. An independent set of erection drawings is required for each building of the job.
Therefore Erection drawings are made for the customer or erector. They are not made for
internal purposes. The information and presentation must be made for the understanding and
knowledge of a normal steel builder who does not know our internal system. No pre-
assumptions on the erection experience in our system should be made.
The following are the guidelines to be followed in the preparation of Erection Drawings:
1. The standard size of all erection drawings is ISO A1 (841 × 594)
841
50 150
594
575
9.5
11
630
Note : Non-standard title block can be used as per request by customer.
2. The drawings must be numbered as follows Index sheets N01, N02, ....etc., Anchor bolts
plan F01, F02, F03, .....etc., Other drawings E01, E02, .......etc.
3. Neatness and clear detailing is important.
4. Avoid crowded details including Part Marks in the drawings.
4.3 Page 1 Rev.33

DETAILING MANUAL
5. Details need not be drawn to scale. Scaled details are not good in cases of column
layouts or general arrangement details because the elements at the steel members become
very small.
150
200
7500
7500
6000 6000
Not to scale To scale

But clear arrangement. But member details are difficult to see.
However, the sizes must be reasonably consistent with dimensions ( show the large span
on the drawing larger than the small span).
6. Cross references for details and sections must be clear. A detail or section should be
presented near where these are extracted. If a detail in another sheet is referenced, give
the detail name and sheet number where the detail can be found.
7. Always use standard notes and details from the Edrive. If the applicable note does not
exist in the Edrive then coordinate with your supervisor for the correct text of the note
should be put.
8. Avoid repetition of details and information in drawings.
9. When any of the steel members has critical orientation requirements and when it is
possible to install those members incorrectly, note the erection mark on the member. This
erection mark is a small round steel disk welded usually on the top right side of the
member and must be indicated the erection drawings by the symbol ⊗. Do not use an
erection mark when it is not possible to install the member incorrectly.
4.3 Page 2 Rev.11

DETAILING MANUAL
10. Check the design calculations for any special note to be put on the drawings. These
special notes must not be missed.
11. Always remember that there are a lot of details that can be easily done on the Drawing
but difficult or impossible to erect, therefore when working on detail, think as if yourself
is erecting the building.
12. A building with many areas or a new building to be connected to an existing structure
must have a “key plan”. Always put a key plan if the drawing addresses a part of the
building plan or elevation. The part addressed in the drawing should be darkened in the
key plan as shown in the example below. The key plan must show the main building
gridline numbers.
It is preferable always to show the key plan at the notes portion of the erection drawing
i.e. above the drawing title.
13. If the building is shipped in phases then indicate the phases of the buildings in the plans
and elevations for easy reference in the field.
1 10 20 30
PHASE 01 PHASE 02 PHASE 03
4.3 Page 3 Rev.11

DETAILING MANUAL
4.3.1. Index sheet

Definition: The Index sheet is a cover sheet for all erection drawings either for approval
or construction. It is used as a list to identify all the attached drawing in the package and
also as an advertising instrument.
Contents: The following information that must be put on the index sheet:
1. General Notes in the left side of index sheet.

2. Zamil Steel advertising picture in the middle of the index sheet.
3. Index showing the Erection Drawing numbers, Title of all drawings, Issued
dates & latest Revision number.
4. Title block – showing Zamil Steel logo, Department name, Job number,
Building number, Project name, Customer name, Job site location , Drawing
title and Drawing number .
Added Details:
The following general notes shall be added to the index sheet:
Condition Details added

Always NTE-102, NTE-105, NTE-106, NTE-107, NTE-
114, NTE-129, NTE-132, NTE-133, NTE-135.
Only for approval drawing NTE-308
Message to the user that he must read the drawing NTE-311
transmittal
4.3 Page 4 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
Example for index sheet:
4.3 Page 5 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
4.3.2. Anchor Bolt Plan

1. Definition: The anchor bolt plan is the first erection drawing to be issued. It tells the
builder how to set the Anchor Bolts in the site to receive the building. It is usually sent
to the customer within 10 days from receipt of approved drawings (or within 10 days of
job entry for direct fabrication jobs). Anchor bolt plan is also essential for the final
design of foundations.
2. Contents: The following information must be put on the anchor bolt plan:
1. Total length and total width of the building, (steel line to steel line dimension).
2. Locations and dimension of all columns.
3. Grid lines and their dimensions. Zamil Steel standard are to show the gridline # (1)
starting from the left endwall in the ascending order and start axis ‘A’ from the
bottom i.e. near side wall in the ascending order. Grid numbering on customer
drawing or proposal drawing should be followed if it is clearly requested in the CIF.
4. Details of base plates.
5. Sizes, quantities and part marks of all anchor bolts ( preferably in table with
references in the drawing ).
6. All column reactions.
7. Notes specific to the building condition.
8. A key plan if the drawing is on more than one sheet or if it addresses part of the
building only.
9. Braced wall locations.
10. Internal downspout locations (refer to Chapter 5.10 paragraph 3.3 page 6).
11. Accessory location for slide door to show the door guide and ramp location, roll-up
door to show ramp location .
12. Concrete notch locations for fully sheeted buildings. Depth of the notch shall be
40mm and the width shall be as per the wall panel type. Refer to the following table
for the dimension of the notches.
Wall Panel type Width of Concrete Notch (mm)

Single skin 40
TCTP-60 75
TCSP-75 90
TCSP-85 100
TCSP-100 120
3. Added Details:
1. The following details shall be added on the drawing from the Engineering Edrive:

NTE-109, NTE-115, NTE-116, NTE-118,
Always
NTE-119, NTE-120, NTE-312
Buildings with valley gutters NTE-205 (if applicable)
Already existing concrete NTE-301.
4.3 Page 6 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
2. The Following details shall be added on the drawing from the Engineering Edrive
according to the condition.
a) Main Framing Columns Base Details:

(Numbers in brackets are for anchor bolts details with 25mm grout)
Column / Wall Conditions

Anchor
MF Column bi-pass MF Column Flush Car
Bolt Interior Column
Girt Girt Canopy
Fully Block wall Fully Block wall I-Section I-Section
Qty Dia I-Section Sq. Tube I-Section
Sheeted / Open Sheeted / Open R.S. L.S.
ABE-035 ABE-006 ABE-044 ABE-015 ABE-180
20
(ABE-301) (ABE-313) (ABE-325) (ABE-337) (ABE-349)
ABE-036 ABE-007 ABE-045 ABE-016
24
(ABE-302) (ABE-314) (ABE-326) (ABE-338)
2
ABE-037 ABE-008 ABE-046 ABE-017
30
(ABE-303) (ABE-315) (ABE-327) (ABE-339)
ABE-135 ABE-130 ABE-138 ABE-133
36
(ABE-304) (ABE-316) (ABE-328) (ABE-340)
ABE-038 ABE-009 ABE-047 ABE-018 ABE-052 ABE-104 ABE-109 ABE-050
20
24
4
30
36
ABE-041 ABE-012 ABE-117 ABE-126 ABE-033 ABE-102 ABE-107
20
24
6
30
36
20 ABE-074 ABE-080 ABE-068 ABE-089 ABE-095 ABE-028
8
16
4.3 Page 7 Rev.28

DETAILING MANUAL
b) Endwall Columns Base Details (With Flush Endwall girts):

Anchor Bolt
2 (16) 4 (16) 2 (20) 4 (20)
Qty (dia)
Column Shape 200 [ 200 ][ 300 [ 300 ][ I-Section I-Section I-Section I-Section

Fully
Sheeted
(ABE-358) (ABE-359) (ABE-360) (ABE-361)
Corner
Post Block ABE-001 ABE-003 ABE-159 ABE-161 ABE-002 ABE-174 ABE-175 ABE-176
wall /
Open (ABE-362) (ABE-363) (ABE-364) (ABE-365)

Fully
Sheeted
(ABE-366) (ABE-367) (ABE-368) (ABE-369)
Interior
Post Block ABE-163 ABE-004 ABE-165 ABE-167 ABE-005 ABE-177 ABE-178 ABE-179
wall /
Open (ABE-370) (ABE-371) (ABE-372) (ABE-373)
c) Endwall Columns Base Details (With By-Pass Endwall girts):

Anchor Bolt
2 (16) 4 (16) 2 (20) 4 (20)
Qty (dia)
Column Shape I-Section I-Section I-Section I-Section
ABE-181 ABE-182 ABE-183 ABE-184

Fully
Sheeted
(ABE-374) (ABE-375) (ABE-376) (ABE-377)
Corner
Post
ABE-189 ABE-190 ABE-191 ABE-192
Block wall
/ Open
(ABE-382) (ABE-383) (ABE-384) (ABE-385)
ABE-185 ABE-186 ABE-187 ABE-188

Fully
Sheeted
(ABE-378) (ABE-379) (ABE-380) (ABE-381)
Interior
Post
ABE-193 ABE-194 ABE-195 ABE-196
Block wall
/ Open
(ABE-386) (ABE-387) (ABE-388) (ABE-389)
4.3 Page 8 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
3. Example for Anchor bolt plan:
4.3 Page 9 Rev.33

DETAILING MANUAL
4.3.3 Building Cross Section

Definition: The building cross section tells the builder, how to set the main frame of the
building.
Contents:
1. The elevation of the frame showing all dimensions, (including out to out of steel, eave height,
clear height and intermediate column spacing), slope, location of purlins and girts, location of
flange brace connections, and frame interface with other structures such as cranes, platforms,
mezzanine, canopies, fascias, parapets, partitions and catwalks.
2. Part marks of columns and rafters. If the part marks for the Columns and Rafters are typical
for all the frames, these shall be specified on the Cross Section and need NOT be repeated on
the Roof Framing Plan and Sidewall Framing Elevations. Or if the part mark are different
from frame to frame then you MUST show the part marks of the frame members on the roof
Framing Plan and Sidewall Framing Elevations.
3. Member sizes are to be specified, if specifically mentioned in PIS.
4. Cross section schedule showing Size, length and number of bolts for main frame connections
and flange brace part marks.
5. Flange brace detail.
Added Details:
The following details shall be added on the drawing from the Engineering Edrive:

Always NTE-104, NTE-122, NTE-123, NTE-124, NTE-
125, NTE-126, NTE-127, NTE-128
Purlin lap & flange brace details:

Flange Brace Lap Without Liner With Liner
Double/Single Condition Purlin/girt Purlin/girt Purlin/girt Purlin/girt
flange conn.* web conn.** flange conn.* web conn.**
Short FCE-025 FCE-031 FCE-037 FCE-043
Double Continuous FCE-026 FCE-032 FCE-038 FCE-044
Long FCE-027 FCE-033 FCE-039 FCE-045
Single Continuous FCE-029 FCE-035 FCE-041 FCE-047
* Purlins/girts flanges connected to column/rafter web directly.
** Purlins/girts webs connected to the plate welded to the column/rafter flange.
4.3 Page 10 Rev.34

DETAILING MANUAL
Example for building cross-section:
4.3 Page 11 Rev.34

DETAILING MANUAL
4.3.4. Roof Framing Plan:

Definition: Roof framing plan shows all the structural components of the roof including
the frames, purlin, framed openings and bracing to allow the erector to place them in
correct place.
Contents:
1. Out to out of steel dimensions, Bay spacings, E.W. Post Spacings, R.F. Columns and
E.W.Post Shapes, Grid Marks. These informations must tally with the Anchor Bolt
setting Plan.
2. Rigid Frame (R.F.) Rafter Part Marks. If part marks of the rafters are typical for all
frame lines, and are shown in the building cross section, these need not be repeated
here. If the part marks vary from frame line to frame line then the part marks must
be shown in this drawing.
3. Purlin sizes, lap and part mark.
4. Type, size, part mark and locations of bracing.
5. Roof accessories such as insulation and framed openings
Added Details:
The following details shall be added in the drawing from Engineering Edrive.

NTE-101, NTE-102, NTE-103,
Always
NTE-104*, NTE-108.
When drawings for quotes or preliminary jobs are NTE-302
submitted to aid documents
When Strut Purlin with Strut Clip is required FCE-002*
When Strut Clip for Purlin is required FCE-003*
When Eave Strut with Shear Plate is required FCE-004*
In case of short Lap for purlins. FCE-005
In case of continuous Lap for purlins. FCE-006
In case of long Lap for purlins. FCE-007
When Nested Purlin is required FCE-024*
In case of cable bracing. BRE-002
In case of rod bracing. BRE-001
* If applicable.
4.3 Page 12 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
Example for Roof framing plan:
4.3 Page 13 Rev. 33

DETAILING MANUAL
4.3.5. Roof Sheeting plan
Definition: Roof sheeting plan helps the erector to put all roof panels and roof
accessories in
their right place.
Contents:
1. Number of panel runs, length of panels and part marks.
2. Purlin number where the panel end lap will occur.
3. Ridge cap / Ridge panel location and details, for buildings with Single Skin, MaxSeam and
Tempcon roof sheeting / panels.
4. Roof Accessories such as skylights, ridge vents, roof curbs and power vents.
5. Insulation details if there is insulation.
Added Details:
The following details shall be added in the drawing from Edrive:

Always NTE-110, NTE-113, NTE-137, NTE-138
When there are openings NTE-112
When valley gutter is used with multi gable
NTE-205 & NTE-307
building
SHE-023 / SHE-058 / SHE-065 / SHE-066 /
Sheeting details
SHE-068 / SHE-112 / SHE-140
When we use the peak panel SHE-027
How to install the roof panel lapping in the
SHE-001 / SHE-056
wind direction.
In case of ridge cap for tempcon panel. TCE-006
In case of skylight. TSE-001
In case of endwall roof extension(w/p&b). RCE-001
Ridge vents RVE-001
Roof curbs CUE-009
4.3 Page 14 Rev.34

DETAILING MANUAL
Example for Roof sheeting plan :
4.3 Page 15 Rev.33

DETAILING MANUAL
4.3.6 . Sidewall Framing & Sheeting Elevations

Definition: Sidewall framing and sheeting elevation shows all the structural components of the
sidewall including the R.F.Columns, girts, framed openings and bracings, wall panels to allow
the erector to place them in correct place.
Contents:
a) Sidewall framing elevation:
1. Out to out of steel dimensions, Bay spacings ,Grid marks, Eave height and Girt spacings.
2. Rigid Frame (R.F.) Column Part marks
3. Size and part mark of Girts, Eave struts and Bracings.
4. Wall Accessories such as insulation, framed openings for double slide doors, Roll-up-doors,
special doors and windows, A.C.Units etc.
b) Sidewall sheeting elevation:
1. Number of Panel runs, lengths and part marks.
2. Eave Trim, Eave Gutter and Downspout plus the related accessories.
3. Wall light locations, length and part mark (if required).
4. Framed Opening Trims (if required).
5. Drip Trim (for Buildings sheeted above Blockwall).
Added details:
The following details shall be added in the drawing from the Engineering Edrive.

Always NTE-108, NTE-111, NTE-112, NTE-113,
NTE-136
When pre-cast panels are used in the building NTE-303
For Buildings with sheeted above Block wall NTE-210
For Buildings with Eave gutter & Downspout GUE-001
4.3 Page 16 Rev.33

DETAILING MANUAL
Example for Sidewall framing & sheeting elevations:
4.3 Page 17 Rev.33

DETAILING MANUAL
4.3.7 . Endwall Framing & Sheeting Elevations

Definition: Endwall framing and sheeting elevation shows all the structural components of the
endwall including E.W.Columns, E.W.Rafters, girts and framed openings, wall panels to allow
the erector to place them in correct place.
Contents:
a) Endwall framing elevation:
1. Building width, Eave height, E.W.Column spacings, Grid marks, Girt spacings and slope.
2. Size and part mark of Girts, E.W.Posts & E.W.Rafters.
3. Base angle (for fully sheeted Buildings).
4. Wall Accessories such as insulation, framed openings for double slide doors, Roll-up-doors,
special doors and windows, A.C.Units etc.
5. Gable angles.
b) Endwall sheeting elevation:
1. Number of Panel runs, lengths and part marks.
2. Gable trim, Corner trim & Ridge sign.
3. Wall light locations, length and part mark (if required).
4. Framed Opening Trims (if required).
5. Drip Trim (for Buildings sheeted above Blockwall).
Added details:
The following details shall be added in the drawing from the Engineering Edrive.

Always NTE-111, NTE-112, NTE-113, NTE-136
For Buildings with sheeted above Block wall NTE-203, NTE-204
4.3 Page 18 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
Example for Endwall framing & sheeting elevations:
4.3 Page 19 Rev.33

DETAILING MANUAL
4.3.8 . Structural Accessories Details

Definition: Structural accessories details such as Mezzanine layout, Crane beam layout,
Partition framing & sheeting layout, false ceiling layout etc., shows all structural components
with connection details, to guide the erector to place them in correct place.
Contents:
Refer to chapter-5 for individuals.
Added details:
Refer to chapter-5 for individuals.
4.3 Page 20 Rev.33

DETAILING MANUAL
Example for Mezzanine plan layout:
4.3 Page 21 Rev.33

DETAILING MANUAL
Section 4.4 : Shop Drawings
1. General.
1.1. Engineering Department produces shop details for the following components in
buildings:
a) All Built-up members
b) All Hot rolled member
c) Cold formed members which have non-standard cutting, punching, welding details.
d) Special clip
e) Curved panels
f) Special trims
g) Special bracing
h) Ladders
1.2. Other members such as standard purlins, girts, sheeting, bracing, trims, clips and buyout
items do not require shop details. Shop fabrication for them is initiated from the bill of
material produced by Engineering.
1.3. It is in the interest of Zamil Steel to avoid unnecessary special conditions (such as
special hole patterns or special cuttings) in members. Engineers and detailers should
strive to use such standards wherever possible. Abiding by this will reduce the number of
shop details that detailer has to make and can increase plant production which is
optimized to manufacture our standard items.
1.4. It happens occasionally that a PIS or returned approval drawings contain end user
instructions for special requirements that would require non-standard detailing methods.
Examples are double side welding, removal of paint, special erection marks, elimination
of splices, non-standard welds, etc. In such cases, the engineer/detailer must bring this
issue to his supervisor who will advise the sales office to convince their customer to
accept our standard details.
1.5. The following are general guidelines for the preparation of shop drawings:The standard
size of shop drawing is 279 x 432 (11” x 17”). (Note: Actual paper size shall be subject
to availability at each factory). The parts of the drawing are explained below:
FY=34.50KN/CM 2 DOUBLE SIDE WELDING
ÊE25678017024200101ÆŠ
ÊE25678017024200101ÆŠ
4.4 Page 1 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
Following are the main information shown/ given in the standard Shop Drawings with
the corresponding brief definition;
1. Title – shop drawing title that refers to components name.

2. Sketch Number – the sheet number in chronological order.
3. Part Mark – a unique number of every item / building component.
4. Quantity – the required quantity of the considered item / assembly.
5. Weight – the total weight per unit of the considered item / assembly.
6. General notes – data that refer to unit of dimension / weight, weld standard and hole
/ slot sizes.
7. Material Yield Strength – located at the upper left corner of the drawing, the Yield
Strength of the raw material to be used.
8. Double side welding notation – located at the upper right corner of the drawing,
specifies the requirement of double side welding.
9. Material Table – standard material descriptions that include: Quantity, Piece Mark,
and Material size, OP code, Unit Weight, and Total Weight of each part of the item /
assembly. OP code means Operation Code which specifies if the piece mark have
Bend (B), Holes (H), a combination of both (A), or None of these (N).
10. Processing code / details – cutting, punching, NPD description of each sub-part of
the assembly / item.
11. Web Holes / Slots – total quantity of web’s holes / slots of the main frames to be
used in planning / machine allocation.
12. Revision Table – shows revision number, date, description, name of the detailer and
name of the checker.
13. Bar Code – unique code for assembly / item used for production monitoring.
14. Main Drawing / Sketch – figures / drawings of the item / assembly that covers the
major area of the shop drawing sheet.
Guidelines on how the above information will be detailed are further discussed /
explained below and in the following / appropriate pages of this chapter.
a) The numbering system of shop drawings should be a three digit number (between 001
to 999). The numbers should not be repeated between different phases of the same
building. Where more than one engineer/detailer is working on different phases of the
same job, they need to coordinate through the supervisor to avoid repeating the shop
drawing numbers. The sheets shall be sorted in the following order:
i) All main frame components ordered in ascending flange width.

ii) All other built-up components ordered in ascending flange width.
iii) All other welded members, which do not pass the Conrac Autowelder
(including hot rolled and cold formed clips).
iv) Hot rolled members with no welded components.
v) Cold-formed members with no welded components.
vi) Clips with no welds.
vii) Angles.
viii) Trims and other sheeting elements.
ix) Other special items.
4.4 Page 2 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
b) Only one part with unique part mark shall be drawn in one shop drawing. Our Product
Order System will not read the shop drawing if it contains more than one part with
different part marks.
c) If all the details for a part will not fit in one sheet, additional sheet can be used for the
details of the same assembly. Please make sure that all the materials shall be billed in
the first sheet and in the additional sheet the quantity and weight fields should not be
filled. A note shall be given in both the sheets to refer the other sheet.(refer to the
following sketches). Similarly if an assembly needs double side welding, this also
shall be mentioned in the shop sketch at top right corner as shown in the following
sketch.
4.4 Page 3 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
d) Where there is a possibility for a piece to be incorrectly installed in the field because
its ends have the same connection, add an erection mark thus “⊕” on the immediate
free area on the right top side of the member. The location of the erection marks must
be shown also in the erection drawing.
e) Do not use redundant or obsolete fabrication details. Always take a consistent
approach to shop drawings. Avoid repeated information in the same sketch because it
leads to confusion.
f) Take into account shop fabrication and transportation limitations (shown in Chapter-
7). Our details should conform to the plant’s ability to produce in the most
economical fashion.
g) Remember that the plant does not have checkers to analyze drawings. You must make
sure that the person who will fabricate the piece has all information clearly shown on
the sketch and he does not need to make any calculations.
i) Use only the standard material descriptions in the material table area. Refer to the
following table for the standard descriptions. Detailer should strictly stick to it, since
the system is programmed to expect these descriptions only.
Serial ‘K' For
No. Weight Dimension Usage Hot
Designation Kg./ rolled
Lmtr Web Flg. Flg.
Depth
Thick Width Thick
1 TUBE40X40X2Xl 2.62 40.0 2.0 Hand rail
Interior columns, Mezzanine
2 TUBE150X150X4.5Xl 20.10 150.0 4.5
columns & Strut tubes
3 TUBE150X150X4.8Xl 21.42 150.0 4.8
4 TUBE200X200X6Xl 35.80 200.0 6.0
5 PIPE42.7X2.3Xl 2.29 42.7 2.3 Space frame diagonal pipes
6 PIPE48.6X2.8Xl 3.16 48.6 2.8 Hand rail & space frame
7 PIPE89.1X2.8Xl 5.96 89.1 2.8 Space frame diagonal pipes
8 RSC203X76Xl 23.82 203.2 7.1 76.2 11.2 Crane beam cap channel 25
9 RSC250X90Xl 34.60 250.0 9.0 90.0 13.0 Crane beam cap channel
Stair case stringer & crane beam
10 RSC254X76Xl 28.29 254.0 8.1 76.2 10.9 25
cap channel
11 RSC380X100Xl 54.50 380.0 10.5 100.0 16.0 Crane beam cap channel
12 RSC381X102Xl 55.10 381.0 10.4 101.6 16.3 Crane beam cap channel 34
13 PFC200X75Xl 23.40 200.0 6.0 75.0 12.5 Crane beam cap channel
Crane beam cap channel / Stair
14 PFC260X75Xl 27.60 260.0 7.0 75.0 12.0
Case Stringer
15 PFC380X100Xl 54.00 380.0 9.5 100.0 17.5 Crane beam cap channel
16 UPN200X75Xl 25.30 200 8.5 75 11.5 Crane beam cap channel 25
17 UPN240X85Xl 33.20 240 9.5 85 13.0 Crane beam cap channel 28
Columns, Rafter, Mezz.beams &
18 UB203X133Xl 25.00 203.2 5.8 133.4 7.8 15
joists and Crane beams
19 UB305X102Xl 28.00 308.9 6.1 101.9 8.9 17
20 UB356X171Xl 45.00 352.0 6.9 171.0 9.7 20
21 UB406X140Xl 39.00 397.3 6.3 141.8 8.6 19
(Contd....)
4.4 Page 4 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
Weight Dimension
Serial ‘K' For
Designation Kg./ Web Flg. Flg. Usage
No. Depth Hot rolled
Lmtr Thick Width Thick
Columns, Rafter, Mezz.beams
22 UB610X229Xl 101.00 602.2 10.6 227.6 14.8 28
& joists and Crane beams
23 UC203X203Xl 46.00 203.2 7.3 203.2 11.0 21
EW Columns & Rafters,
24 H200X100Xl 21.3 200.0 5.5 100.0 8.0 Canopies & Roof Extn.
Rafters.
25 H200X100Xl 18.20 198.0 4.5 99.0 7.0 18
26 H200X150Xl 30.60 194.0 6.0 150.0 9.0 22
27 H200X200Xl 49.90 200.0 8.0 200.0 12.0 25
28 IPEa200X100Xl 18.40 197.0 4.5 100.0 7.0 19
29 IPE 200X100Xl 22.4 200.0 5.6 100.0 8.5 21
30 L50X50X3Xl 2.33 50.0 3.0 Flange brace & bracing angles 10
33 L63X63X5Xl 4.81 63 5.0 Flange brace & bracing angles
34 L75X75X6Xl 6.85 75.0 6.0 Bracing angles 15
35 L80X80X8Xl 9.63 80.0 8.0 Bracing angles
36 L100X100X8Xl 12.20 100.0 8.0 Bracing angles 20
37 L100X100X10Xl 15.00 100.0 10.0 Bracing angles
38 200C20Xl 6.123 Cold formed 'C' Sections
39 200Z20Xl 5.417 Cold formed 'Z' Sections
38 ROD12Xl 0.89 Bracing system and Sag rods
39 ROD16Xl 1.58 Bracing system and Sag rods
40 ROD24Xl 3.55 Bracing system
41 ROD25Xl 3.85 Bracing system
42 CABLE12Xl 0.77 Bracing system
43 TROLLEY RAILXl 3.30 63.5 2.5 48.0 2.5 Top hanging slide doors
44 BOTTOM TRACKXl 4.12 50.0 3.5 35.0 3.5 Bottom support sliding doors
45 TOP TRACKXl 2.67 42.5 2.5 47.5 2.5 Bottom support sliding doors
46 DOOR GUIDEXl 4.16 100.0 2.5 27.0 2.5 Roll up doors
47 PLwXtXl Plates
Triangular Plates (A,B
48 PTwXtXl
stiffeners at mainframe splices)
49 SHwXtXl Trims
Panels (p - Panel type I.e. 'A'
50 SHpXtXl
or 'R' etc.)
Coils (For materials thickness
51 CLwXtXl
< to 3mm)
52 PLCKwXtXl Chequered plates
53 PLGTwXtXl Gratings
4.4 Page 5 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
w = Width, t = Thickness, l = Length, ‘K’ = distance from top of flange to clear the
radius for hot-rolled members,
i) Standard Naming Procedure (Nomenclature) shall be followed to identify each

component (except for trims/sheeting) in the part sketch. Refer to the following table
for the standard Nomenclature for all type of components in a part sketch.
Item no. Components Mark Remarks
1 Main Flanges / Crane beam bracket Flanges F e.g. F1, F2, F1-1, F1-2, etc.
2 Main Web / Crane beam bracket Web W e.g. W1, W2, W1-1, W1-2, etc.
3 Connection / End / Base / Splice Plates C e.g. C1, C2, C3, etc.
Insert Plates on Flanges (sometimes referred to as
4
Flange Plates) N e.g. N1, N2, N3, etc.
Gusset plates / Stiffeners which needs welding or
connection to (2 parts/areas of the frame):
a) web & flange, or
5
b) web & end plate, or S e.g. S1, S2, S3, etc.
c) flange & end plate, or
d) gusset/attachment plate & end plate
Gusset plates / Stiffeners which needs welding or
6 connection to (3 parts/areas of the frame): D e.g. D1, D2, D3, etc.
a) web & both flanges
Gusset / Attachment plates which are welded or Any General plates/components
connected to: within an assembly or single items
7 a) only to web, or G shall also be marked as G,
b) only to flange e.g. G1, G2, G3, etc.
8 Hot Rolled I-Sections or C-Sections H e.g. H1, H2, H3, etc.
9 Cold Formed Sections M e.g. M1, M2, M3, etc.
10 Hot Rolled Angle Sections L e.g. L1, L2, L3, etc.
11 Tubes T e.g. T1, T2, T3, etc.
12 Pipes P e.g. P1, P2, P3, etc.
13 Rods R e.g. R1, R2, R3, etc.
Standard Parts welded to any part of the frame
such: As
a) 15-0201 (Gusset Plate) per
14
b) 15-0211 (Gusset Plate) Part
c) 15-0303 (Back-up Plate) Mark
Note: The use of letters “I” and “O” are not encouraged as this may be interpreted as the numbers “1”
and “0” respectively.
4.4 Page 6 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
Refer to the following sketches for the examples.
4.4 Page 7 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
2. Built-up Members.
2.1 The purpose of the shop drawing for a built-up member is the following.
a) To identify all components of the built-up member.
b) To provide detailed information on all items for their manufacturing.
c) To show how all the components are assembled to produce the final piece.
d) To calculate gross weights for shipping purposes.
• On the following sample shop detail drawing note the implementation of the above
mentioned points in the most efficient manner for shop fabrication.
2.2 There is a baseline marked BL0 indicated at the top left corner of the assembled built up
member. The connection plate on the left is added at a final stage so the base line
reference for all other fitting dimensions starts from the web/flange condition. (In built
up fabrication, the “I” shape is developed first; connection plates are added later at the
fitting station).
2.3 The location of all components has been given as a dimension from the base line to the
edge of the component nearest to the base line at its actual connection to the main piece.
2.4 Only one base line is provided on the piece. (No more than one base line should be
provided in order to avoid confusion.) If individual components require independent
reference lines to facilitate fabrication of sub components, this should be clearly
identified in a separate detail.
2.5 Holes on the flanges and end plates are given a code consisting of a letter and a number.
The number indicates the distance of the hole from the edge of the plate itself and not
necessarily from the base line. The letter indicates a standard gauge and size for holes as
shown in the following table.
Standard Punch Pattern for Anchor Bolts

Anchor Max. Matl. Punch
Hole Gage
Bolt Size Thickness Code
100 G
M16 22 20
86 W
100 H
M20 26 25
120 M
100 J
M24 30 25
120 P
100 K
M30 36 30
120 R
M36 42 40 120 V
4.4 Page 8 Rev. 27

DETAILING MANUAL
Standard Punch Pattern for Bolts

Max. Matl. Punch
Bolt Size Hole Gage
Thickness Code
80 A
M12 14 12
100 B
70 C
M16 18 15 80 D
100 E
70 F
M20 22 20 80 L
100 G
100 H
M24 26 25
120 M
M27 29 25 120 N
M30 32 30 120 T
2.6 Avoid giving unnecessary elevations or views. Put all information on a main web
elevation detail. Provide additional sub details only when absolutely necessary. Note
that in the sample built up rafter detail, the detailer has given special details for the web
cut, the stiffener and the bracket. Only irregular shape attachments have been detailed
separately with the minimum information required. Rectangular attachments and
standard parts have not been detailed; they have been listed in the material list on the
bottom left corner of the shop drawings.
2.7 The top edge of the web cutting diagram should be kept horizontal always. Refer to the
sketch shown in paragraph 2.18 of this manual for examples. Many more illustrations
are available in Chapter 5.3. (Main Framing Details ) of the Detailing Manual.
2.8 The presence of a Insert/Splice plate on flanges does not require another base line to be
provided for the rest of the flange. Because the full length flange is provided for
autoweld assembly. Later at the fitting station, a cut out is made at the location and the
final plate is attached. The splice plate itself is given a base line fitting dimension from
BL0 to locate it on the flange of the member.
2.9 The stiffeners have been given a base line dimension from BL0. Only the flange brace
clips on the bottom flange have been exempted from this rule; the location has been
given as “typical” for only one of them relative to center line the top flange purlin holes.
2.10 All web holes have been given a base line dimension to the center of the each hole.
Each hole also has been given a dimension locating it perpendicularly from the inner face
of the top flange.
2.11 All perpendicular fittings are indicated with a mark thus .
2.12 No point-to-point dimensions are to be given in these details. No “working point”
dimensions are to be shown; only actual physically verifiable points from the base line
are to be given.
4.4 Page 9 Rev.

Rev. 2627
DETAILING MANUAL
2.13 All standard items have been referenced by their standard part number and weight. No
description or size is required.
2.14 Other than base line dimensions, only the overall length of the piece is provided; this
dimension is always shown as the out-to-out at flange depth. (If other plates or
attachments extend beyond the final end plate or section, they are to be included in the
overall length dimension).
2.15 All attempts should be made to ensure that the size and gauge of all holes on the flanges
are uniform for each flange. Avoid detailing different gauge and hole size on flanges and
webs because this reduces the throughput of the punching process in the plant by
requiring different set up.
2.16 When ends of members need to be cut shorter or shallower than the overall piece, avoid
square notch cuts (Detail-A). If flanges at these tapered cuts are not required by design
then do not add them. (Detail-B)
2.17 Flange/Web plates combining together to form a Single piece shall be marked with
suffixes –1, –2 etc.
E.g. F1-1, F1-2, W1-1, W1-2.
Where, F1-1 & F1-2 are components of F1 and W1-1 & W1-2 are components of W1.
2.18 Web cutting descriptions, also named as ‘bse’ code, should be entered for each web
having web cutting diagram, in the table for “Cutting / Punching Code / NPD
Description”, as explained below :
T_x_L_x_bW_±C_sW_±C_eW_±C
Where, underscore denotes one blank space,
T = Thickness of plate
L = Length ( measured along the top edge )
bW = Width at plate base line
sW = Width at splice joint if any
eW = Width at plate end
+C = Cut at bottom edge
-C = Cut at top edge
Following are the examples shown to further explain the web cutting coding procedure:
4.4 Page 10 Rev. 33

DETAILING MANUAL
Web cutting description for W1-1 is as follows ( assume plate thickness as 5mm ) :
5 x 700 x b400 -89 s550 00
Web cutting description for W1-2 is as follows :
5 x 7300 x s550 00 s300 00
Web cutting description for W1-3 is as follows :
5 x 1800 x s300 00 e400 +68.
The top edge of the web-cutting diagram is always horizontal, except for one case, which is
the ridge rafters. Even though the diagram shows the straight portion at the bottom, the bse
code shall be written by assuming the horizontal portion on the top. ( ie by considering the
mirror image of the diagram).
Refer to following example.
4.4 Page 11 Rev. 26

DETAILING MANUAL
For writing the bse code the diagrams shall be assumed mirrored as follows:-
And the code will be,

W1-1 : 4 X 2996 X b400 -20 s549 00
W1-2 : 4 X 2996 X s549 00 e400 –20
That means that the basic assumption for writing any bse code is that the top edge
of the web will be always horizontal.
2.19 Operation Code (OP. CODE) should be entered in the OP CODE column of the shop
drawings as listed below. This is applicable to all component items in a part sketch.
Materials Condition OP Code Remarks

Holes (any shapes including round
Holes or Slots only H or slotted) that are done on the
shop floor.
All Materials
Bending and crimping operation
Bends only (including can either use press brakes, manual
(Plates, Hot rolled B
Hems) benders, folding machines or
members, Cold
crimping machines.
formed members,
Holes/slots and Holes or slots and bends are
trims / sheeting). A
Bending present in the material.
No Holes/slots or There are no holes, slots or bends
N
Bending made on material/s.
2.20 Punching code shall be entered in the table for “Cutting / Punching Code / NPD
Description”, for all the rectangular plates having holes for processing the plate in
Peddinghaus machine for drilling the holes. These codes shall be used to translate the
hole information to the machine as CNC data.
• Refer to the paragraph-7 for the procedure for writing Punching code for
various conditions.
2.21 Examples for shop drawings of built-up members are shown below.
4.4 Page 12 Rev. 26

DETAILING MANUAL
4.4 Page 13 Rev. 26

DETAILING MANUAL
4.4 Page 14 Rev. 26

DETAILING MANUAL
3. Hot Rolled Members.
3.1 The detailing of hot rolled members follows the same requirements as for the built up
members except for the following:
a) Do not use the punch pattern code for hot rolled pieces; the actual diametrical gauge
must be shown. However, do use the punch pattern codes on plates or built up sub
assemblies as required.
b) Give web base line dimensions from the exterior flange plate of the piece.
c) Give the particular dimensions from the outer face of the member.
d) Intermediate splice plates in the member should be web notched and detailed flush
with the outer flange of the member.
e) Minimize holes on the web and the flange; provide clips with holes welded to the
member. This is done because the welding of such items at the fitting station is more
efficient than manually laying out and drilling each section.
3.2 The following example illustrates the detailing of a hot rolled member.
4.4 Page 15 Rev. 26

DETAILING MANUAL
4.4 Page 16 Rev. 26

DETAILING MANUAL
4. Cold Formed Sections.
4.1 No shop drawings are provided for cold formed sections except when these cold formed
sections have special punching, special cutting or welded components. When a shop
drawing is necessary for a cold formed member, the following should be incorporated in
the drawing:
a) All applicable guidelines for built up and hot rolled members mentioned earlier.
b) Provide NPD code (No Picture Drawing Code) in the table for “Cutting / Punching
Code / NPD Description”, for all standard punching requirements. Do not repeat
the information (dimensions, gauge and hole size) for all punching covered by the
NPD code.
c) Give all locations of special punching, welded component and special cutting from a
base line dimension.
4.2 The shop drawing on the next page shows an example of a special cold formed section
detail.
5. Special Clips.
5.1. While it should always be attempted to use standard clips which require no shop details,
special building shapes may required developing special clips.
5.2. The following should be considered in detailing these clips:
a) Always use rectangular plates and avoid skewed cuts of plates.
b) Show the hole locations as running dimensions from the top left edge of the plate.
c) Show the location of bend line using running dimension at intersection with sides.
d) Do not show any angles other than bending angle.
e) Always provide punching code for clips with rectangular plate & having holes.
4.4 Page 17 Rev. 33

DETAILING MANUAL
Example for Special Clip part sketch:
4.4 Page 18 Rev. 33

DETAILING MANUAL
6. Other Items.
6.1. See the relevant sections in Chapter 5 for detailed requirements and examples for other
members which requires special detailing.
Example for Cold formed member part sketch:
4.4 Page 19 Rev. 33

DETAILING MANUAL
7. Punching code for plates for processing in Peddinghaus (CNC) machine.
7.1. Introduction.
The peddinghaus machine is used for punching and shearing of plates. The machine has
three independent dies, each punching one hole at one stroke. Like in the other punching
machines, each piece is fed to the Peddinghaus machine after welding together its
component plates (if it consists of more than one plate). The input for the machine
requires the diameter and x, y co-ordinates of all the holes in a given piece with respect
to a datum (the top left corner point of the plate).
7.2. Peddinghaus Machine Limitations.
a) Max Thickness of the Plate to be processed = 20mm.

b) Max Width of the Plate = 500mm (Constant Width only).
c) Max no. of different hole sizes in a piece = 3 (Since it can hold only 3 dies at a
time).
7.3. Punching Code Concepts.
The punching code will make use of the existing gauge code system as much as
possible. Refer to the table in paragraph 2.5 for the gauge codes. For most of the
common pieces like flanges, base plates and connection plates, the punching code will
be a combination of the separate gauge codes shown on the drawings.
7.4. Coding Procedures.
Punching code for each set of holes will have 2 parts. Punch Detail & Punch
Locations. Punch Detail should start with the “#” sign & Punch locations will be
within brackets ( ) after the punch detail. The Punch Detail will be applicable to all the
Punch Locations specified in the brackets.
4.4 Page 20 Rev. 26

DETAILING MANUAL
Different coding methods.
7.4.1. With standard gauge code:
# Gauge ( X1,X2,X3,… )
punch detail punch location
a) Punch detail.
# Gauge
Where, Gauge is the standard gauge code
E.g.
2 holes, having dia & center to center

#A (……..)
distance as per standard gauge A
b) Punch location.
In the punch detail, the Y co-ordinates for all the holes are already defined since
the holes having standard gauges are always centered along the width of the
plate. So the punch locations will show the X co-ordinates of the holes from the
datum only.
E.g. ( X1,X2,X3,… )
Where the X1,X2,X3 are the X co-ordinates.

E.g. (100,150,250).
In this case, the final code will be, #A(100,150,250)
7.4.2. With X and Y co-ordinates:
If the holes are not falling under any standard punch pattern, user can define the
Punch detail by specifying the Diameter of the hole & the locations with “X”
and “Y” co-ordinates.
#[dia] (X1:Y1)(X2:Y2) (for few no of holes)

#[dia] (X1,X2,….. : Y1,Y2,……) (for an array of holes)
punch detail punch location
4.4 Page 21 Rev. 26

DETAILING MANUAL
a) Punch detail.
In this method the punch detail will be only the diameter of the hole.
#[dia]
E.g. #14(…....) #22(…….)
b) Punch locations.
i) Single hole : Location of Single holes can be specified with X & Y co-
ordinates, but X & Y co-ordinates for each hole shall be in separate
brackets.
(X1:Y1)(X2:Y2).
ii) Array of holes : Location of array of holes will show both “X” and “Y” co-
ordinates of each hole.
(X1,X2,….. : Y1,Y2,……)
Where,
X1 & X2 – the punch distance in the X-direction from the datum.
(along the length of the plate) , separated by commas “,”.
Y1 & Y2 – the punch distance in the Y-direction from the datum.
(along the width of the plate) , separated by commas “,”.
• X & Y co-ordinates shall be separated by “:”. Each hole locations will be

obtained by grouping each X co-ordinate with each Y co-ordinate.
E.g. the punch location (50,100:100,150,200) in a code will result in 6
holes at
(50,100) , (50,150) , (50,200) , (100,100) , (100,150) & (100,200).
Eg. #14(100:75)(150:125)#18(200,250:200,300).
7.5. If more than one flange/Web plates welded together to form a single piece, this
assembly shall be considered as a single plate and the punching code shall be
written in the first component’s column.
7.6. For the following cases, Punch code shall not be given.
a) Plates with width more than 500mm.

b) Plates having slots on it.
c) Plates welded together to form a non-rectangular shape.
7.7. Refer to the following table for typical examples of punching codes for various
conditions.
4.4 Page 22 Rev. 26

DETAILING MANUAL
Figure Punching Codes
#A(750,1000,1250,1500,1800) #F(2000,2300)
#14(100,150,200,250,340,450: 50,130)
#14(100,150,200,250,340,450:50,130,210)
#22(100,150,200,250:125,200)#18(450,525,600:100,150)(450,525:225)
#18(65:50)(110:85)
4.4 Page 23 Rev. 26

DETAILING MANUAL
Section 4.5 : Bill of Materials
The Bill of Materials, also known as the BOM, is a document that contains a comprehensive list
of all the components and accessories in a building including tools, etc. that are to be shipped with the
building. The BOM is the most important document of the engineering department’s output
(Engineering output includes design calculations, erection drawings, shop details and the BOM). Unlike
other Engineering output documents which address a single need, the BOM addresses various needs and
purposes. In this respect the BOM is used to:
1. Establish Packing Lists:
A packing list is a document that is prepared by the shipping group of the Operations department
to identify all items that are loaded on a single trailer/container or a convoy of trailers/containers.
The shipping group uses the BOM as the reference document when they prepare the packing list
for a building or a job.
2. Fabricate “NPD” Components:
Some components do not require shop details to fabricate. The instructions for fabricating these
components are conveyed to the plant by inserting an Alphanumeric code in their description
field. This code is called a No Picture Drawing Code (NPD). Such components include:
a. Purlins and Girts

b. Cold rolled sections such as eave struts, C section, sheeting angles
c. Sheeting Panels
d. Standard Trims and Flashings
e. Standard Clips
f. Bracing cables, rods, sag rods and flange braces
g. Bolts and fasteners
h. Caulking, sealing materials and erection tools
i. Building accessories such as personnel doors, windows and louvers.
j. Insulation and special buyout items.
3. Determine job cost:
The Finance department uses the BOM in conjunction with unit costs to determine the total cost
of a job.
4. Check material at job site:
During the receipt of materials at the job site, the erector uses the BOM to cross check the
shipping packing list against the material count in the BOM to ensure that all materials specified
on the BOM have been shipped by Zamil Steel. This is especially important when a building is
shipped in several phases.
4.5 Page 1 Rev.0

DETAILING MANUAL
5. Check erection drawings and shop details:
Engineers and Checkers use the BOM to ensure that all items included in it have been detailed
and properly identified on the erection drawings.
To address the above needs the BOM may be produced in the following four formats:
1. The Customer BOM has its items sorted by the location of the item in the building. Each item
is given an “Area” and “Sub area” designation. The items in each sub area are listed together.
2. The Production BOM has its items sorted by component category. Components are categorized
according to the type of raw material manufacturing process. Categories are explained later on
in this section. The item description in the Production BOM represents fabrication instructions
for “NPD” items or a reference to the shop drawing sheet number for items which have shop
drawings.
3. The Shipping BOM is sorted by the part mark in order to facilitate follow up in the shipping
group. Part marks are explained later on in this section.
4. The Drafting BOM is used for internal checking of Engineering work. It is sorted according to
the way the items were calculated/taken off from erection drawings. In this method each item is
given a sheaf category. Items of the same sheaf are listed together.
See examples at the end of this section for each BOM format.
Building Phases:
Fabrication, shipment or erection constraints most of the time require that a building is divided into two
or more phases and each phase must have a separate BOM. A building is divided into phases to satisfy
the following conditions:
1. To allow anchor bolts be shipped ahead of the building.

2. When building weight is estimated to exceed 250 metric tons.
3. When shipping and delivery dates require that a building be divided into smaller portions to
address contractual obligations or for other reasons.
4. When the plant is out of work requiring engineering to break the building into phases some of
which can quickly be detailed and released to fabrication to keep the plant going.
5. When a building includes special buyouts that are supplied by a vendor at a schedule that may be
different from the main building schedule.
6. When materials are added to a building after the BOM has been released for fabrication.
Phase numbers comprise of two digits (00 to 99) and are categorized in ranges according to the
following table:
4.5 Page 2 Rev.0

DETAILING MANUAL
No. Phase Types Phase Numbers
1. Anchor Bolts supplied from head office stock. 00
Normal building phases as indicated in CIF or subsequent additional phases
2. 01 to 24
based on customer change orders.
3. Tempcon panels 25 to 29
4. Space frame components 30 to 34
5. Open web joist components 35 to 39
Additional material to already released phases resulting from incomplete
6. 40 to 44
processing or errors inside Zamil Steel.
Powder coated Materials. (Other than space frame components & Tempcon
7. 45 to 49
panel top skin)
8. Insulation delivered directly to site by vendor. 50 to 54
9. Insulation delivered to Zamil Steel plant to be reshipped to site. 55 to 59
Special buyouts delivered directly to site by vendor. This includes Anchor
10. 60 to 64
Bolts delivered from Area Office stock.
Special Buyouts including grating delivered to Zamil steel plant to be
11. 65 to 69
reshipped to site.
12. Hot dip galvanized components (for PEB, Space Frame, Joists & Parts) 70 to 74
13. UMR Materials 75 to 99
BOM Data
The following is a description of the information which should be listed in the BOM:
1. Job information: Job number, customer name, location, building size and remarks.
2. Prologue: If there are any notes or special requirements such as special paints etc for the
particular job, that information shall be entered in the prologue.
If a job need special paint system for members, the color code for the member shall be given as
“AA” ( any letters) and that “AA” shall be described in the prologue as in the example below:
“AA” DENOTES : SURFACE TREATMENT WITH SHOT BLAST 2.5 AND 75 MICRONS
JOTUN CROMOPRIMER YELLOW COLOR.
3. Phase: This is the phase number in which the item belongs. The phase number will be shown on
the heading when BOM is listed by phase.
4. Area/Sub area: This refers to the location of the item in the building.
5. Sheaf: This is a classification number that the engineer can use for his grouping and sorting
needs. Using sheaf can help in copying and editing in the computer program.
6. Serial / Line Number: This provides an easy reference for each BOM record to facilitate
communications when clarifications are required.
4.5 Page 3 Rev.33

DETAILING MANUAL
7. Park Mark: The part mark is a very important data item. It identifies the piece in the BOM.
The part mark is physically marked on the piece and is marked in the shop drawings and erection
drawings. The part mark consists of three data entries and has the following format:
XX-XXXX-XX
Category Part No. Color
Only the category and the part numbers are indicated on the erection drawings and physically
marked on the piece.
The category is a number that identifies the type of component. This information is useful for
Finance cost analysis and for the categorization of component in production.
The following table shows the category types and the relevant description:
Category Code Category Description

01 Standard Fasteners & Misc. Hardware (buyout items)
03 Trims, Gutters and RidgeVent End Cap Assembly
05 Misc. Clips
06 Angles, bent plates w/cold form coils
07 Flange Braces (Standard sections)
13 Special parts (welded pipes)
14 Space frame diagonal pipe
15 Misc. Plates & Flat Bar Bracings
17 Rod, Cable bracings & Sag rods
20 Anchor Bolts
22 Built-up Rigid Frame Columns
23 Built-up Rigid Frame Rafter
24 All Staircase components except handrails, grating & decking panels
28 Hand rails
30 Ladders/Other Assembly parts (open web joist, trusses)
All Hot rolled members and any BU members with hot-rolled sections in the
38
assembly
39 Small built-up members less than 3000 mm
40 Harley hot rolled chords or other tubular parts for space frame
41 Any built-up members 3000 mm and more
42 Space frame supports and cruciform
46 Single skin panels and rolled downspouts
47 Low Rib Tempcon, Hi-Rib Tempcon, Modified Tempcon
49 Slide door parts except sheeting / cold form members / headers
50 Personnel doors, Ridge ventilator parts & Aluminum Windows (Buyout items)
Cold formed - 1) Z-Section 2) Joist 3) Eave Strut 4) Channel without part
60
sketches.
All Cold formed sections with welded parts or special operation (e.g. special
62
slot, notching or non-standard holes) and with part sketch.
65 120C cold formed channels without part sketches
99 Special Buyout Items including Gratings
The part number is a 4 digit serial code (comprises of numbers or characters) that identifies
different components of the same category. The same part number may be used again for a
component of different category. The following must be considered when a part number is
assigned:
4.5 Page 4 Rev.33

DETAILING MANUAL
a. Do not use a part number that starts with 0 (Zero). The zero is reserved for standard (Pre
detailed) parts in the Item Master (refer to “Item Master” later on in this section).
b. Portions of the part number are used in the computer BOM system as an index information
for sheeting types thereby making input of the sheeting easier. (Refer to the relevant section
of Chapter 5 for Billing out information).
c. Do not use the same part number for identical components in the same category if these
components have different colors. Use a different part number for identical components of
different colors.
d. Use the same part number for a component repeated in different phases of a building if the
same component is used in different phases of the same building.
e. Try to serially number the parts according to their location in the erection drawings.
The color code is a two-digit number or character, which indicates the material finish. The
following is the list of available colors for each category:
Category Description Available Color Code
03 Trims and Gutters 02 – Pre Galvanized 11 - Arabian Beige
03 - Zinc Alume 12 - Terra Cota
04 - Shasta Blue AA - Special color
05 - Frost White 00 - Plain Aluminum
07 - Cactus Green
05,07,15 Clips, Flange braces and Connection 00 – Plain 18 – Aluminum Oxide
Plates 01 - Red Oxide AA – Special color
17 – Gray Oxide
06 Angles, Bend Plates 00 – Plain 17 – Gray Oxide
01 - Red Oxide 18 – Aluminum Oxide
02 – Pre Galvanized AA – Special color
03 – Zinc Alume
17 Bracing and Sag Rods 00 – Plain 17 – Gray Oxide
01 - Red Oxide 18 – Aluminum Oxide
02 – Pre Galvanized 19 – Electro galvanized
AA – Special color
22,23,24, Frames, Staircase, Handrails, 00 – Plain 18 – Aluminum Oxide
28,30,38, Ladders, Hot Rolled Members, Built- 01 - Red Oxide AA – Special color
39,41 up Members 17 – Gray Oxide
49,60,62 Slide Door parts, Purlins, Girts, Eave 00 – Plain 17 – Gray Oxide
Struts, Cold Formed E.W. Rafters 01 - Red Oxide 18 – Aluminum Oxide
and Framed Opening Members 02 – Pre Galvanized AA – Special color
46 Single skin panels and rolled 02 – Pre Galvanized 11 - Arabian Beige
downspouts 03 - Zinc Alume 12 - Terra Cota
04 - Shasta Blue AA - Special color
05 - Frost White 00 - Plain Aluminum
07 - Cactus Green
47 Tempcon panels 03 - Zinc Alume 11 - Arabian Beige
04 - Shasta Blue 12 - Terra Cota
05 - Frost White AA - Special color
07 - Cactus Green 00 - Plain Aluminum
65 120C Cold Formed Channels 02 – Pre Galvanized AA - Special color
4.5 Page 5 Rev.33

DETAILING MANUAL
8. Revision Information: The BOM heading must show the latest BOM revision number and date.
Each item must have next to it the number of the latest BOM revision, which affected that item.
9. Description: There can be a maximum of six description lines per item. The first line must give
the type, size, specifications and the finish of the item being billed out. The second to sixth lines
are used to give fabrication instructions when applicable. The fabrication instructions must not
appear on the customer BOM.
10. Quantity: This is the number of pieces of an item required in the phase.
11. Unit Length: This is the out-to-out length of the item. The length is automatically provided for
standard items entered in the computer system.
12. Unit Weight: This is the weight in kilograms of the item. The unit weight is calculated
automatically for sheeting when the special part number coding is used.
13. Total Weight: This is the total weight of the quantity noted. This is automatically calculated by
the computer system.
Packages:
A package is a term used to describe items that are usually billed together. Items in packages are not
necessarily physically packed together during shipping. Packages are made to facilitate the input of
BOM items in the computer system. Examples of packages are windows, doors, louvers and ridge
ventilators. Packages do not appear on the BOM the way they are input, instead they are exploded into
their detailed items.
Package numbers will have 3 parts,
The first two alphabetic characters that indicate the package type.
Next four digits will be serial number.
Last One alphabet indicates the factory.
MB-1235 A
Category Package No. Factory ID

(Type)
Factory ID shows the package is for which factory. The factory ID is as follows:
A - All Factories
E - Egypt
S - Saudi
V - Vietnam
Packages will not be having color. While inserting the package in the BOM system, color for each type
of materials will be asked.
Refer to the section 5.1 (Package master) for the details of the available Packages.
4.5 Page 6 Rev.33

DETAILING MANUAL
Item Master:
Standard parts such as clips, trims, bolts and tools are kept in the Item Master. These parts have fixed
details and can be ordered for fabrication and supply by just listing their part mark in the BOM. The
part mark of standard items in the Item Master is similar to the normal item part mark except that the part
number must start with a Zero. When a standard part is called in the BOM, the description, length and
weight are automatically provided.
Extra Material Policy
Extra materials are the materials supplied with the building as spare for erection losses or damaged
during erection. These materials should be billed in separate sub area (990). Certain percentage of the
total quantity of the below mentioned items shall be billed.
Item Percentage Factor

Screws 5%
Pop rivets 5%
Machine bolts 5%
Hi strength bolts 3% with minimum “2” for each size
Foam closures 5%
Bead mastic 5%
Flowable mastic 5%
Double face tape 5%
Staples 3%
Patching tape 1 roll extra for jobs over 5000 M2
Gutter strap 3%
Base & gable angle 2%
Down spout straps 3%
4.5 Page 7 Rev.22

DETAILING MANUAL
Section 4.6 : Checking of Engineering Documents
How to Avoid Drafting Errors
Avoiding errors is very important for the performer and the company. Cases of many errors reflect lack
of competence and lack of responsibility. To over come errors, one needs to have positive character and
habits. Some of these habits are:
1. Question the input (such as CIF and design) given to you. Make sure it makes sense. Ask for
clarification. Gather all the informations you need before starting the work.
2. Make sure you understand the case or condition of detailing you have. If you do not understand,
ask. Make also sure that you understand the Zamil Steel standards and procedures applicable.
3. Use a check list with conscious. Make your own check list based on your previous experience of
mistakes.
4. Look at the results you have reached. Apply your judgment to verify them. Expect the results
before calculating. Double check if you do not get the expected results.
5. Give attention to the final step. Make sure you have written or typed the results that you reached
correctly.
6. Plan your work in a systematic way so that you have enough time to double check your work.
Insist on having sufficient time to do the work right. Ask your supervisor to consult you when
scheduling the work for you.
7. Take pride of doing things right. Do not accept for yourself to make errors.
The Responsibility of the Engineer/Detailer:
The Engineer/Detailer must assume full responsibility of the quality of his work. He must not let go of
any documents he suspects to have mistakes and must release it only when he is sure that it is correct.
The Engineer must not leave items he is unsure of for a checker to verify and complete.
The Engineer/Detailer must not assume that a checker will share the responsibility for his mistakes. He
must understand and verify all the comments made by the checker on his work. If the Engineer/Detailer
does not agree with some of these comments, he must discuss these with the checker and the supervisor
to determine the correct solution. The Engineer/Detailer must not make new changes to any document
without informing the checker about these changes and receiving his approval.
4.6 Page 1 Rev. 0

DETAILING MANUAL
The Responsibility of the Checker:
The checker must review all the documents given to him. He must make sure that the documents he has
are the latest and are sufficient to make the checking. He must indicate all his findings clearly and
legibly.
The checker is required to identify errors for the Engineers/Detailers to correct them. He must not spend
his time correcting the errors if this leads to not having sufficient time to check the rest of the documents.
The checker must inform the group supervisor immediately if he finds that the work of the
Engineer/Detailer is not complete. He must identify to the group supervisor the training deficiencies he
notices for each individual.
The Checking Steps:
The following steps must be followed by the checker to ensure that the documents have been properly
checked:
1. Make sure that you have all the documents that relate to building. These are: The latest CIF, all
documents referenced in the CIF, such as customer drawings, the latest design calculations, the
erection drawings, the shop details and the BOM. Ask the group supervisor to provide the
missing documents, if any.
2. Read the CIF and design calculations completely. If you find contradictions between the two
documents inform the group supervisor immediately. List all the requirements in the CIF and
design that you determine will require special details to be provided in the drafting documents.
3. Start comparing all the erection drawings to the CIF and design calculations. Make sure that the
following information match with the CIF and the design calculations in all erection drawings.
- Dimensions including lengths, width, heights, bay spacings and clearances

- Grid lines
- Column locations and orientation
- Braced bay locations
- Locations of all accessories
- Reactions
- All special detailing requirements
4. If there are returned approval drawings with comments, study all comments and make sure they
have been properly addressed in the erection drawings.
5. Make sure that all required erection details and notes have been put on the drawings as specified
in Section 4.3. Indicate all missing details and notes by giving their reference number.
4.6 Page 2 Rev. 0

DETAILING MANUAL
6. Make sure that all the erection drawings and shop drawings are numbered correctly and all notes
and details are large enough and clear. Make sure that job, building and revision information are
clearly identified.
7. Make sure that all items in erection drawings have part marks according to the engineering BOM
system.
8. Start checking the shop drawings by making sure all shop drawings are available for every part
that needs shop drawings. Relate each shop drawing to the member it represents in the erection
drawings. Make sure the quantity and the part marks are correct.
9. Make sure that the punch patterns, length, width, thickness and location of each component of the
member are correct. Make sure that all members which connect to each other are detailed with
the same connection interface by comparing the shop drawings of these numbers at the same time.
10. Make sure that shop drawings do not have any redundant or unnecessary details and that they
have been prepared according to the guidelines of Section 4.4.
11. Start checking the BOM by making sure that all members with shop drawings are listed and that
the quantities, color, and description match the information on the shop drawings and match the
count on erection drawings. Check whether all NPD codes are provided for items without shop
drawings.
12. Make sure every item in the erection drawing for the phase being detailed is listed in the BOM.
Make sure that every item in the BOM is indicated in the erection drawings.
13. Make sure the quantity of each item is correct by counting the item in the erection drawings.
14. Make sure the item’s phase, area and sub area are listed correctly according to the definitions of
the phases and areas/sub areas of the building.
15. Review all documents again after the corrections are made to make sure all the errors have been
corrected.
4.6 Page 3 Rev. 0

ZAMIL STEEL INDUSTRIES
DETAILING MANUAL
Chapter 5 : Drafting Procedures
Section 5.1 : Computer Details Referrence
ITEM MASTER :
STANDARD PARTS SUCH AS CLIPS, TRIMS, BOLTS,TOOLS, AND OTHER BUILDING,COMPONENT ACCESSORIES ARE KEPT IN
THE ITEM MASTER. THESE PARTS HAVE FIXED DETAILS AND CAN BE ORDERED FOR FABRICATION AND SUPPLY BY JUST
LISTING
THEIR PART MARK IN THE B.O.M. THE PART MARK OF STANDARED ITEM IN THE ITEM MASTER IS SIMILAR TO THE NORMAL ITEM
PART MARK EXCEPT THAT THE PART NUMBER MUST START WITH ZERO. WHEN A STANDERED PART IS CALLED IN THE B.O.M,
THE DESCRIPTION,LENGTH AND WEIGHT ARE AUTOMATICALLY PROVIDED.
THE FOLLOWING ARE THE LIST OF ITEMS IN THE ITEM MASTER:

MANUFACTURED ITEMS :
Category 01 Normal Buyouts-Standard Fasteners and Misc. Hardwares

UNIT LENGTH UNIT WEIGHT
PART NUMBER D E S C R I P T I O N
(m) (Kg)
01-0002-00 WASHER HILLSIDE HOT DIP GALV 5/8" 0.000 0.18
01-0004-00 WASHER HILLSIDE HOT DIP GALV 7/8" 0.000 0.34
01-0005-00 MASTIC BEAD 1 ROLL 9140MM EACH 0.000 0.38
01-0007-00 MASTIC FLOWABLE TUBE 6000MM EACH 0.000 0.45
01-0008-00 DOUBLE BEAD MASTIC 1ROLL 9000 EACH 0.000 1.13
01-0009-00 CLOSURE FOAM TEMPCON 12 X 12 7620MM EACH 0.000 0.07
01-0014-00 INSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FOR TYPE A PANEL 0.900 0.01
01-0015-00 OUTSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FOR TYPE A PANEL 0.900 0.02
01-0016-00 LOW ARTICULATING CLIP FOR DL 0.000 0.43
01-0017-00 HIGH ARTICULATING CLIP FOR DL 0.000 0.50
01-0018-00 INSIDE METAL CLOSURE FOR DL 0.000 0.10
01-0018-03 INSIDE METAL CLOSURE FOR DL 0.000 0.10
01-0019-00 BACK-UP PLATE, STANDARD, FOR DL 24" (610 MM) WIDTH, GAGE 16 0.000 1.44
01-0022-00 CINCH STRAP FOR DL 24" (610 MM) WIDTH, GAGE 16 0.000 0.32
01-0025-00 OUTSIDE CLOSURE @ RIDGE FOR DL 24" (610 MM), GAGE 24 0.000 0.37
01-0028-00 LIGHT TRANSMITTING PANEL, STD., UNINSULATED, FOR DL 24" (610 MM) 3.124 10.89
WIDTH
01-0029-00 LIGHT TRANSMITTING PANEL, STD., UNINSULATED, FOR DL 18" (457 MM) 3.124 9.98
WIDTH
01-0030-00 LIGHT TRANSMITTING PANEL, STD., INSULATED, FOR DL 24" (610 MM) WIDTH 3.124 14.29
01-0031-00 LIGHT TRANSMITTING PANEL, STD., INSULATED, FOR DL 18" (457 MM) WIDTH 3.124 13.38
01-0032-00 MINOR RIB TAPE SEALER 0.000 0.03
01-0048-00 EXPANSION BOLT ASSY. W/NUT/WASH M12 X 100MM 0.000 0.09
01-0049-00 EXPANSION BOLT ASSY. W/NUT/WASH M16 X 140MM 0.000 0.22
01-0075-00 A-307 WASHER FLAT MILD ELECTRO GALV 1/2" 0.000 0.01
5.1 - Category 01 - Page RUN DATE : 20 NOV 2006

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 1
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
01-0080-00 A-307 WASHER FLAT MILD ELECTRO GALV 1-1/8" 0.000 0.08
01-0081-00 F-436 WASHER FLAT MILD HOT DIP GALV. 1-1/2" 0.000 0.10
01-0085-00 A-307 NUT HEX 1/2" 0.000 0.02
01-0086-00 A-307 NUT HEX ELECTRO GALV 5/8" 0.000 0.03
01-0089-00 A-307 NUT HEX ELECTRO GALV 1-1/8" 0.000 0.18
01-0090-00 A-194 NUT HEX ELECTRO GALV 1-1/2" 0.000 0.30
01-0091-00 SINGLE BEAD MASTIC 1ROLL 2.4 X 9.5 X 13,710 MM LENGTH 0.000 0.50
01-0092-00 DOUBLE BEAD MASTIC 1ROLL 4.8 X 22.2 X 12,185 MM LENGTH 0.000 1.32
01-0093-00 SINGLE BEAD MASTIC 1 ROLL 2.4 X 9.5 X 15,240 MM LENGTH 0.000 0.50
01-0096-00 POP RIVET STAINLESS STEEL 4MM DIA. X 8MM LG. 0.000 0.01
01-0097-00 POP RIVET FROST WHITE 4MM 0.000 0.01
01-0098-00 POP RIVET STAINLESS STEEL 1/8" 0.000 0.01
01-0099-00 POP RIVET CARBON STEEL [ZINC COATED] 4MM DIA. X 8MM LG. 0.000 0.01
01-0100-00 POP RIVET ZINC COATED 0.000 0.01
01-0101-00 POP RIVET ALUMINUM 4MM DIA. X 8MM LG. 0.000 0.01
01-0134-00 POP RIVET FROST WHITE (FOR VIETNAM ONLY) 0.000 0.01
01-0135-00 POP RIVET CACTUS GREEN (FOR VIETNAM ONLY) 0.000 0.01
01-0136-00 POP RIVET ARABIAN BEIGE (FOR VIETNAM ONLY) 0.000 0.01
01-0137-00 POP RIVET SHASTA BLUE (FOR VIETNAM ONLY) 0.000 0.01
01-0140-00 P0P RIVET BRONZE BROWN 0.000 0.01
01-0152-00 TROLLEY TRUCK (MODEL NO. 3-207) 0.000 1.11
01-0155-00 DOOR HANDLE (#95-607) 0.000 0.22
01-0162-00 TAPE PATCHING 76MM 45.720/ROLL 0.000 0.77
01-0164-00 TAPE DOUBLE FACED 38MM 54.86/ROLL 0.000 0.50
01-0165-00 STAPLES 5000/BOX 0.000 0.20
01-0166-00 STAPLER 0.000 0.37
01-0173-00 SLIDE DOOR TOP GUIDE 0.000 0.26
01-0174-00 SLIDE DOOR BOTTOM ROLLER 0.000 2.32
01-0176-00 600MM RIDGE VENTILATOR INT. PIECE FOR CONT. LINE (FOR EGYPT ONLY) 3.100 104.41
01-0176-05 600MM RIDGE VENTILATOR INT. PIECE FOR CONT. LINE (FOR EGYPT ONLY) 3.100 104.41
01-0177-00 600MM RIDGE VENTILATOR (2) END PCS. FOR CONT. LINE (FOR EGYPT 3.100 248.51
ONLY)
01-0177-05 600MM RIDGE VENTILATOR (2) END PCS. FOR CONT. LINE (FOR EGYPT 3.100 248.51
N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 2
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
ONLY)
01-0180-00 300 MM THROAT RIDGE VENT. WO/ DAMPER (FOR EGYPT ONLY) 3.000 38.88
01-0180-05 300 MM THROAT RIDGE VENT. WO/ DAMPER (FOR EGYPT ONLY) 3.000 38.88
01-0181-00 300 MM THROAT RIDGE VENT. W/ DAMPER (FOR EGYPT ONLY) 3.000 46.96
01-0181-05 300 MM THROAT RIDGE VENT. W/ DAMPER (FOR EGYPT ONLY) 3.000 46.96
01-0182-00 600 MM THROAT RIDGE VENT. (FOR EGYPT ONLY) 3.000 142.30
01-0182-05 600 MM THROAT RIDGE VENT. (FOR EGYPT ONLY) 3.000 142.30
01-0183-00 FIBERGLASS INSUL. 50MM THK X 1000W X 25M LG., 10KG/M3 W/VINYL 0.000 17.00
FACING
01-0184-00 ROLL-UP DOOR 3 M WIDTH X 4 M HEIGHT (FOR EGYPT ONLY) 0.000 600.00
01-0188-00 FIBERGLASS DOWNPIPE CONNECTOR 110 MM DIA. (FOR EGYPT ONLY) 0.000 1.00
01-0191-00 DOWNSPOUT 5730 MM LENGTH (FOR EGYPT ONLY) 5.730 7.87
01-0194-00 44 DEGREE BEND DOWNSPOUT SHOE (FOR EGYPT ONLY) 0.256 0.35
01-0195-00 77 DEGREE BEND DOWNSPOUT ELBOW (FOR EGYPT ONLY) 0.352 0.48
01-0196-00 DOWNSPOUT CONNECTOR (FOR EGYPT ONLY) 0.170 0.23
01-0197-00 77 DEGREE BEND DOWNSPOUT @ 105 MM WIDTH (FOR EGYPT ONLY) 0.590 0.81
01-0199-00 76 MM DIA. PVC OUTLET 0.100 0.32
01-0201-00 110 MM DIA. PVC OUTLET 0.155 0.52
01-0202-00 200 MM DIA. PVC OUTLET 0.250 1.69
01-0203-00 PVC COUPLING (FOR 76 MM DIA. PVC PIPE) 0.100 0.23
01-0206-00 45 DEGREE BEND PVC ELBOW (FOR 76 MM DIA. PVC PIPE) 0.180 0.33
N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 3
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
01-0209-00 77 DEGREE PVC ELBOW (FOR 76 MM DIA. PVC PIPE) 0.260 0.22
01-0212-00 76 MM DIA. X 6 METER LONG PVC PIPE 6.000 7.41
01-0215-00 SOLVENT CEMENT FOR PVC PIPE (0.5 LITER) 0.000 0.54
01-0216-00 CLEANER FOR CONNECTION (0.5 LITER) 0.000 0.46
01-0217-00 160 MM DIA. PVC OUTLET 0.300 1.14
01-0218-00 PVC COUPLING (FOR 160MM DIA. PVC PIPE) 0.160 0.89
01-0222-00 PIPE FLASHING [DEKTITE] 4-100 DIA PIPE [197 DIA BASE] 0.000 0.22
01-0224-00 PIPE FLASHING [DEKTITE] 100-175 DIA PIPE [273 DIA BASE] 0.000 0.33
01-0231-00 90 DEGREE BEND PVC ELBOW FOR 76 MM DIA. PVC PIPE [FOR EGYPT 0.225 0.38
ONLY]
ONLY]
ONLY]
ONLY]
01-0252-00 OASIS GABLE CORNER CLOSE F.W. PLASTIC 0.000 0.50
01-0253-00 DOWNSPOUT OUTLET F.W. PLASTIC 0.062 0.20
01-0256-00 RIDGE SIGN W/0 PB ZAMIL F.W. PLASTIC 0.000 0.50
01-0257-00 ZAMIL STEEL ALUMINIUM LOGO 0.466 0.20
01-0258-00 ZAMIL ALUMINUM LOGO 0.466 0.20
01-0259-00 ZAMIL STEEL ALUMINUM LOGO 1.219 2.13
01-0262-00 ZAMIL ALUMINUM LOGO 1.219 2.13
01-0263-00 ZAMIL STEEL BANNER (ARABIC & ENGLISH) 1.500 3.28
01-0264-00 ZAMIL STEEL BANNER (ENGLISH) 1.500 3.28
01-0266-00 PAINT GREY EPOXY [LITER] (FIELD APPLIED @ V.G. JOINTS) 0.000 1.55
01-0266-23 PAINT GREY EPOXY [LITER] (FIELD APPLIED @ V.G. JOINTS) 0.000 1.55
01-0267-00 PAINT TOUCH-UP ( PRIMER ) SPECIAL COLOR LITER 0.000 1.35
01-0268-00 PAINT TOUCH-UP ( INTERMEDIATE COAT ) SPECIAL COLOR LITER 0.000 1.35
01-0269-00 PAINT BITUMINOUS [LITER] (FIELD APPLIED @ V.G. JOINTS) 0.000 1.58
01-0269-20 PAINT BITUMINOUS [LITER] (FIELD APPLIED @ V.G. JOINTS) 0.000 1.58
01-0270-00 PAINT TOUCH-UP 200 ml. 0.000 0.31
01-0270-04 PAINT TOUCH-UP 200 ml. 0.000 0.31
01-0270-05 PAINT TOUCH-UP 200 ml. 0.000 0.31
01-0270-06 PAINT TOUCH-UP 200 ml. 0.000 0.31
01-0270-07 PAINT TOUCH-UP 200 ml. 0.000 0.31
01-0270-09 PAINT TOUCH-UP 200 ml. 0.000 0.31
01-0270-11 PAINT TOUCH-UP 200 ml. 0.000 0.31
01-0270-12 PAINT TOUCH-UP 200 ml. 0.000 0.31
01-0270-22 PAINT TOUCH-UP 200 ml. 0.000 0.31
01-0271-00 PAINT PRIMER RED OXIDE LITER 0.000 1.33
01-0272-00 PAINT PRIMER GREY OXIDE LITER 0.000 1.14

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 4
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
01-0273-00 PAINT TOUCH-UP ( TOP COAT ) SPECIAL COLOR LITER 0.000 1.35
01-0274-00 PAINT TOUCH-UP SHASTA BLUE 100 ml. 0.000 0.14
01-0275-00 PAINT TOUCH-UP FROST WHITE 100 ml. 0.000 0.14
01-0276-00 PAINT TOUCH-UP DESERT GOLD 100 ml. 0.000 0.14
01-0277-00 PAINT TOUCH-UP CACTUS GREEN 100 ml. 0.000 0.14
01-0279-00 PAINT TOUCH-UP BRONZE BROWN 100 ml. 0.000 0.14
01-0282-00 PAINT TOUCH-UP A.BEIGE 100 ml. 0.000 0.14
01-0284-00 PAINT TOUCH-UP TERRA COTTA 100 ml. 0.000 0.14
01-0285-00 PAINT PRIMER ALUMINUM OXIDE LITER 0.000 1.14
01-0286-00 PAINT TOUCH-UP SHASTA BLUE 200 ml. 0.000 0.31
01-0287-00 PAINT TOUCH-UP FROST WHITE 200 ml. 0.000 0.31
01-0288-00 PAINT TOUCH-UP DESERT GOLD 200 ml. 0.000 0.31
01-0289-00 PAINT TOUCH-UP CACTUS GREEN 200 ml. 0.000 0.31
01-0290-00 PAINT TOUCH-UP BRONZE BROWN 200 ml. 0.000 0.31
01-0291-00 PAINT TOUCH-UP ARABIAN BEIGE 200 ml. 0.000 0.31
01-0292-00 PAINT TOUCH-UP TERRA COTTA 200 ml. 0.000 0.31
01-0302-00 EYE BOLT SET HOT DIP GALV 7/8" 0.311 0.85
01-0404-00 SCREW SELF DRILL DACROMET SD5-T15-5.5X25 0.025 0.01
01-0406-00 SCREW SELF DRILL DACROMET SD12-H15-5.5X32 0.032 0.01
01-0407-00 SCREW SELF DRILL DACROMET SL2-T-A14-4.8X20 0.020 0.01
01-0408-00 SCREW SELF DRILL CS-5.5X62 W/ 16 DIA WASHER 0.062 0.01
01-0417-00 SCREW SELF DRILL DACROMET SD5-T19-5.5X45 (FOR VIETNAM ONLY) 0.045 0.01
01-0425-00 SCREW SELF DRILL BUILDEX #5.5 X 25 (PLAIN COLOR) 0.025 0.01
01-0426-00 SCREW SELF DRILL BUILDEX #5.5 X 25 (FROST WHITE) 0.025 0.01
01-0427-00 SCREW SELF DRILL BUILDEX #5.5 X 25 (CACTUS GREEN) 0.025 0.01
01-0428-00 SCREW SELF DRILL BUILDEX #5.5 X 25 (DESERT GOLD) 0.025 0.01
01-0429-00 SCREW SELF DRILL BUILDEX #5.5 X 25 (ARABIAN BEIGE) 0.025 0.01
01-0430-00 SCREW SELF DRILL BUILDEX #5.5 X 25 (SHASTA BLUE) 0.025 0.01
01-0431-00 SCREW SELF DRILL BUILDEX #5.5 X 25 (BRONZE BROWN) 0.025 0.01
01-0432-00 SCREW SELF DRILL BUILDEX #5.5 X 25 (TERRA COTTA) 0.025 0.01
01-0441-00 BUILDEX 1389000 1/4 - 14 X 7/8" (FOR CHINA ONLY) 0.022 0.01
01-0442-00 BUILDEX CTEKS 12 - 14 X 30 HWFS (FOR CHINA ONLY) 0.030 0.01

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 5
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
01-0443-00 BUILDEX CTEKS 12 - 14 X 50 HGS (FOR CHINA ONLY) 0.050 0.01
01-0451-00 SCREW SELF DRILL SS-5.5X28 W/ 16 DIA WASHER (STAINLESS STEEL) 0.028 0.01
01-0453-00 SCREW SELF DRILL SS-5.5X40 W/ 16 DIA WASHER (STAINLESS) [FOR HR / BU] 0.040 0.01
01-0470-00 SCREW SELF DRILL CS-4.8X16 W/ 14 DIA WASHER (@ ROOF) 0.016 0.01
01-0474-00 SCREW SELF DRILL CS-6.3X32 WITHOUT WASHER (WITH SHOULDER) 0.032 0.01
01-0480-00 SCREW SELF DRILL CS-4.8X16 (@ WALL) 0.016 0.01

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 6
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
01-0486-00 SCREW SELF DRILL CS-5.5X32 (FOR HR / BU) 0.032 0.01
01-0487-00 SCREW SELF DRILL FOR WOOD COUNTERSUNK HEAD CS-4.8X30 0.030 0.01
01-0490-00 SCREW SELF DRILL CS-5.5X25 W/ 19 DIA WASHER (@ ROOF) [FOR 0.025 0.01
VIETNAM]
VIETNAM]
VIETNAM]
VIETNAM]
01-0500-00 A-325 BOLT FULL THREAD HOT DIP GALV 1/2" X 38mm(1-1/2") 0.038 0.06
01-0500-02 A-325T BOLT W/NUT HOT DIP GALV 1/2" X 38mm 0.038 0.09
01-0501-00 A-325 BOLT FULL THREAD HOT DIP GALV 1/2" X 51mm(2" ) 0.051 0.07
01-0504-00 A-325 BOLT FULL THREAD HOT DIP GALV 3/4" X 51mm(2" ) 0.051 0.18
01-0506-00 A-325 BOLT FULL THREAD HOT DIP GALV 7/8" X 70mm(2-3/4") 0.070 0.31
01-0508-02 A-325T BOLT W/NUT HOT DIP GALV 1" X 89mm 0.000 0.69
01-0510-00 A-325 BOLT FULL THREAD HOT DIP GALV 1-1/4" X 102mm(4" ) 0.102 0.91
01-0510-02 A-325T BOLT W/NUT HOT DIP GALV 1-1/4" X 102 0.102 1.26
01-0511-00 A-325 BOLT HOT DIP GALV 1-1/4" X 114mm(4-1/2") 0.114 0.98
01-0511-02 A-325T BOLT W/NUT HOT DIP GALV 1-1/4" X 114 0.114 1.33
01-0513-00 A-325 BOLT FULL THREAD HOT DIP GALV 3/4" X 70MM(2-3/4") 0.700 0.22
01-0530-00 F-436 WASHER ROUND HARD HOT DIP GALV 1/2" 0.000 0.01

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 7
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
01-0534-00 F-436 WASHER ROUND HARD HOT DIP GALV 1" 0.000 0.06
01-0535-00 F-436 WASHER ROUND HARD HOT DIP GALV 1-1/4" 0.000 0.07
01-0540-00 A-194 NUT HEAVY HEX HOT DIP GALV 1/2" 0.000 0.03
01-0545-00 A-194 NUT HEAVY HEX HOT DIP GALV 1" 0.000 0.19
01-0547-00 A-194 NUT HEAVY HEX HOT DIP GALV 1-1/4" 0.000 0.35
01-0570-00 A-307 BOLT FULL THREAD YELLOW CHROMAT 1/2" X 38MM 0.038 0.05
01-0571-00 A-563 NUT HEX YELLOW CHROM 1/2" 0.000 0.02
01-0600-00 INSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FOR TYPE B PANEL 0.960 0.01
01-0601-00 OUTSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FOR TYPE B PANEL 0.960 0.03
01-0605-00 INSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FOR TYPE S PANEL 1.000 0.01
01-0606-00 OUTSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FOR TYPE S PANEL 1.000 0.03
01-0610-00 OUTSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FOR TYPE F PANEL 1.065 0.05
01-0611-00 INSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FOR TYPE F PANEL 1.065 0.01
01-0612-00 OUTSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FOR TYPE R PANEL 1.000 0.03
01-0613-00 INSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FOR TYPE R PANEL 1.000 0.01
01-0615-00 INSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FOR TYPE G PANEL 0.800 0.01
01-0616-00 OUTSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FOR TYPE G PANEL 0.800 0.03
01-0630-00 SKYLIGHT FOR TYPE S PANEL 3.250 8.13
01-0631-00 SKYLIGHT FOR TYPE A PANEL 3.250 6.50
01-0632-00 SKYLIGHT FOR TYPE F PANEL 3.250 7.93
01-0633-00 SKYLIGHT FOR TYPE G PANEL 2.750 7.69
01-0634-00 SKYLIGHT FOR TYPE B PANEL 3.250 7.48
01-0635-00 SKYLIGHT FOR TYPE R PANEL 3.250 6.99
01-0636-00 SKYLIGHT FOR TYPE S PANEL 3.600 9.00
01-0710-00 DIN 933 (CL 8.8) BOLT WITH NUT 12 X 35 MM HOT DIP GALV. 0.035 0.06
01-0711-00 DIN 933 (CL 8.8) BOLT WITH NUT 12 X 55 MM HOT DIP GALV. 0.055 0.07
01-0712-00 A-325M BOLT WITH NUT 16 X 50 MM HOT DIP GALV 0.050 0.17
01-0722-00 BRIDGING BOLT A307 10X25 MM WITH NUT & WASHER [FOR CANAM ASIA 0.025 0.04
ONLY]
01-0740-00 DIN 934 CLASS 8 HEAVY HEX NUT 12 MM HOT DIP GALV 0.000 0.02
01-0741-00 A-563M HEAVY HEX NUT 16 MM HOT DIP GALV 0.000 0.05
01-0750-00 F-436M ROUND HARD WASHER 12 MM HOT DIP GALV 0.000 0.01
N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 8
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
01-0760-00 DIN933 BOLT FULL THREAD YELLOW CHROMAT M12 X 35 MM 0.035 0.04
01-0761-00 DIN933 BOLT FIN NECKED ELECTRO GALV M12 X 35MM 0.035 0.04
01-0762-00 DIN933 BOLT COUNTERSUNK ELECTRO GALV M12 X 25 MM 0.025 0.03
01-0763-00 DIN933 BOLT STOVE ELECTRO GALV M6 X 16 MM 0.016 0.01
01-0770-00 DIN934 NUT HEX YELLOW CHROM M12 0.000 0.02
01-0771-00 DIN934 NUT HEX ELECTRO GALV M16 0.000 0.03
01-0780-00 DIN 125 WASHER FLAT MILD ELECTRO GALV 16 MM 0.000 0.01
01-0786-00 DIN 125 WASHER FLAT MILD ELECTRO GALV. 12MM 0.000 0.01
01-0790-00 WASHER HILLSIDE HOT DIP GALV 16MM (FOR VIETNAM ONLY) 0.000 0.30
01-0791-00 WASHER HILLSIDE ALUMINUM 24MM 0.000 0.19
01-0792-00 WASHER HILLSIDE ALUMINUM (WITH BASE) 24MM 0.000 0.38
01-0793-00 WASHER HILLSIDE CAST IRON (WITH BASE) 16MM [FOR VIETNAM] 0.000 1.00
01-0794-00 WASHER HILLSIDE CAST IRON (WITH BASE) 24MM [FOR VIETNAM] 0.000 1.15
01-0795-00 WASHER HILLSIDE CAST IRON 24MM 0.000 0.56
01-0796-00 WASHER HILLSIDE CAST IRON 16MM 0.000 0.25
01-0950-00 A-307 BOLT COUNTERSUNK ELECTRO GALV 1/2" X 25MM(1" ) 0.025 0.03
01-0953-00 A-307 BOLT STOVE ELECTRO GALV 1/4" X 57MM(2-1/4") 0.057 0.02
01-0954-00 A-307 BOLT STOVE ELECTRO GALV 3/8" X 25MM(1" ) 0.025 0.02
01-0970-00 SAG ROD ELECTRO GALV M12X1714 FULL THREAD [W/ 4NUTS & 1.714 1.26
4WASHERS]
01-0971-00 SAG ROD ELECTRO GALV M12X1200 FULL THREAD [W/ 4NUTS & 4 1.200 0.92
WASHERS]
01-0972-00 SAG ROD ELECTRO GALV M12X923 FULL THREAD [W/ 4NUTS & 4WASHERS] 0.923 0.73
4WASHERS]
4WASHERS]
4WASHERS]
4WASHERS]
01-0982-00 SAG ROD ELECTRO GALV M16X923 FULL THREAD [W/ 4NUTS & 4WASHERS] 0.923 1.29
4WASHERS]

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 9
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
4WASHERS]
01-0991-00 GALV. WIREMESH 20MM HEX. OPENING X 1MM DIA X 1M W X 25M LG 0.000 44.62
[FOR EGYPT]
01-0992-00 FOAM GASKET STRIP FOR TYPE-S PANEL 40MM X 40MM X 2000MM [FOR 0.000 0.13
EGYPT]

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 10
DETAILING MANUAL
Category 03 Trims, Gutter, and Downspout/R.V. End Cap Assy.,

(m) (Kg)
03-0009-03 CORNER TRIM - INSIDE [PLAIN] 3.200 1.95
03-0009-22 CORNER TRIM - INSIDE [PLAIN] [XMA] 3.200 1.95
03-0012-00 EAVE TRIM 3.200 2.84
03-0012-03 EAVE TRIM 3.200 2.84
03-0012-04 EAVE TRIM 3.200 2.84
03-0012-05 EAVE TRIM 3.200 2.84
03-0012-06 EAVE TRIM 3.200 2.84
03-0012-07 EAVE TRIM 3.200 2.84
03-0012-09 EAVE TRIM 3.200 2.84
03-0012-11 EAVE TRIM 3.200 2.84
03-0012-12 EAVE TRIM 3.200 2.84
03-0013-00 END CAP FLASHING 1.520 0.89
03-0013-03 END CAP FLASHING 1.520 0.89
03-0013-04 END CAP FLASHING 1.520 0.89
03-0013-05 END CAP FLASHING 1.520 0.89
03-0013-07 END CAP FLASHING 1.520 0.89
03-0013-11 END CAP FLASHING 1.520 0.89
03-0013-12 END CAP FLASHING 1.520 0.89
03-0014-00 JOINT GUTTER TRIM 1.560 0.52
03-0022-03 HEADER TRIM 3.200 1.81
03-0022-04 HEADER TRIM 3.200 1.81
03-0022-05 HEADER TRIM 3.200 1.81
03-0022-06 HEADER TRIM 3.200 1.81
03-0022-07 HEADER TRIM 3.200 1.81
03-0022-09 HEADER TRIM 3.200 1.81
03-0022-11 HEADER TRIM 3.200 1.81
03-0022-12 HEADER TRIM 3.200 1.81
03-0022-22 HEADER TRIM [XMA] 3.200 1.81
03-0023-00 THRESHOLD SUPPORT [915MM] DOOR 1.003 4.08
03-0031-00 WINDOW JAMB CLOSURE (.7mm ALUMINUM) 1.029 0.14
03-0033-00 HEAD TRIM 1.370 0.75
03-0033-03 HEAD TRIM 1.370 0.75
03-0033-04 HEAD TRIM 1.370 0.75
03-0033-05 HEAD TRIM 1.370 0.75

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 1
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0033-06 HEAD TRIM 1.370 0.75
03-0033-07 HEAD TRIM 1.370 0.75
03-0033-09 HEAD TRIM 1.370 0.75
03-0033-11 HEAD TRIM 1.370 0.75
03-0033-12 HEAD TRIM 1.370 0.75
03-0034-00 HEAD TRIM 2.285 1.26
03-0034-03 HEAD TRIM 2.285 1.26
03-0034-04 HEAD TRIM 2.285 1.26
03-0034-05 HEAD TRIM 2.285 1.26
03-0034-06 HEAD TRIM 2.285 1.26
03-0034-07 HEAD TRIM 2.285 1.26
03-0034-09 HEAD TRIM 2.285 1.26
03-0034-11 HEAD TRIM 2.285 1.26
03-0034-12 HEAD TRIM 2.285 1.26
03-0035-00 JAMB TRIM 2.285 1.12
03-0035-03 JAMB TRIM 2.285 1.12
03-0035-04 JAMB TRIM 2.285 1.12
03-0035-05 JAMB TRIM 2.285 1.12
03-0035-06 JAMB TRIM 2.285 1.12
03-0035-07 JAMB TRIM 2.285 1.12
03-0035-09 JAMB TRIM 2.285 1.12
03-0035-11 JAMB TRIM 2.285 1.12
03-0035-12 JAMB TRIM 2.285 1.12
03-0037-00 PLATE (.7mm ALUMINUM) 0.127 0.03
03-0038-00 WINDOW JAMB CLOSURE (.7mm ALUMINUM) 1.029 0.15
03-0039-00 PERSONNEL DOOR HEAD TRIM 1.370 0.78
03-0041-00 PERSONNEL DOOR JAMB TRIM 2.285 1.30

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 2
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0042-22 PERSONNEL DOOR HEAD TRIM [XMA] 1.370 1.05

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 3
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0048-22 PERSONNEL DOOR JAMB TRIM [XMA] 2.285 1.69
03-0051-00 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.72
03-0051-03 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.72
03-0051-04 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.72
03-0051-05 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.72
03-0051-06 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.72
03-0051-07 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.72
03-0051-09 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.72

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 4
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0051-11 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.72
03-0051-12 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.72
03-0051-22 F.O. HEAD TRIM [XMA] 3.550 2.72
03-0052-00 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.93
03-0052-03 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.93
03-0052-04 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.93
03-0052-05 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.93
03-0052-06 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.93
03-0052-07 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.93
03-0052-09 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.93
03-0052-11 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.93
03-0052-12 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.93
03-0052-22 F.O. HEAD TRIM [XMA] 3.550 2.93
03-0053-00 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0053-03 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0053-04 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0053-05 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0053-06 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0053-07 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0053-09 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0053-11 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0053-12 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0053-22 F.O. HEAD TRIM [XMA] 3.550 2.38
03-0054-00 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0054-03 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0054-04 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0054-05 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0054-06 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0054-07 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0054-09 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0054-11 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0054-12 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0054-22 F.O. JAMB TRIM [XMA] 3.550 2.83
03-0055-00 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0055-03 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0055-04 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0055-05 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0055-06 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0055-07 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0055-09 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0055-11 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0055-12 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0055-22 F.O. JAMB TRIM [XMA] 3.550 2.83
03-0056-00 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.42
03-0056-03 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.42
03-0056-04 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.42
03-0056-05 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.42
03-0056-06 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.42
03-0056-07 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.42
03-0056-09 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.42

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 5
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0056-11 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.42
03-0056-12 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.42
03-0056-22 F.O. JAMB TRIM [XMA] 3.550 2.42
03-0057-00 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.61
03-0057-03 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.61
03-0057-04 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.61
03-0057-05 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.61
03-0057-06 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.61
03-0057-07 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.61
03-0057-09 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.61
03-0057-11 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.61
03-0057-12 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.61
03-0057-22 F.O. SILL TRIM [XMA] 3.550 4.61
03-0058-00 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.96
03-0058-03 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.96
03-0058-04 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.96
03-0058-05 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.96
03-0058-06 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.96
03-0058-07 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.96
03-0058-09 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.96
03-0058-11 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.96
03-0058-12 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.96
03-0058-22 F.O. SILL TRIM [XMA] 3.550 4.96
03-0059-00 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.40
03-0059-03 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.40
03-0059-04 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.40
03-0059-05 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.40
03-0059-06 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.40
03-0059-07 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.40
03-0059-09 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.40
03-0059-11 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.40
03-0059-12 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.40
03-0059-22 F.O. SILL TRIM [XMA] 3.550 4.40
03-0060-00 F.O. SPACER TRIM 3.550 1.31
03-0060-03 F.O. SPACER TRIM 3.550 1.31
03-0060-04 F.O. SPACER TRIM 3.550 1.31
03-0060-05 F.O. SPACER TRIM 3.550 1.31
03-0060-06 F.O. SPACER TRIM 3.550 1.31
03-0060-07 F.O. SPACER TRIM 3.550 1.31
03-0060-09 F.O. SPACER TRIM 3.550 1.31
03-0060-11 F.O. SPACER TRIM 3.550 1.31
03-0060-12 F.O. SPACER TRIM 3.550 1.31
03-0060-22 F.O. SPACER TRIM [XMA] 3.550 1.31
03-0061-00 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0061-03 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0061-04 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0061-05 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0061-07 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0061-11 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0061-12 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.83

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 6
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0061-22 F.O. HEAD TRIM [XMA] 3.550 2.83
03-0062-00 JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0062-03 JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0062-04 JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0062-05 JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0062-07 JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0062-11 JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0062-12 JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0062-22 JAMB TRIM [XMA] 3.550 2.83
03-0063-00 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.74
03-0063-03 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.74
03-0063-04 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.74
03-0063-05 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.74
03-0063-07 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.74
03-0063-11 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.74
03-0063-12 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.74
03-0063-22 F.O. SILL TRIM [XMA] 3.550 4.74
03-0074-00 WINDOW-MULLION COVER [ALUMINUM] 1.149 0.16
03-0075-00 HOOD TRIM 3.100 8.60
03-0075-03 HOOD TRIM 3.100 8.60
03-0075-04 HOOD TRIM 3.100 8.60
03-0075-05 HOOD TRIM 3.100 8.60
03-0075-06 HOOD TRIM 3.100 8.60
03-0075-07 HOOD TRIM 3.100 8.60
03-0075-09 HOOD TRIM 3.100 8.60
03-0075-11 HOOD TRIM 3.100 8.60

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 7
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0075-12 HOOD TRIM 3.100 8.60
03-0076-00 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.08
03-0076-03 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.08
03-0076-04 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.08
03-0076-05 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.08
03-0076-06 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.08
03-0076-07 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.08
03-0076-09 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.08
03-0076-11 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.08
03-0076-12 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.08
03-0077-00 STILE TRIM 3.100 3.53
03-0077-03 STILE TRIM 3.100 3.53
03-0077-04 STILE TRIM 3.100 3.53
03-0077-05 STILE TRIM 3.100 3.53
03-0077-06 STILE TRIM 3.100 3.53
03-0077-07 STILE TRIM 3.100 3.53
03-0077-09 STILE TRIM 3.100 3.53
03-0077-11 STILE TRIM 3.100 3.53
03-0077-12 STILE TRIM 3.100 3.53
03-0078-00 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0078-03 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0078-04 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0078-05 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0078-06 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0078-07 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0078-09 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0078-11 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0078-12 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0079-00 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0079-03 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0079-04 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0079-05 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0079-06 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0079-07 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0079-09 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0079-11 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0079-12 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0080-00 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.46
03-0080-03 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.46
03-0080-04 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.46
03-0080-05 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.46
03-0080-06 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.46
03-0080-07 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.46
03-0080-09 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.46
03-0080-11 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.46
03-0080-12 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.46
03-0081-00 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.46
03-0081-03 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.46
03-0081-04 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.46
03-0081-05 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.46

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 8
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0081-06 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.46
03-0081-07 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.46
03-0081-09 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.46
03-0081-11 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.46
03-0081-12 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.46
03-0082-00 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.82
03-0082-03 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.82
03-0082-04 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.82
03-0082-05 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.82
03-0082-06 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.82
03-0082-07 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.82
03-0082-09 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.82
03-0082-11 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.82
03-0082-12 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.82
03-0083-00 HOOD TRIM 3.100 6.30
03-0083-03 HOOD TRIM 3.100 6.30
03-0083-04 HOOD TRIM 3.100 6.30
03-0083-05 HOOD TRIM 3.100 6.30
03-0083-06 HOOD TRIM 3.100 6.30
03-0083-07 HOOD TRIM 3.100 6.30
03-0083-09 HOOD TRIM 3.100 6.30
03-0083-11 HOOD TRIM 3.100 6.30
03-0083-12 HOOD TRIM 3.100 6.30
03-0084-00 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.41
03-0084-03 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.41
03-0084-04 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.41
03-0084-05 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.41
03-0084-06 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.41
03-0084-07 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.41
03-0084-09 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.41
03-0084-11 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.41
03-0084-12 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.41
03-0085-00 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.41
03-0085-03 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.41
03-0085-04 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.41
03-0085-05 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.41
03-0085-06 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.41
03-0085-07 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.41
03-0085-09 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.41
03-0085-11 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.41
03-0085-12 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.41
03-0086-00 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0086-03 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0086-04 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0086-05 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0086-06 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0086-07 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0086-09 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0086-11 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0086-12 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 9
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0087-00 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0087-03 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0087-04 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0087-05 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0087-06 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0087-07 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0087-09 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0087-11 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0087-12 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0092-05 EAVE TRIM [OASIS] 6.150 7.72
03-0092-09 EAVE TRIM [OASIS] 6.150 7.72
03-0094-03 GABLE TRIM [OASIS] 3.050 4.29
03-0094-04 GABLE TRIM [OASIS] 3.050 4.29
03-0094-05 GABLE TRIM [OASIS] 3.050 4.29
03-0094-06 GABLE TRIM [OASIS] 3.050 4.29
03-0094-07 GABLE TRIM [OASIS] 3.050 4.29
03-0094-09 GABLE TRIM [OASIS] 3.050 4.29
03-0094-11 GABLE TRIM [OASIS] 3.050 4.29
03-0094-12 GABLE TRIM [OASIS] 3.050 4.29
03-0095-05 GABLE TRIM [OASIS] 6.050 8.50
03-0095-09 GABLE TRIM [OASIS] 6.050 8.50
03-0100-00 HOOD TRIM 3.100 8.55
03-0100-03 HOOD TRIM 3.100 8.55
03-0100-04 HOOD TRIM 3.100 8.55
03-0100-05 HOOD TRIM 3.100 8.55
03-0100-06 HOOD TRIM 3.100 8.55
03-0100-07 HOOD TRIM 3.100 8.55
03-0100-09 HOOD TRIM 3.100 8.55
03-0100-11 HOOD TRIM 3.100 8.55
03-0100-12 HOOD TRIM 3.100 8.55
03-0101-00 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.13
03-0101-03 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.13
03-0101-04 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.13
03-0101-05 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.13
03-0101-06 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.13
03-0101-07 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.13
03-0101-09 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.13
03-0101-11 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.13
03-0101-12 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.13
03-0102-00 STILE TRIM 3.100 3.42
03-0102-03 STILE TRIM 3.100 3.42
03-0102-04 STILE TRIM 3.100 3.42
03-0102-05 STILE TRIM 3.100 3.42
03-0102-06 STILE TRIM 3.100 3.42
03-0102-07 STILE TRIM 3.100 3.42
03-0102-09 STILE TRIM 3.100 3.42
03-0102-11 STILE TRIM 3.100 3.42
03-0102-12 STILE TRIM 3.100 3.42
03-0104-00 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0104-03 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0104-04 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0104-05 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0104-06 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0104-07 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0104-09 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0104-11 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0104-12 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0105-00 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0105-03 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0105-04 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0105-05 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0105-06 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0105-07 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0105-09 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0105-11 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0105-12 HOOD CLOSURE 0.400 0.38
03-0106-00 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.44
03-0106-03 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.44
03-0106-04 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.44
03-0106-05 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.44
03-0106-06 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.44
03-0106-07 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.44
03-0106-09 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.44
03-0106-11 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.44
03-0106-12 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.44
03-0107-00 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.44
03-0107-03 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.44
03-0107-04 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.44
03-0107-05 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.44
03-0107-06 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.44
03-0107-07 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.44
03-0107-09 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.44
03-0107-11 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.44
03-0107-12 HOOD CLOSURE 0.420 0.44
03-0110-00 RIDGE VENT. DAMBER LIFTING MECHANISM 0.000 1.09
03-0110-02 RIDGE VENT. DAMBER LIFTING MECHANISM 0.000 1.09
03-0111-00 RIDGE VENT. THROAT GUSSET 0.000 0.60
03-0111-02 RIDGE VENT. THROAT GUSSET 0.000 0.60
03-0112-03 RIDGE VENT. BRACE PLATE 0.000 0.15
03-0113-00 RIDGE VENT. END PLATE 0.000 1.72

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0115-00 END PLATE (FOR 600 MM THROAT RIDGE VENT.) 1.410 8.58
03-0116-00 RIDGE VENT BIRD SCREEN GALVANIZED [600 THROAT] 3.050 2.32
03-0116-02 RIDGE VENT BIRD SCREEN GALVANIZED [600 THROAT] 3.050 2.32
03-0117-00 RIDGE VENT. BIRD SCREEN GALVANIZED [600 THROAT ] 3.050 2.01
03-0117-03 RIDGE VENT. BIRD SCREEN [600 THROAT] 3.050 2.01
03-0118-00 RIDGE VENT. BIRD SCREEN GALVANIZED 3.000 1.73
03-0118-02 RIDGE VENT. BIRD SCREEN GALVANIZED 3.000 1.73
03-0120-00 RIDGE VENT. ASSEMBLY 300 THROAT X3000 LONG W/O DAMPER 3.000 38.42
03-0121-00 RIDGE VENT. ASSEMBLY 300 THROAT X3000 LONG W/DAMPER 3.000 46.01
03-0130-00 KNOCKED DOWN 300MM R.V. SINGL UNIT W/O. DAMPER 3.000 38.54

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0135-00 KNOCKED DOWN 300MM R.V SINGLE UNIT WITH DAMPER 3.000 45.47
03-0140-00 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.80
03-0140-03 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.80
03-0140-04 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.80
03-0140-05 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.80
03-0140-06 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.80
03-0140-07 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.80
03-0140-09 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.80
03-0140-11 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.80
03-0140-12 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.80
03-0141-00 HOOD TRIM 3.100 6.38
03-0141-03 HOOD TRIM 3.100 6.38
03-0141-04 HOOD TRIM 3.100 6.38
03-0141-05 HOOD TRIM 3.100 6.38
03-0141-06 HOOD TRIM 3.100 6.38
03-0141-07 HOOD TRIM 3.100 6.38
03-0141-09 HOOD TRIM 3.100 6.38
03-0141-11 HOOD TRIM 3.100 6.38
03-0141-12 HOOD TRIM 3.100 6.38
03-0142-00 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.42
03-0142-03 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.42
03-0142-04 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.42
03-0142-05 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.42
03-0142-06 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.42
03-0142-07 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.42
03-0142-09 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.42
03-0142-11 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.42
03-0142-12 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.42
03-0143-00 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.42
03-0143-03 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.42
03-0143-04 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.42
03-0143-05 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.42
03-0143-06 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.42
03-0143-07 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.42
03-0143-09 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.42
03-0143-11 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.42
03-0143-12 HOOD CLOSURE 0.404 0.42
03-0144-00 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0144-03 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0144-04 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0144-05 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0144-06 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0144-07 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0144-09 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0144-11 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0144-12 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0145-00 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0145-03 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0145-04 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0145-05 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0145-06 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0145-07 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0145-09 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0145-11 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0145-12 HOOD CLOSURE 0.425 0.51
03-0150-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.64
03-0150-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.64
03-0150-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.64
03-0150-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.64
03-0150-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.64
03-0150-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.64
03-0150-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.64
03-0150-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.64
03-0155-00 SPACER TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0155-03 SPACER TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0155-04 SPACER TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0155-05 SPACER TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0155-07 SPACER TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0155-11 SPACER TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0155-12 SPACER TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0156-00 SPACER TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0156-03 SPACER TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0156-04 SPACER TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0156-05 SPACER TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0156-07 SPACER TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0156-11 SPACER TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0156-12 SPACER TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0160-03 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.100 3.48
03-0160-04 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.100 3.48
03-0160-05 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.100 3.48
03-0160-06 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.100 3.48
03-0160-07 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.100 3.48
03-0160-09 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.100 3.48
03-0160-11 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.100 3.48
03-0160-12 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.100 3.48
03-0160-22 F.O. SILL TRIM [XMA] 3.100 3.48
03-0170-03 BASE TRIM 3.100 1.06
03-0170-04 BASE TRIM 3.100 1.06
03-0170-05 BASE TRIM 3.100 1.06
03-0170-06 BASE TRIM 3.100 1.06
03-0170-07 BASE TRIM 3.100 1.06
03-0170-09 BASE TRIM 3.100 1.06

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0170-11 BASE TRIM 3.100 1.06
03-0170-12 BASE TRIM 3.100 1.06
03-0171-00 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.88
03-0171-03 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.88
03-0171-04 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.88
03-0171-05 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.88
03-0171-07 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.88
03-0171-11 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.88
03-0171-12 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 4.88
03-0171-22 F.O. SILL TRIM [XMA] 3.550 4.88
03-0172-00 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 5.09
03-0172-03 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 5.09
03-0172-04 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 5.09
03-0172-05 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 5.09
03-0172-07 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 5.09
03-0172-11 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 5.09
03-0172-12 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 5.09
03-0172-22 F.O. SILL TRIM [XMA] 3.550 5.09
03-0173-00 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 5.23
03-0173-03 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 5.23
03-0173-04 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 5.23
03-0173-05 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 5.23
03-0173-07 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 5.23
03-0173-11 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 5.23
03-0173-12 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 5.23
03-0173-22 F.O. SILL TRIM [XMA] 3.550 5.23
03-0174-00 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 5.43
03-0174-03 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 5.43
03-0174-04 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 5.43
03-0174-05 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 5.43
03-0174-07 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 5.43
03-0174-11 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 5.43
03-0174-12 F.O. SILL TRIM 3.550 5.43
03-0174-22 F.O. SILL TRIM [XMA] 3.550 5.43
03-0175-00 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0175-03 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0175-04 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0175-05 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0175-07 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0175-11 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0175-12 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0175-22 F.O. HEAD TRIM [XMA] 3.550 2.83
03-0176-00 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.07
03-0176-03 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.07
03-0176-04 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.07
03-0176-05 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.07
03-0176-07 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.07
03-0176-11 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.07
03-0176-12 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.07
03-0176-22 F.O. HEAD TRIM [XMA] 3.550 3.07

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0177-00 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0177-03 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0177-04 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0177-05 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0177-07 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0177-11 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0177-12 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0178-00 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0178-03 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0178-04 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0178-05 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0178-07 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0178-11 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0178-12 F.O. HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0178-22 F.O. HEAD TRIM [XMA] 3.550 3.34
03-0179-00 JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0179-03 JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0179-04 JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0179-05 JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0179-07 JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0179-11 JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0179-12 JAMB TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0179-22 JAMB TRIM [XMA] 3.550 2.83
03-0180-00 JAMB TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0180-03 JAMB TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0180-04 JAMB TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0180-05 JAMB TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0180-07 JAMB TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0180-11 JAMB TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0180-12 JAMB TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0180-22 JAMB TRIM [XMA] 3.550 3.34
03-0181-00 JAMB TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0181-03 JAMB TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0181-04 JAMB TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0181-05 JAMB TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0181-07 JAMB TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0181-11 JAMB TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0181-12 JAMB TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0181-22 JAMB TRIM [XMA] 3.550 3.34
03-0182-00 JAMB TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0182-03 JAMB TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0182-04 JAMB TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0182-05 JAMB TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0182-07 JAMB TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0182-11 JAMB TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0182-12 JAMB TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0182-22 JAMB TRIM [XMA] 3.550 3.34
03-0209-03 EDGE TRIM 3.000 1.47
03-0209-04 EDGE TRIM 3.000 1.47
03-0209-05 EDGE TRIM 3.000 1.47

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0209-06 EDGE TRIM 3.000 1.47
03-0209-07 EDGE TRIM 3.000 1.47
03-0209-09 EDGE TRIM 3.000 1.47
03-0209-11 EDGE TRIM 3.000 1.47
03-0209-12 EDGE TRIM 3.000 1.47
03-0248-03 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.30
03-0248-04 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.30
03-0248-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.30
03-0248-06 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.30
03-0248-07 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.30
03-0248-09 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.30
03-0248-11 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.30
03-0248-12 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.30
03-0248-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 1.100 1.30
03-0249-03 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.88
03-0249-04 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.88
03-0249-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.88
03-0249-06 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.88
03-0249-07 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.88
03-0249-09 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.88
03-0249-11 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.88
03-0249-12 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.88
03-0249-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 1.600 1.88
03-0250-00 HEAD TRIM 3.050 4.43
03-0250-05 HEAD TRIM 3.050 4.43
03-0251-03 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.24
03-0251-04 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.24
03-0251-05 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.24
03-0251-06 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.24
03-0251-07 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.24
03-0251-09 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.24
03-0251-11 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.24
03-0251-12 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.24
03-0251-22 SPACER TRIM [XMA] 3.050 1.24
03-0252-00 EDGE TRIM 3.050 2.09
03-0252-05 EDGE TRIM 3.050 2.09
03-0252-22 EDGE TRIM [XMA] 3.050 2.09
03-0253-00 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.05
03-0253-05 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.05
03-0253-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 0.500 1.05
03-0254-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 3.42
03-0254-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 3.42
03-0254-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.050 3.42
03-0255-00 SPACER TRIM 0.100 0.10
03-0255-05 SPACER TRIM 0.100 0.10
03-0255-22 SPACER TRIM [XMA] 0.100 0.10
03-0256-00 INSIDE CORNER TRIM 3.050 2.09
03-0256-22 INSIDE CORNER TRIM [XMA] 3.050 2.09

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0257-00 PARTITION TRIM 3.050 2.75
03-0257-05 PARTITION TRIM 3.050 2.75
03-0257-22 PARTITION TRIM [XMA] 3.050 2.75
03-0258-00 PARTITION TRIM 3.050 3.45
03-0258-05 PARTITION TRIM 3.050 3.45
03-0258-09 PARTITION TRIM 3.050 3.45
03-0259-00 CLOSURE TRIM 1.015 0.78
03-0259-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.015 0.78
03-0259-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 1.015 0.78
03-0260-00 CLOSURE TRIM 1.615 1.23
03-0260-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.615 1.23
03-0260-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 1.615 1.23
03-0261-00 CLOSURE TRIM 1.115 0.85
03-0261-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.115 0.85
03-0261-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 1.115 0.85
03-0262-00 HEAD TRIM 1.015 0.76
03-0262-05 HEAD TRIM 1.015 0.76
03-0262-22 HEAD TRIM [XMA] 1.015 0.76
03-0263-00 HEAD TRIM 1.615 1.21
03-0263-05 HEAD TRIM 1.615 1.21
03-0263-22 HEAD TRIM [XMA] 1.615 1.21
03-0264-00 CLOSURE TRIM 1.200 0.50
03-0264-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.200 0.50
03-0264-09 CLOUSER TRIM 1.200 0.50
03-0264-22 CLOUSER TRIM [XMA] 1.200 0.50
03-0265-00 CLOSURE TRIM 2.100 0.90
03-0265-05 CLOSURE TRIM 2.100 0.90
03-0265-09 CLOUSER TRIM 2.100 0.90
03-0265-22 CLOUSER TRIM [XMA] 2.100 0.90
03-0266-00 CLOSURE TRIM 2.300 1.00
03-0266-05 CLOSURE TRIM 2.300 1.00
03-0266-09 CLOSURE TRIM 2.300 1.00
03-0266-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 2.300 1.00
03-0267-00 HEAD TRIM 3.050 2.68
03-0267-05 HEAD TRIM 3.050 2.68
03-0267-22 HEAD TRIM [XMA] 3.050 2.68
03-0268-00 JOINT TRIM 3.050 4.86
03-0268-05 JOINT TRIM 3.050 4.86
03-0268-22 JOINT TRIM [XMA] 3.050 4.86
03-0269-00 JOINT TRIM 3.050 4.70
03-0269-05 JOINT TRIM 3.050 4.70
03-0269-22 JOINT TRIM [XMA] 3.050 4.70
03-0270-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 2.68
03-0270-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 2.68
03-0270-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.050 2.68
03-0271-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 1.66
03-0271-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 1.66
03-0271-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.050 1.66
03-0272-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 1.58
03-0272-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 1.58

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0272-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.050 1.58
03-0273-03 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.67
03-0273-04 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.67
03-0273-05 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.67
03-0273-06 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.67
03-0273-07 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.67
03-0273-09 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.67
03-0273-11 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.67
03-0273-12 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.67
03-0274-00 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.74
03-0274-03 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.74
03-0274-04 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.74
03-0274-05 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.74
03-0274-06 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.74
03-0274-07 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.74
03-0274-09 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.74
03-0274-11 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.74
03-0274-12 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.74
03-0274-22 F.O. JAMB TRIM [XMA] 3.050 1.74
03-0280-00 PEAK BOX (1.0/10 SLOPE) 0.642 1.34
03-0280-03 PEAK BOX (1.0/10 SLOPE) 0.642 1.34
03-0280-04 PEAK BOX (1.0/10 SLOPE) 0.642 1.34
03-0280-05 PEAK BOX (1.0/10 SLOPE) 0.642 1.34
03-0280-06 PEAK BOX (1.0/10 SLOPE) 0.642 1.34
03-0280-07 PEAK BOX (1.0/10 SLOPE) 0.642 1.34
03-0280-09 PEAK BOX (1.0/10 SLOPE) 0.642 1.34
03-0280-11 PEAK BOX (1.0/10 SLOPE) 0.642 1.34
03-0280-12 PEAK BOX (1.0/10 SLOPE) 0.642 1.34
03-0281-00 PEAK BOX (0.5/10 SLOPE) 0.622 1.25
03-0281-03 PEAK BOX (0.5/10 SLOPE) 0.622 1.25
03-0281-04 PEAK BOX (0.5/10 SLOPE) 0.622 1.25
03-0281-05 PEAK BOX (0.5/10 SLOPE) 0.622 1.25
03-0281-06 PEAK BOX (0.5/10 SLOPE) 0.622 1.25
03-0281-07 PEAK BOX (0.5/10 SLOPE) 0.622 1.25
03-0281-09 PEAK BOX (0.5/10 SLOPE) 0.622 1.25
03-0281-11 PEAK BOX (0.5/10 SLOPE) 0.622 1.25
03-0281-12 PEAK BOX (0.5/10 SLOPE) 0.622 1.25
03-0285-00 PEAK BOX (1.0/10 SLOPE) 0.642 1.34
03-0285-03 PEAK BOX (1.0/10 SLOPE) 0.642 1.34
03-0285-04 PEAK BOX (1.0/10 SLOPE) 0.642 1.34
03-0285-05 PEAK BOX (1.0/10 SLOPE) 0.642 1.34
03-0285-06 PEAK BOX (1.0/10 SLOPE) 0.642 1.34
03-0285-07 PEAK BOX (1.0/10 SLOPE) 0.642 1.34
03-0285-09 PEAK BOX (1.0/10 SLOPE) 0.642 1.34
03-0285-11 PEAK BOX (1.0/10 SLOPE) 0.642 1.34
03-0285-12 PEAK BOX (1.0/10 SLOPE) 0.642 1.34
03-0286-00 PEAK BOX (0.5/10 SLOPE) 0.622 1.25
03-0286-03 PEAK BOX (0.5/10 SLOPE) 0.622 1.25
03-0286-04 PEAK BOX (0.5/10 SLOPE) 0.622 1.25
03-0286-05 PEAK BOX (0.5/10 SLOPE) 0.622 1.25

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0286-06 PEAK BOX (0.5/10 SLOPE) 0.622 1.25
03-0286-07 PEAK BOX (0.5/10 SLOPE) 0.622 1.25
03-0286-09 PEAK BOX (0.5/10 SLOPE) 0.622 1.25
03-0286-11 PEAK BOX (0.5/10 SLOPE) 0.622 1.25
03-0286-12 PEAK BOX (0.5/10 SLOPE) 0.622 1.25
03-0300-03 HEAD TRIM 3.100 1.95
03-0300-04 HEAD TRIM 3.100 1.95
03-0300-05 HEAD TRIM 3.100 1.95
03-0300-06 HEAD TRIM 3.100 1.95
03-0300-07 HEAD TRIM 3.100 1.95
03-0300-09 HEAD TRIM 3.100 1.95
03-0300-11 HEAD TRIM 3.100 1.95
03-0300-12 HEAD TRIM 3.100 1.95
03-0300-22 HEAD TRIM [XMA] 3.100 1.95
03-0304-00 HEAD TRIM 1.040 0.61
03-0304-03 HEAD TRIM 1.040 0.61
03-0304-05 HEAD TRIM 1.040 0.61
03-0305-03 JAMB TRIM 1.120 0.48
03-0305-04 JAMB TRIM 1.120 0.48
03-0305-05 JAMB TRIM 1.120 0.48
03-0305-06 JAMB TRIM 1.120 0.48
03-0305-07 JAMB TRIM 1.120 0.48
03-0305-09 JAMB TRIM 1.120 0.48
03-0305-11 JAMB TRIM 1.120 0.48
03-0305-12 JAMB TRIM 1.120 0.48
03-0305-22 JAMB TRIM [XMA] 1.120 0.48
03-0306-00 HEAD TRIM 1.640 0.97
03-0306-03 HEAD TRIM 1.640 0.97
03-0306-04 HEAD TRIM 1.640 0.97
03-0306-05 HEAD TRIM 1.640 0.97
03-0306-06 HEAD TRIM 1.640 0.97

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0306-07 HEAD TRIM 1.640 0.97
03-0306-09 HEAD TRIM 1.640 0.97
03-0306-11 HEAD TRIM 1.640 0.97
03-0306-12 HEAD TRIM 1.640 0.97
03-0307-03 SILL/HEAD/JAMB TRIM 1.015 0.44
03-0308-03 EDGE TRIM 3.050 1.56
03-0308-04 EDGE TRIM 3.050 1.56
03-0308-05 EDGE TRIM 3.050 1.56
03-0308-06 EDGE TRIM 3.050 1.56
03-0308-07 EDGE TRIM 3.050 1.56
03-0308-09 EDGE TRIM 3.050 1.56
03-0308-11 EDGE TRIM 3.050 1.56
03-0308-12 EDGE TRIM 3.050 1.56
03-0311-00 F.O. HEAD & JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.64
03-0311-03 F.O. HEAD & JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.64
03-0311-04 F.O. HEAD & JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.64
03-0311-05 F.O. HEAD & JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.64
03-0311-06 F.O. HEAD & JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.64
03-0311-07 F.O. HEAD & JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.64
03-0311-09 F.O. HEAD & JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.64
03-0311-11 F.O. HEAD & JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.64
03-0311-12 F.O. HEAD & JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.64
03-0311-22 F.O. HEAD & JAMB TRIM [XMA] 3.050 1.64
03-0312-03 HEAD TRIM 1.600 1.90
03-0312-04 HEAD TRIM 1.600 1.90
03-0312-05 HEAD TRIM 1.600 1.90
03-0312-06 HEAD TRIM 1.600 1.90
03-0312-07 HEAD TRIM 1.600 1.90
03-0312-09 HEAD TRIM 1.600 1.90
03-0312-11 HEAD TRIM 1.600 1.90
03-0312-12 HEAD TRIM 1.600 1.90
03-0312-22 HEAD TRIM [XMA] 1.600 1.90
03-0314-03 BASE TRIM 3.050 1.92
03-0314-04 BASE TRIM 3.050 1.92
03-0314-05 BASE TRIM 3.050 1.92
03-0314-06 BASE TRIM 3.050 1.92
03-0314-07 BASE TRIM 3.050 1.92
03-0314-09 BASE TRIM 3.050 1.92
03-0314-11 BASE TRIM 3.050 1.92
03-0314-12 BASE TRIM 3.050 1.92
03-0326-00 HEAD TRIM 1.100 1.30
03-0326-03 HEAD TRIM 1.100 1.30
03-0326-04 HEAD TRIM 1.100 1.30
03-0326-05 HEAD TRIM 1.100 1.30
03-0326-06 HEAD TRIM 1.100 1.30
03-0326-07 HEAD TRIM 1.100 1.30
03-0326-09 HEAD TRIM 1.100 1.30

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0326-11 HEAD TRIM 1.100 1.30
03-0326-12 HEAD TRIM 1.100 1.30
03-0326-22 HEAD TRIM [XMA] 1.100 1.30
03-0327-03 HEAD TRIM 1.015 0.78
03-0327-04 HEAD TRIM 1.015 0.78
03-0327-05 HEAD TRIM 1.015 0.78
03-0327-06 HEAD TRIM 1.015 0.78
03-0327-07 HEAD TRIM 1.015 0.78
03-0327-09 HEAD TRIM 1.015 0.78
03-0327-11 HEAD TRIM 1.015 0.78
03-0327-12 HEAD TRIM 1.015 0.78
03-0327-22 HEAD TRIM [XMA] 1.015 0.78
03-0328-03 JAMB TRIM 1.115 0.86
03-0328-04 JAMB TRIM 1.115 0.86
03-0328-05 JAMB TRIM 1.115 0.86
03-0328-06 JAMB TRIM 1.115 0.86
03-0328-07 JAMB TRIM 1.115 0.86
03-0328-09 JAMB TRIM 1.115 0.86
03-0328-11 JAMB TRIM 1.115 0.86
03-0328-12 JAMB TRIM 1.115 0.86
03-0328-22 JAMB TRIM [XMA] 1.115 0.86
03-0329-03 HEAD/ SILL TRIM 1.618 0.72
03-0329-04 HEAD/ SILL TRIM 1.618 0.72
03-0329-05 HEAD/ SILL TRIM 1.618 0.72
03-0329-06 HEAD/ SILL TRIM 1.618 0.72
03-0329-07 HEAD/ SILL TRIM 1.618 0.72
03-0329-09 HEAD/ SILL TRIM 1.618 0.72
03-0329-11 HEAD/ SILL TRIM 1.618 0.72
03-0329-12 HEAD/ SILL TRIM 1.618 0.72
03-0330-03 SILL/ HEAD TRIM 1.615 1.24
03-0330-04 SILL/ HEAD TRIM 1.615 1.24
03-0330-05 SILL/ HEAD TRIM 1.615 1.24
03-0330-06 SILL/ HEAD TRIM 1.615 1.24
03-0330-07 SILL/ HEAD TRIM 1.615 1.24
03-0330-09 SILL/ HEAD TRIM 1.615 1.24
03-0330-11 SILL/ HEAD TRIM 1.615 1.24
03-0330-12 SILL/ HEAD TRIM 1.615 1.24
03-0330-22 SILL/ HEAD TRIM [XMA] 1.615 1.24
03-0332-03 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.71
03-0332-04 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.71
03-0332-05 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.71
03-0332-06 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.71
03-0332-07 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.71
03-0332-09 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.71
03-0332-11 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.71
03-0332-12 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.71
03-0335-03 JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.56
03-0335-04 JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.56
03-0335-05 JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.56
03-0335-06 JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.56

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0335-07 JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.56
03-0335-09 JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.56
03-0335-11 JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.56
03-0335-12 JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.56
03-0338-03 HEAD TRIM 2.100 0.84
03-0338-04 HEAD TRIM 2.100 0.84
03-0338-05 HEAD TRIM 2.100 0.84
03-0338-06 HEAD TRIM 2.100 0.84
03-0338-07 HEAD TRIM 2.100 0.84
03-0338-09 HEAD TRIM 2.100 0.84
03-0338-11 HEAD TRIM 2.100 0.84
03-0338-12 HEAD TRIM 2.100 0.84
03-0338-22 HEAD TRIM [XMA] 2.100 0.84
03-0339-03 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.48
03-0339-04 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.48
03-0339-05 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.48
03-0339-06 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.48
03-0339-07 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.48
03-0339-09 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.48
03-0339-11 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.48
03-0339-12 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.48
03-0339-22 HEAD TRIM [XMA] 1.200 0.48
03-0340-00 JAMB TRIM 2.300 1.06
03-0340-03 JAMB TRIM 2.300 1.06
03-0340-04 JAMB TRIM 2.300 1.06
03-0340-05 JAMB TRIM 2.300 1.06
03-0340-06 JAMB TRIM 2.300 1.06
03-0340-07 JAMB TRIM 2.300 1.06
03-0340-09 JAMB TRIM 2.300 1.06
03-0340-11 JAMB TRIM 2.300 1.06
03-0340-12 JAMB TRIM 2.300 1.06
03-0340-22 JAMB TRIM [XMA] 2.300 1.06
03-0342-00 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.55
03-0342-03 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.55
03-0342-04 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.55
03-0342-05 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.55
03-0342-06 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.55
03-0342-07 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.55
03-0342-09 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.55
03-0342-11 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.55
03-0342-12 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.55
03-0344-00 JAMB TRIM 2.300 1.05
03-0344-03 JAMB TRIM 2.300 1.05
03-0344-04 JAMB TRIM 2.300 1.05
03-0344-05 JAMB TRIM 2.300 1.05
03-0344-06 JAMB TRIM 2.300 1.05
03-0344-07 JAMB TRIM 2.300 1.05
03-0344-09 JAMB TRIM 2.300 1.05
03-0344-11 JAMB TRIM 2.300 1.05
03-0344-12 JAMB TRIM 2.300 1.05

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0345-03 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.14
03-0345-04 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.14
03-0345-05 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.14
03-0345-06 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.14
03-0345-07 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.14
03-0345-09 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.14
03-0345-11 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.14
03-0345-12 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.14
03-0345-22 SPACER TRIM [XMA] 3.050 1.14
03-0346-03 ESCUTCHEON TRIM 1.700 2.00
03-0346-04 ESCUTCHEON TRIM 1.700 2.00
03-0346-05 ESCUTCHEON TRIM 1.700 2.00
03-0346-06 ESCUTCHEON TRIM 1.700 2.00
03-0346-07 ESCUTCHEON TRIM 1.700 2.00
03-0346-09 ESCUTCHEON TRIM 1.700 2.00
03-0346-11 ESCUTCHEON TRIM 1.700 2.00
03-0346-12 ESCUTCHEON TRIM 1.700 2.00
03-0347-03 EAVE TRIM SUPPORT 3.050 3.11
03-0348-00 END CAP FLASHING 1.140 0.67
03-0348-03 END CAP FLASHING 1.140 0.67
03-0348-04 END CAP FLASHING 1.140 0.67
03-0348-05 END CAP FLASHING 1.140 0.67
03-0348-07 END CAP FLASHING 1.140 0.67
03-0348-11 END CAP FLASHING 1.140 0.67
03-0348-12 END CAP FLASHING 1.140 0.67
03-0349-00 CLOSURE TRIM 1.140 2.82
03-0349-03 CLOSURE TRIM 1.140 2.82
03-0349-04 CLOSURE TRIM 1.140 2.82
03-0349-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.140 2.82
03-0349-07 CLOSURE TRIM 1.140 2.82
03-0349-11 CLOSURE TRIM 1.140 2.82
03-0349-12 CLOSURE TRIM 1.140 2.82
03-0350-00 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 5.66
03-0350-03 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 5.66
03-0350-04 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 5.66
03-0350-05 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 5.66
03-0350-06 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 5.66
03-0350-07 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 5.66
03-0350-09 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 5.66
03-0350-11 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 5.66
03-0350-12 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 5.66
03-0351-00 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 5.48
03-0351-03 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 5.48

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0351-04 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 5.48
03-0351-05 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 5.48
03-0351-06 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 5.48
03-0351-07 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 5.48
03-0351-09 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 5.48
03-0351-11 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 5.48
03-0351-12 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 5.48
03-0352-00 SCREEN FLASHING 3.050 1.09
03-0352-03 SCREEN FLASHING 3.050 1.09
03-0352-04 SCREEN FLASHING 3.050 1.09
03-0352-05 SCREEN FLASHING 3.050 1.09
03-0352-06 SCREEN FLASHING 3.050 1.09
03-0352-07 SCREEN FLASHING 3.050 1.09
03-0352-09 SCREEN FLASHING 3.050 1.09
03-0352-11 SCREEN FLASHING 3.050 1.09
03-0352-12 SCREEN FLASHING 3.050 1.09
03-0353-00 END CAP FLASHING 1.230 0.72
03-0353-03 END CAP FLASHING 1.230 0.72
03-0353-04 END CAP FLASHING 1.230 0.72
03-0353-05 END CAP FLASHING 1.230 0.72
03-0353-06 END CAP FLASHING 1.230 0.72
03-0353-07 END CAP FLASHING 1.230 0.72
03-0353-09 END CAP FLASHING 1.230 0.72
03-0353-11 END CAP FLASHING 1.230 0.72
03-0353-12 END CAP FLASHING 1.230 0.72
03-0354-00 END CAP FLASHING 1.120 0.66
03-0354-03 END CAP FLASHING 1.120 0.66
03-0354-04 END CAP FLASHING 1.120 0.66
03-0354-05 END CAP FLASHING 1.120 0.66
03-0354-06 END CAP FLASHING 1.120 0.66
03-0354-07 END CAP FLASHING 1.120 0.66
03-0354-09 END CAP FLASHING 1.120 0.66
03-0354-11 END CAP FLASHING 1.120 0.66
03-0354-12 END CAP FLASHING 1.120 0.66
03-0355-00 WIND BAND 3.100 12.25
03-0355-03 WIND BAND 3.100 12.25
03-0355-04 WIND BAND 3.100 12.25
03-0355-05 WIND BAND 3.100 12.25
03-0355-06 WIND BAND 3.100 12.25
03-0355-07 WIND BAND 3.100 12.25
03-0355-09 WIND BAND 3.100 12.25
03-0355-11 WIND BAND 3.100 12.25
03-0355-12 WIND BAND 3.100 12.25
03-0356-00 WIND BAND 3.000 11.85
03-0356-03 WIND BAND 3.000 11.85
03-0356-04 WIND BAND 3.000 11.85
03-0356-05 WIND BAND 3.000 11.85
03-0356-06 WIND BAND 3.000 11.85
03-0356-07 WIND BAND 3.000 11.85
03-0356-09 WIND BAND 3.000 11.85

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0356-11 WIND BAND 3.000 11.85
03-0356-12 WIND BAND 3.000 11.85
03-0357-00 TOP PLATE 3.100 12.25
03-0357-03 TOP PLATE 3.100 12.25
03-0357-04 TOP PLATE 3.100 12.25
03-0357-05 TOP PLATE 3.100 12.25
03-0357-06 TOP PLATE 3.100 12.25
03-0357-07 TOP PLATE 3.100 12.25
03-0357-09 TOP PLATE 3.100 12.25
03-0357-11 TOP PLATE 3.100 12.25
03-0357-12 TOP PLATE 3.100 12.25
03-0358-00 TOP PLATE 3.000 11.85
03-0358-03 TOP PLATE 3.000 11.85
03-0358-04 TOP PLATE 3.000 11.85
03-0358-05 TOP PLATE 3.000 11.85
03-0358-06 TOP PLATE 3.000 11.85
03-0358-07 TOP PLATE 3.000 11.85
03-0358-09 TOP PLATE 3.000 11.85
03-0358-11 TOP PLATE 3.000 11.85
03-0358-12 TOP PLATE 3.000 11.85
03-0359-00 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 4.93
03-0359-03 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 4.93
03-0359-04 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 4.93
03-0359-05 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 4.93
03-0359-07 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 4.93
03-0359-11 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 4.93
03-0359-12 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 4.93
03-0360-00 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 4.77
03-0360-03 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 4.77
03-0360-04 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 4.77
03-0360-05 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 4.77
03-0360-07 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 4.77
03-0360-11 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 4.77
03-0360-12 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 4.77
03-0361-00 VENT SCREEN WASHER [25 X 0.50 X 25] 0.025 0.03
03-0362-05 OUTSIDE CORNER TRIM-PLAIN 3.655 4.16
03-0362-09 OUTSIDE CORNER TRIM-PLAIN 3.655 4.16
03-0363-03 TRANSITION ROOF FLASHING 3.050 1.74

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0365-03 ROOF FLASHING 3.150 2.61
03-0365-04 ROOF FLASHING 3.150 2.61
03-0365-05 ROOF FLASHING 3.150 2.61
03-0365-06 ROOF FLASHING 3.150 2.61
03-0365-07 ROOF FLASHING 3.150 2.61
03-0365-09 ROOF FLASHING 3.150 2.61
03-0365-11 ROOF FLASHING 3.150 2.61
03-0365-12 ROOF FLASHING 3.150 2.61
03-0366-00 EXTERIOR RIDGE CAP 3.200 8.04
03-0367-03 DRIP TRIM 3.050 2.27
03-0367-04 DRIP TRIM 3.050 2.27
03-0367-05 DRIP TRIM 3.050 2.27
03-0367-06 DRIP TRIM 3.050 2.27
03-0367-07 DRIP TRIM 3.050 2.27
03-0367-09 DRIP TRIM 3.050 2.27
03-0367-11 DRIP TRIM 3.050 2.27
03-0367-12 DRIP TRIM 3.050 2.27
03-0368-05 OUTSIDE CORNER TRIM 3.955 4.50
03-0373-03 EXTERIOR RIDGE-CAP 3.200 7.28
03-0377-00 CURVE TRIM 0.982 5.62
03-0377-03 CURVE TRIM 0.982 5.62
03-0377-04 CURVE TRIM 0.982 5.62

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0377-05 CURVE TRIM 0.982 5.62
03-0377-06 CURVE TRIM 0.982 5.62
03-0377-07 CURVE TRIM 0.982 5.62
03-0377-09 CURVE TRIM 0.982 5.62
03-0377-11 CURVE TRIM 0.982 5.62
03-0377-12 CURVE TRIM 0.982 5.62
03-0378-00 TRIM 3.000 4.62
03-0378-03 TRIM 3.000 4.62
03-0378-04 TRIM 3.000 4.62
03-0378-05 TRIM 3.000 4.62
03-0378-06 TRIM 3.000 4.62
03-0378-07 TRIM 3.000 4.62
03-0378-09 TRIM 3.000 4.62
03-0378-11 TRIM 3.000 4.62
03-0378-12 TRIM 3.000 4.62
03-0379-03 CURVED FASCIA OUTSIDE CORNER TRIM 2.000 1.49
03-0380-00 FLASHING TRIM 0.766 0.69
03-0380-03 FLASHING TRIM 0.766 0.69
03-0380-04 FLASHING TRIM 0.766 0.69
03-0380-05 FLASHING TRIM 0.766 0.69
03-0380-07 FLASHING TRIM 0.766 0.69
03-0380-11 FLASHING TRIM 0.766 0.69
03-0380-12 FLASHING TRIM 0.766 0.69
03-0381-03 HEAD TRIM 1.015 0.72
03-0381-04 HEAD TRIM 1.015 0.72
03-0381-05 HEAD TRIM 1.015 0.72
03-0381-06 HEAD TRIM 1.015 0.72
03-0381-07 HEAD TRIM 1.015 0.72
03-0381-09 HEAD TRIM 1.015 0.72
03-0381-11 HEAD TRIM 1.015 0.72
03-0381-12 HEAD TRIM 1.015 0.72
03-0381-22 HEAD TRIM [XMA] 1.015 0.72
03-0382-03 HEAD TRIM 1.615 1.14
03-0382-04 HEAD TRIM 1.615 1.14
03-0382-05 HEAD TRIM 1.615 1.14
03-0382-06 HEAD TRIM 1.615 1.14
03-0382-07 HEAD TRIM 1.615 1.14
03-0382-09 HEAD TRIM 1.615 1.14
03-0382-11 HEAD TRIM 1.615 1.14
03-0382-12 HEAD TRIM 1.615 1.14
03-0382-22 HEAD TRIM [XMA] 1.615 1.14
03-0383-03 EDGE TRIM 3.050 1.32
03-0383-04 EDGE TRIM 3.050 1.32

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0383-05 EDGE TRIM 3.050 1.32
03-0383-06 EDGE TRIM 3.050 1.32
03-0383-07 EDGE TRIM 3.050 1.32
03-0383-09 EDGE TRIM 3.050 1.32
03-0383-11 EDGE TRIM 3.050 1.32
03-0383-12 EDGE TRIM 3.050 1.32
03-0386-03 CANOPY TRIM 3.200 4.33
03-0386-04 CANOPY TRIM 3.200 4.33
03-0386-05 CANOPY TRIM 3.200 4.33
03-0386-06 CANOPY TRIM 3.200 4.33
03-0386-07 CANOPY TRIM 3.200 4.33
03-0386-09 CANOPY TRIM 3.200 4.33
03-0386-11 CANOPY TRIM 3.200 4.33
03-0386-12 CANOPY TRIM 3.200 4.33
03-0387-03 COUNTER FLASHING 3.200 2.88
03-0388-03 GABLE FLASHING 3.550 4.11
03-0388-04 GABLE FLASHING 3.550 4.11
03-0388-05 GABLE FLASHING 3.550 4.11
03-0388-06 GABLE FLASHING 3.550 4.11
03-0388-07 GABLE FLASHING 3.550 4.11
03-0388-09 GABLE FLASHING 3.550 4.11
03-0388-11 GABLE FLASHING 3.550 4.11
03-0388-12 GABLE FLASHING 3.550 4.11
03-0389-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.200 4.02
03-0389-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.200 4.02
03-0389-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.200 4.02
03-0389-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.200 4.02
03-0389-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.200 4.02
03-0389-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.200 4.02
03-0389-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.200 4.02
03-0389-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.200 4.02
03-0389-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.200 4.02
03-0390-03 INTERIOR RIDGE CAP 3.050 3.83
03-0390-22 INTERIOR RIDGE CAP [XMA] 3.050 3.83
03-0394-03 BASE FLASHING 3.550 3.40
03-0394-04 BASE FLASHING 3.550 3.40

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0394-05 BASE FLASHING 3.550 3.40
03-0394-06 BASE FLASHING 3.550 3.40
03-0394-07 BASE FLASHING 3.550 3.40
03-0394-09 BASE FLASHING 3.550 3.40
03-0394-11 BASE FLASHING 3.550 3.40
03-0394-12 BASE FLASHING 3.550 3.40
03-0395-03 CANOPY TRIM 0.900 0.94
03-0395-04 CANOPY TRIM 0.900 0.94
03-0395-05 CANOPY TRIM 0.900 0.94
03-0395-06 CANOPY TRIM 0.900 0.94
03-0395-07 CANOPY TRIM 0.900 0.94
03-0395-09 CANOPY TRIM 0.900 0.94
03-0395-11 CANOPY TRIM 0.900 0.94
03-0395-12 CANOPY TRIM 0.900 0.94
03-0402-03 CORNER TRIM 1.000 0.75
03-0402-04 CORNER TRIM 1.000 0.75
03-0402-05 CORNER TRIM 1.000 0.75
03-0402-06 CORNER TRIM 1.000 0.75
03-0402-07 CORNER TRIM 1.000 0.75
03-0402-09 CORNER TRIM 1.000 0.75
03-0402-11 CORNER TRIM 1.000 0.75
03-0402-12 CORNER TRIM 1.000 0.75
03-0412-03 JOINT TRIM 3.200 6.66
03-0412-04 JOINT TRIM 3.200 6.66
03-0412-05 JOINT TRIM 3.200 6.66
03-0412-06 JOINT TRIM 3.200 6.66
03-0412-07 JOINT TRIM 3.200 6.66
03-0412-09 JOINT TRIM 3.200 6.66
03-0412-11 JOINT TRIM 3.200 6.66
03-0412-12 JOINT TRIM 3.200 6.66
03-0413-03 JOINT TRIM-SOFFIT 1.470 2.34
03-0413-22 JOINT TRIM-SOFFIT [XMA] 1.470 2.34
03-0418-00 CURVE TRIM 0.982 5.74
03-0418-03 CURVE TRIM 0.982 5.74
03-0418-04 CURVE TRIM 0.982 5.74
03-0418-05 CURVE TRIM 0.982 5.74
03-0418-06 CURVE TRIM 0.982 5.74
03-0418-07 CURVE TRIM 0.982 5.74
03-0418-09 CURVE TRIM 0.982 5.74
03-0418-11 CURVE TRIM 0.982 5.74
03-0418-12 CURVE TRIM 0.982 5.74
03-0419-00 TRIM 3.000 4.83
03-0419-03 TRIM 3.000 4.83

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0419-04 TRIM 3.000 4.83
03-0419-05 TRIM 3.000 4.83
03-0419-06 TRIM 3.000 4.83
03-0419-07 TRIM 3.000 4.83
03-0419-09 TRIM 3.000 4.83
03-0419-11 TRIM 3.000 4.83
03-0419-12 TRIM 3.000 4.83
03-0420-00 FLASHING TRIM 0.828 0.75
03-0420-03 FLASHING TRIM 0.828 0.75
03-0420-04 FLASHING TRIM 0.828 0.75
03-0420-05 FLASHING TRIM 0.828 0.75
03-0420-07 FLASHING TRIM 0.828 0.75
03-0420-11 FLASHING TRIM 0.828 0.75
03-0420-12 FLASHING TRIM 0.828 0.75
03-0421-00 JOINT TRIM (FOR RV 300) 0.468 1.65
03-0421-03 JOINT TRIM (FOR RV 300) 0.468 1.65
03-0421-04 JOINT TRIM (FOR RV 300) 0.468 1.65
03-0421-05 JOINT TRIM (FOR RV 300) 0.468 1.65
03-0421-06 JOINT TRIM (FOR RV 300) 0.468 1.65
03-0421-07 JOINT TRIM (FOR RV 300) 0.468 1.65
03-0421-09 JOINT TRIM (FOR RV 300) 0.468 1.65
03-0421-11 JOINT TRIM (FOR RV 300) 0.468 1.65
03-0421-12 JOINT TRIM (FOR RV 300) 0.468 1.65
03-0422-00 JOINT TRIM (FOR RV 600) 0.882 2.58
03-0422-03 JOINT TRIM (FOR RV 600) 0.882 2.58
03-0422-04 JOINT TRIM (FOR RV 600) 0.882 2.58
03-0422-05 JOINT TRIM (FOR RV 600) 0.882 2.58
03-0422-06 JOINT TRIM (FOR RV 600) 0.882 2.58
03-0422-07 JOINT TRIM (FOR RV 600) 0.882 2.58
03-0422-09 JOINT TRIM (FOR RV 600) 0.882 2.58
03-0422-11 JOINT TRIM (FOR RV 600) 0.882 2.58
03-0422-12 JOINT TRIM (FOR RV 600) 0.882 2.58
03-0423-00 COVER TRIM (FOR RV 300) 0.488 0.97
03-0423-03 COVER TRIM (FOR RV 300) 0.488 0.97
03-0423-04 COVER TRIM (FOR RV 300) 0.488 0.97
03-0423-05 COVER TRIM (FOR RV 300) 0.488 0.97
03-0423-06 COVER TRIM (FOR RV 300) 0.488 0.97
03-0423-07 COVER TRIM (FOR RV 300) 0.488 0.97
03-0423-09 COVER TRIM (FOR RV 300) 0.488 0.97
03-0423-11 COVER TRIM (FOR RV 300) 0.488 0.97
03-0423-12 COVER TRIM (FOR RV 300) 0.488 0.97
03-0424-00 COVER TRIM (FOR RV 600) 0.900 1.78
03-0424-03 COVER TRIM (FOR RV 600) 0.900 1.78
03-0424-04 COVER TRIM (FOR RV 600) 0.900 1.78
03-0424-05 COVER TRIM (FOR RV 600) 0.900 1.78
03-0424-06 COVER TRIM (FOR RV 600) 0.900 1.78
03-0424-07 COVER TRIM (FOR RV 600) 0.900 1.78
03-0424-09 COVER TRIM (FOR RV 600) 0.900 1.78
03-0424-11 COVER TRIM (FOR RV 600) 0.900 1.78
03-0424-12 COVER TRIM (FOR RV 600) 0.900 1.78

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0425-00 WIND BAND TRIM 3.000 6.71
03-0425-03 WIND BAND TRIM 3.000 6.71
03-0425-04 WIND BAND TRIM 3.000 6.71
03-0425-05 WIND BAND TRIM 3.000 6.71
03-0425-06 WIND BAND TRIM 3.000 6.71
03-0425-07 WIND BAND TRIM 3.000 6.71
03-0425-09 WIND BAND TRIM 3.000 6.71
03-0425-11 WIND BAND TRIM 3.000 6.71
03-0425-12 WIND BAND TRIM 3.000 6.71
03-0426-00 TOP PLATE TRIM 3.000 6.71
03-0426-03 TOP PLATE TRIM 3.000 6.71
03-0426-04 TOP PLATE TRIM 3.000 6.71
03-0426-05 TOP PLATE TRIM 3.000 6.71
03-0426-06 TOP PLATE TRIM 3.000 6.71
03-0426-07 TOP PLATE TRIM 3.000 6.71
03-0426-09 TOP PLATE TRIM 3.000 6.71
03-0426-11 TOP PLATE TRIM 3.000 6.71
03-0426-12 TOP PLATE TRIM 3.000 6.71
03-0427-00 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 5.89
03-0427-03 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 5.89
03-0427-04 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 5.89
03-0427-05 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 5.89
03-0427-06 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 5.89
03-0427-07 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 5.89
03-0427-09 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 5.89
03-0427-11 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 5.89
03-0427-12 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 5.89
03-0428-00 DAMPER TRIM 2.975 4.55
03-0428-03 DAMPER TRIM 2.975 4.55
03-0428-04 DAMPER TRIM 2.975 4.55
03-0428-05 DAMPER TRIM 2.975 4.55
03-0428-06 DAMPER TRIM 2.975 4.55
03-0428-07 DAMPER TRIM 2.975 4.55
03-0428-09 DAMPER TRIM 2.975 4.55
03-0428-11 DAMPER TRIM 2.975 4.55
03-0428-12 DAMPER TRIM 2.975 4.55
03-0429-00 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0429-03 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0429-04 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0429-05 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0429-06 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0429-07 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0429-09 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0429-11 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0429-12 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0431-03 PURLIN FLASHING [LOWER LEFT] 0.300 0.13
03-0431-22 PURLIN FLASHING (LOWER LEFT) [XMA] 0.300 0.13
03-0432-03 PURLIN FLASHING [UPPER LEFT] 0.300 0.15
03-0432-22 PURLIN FLASHING (UPPER LEFT) [XMA] 0.300 0.15
03-0433-03 PURLIN FLASHING [UPPER RIGHT] 0.300 0.15
03-0433-22 PURLIN FLASHING (UPPER RIGHT) [XMA] 0.300 0.15
03-0434-03 PURLIN FLASHING [LOWER RIGHT] 0.300 0.13
03-0434-22 PURLIN FLASHING (LOWER RIGHT) [XMA] 0.300 0.13
03-0435-03 WIND BAND 1.600 7.26
03-0435-05 WIND BAND (600 RV) 1.600 7.26
03-0437-03 TOP PLATE 1.600 6.76
03-0437-05 TOP PLATE (600RV) 1.600 6.76
03-0438-03 THROAT FLASHING 1.600 2.92
03-0438-05 THROAT FLASHING (600 RV) 1.600 2.92
03-0439-03 SCREEN TRIM 1.600 0.57
03-0439-05 SCREEN TRIM 1.600 0.57
03-0440-00 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
03-0440-03 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0440-04 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
03-0440-05 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
03-0440-07 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
03-0440-11 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
03-0440-12 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
03-0441-00 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.36
03-0441-03 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.36
03-0441-04 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.36
03-0441-05 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.36
03-0441-07 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.36
03-0441-11 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.36
03-0441-12 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.36
03-0442-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 1.88
03-0442-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 1.88
03-0442-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 1.88
03-0442-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 1.88
03-0442-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 1.88
03-0442-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 1.88
03-0442-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 1.88
03-0443-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0443-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0443-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0443-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0443-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0443-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0443-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0444-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0444-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0444-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0444-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0444-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0444-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0444-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0445-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0445-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0445-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0445-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0445-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0445-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0445-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0446-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0446-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0446-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0446-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0446-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0446-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0446-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0447-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.51
03-0447-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.51
03-0447-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.51

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0447-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.51
03-0447-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.51
03-0447-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.51
03-0447-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.51
03-0448-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.79
03-0448-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.79
03-0448-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.79
03-0448-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.79
03-0448-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.79
03-0448-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.79
03-0448-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.79
03-0450-03 INSIDE SHEETING TRIM 3.000 4.10
03-0451-00 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.63
03-0451-03 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.63
03-0451-04 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.63
03-0451-05 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.63
03-0451-06 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.63
03-0451-07 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.63
03-0451-09 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.63
03-0451-11 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.63
03-0451-12 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.63
03-0452-00 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.73
03-0452-03 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.73
03-0452-04 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.73
03-0452-05 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.73
03-0452-06 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.73
03-0452-07 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.73
03-0452-09 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.73
03-0452-11 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.73
03-0452-12 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.73
03-0453-00 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.88
03-0453-03 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.88
03-0453-04 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.88
03-0453-05 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.88
03-0453-06 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.88
03-0453-07 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.88
03-0453-09 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.88
03-0453-11 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.88
03-0453-12 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 1.88
03-0454-00 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 2.04
03-0454-03 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 2.04
03-0454-04 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 2.04
03-0454-05 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 2.04

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0454-06 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 2.04
03-0454-07 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 2.04
03-0454-09 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 2.04
03-0454-11 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 2.04
03-0454-12 WINDOW DRIP TRIM 1.600 2.04
03-0455-00 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.61
03-0455-03 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.61
03-0455-04 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.61
03-0455-05 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.61
03-0455-06 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.61
03-0455-07 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.61
03-0455-09 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.61
03-0455-11 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.61
03-0455-12 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.61
03-0456-00 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 0.91
03-0456-01 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 0.91
03-0456-02 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 0.91
03-0456-03 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 0.91
03-0456-04 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 0.91
03-0456-05 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 0.91
03-0456-06 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 0.91
03-0456-07 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 0.91
03-0456-09 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 0.91
03-0456-11 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 0.91
03-0456-12 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 0.91
03-0457-00 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.24
03-0457-03 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.24
03-0457-04 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.24
03-0457-05 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.24
03-0457-06 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.24
03-0457-07 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.24
03-0457-09 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.24
03-0457-11 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.24
03-0457-12 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.24
03-0458-00 WINDOW JAMB/SILL TRIM 3.800 1.70

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0460-00 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.23
03-0460-03 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.23
03-0460-04 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.23
03-0460-05 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.23
03-0460-06 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.23
03-0460-07 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.23
03-0460-09 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.23
03-0460-11 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.23
03-0460-12 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.23
03-0461-00 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.65
03-0461-03 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.65
03-0461-04 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.65
03-0461-05 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.65
03-0461-06 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.65
03-0461-07 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.65
03-0461-09 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.65
03-0461-11 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.65
03-0461-12 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.65
03-0462-00 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.29
03-0462-03 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.29
03-0462-04 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.29
03-0462-05 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.29
03-0462-06 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.29
03-0462-07 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.29
03-0462-09 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.29
03-0462-11 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.29
03-0462-12 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.29
03-0463-00 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.72
03-0463-03 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.72
03-0463-04 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.72
03-0463-05 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.72
03-0463-06 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.72
03-0463-07 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.72
03-0463-09 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.72
03-0463-11 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.72
03-0463-12 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.72
03-0464-00 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.50
03-0464-03 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.50
03-0464-04 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.50
03-0464-05 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.50
03-0464-06 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.50
03-0464-07 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.50
03-0464-09 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.50
03-0464-11 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.50
03-0464-12 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.50
03-0465-00 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.87
03-0465-03 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.87
03-0465-04 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.87

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0465-05 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.87
03-0465-06 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.87
03-0465-07 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.87
03-0465-09 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.87
03-0465-11 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.87
03-0465-12 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 0.87
03-0466-00 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.72
03-0466-03 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.72
03-0466-04 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.72
03-0466-05 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.72
03-0466-06 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.72
03-0466-07 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.72
03-0466-09 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.72
03-0466-11 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.72
03-0466-12 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 1.72
03-0467-00 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 1.03
03-0467-03 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 1.03
03-0467-04 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 1.03
03-0467-05 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 1.03
03-0467-06 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 1.03
03-0467-07 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 1.03
03-0467-09 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 1.03
03-0467-11 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 1.03
03-0467-12 WINDOW SILL TRIM 1.600 1.03
03-0468-00 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 0.30
03-0468-03 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 0.30
03-0468-04 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 0.30
03-0468-05 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 0.30
03-0468-06 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 0.30
03-0468-07 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 0.30
03-0468-09 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 0.30
03-0468-11 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 0.30
03-0468-12 WINDOW JAMB TRIM 2.200 0.30
03-0470-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.17
03-0470-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.17
03-0470-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.17
03-0470-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.17
03-0470-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.17
03-0470-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.17
03-0470-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.17
03-0470-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.17
03-0470-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.17
03-0471-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.68
03-0471-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.68
03-0471-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.68
03-0471-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.68
03-0471-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.68
03-0471-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.68
03-0471-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.68
03-0471-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.68

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0471-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.68
03-0472-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.24
03-0472-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.24
03-0472-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.24
03-0472-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.24
03-0472-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.24
03-0472-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.24
03-0472-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.24
03-0472-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.24
03-0472-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.24
03-0473-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.82
03-0473-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.82
03-0473-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.82
03-0473-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.82
03-0473-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.82
03-0473-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.82
03-0473-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.82
03-0473-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.82
03-0473-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.82
03-0474-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.29
03-0474-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.29
03-0474-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.29
03-0474-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.29
03-0474-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.29
03-0474-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.29
03-0474-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.29
03-0474-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.29
03-0474-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.29
03-0475-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.96
03-0475-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.96
03-0475-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.96
03-0475-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.96
03-0475-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.96
03-0475-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.96
03-0475-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.96
03-0475-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.96
03-0475-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.96
03-0476-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.87
03-0476-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.87
03-0476-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.87
03-0476-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.87
03-0476-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.87
03-0476-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.87
03-0476-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.87
03-0476-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.87
03-0476-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.87
03-0477-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.76
03-0477-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.76
03-0477-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.76
03-0477-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.76

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0477-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.76
03-0477-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.76
03-0477-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.76
03-0477-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.76
03-0477-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.76
03-0485-00 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.37
03-0485-03 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.37
03-0485-04 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.37
03-0485-05 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.37
03-0485-06 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.37
03-0485-07 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.37
03-0485-09 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.37
03-0485-11 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.37
03-0485-12 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.37
03-0486-00 CAP FLASHING 3.200 7.18
03-0486-03 CAP FLASHING 3.200 7.18
03-0486-04 CAP FLASHING 3.200 7.18
03-0486-05 CAP FLASHING 3.200 7.18
03-0486-06 CAP FLASHING 3.200 7.18
03-0486-07 CAP FLASHING 3.200 7.18
03-0486-09 CAP FLASHING 3.200 7.18
03-0486-11 CAP FLASHING 3.200 7.18
03-0486-12 CAP FLASHING 3.200 7.18
03-0487-00 CAP FLASHING 3.200 6.72
03-0487-03 CAP FLASHING 3.200 6.72
03-0487-04 CAP FLASHING 3.200 6.72
03-0487-05 CAP FLASHING 3.200 6.72
03-0487-06 CAP FLASHING 3.200 6.72
03-0487-07 CAP FLASHING 3.200 6.72
03-0487-09 CAP FLASHING 3.200 6.72
03-0487-11 CAP FLASHING 3.200 6.72
03-0487-12 CAP FLASHING 3.200 6.72
03-0488-00 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.71
03-0488-03 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.71
03-0488-04 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.71
03-0488-05 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.71
03-0488-06 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.71
03-0488-07 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.71
03-0488-09 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.71
03-0488-11 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.71
03-0488-12 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.71
03-0489-00 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.30
03-0489-01 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.30
03-0489-02 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.30
03-0489-03 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.30
03-0489-04 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.30
03-0489-05 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.30
03-0489-06 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.30
03-0489-07 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.30
03-0489-09 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.30

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0489-11 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.30
03-0489-12 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.30
03-0490-03 TRANSITION FLASHING 3.100 5.50
03-0491-03 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.50
03-0491-04 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.50
03-0491-05 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.50
03-0491-06 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.50
03-0491-07 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.50
03-0491-09 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.50
03-0491-11 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.50
03-0491-12 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.50
03-0492-03 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.20
03-0492-04 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.20
03-0492-05 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.20
03-0492-06 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.20
03-0492-07 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.20
03-0492-09 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.20
03-0492-11 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.20
03-0492-12 CAP FLASHING 3.100 4.20
03-0493-03 SILL TRIM 3.100 3.00
03-0493-04 SILL TRIM 3.100 3.00
03-0493-05 SILL TRIM 3.100 3.00
03-0493-06 SILL TRIM 3.100 3.00
03-0493-07 SILL TRIM 3.100 3.00
03-0493-09 SILL TRIM 3.100 3.00
03-0493-11 SILL TRIM 3.100 3.00
03-0493-12 SILL TRIM 3.100 3.00
03-0494-03 CAP TRIM 3.100 4.30
03-0494-04 CAP TRIM 3.100 4.30
03-0494-05 CAP TRIM 3.100 4.30
03-0494-06 CAP TRIM 3.100 4.30
03-0494-07 CAP TRIM 3.100 4.30
03-0494-09 CAP TRIM 3.100 4.30
03-0494-11 CAP TRIM 3.100 4.30
03-0494-12 CAP TRIM 3.100 4.30
03-0495-03 SOFFIT TRIM 3.100 4.32
03-0495-04 SOFFIT TRIM 3.100 4.32
03-0495-05 SOFFIT TRIM 3.100 4.32
03-0495-06 SOFFIT TRIM 3.100 4.32
03-0495-07 SOFFIT TRIM 3.100 4.32
03-0495-09 SOFFIT TRIM 3.100 4.32
03-0495-11 SOFFIT TRIM 3.100 4.32
03-0495-12 SOFFIT TRIM 3.100 4.32

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0496-00 CORNER TRIM 3.100 1.39
03-0496-03 CORNER TRIM 3.100 1.39
03-0496-04 CORNER TRIM 3.100 1.39
03-0496-05 CORNER TRIM 3.100 1.39
03-0496-06 CORNER TRIM 3.100 1.39
03-0496-07 CORNER TRIM 3.100 1.39
03-0496-09 CORNER TRIM 3.100 1.39
03-0496-11 CORNER TRIM 3.100 1.39
03-0496-12 CORNER TRIM 3.100 1.39
03-0500-03 CAP FLASHING 3.200 6.96
03-0500-04 CAP FLASHING 3.200 6.96
03-0500-05 CAP FLASHING 3.200 6.96
03-0500-06 CAP FLASHING 3.200 6.96
03-0500-07 CAP FLASHING 3.200 6.96
03-0500-09 CAP FLASHING 3.200 6.96
03-0500-11 CAP FLASHING 3.200 6.96
03-0500-12 CAP FLASHING 3.200 6.96
03-0501-03 CAP FLASHING 3.200 6.61
03-0501-04 CAP FLASHING 3.200 6.61
03-0501-05 CAP FLASHING 3.200 6.61
03-0501-06 CAP FLASHING 3.200 6.61
03-0501-07 CAP FLASHING 3.200 6.61
03-0501-09 CAP FLASHING 3.200 6.61
03-0501-11 CAP FLASHING 3.200 6.61
03-0501-12 CAP FLASHING 3.200 6.61
03-0502-03 SILL TRIM 3.200 2.95
03-0502-04 SILL TRIM 3.200 2.95
03-0502-05 SILL TRIM 3.200 2.95
03-0502-06 SILL TRIM 3.200 2.95
03-0502-07 SILL TRIM 3.200 2.95
03-0502-09 SILL TRIM 3.200 2.95
03-0502-11 SILL TRIM 3.200 2.95
03-0502-12 SILL TRIM 3.200 2.95
03-0503-03 CLOSURE FLASHING 1.600 1.56

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0507-03 SOFFIT TRIM 3.200 1.74
03-0507-04 SOFFIT TRIM 3.200 1.74
03-0507-05 SOFFIT TRIM 3.200 1.74
03-0507-06 SOFFIT TRIM 3.200 1.74
03-0507-07 SOFFIT TRIM 3.200 1.74
03-0507-09 SOFFIT TRIM 3.200 1.74
03-0507-11 SOFFIT TRIM 3.200 1.74
03-0507-12 SOFFIT TRIM 3.200 1.74
03-0508-00 JAMB TRIM [ALUMINUM] 1.070 0.08
03-0509-00 JAMB TRIM [ALUMINUM] 1.070 0.08
03-0510-00 HEAD TRIM [ALUMINUM] 1.030 0.11
03-0511-00 HEAD TRIM [ALUMINUM] 1.530 0.17
03-0512-00 SILL TRIM [ALUMINUM] 1.030 0.09
03-0513-00 SILL TRIM [ALUMINUM] 1.530 0.14
03-0530-03 WA-630 POWER VENT FLASHING 0.700 2.93
03-0533-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.000 4.50
03-0533-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.000 4.50
03-0533-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.000 4.50
03-0533-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.000 4.50
03-0533-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.000 4.50
03-0533-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.000 4.50
03-0533-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.000 4.50
03-0533-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.000 4.50
03-0533-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.000 4.50
03-0543-03 DRIP TRIM 3.050 2.96
03-0543-04 DRIP TRIM 3.050 2.96
03-0543-05 DRIP TRIM 3.050 2.96
03-0543-06 DRIP TRIM 3.050 2.96
03-0543-07 DRIP TRIM 3.050 2.96
03-0543-09 DRIP TRIM 3.050 2.96
03-0543-11 DRIP TRIM 3.050 2.96
03-0543-12 DRIP TRIM 3.050 2.96
03-0544-03 CANOPY TRIM 0.900 1.02
03-0544-04 CANOPY TRIM 0.900 1.02
03-0544-05 CANOPY TRIM 0.900 1.02
03-0544-06 CANOPY TRIM 0.900 1.02
03-0544-07 CANOPY TRIM 0.900 1.02
03-0544-09 CANOPY TRIM 0.900 1.02

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0544-11 CANOPY TRIM 0.900 1.02
03-0544-12 CANOPY TRIM 0.900 1.02
03-0555-00 BASE TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0555-03 BASE TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0555-04 BASE TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0555-05 BASE TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0555-07 BASE TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0555-11 BASE TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0555-12 BASE TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0556-00 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0556-03 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0556-04 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0556-05 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0556-07 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0556-11 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0556-12 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0557-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 3.39
03-0557-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 3.39
03-0557-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 3.39
03-0557-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 3.39
03-0557-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 3.39
03-0557-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 3.39
03-0557-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 3.39
03-0557-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.550 3.39
03-0558-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0558-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0558-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0558-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0558-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0558-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0558-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.83
03-0558-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.550 2.83
03-0559-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.12
03-0559-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.12
03-0559-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.12
03-0559-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.12
03-0559-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.12
03-0559-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.12
03-0559-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.12
03-0559-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.550 2.12
03-0560-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.74
03-0560-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.74
03-0560-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.74
03-0560-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.74
03-0560-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.74
03-0560-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.74
03-0560-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.74
03-0560-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.74
03-0560-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.100 1.74
03-0561-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.98

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0561-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.98
03-0561-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.98
03-0561-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.98
03-0561-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.98
03-0561-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.98
03-0561-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.98
03-0561-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.98
03-0561-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.100 1.98
03-0562-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 2.31
03-0562-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 2.31
03-0562-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 2.31
03-0562-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 2.31
03-0562-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 2.31
03-0562-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 2.31
03-0562-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 2.31
03-0562-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 2.31
03-0562-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.100 2.31
03-0563-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 2.79
03-0563-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 2.79
03-0563-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 2.79
03-0563-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 2.79
03-0563-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 2.79
03-0563-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 2.79
03-0563-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 2.79
03-0563-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 2.79
03-0563-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.100 2.79
03-0564-00 CURVED EAVE CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 3.99
03-0566-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.73
03-0566-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.73
03-0566-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.73
03-0566-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.73
03-0566-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.73
03-0566-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.73

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0566-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.73
03-0566-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.73
03-0566-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 1.73
03-0567-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0567-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0567-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0567-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0567-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0567-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0567-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0567-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0567-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0567-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.550 2.09
03-0568-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0568-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0568-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0568-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0568-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0568-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0568-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0568-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0568-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0568-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.550 2.09
03-0569-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0569-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0569-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0569-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0569-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0569-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0569-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0569-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0569-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0569-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.550 2.38
03-0570-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0570-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0570-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0570-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0570-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0570-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0570-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0570-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0570-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0570-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.550 2.38
03-0571-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0571-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0571-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0571-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0571-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0571-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0571-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0571-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0571-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
03-0571-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.550 2.38
03-0572-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.79
03-0572-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.79
03-0572-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.79
03-0572-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.79
03-0572-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.79
03-0572-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.79
03-0572-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.79
03-0572-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.79
03-0572-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.79
03-0572-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.550 2.79
03-0573-00 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 2.79
03-0573-03 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 2.79
03-0573-04 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 2.79
03-0573-05 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 2.79
03-0573-06 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 2.79
03-0573-07 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 2.79
03-0573-09 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 2.79
03-0573-11 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 2.79
03-0573-12 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 2.79
03-0573-22 BASE / DRIP TRIM [XMA] 3.550 2.79
03-0574-00 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 3.07
03-0574-03 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 3.07
03-0574-04 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 3.07
03-0574-05 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 3.07
03-0574-06 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 3.07
03-0574-07 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 3.07
03-0574-09 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 3.07
03-0574-11 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 3.07
03-0574-12 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 3.07
03-0575-00 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0575-03 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0575-04 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0575-05 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0575-06 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0575-07 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0575-09 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0575-11 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0575-12 BASE / DRIP TRIM 3.550 3.34
03-0576-00 TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0576-03 TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0576-04 TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0576-05 TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0576-06 TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0576-07 TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0576-09 TRIM 3.550 2.09

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0576-11 TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0576-12 TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0576-22 TRIM [XMA] 3.550 2.09
03-0577-00 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
03-0577-03 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
03-0577-04 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
03-0577-05 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
03-0577-06 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
03-0577-07 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
03-0577-09 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
03-0577-11 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
03-0577-12 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
03-0578-00 TOP PLATE 3.000 14.35
03-0578-03 TOP PLATE 3.000 14.35
03-0578-04 TOP PLATE 3.000 14.35
03-0578-05 TOP PLATE 3.000 14.35
03-0578-06 TOP PLATE 3.000 14.35
03-0578-07 TOP PLATE 3.000 14.35
03-0578-09 TOP PLATE 3.000 14.35
03-0578-11 TOP PLATE 3.000 14.35
03-0578-12 TOP PLATE 3.000 14.35
03-0579-00 TOP PLATE 3.100 14.83
03-0579-03 TOP PLATE 3.100 14.83
03-0579-04 TOP PLATE 3.100 14.83
03-0579-05 TOP PLATE 3.100 14.83
03-0579-06 TOP PLATE 3.100 14.83
03-0579-07 TOP PLATE 3.100 14.83
03-0579-09 TOP PLATE 3.100 14.83
03-0579-11 TOP PLATE 3.100 14.83
03-0579-12 TOP PLATE 3.100 14.83
03-0580-00 WIND BAND TRIM 3.000 14.35
03-0580-03 WIND BAND TRIM 3.000 14.35
03-0580-04 WIND BAND TRIM 3.000 14.35
03-0580-05 WIND BAND TRIM 3.000 14.35
03-0580-06 WIND BAND TRIM 3.000 14.35
03-0580-07 WIND BAND TRIM 3.000 14.35
03-0580-09 WIND BAND TRIM 3.000 14.35
03-0580-11 WIND BAND TRIM 3.000 14.35
03-0580-12 WIND BAND TRIM 3.000 14.35
03-0581-00 WIND BAND TRIM 3.100 14.83
03-0581-03 WIND BAND TRIM 3.100 14.83
03-0581-04 WIND BAND TRIM 3.100 14.83
03-0581-05 WIND BAND TRIM 3.100 14.83
03-0581-06 WIND BAND TRIM 3.100 14.83
03-0581-07 WIND BAND TRIM 3.100 14.83
03-0581-09 WIND BAND TRIM 3.100 14.83
03-0581-11 WIND BAND TRIM 3.100 14.83
03-0581-12 WIND BAND TRIM 3.100 14.83
03-0582-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 3.39
03-0582-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 3.39

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0582-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 3.39
03-0582-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 3.39
03-0582-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 3.39
03-0582-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 3.39
03-0582-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 3.39
03-0582-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 3.39
03-0582-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 3.39
03-0582-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.550 3.39
03-0583-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 3.39
03-0583-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 3.39
03-0583-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 3.39
03-0583-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 3.39
03-0583-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 3.39
03-0583-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 3.39
03-0583-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 3.39
03-0583-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 3.39
03-0583-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 3.39
03-0583-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.550 3.39
03-0584-00 INTERIOR JOINT TRIM 3.550 8.14
03-0584-22 INTERIOR JOINT TRIM [XMA] 3.550 8.14
03-0585-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.26
03-0585-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.26
03-0585-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.26
03-0585-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.26
03-0585-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.26
03-0585-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.26
03-0585-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.26
03-0585-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.26
03-0585-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.26
03-0585-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.550 2.26
03-0586-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.67
03-0586-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.67
03-0586-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.67
03-0586-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.67
03-0586-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.67
03-0586-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.67
03-0586-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.67
03-0586-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.67
03-0586-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.67
03-0586-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.550 2.67
03-0587-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.26
03-0587-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.26

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0587-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.26
03-0587-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.26
03-0587-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.26
03-0587-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.26
03-0587-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.26
03-0587-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.26
03-0587-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.26
03-0587-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.550 2.26
03-0588-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.67
03-0588-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.67
03-0588-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.67
03-0588-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.67
03-0588-06 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.67
03-0588-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.67
03-0588-09 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.67
03-0588-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.67
03-0588-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.67
03-0588-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.550 2.67
03-0589-00 SPACER TRIM (SHORT) 3.550 2.40
03-0590-00 SPACER TRIM (LONG) 3.550 3.12
03-0590-03 SPACER TRIM (LONG) 3.550 3.12
03-0590-04 SPACER TRIM (LONG) 3.550 3.12
03-0590-05 SPACER TRIM (LONG) 3.550 3.12
03-0590-07 SPACER TRIM (LONG) 3.550 3.12
03-0590-11 SPACER TRIM (LONG) 3.550 3.12
03-0590-12 SPACER TRIM (LONG) 3.550 3.12
03-0591-00 EAVE GUTTER 3.550 11.78
03-0591-03 EAVE GUTTER 3.550 11.78
03-0591-04 EAVE GUTTER 3.550 11.78
03-0591-05 EAVE GUTTER 3.550 11.78
03-0591-07 EAVE GUTTER 3.550 11.78
03-0591-11 EAVE GUTTER 3.550 11.78
03-0591-12 EAVE GUTTER 3.550 11.78
03-0592-00 TRANSITION TRIM (SHORT) 3.550 3.54
03-0593-00 TRASITION TRIM (LONG) 3.550 4.58

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0594-00 EXPANSION JOINT TRIM 3.550 6.33
03-0595-00 CANOPY TRIM 3.550 6.06
03-0595-03 CANOPY TRIM 3.550 6.06
03-0595-04 CANOPY TRIM 3.550 6.06
03-0595-05 CANOPY TRIM 3.550 6.06
03-0595-07 CANOPY TRIM 3.550 6.06
03-0595-11 CANOPY TRIM 3.550 6.06
03-0595-12 CANOPY TRIM 3.550 6.06
03-0596-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 2.93
03-0596-02 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 2.93
03-0596-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 2.93
03-0596-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 2.93
03-0596-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 2.93
03-0596-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 2.93
03-0596-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 2.93
03-0596-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.100 2.93
03-0597-00 WASHER STRAP 0.400 0.08
03-0597-03 WASHER STRAP 0.400 0.08
03-0597-04 WASHER STRAP 0.400 0.08
03-0597-05 WASHER STRAP 0.400 0.08
03-0597-07 WASHER STRAP 0.400 0.08
03-0597-11 WASHER STRAP 0.400 0.08
03-0597-12 WASHER STRAP 0.400 0.08
03-0598-00 WASHER STRAP 0.200 0.04
03-0598-03 WASHER STRAP 0.200 0.04
03-0598-04 WASHER STRAP 0.200 0.04
03-0598-05 WASHER STRAP 0.200 0.04
03-0598-07 WASHER STRAP 0.200 0.04
03-0598-11 WASHER STRAP 0.200 0.04
03-0598-12 WASHER STRAP 0.200 0.04
03-0599-00 GUTTER STRAP 0.300 0.14
03-0599-03 GUTTER STRAP 0.300 0.14
03-0601-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.10
03-0601-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.10
03-0601-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.10
03-0601-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.10
03-0601-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.10
03-0601-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.10
03-0601-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.10
03-0602-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.49
03-0602-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.49

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0602-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.49
03-0602-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.49
03-0602-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.49
03-0602-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.49
03-0602-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.49
03-0603-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 8.28
03-0603-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 8.28
03-0603-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 8.28
03-0603-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 8.28
03-0603-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 8.28
03-0603-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 8.28
03-0603-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 8.28
03-0604-00 SPACER TRIM 3.550 3.06
03-0604-03 SPACER TRIM 3.550 3.06
03-0604-04 SPACER TRIM 3.550 3.06
03-0604-05 SPACER TRIM 3.550 3.06
03-0604-07 SPACER TRIM 3.550 3.06
03-0604-11 SPACER TRIM 3.550 3.06
03-0604-12 SPACER TRIM 3.550 3.06
03-0605-00 F.O. HEADER TRIM 3.550 3.54
03-0605-03 F.O. HEADER TRIM 3.550 3.54
03-0605-04 F.O. HEADER TRIM 3.550 3.54
03-0605-05 F.O. HEADER TRIM 3.550 3.54
03-0605-07 F.O. HEADER TRIM 3.550 3.54
03-0605-11 F.O. HEADER TRIM 3.550 3.54
03-0605-12 F.O. HEADER TRIM 3.550 3.54
03-0606-00 F.O. JAMB TRIM (LOW EAVE) 3.550 3.05
03-0607-00 F.O. JAMB TRIM (HIGH EAVE) 3.550 3.40
03-0608-00 F.O. FLASHING TRIM (LOW EAVE) 3.550 5.38
03-0609-00 F.O. FLASHING TRIM (HIGH EAVE) 3.550 5.73

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0610-00 FIXED LOUVER 1000X1000 MM (STEEL) 1.102 14.41
03-0611-00 FIXED LOUVER 1000X1000 MM (STEEL) [W/ TCLR WALL PANEL ONLY] 1.102 14.08
03-0612-00 ADJUSTABLE LOUVER 1000X1000 MM (STEEL) 1.100 16.17
03-0614-00 LOUVER FRAME TRIM 3.050 0.74
03-0614-22 LOUVER FRAME TRIM [XMA] 3.050 0.74

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0615-00 1000 X 1000 ALUM. WINDOW W/ STEEL FRAME ASSY (FOR SINGLE SKIN & 1.100 32.66
TCSP)
TCSP)
TCSP)
TCSP)
TCSP)
TCSP)
TCSP)
TCSP)
TCSP)
TCSP)
03-0616-00 1000 X 1000 ALUM. WINDOW W/ STEEL FRAME ASSY (FOR TCTP) 1.100 32.33
03-0617-00 ADJUSTABLE LOUVER 1000 X 1000 MM (STEEL) 1.000 15.86
03-0620-00 EAVE GUTTER R.H.S. END CLOSURE 0.244 0.16
03-0621-00 EAVE GUTTER L.H.S. END CLOSURE 0.244 0.16
03-0622-00 GABLE TRIM 3.550 4.72
03-0622-03 GABLE TRIM 3.550 4.72

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0622-04 GABLE TRIM 3.550 4.72
03-0622-05 GABLE TRIM 3.550 4.72
03-0622-07 GABLE TRIM 3.550 4.72
03-0622-11 GABLE TRIM 3.550 4.72
03-0622-12 GABLE TRIM 3.550 4.72
03-0623-00 PEAK BOX (1.0 : 10 SLOPE) WITH ARABIC 0.698 1.20
03-0625-00 PEAK BOX (1.0 : 10 SLOPE) 0.698 1.20
03-0625-03 PEAK BOX (1.0 : 10 SLOPE) 0.698 1.20
03-0625-04 PEAK BOX (1.0 : 10 SLOPE) 0.698 1.20
03-0625-05 PEAK BOX (1.0 : 10 SLOPE) 0.698 1.20
03-0625-07 PEAK BOX (1.0 : 10 SLOPE) 0.698 1.20
03-0625-11 PEAK BOX (1.0 : 10 SLOPE) 0.698 1.20
03-0625-12 PEAK BOX (1.0 : 10 SLOPE) 0.698 1.20
03-0626-00 PEAK BOX (0.5 : 10 SLOPE) 0.688 1.14
03-0626-03 PEAK BOX (0.5 : 10 SLOPE) 0.688 1.14
03-0626-04 PEAK BOX (0.5 : 10 SLOPE) 0.688 1.14
03-0626-05 PEAK BOX (0.5 : 10 SLOPE) 0.688 1.14
03-0626-07 PEAK BOX (0.5 : 10 SLOPE) 0.688 1.14
03-0626-11 PEAK BOX (0.5 : 10 SLOPE) 0.688 1.14
03-0626-12 PEAK BOX (0.5 : 10 SLOPE) 0.688 1.14
03-0627-00 GABLE TRIM 3.550 5.21
03-0627-03 GABLE TRIM 3.550 5.21
03-0627-04 GABLE TRIM 3.550 5.21
03-0627-05 GABLE TRIM 3.550 5.21
03-0627-07 GABLE TRIM 3.550 5.21
03-0627-11 GABLE TRIM 3.550 5.21
03-0627-12 GABLE TRIM 3.550 5.21
03-0628-00 PEAK BOX ( 1.0 : 10 SLOPE ) WITH ARABIC 0.704 1.30
03-0629-00 PEAK BOX (0.5 : 10 SLOPE ) WITH ARABIC 0.692 1.24

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0630-00 PEAK BOX ( 1.0 : 10 SLOPE ) 0.704 1.30
03-0630-03 PEAK BOX ( 1.0 : 10 SLOPE ) 0.704 1.30
03-0630-04 PEAK BOX ( 1.0 : 10 SLOPE ) 0.704 1.30
03-0630-05 PEAK BOX ( 1.0 : 10 SLOPE ) 0.704 1.30
03-0630-07 PEAK BOX ( 1.0 : 10 SLOPE ) 0.704 1.30
03-0630-11 PEAK BOX ( 1.0 : 10 SLOPE ) 0.704 1.30
03-0630-12 PEAK BOX ( 1.0 : 10 SLOPE ) 0.704 1.30
03-0631-00 PEAK BOX (0.5 : 10 SLOPE ) 0.692 1.24
03-0631-03 PEAK BOX (0.5 : 10 SLOPE ) 0.692 1.24
03-0631-04 PEAK BOX (0.5 : 10 SLOPE ) 0.692 1.24
03-0631-05 PEAK BOX (0.5 : 10 SLOPE ) 0.692 1.24
03-0631-07 PEAK BOX (0.5 : 10 SLOPE ) 0.692 1.24
03-0631-11 PEAK BOX (0.5 : 10 SLOPE ) 0.692 1.24
03-0631-12 PEAK BOX (0.5 : 10 SLOPE ) 0.692 1.24
03-0632-00 FIXED LOUVER 1000X1000 MM (STEEL) [FOR BLOCKWALL] 1.000 13.04
03-0633-00 FIXED LOUVER 1000 W X1500 H (STEEL) [FOR SINGLE SKIN & TCSP] 1.582 20.07
03-0634-00 FIXED LOUVER 1000 W X 1500 H (STEEL) [FOR TCTP] 1.590 19.78
03-0635-00 FIXED LOUVER 1000 W X 1500 H (STEEL) [FOR BLOCKWALL] 1.500 17.36
03-0636-00 FIXED LOUVER 1500 W X 1000 H (STEEL) [FOR SINGLE SKIN & TCSP] 1.602 19.65

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0639-00 1000 X 1000 AL WINDOW W/STEEL FRAME (SINGLE SKIN & TCSP) [VIETNAM] 1.100 23.96
03-0640-00 1000 X 1000 AL WINDOW W/STEEL FRAME (TCTP) [VIETNAM] 1.100 23.63
03-0641-00 1000 W X 1500 H AL WINDOW W/STEEL FRAME (SINGLE SKIN & TCSP) 1.582 33.13
[VIETNAM]
[VIETNAM]
[VIETNAM]
[VIETNAM]
[VIETNAM]
[VIETNAM]
[VIETNAM]
03-0642-00 1000 W X 1500 H AL WINDOW W/STEEL FRAME (TCTP) [VIETNAM] 1.590 32.80

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
[VIETNAM]
[VIETNAM]
[VIETNAM]
[VIETNAM]
[VIETNAM]
[VIETNAM]
[VIETNAM]
03-0645-00 1000 (W) X 1500 (H) ALUM. WINDOW W/ STEEL FRAME (SINGLE SKIN & 1.582 38.63
TCSP)
TCSP)
TCSP)
TCSP)
TCSP)
TCSP)
TCSP)
TCSP)
03-0646-00 1000 (W) X 1500 (H) ALUM. WINDOW W/ STEEL FRAME (FOR TCTP) 1.590 38.30
TCSP)
TCSP)
TCSP)
TCSP)
TCSP)

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
TCSP)
TCSP)
TCSP)
03-0725-00 OASIS EAVE GUTTER 9.100 20.11
03-0726-00 OASIS GUTTER R.H.S. END CLOSURE 0.244 0.17
03-0727-00 OASIS GUTTER L.H.S. END CLOSURE 0.244 0.17
03-0728-00 OASIS GUTTER STRAP 0.350 0.26
03-0728-02 OASIS GUTTER STRAP 0.350 0.26
03-0729-00 GUTTER STRAP 0.350 0.38
03-0729-02 GUTTER STRAP 0.350 0.38

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0739-00 GUTTER STRAP 0.350 0.26
03-0739-02 GUTTER STRAP 0.350 0.26
03-0762-00 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.380 0.04
03-0762-03 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.380 0.04
03-0762-04 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.380 0.04
03-0762-05 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.380 0.04
03-0762-06 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.380 0.04
03-0762-07 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.380 0.04
03-0762-09 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.380 0.04
03-0762-11 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.380 0.04
03-0762-12 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.380 0.04
03-0770-00 VALLEY GUTTER 4.500 40.45
03-0770-03 VALLEY GUTTER 4.500 40.45
03-0771-00 VALLEY GUTTER END CLOSURE 0.542 0.86
03-0772-00 VALLEY GUTTER SPLICE 0.796 1.25
03-0773-00 VALLEY GUTTER SUPPORT 0.900 1.11
03-0775-00 VALLEY GUTTER 4.500 40.45
03-0775-03 VALLEY GUTTER 4.500 40.45
03-0783-00 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.700 0.08
03-0783-03 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.700 0.08
03-0783-04 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.700 0.08
03-0783-05 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.700 0.08
03-0783-06 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.700 0.08
03-0783-07 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.700 0.08
03-0783-09 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.700 0.08
03-0783-11 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.700 0.08
03-0783-12 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.700 0.08
03-0784-00 DOWNSPOUT STRAP SUPPORT 0.700 0.25
03-0784-02 DOWNSPOUT STRAP SUPPORT 0.700 0.25
03-0785-00 VALLEY GUTTER 4.500 36.38
03-0785-03 VALLEY GUTTER 4.500 36.38

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0817-00 VALLEY GUTTER 4.500 44.51
03-0817-02 VALLEY GUTTER 4.500 44.51
03-0817-03 VALLEY GUTTER 4.500 44.51
03-0817-23 VALLEY GUTTER 4.500 44.51
03-0818-00 VALLEY GUTTER 4.500 44.51
03-0818-02 VALLEY GUTTER 4.500 44.51
03-0818-03 VALLEY GUTTER 4.500 44.51
03-0818-23 VALLEY GUTTER 4.500 44.51
03-0839-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 1.39
03-0839-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 1.39
03-0839-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 1.39
03-0839-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 1.39
03-0839-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 1.39
03-0839-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 1.39
03-0839-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 1.39
03-0840-00 CORNER TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0840-03 CORNER TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0840-04 CORNER TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0840-05 CORNER TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0840-07 CORNER TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0840-11 CORNER TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0840-12 CORNER TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0841-00 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
03-0841-03 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
03-0841-04 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
03-0841-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
03-0841-07 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
03-0841-11 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
03-0841-12 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
03-0842-00 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.63
03-0842-03 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.63
03-0842-04 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.63
03-0842-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.63
03-0842-07 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.63
03-0842-11 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.63
03-0842-12 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.63
03-0843-00 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0843-03 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0843-04 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0843-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0843-07 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0843-11 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0843-12 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0844-00 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57
03-0844-03 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57
03-0844-04 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57
03-0844-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57
03-0844-07 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57
03-0844-11 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57
03-0844-12 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57
03-0845-00 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.66
03-0845-03 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.66
03-0845-04 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.66
03-0845-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.66
03-0845-07 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.66
03-0845-11 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.66
03-0845-12 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.66
03-0846-00 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
03-0846-03 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
03-0846-04 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
03-0846-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
03-0846-07 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
03-0846-11 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
03-0846-12 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
03-0847-00 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57
03-0847-03 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57
03-0847-04 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57
03-0847-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57
03-0847-07 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57
03-0847-11 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57
03-0847-12 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57
03-0848-00 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0848-03 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0848-04 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0848-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0848-07 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0848-11 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0848-12 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0849-00 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0849-03 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0849-04 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0849-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0849-07 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0849-11 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0849-12 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0851-00 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 0.86
03-0851-03 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 0.86
03-0851-04 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 0.86
03-0851-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 0.86
03-0851-07 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 0.86

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0851-11 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 0.86
03-0851-12 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 0.86
03-0852-00 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.04
03-0852-03 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.04
03-0852-04 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.04
03-0852-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.04
03-0852-07 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.04
03-0852-11 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.04
03-0852-12 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.04
03-0853-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.18
03-0853-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.18
03-0853-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.18
03-0853-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.18
03-0853-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.18
03-0853-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.18
03-0853-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.18
03-0854-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.74
03-0854-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.74
03-0854-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.74
03-0854-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.74
03-0854-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.74
03-0854-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.74
03-0854-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.74
03-0855-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.57
03-0855-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.57
03-0855-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.57
03-0855-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.57
03-0855-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.57
03-0855-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.57
03-0855-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.57
03-0856-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.39
03-0856-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.39
03-0856-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.39
03-0856-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.39
03-0856-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.39
03-0856-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.39
03-0856-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.39
03-0857-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.99
03-0857-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.99
03-0857-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.99
03-0857-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.99
03-0857-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.99
03-0857-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.99
03-0857-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.99
03-0858-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.75
03-0858-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.75
03-0858-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.75
03-0858-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.75
03-0858-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.75
03-0858-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.75

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0858-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.75
03-0859-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.46
03-0859-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.46
03-0859-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.46
03-0859-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.46
03-0859-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.46
03-0859-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.46
03-0859-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.46
03-0860-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.64
03-0860-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.64
03-0860-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.64
03-0860-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.64
03-0860-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.64
03-0860-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.64
03-0860-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.64
03-0861-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.94
03-0861-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.94
03-0861-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.94
03-0861-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.94
03-0861-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.94
03-0861-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.94
03-0861-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.94
03-0862-00 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.86
03-0862-03 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.86
03-0862-04 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.86
03-0862-05 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.86
03-0862-07 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.86
03-0862-11 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.86
03-0862-12 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.86
03-0863-00 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.94
03-0863-03 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.94
03-0863-04 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.94
03-0863-05 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.94
03-0863-07 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.94
03-0863-11 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.94
03-0863-12 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.94
03-0864-00 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.96
03-0864-03 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.96
03-0864-04 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.96
03-0864-05 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.96
03-0864-07 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.96
03-0864-11 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.96
03-0864-12 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.96
03-0865-00 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.99
03-0865-03 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.99
03-0865-04 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.99
03-0865-05 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.99
03-0865-07 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.99
03-0865-11 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.99
03-0865-12 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.99

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0866-00 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.98
03-0866-03 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.98
03-0866-04 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.98
03-0866-05 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.98
03-0866-07 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.98
03-0866-11 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.98
03-0866-12 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 0.98
03-0867-00 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.01
03-0867-03 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.01
03-0867-04 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.01
03-0867-05 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.01
03-0867-07 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.01
03-0867-11 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.01
03-0867-12 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.01
03-0868-00 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.03
03-0868-03 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.03
03-0868-04 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.03
03-0868-05 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.03
03-0868-07 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.03
03-0868-11 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.03
03-0868-12 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.03
03-0869-00 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.06
03-0869-03 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.06
03-0869-04 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.06
03-0869-05 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.06
03-0869-07 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.06
03-0869-11 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.06
03-0869-12 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.06
03-0870-00 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.03
03-0870-03 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.03
03-0870-04 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.03
03-0870-05 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.03
03-0870-07 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.03
03-0870-11 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.03
03-0870-12 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.03
03-0871-00 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.15
03-0871-03 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.15
03-0871-04 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.15
03-0871-05 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.15
03-0871-07 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.15
03-0871-11 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.15
03-0871-12 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.15
03-0872-00 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.18
03-0872-03 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.18
03-0872-04 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.18
03-0872-05 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.18
03-0872-07 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.18
03-0872-11 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.18
03-0872-12 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.18
03-0873-00 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0873-03 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0873-04 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0873-05 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0873-07 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0873-11 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0873-12 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0874-00 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.27
03-0874-03 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.27
03-0874-04 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.27
03-0874-05 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.27
03-0874-07 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.27
03-0874-11 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.27
03-0874-12 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.27
03-0875-00 EDGE TRIM 3.550 1.39
03-0875-03 EDGE TRIM 3.550 1.39
03-0875-04 EDGE TRIM 3.550 1.39
03-0875-05 EDGE TRIM 3.550 1.39
03-0875-07 EDGE TRIM 3.550 1.39
03-0875-11 EDGE TRIM 3.550 1.39
03-0875-12 EDGE TRIM 3.550 1.39
03-0877-00 TRIM 3.550 1.60
03-0877-03 TRIM 3.550 1.60
03-0877-04 TRIM 3.550 1.60
03-0877-05 TRIM 3.550 1.60
03-0877-07 TRIM 3.550 1.60
03-0877-11 TRIM 3.550 1.60
03-0877-12 TRIM 3.550 1.60
03-0878-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 1.32
03-0878-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 1.32
03-0878-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 1.32
03-0878-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 1.32
03-0878-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 1.32
03-0878-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 1.32
03-0878-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 1.32
03-0879-00 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
03-0879-03 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
03-0879-04 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
03-0879-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
03-0879-07 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
03-0879-11 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
03-0879-12 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
03-0880-00 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.63
03-0880-03 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.63
03-0880-04 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.63
03-0880-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.63
03-0880-07 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.63
03-0880-11 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.63
03-0880-12 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.63
03-0881-00 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0881-03 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0881-04 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0881-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0881-07 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0881-11 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0881-12 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0882-00 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57
03-0882-03 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57
03-0882-04 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57
03-0882-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57
03-0882-07 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57
03-0882-11 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57
03-0882-12 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57
03-0883-00 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.66
03-0883-03 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.66
03-0883-04 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.66
03-0883-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.66
03-0883-07 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.66
03-0883-11 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.66
03-0883-12 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.66
03-0902-00 CHORD END CLOSURE 0.120 0.04
03-0903-00 CHORD CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 1.26
03-0904-00 TUBE CLOSURE TRIM 0.410 0.16

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0907-00 LINER EDGE TRIM 3.050 1.02
03-0907-03 LINER EDGE TRIM 3.050 1.02
03-0907-04 LINER EDGE TRIM 3.050 1.02
03-0907-05 LINER EDGE TRIM 3.050 1.02
03-0907-06 LINER EDGE TRIM 3.050 1.02
03-0907-07 LINER EDGE TRIM 3.050 1.02
03-0907-09 LINER EDGE TRIM 3.050 1.02
03-0907-11 LINER EDGE TRIM 3.050 1.02
03-0907-12 LINER EDGE TRIM 3.050 1.02
03-0908-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.51
03-0908-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.51
03-0908-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.51
03-0908-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.51
03-0908-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.51
03-0908-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.51
03-0908-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.51
03-0908-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.050 5.51
03-0909-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.63
03-0909-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.63
03-0909-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.63
03-0909-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.63
03-0909-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.63
03-0909-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.63
03-0909-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.63
03-0909-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.050 5.63
03-0910-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.81
03-0910-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.81
03-0910-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.81
03-0910-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.81
03-0910-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.81
03-0910-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.81
03-0910-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.81
03-0910-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.050 5.81
03-0911-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.75
03-0911-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.75
03-0911-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.75

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0911-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.75
03-0911-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.75
03-0911-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.75
03-0911-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.75
03-0911-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.050 5.75
03-0912-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.93
03-0912-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.93
03-0912-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.93
03-0912-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.93
03-0912-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.93
03-0912-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.93
03-0912-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.93
03-0912-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.050 5.93
03-0913-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.05
03-0913-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.05
03-0913-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.05
03-0913-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.05
03-0913-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.05
03-0913-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.05
03-0913-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.05
03-0913-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.050 6.05
03-0914-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.23
03-0914-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.23
03-0914-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.23
03-0914-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.23
03-0914-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.23
03-0914-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.23
03-0914-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.23
03-0914-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.050 6.23
03-0915-00 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.14
03-0915-03 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.14
03-0915-04 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.14
03-0915-05 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.14
03-0915-07 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.14
03-0915-11 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.14
03-0915-12 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.14
03-0915-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 0.500 1.14
03-0916-00 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.16
03-0916-03 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.16
03-0916-04 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.16
03-0916-05 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.16
03-0916-07 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.16
03-0916-11 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.16
03-0916-12 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.16
03-0916-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 0.500 1.16
03-0917-00 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0917-03 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0917-04 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0917-05 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0917-07 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0917-11 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0917-12 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0917-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 0.500 1.19
03-0918-00 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0918-03 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0918-04 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0918-05 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0918-07 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0918-11 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0918-12 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0918-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 0.500 1.19
03-0919-00 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0919-03 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0919-04 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0919-05 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0919-07 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0919-11 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0919-12 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0919-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 0.500 1.19
03-0920-00 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0920-03 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0920-04 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0920-05 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0920-07 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0920-11 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0920-12 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.19
03-0920-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 0.500 1.19
03-0923-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.88
03-0923-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.88
03-0923-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.88
03-0923-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.88
03-0923-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.88
03-0923-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.88
03-0923-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 4.88
03-0923-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.550 4.88
03-0924-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.02
03-0924-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.02
03-0924-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.02
03-0924-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.02
03-0924-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.02
03-0924-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.02
03-0924-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.02
03-0924-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.550 5.02
03-0925-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.23
03-0925-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.23
03-0925-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.23
03-0925-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.23
03-0925-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.23
03-0925-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.23
03-0925-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.23

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0925-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.550 5.23
03-0926-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.23
03-0926-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.23
03-0926-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.23
03-0926-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.23
03-0926-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.23
03-0926-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.23
03-0926-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.23
03-0926-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.550 5.23
03-0927-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.43
03-0927-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.43
03-0927-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.43
03-0927-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.43
03-0927-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.43
03-0927-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.43
03-0927-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.43
03-0927-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.550 5.43
03-0928-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.64
03-0928-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.64
03-0928-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.64
03-0928-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.64
03-0928-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.64
03-0928-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.64
03-0928-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.64
03-0928-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.550 5.64
03-0929-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.64
03-0929-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.64
03-0929-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.64
03-0929-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.64
03-0929-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.64
03-0929-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.64
03-0929-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.64
03-0929-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.550 5.64
03-0932-00 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.12
03-0932-03 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.12
03-0932-04 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.12
03-0932-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.12
03-0932-07 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.12
03-0932-11 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.12
03-0932-12 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.12
03-0932-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 1.100 1.12
03-0933-00 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.04
03-0933-03 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.04
03-0933-04 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.04
03-0933-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.04
03-0933-07 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.04
03-0933-11 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.04
03-0933-12 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.04
03-0933-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 1.100 1.04
03-0934-00 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.08

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0934-03 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.08
03-0934-04 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.08
03-0934-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.08
03-0934-07 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.08
03-0934-11 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.08
03-0934-12 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.08
03-0934-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 1.100 1.08
03-0935-00 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.14
03-0935-03 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.14
03-0935-04 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.14
03-0935-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.14
03-0935-07 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.14
03-0935-11 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.14
03-0935-12 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.14
03-0935-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 1.100 1.14
03-0940-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.87
03-0940-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.87
03-0940-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.87
03-0940-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.87
03-0940-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.87
03-0940-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.87
03-0940-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 5.87
03-0940-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.050 5.87
03-0941-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.58
03-0941-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.58
03-0941-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.58
03-0941-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.58
03-0941-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.58
03-0941-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.58
03-0941-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.58
03-0941-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.050 6.58
03-0942-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.76
03-0942-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.76
03-0942-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.76
03-0942-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.76
03-0942-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.76
03-0942-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.76
03-0942-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.76
03-0942-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.050 6.76
03-0943-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.88
03-0943-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.88
03-0943-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.88
03-0943-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.88
03-0943-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.88
03-0943-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.88
03-0943-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 6.88
03-0943-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.050 6.88
03-0944-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 7.06
03-0944-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 7.06
03-0944-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 7.06

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0944-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 7.06
03-0944-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 7.06
03-0944-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 7.06
03-0944-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 7.06
03-0944-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.050 7.06
03-0945-00 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.25
03-0945-03 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.25
03-0945-04 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.25
03-0945-05 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.25
03-0945-07 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.25
03-0945-11 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.25
03-0945-12 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.25
03-0945-22 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.25
03-0946-00 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.36
03-0946-03 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.36
03-0946-04 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.36
03-0946-05 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.36
03-0946-07 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.36
03-0946-11 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.36
03-0946-12 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.36
03-0946-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 0.500 1.36
03-0947-00 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.39
03-0947-03 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.39
03-0947-04 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.39
03-0947-05 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.39
03-0947-07 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.39
03-0947-11 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.39
03-0947-12 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.39
03-0947-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 0.500 1.39
03-0948-00 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.41
03-0948-03 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.41
03-0948-04 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.41
03-0948-05 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.41
03-0948-07 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.41
03-0948-11 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.41
03-0948-12 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.41
03-0948-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 0.500 1.41
03-0949-00 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.44
03-0949-03 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.44
03-0949-04 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.44
03-0949-05 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.44
03-0949-07 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.44
03-0949-11 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.44
03-0949-12 CLOSURE TRIM 0.500 1.44
03-0949-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 0.500 1.44
03-0955-00 DOWNSPOUT (FOR VIETNAM) 3.800 6.06

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0956-00 DOWNSPOUT W/ 77 DEGREE BEND SHOE (FOR VIETNAM) 3.800 6.19
03-0957-04 DOWNSPOUT W/44 DEGREE BEND SHOE (FOR VIETNAM) 3.800 6.19
03-0958-00 77 DEGREE BEND DOWNSPOUT (FOR VIETNAM) 0.631 1.27
03-0959-00 77 DEGREE BEND DOWNSPOUT ELBOW (FOR VIETNAM) 0.405 0.78
03-0961-00 77 DEGREE BEND DOWNSPOUT ELBOW [REVERSE] (FOR VIETNAM) 0.405 0.78
03-0966-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 4.85
03-0966-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 4.85
03-0966-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 4.85
03-0966-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 4.85
03-0966-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 4.85
03-0966-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 4.85
03-0966-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.050 4.85
03-0966-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.050 4.85
03-0983-00 HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.12
03-0983-03 HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.12
03-0983-04 HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.12
03-0983-05 HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.12
03-0983-07 HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.12

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0983-11 HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.12
03-0983-12 HEAD TRIM 3.550 3.12
03-0983-22 HEAD TRIM [XMA] 3.550 3.12
03-0984-00 LINER CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 0.86
03-0995-00 HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0995-03 HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0995-04 HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0995-05 HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0995-07 HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0995-11 HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.37
03-0995-12 HEAD TRIM 3.550 2.37

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
03-0995-22 HEAD TRIM [XMA] 3.550 2.37
03-0996-00 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 0.86
03-0996-03 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 0.86
03-0996-04 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 0.86
03-0996-05 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 0.86
03-0996-07 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 0.86
03-0996-11 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 0.86
03-0996-12 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 0.86
03-0996-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 1.100 0.86
03-0998-00 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.64
03-0998-03 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.64
03-0998-04 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.64
03-0998-05 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.64
03-0998-07 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.64
03-0998-11 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.64
03-0998-12 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 5.64
03-0998-22 CLOSURE TRIM [XMA] 3.550 5.64

N
DETAILING MANUAL
Category 05 Miscellaneous Clips

(m) (Kg)
05-0055-00 CLIP 0.200 1.67
05-0055-01 CLIP 0.200 1.67
05-0055-02 CLIP 0.200 1.67
05-0055-17 CLIP 0.200 1.67
05-0055-18 CLIP 0.200 1.67
05-0057-00 WHEEL CLIP 0.140 0.82
05-0057-01 WHEEL CLIP 0.140 0.82
05-0057-02 WHEEL CLIP 0.140 0.82
05-0057-17 WHEEL CLIP 0.140 0.82
05-0057-18 WHEEL CLIP 0.140 0.82
05-0060-00 BRACING CONNECTION CLIP 0.120 0.38
05-0098-00 BASE CLIP 0.200 1.55
05-0098-01 BASE CLIP 0.200 1.55
05-0098-02 BASE CLIP 0.200 1.55
05-0098-17 BASE CLIP 0.200 1.55
05-0098-18 BASE CLIP 0.200 1.55
05-0099-00 GIRT CLIP 0.145 0.87
05-0099-01 GIRT CLIP 0.145 0.87
05-0099-02 GIRT CLIP 0.145 0.87
05-0099-17 GIRT CLIP 0.145 0.87
05-0099-18 GIRT CLIP 0.145 0.87
05-0100-00 BASE CLIP 0.130 1.01
05-0100-01 BASE CLIP 0.130 1.01
05-0100-02 BASE CLIP 0.130 1.01
05-0100-17 BASE CLIP 0.130 1.01
05-0100-18 BASE CLIP 0.130 1.01
05-0104-00 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.76
05-0104-01 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.76
05-0104-02 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.76
05-0104-17 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.76
05-0104-18 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.76
05-0105-00 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.86
05-0105-01 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.86
05-0105-17 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.86
05-0105-18 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.86
05-0106-00 SHEETING CLIP 0.130 0.35
05-0106-01 SHEETING CLIP 0.130 0.35
05-0106-17 SHEETING CLIP 0.130 0.35
05-0106-18 SHEETING CLIP 0.130 0.35
05-0107-00 EAVE STRUT CLIP 0.130 2.16
05-0107-01 EAVE STRUT CLIP 0.130 2.16
05-0107-02 EAVE STRUT CLIP 0.130 2.16
05-0107-17 EAVE STRUT CLIP 0.130 2.16
05-0107-18 EAVE STRUT CLIP 0.130 2.16
05-0111-00 BASE CLIP 0.130 0.87
05-0111-01 BASE CLIP 0.130 0.87

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 1
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
05-0111-02 BASE CLIP 0.130 0.87
05-0111-17 BASE CLIP 0.130 0.87
05-0111-18 BASE CLIP 0.130 0.87
05-0113-00 JAMB CLIP 0.165 0.52
05-0113-01 JAMB CLIP 0.165 0.52
05-0113-02 JAMB CLIP 0.165 0.52
05-0113-17 JAMB CLIP 0.165 0.52
05-0113-18 JAMB CLIP 0.165 0.52
05-0117-00 HEADER CLIP 0.130 0.41
05-0117-01 HEADER CLIP 0.130 0.41
05-0117-02 HEADER CLIP 0.130 0.41
05-0117-17 HEADER CLIP 0.130 0.41
05-0117-18 HEADER CLIP 0.130 0.41
05-0137-00 GIRT CLIP 0.183 1.12
05-0137-01 GIRT CLIP 0.183 1.12
05-0137-17 GIRT CLIP 0.183 1.12
05-0137-18 GIRT CLIP 0.183 1.12
05-0139-00 STRUT CLIP 0.130 0.57
05-0139-01 STRUT CLIP 0.130 0.57
05-0139-02 STRUT CLIP 0.130 0.57
05-0139-17 STRUT CLIP 0.130 0.57
05-0139-18 STRUT CLIP 0.130 0.57
05-0150-00 EXPANSION CLIP 0.260 1.46
05-0150-01 EXPANSION CLIP 0.260 1.46
05-0150-02 EXPANSION CLIP 0.260 1.46
05-0150-17 EXPANSION CLIP 0.260 1.46
05-0150-18 EXPANSION CLIP 0.260 1.46
05-0158-00 VENT GIRT CLIP 0.124 0.96
05-0158-01 VENT GIRT CLIP 0.124 0.96
05-0158-02 VENT GIRT CLIP 0.124 0.96
05-0158-17 VENT GIRT CLIP 0.124 0.96
05-0158-18 VENT GIRT CLIP 0.124 0.96
05-0163-00 CURVED EAVE ENDWALL GIRT CLIP 0.447 4.39
05-0164-00 CURVED EAVE ZEE-CLIP 0.185 1.60
05-0165-00 F.O. CLIP 0.143 0.76
05-0165-01 F.O. CLIP 0.143 0.76
05-0165-02 F.O. CLIP 0.143 0.76
05-0165-17 F.O. CLIP 0.143 0.76
05-0165-18 F.O. CLIP 0.143 0.76
05-0179-00 ROOF EXTENSION CLIP 0.130 0.98
05-0180-00 CLIP 0.100 0.30

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 2
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
05-0180-01 CLIP 0.100 0.30
05-0180-02 CLIP 0.100 0.30
05-0180-17 CLIP 0.100 0.30
05-0180-18 CLIP 0.100 0.30
05-0191-00 PURLIN CLIP 0.165 1.05
05-0191-01 PURLIN CLIP 0.165 1.05
05-0191-02 PURLIN CLIP 0.165 1.05
05-0191-17 PURLIN CLIP 0.165 1.05
05-0191-18 PURLIN CLIP 0.165 1.05
05-0240-00 PORTAL FRAME T-CLIP 0.130 2.12
05-0300-00 CLIP 0.100 0.31
05-0300-01 CLIP 0.100 0.31
05-0300-17 CLIP 0.100 0.31
05-0300-18 CLIP 0.100 0.31
05-0301-00 DOOR STOP 0.120 0.28
05-0301-01 DOOR STOP 0.120 0.28
05-0301-17 DOOR STOP 0.120 0.28
05-0301-18 DOOR STOP 0.120 0.28
05-0302-00 JAMB SUPPORT CLIP 0.190 2.15
05-0305-00 LOCK PLATE 0.080 0.41
05-0305-18 LOCK PLATE 0.080 0.41
05-0307-00 JAMB EXTENSION ASSEMBLY 0.780 3.00
05-0308-00 BASE CLIP 0.145 0.74
05-0308-01 BASE CLIP 0.145 0.74
05-0308-17 BASE CLIP 0.145 0.74
05-0308-18 BASE CLIP 0.145 0.74
05-0309-00 JAMB CLIP 0.150 0.64
05-0309-01 JAMB CLIP 0.150 0.64
05-0309-17 JAMB CLIP 0.150 0.64
05-0309-18 JAMB CLIP 0.150 0.64
05-0310-00 TRACK-HEADER SUPPORT CLIP 0.122 0.46
05-0311-00 F.O. HEADER CLIP 0.138 0.82
05-0311-01 F.O. HEADER CLIP 0.138 0.82
05-0311-17 F.O. HEADER CLIP 0.138 0.82
05-0311-18 F.O. HEADER CLIP 0.138 0.82
05-0313-00 DOOR GUIDE CLIP 0.120 0.38
05-0313-01 DOOR GUIDE CLIP 0.120 0.38

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 3
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
05-0313-02 DOOR GUIDE CLIP 0.120 0.38
05-0313-17 DOOR GUIDE CLIP 0.120 0.38
05-0313-18 DOOR GUIDE CLIP 0.120 0.38
05-0350-00 SAG ROD CLIP 0.130 0.86
05-0350-01 SAG ROD CLIP 0.130 0.86
05-0350-02 SAG ROD CLIP 0.130 0.86
05-0350-17 SAG ROD CLIP 0.130 0.86
05-0350-18 SAG ROD CLIP 0.130 0.86
05-0351-00 SAG ROD CLIP 0.145 1.35
05-0351-01 SAG ROD CLIP 0.145 1.35
05-0351-02 SAG ROD CLIP 0.145 1.35
05-0351-17 SAG ROD CLIP 0.145 1.35
05-0351-18 SAG ROD CLIP 0.145 1.35
05-0352-00 SAG ROD CLIP 0.140 0.57
05-0352-01 SAG ROD CLIP 0.140 0.57
05-0352-02 SAG ROD CLIP 0.140 0.57
05-0352-18 SAG ROD CLIP 0.140 0.57
05-0353-00 SAG ROD CLIP 0.140 0.57
05-0353-01 SAG ROD CLIP 0.140 0.57
05-0353-02 SAG ROD CLIP 0.140 0.57
05-0353-18 SAG ROD CLIP 0.140 0.57
05-0403-00 GIRT CLIP 0.262 1.64
05-0403-01 GIRT CLIP 0.262 1.64
05-0403-17 GIRT CLIP 0.262 1.64
05-0403-18 GIRT CLIP 0.262 1.64
05-0406-00 CLIP 0.165 1.05
05-0406-01 CLIP 0.165 1.05
05-0406-02 CLIP 0.165 1.05
05-0406-17 CLIP 0.165 1.05
05-0406-18 CLIP 0.165 1.05
05-0407-00 EAVE STRUT CLIP 0.298 3.61
05-0407-01 EAVE STRUT CLIP 0.298 3.61
05-0407-02 EAVE STRUT CLIP 0.298 3.61
05-0407-17 EAVE STRUT CLIP 0.298 3.61
05-0407-18 EAVE STRUT CLIP 0.298 3.61
05-0504-00 CLIP 0.130 0.41
05-0504-01 CLIP 0.130 0.41
05-0504-17 CLIP 0.130 0.41
05-0504-18 CLIP 0.130 0.41
05-0529-00 TEE-CLIP 0.130 1.56
05-0529-01 TEE-CLIP 0.130 1.56
05-0529-18 TEE-CLIP 0.130 1.56
05-0530-00 TEE-CLIP 0.130 1.70
05-0530-01 TEE-CLIP 0.130 1.70
05-0530-02 TEE-CLIP 0.130 1.70
05-0530-17 TEE-CLIP 0.130 1.70
05-0530-18 TEE-CLIP 0.130 1.70
05-0531-00 CLIP 0.150 1.36
05-0531-01 CLIP 0.150 1.36
05-0531-17 CLIP 0.150 1.36

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 4
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
05-0531-18 CLIP 0.150 1.36
05-0533-00 ROOF MONITOR CLIP 0.170 0.83
05-0901-00 SHOE ANGLE (BENT PLATE) [FOR CANAM ASIA ONLY] 0.150 1.22
05-0904-00 SEAT ANGLE (BENT PLATE) [FOR CANAM ASIA ONLY] 0.400 5.42
05-0905-00 SEAT ANGLE (BENT PLATE) [FOR CANAM ASIA ONLY] 0.400 5.42
05-0906-00 FLANGE HANGER [FOR CANAM ASIA ONLY] 6.096 18.66

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 5
DETAILING MANUAL
Category 06 Miscellaneous Angles

(m) (Kg)
06-0191-00 WALKWAY SUPPORT HAT (HIGH) 1.900 10.29
06-0192-00 WALKWAY SUPPORT HAT (LOW) 1.100 2.97
06-0193-00 WALKWAY HAT SUPPORT CLIP 0.292 0.79
06-0200-00 ANGLE - BASE/GABLE 6.000 8.12
06-0200-02 ANGLE - BASE/GABLE 6.000 8.12
06-0201-00 ANGLE - BASE/GABLE 3.000 4.06
06-0201-01 ANGLE - BASE/GABLE 3.000 4.06
06-0201-02 ANGLE - BASE/GABLE 3.000 4.06
06-0201-17 ANGLE - BASE/GABLE 3.000 4.06
06-0201-18 ANGLE - BASE/GABLE 3.000 4.06
06-0202-00 VENT ANGLE 3.650 4.94
06-0202-01 VENT ANGLE 3.650 4.94
06-0202-02 VENT ANGLE 3.650 4.94
06-0202-17 VENT ANGLE 3.650 4.94
06-0202-18 VENT ANGLE 3.650 4.94
06-0203-00 LINER ANGLE SUPPORT 3.000 6.08
06-0204-00 Z - SUB PURLIN 5.150 6.97
06-0204-01 Z - SUB PURLIN 5.150 6.97
06-0204-02 Z - SUB PURLIN 5.150 6.97
06-0204-17 Z - SUB PURLIN 5.150 6.97
06-0204-18 Z - SUB PURLIN 5.150 6.97
06-0205-00 Z - SUB PURLIN 5.150 10.43
06-0205-01 Z - SUB PURLIN 5.150 10.43
06-0205-02 Z - SUB PURLIN 5.150 10.43
06-0205-17 Z - SUB PURLIN 5.150 10.43
06-0205-18 Z - SUB PURLIN 5.150 10.43
06-0206-01 BACK-UP ANGLE 3.000 8.10
06-0206-02 BACK-UP ANGLE 3.000 8.10
06-0206-18 BACK-UP ANGLE 3.000 8.10
06-0207-00 Z - SUB PURLIN 5.150 10.43
06-0207-01 Z - SUB PURLIN 5.150 10.43
06-0207-02 Z - SUB PURLIN 5.150 10.43
06-0207-17 Z - SUB PURLIN 5.150 10.43
06-0207-18 Z - SUB PURLIN 5.150 10.43

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 1
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
06-0209-00 ANGLE-SIDE FRAME 1625mm SKYLITE 1.550 1.26
06-0213-00 PLATE-END FRAME SKYLITE 0.960 0.56
06-0215-00 PERSONEL DOOR JAMB GIRT CLIP 0.250 0.81
06-0230-00 BRACING ANGLE 1.784 12.22
06-0230-01 BRACING ANGLE 1.784 12.22
06-0230-02 BRACING ANGLE 1.784 12.22
06-0230-17 BRACING ANGLE 1.784 12.22
06-0230-18 BRACING ANGLE 1.784 12.22
06-0231-00 BRACING ANGLE 1.714 11.74
06-0231-01 BRACING ANGLE 1.714 11.74
06-0231-02 BRACING ANGLE 1.714 11.74
06-0231-17 BRACING ANGLE 1.714 11.74
06-0231-18 BRACING ANGLE 1.714 11.74
06-0250-00 BRACING ANGLE (PLAIN) 50X50X3 4.500 10.49
06-0260-00 SHEETING ANGLE 0.985 3.94
06-0260-02 SHEETING ANGLE 0.985 3.94
06-0270-00 SHEETING ANGLE 1.570 3.66
06-0270-01 SHEETING ANGLE 1.570 3.66
06-0270-02 SHEETING ANGLE 1.570 3.66
06-0270-17 SHEETING ANGLE 1.570 3.66
06-0270-18 SHEETING ANGLE 1.570 3.66
06-0271-00 SHEETING ANGLE 3.000 7.77
06-0271-01 SHEETING ANGLE 3.000 7.77
06-0271-02 SHEETING ANGLE 3.000 7.77

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 2
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
06-0271-18 SHEETING ANGLE 3.000 7.77
06-0272-00 LINER SUPPORT ANGLE 3.000 12.19
06-0273-00 SHEETING ANGLE 3.500 4.00
06-0273-01 SHEETING ANGLE 3.500 4.00
06-0273-02 SHEETING ANGLE 3.500 4.00
06-0273-18 SHEETING ANGLE 3.500 4.00
06-0280-00 SHEETING ANGLE 1.100 1.49
06-0280-01 SHEETING ANGLE 1.100 1.49
06-0280-02 SHEETING ANGLE 1.100 1.49
06-0280-18 SHEETING ANGLE 1.100 1.49
06-0281-00 SHEETING ANGLE 1.600 2.17
06-0281-01 SHEETING ANGLE 1.600 2.17
06-0281-02 SHEETING ANGLE 1.600 2.17
06-0281-17 SHEETING ANGLE 1.600 2.17
06-0281-18 SHEETING ANGLE 1.600 2.17
06-0301-00 BACK UP CLIP 0.385 2.65
06-0301-01 BACK UP CLIP 0.385 2.65
06-0301-02 BACK UP CLIP 0.385 2.65
06-0301-17 BACK UP CLIP 0.385 2.65
06-0301-18 BACK UP CLIP 0.385 2.65
06-0302-00 BACK UP CLIP 0.260 1.72
06-0302-01 BACK UP CLIP 0.260 1.72
06-0302-02 BACK UP CLIP 0.260 1.72
06-0302-17 BACK UP CLIP 0.260 1.72
06-0302-18 BACK UP CLIP 0.260 1.72
06-0310-00 BACK UP CLIP 0.385 3.00
06-0310-01 BACK UP CLIP 0.385 3.00
06-0310-17 BACK UP CLIP 0.385 3.00
06-0310-18 BACK UP CLIP 0.385 3.00
06-0311-00 BACK UP CLIP 0.260 1.95
06-0311-01 BACK UP CLIP 0.260 1.95
06-0311-17 BACK UP CLIP 0.260 1.95
06-0311-18 BACK UP CLIP 0.260 1.95
06-0350-00 CRANE BEAM CLIP 0.100 1.22
06-0350-01 CRANE BEAM CLIP 0.100 1.22
06-0350-17 CRANE BEAM CLIP 0.100 1.22
06-0350-18 CRANE BEAM CLIP 0.100 1.22
06-0351-00 JOIST CLIP 0.130 0.89
06-0351-01 JOIST CLIP 0.130 0.89
06-0351-17 JOIST CLIP 0.130 0.89
06-0351-18 JOIST CLIP 0.130 0.89
06-0352-00 JOIST CLIP 0.210 1.44
06-0352-01 JOIST CLIP 0.210 1.44
06-0352-17 JOIST CLIP 0.210 1.44
06-0352-18 JOIST CLIP 0.210 1.44
06-0354-00 JOIST CLIP 0.290 1.99
06-0354-01 JOIST CLIP 0.290 1.99

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 3
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
06-0354-17 JOIST CLIP 0.290 1.99
06-0354-18 JOIST CLIP 0.290 1.99
06-0355-00 BEAM CLIP 0.230 1.58
06-0355-01 BEAM CLIP 0.230 1.58
06-0355-17 BEAM CLIP 0.230 1.58
06-0355-18 BEAM CLIP 0.230 1.58
06-0356-00 BEAM CLIP 0.310 2.12
06-0356-01 BEAM CLIP 0.310 2.12
06-0356-17 BEAM CLIP 0.310 2.12
06-0356-18 BEAM CLIP 0.310 2.12
06-0357-00 BEAM CLIP 0.390 2.67
06-0357-01 BEAM CLIP 0.390 2.67
06-0357-17 BEAM CLIP 0.390 2.67
06-0357-18 BEAM CLIP 0.390 2.67
06-0358-00 BEAM CLIP 0.470 3.22
06-0358-01 BEAM CLIP 0.470 3.22
06-0358-17 BEAM CLIP 0.470 3.22
06-0358-18 BEAM CLIP 0.470 3.22
06-0359-00 JOIST CLIP 0.230 1.57
06-0359-01 JOIST CLIP 0.230 1.57
06-0359-17 JOIST CLIP 0.230 1.57
06-0359-18 JOIST CLIP 0.230 1.57
06-0450-00 SAG ANGLE 0.580 1.35
06-0450-01 SAG ANGLE 0.580 1.35
06-0450-17 SAG ANGLE 0.580 1.35
06-0450-18 SAG ANGLE 0.580 1.35
06-0451-00 SHEETING ANGLE 3.000 4.06
06-0451-01 SHEETING ANGLE 3.000 4.06
06-0451-17 SHEETING ANGLE 3.000 4.06
06-0451-18 SHEETING ANGLE 3.000 4.06
06-0564-00 PURLIN/EAVE STRUT EXTENSION [50 X 50 X 3 - ANGLE] 0.700 1.64
06-0569-00 EXTENSION ANGLE 1.705 20.80
06-0569-01 EXTENSION ANGLE 1.705 20.80
06-0569-17 EXTENSION ANGLE 1.705 20.80
06-0569-18 EXTENSION ANGLE 1.705 20.80
06-0570-00 EXTENSION CHANNEL 1.540 7.88
06-0603-00 WA-630 POWER VENT HORIZONTAL SUPPORT ANGLE 1.560 1.69

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 4
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
06-0616-00 SUPPORT ANGLE (TYPE-S) 1.760 3.15
06-0617-00 SUPPORT ANGLE (TYPE-A) 1.760 3.15
06-0650-00 CRANE FLANGE BRACE 1.920 23.42
06-0685-00 FRAMED OPENING COVER 3.000 12.19
06-0690-00 ANGLE BRACE 1.620 2.19
06-0690-01 ANGLE BRACE 1.620 2.19
06-0690-17 ANGLE BRACE 1.620 2.19
06-0690-18 ANGLE BRACE 1.620 2.19
06-0691-00 ANGLE BRACE 1.620 2.19
06-0691-01 ANGLE BRACE 1.620 2.19
06-0691-17 ANGLE BRACE 1.620 2.19
06-0691-18 ANGLE BRACE 1.620 2.19
06-0700-00 VENT. ANGLE FOR TEMPCON PANEL 3.100 5.22

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 5
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
06-0704-00 VENT ANGLE FOR TEMPCON PANEL 3.000 6.08
06-0711-00 SUPPORT ANGLE 1.000 0.91
06-0711-01 SUPPORT ANGLE 1.000 0.91
06-0711-02 SUPPORT ANGLE 1.000 0.91
06-0711-18 SUPPORT ANGLE 1.000 0.91
06-0712-00 SUPPORT ANGLE 1.500 1.36
06-0712-01 SUPPORT ANGLE 1.500 1.36
06-0712-02 SUPPORT ANGLE 1.500 1.36
06-0712-17 SUPPORT ANGLE 1.500 1.36
06-0712-18 SUPPORT ANGLE 1.500 1.36
06-0750-00 RAKE SUPPORT @ LOW EAVE 6.000 14.22
06-0751-00 RAKE SUPPORT @ HIGH EAVE 6.000 14.69
06-0752-00 LOW EAVE PLATE 6.000 12.34
06-0752-01 LOW EAVE PLATE 6.000 12.34

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 6
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
06-0752-02 LOW EAVE PLATE 6.000 12.34
06-0752-18 LOW EAVE PLATE 6.000 12.34
06-0753-00 HIGH EAVE PLATE 6.000 14.98
06-0753-01 HIGH EAVE PLATE 6.000 14.98
06-0753-02 HIGH EAVE PLATE 6.000 14.98
06-0753-18 HIGH EAVE PLATE 6.000 14.98
06-0755-00 SHEETING ANGLE (MAXSEAM 24) 0.520 2.08
06-0758-00 STIFFENER PLATE (MAXSEAM 24) 0.611 0.96
06-0761-00 INSULATION EDGE ANGLE 3.200 4.22
06-0901-00 SHOE ANGLE [FOR CANAM ASIA ONLY] 0.100 0.71
06-0909-00 SEAT ANGLE [FOR CANAM ASIA ONLY] 0.200 1.41
06-0910-00 SPANNER [FOR CANAM ASIA ONLY] 0.635 1.50

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 7
DETAILING MANUAL
Category 07 Flange Brace - Short

(m) (Kg)
07-0101-00 FLANGE BRACE 50x50x3MM ANGLE 0.823 1.91

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 1
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 2
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 3
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 4
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 5
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 6
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 7
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 8
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 9
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)

N
DETAILING MANUAL
Category 15 Miscellaneous Plates and Space Frame Plates

(m) (Kg)
15-0015-00 CLIP 0.130 0.66
15-0015-01 CLIP 0.130 0.66
15-0015-02 CLIP 0.130 0.66
15-0015-17 CLIP 0.130 0.66
15-0015-18 CLIP 0.130 0.66
15-0019-00 PACKING PLATE 0.050 0.03
15-0019-01 PACKING PLATE 0.050 0.03
15-0019-02 PACKING PLATE 0.050 0.03
15-0019-17 PACKING PLATE 0.050 0.03
15-0019-18 PACKING PLATE 0.050 0.03
15-0020-00 BRACKET (TURBINE VENT) 0.300 0.24
15-0021-00 FLAT BAR (TURBINE VENT SUPPORT - TCSP) 0.600 0.35
15-0100-00 PURLIN WEB CLIP 0.165 0.84
15-0100-01 PURLIN WEB CLIP 0.165 0.84
15-0100-02 PURLIN WEB CLIP 0.165 0.84
15-0100-17 PURLIN WEB CLIP 0.165 0.84
15-0100-18 PURLIN WEB CLIP 0.165 0.84
15-0120-00 PURLIN WEB CLIP 0.165 0.65
15-0120-01 PURLIN WEB CLIP 0.165 0.65
15-0120-02 PURLIN WEB CLIP 0.165 0.65
15-0120-17 PURLIN WEB CLIP 0.165 0.65
15-0120-18 PURLIN WEB CLIP 0.165 0.65
15-0121-00 EAVE STRUT STIFFENER 0.130 0.29
15-0150-00 PADDING PLATE 0.130 0.67
15-0150-01 PADDING PLATE 0.130 0.67
15-0150-17 PADDING PLATE 0.130 0.67
15-0150-18 PADDING PLATE 0.130 0.67
15-0200-00 GUSSET PLATE 0.120 0.45
15-0200-01 GUSSET PLATE 0.120 0.45
15-0200-17 GUSSET PLATE 0.120 0.45
15-0200-18 GUSSET PLATE 0.120 0.45
15-0201-00 GUSSET PLATE 0.150 0.59
15-0201-01 GUSSET PLATE 0.150 0.59
15-0201-17 GUSSET PLATE 0.150 0.59
15-0201-18 GUSSET PLATE 0.150 0.59
15-0202-00 SHIM [50X50X4.0MM] PLATE 0.050 0.08
15-0203-00 GUSSET PLATE 0.100 0.28
15-0203-01 GUSSET PLATE 0.100 0.28
15-0203-17 GUSSET PLATE 0.100 0.28

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 1
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
15-0203-18 GUSSET PLATE 0.100 0.28
15-0205-00 PLATE 0.150 0.71
15-0205-01 PLATE 0.150 0.71
15-0205-02 PLATE 0.150 0.71
15-0205-17 PLATE 0.150 0.71
15-0205-18 PLATE 0.150 0.71
15-0206-00 PLATE 0.075 0.12
15-0206-01 PLATE 0.075 0.12
15-0206-02 PLATE 0.075 0.12
15-0206-17 PLATE 0.075 0.12
15-0206-18 PLATE 0.075 0.12
15-0207-00 PLATE 0.130 0.18
15-0207-01 PLATE 0.130 0.18
15-0207-17 PLATE 0.130 0.18
15-0207-18 PLATE 0.130 0.18
15-0208-00 PLATE 0.130 0.43
15-0208-01 PLATE 0.130 0.43
15-0208-17 PLATE 0.130 0.43
15-0208-18 PLATE 0.130 0.43
15-0209-00 CONNECTING PLATE 0.205 1.05
15-0210-00 PLATE [ALUMINUM] 0.127 0.03
15-0211-00 FLANGE BRACE GUSSET PLATE 0.070 0.13
15-0213-00 PLATE - END FRAME SKYLITE 0.960 0.57
15-0215-00 STIFFNER 0.120 0.28
15-0215-01 STIFFNER 0.120 0.28
15-0215-02 STIFFNER 0.120 0.28
15-0215-17 STIFFNER 0.120 0.28
15-0215-18 STIFFNER 0.120 0.28
15-0220-00 FASCIA BRACKET END PLATE 0.200 1.22
15-0222-00 FASCIA BRACKET CONN. PLATE 0.280 1.71

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 2
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
15-0251-00 END PLATE 0.215 2.53
15-0252-00 END PLATE 0.295 3.47
15-0253-00 END PLATE 0.375 4.42
15-0254-00 END PLATE 0.455 5.36
15-0302-00 X-BRACE BACK-UP PLATE ( FOR 5/16" DIA. CABLE BRACE ) 0.140 0.92
15-0350-00 PACK WASHER 0.190 0.40
15-0350-01 PACK WASHER 0.190 0.40
15-0350-02 PACK WASHER 0.190 0.40
15-0350-17 PACK WASHER 0.190 0.40
15-0350-18 PACK WASHER 0.190 0.40
15-0351-00 PACKING PLATE 0.080 0.60
15-0351-01 PACKING PLATE 0.080 0.60
15-0351-02 PACKING PLATE 0.080 0.60
15-0351-17 PACKING PLATE 0.080 0.60
15-0351-18 PACKING PLATE 0.080 0.60
15-0352-00 CONNECTION PLATE 0.210 1.58
15-0353-00 GUSSET PLATE 0.110 0.55
15-0400-00 PLATE 0.176 2.43
15-0400-01 PLATE 0.176 2.43
15-0400-17 PLATE 0.176 2.43
15-0400-18 PLATE 0.176 2.43
15-0450-00 LINER FLANGE BRACE CLIP 0.265 0.52
15-0600-00 PL 150 X 130 X 4, 4 H X 15 D ( SPACE FRAME RAFTER SPLICE ) 0.150 0.61
15-0622-00 CHORD SHIM PLATE 0.060 0.14

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 3
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
15-0622-01 CHORD SHIM PLATE 0.060 0.14
15-0622-17 CHORD SHIM PLATE 0.060 0.14
15-0622-18 CHORD SHIM PLATE 0.060 0.14
15-0631-00 SH 40 X 40 X 5, 1 H X 18 D ( SPACE FRAME SHIM ) 0.040 0.07
15-0632-00 CHORD SHIM PLATE 0.060 0.14
15-0632-01 CHORD SHIM PLATE 0.060 0.14
15-0632-17 CHORD SHIM PLATE 0.060 0.14
15-0632-18 CHORD SHIM PLATE 0.060 0.14
15-0641-00 CHORD SPLICE PLATE 0.120 0.75

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 4
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
15-0700-00 BASE PLATE 0.250 5.30
15-0700-01 BASE PLATE 0.250 5.30
15-0700-17 BASE PLATE 0.250 5.30
15-0700-18 BASE PLATE 0.250 5.30
15-0701-00 BASE PLATE 0.350 7.42
15-0701-01 BASE PLATE 0.350 7.42
15-0701-17 BASE PLATE 0.350 7.42
15-0701-18 BASE PLATE 0.350 7.42
15-0702-00 BASE PLATE 0.360 10.60
15-0702-01 BASE PLATE 0.360 10.60
15-0702-17 BASE PLATE 0.360 10.60
15-0702-18 BASE PLATE 0.360 10.60
15-0720-00 BASE PLATE 0.205 3.38
15-0720-01 BASE PLATE 0.205 3.38
15-0720-17 BASE PLATE 0.205 3.38
15-0720-18 BASE PLATE 0.205 3.38
15-0721-00 BEARING PLATE 0.125 0.15
15-0721-01 BEARING PLATE 0.125 0.15
15-0721-18 BEARING PLATE 0.125 0.15
15-0730-00 BASE PLATE 0.200 0.81
15-0730-01 BASE PLATE 0.200 0.81
15-0730-17 BASE PLATE 0.200 0.81
15-0730-18 BASE PLATE 0.200 0.81
15-0731-00 BASE PLATE 0.300 1.22
15-0731-01 BASE PLATE 0.300 1.22

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 5
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
15-0731-17 BASE PLATE 0.300 1.22
15-0731-18 BASE PLATE 0.300 1.22
15-0901-00 TIE PLATE [FOR CANAM ASIA ONLY] 0.178 1.30
15-0902-00 BRIDGING CLIP [FOR CANAM ASIA ONLY] 0.135 0.26
15-0903-00 HAMBRO [FOR CANAM ASIA ONLY] 0.090 0.19
15-0904-00 HANGER PLATE [FOR CANAM ASIA ONLY] 6.000 20.20

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 6
DETAILING MANUAL
Category 17 Rod, Cable, and Flat Bar Bracing

(m) (Kg)
17-0701-00 SAG ROD 1/2" Dia. w/ 1/2"x100mm thread @ both ends 1.290 1.15
17-0703-00 SAG ROD 16mm Dia. w/ 2 Nuts & 2 Washers at each end 1.290 2.24
17-0711-00 SAG ROD 12MM DIA W/ M12X200 THREAD @ BOTH ENDS [W/ 4 NUTS & 4 1.100 1.10
WASHERS]
WASHERS]
WASHERS]
WASHERS]
WASHERS]
WASHERS]
WASHERS]
WASHERS]
WASHERS]
WASHERS]
WASHERS]
WASHERS]
WASHERS]
WASHERS]
WASHERS]
WASHERS]
WASHERS]
WASHERS]
WASHERS]
WASHERS]
17-0750-00 DOOR HEADER ANCHOR BOLT 1/2" DIA. 0.190 0.17
17-0750-02 DOOR HEADER ANCHOR BOLT 1/2" DIA. 0.190 0.17
17-0970-00 SAG ROD M12X1714 [W/ 4NUTS & 4WASHERS] 1.714 1.65

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 1
DETAILING MANUAL
Category 17 Rod, Cable, and Flat Bar Bracing

(m) (Kg)

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 2
DETAILING MANUAL
Category 20 Anchor Bolts

(m) (Kg)
20-0100-00 ANCHOR BOLT HOT DIP GALV 5/8" X 400mm 0.400 0.79
20-0103-00 ANCHOR BOLT HOT DIP GALV 1-1/8" X 700mm 0.700 4.45
20-0104-00 ANCHOR BOLT HOT DIP GALV 1-1/2"X1000 1.000 12.17
20-0110-00 ANCHOR BOLT HOT DIP GALV M16 X 400mm [ASSEMBLED] 0.400 0.85
20-0901-00 ANCHOR BOLT M30X250MM HOT DIP GALV [ASSEMBLED] (FOR CANAM 0.250 2.02
ASIA ONLY)
20-0902-00 ANCHOR BOLT M24X250MM HOT DIP GALV [ASSEMBLED] (FOR CANAM 0.250 1.30
ASIA ONLY)

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 1
DETAILING MANUAL
Category 28 Pipes and Handrails

(m) (Kg)
28-0100-00 JOINT SHAFT 18 DIA X 1.0 X 1524 1.524 0.68
28-0100-02 JOINT SHAFT 18 DIA X 1.0 X 1524 1.524 0.68

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 1
DETAILING MANUAL
Category 30 Other Assembly Parts/Sign Board, Ladder

(m) (Kg)
30-0112-00 RIDGE VENT.FRAME ASSEMBLY [600 THROAT ] 1.410 16.49
30-0113-00 RIDGE VENTILATOR FRAME ASSEMBLY 1.410 22.53
30-0114-00 RIDGE VENTILATOR FRAME ASSEMBLY (FOR VIETNAM ONLY) 1.410 27.41
30-0116-00 RIDGE VENILATOR FRAME ASSEMBLY 1.410 23.19
30-0262-00 SIGN BOARD ASSEMBLY " Aluminum " 1.240 40.37
30-0500-00 SKID ASSEMBLY FOR CONTAINER LOADING 10.000 496.89
30-0501-00 SKID ASSEMBLY FOR 40' CONTAINER LOADING 10.000 528.20
30-0504-00 SKID ASSEMBLY FOR 40' CONTAINER LOADING [FOR SAUDI ONLY] 10.000 536.90
30-0505-00 SKID ASSEMBLY FOR 20' CONTAINER LOADING [FOR SAUDI ONLY] 5.000 304.54
30-0700-00 SIGN BOARD ASSEMBLY [FOR EGYPT ONLY] 1.500 53.53
30-0700-01 SIGN BOARD ASSEMBLY [FOR EGYPT ONLY] 1.500 53.53

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 1
DETAILING MANUAL
Category 38 Miscellaneous Hot Rolled Members

(m) (Kg)
38-0200-00 STRUT BEAM 1.492 37.58
38-0200-01 STRUT BEAM 1.492 37.58
38-0200-02 STRUT BEAM 1.492 37.58
38-0200-17 STRUT BEAM 1.492 37.58
38-0200-18 STRUT BEAM 1.492 37.58
38-0901-00 BRIDGING POST [FOR CANAM ASIA ONLY] 0.130 0.20

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 1
DETAILING MANUAL
Category 39 Small Built-up Members less then 3000 mm

(m) (Kg)
39-0201-00 CANOPY BRACKET 0.220 8.17
39-0201-01 CANOPY BRACKET 0.220 8.17
39-0201-17 CANOPY BRACKET 0.220 8.17
39-0201-18 CANOPY BRACKET 0.220 8.17
39-0202-00 PORTAL FRAME BRACKET 0.240 6.18
39-0203-00 STRUT BEAM 1.493 44.95
39-0203-01 STRUT BEAM 1.493 44.95
39-0203-02 STRUT BEAM 1.493 44.95
39-0203-17 STRUT BEAM 1.493 44.95
39-0203-18 STRUT BEAM 1.493 44.95

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 1
DETAILING MANUAL
Category 45 Hi-rib sheets

(m) (Kg)
45-AA03-00 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM [XPD] (GALVANIZED : Z275) 0.000 4.65

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 1
DETAILING MANUAL
Category 46 Single Skin Panels/Liners,

(m) (Kg)
46-0020-03 CURVED PANEL TYPE A 0.5MM 0.975 3.85
46-0025-00 CURVED PANEL TYPE B 0.5MM 0.813 3.89
46-0035-00 CURVED PANEL TYPE S 0.5MM [FOR EGYPT & VIETNAM] 0.990 4.17
46-0036-00 CURVED PANEL TYPE "S" 0.5 MM [FOR SAUDI] 0.971 4.09
46-0037-00 CURVED PANEL TYPE "R" 0.5 MM [FOR SAUDI] 0.964 3.81
46-0600-00 RIDGE PANEL TYPE "S" 0.5MM (SLOPE 1/10) [FOR EGYPT & VIETNAM] 0.835 3.52

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 1
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
46-0602-00 RIDGE PANEL TYPE "S" 0.5MM (SLOPE 0.5/10) [FOR EGYPT & VIETNAM] 0.830 3.49
46-0604-00 RIDGE PANEL TYPE "B" 0.5MM 0.835 3.30

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 2
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
46-0608-00 RIDGE PANEL TYPE "A" 0.5MM 0.835 3.30
46-0612-00 RIDGE PANEL TYPE "R" 0.5MM (SLOPE 1/10) [FOR EGYPT & VIETNAM] 0.835 3.30

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 3
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
46-0614-00 RIDGE PANEL TYPE "R" 0.5MM (SLOPE 0.5/10) [FOR EGYPT & VIETNAM] 0.830 3.28

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 4
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 5
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 6
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
46-0751-00 DOWNSPOUT 3730 MM LENGTH [FOR EGYPT ONLY] 3.730 5.12

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 7
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
46-0757-00 44 DEGREE BEND DOWNSPOUT SHOE 0.256 0.35
46-0758-00 77 DEGREE BEND DOWNSPOUT 0.560 0.77
46-0759-00 77 DEGREE BEND DOWNSPOUT ELBOW 0.352 0.48

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 8
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
46-0761-00 DOWNSPOUT CONNECTOR 0.170 0.23
46-0763-00 77 DEGREE BEND DOWNSPOUT @ 105 MM WIDTH 0.590 0.81
46-0764-00 RIDGE PANEL TYPE "S" 0.5MM (SLOPE 1/10) [FOR SAUDI] 0.833 3.51
46-0766-00 RIDGE PANEL TYPE "S" 0.5MM (SLOPE 0.5/10) [FOR SAUDI] 0.828 3.49

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 9
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
46-0768-00 RIDGE PANEL TYPE "R" 0.5MM (SLOPE 1/10) [FOR SAUDI] 0.835 3.30
46-0770-00 RIDGE PANEL TYPE "R" 0.5MM (SLOPE 0.5/10) [FOR SAUDI] 0.824 3.25

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
46-AA02-02 TYPE C PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA02-03 TYPE C PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA02-04 TYPE C PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA02-05 TYPE C PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA02-06 TYPE C PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA02-07 TYPE C PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA02-09 TYPE C PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA02-11 TYPE C PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA02-12 TYPE C PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA05-00 TYPE G PANEL 0.7 MM [G60] 0.000 6.30
46-AA05-02 TYPE G PANEL 0.7 MM [G60] 0.000 6.30

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
46-AA06-00 TYPE T PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.70
46-AA06-03 TYPE T PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.70
46-AA06-04 TYPE T PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.70
46-AA06-05 TYPE T PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.70
46-AA06-06 TYPE T PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.70
46-AA06-07 TYPE T PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.70
46-AA06-09 TYPE T PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.70
46-AA06-11 TYPE T PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.70
46-AA06-12 TYPE T PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.70
46-AA06-22 TYPE T PANEL 0.5 MM (G-90) [ XMA] 0.000 3.70
46-AA07-00 TYPE T PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.38
46-AA07-03 TYPE T PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.38
46-AA07-04 TYPE T PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.38
46-AA07-05 TYPE T PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.38
46-AA07-06 TYPE T PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.38
46-AA07-07 TYPE T PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.38
46-AA07-09 TYPE T PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.38
46-AA07-11 TYPE T PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.38
46-AA07-12 TYPE T PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.38
46-AA07-22 TYPE T PANEL 0.7 MM [XMA] 0.000 5.38
46-AA08-00 TYPE T PANEL 0.5 MM [XPD] 0.000 3.70
46-AA11-03 TYPE E PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 1.42
46-AA11-04 TYPE E PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 1.42
46-AA11-05 TYPE E PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 1.42
46-AA11-07 TYPE E PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 1.42
46-AA11-11 TYPE E PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 1.42
46-AA11-12 TYPE E PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 1.42
46-AA12-22 TYPE R PANEL 0.5 MM [XMA] 0.000 3.95
46-AA13-03 TYPE E PANEL 0.5 MM [XPD] 0.000 1.42
46-AA14-03 TYPE E PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 2.26
46-AA14-04 TYPE E PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 2.26
46-AA14-05 TYPE E PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 2.26
46-AA14-07 TYPE E PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 2.26
46-AA14-11 TYPE E PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 2.26
46-AA14-12 TYPE E PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 2.26
46-AA16-03 TYPE Ex PANEL (INSULATED) 0.5 MM 0.000 1.60

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
46-AA17-05 TYPE C PANEL 0.5 MM [XPD] 0.000 3.95
46-AA18-00 MaxSEAM 24 PANEL 0.7MM 0.000 3.82
46-AA21-00 MaxSEAM 24 PANEL 0.7MM [XPD] 0.000 3.82
46-AA24-03 TYPE D PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 1.42
46-AA24-04 TYPE D PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 1.42

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
46-AA24-05 TYPE D PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 1.42
46-AA24-06 TYPE D PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 1.42
46-AA24-07 TYPE D PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 1.42
46-AA24-09 TYPE D PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 1.42
46-AA24-11 TYPE D PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 1.42
46-AA24-12 TYPE D PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 1.42
46-AA25-00 TYPE D PANEL 0.5 MM [XPD] 0.000 1.42
46-AA26-00 TYPE A PANEL 0.5 MM [PLAIN ALUMINUM] 0.000 1.59
46-AA26-05 TYPE A PANEL 0.5 MM [ALUMINUM] 0.000 1.59
46-AA27-00 TYPE B PANEL 0.5 MM [PLAIN ALUMINUM] 0.000 1.59
46-AA27-05 TYPE B PANEL 0.5 MM [ALUMINUM] 0.000 1.59
46-AA28-00 TYPE R PANEL 0.5 MM [PLAIN ALUMINUM] 0.000 1.59
46-AA28-05 TYPE R PANEL 0.5 MM [ALUMINUM] 0.000 1.59
46-AA29-22 TYPE L PANEL 0.5 MM [XMA] 0.000 4.21
46-AA30-22 TYPE L PANEL 0.7 MM [XMA] 0.000 6.12
46-AA31-00 TYPE A PANEL 0.7 MM [PLAIN ALUMINUM] 0.000 2.22
46-AA31-05 TYBE A PANEL 0.7 MM [ALUMINUM] 0.000 2.22
46-AA32-00 TYPE B PANEL 0.7 MM [PLAIN ALUMINUM] 0.000 2.22
46-AA32-05 TYPE B PANEL 0.7 MM [ALUMINUM] 0.000 2.22
46-AA33-03 TYPE R PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA33-04 TYPE R PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA33-05 TYPE R PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA33-06 TYPE R PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA33-07 TYPE R PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA33-09 TYPE R PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA33-11 TYPE R PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA33-12 TYPE R PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA33-22 TYPE R PANEL 0.5 MM (G-90) [ XMA] 0.000 3.95
46-AA34-03 TYPE D PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 2.26
46-AA34-04 TYPE D PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 2.26
46-AA34-05 TYPE D PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 2.26
46-AA34-07 TYPE D PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 2.26
46-AA34-11 TYPE D PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 2.26
46-AA34-12 TYPE D PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 2.26
46-AA36-05 TYPE R PANEL 0.5 MM [XPD] 0.000 3.95
46-AA37-05 TYPE R PANEL 0.7 MM [XPD] 0.000 5.75
46-AA38-05 TYPE A PANEL 0.5 MM [XPD] 0.000 3.95
46-AA40-00 TYPE R PANEL 0.7 MM [PLAIN ALUMINUM] 0.000 2.22

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
46-AA40-05 TYPE R PANEL 0.7 MM [ALUMINUM] 0.000 2.22
46-AA41-03 TYPE G PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA42-03 TYPE Ex PANEL (INSULATED) 0.5 MM [XPD] 0.000 1.60
46-AA43-00 MaxSEAM 24 PANEL 0.7MM [PLAIN ALUMINUM] 0.000 1.48
46-AA46-00 TYPE S PANEL 0.4 MM [G60] 0.000 3.83
46-AA50-00 TYPE K PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 6.70
46-AA50-02 TYPE K PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 6.70
46-AA50-03 TYPE K PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 6.70
46-AA50-05 TYPE K PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 6.70
46-AA51-03 TYPE Dx PANEL (INSULATED) 0.5 MM 0.000 1.60
46-AA52-03 TYPE Dx PANEL (INSULATED) 0.5 MM [XPD] 0.000 1.60

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
46-AA54-00 DOWNSPOUT 0.5MM [XRW] 0.000 1.37
46-AA55-00 DOWNSPOUT 0.7 MM [XRW] 0.000 1.92
46-AA56-00 DOWNSPOUT 0.5 MM [XPD] 0.000 1.37
46-AA58-00 DOWNSPOUT 0.5 MM [PLAIN ALUMINUM] 0.000 0.49
46-AA58-05 DOWNSPOUT 0.5 MM [ALUMINUM] 0.000 0.49
46-AA59-00 DOWNSPOUT 0.7 MM [PLAIN ALUMINUM] 0.000 0.68
46-AA59-05 DOWNSPOUT 0.7 MM [ALUMINUM] 0.000 0.68
46-AA61-03 TYPE B PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
46-AA61-04 TYPE B PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA61-05 TYPE B PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA61-06 TYPE B PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA61-07 TYPE B PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA61-09 TYPE B PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA61-11 TYPE B PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA61-12 TYPE B PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA63-00 TYPE A PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA63-03 TYPE A PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA63-04 TYPE A PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA63-05 TYPE A PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA63-06 TYPE A PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA63-07 TYPE A PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA63-09 TYPE A PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA63-11 TYPE A PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA63-12 TYPE A PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA64-00 TYPE C PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA64-03 TYPE C PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA64-04 TYPE C PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA64-05 TYPE C PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA64-06 TYPE C PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA64-07 TYPE C PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA64-09 TYPE C PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA64-11 TYPE C PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA64-12 TYPE C PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA65-00 TYPE R PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA65-03 TYPE R PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA65-04 TYPE R PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA65-05 TYPE R PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA65-06 TYPE R PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA65-07 TYPE R PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA65-09 TYPE R PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA65-11 TYPE R PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA65-12 TYPE R PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA74-00 TYPE C PANEL 0.7 MM [PLAIN ALUMINUM] 0.000 2.22
46-AA74-05 TYPE C PANEL 0.7 MM [ALUMINUM] 0.000 2.22
46-AA79-00 TYPE K PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 4.21
46-AA79-03 TYPE K PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 4.21
46-AA79-04 TYPE K PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 4.21
46-AA79-05 TYPE K PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 4.21
46-AA79-07 TYPE K PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 4.21
46-AA81-03 TYPE A PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA81-04 TYPE A PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA81-05 TYPE A PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA81-06 TYPE A PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA81-07 TYPE A PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA81-09 TYPE A PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA81-11 TYPE A PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95

N
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
46-AA81-12 TYPE A PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 3.95
46-AA89-00 TYBE B PANEL 0.5 MM [XPD] 0.000 3.95
46-AA89-05 TYBE B PANEL 0.5 MM [XPD] 0.000 3.95
46-AA90-00 TYPE B PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA90-03 TYPE B PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA90-04 TYPE B PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA90-05 TYPE B PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA90-06 TYPE B PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA90-07 TYPE B PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA90-09 TYPE B PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA90-11 TYPE B PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA90-12 TYPE B PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 5.75
46-AA92-00 TYPE B PANEL 0.7 MM [XPD] 0.000 5.75
46-AA92-05 TYPE B PANEL 0.7 MM [XPD] 0.000 5.75
46-AA93-00 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM [XPD] 0.000 4.21
46-AA95-00 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM [PLAIN ALUMINUM] 0.000 1.69
46-AA95-05 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM [ALUMINUM] 0.000 1.69
46-AA96-00 TYPE S PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 6.12
46-AA96-03 TYPE S PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 6.12
46-AA96-04 TYPE S PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 6.12
46-AA96-05 TYPE S PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 6.12
46-AA96-06 TYPE S PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 6.12
46-AA96-07 TYPE S PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 6.12
46-AA96-09 TYPE S PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 6.12
46-AA96-11 TYPE S PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 6.12
46-AA96-12 TYPE S PANEL 0.7 MM 0.000 6.12
46-AA97-00 TYPE S PANEL 0.7 MM [PLAIN ALUMINUM] 0.000 2.37
46-AA97-05 TYPE S PANEL 0.7 MM [ALUMINUM] 0.000 2.37
46-AA99-00 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 4.21
46-AA99-03 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 4.21
46-AA99-04 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 4.21
46-AA99-05 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 4.21
46-AA99-06 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 4.21
46-AA99-07 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 4.21
46-AA99-09 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 4.21
46-AA99-11 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 4.21
46-AA99-12 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 0.000 4.21
46-AA99-22 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM [XMA] 0.000 4.21

N
DETAILING MANUAL
Category 47 Low-Rib Tempcon/Hi-Rib Tempcon/Modified Tempcon Panels

(m) (Kg)
47-AA1A-00 TCSP 75MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.5MM XRW [WITHOUT LAP] 0.000 9.82
47-AA1B-00 TCSP 75MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.5MM XRW [W/ 100MM RIGHT LAP] 0.000 9.82
47-AA1C-00 TCSP 75MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.5MM XRW [W/ 100MM LEFT LAP] 0.000 9.82
47-AA1D-00 TCSP 75MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.7MM XRW [WITHOUT LAP] 0.000 11.73
47-AA1E-00 TCSP 75MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.7MM XRW [W/ 100MM RIGHT LAP] 0.000 11.73
47-AA1F-00 TCSP 75MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.7MM XRW [W/ 100MM LEFT LAP] 0.000 11.73

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 1
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
47-AA1G-00 TCSP 75MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.5MM XPD [WITHOUT LAP] 0.000 9.82
47-AA1H-00 TCSP 75MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.5MM XPD [W/ 100MM RIGHT LAP] 0.000 9.82
47-AA1J-00 TCSP 75MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.5MM XPD [W/ 100MM LEFT LAP] 0.000 9.82
47-AA1K-00 TCSP 75MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.7MM XPD [WITHOUT LAP] 0.000 11.73
47-AA1L-00 TCSP 75MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.7MM XPD [W/ 100MM RIGHT LAP] 0.000 11.73
47-AA1M-00 TCSP 75MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.7MM XPD [W/ 100MM LEFT LAP] 0.000 11.73

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 2
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
47-AA1N-00 TCSP 100MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.5MM XRW [WITHOUT LAP] 0.000 10.82
47-AA1P-00 TCSP 100MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.5MM XRW [W/ 100MM RIGHT LAP] 0.000 10.82
47-AA1Q-00 TCSP 100MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.5MM XRW [W/ 100MM LEFT LAP] 0.000 10.82
47-AA1R-00 TCSP 100MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.7MM XRW [WITHOUT LAP] 0.000 12.73
47-AA1S-00 TCSP 100MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.7MM XRW [W/ 100MM RIGHT LAP] 0.000 12.73

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 3
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
47-AA1T-00 TCSP 100MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.7MM XRW [W/ 100MM LEFT LAP] 0.000 12.73
47-AA1U-00 TCSP 100MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.5MM XPD [WITHOUT LAP] 0.000 10.82
47-AA1V-00 TCSP 100MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.5MM XPD [W/ 100MM RIGHT LAP] 0.000 10.82
47-AA1W-00 TCSP 100MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.5MM XPD [W/ 100MM LEFT LAP] 0.000 10.82
47-AA1X-00 TCSP 100MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.7MM XPD [WITHOUT LAP] 0.000 12.73
47-AA1Y-00 TCSP 100MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.7MM XPD [W/ 100MM RIGHT LAP] 0.000 12.73

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 4
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
47-AA1Z-00 TCSP 100MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.7MM XPD [W/ 100MM LEFT LAP] 0.000 12.73
47-AA2A-00 TCTP 60MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.5MM XRW 0.000 9.72
47-AA2B-00 TCTP 60MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.7MM XRW 0.000 11.40
47-AA2C-00 TCTP 60MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.5MM XPD 0.000 9.72
47-AA2D-00 TCTP 60MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.7MM XPD 0.000 11.40

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 5
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
47-AA3A-00 TCMP 60MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.5MM 0.000 6.04
47-AA3A-05 TCMP 60MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.5MM 0.000 6.04
47-AA3B-00 TCMP 75MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.5MM 0.000 6.64
47-AA3B-05 TCMP 75MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.5MM 0.000 6.64
47-AA3C-00 TCMP 100MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.5MM 0.000 7.64
47-AA3C-05 TCMP 100MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.5MM 0.000 7.64
47-AA3D-00 TCMP 85MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.5MM 0.000 7.04
47-AA3D-05 TCMP 85MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.5MM 0.000 7.04
47-AA4B-00 TCSP 85MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.5MM XRW [WITH 100MM RIGHT LAP] 0.000 10.21
47-AA4C-00 TCSP 85MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.5MM XRW [WITH 100MM LEFT LAP] 0.000 10.21
47-AA4E-00 TCSP 85MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.7MM XRW [WITH 100MM RIGHT LAP] 0.000 12.12
47-AA4F-00 TCSP 85MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.7MM XRW [WITH 100MM LEFT LAP] 0.000 12.12

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 6
DETAILING MANUAL

(m) (Kg)
47-AA4H-00 TCSP 85MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.5MM XPD [WITH 100MM RIGHT LAP] 0.000 10.21
47-AA4J-00 TCSP 85MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.5MM XPD [WITH 100MM LEFT LAP] 0.000 10.21
47-AA4L-00 TCSP 85MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.7MM XPD [WITH 100MM RIGHT LAP] 0.000 12.12
47-AA4M-00 TCSP 85MM TEMPCON PANEL 0.7MM XPD [WITH 100MM LEFT LAP] 0.000 12.12

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 7
DETAILING MANUAL
Category 49 Slide Door leaf / Accesories without panels

(m) (Kg)
49-0509-00 DOOR BRACKET 0.180 3.45
49-0509-01 DOOR BRACKET 0.180 3.45
49-0509-02 DOOR BRACKET 0.180 3.45
49-0509-17 DOOR BRACKET 0.180 3.45
49-0509-18 DOOR BRACKET 0.180 3.45
49-0701-00 TROLLEY RAIL END CAP 0.114 0.10
49-0701-02 TROLLEY RAIL END CAP 0.114 0.10
49-0702-00 ASTRAGAL 3.000 4.24
49-0702-02 ASTRAGAL 3.000 4.24

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 1
DETAILING MANUAL
Category 50 Personnel Doors/Ridge Ventilator parts

(m) (Kg)
50-0001-00 DOOR LEAF SOLID WHITE 3070 X 44 0.000 33.00
50-0002-00 DOOR LEAF SIDE VISION WHITE 3070 X 44 0.000 35.00
50-0004-00 DOOR FRAME REV. 2-SWING WHITE 6070 X 1.5 0.000 24.95
50-0005-00 DOOR HINGE WITH FULL MORTISE 114 X 114 X 3 THK (POWDER COAT 0.000 0.48
WHITE)
50-0006-00 DOOR THRESHOLD ALUMINUM 915MM 0.915 0.50
50-0007-00 DOOR THRESHOLD ALUMINUM 1829MM 1.829 1.38
50-0008-00 DOOR SWEEP ALU. & VINYL 915MM 0.000 0.30
50-0009-00 DOOR COVER PLATE 0.000 0.08
50-0010-00 DOOR W'STRIP KIT ALU. & VINYL 3070 0.000 0.89
50-0011-00 DOOR W'STRIP KIT ALU. & VINYL 6070 0.000 1.03
50-0012-00 DOOR SURFACE BOLT HEAVY DUTY 203MM 0.000 0.73
50-0013-00 DOOR Z-ASTRAGAL 2134MM 2.134 1.81
50-0014-00 DOOR LOCKSET CYLINDRICAL 0.000 1.06
50-0015-00 DOOR PANIC EXIT DEVICE (SINGLE PERSONNEL DOOR) 0.000 4.24
50-0016-00 DOOR CLOSER 0.000 2.76
50-0019-00 COMMUNICATING LOCKSET 0.000 0.81
50-0020-00 DOOR PANIC EXIT DEVICE (DOUBLE PERSONNEL DOOR) 0.000 4.24
50-0100-00 DOOR ASSY. FRAME W/ CYLINDRICAL LOCK 3070 X 44 0.000 28.02
50-0101-00 DOOR ASSY. FRAME W/ PANIC HARDWARE 3070 X 44 0.000 31.20
50-0104-00 DOOR ASSY. FRAME W/ CYLINDRICAL LOCK 6070 X 44 0.000 38.02
50-0105-00 DOOR ASSY. FRAME W/ PANIC HARDWARE 6070 X 44 0.000 41.20
50-0124-00 SPLIT PIN 60 MM X 51 MM 0.051 0.01
50-0126-00 RIDGE VENT. PULLEY WHEEL 0.000 0.03
50-0127-00 RIDGE VENT. CABLE CONNECTOR 0.000 0.01
50-0128-00 RIDGE VENT. "U" BOLT WITH 2 HEX. NUTS 0.000 0.02
50-0129-00 RIDGE VENT. LINEAR M. OF 2 MM DIA. BLUE CHROME CABLE 0.000 0.01
50-0130-00 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0131-00 RIDGE VENT. OPERATOR ARM 0.000 0.20
50-0132-00 RIDGE VENT. SHAFT COUPLING 0.000 0.03
50-0135-00 RIDGE VENT. 6MM DIA. PUSH-ON CAP 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
50-0137-00 RIDGE VENT. U-BOLT CLAMP ASSEMBLY 0.000 0.02
50-0200-00 RIVETER 0.000 0.65
50-0220-00 RIDGE VENT. HANDLE 0.600 0.90
50-0300-00 1000 X 1000 ALUMINUM WINDOW, SINGLE GLAZED 0.000 28.00
50-0301-00 1000 X 1000 ALUMINUM WINDOW, SINGLE GLAZED [FOR VIETNAM] 1.000 19.30
N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 1
DETAILING MANUAL
Category 50 Personnel Doors/Ridge Ventilator parts

(m) (Kg)
50-0302-00 1000 W X 1500 H ALUMINUM WINDOW, SINGLE GLAZED [ FOR VIETNAM] 1.500 21.30
50-0304-00 1000 (W) X 1500 (H) ALUMINUM WINDOW, SINGLE GLAZED 0.000 33.00
50-0400-00 500MM DIA. TURBINE ROOF VENTILATOR (ALUMINUM) 0.500 9.00
50-0700-00 PILOT DOOR PACKAGE (FRAMES,H.W.) 0.000 14.85
50-0701-00 PILOT DOOR PACKAGE (FRAMES,H.W., WITHOUT COMMUNICATING 0.000 14.04
LOCKSET)
50-0702-00 PILOT DOOR PACKAGE (FRAMES,H.W., WITH CYLINDRICAL LOCKSET) 0.000 15.10

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 2
DETAILING MANUAL
Category 60 Cold Formed 1)Z-section 2)C-section 3) Eave Strut 4) Joist

(m) (Kg)
60-0114-00 VENT GIRT 1.020 6.25
60-0114-01 VENT GIRT 1.020 6.25
60-0114-02 VENT GIRT 1.020 6.25
60-0114-03 VENT GIRT 1.020 6.25
60-0114-17 VENT GIRT 1.020 6.25
60-0114-18 VENT GIRT 1.020 6.25
60-0200-00 200C20 FASCIA BACK UP GIRT N.P.D 25/+G9 0.690 4.22
60-0200-18 200C20 FASCIA BACK UP GIRT N.P.D 25/+G9 GREY AL OX 0.690 4.22
60-0201-00 200C20 FASCIA BACK UP GIRT N.P.D. 25/+G9 0.605 3.70
60-0339-00 200Z25 EXPANSION CLIP 0.600 4.06
60-0339-01 200Z25 EXPANSION CLIP 0.600 4.06
60-0339-02 200Z25 EXPANSION CLIP 0.600 4.06
60-0339-17 200Z25 EXPANSION CLIP 0.600 4.06
60-0339-18 200Z25 EXPANSION CLIP 0.600 4.06

N
Prog-Id. itemrp01 1
DETAILING MANUAL
HB High strenth Bolts

Unit Length Unit Weight
Pack/Part # Qty Description (m) (kg)
HB-1235A M12 X 35 Hot Dip Galv. Bolt, Nut & Washer

01-0710-00 1.0 DIN 933 (CL 8.8) BOLT WITH NUT 12 X 35 MM HOT DIP GALV. 0.035 0.06
01-0750-00 1.0 F-436M ROUND HARD WASHER 12 MM HOT DIP GALV 0.000 0.01

01-0711-00 1.0 DIN 933 (CL 8.8) BOLT WITH NUT 12 X 55 MM HOT DIP GALV. 0.055 0.07

01-0712-00 1.0 A-325M BOLT WITH NUT 16 X 50 MM HOT DIP GALV 0.050 0.17





19-NOV-2006
PROG-ID : PACKRP01 5.1 HB Page 1 RUN DATE:
DETAILING MANUAL
HB High strenth Bolts


MB Mild steel Bolts

MB-1235A M12 X 35 Yellow Chromate Mild Steel Bolt & Nut

01-0760-00 1.0 DIN933 BOLT FULL THREAD YELLOW CHROMAT M12 X 35 MM 0.035 0.04
01-0770-00 1.0 DIN934 NUT HEX YELLOW CHROM M12 0.000 0.02
FB Fin neck Bolts

FB-1235A M12 X 35 Fin Necked Bolt & Nut

01-0761-00 1.0 DIN933 BOLT FIN NECKED ELECTRO GALV M12 X 35MM 0.035 0.04
CB Countersunk Bolts
CB-1225A M12 X 25 Countersunk Bolt & Nut

01-0762-00 1.0 DIN933 BOLT COUNTERSUNK ELECTRO GALV M12 X 25 MM 0.025 0.03
19-NOV-2006
PROG-ID : PACKRP01 5.1 HB Page 2 RUN DATE:
DETAILING MANUAL
SB Stove Bolts
SB-0616A M6 X 16 Stove Bolt, Nut & Washer

01-0763-00 1.0 DIN933 BOLT STOVE ELECTRO GALV M6 X 16 MM 0.016 0.01
01-0776-00 1.0 DIN934 NUT HEX ELECTRO GALV M6 0.000 0.01
01-0785-00 1.0 DIN 125 WASHER FLAT MILD ELECTRO GALV 6 MM 0.000 0.01
SR Sag Rod accessories

SR-1200A Accessories For 12mm Dia Sag Rod

01-0786-00 4.0 DIN 125 WASHER FLAT MILD ELECTRO GALV. 12MM 0.000 0.01
SR-1600A Accessories For 16mm Dia Sag Rod

BR BRacing accessories
BR-2400A Accessories For Rod Bracing 24mm

01-0791-00 2.0 WASHER HILLSIDE ALUMINUM 24MM 0.000 0.19
19-NOV-2006
PROG-ID : PACKRP01 5.1 SB Page 1 RUN DATE:
DETAILING MANUAL
DS DownSpouts
DS-0001E Downspout Accessories For 4.00 M Eave Height Building

01-0007-00 0.1 MASTIC FLOWABLE TUBE 6000MM EACH 0.000 0.45
01-0099-12 36.0 POP RIVET CARBON STEEL [ZINC COATED] 4MM DIA. X 8MM LG. 0.000 0.01
01-0194-00 1.0 44 DEGREE BEND DOWNSPOUT SHOE (FOR EGYPT ONLY) 0.256 0.35
03-0762-00 8.0 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.380 0.04
DS-0001S Downspout Accessories For 4.00 M Eave Height Building

03-0762-00 8.0 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.380 0.04
46-0757-00 1.0 44 DEGREE BEND DOWNSPOUT SHOE 0.256 0.35
DS-0002E Downspout Accessories For 5.00 & 6.00 M Eave Height Building
03-0762-00 10.0 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.380 0.04
DS-0002S Downspout Accessories For 5.00 & 6.00 M Eave Height Building
03-0762-00 10.0 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.380 0.04

03-0762-00 12.0 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.380 0.04

03-0762-00 12.0 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.380 0.04
19-NOV-2006
PROG-ID : PACKRP01 5.1 DS Page 1 RUN DATE:
DETAILING MANUAL
DS DownSpouts
DS-0004E Downspout Accessories For 8.00 & 9.00 M Eave Height Building
03-0762-00 14.0 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.380 0.04
DS-0004S Downspout Accessories For 8.00 & 9.00 M Eave Height Building
03-0762-00 14.0 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.380 0.04

03-0762-00 16.0 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.380 0.04

03-0762-00 16.0 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.380 0.04

03-0762-00 18.0 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.380 0.04

03-0762-00 18.0 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.380 0.04
19-NOV-2006
PROG-ID : PACKRP01 5.1 DS Page 2 RUN DATE:
DETAILING MANUAL
EG Eave Gutters
EG-0001E Oasis Eave Gutter [W/ Single Skin Panel @ Roof]

01-0470-00 12.0 SCREW SELF DRILL CS-4.8X16 W/ 14 DIA WASHER (@ ROOF) 0.016 0.01
01-0480-12 24.0 SCREW SELF DRILL CS-4.8X16 (@ WALL) 0.016 0.01
03-0012-00 2.0 EAVE TRIM 3.200 2.84
03-0728-02 12.0 OASIS GUTTER STRAP 0.350 0.26
03-0735-00 1.0 OASIS EAVE GUTTER 6.100 13.48
EG-0001S Oasis Eave Gutter [W/ Single Skin Panel @ Roof]

03-0012-00 2.0 EAVE TRIM 3.200 2.84
EG-0001V Oasis Eave Gutter [W/ Single Skin Panel @ Roof]

01-0492-00 24.0 SCREW SELF DRILL CS-5.5X55 W/ 19 DIA WASHER (@ ROOF) [FOR 0.055 0.01
VIETNAM]
03-0012-00 2.0 EAVE TRIM 3.200 2.84
EG-0002A Oasis Eave Gutter End Closure (2 -Ends)

03-0726-00 1.0 OASIS GUTTER R.H.S. END CLOSURE 0.244 0.17
03-0727-00 1.0 OASIS GUTTER L.H.S. END CLOSURE 0.244 0.17
19-NOV-2006
PROG-ID : PACKRP01 5.1 EG Page 1 RUN DATE:
DETAILING MANUAL
EG Eave Gutters
EG-0003E Maxseam Eave Gutter (W/ Maxseam Panel Or Tcmp W/ Maxseam Panel @
Roof)
03-0012-00 1.1 EAVE TRIM 3.200 2.84
03-0591-03 1.0 EAVE GUTTER 3.550 11.78
03-0599-00 3.0 GUTTER STRAP 0.300 0.14
EG-0003S Maxseam Eave Gutter (W/ Maxseam Panel Or Tcmp W/ Maxseam Panel @
Roof)
03-0012-00 1.1 EAVE TRIM 3.200 2.84
03-0591-03 1.0 EAVE GUTTER 3.550 11.78
03-0599-00 3.0 GUTTER STRAP 0.300 0.14
EG-0003V Maxseam Eave Gutter (W/ Maxseam Panel Or Tcmp W/ Maxseam Panel @
Roof)
VIETNAM]
03-0012-00 1.1 EAVE TRIM 3.200 2.84
03-0591-03 1.0 EAVE GUTTER 3.550 11.78
03-0599-00 3.0 GUTTER STRAP 0.300 0.14
EG-0004A Maxseam Eave Gutter End Closure ( 2-Ends)

03-0620-00 1.0 EAVE GUTTER R.H.S. END CLOSURE 0.244 0.16
03-0621-00 1.0 EAVE GUTTER L.H.S. END CLOSURE 0.244 0.16
19-NOV-2006
PROG-ID : PACKRP01 5.1 EG Page 2 RUN DATE:
DETAILING MANUAL
LU LoUvers
LU-0001S 1000 X 1000 Steel Adjustable Louver For Type-R Panel

01-0612-00 2.0 OUTSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FOR TYPE R PANEL 1.000 0.03
01-0613-00 2.0 INSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FOR TYPE R PANEL 1.000 0.01
03-0612-00 1.0 ADJUSTABLE LOUVER 1000X1000 MM (STEEL) 1.100 16.17
06-0280-00 1.0 SHEETING ANGLE 1.100 1.49
LU-0002A 1000 X 1000 Steel Adjustable Louver For Type-S Panel

01-0605-00 2.0 INSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FOR TYPE S PANEL 1.000 0.01
01-0606-00 2.0 OUTSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FOR TYPE S PANEL 1.000 0.03
06-0280-00 1.0 SHEETING ANGLE 1.100 1.49
LU-0003A 1000 X 1000 Steel Adjustable Louver For Tcsp-75 Panel

03-0568-05 0.4 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0614-05 1.0 LOUVER FRAME TRIM 3.050 0.74
19-NOV-2006
PROG-ID : PACKRP01 5.1 LU Page 1 RUN DATE:
DETAILING MANUAL
LU LoUvers

03-0569-05 0.4 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
LU-0005A 1000 X 1000 Steel Adjustable Louver For Tctp-60 Panel

03-0567-05 0.4 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
LU-0006A Accessories For 900 X 1000 Aluminium Adjustable Louver

01-0451-00 14.0 SCREW SELF DRILL SS-5.5X28 W/ 16 DIA WASHER (STAINLESS STEEL) 0.028 0.01
03-0304-00 1.0 HEAD TRIM 1.040 0.61
LU-0007A Accessories For 1500 X 1000 Aluminium Fixed Louver

03-0306-00 1.0 HEAD TRIM 1.640 0.97
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
LU LoUvers

03-0559-05 0.4 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.12
LU-0009A 1000 X 1000 Steel Adjustable Louver @ Blockwall

03-0617-00 1.0 ADJUSTABLE LOUVER 1000 X 1000 MM (STEEL) 1.000 15.86
06-0711-00 4.0 SUPPORT ANGLE 1.000 0.91
LU-0010A 1000 X 1000 Steel Adjustable Louver @ Partial Blockwall

03-0617-00 1.0 ADJUSTABLE LOUVER 1000 X 1000 MM (STEEL) 1.000 15.86
06-0711-00 4.0 SUPPORT ANGLE 1.000 0.91
LU-0011A S Or R Liner Accessories For 1000 X 1000 Steel Adjustable Louver For
Single Skin Panel
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0996-00 4.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 0.86
Tctp-60 Panel
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0932-00 4.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.12
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
LU LoUvers
Tcsp-75 Panel
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0933-00 4.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.04
Tcsp-85 Panel
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0934-00 4.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.08
Tcsp-100 Panel
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0935-00 4.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.14
Single Skin Panel @ Partial
Blockwall
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0996-00 3.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 0.86
Tctp-60 Panel @ Partial
Blockwall
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0932-00 3.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.12
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
LU LoUvers
Tcsp-75 Panel @ Partial
Blockwall
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0933-00 3.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.04
Blockwall
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0934-00 3.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.08
Blockwall
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0935-00 3.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.14
LU-0021S 1000 X 1000 Steel Fixed Louver For Type-R Panel

03-0610-00 1.0 FIXED LOUVER 1000X1000 MM (STEEL) 1.102 14.41
06-0280-00 1.0 SHEETING ANGLE 1.100 1.49
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
LU LoUvers
LU-0022A 1000 X 1000 Steel Fixed Louver For Type-S Panel

06-0280-00 1.0 SHEETING ANGLE 1.100 1.49
LU-0023A 1000 X 1000 Steel Fixed Louver For Tcsp-75 Panel

03-0568-05 0.4 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09

03-0559-05 0.4 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.12
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
LU LoUvers

03-0569-05 0.4 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
LU-0026A 1000 X 1000 Steel Fixed Louver For Tctp-60 Panel

03-0567-05 0.4 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0611-00 1.0 FIXED LOUVER 1000X1000 MM (STEEL) [W/ TCLR WALL PANEL ONLY] 1.102 14.08
LU-0027A 1000 X 1000 Steel Fixed Louver @ Blockwall

03-0632-00 1.0 FIXED LOUVER 1000X1000 MM (STEEL) [FOR BLOCKWALL] 1.000 13.04
06-0711-00 4.0 SUPPORT ANGLE 1.000 0.91
LU-0028A 1000 X 1000 Steel Fixed Louver @ Partial Blockwall

03-0632-00 1.0 FIXED LOUVER 1000X1000 MM (STEEL) [FOR BLOCKWALL] 1.000 13.04
06-0711-00 4.0 SUPPORT ANGLE 1.000 0.91
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
LU LoUvers
LU-0031S 1000 W X 1500 H Steel Fixed Louver For Type-R Panel

03-0633-00 1.0 FIXED LOUVER 1000 W X1500 H (STEEL) [FOR SINGLE SKIN & TCSP] 1.582 20.07
06-0280-00 1.0 SHEETING ANGLE 1.100 1.49
LU-0032A 1000 W X 1500 H Steel Fixed Louver For Type-S Panel

06-0280-00 1.0 SHEETING ANGLE 1.100 1.49
LU-0033A 1000 W X 1500 H Steel Fixed Louver For Tcsp-75 Panel

03-0568-05 0.4 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
LU LoUvers

03-0559-05 0.4 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.12

03-0569-05 0.4 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
LU-0036A 1000 W X 1500 H Steel Fixed Louver For Tctp-60 Panel

03-0567-05 0.4 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0634-00 1.0 FIXED LOUVER 1000 W X 1500 H (STEEL) [FOR TCTP] 1.590 19.78
LU-0037A 1000 W X 1500 H Steel Fixed Louver @ Blockwall

03-0635-00 1.0 FIXED LOUVER 1000 W X 1500 H (STEEL) [FOR BLOCKWALL] 1.500 17.36
06-0711-00 2.0 SUPPORT ANGLE 1.000 0.91
06-0712-00 2.0 SUPPORT ANGLE 1.500 1.36
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
LU LoUvers
LU-0038A 1000 W X 1500 H Steel Fixed Louver @ Partial Blockwall

06-0711-00 2.0 SUPPORT ANGLE 1.000 0.91
06-0712-00 2.0 SUPPORT ANGLE 1.500 1.36
LU-0041S 1500 W X 1000 H Steel Fixed Louver For Type-R Panel

03-0636-00 1.0 FIXED LOUVER 1500 W X 1000 H (STEEL) [FOR SINGLE SKIN & TCSP] 1.602 19.65
06-0281-00 1.0 SHEETING ANGLE 1.600 2.17
LU-0042A 1500 W X 1000 H Steel Fixed Louver For Type-S Panel

06-0281-00 1.0 SHEETING ANGLE 1.600 2.17
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
LU LoUvers

03-0568-00 0.4 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09

03-0559-05 0.4 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.12

03-0569-05 0.4 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
LU LoUvers
LU-0046A 1500 W X 1000 H Steel Fixed Louver For Tctp-60 Panel

03-0567-05 0.4 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
LU-0047A 1500 W X 1000 H Steel Fixed Louver @ Blockwall

06-0711-00 2.0 SUPPORT ANGLE 1.000 0.91
06-0712-00 2.0 SUPPORT ANGLE 1.500 1.36
LU-0048A 1500 W X 1000 H Steel Fixed Louver @ Partial Blockwall

06-0711-00 2.0 SUPPORT ANGLE 1.000 0.91
06-0712-00 2.0 SUPPORT ANGLE 1.500 1.36
LU-0051A S Or R Liner Accessories For 1000 W X 1500 H Or 1500 W X 1000 H

Louver With Single Skin Panel
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0841-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
03-0996-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 0.86

Louver With Tctp-60 Panel
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0842-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.63
03-0932-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.12
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
LU LoUvers

Louver With Tcsp-75 Panel
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0843-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0933-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.04

03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0844-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57
03-0934-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.08

03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0845-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.66
03-0935-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.14
LU-0056A S Or R Liner Accessories For 1000 W X 1500 H Louver With Single Skin
Panel @ Partial Blockwall
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0841-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
03-0996-00 1.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 0.86
LU-0057A S Or R Liner Accessories For 1000 W X 1500 H Louver With Tctp-60 Panel
@ Partial Blockwall
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0842-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.63
03-0932-00 1.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.12
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
LU LoUvers
LU-0058A S Or R Liner Accessories For 1000 W X 1500 H Louver With Tcsp-75 @

Partial Blockwall
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0843-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0933-00 1.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.04

Partial Blockwall
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0844-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57
03-0934-00 1.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.08

Partial Blockwall
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0845-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.66
03-0935-00 1.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.14
LU-0061A S Or R Liner Accessories For 1500 W X 1000 H Louver With Single Skin
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0841-00 1.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
03-0996-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 0.86
LU-0062A S Or R Liner Accessories For 1500 W X 1000 H Louver With Tctp-60 Panel
@ Partial Blockwall
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0842-00 1.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.63
03-0932-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.12
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
LU LoUvers
LU-0063A S Or R Liner Accessories For 1500 W X 1000 H Louver With Tcsp-75

03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0843-00 1.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0933-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.04

03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0844-00 1.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57
03-0934-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.08

03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0845-00 1.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.66
03-0935-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 1.14
LU-0066A 1000 X 1000 Steel Adjustable Louver For Type-Dx/Ex Panel

03-0311-00 0.8 F.O. HEAD & JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.64
LU-0067A 1000 X 1000 Steel Fixed Louver For Type-Dx/Ex Panel

03-0311-00 0.8 F.O. HEAD & JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.64
03-0611-00 1.0 FIXED LOUVER 1000X1000 MM (STEEL) [W/ TCLR WALL PANEL ONLY] 1.102 14.08
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
LU LoUvers
LU-0068A 1000 W X 1500 H Steel Fixed Louver For Type-Dx/Ex Panel

03-0311-00 0.8 F.O. HEAD & JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.64
LU-0069A 1500 W X 1000 H Steel Fixed Louver For Type-Dx/Ex Panel

03-0311-00 1.2 F.O. HEAD & JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.64
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
SL Solid - w/ Lock set [personnel door]

SL-0001A 3070 [914x2134] Solid Door W/ Cyl. Lock [For Type-R & S Panel]
01-0048-00 4.0 EXPANSION BOLT ASSY. W/NUT/WASH M12 X 100MM 0.000 0.09
03-0023-02 1.0 THRESHOLD SUPPORT [915MM] DOOR 1.003 4.08
03-0039-00 1.0 PERSONNEL DOOR HEAD TRIM 1.370 0.78
03-0041-00 2.0 PERSONNEL DOOR JAMB TRIM 2.285 1.30
50-0001-00 1.0 DOOR LEAF SOLID WHITE 3070 X 44 0.000 33.00
50-0100-00 1.0 DOOR ASSY. FRAME W/ CYLINDRICAL LOCK 3070 X 44 0.000 28.02
SL-0002A 6070 [1829x2134] Solid Door W/ Cyl. Lock [For Type-R & S Panel]
SL-0003A 3070 [914x2134] Solid Door W/ Cyl. Lock [For Tcsp-75 Panel]
01-0409-00 6.0 SCREW SELF DRILL CS-5.5X77 W/ 19 DIA WASHER 0.077 0.02
19-NOV-2006
PROG-ID : PACKRP01 5.1 SL Page 1 RUN DATE:
DETAILING MANUAL

19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

SL-0007A 3070 [914x2134] Solid Door W/ Cyl. Lock [For Tctp-60 Panel]
SL-0008A 6070 [1829x2134] Solid Door W/ Cyl. Lock [For Tctp-60 Panel]
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

SL-0011A 3070 [914x2134] Solid Door W/ Cyl. Lock [For Blockwall]

SL-0012A 6070 [1829x2134] Solid Door W/ Cyl. Lock [For Blockwall]

19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
SP Solid - w/ Panic exit [personnel door]

SP-0001A 3070 [914x2134] Solid Door W/ Panic Exit [For Type-R & S Panel]
50-0016-00 1.0 DOOR CLOSER 0.000 2.76
50-0101-00 1.0 DOOR ASSY. FRAME W/ PANIC HARDWARE 3070 X 44 0.000 31.20
SP-0002A 6070 [1829x2134] Solid Door W/ Panic Exit [For Type-R & S Panel]
50-0016-00 1.0 DOOR CLOSER 0.000 2.76
SP-0003A 3070 [914x2134] Solid Door W/ Panic Exit [For Tcsp-75 Panel]
50-0016-00 1.0 DOOR CLOSER 0.000 2.76
19-NOV-2006
PROG-ID : PACKRP01 5.1 SP Page 1 RUN DATE:
DETAILING MANUAL

50-0016-00 1.0 DOOR CLOSER 0.000 2.76
50-0016-00 1.0 DOOR CLOSER 0.000 2.76
50-0016-00 1.0 DOOR CLOSER 0.000 2.76
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

SP-0007A 3070 [914x2134] Solid Door W/ Panic Exit [For Tctp-60 Panel]
50-0016-00 1.0 DOOR CLOSER 0.000 2.76
SP-0008A 6070 [1829x2134] Solid Door W/ Panic Exit [For Tctp-60 Panel]
50-0016-00 1.0 DOOR CLOSER 0.000 2.76
50-0016-00 1.0 DOOR CLOSER 0.000 2.76
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

50-0016-00 1.0 DOOR CLOSER 0.000 2.76
SP-0011A 3070 [914x2134] Solid Door W/ Panic Exit [For Blockwall]

50-0016-00 1.0 DOOR CLOSER 0.000 2.76
SP-0012A 6070 [1829x2134] Solid Door W/ Panic Exit [For Blockwall]

50-0016-00 1.0 DOOR CLOSER 0.000 2.76
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
VL Vision - w/ Lock set [personnel door]

VL-0001A 3070 [914x2134] Side Vision Door W/ Cyl. Lock [For Type-R & S Panel]
50-0002-00 1.0 DOOR LEAF SIDE VISION WHITE 3070 X 44 0.000 35.00
VL-0002A 6070 [1829x2134] Side Vision Door W/ Cyl. Lock [For Type-R & S Panel]
VL-0003A 3070 [914x2134] Side Vision Door W/ Cyl. Lock [For Tcsp-75 Panel]
19-NOV-2006
PROG-ID : PACKRP01 5.1 VL Page 1 RUN DATE:
DETAILING MANUAL

19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

VL-0007A 3070 [914x2134] Side Vision Door W/ Cyl. Lock [For Tctp-60 Panel]
VL-0008A 6070 [1829x2134] Side Vision Door W/ Cyl. Lock [For Tctp-60 Panel]
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

VL-0011A 3070 [914x2134] Side Vision Door W/ Cyl. Lock [For Blockwall]
VL-0012A 6070 [1829x2134] Side Vision Door W/ Cyl. Lock [For Blockwall]
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
VP Vision - w/ Panic exit [personnel door]

VP-0001A 3070 [914x2134] Side Vision Door W/ Panic Exit [For Type-R & S Panel]
50-0016-00 1.0 DOOR CLOSER 0.000 2.76
VP-0002A 6070 [1829x2134] Side Vision Door W/ Panic Exit [For Type-R & S Panel]
50-0016-00 1.0 DOOR CLOSER 0.000 2.76
VP-0003A 3070 [914x2134] Side Vision Door W/ Panic Exit [For Tcsp-75 Panel]
50-0016-00 1.0 DOOR CLOSER 0.000 2.76
19-NOV-2006
PROG-ID : PACKRP01 5.1 VP Page 1 RUN DATE:
DETAILING MANUAL

50-0016-00 1.0 DOOR CLOSER 0.000 2.76
50-0016-00 1.0 DOOR CLOSER 0.000 2.76
50-0016-00 1.0 DOOR CLOSER 0.000 2.76
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

VP-0007A 3070 [914x2134] Side Vision Door W/ Panic Exit [For Tctp-60 Panel]
50-0016-00 1.0 DOOR CLOSER 0.000 2.76
VP-0008A 6070 [1829x2134] Side Vision Door W/ Panic Exit [For Tctp-60 Panel]
50-0016-00 1.0 DOOR CLOSER 0.000 2.76
50-0016-00 1.0 DOOR CLOSER 0.000 2.76
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

50-0016-00 1.0 DOOR CLOSER 0.000 2.76
VP-0011A 3070 [914x2134] Side Vision Door W/ Panic Exit [For Blockwall]
50-0016-00 1.0 DOOR CLOSER 0.000 2.76
VP-0012A 6070 [1829x2134] Side Vision Door W/ Panic Exit [For Blockwall]
50-0016-00 1.0 DOOR CLOSER 0.000 2.76
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
PD Pilot Doors
PD-0001A Pilot Door [914x2134] Without Liner (For Type-R & S Panel)
03-0274-00 2.0 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.74
05-0307-00 2.0 JAMB EXTENSION ASSEMBLY 0.780 3.00
05-0308-00 2.0 BASE CLIP 0.145 0.74
05-0309-00 2.0 JAMB CLIP 0.150 0.64
50-0700-00 1.0 PILOT DOOR PACKAGE (FRAMES,H.W.) 0.000 14.85
PD-0002A Pilot Door [914x2134] With Liner (For Type-R & S Panel)
03-0274-00 2.0 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.74
03-0342-00 1.0 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.55
03-0344-00 2.0 JAMB TRIM 2.300 1.05
05-0308-00 2.0 BASE CLIP 0.145 0.74
05-0309-00 2.0 JAMB CLIP 0.150 0.64
50-0700-00 1.0 PILOT DOOR PACKAGE (FRAMES,H.W.) 0.000 14.85
PD-0003A Pilot Door [914x2134] Without Liner (For Type-R & S Panel)
03-0274-00 2.0 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.74
05-0308-00 2.0 BASE CLIP 0.145 0.74
05-0309-00 2.0 JAMB CLIP 0.150 0.64
50-0702-00 1.0 PILOT DOOR PACKAGE (FRAMES,H.W., WITH CYLINDRICAL LOCKSET) 0.000 15.10
19-NOV-2006
PROG-ID : PACKRP01 5.1 PD Page 1 RUN DATE:
DETAILING MANUAL
PD Pilot Doors
PD-0004A Pilot Door [914x2134] With Liner (For Type-R & S Panel)
03-0274-00 2.0 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.74
03-0342-00 1.0 HEAD TRIM 1.200 0.55
03-0344-00 2.0 JAMB TRIM 2.300 1.05
05-0308-00 2.0 BASE CLIP 0.145 0.74
05-0309-00 2.0 JAMB CLIP 0.150 0.64
50-0702-00 1.0 PILOT DOOR PACKAGE (FRAMES,H.W., WITH CYLINDRICAL LOCKSET) 0.000 15.10
19-NOV-2006
PROG-ID : PACKRP01 5.1 PD Page 2 RUN DATE:
DETAILING MANUAL
PV Power Ventilator accessories

PV-0001E Accessories For Power Vent W/ Fiberglass Base (@ Slope) For Single
Skin Panel
01-0092-00 0.3 DOUBLE BEAD MASTIC 1ROLL 4.8 X 22.2 X 12,185 MM LENGTH 0.000 1.32
PV-0001S Accessories For Power Vent W/ Fiberglass Base (@ Slope) For Single
Skin Panel
PV-0001V Accessories For Power Vent W/ Fiberglass Base (@ Slope) For Single
Skin Panel
VIETNAM]
PV-0002E Accessories For Power Vent W/ Roof Curb (@ Ridge) For Single Skin
Panel
PV-0002S Accessories For Power Vent W/ Roof Curb (@ Ridge) For Single Skin
Panel
19-NOV-2006
PROG-ID : PACKRP01 5.1 PV Page 1 RUN DATE:
DETAILING MANUAL

PV-0002V Accessories For Power Vent W/ Roof Curb (@ Ridge) For Single Skin
Panel
VIETNAM]
PV-0003S Accessories For Power Vent W/ Fib.Glass Base @ Slope For Tcsp-75 [Not
@ Endlap]
03-0568-05 1.2 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
06-0200-02 0.6 ANGLE - BASE/GABLE 6.000 8.12
PV-0004S Accessories For Power Vent W/ Fib.Glass Base @ Slope For Tcsp-75 [@
Endlap]
03-0568-05 1.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
06-0200-02 0.6 ANGLE - BASE/GABLE 6.000 8.12
06-0271-00 0.5 SHEETING ANGLE 3.000 7.77
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

PV-0005S Accessories For Power Vent W/ Fib.Glass Base @ Slope For Tcsp-100
[Not @ Endlap]
03-0569-05 1.2 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
06-0200-02 0.6 ANGLE - BASE/GABLE 6.000 8.12
Endlap]
03-0569-05 1.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
06-0200-02 0.6 ANGLE - BASE/GABLE 6.000 8.12
06-0271-00 0.5 SHEETING ANGLE 3.000 7.77
PV-0007S Accessories For Power Vent W/ Roof Curb @ Ridge For Tcsp-75 Panel
03-0568-05 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
03-0569-05 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

PV-0009S Accessories For Power Vent W/ Fib.Glass Base @ Slope For Tcsp-85 [Not
@ Endlap]
03-0559-05 1.2 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.12
06-0200-02 0.6 ANGLE - BASE/GABLE 6.000 8.12
Endlap]
03-0559-05 1.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.12
06-0200-02 0.6 ANGLE - BASE/GABLE 6.000 8.12
06-0271-00 0.5 SHEETING ANGLE 3.000 7.77
03-0559-05 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.12
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
TV Turbine Ventilator accessories

TV-0001A Turbine Vent @ Roof Slope (Type-S) Single Skin (High Wind Zone) [W/ Or
W/O Insulation]
01-0093-00 0.3 SINGLE BEAD MASTIC 1 ROLL 2.4 X 9.5 X 15,240 MM LENGTH 0.000 0.50
01-0096-00 16.0 POP RIVET STAINLESS STEEL 4MM DIA. X 8MM LG. 0.000 0.01
01-0425-00 12.0 SCREW SELF DRILL BUILDEX #5.5 X 25 (PLAIN COLOR) 0.025 0.01
06-0616-00 3.0 SUPPORT ANGLE (TYPE-S) 1.760 3.15
15-0020-18 4.0 BRACKET (TURBINE VENT) 0.300 0.24
50-0400-00 1.0 500MM DIA. TURBINE ROOF VENTILATOR (ALUMINUM) 0.500 9.00
TV-0002A Turbine Vent @ Roof Slope (Type-S) Single Skin (Normal Wind Zone) [W/
Or W/O Insulation]
06-0616-00 3.0 SUPPORT ANGLE (TYPE-S) 1.760 3.15
TV-0003A Turbine Vent @ Roof Slope (Type-A) Single Skin (High Wind Zone) [W/ Or
W/O Insulation]
01-0015-00 2.0 OUTSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FOR TYPE A PANEL 0.900 0.02
06-0617-00 3.0 SUPPORT ANGLE (TYPE-A) 1.760 3.15
19-NOV-2006
PROG-ID : PACKRP01 5.1 TV Page 1 RUN DATE:
DETAILING MANUAL

TV-0004A Turbine Vent @ Roof Slope (Type-A) Single Skin (Normal Wind Zone) [W/
Or W/O Insulation]
01-0015-00 2.0 OUTSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FOR TYPE A PANEL 0.900 0.02
06-0617-00 3.0 SUPPORT ANGLE (TYPE-A) 1.760 3.15
TV-0005A Turbine Vent @ Roof Slope (Maxseam) Single Skin (High Wind Zone) [W/O
Insulation]
01-0025-00 2.0 OUTSIDE CLOSURE @ RIDGE FOR DL 24" (610 MM), GAGE 24 0.000 0.37
15-0021-00 1.0 FLAT BAR (TURBINE VENT SUPPORT - TCSP) 0.600 0.35
TV-0006A Turbine Vent @ Roof Slope (Maxseam) Single Skin (High Wind Zone) [W/
Insulation]
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

TV-0007A Turbine Vent @ Roof Slope (Maxseam) Single Skin (Normal Wind Zone)
[W/O Insulation]
TV-0008A Turbine Vent @ Roof Slope (Maxseam) Single Skin (Normal Wind Zone)
[W/ Insulation]
TV-0009A Turbine Vent @ Roof Slope (Tcsp 75,85) (High Wind Zone)
TV-0010A Turbine Vent @ Roof Slope (Tcsp 75,85) (Normal Wind Zone)
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

TV-0011A Turbine Vent @ Roof Slope (Tcsp 100) (High Wind Zone)
TV-0012A Turbine Vent @ Roof Slope (Tcsp 100) (Normal Wind Zone)
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
RT Ridge venTilators (600mm throat)

RT-0001E Ridge Vent 600 Mm Throat 3000 Lg. Single Unit

03-0115-00 2.0 END PLATE (FOR 600 MM THROAT RIDGE VENT.) 1.410 8.58
03-0117-02 1.0 RIDGE VENT. BIRD SCREEN GALVANIZED [600 THROAT ] 3.050 2.01
03-0351-00 2.0 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 5.48
03-0353-00 2.0 END CAP FLASHING 1.230 0.72
03-0577-00 2.0 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
03-0578-00 1.0 TOP PLATE 3.000 14.35
03-0580-00 2.0 WIND BAND TRIM 3.000 14.35
05-0104-00 6.0 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.76
30-0113-00 3.0 RIDGE VENTILATOR FRAME ASSEMBLY 1.410 22.53
60-0114-00 3.0 VENT GIRT 1.020 6.25
RT-0001S Ridge Vent 600 Mm Throat 3000 Lg. Single Unit

03-0116-02 1.0 RIDGE VENT BIRD SCREEN GALVANIZED [600 THROAT] 3.050 2.32
03-0351-00 2.0 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 5.48
03-0353-00 2.0 END CAP FLASHING 1.230 0.72
03-0356-00 2.0 WIND BAND 3.000 11.85
03-0358-00 1.0 TOP PLATE 3.000 11.85
03-0577-00 2.0 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
05-0104-00 6.0 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.76
60-0114-00 3.0 VENT GIRT 1.020 6.25
19-NOV-2006
PROG-ID : PACKRP01 5.1 RT Page 1 RUN DATE:
DETAILING MANUAL

RT-0001V Ridge Vent 600 Mm Throat 3000 Lg. Single Unit

VIETNAM]
VIETNAM]
03-0351-00 2.0 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 5.48
03-0353-00 2.0 END CAP FLASHING 1.230 0.72
03-0577-00 2.0 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
03-0578-00 1.0 TOP PLATE 3.000 14.35
03-0580-00 2.0 WIND BAND TRIM 3.000 14.35
05-0104-00 6.0 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.76
30-0114-00 3.0 RIDGE VENTILATOR FRAME ASSEMBLY (FOR VIETNAM ONLY) 1.410 27.41
60-0114-00 3.0 VENT GIRT 1.020 6.25
RT-0002E Ridge Vent 600 Mm Throat 3000 Lg. Start + End Unit
03-0350-00 4.0 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 5.66
03-0353-00 2.0 END CAP FLASHING 1.230 0.72
03-0577-00 4.0 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
03-0579-00 2.0 TOP PLATE 3.100 14.83
03-0581-00 4.0 WIND BAND TRIM 3.100 14.83
05-0104-00 10.0 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.76
60-0114-00 5.0 VENT GIRT 1.020 6.25
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RT-0002S Ridge Vent 600 Mm Throat 3000 Lg. Start + End Unit
01-0009-00 1.0 CLOSURE FOAM TEMPCON 12 X 12 7620MM EACH 0.000 0.07
03-0350-00 4.0 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 5.66
03-0353-00 2.0 END CAP FLASHING 1.230 0.72
03-0355-00 4.0 WIND BAND 3.100 12.25
03-0357-00 2.0 TOP PLATE 3.100 12.25
03-0577-00 4.0 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
05-0104-00 10.0 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.76
60-0114-00 5.0 VENT GIRT 1.020 6.25
RT-0002V Ridge Vent 600 Mm Throat 3000 Lg. Start + End Unit
VIETNAM]
VIETNAM]
03-0350-00 4.0 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 5.66
03-0353-00 2.0 END CAP FLASHING 1.230 0.72
03-0577-00 4.0 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
03-0579-00 2.0 TOP PLATE 3.100 14.83
03-0581-00 4.0 WIND BAND TRIM 3.100 14.83
05-0104-00 10.0 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.76
60-0114-00 5.0 VENT GIRT 1.020 6.25
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RT-0003E Ridge Vent 600 Mm Throat 3000 Lg. Multi-Unit

03-0350-00 2.0 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 5.66
03-0577-00 2.0 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
03-0579-00 1.0 TOP PLATE 3.100 14.83
03-0581-00 2.0 WIND BAND TRIM 3.100 14.83
05-0104-00 4.0 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.76
60-0114-00 2.0 VENT GIRT 1.020 6.25
RT-0003S Ridge Vent 600 Mm Throat 3000 Lg. Multi-Unit

03-0350-00 2.0 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 5.66
03-0355-00 2.0 WIND BAND 3.100 12.25
03-0357-00 1.0 TOP PLATE 3.100 12.25
03-0577-00 2.0 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
05-0104-00 4.0 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.76
60-0114-00 2.0 VENT GIRT 1.020 6.25
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RT-0003V Ridge Vent 600 Mm Throat 3000 Lg. Multi-Unit

VIETNAM]
VIETNAM]
03-0350-00 2.0 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 5.66
03-0577-00 2.0 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
03-0579-00 1.0 TOP PLATE 3.100 14.83
03-0581-00 2.0 WIND BAND TRIM 3.100 14.83
05-0104-00 4.0 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.76
60-0114-00 2.0 VENT GIRT 1.020 6.25
RT-0004E Ridge Vent 600 Mm Throat 3000 Lg. Single Unit (With Maxseam Roof
Panel)
03-0348-00 2.0 END CAP FLASHING 1.140 0.67
03-0349-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.140 2.82
03-0360-00 2.0 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 4.77
03-0577-00 2.0 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
03-0578-00 1.0 TOP PLATE 3.000 14.35
03-0580-00 2.0 WIND BAND TRIM 3.000 14.35
05-0104-00 6.0 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.76
30-0116-00 3.0 RIDGE VENILATOR FRAME ASSEMBLY 1.410 23.19
60-0114-00 3.0 VENT GIRT 1.020 6.25
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RT-0004S Ridge Vent 600 Mm Throat 3000 Lg. Single Unit (With Maxseam Roof
Panel)
03-0348-00 2.0 END CAP FLASHING 1.140 0.67
03-0349-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.140 2.82
03-0356-00 2.0 WIND BAND 3.000 11.85
03-0358-00 1.0 TOP PLATE 3.000 11.85
03-0360-00 2.0 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 4.77
03-0577-00 2.0 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
05-0104-00 6.0 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.76
60-0114-00 3.0 VENT GIRT 1.020 6.25
RT-0004V Ridge Vent 600 Mm Throat 3000 Lg. Single Unit (With Maxseam Roof
Panel)
VIETNAM]
03-0348-00 2.0 END CAP FLASHING 1.140 0.67
03-0349-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.140 2.82
03-0360-00 2.0 THROAT FLASHING 3.000 4.77
03-0577-00 2.0 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
03-0578-00 1.0 TOP PLATE 3.000 14.35
03-0580-00 2.0 WIND BAND TRIM 3.000 14.35
05-0104-00 6.0 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.76
60-0114-00 3.0 VENT GIRT 1.020 6.25
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RT-0005E Ridge Vent 600 Mm Throat 3000 Lg. Start + End Units (With Maxseam
Roof Panel)
03-0348-00 2.0 END CAP FLASHING 1.140 0.67
03-0349-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.140 2.82
03-0359-00 4.0 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 4.93
03-0577-00 4.0 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
03-0579-00 2.0 TOP PLATE 3.100 14.83
03-0581-00 4.0 WIND BAND TRIM 3.100 14.83
05-0104-00 10.0 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.76
60-0114-00 5.0 VENT GIRT 1.020 6.25
RT-0005S Ridge Vent 600 Mm Throat 3000 Lg. Start + End Units (With Maxseam
Roof Panel)
03-0348-00 2.0 END CAP FLASHING 1.140 0.67
03-0349-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.140 2.82
03-0355-00 4.0 WIND BAND 3.100 12.25
03-0357-00 4.0 TOP PLATE 3.100 12.25
03-0359-00 2.0 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 4.93
03-0577-00 4.0 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
05-0104-00 10.0 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.76
60-0114-00 5.0 VENT GIRT 1.020 6.25
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RT-0005V Ridge Vent 600 Mm Throat 3000 Lg. Start + End Units (With Maxseam
Roof Panel)
VIETNAM]
03-0348-00 2.0 END CAP FLASHING 1.140 0.67
03-0349-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.140 2.82
03-0359-00 4.0 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 4.93
03-0577-00 4.0 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
03-0579-00 2.0 TOP PLATE 3.100 14.83
03-0581-00 4.0 WIND BAND TRIM 3.100 14.83
05-0104-00 10.0 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.76
60-0114-00 5.0 VENT GIRT 1.020 6.25
RT-0006E Ridge Vent 600 Mm Throat 3000 Lg. Multi-Unit (With Maxseam Roof
Panel)
03-0359-00 2.0 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 4.93
03-0577-00 2.0 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
03-0579-00 1.0 TOP PLATE 3.100 14.83
03-0581-00 2.0 WIND BAND TRIM 3.100 14.83
05-0104-00 4.0 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.76
60-0114-00 2.0 VENT GIRT 1.020 6.25
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RT-0006S Ridge Vent 600 Mm Throat 3000 Lg. Multi-Unit (With Maxseam Roof
Panel)
03-0355-00 2.0 WIND BAND 3.100 12.25
03-0357-00 1.0 TOP PLATE 3.100 12.25
03-0359-00 2.0 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 4.93
03-0577-00 2.0 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
05-0104-00 4.0 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.76
60-0114-00 2.0 VENT GIRT 1.020 6.25
RT-0006V Ridge Vent 600 Mm Throat 3000 Lg. Multi-Unit (With Maxseam Roof
Panel)
VIETNAM]
03-0359-00 2.0 THROAT FLASHING 3.100 4.93
03-0577-00 2.0 SCREEN TRIM 3.550 0.72
03-0579-00 1.0 TOP PLATE 3.100 14.83
03-0581-00 2.0 WIND BAND TRIM 3.100 14.83
05-0104-00 4.0 GIRT CLIP 0.130 0.76
60-0114-00 2.0 VENT GIRT 1.020 6.25
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
RV Ridge Ventilators (300mm throat)

RV-0001E Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Single Unit - Without Damper
03-0120-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. ASSEMBLY 300 THROAT X3000 LONG W/O DAMPER 3.000 38.42
03-0429-00 2.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0440-00 2.0 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
RV-0001S Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Single Unit - Without Damper
03-0429-00 2.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0440-00 2.0 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
RV-0001V Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Single Unit - Without Damper
VIETNAM]
03-0429-00 2.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0440-00 2.0 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
19-NOV-2006
PROG-ID : PACKRP01 5.1 RV Page 1 RUN DATE:
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0002E Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Continuous, One Int.Unit - Without
Damper
03-0430-00 1.0 JOINT GUTTER TRIM 0.980 0.33
RV-0002S Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Continuous, One Int.Unit - Without
Damper
RV-0002V Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Continuous, One Int.Unit - Without
Damper
VIETNAM]
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0003E Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Continuous, Start + End Unit -
Without Damper
03-0429-00 2.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0440-00 2.0 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
RV-0003S Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Continuous, Start + End Unit -
Without Damper
03-0429-00 2.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0440-00 2.0 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0003V Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Continuous, Start + End Unit -
Without Damper
VIETNAM]
03-0429-00 2.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0440-00 2.0 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
RV-0004E Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Single Unit - With Damper
01-0486-00 5.0 SCREW SELF DRILL CS-5.5X32 (FOR HR / BU) 0.032 0.01
03-0121-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. ASSEMBLY 300 THROAT X3000 LONG W/DAMPER 3.000 46.01
03-0429-00 2.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0440-00 2.0 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
50-0126-00 4.0 RIDGE VENT. PULLEY WHEEL 0.000 0.03
50-0127-00 2.0 RIDGE VENT. CABLE CONNECTOR 0.000 0.01
50-0128-00 5.0 RIDGE VENT. "U" BOLT WITH 2 HEX. NUTS 0.000 0.02
50-0129-00 31.0 RIDGE VENT. LINEAR M. OF 2 MM DIA. BLUE CHROME CABLE 0.000 0.01
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0131-00 2.0 RIDGE VENT. OPERATOR ARM 0.000 0.20
50-0135-00 4.0 RIDGE VENT. 6MM DIA. PUSH-ON CAP 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
50-0220-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. HANDLE 0.600 0.90
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0004S Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Single Unit - With Damper
03-0429-00 2.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0440-00 2.0 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0004V Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Single Unit - With Damper
VIETNAM]
03-0429-00 2.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0440-00 2.0 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0005E Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Continuous, 3 End Units - With
Damper
03-0429-00 1.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0440-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
28-0100-02 2.0 JOINT SHAFT 18 DIA X 1.0 X 1524 1.524 0.68
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0132-00 4.0 RIDGE VENT. SHAFT COUPLING 0.000 0.03
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0005S Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Continuous, 3 End Units - With
Damper
03-0429-00 1.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0440-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0005V Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Continuous, 3 End Units - With
Damper
VIETNAM]
03-0429-00 1.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0440-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0006E Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Continuous, 3 Int. Units - With
Damper
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0006S Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Continuous, 3 Int. Units - With
Damper
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0006V Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Continuous, 3 Int. Units - With
Damper
VIETNAM]
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0007E Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Continuous, 2 Int. Units - With
Damper
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0007S Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Continuous, 2 Int. Units - With
Damper
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0007V Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Continuous, 2 Int. Units - With
Damper
VIETNAM]
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
RV-0008E Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Single - Without
Damper.
03-0130-00 1.0 KNOCKED DOWN 300MM R.V. SINGL UNIT W/O. DAMPER 3.000 38.54
03-0429-00 2.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0440-00 2.0 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0008S Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Single - Without
Damper.
03-0429-00 2.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0440-00 2.0 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
RV-0008V Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Single - Without
Damper.
VIETNAM]
03-0429-00 2.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0440-00 2.0 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
RV-0009E Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Continuous, One
Int.Unit - Without Damper
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0009S Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Continuous, One
RV-0009V Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Continuous, One
VIETNAM]
RV-0010E Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Continuous, Start +
End Unit - Without Damper
03-0429-00 2.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0440-00 2.0 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0010S Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Continuous, Start +
03-0429-00 2.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0440-00 2.0 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
RV-0010V Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Continuous, Start +
VIETNAM]
03-0429-00 2.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0440-00 2.0 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0011E Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Single Unit - With
Damper
03-0135-00 1.0 KNOCKED DOWN 300MM R.V SINGLE UNIT WITH DAMPER 3.000 45.47
03-0429-00 2.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0440-00 2.0 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0011S Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Single Unit - With
Damper
03-0429-00 2.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0440-00 2.0 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0011V Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Single Unit - With
Damper
VIETNAM]
03-0429-00 2.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0440-00 2.0 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0012E Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Continuous, 3 End
Units - With Damper
03-0429-00 1.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0440-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0012S Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Continuous, 3 End
Units - With Damper
03-0429-00 1.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0440-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0012V Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Continuous, 3 End
Units - With Damper
VIETNAM]
03-0429-00 1.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
03-0440-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 0.920 0.40
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0013E Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Continuous, 3
Int.Units - With Damper
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0013S Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Continuous, 3
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0013V Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Continuous, 3
VIETNAM]
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0014E Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Continuous, 2
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0014S Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Continuous, 2
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0014V Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Continuous, 2
VIETNAM]
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
RV-0015A Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Single Unit - Without Damper (W/
Maxseam Roof Panel)
03-0429-00 2.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
RV-0016A Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Continuous, One Int.Unit - Without
Damper (W/ Maxseam Roof
Panel)
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0017A Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Continuous, Start + End Unit -
Without Damper (W/ Maxseam Roof
Panel)
03-0429-00 2.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
RV-0018A Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Single Unit - With Damper (W/
Maxseam Roof Panel)
03-0429-00 2.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0019A Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Continuous, 3 End Units - With
Damper ( W/ Maxseam Roof Panel)
03-0429-00 1.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
RV-0020A Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Continuous, 3 Int. Units - With
Damper (W/ Maxseam Roof Panel)
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0021A Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Continuous, 2 Int. Units - With
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
RV-0022A Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Single - Without
03-0429-00 2.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
RV-0023A Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Continuous, One
Int.Unit - Without Damper (W/
Maxseam Roof Panel)
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0024A Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Continuous, Start +
End Unit - Without Damper (W/
Maxseam Roof Panel)
03-0429-00 2.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
RV-0025A Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Single Unit - With
03-0429-00 2.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0026A Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Continuous, 3 End
Units - With Damper (W/ Maxseam
Roof Panel)
03-0429-00 1.0 END FLASHING 0.920 0.56
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0027A Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Continuous, 3
Int.Units - With Damper (W/ Maxseam
Roof Panel)
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL

RV-0028A Ridge Vent 300 Mm Throat, 3000 Lg. Knocked Down, Continuous, 2
Int.Units - With Damper (W/ Maxseam
Roof Panel)
50-0130-00 3.0 RIDGE VENT. "S" HOOK 0.000 0.01
50-0136-00 1.0 RIDGE VENT. CLIP 0.000 0.06
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
SK SKylights
SK-0001E Skylight (3250mm) Without Insulation For Type-S Panel

01-0630-00 1.0 SKYLIGHT FOR TYPE S PANEL 3.250 8.13
SK-0001S Skylight (3250mm) Without Insulation For Type-S Panel

SK-0001V Skylight (3250mm) Without Insulation For Type-S Panel

VIETNAM]
SK-0002E Skylight (3250mm) With Insulation For Type-S Panel

06-0211-00 2.0 ANGLE-SIDE FRAME 3250mm SKYLITE 3.100 2.52
15-0213-00 2.0 PLATE - END FRAME SKYLITE 0.960 0.57
SK-0002S Skylight (3250mm) With Insulation For Type-S Panel

19-NOV-2006
PROG-ID : PACKRP01 5.1 SK Page 1 RUN DATE:
DETAILING MANUAL
SK SKylights
SK-0002V Skylight (3250mm) With Insulation For Type-S Panel

VIETNAM]
SK-0003S Skylight (3250mm) For Tcsp-75 Panel

03-0568-05 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
06-0260-00 2.0 SHEETING ANGLE 0.985 3.94

03-0569-05 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
06-0260-00 2.0 SHEETING ANGLE 0.985 3.94
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
SK SKylights
SK-0005S Skylight (3250mm) For Tcmp-60 Panel [W/ Type-S Overlay Panel]
03-0570-05 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
06-0260-00 2.0 SHEETING ANGLE 0.985 3.94
03-0571-05 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
06-0260-00 2.0 SHEETING ANGLE 0.985 3.94
03-0572-05 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.79
06-0260-00 2.0 SHEETING ANGLE 0.985 3.94
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
SK SKylights

03-0559-05 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.12
06-0260-00 2.0 SHEETING ANGLE 0.985 3.94
03-0558-05 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.83
06-0260-00 2.0 SHEETING ANGLE 0.985 3.94
SK-0010E Skylight Without Insulation For Maxseam Panel

01-0019-00 2.0 BACK-UP PLATE, STANDARD, FOR DL 24" (610 MM) WIDTH, GAGE 16 0.000 1.44
01-0022-00 2.0 CINCH STRAP FOR DL 24" (610 MM) WIDTH, GAGE 16 0.000 0.32
01-0028-00 1.0 LIGHT TRANSMITTING PANEL, STD., UNINSULATED, FOR DL 24" (610 3.124 10.89
MM) WIDTH
06-0758-00 1.0 STIFFENER PLATE (MAXSEAM 24) 0.611 0.96
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
SK SKylights
SK-0010S Skylight Without Insulation For Maxseam Panel

MM) WIDTH
SK-0010V Skylight Without Insulation For Maxseam Panel

MM) WIDTH
VIETNAM]
SK-0011E Skylight With Insulation For Maxseam Panel

MM) WIDTH
06-0761-00 2.0 INSULATION EDGE ANGLE 3.200 4.22
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
SK SKylights
SK-0011S Skylight With Insulation For Maxseam Panel

MM) WIDTH
SK-0011V Skylight With Insulation For Maxseam Panel

MM) WIDTH
VIETNAM]
SK-0012S Skylight For Tcmp-60 Panel [W/ Maxseam Overlay Panel]

MM) WIDTH
03-0570-05 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
06-0755-00 2.0 SHEETING ANGLE (MAXSEAM 24) 0.520 2.08
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
SK SKylights

MM) WIDTH
03-0571-05 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38

MM) WIDTH
03-0558-05 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.83

MM) WIDTH
03-0572-05 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.79
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
SK SKylights
SK-0016E Skylight (3600mm) Without Insulation For Type-S Panel

SK-0016S Skylight (3600mm) Without Insulation For Type-S Panel

SK-0016V Skylight (3600mm) Without Insulation For Type-S Panel

VIETNAM]
SK-0017E Skylight (3600mm) With Insulation For Type-S Panel

SK-0017S Skylight (3600mm) With Insulation For Type-S Panel

19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
SK SKylights
SK-0017V Skylight (3600mm) With Insulation For Type-S Panel

VIETNAM]

03-0568-05 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
06-0260-00 2.0 SHEETING ANGLE 0.985 3.94

03-0569-05 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
06-0260-00 2.0 SHEETING ANGLE 0.985 3.94
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
SK SKylights
03-0570-05 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
06-0260-00 2.0 SHEETING ANGLE 0.985 3.94
03-0571-05 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
06-0260-00 2.0 SHEETING ANGLE 0.985 3.94
03-0572-05 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.79
06-0260-00 2.0 SHEETING ANGLE 0.985 3.94
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
SK SKylights

03-0559-05 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.12
06-0260-00 2.0 SHEETING ANGLE 0.985 3.94
03-0558-05 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.83
06-0260-00 2.0 SHEETING ANGLE 0.985 3.94
SK-0025E Skylight (3250mm) Without Insulation For Type-A Panel

01-0631-00 1.0 SKYLIGHT FOR TYPE A PANEL 3.250 6.50
SK-0025S Skylight (3250mm) Without Insulation For Type-A Panel

19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
SK SKylights
SK-0025V Skylight (3250mm) Without Insulation For Type-A Panel

VIETNAM]
SK-0026E Skylight (3250mm) With Insulation For Type-A Panel

SK-0026S Skylight (3250mm) With Insulation For Type-A Panel

SK-0026V Skylight (3250mm) With Insulation For Type-A Panel

VIETNAM]
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
VG Valley Gutters
VG-0001E Valley Gutter (Multi-Gable Building) - [Type-1]

03-0770-03 1.0 VALLEY GUTTER 4.500 40.45
03-0772-02 1.0 VALLEY GUTTER SPLICE 0.796 1.25
03-0773-02 3.0 VALLEY GUTTER SUPPORT 0.900 1.11
VG-0001V Valley Gutter (Multi-Gable Building) - [Type-1]

03-0770-03 1.0 VALLEY GUTTER 4.500 40.45
VG-0002E Valley Gutter (Curved Eave W/ Tempcon) - [Type-2]

03-0785-03 1.0 VALLEY GUTTER 4.500 36.38
VG-0002V Valley Gutter (Curved Eave W/ Tempcon) - [Type-2]

03-0785-03 1.0 VALLEY GUTTER 4.500 36.38
19-NOV-2006
PROG-ID : PACKRP01 5.1 VG Page 1 RUN DATE:
DETAILING MANUAL
VG Valley Gutters
VG-0003E Valley Gutter (Fascia / Parappet) - [Type-3]

03-0775-03 1.0 VALLEY GUTTER 4.500 40.45
VG-0003V Valley Gutter (Fascia / Parappet) - [Type-3]

03-0775-03 1.0 VALLEY GUTTER 4.500 40.45
VG-0004E Valley Gutter End Closure For Vg-0001e [Type-1 & 2]

03-0771-03 2.0 VALLEY GUTTER END CLOSURE 0.542 0.86
VG-0004V Valley Gutter End Closure For Vg-0001v [Type-1 & 2]

19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
VG Valley Gutters
VG-0005E Valley Gutter End Closure For Vg-0003e [Type-3]

VG-0005V Valley Gutter End Closure For Vg-0003v [Type-3]

VG-0006S Valley Gutter (Multi-Gable Building) - [Type-4]

01-0266-23 0.1 PAINT GREY EPOXY [LITER] (FIELD APPLIED @ V.G. JOINTS) 0.000 1.55
03-0817-23 1.0 VALLEY GUTTER 4.500 44.51
VG-0007S Valley Gutter (Fascia / Parappet) - [Type-5]

03-0818-23 1.0 VALLEY GUTTER 4.500 44.51
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
VG Valley Gutters
VG-0008S Valley Gutter End Closure For Vg-0006s [Type-4]

VG-0009S Valley Gutter End Closure For Vg-0007s [Type-5]

19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
WD WinDows
WD-0001A Accessories For Sliding Window (1000x1000 / 1500x1000) For Single Skin
Panel Without Liner
03-0031-00 2.0 WINDOW JAMB CLOSURE (.7mm ALUMINUM) 1.029 0.14
03-0037-00 2.0 PLATE (.7mm ALUMINUM) 0.127 0.03
WD-0002E Accessories For Sliding Window (1000x1000 / 1500x1000) For Single Skin
Panel With Liner
06-0201-00 1.0 ANGLE - BASE/GABLE 3.000 4.06
WD-0002S Accessories For Sliding Window (1000x1000 / 1500x1000) For Single Skin
Panel With Liner
06-0200-02 0.5 ANGLE - BASE/GABLE 6.000 8.12
WD-0002V Accessories For Sliding Window (1000x1000 / 1500x1000) For Single Skin
Panel With Liner
06-0201-00 1.0 ANGLE - BASE/GABLE 3.000 4.06
19-NOV-2006
PROG-ID : PACKRP01 5.1 WD Page 1 RUN DATE:
DETAILING MANUAL
WD WinDows
WD-0003E 1000 X 1000 Window (With Steel Frame) For Type-S Panel
03-0615-00 1.0 1000 X 1000 ALUM. WINDOW W/ STEEL FRAME ASSY (FOR SINGLE SKIN 1.100 32.66
& TCSP)
06-0280-00 1.0 SHEETING ANGLE 1.100 1.49
WD-0003S 1000 X 1000 Window (With Steel Frame) For Type-S Panel
& TCSP)
06-0280-00 1.0 SHEETING ANGLE 1.100 1.49
WD-0003V 1000 X 1000 Window (With Steel Frame) For Type-S Panel
03-0639-00 1.0 1000 X 1000 AL WINDOW W/STEEL FRAME (SINGLE SKIN & TCSP) 1.100 23.96
[VIETNAM]
06-0280-00 1.0 SHEETING ANGLE 1.100 1.49
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
WD WinDows
WD-0004S 1000 X 1000 Window (With Steel Frame) For Type-R Panel
& TCSP)
06-0280-00 1.0 SHEETING ANGLE 1.100 1.49
WD-0005E 1000 X 1000 Window (With Steel Frame) For Tcsp-75/85/100 Panels
& TCSP)
WD-0005S 1000 X 1000 Window (With Steel Frame) For Tcsp-75/85/100 Panels
& TCSP)
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
WD WinDows
WD-0005V 1000 X 1000 Window (With Steel Frame) For Tcsp-75/85/100 Panels
03-0639-00 1.0 1000 X 1000 AL WINDOW W/STEEL FRAME (SINGLE SKIN & TCSP) 1.100 23.96
[VIETNAM]
WD-0006E 1000 X 1000 Window (With Steel Frame) For Tctp-60 Panel
03-0616-00 1.0 1000 X 1000 ALUM. WINDOW W/ STEEL FRAME ASSY (FOR TCTP) 1.100 32.33
WD-0006S 1000 X 1000 Window (With Steel Frame) For Tctp-60 Panel
WD-0006V 1000 X 1000 Window (With Steel Frame) For Tctp-60 Panel
03-0640-00 1.0 1000 X 1000 AL WINDOW W/STEEL FRAME (TCTP) [VIETNAM] 1.100 23.63
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
WD WinDows
WD-0007E 1000 X 1000 Window (Without Steel Frame) @ Partial Blockwall [For All
Panels]
50-0300-05 1.0 1000 X 1000 ALUMINUM WINDOW, SINGLE GLAZED 0.000 28.00
WD-0007S 1000 X 1000 Window (Without Steel Frame) @ Partial Blockwall [For All
Panels]
WD-0007V 1000 X 1000 Window (Without Steel Frame) @ Partial Blockwall [For All
Panels]
50-0301-05 1.0 1000 X 1000 ALUMINUM WINDOW, SINGLE GLAZED [FOR VIETNAM] 0.000 19.30
WD-0008E 1000 X 1000 Window (Without Steel Frame) @ Blockwall

WD-0008S 1000 X 1000 Window (Without Steel Frame) @ Blockwall

WD-0008V 1000 X 1000 Window (Without Steel Frame) @ Blockwall

50-0301-05 1.0 1000 X 1000 ALUMINUM WINDOW, SINGLE GLAZED [FOR VIETNAM] 0.000 19.30
WD-0009A S Or R Liner Accessories For 1000 X 1000 Window (W/ Steel Frame) For
Single Skin Panel
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0984-00 4.0 LINER CLOSURE TRIM 1.100 0.86
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
WD WinDows
Tctp-60 Panel
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
Tcsp-75 Panel
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
Tcsp-85 Panel
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
Tcsp-100 Panel
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
Single Skin Panel @ Partial
Blockwall
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
WD WinDows
Tctp-60 Panel @ Partial
Blockwall
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
Blockwall
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
Blockwall
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
Blockwall
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
WD WinDows
WD-0021E 1000 W X 1500 H Window (With Steel Frame) For Type-S Panel
03-0645-00 1.0 1000 (W) X 1500 (H) ALUM. WINDOW W/ STEEL FRAME (SINGLE SKIN & 1.582 38.63
TCSP)
06-0280-00 1.0 SHEETING ANGLE 1.100 1.49
WD-0021S 1000 W X 1500 H Window (With Steel Frame) For Type-S Panel
TCSP)
06-0280-00 1.0 SHEETING ANGLE 1.100 1.49
WD-0021V 1000 W X 1500 H Window (With Steel Frame) For Type-S Panel
03-0641-00 1.0 1000 W X 1500 H AL WINDOW W/STEEL FRAME (SINGLE SKIN & TCSP) 1.582 33.13
[VIETNAM]
06-0280-00 1.0 SHEETING ANGLE 1.100 1.49
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
WD WinDows
WD-0022E 1000 W X 1500 H Window (With Steel Frame) For Tcsp-75/85/100 Panels
TCSP)
WD-0022S 1000 W X 1500 H Window (With Steel Frame) For Tcsp-75/85/100 Panels
TCSP)
WD-0022V 1000 W X 1500 H Window (With Steel Frame) For Tcsp-75/85/100 Panels
[VIETNAM]
WD-0023E 1000 W X 1500 H Window (With Steel Frame) For Tctp-60 Panel
03-0646-00 1.0 1000 (W) X 1500 (H) ALUM. WINDOW W/ STEEL FRAME (FOR TCTP) 1.590 38.30
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
WD WinDows
WD-0023S 1000 W X 1500 H Window (With Steel Frame) For Tctp-60 Panel
WD-0023V 1000 W X 1500 H Window (With Steel Frame) For Tctp-60 Panel
03-0642-00 1.0 1000 W X 1500 H AL WINDOW W/STEEL FRAME (TCTP) [VIETNAM] 1.590 32.80
WD-0024E 1000 W X 1500 H Window (Without Steel Frame) @ Partial Blockwall [For
All Panels]
50-0304-05 1.0 1000 (W) X 1500 (H) ALUMINUM WINDOW, SINGLE GLAZED 0.000 33.00
WD-0024S 1000 W X 1500 H Window (Without Steel Frame) @ Partial Blockwall [For
All Panels]
WD-0024V 1000 W X 1500 H Window (Without Steel Frame) @ Partial Blockwall [For
All Panels]
50-0302-05 1.0 1000 W X 1500 H ALUMINUM WINDOW, SINGLE GLAZED [ FOR 0.000 27.50
VIETNAM]
WD-0025E 1000 W X 1500 H Window (Without Steel Frame) @ Blockwall

19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
WD WinDows
WD-0025S 1000 W X 1500 H Window (Without Steel Frame) @ Blockwall

WD-0025V 1000 W X 1500 H Window (Without Steel Frame) @ Blockwall

VIETNAM]
WD-0026E 1500 W X 1000 H Window (With Steel Frame) For Type-S Panel
TCSP)
06-0281-00 1.0 SHEETING ANGLE 1.600 2.17
WD-0026S 1500 W X 1000 H Window (With Steel Frame) For Type-S Panel
TCSP)
06-0281-00 1.0 SHEETING ANGLE 1.600 2.17
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
WD WinDows
WD-0026V 1500 W X 1000 H Window (With Steel Frame) For Type-S Panel
[VIETNAM]
06-0281-00 1.0 SHEETING ANGLE 1.600 2.17
WD-0027E 1500 W X 1000 H Window (With Steel Frame) For Tcsp-75/85/100 Panels
TCSP)
WD-0027S 1500 W X 1000 H Window (With Steel Frame) For Tcsp-75/85/100 Panels
TCSP)
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
WD WinDows
WD-0027V 1500 W X 1000 H Window (With Steel Frame) For Tcsp-75/85/100 Panels
[VIETNAM]
WD-0028E 1500 W X 1000 H Window (With Steel Frame) For Tctp-60 Panel
WD-0028S 1500 W X 1000 H Window (With Steel Frame) For Tctp-60 Panel
WD-0028V 1500 W X 1000 H Window (With Steel Frame) For Tctp-60 Panel
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
WD WinDows
WD-0029E 1500 W X 1000 H Window (Without Steel Frame) @ Partial Blockwall [For
All Panels]
WD-0029S 1500 W X 1000 H Window (Without Steel Frame) @ Partial Blockwall [For
All Panels]
WD-0029V 1500 W X 1000 H Window (Without Steel Frame) @ Partial Blockwall [For
All Panels]
VIETNAM]
WD-0030E 1500 W X 1000 H Window (Without Steel Frame) @ Blockwall

WD-0030S 1500 W X 1000 H Window (Without Steel Frame) @ Blockwall

WD-0030V 1500 W X 1000 H Window (Without Steel Frame) @ Blockwall

VIETNAM]
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
WD WinDows
WD-0031S 1000 W X 1500 H Window (With Steel Frame) For Type-R Panel
TCSP)
06-0280-00 1.0 SHEETING ANGLE 1.100 1.49
WD-0031V S Or R Liner Accessories For 1000 W X 1500 H Or 1500 W X 1000 H

Windows (With Steel Frame) With Single Skin Panels
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0879-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
WD-0032S 1500 W X 1000 H Window (With Steel Frame) For Type-R Panel
TCSP)
06-0281-00 1.0 SHEETING ANGLE 1.600 2.17

Windows (With Steel Frame) With Tctp-60 Panels
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0880-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.63
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
WD WinDows

Windows (With Steel Frame) With Tcsp-75 Panel
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0881-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51

03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0882-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57

03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0883-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.66
WD-0036V S Or R Liner Accessories For 1000 W X 1500 H Window (With Steel Frame)
With Single Skin Panels @ Partial Blockwall
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0879-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
With Tctp-60 Panels @ Partial Blockwall
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0880-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.63
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
WD WinDows
With Tcsp-75 Panel @ Partial Blockwall
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0881-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0882-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0883-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.66
With Single Skin Panels @ Partial Blockwall
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0879-00 1.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.26
With Tctp-60 Panel @ Partial Blockwall
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0880-00 1.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.63
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
WD WinDows
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0881-00 1.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.51
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0882-00 1.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.57
03-0251-00 1.0 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.34
03-0883-00 1.0 CLOSURE TRIM 1.600 1.66
WD-0046E 1000 X 1000 Window (With Steel Frame) For Type-Dx/Ex Panel
03-0311-00 0.8 F.O. HEAD & JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.64
WD-0046S 1000 X 1000 Window (With Steel Frame) For Type-Dx/Ex Panel
03-0311-00 0.8 F.O. HEAD & JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.64
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
WD WinDows
WD-0046V 1000 X 1000 Window (With Steel Frame) For Type-Dx/Ex Panel
03-0311-00 0.8 F.O. HEAD & JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.64
03-0640-00 1.0 1000 X 1000 AL WINDOW W/STEEL FRAME (TCTP) [VIETNAM] 1.100 23.63
WD-0047E 1000 W X 1500 H Window (With Steel Frame) For Type-Dx/Ex Panel
03-0311-00 0.8 F.O. HEAD & JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.64
WD-0047S 1000 W X 1500 H Window (With Steel Frame) For Type-Dx/Ex Panel
03-0311-00 0.8 F.O. HEAD & JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.64
WD-0047V 1000 W X 1500 H Window (With Steel Frame) For Type-Dx/Ex Panel
03-0311-00 0.8 F.O. HEAD & JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.64
WD-0048E 1500 W X 1000 H Window (With Steel Frame) For Type-Dx/Ex Panel
03-0311-00 1.2 F.O. HEAD & JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.64
WD-0048S 1500 W X 1000 H Window (With Steel Frame) For Type-Dx/Ex Panel
03-0311-00 1.2 F.O. HEAD & JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.64
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
WD WinDows
WD-0048V 1500 W X 1000 H Window (With Steel Frame) For Type-Dx/Ex Panel
03-0311-00 1.2 F.O. HEAD & JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.64
19-NOV-2006
DETAILING MANUAL
WL Wall Lights
WL-0001A Wall Light (3600mm) Without Insulation For Type-S Panel

WL-0002A Wall Light (3600mm) With Insulation For Type-S Panel

WL-0003A Wall Light (3250mm) Without Insulation For Type-R Panel

01-0635-00 1.0 SKYLIGHT FOR TYPE R PANEL 3.250 6.99
WL-0004A Wall Light (3250mm) With Insulation For Type-R Panel

01-0635-00 1.0 SKYLIGHT FOR TYPE R PANEL 3.250 6.99
WL-0005A Wall Light (3250mm) Without Insulation For Type-A Panel

WL-0006A Wall Light (3250mm) With Insulation For Type-A Panel

WL-0007A Wall Light (3600mm) For Tcsp-75 Panel

03-0568-00 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09
06-0260-00 2.0 SHEETING ANGLE 0.985 3.94
19-NOV-2006
PROG-ID : PACKRP01 5.1 WL Page 1 RUN DATE:
DETAILING MANUAL
WL Wall Lights

03-0559-05 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.12
06-0260-00 2.0 SHEETING ANGLE 0.985 3.94

03-0569-05 2.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.38
06-0260-00 2.0 SHEETING ANGLE 0.985 3.94
19-NOV-2006
PROG-ID : PACKRP01 5.1 WL Page 2 RUN DATE:
DETAILING MANUAL
Section 5.2 : Anchor Bolt Details.
Anchor Bolts :
1. Description :
1.1. Rigid frame columns, interior columns, end wall columns, crane columns and mezzanine
columns are anchored to the concrete floors using anchor bolts.
1.2. Bases of the framed openings, sliding doors, roll up doors, personal doors and stairs are
anchored to the concrete floor using expansion bolts.
1.3. Anchor bolts are hot dip galvanized conforming to JIS-G3101 SS400 / ASTM A36M or
equivalent and threads are spray coated with zinc rich paint.
2. Availability :
2.1. Anchor bolts are specified in mm and are available in M16, M20, M24, M30, M36
nominal diameter. Refer to 5.7 Page 7 for dimensional details and corresponding part
number.
2.2. Each anchor bolt has one ‘J’ shaped bolt, one nut and one washer. One extra nut shall be
supplied for fixed base connections and separate part marks should be given for this
additional supply ( see item 5.3 ).
5.2 Page 1 Rev.34

DETAILING MANUAL
3. Erection Drawings :
3.1. Erection drawings for anchor bolts shall consists of Anchor Bolt Plan and Anchor Bolt
Details. Refer to Section 4.3.2 of the detailing manual for the details on preparing an
Anchor Bolt Plan drawing.
3.2. Anchor bolt pattern designations for pinned base connections are coded as follows:
BR 2 20
Bolt Nominal Diameter ( in mm )
Number Of Bolts
Base Pattern Code ( refer the following sketches )

BR = Base of rigid frames when using bypass girts.
BS = Base of rigid frames when using flush girts
BW = Base of built up interior columns
BT = Base of tubular interior columns
BE = Base of interior end wall columns
CE = Base of corner end wall columns
5.2 Page 2 Rev.23

DETAILING MANUAL
3.3. Anchor bolt pattern designations for fixed base connections are coded as follows.
FC 8 20
Bolt Nominal Diameter ( in mm )
Number Of Bolts
Base Pattern Code ( refer the following sketch )
5.2 Page 3 Rev.34

DETAILING MANUAL
3.4. A typical Anchor Bolt Plan is shown below.
5.2 Page 4 Rev.12

DETAILING MANUAL
3.5. Anchor bolt pattern designations shall be shown for each type of bolt pattern close to the
column shapes.
3.6. Necessary Anchor Bolt Details, general notes, reaction tables, anchor bolt schedule etc.,
shall be inserted from E:\ drive as tabulated in Section 4.3.2 of the Detailing Manual.
3.7. While inserting Anchor Bolt Details, dimensions like length of the base plate, width of
the base plate, edge distances etc., as called for in the details shall be filled in.
3.8. Total quantity of each bolt type shall be filled in the anchor bolt schedule which should
tally with the bill of material.
3.9. Anchor Bolt Plan and Anchor Bolt Details shall be drawn in the same drawing as much
as possible. When it is not possible to accommodate all the Anchor Bolt Details in the
same drawing with Anchor Bolt Plan, one or more additional drawings shall be prepared
to show all the Anchor Bolt Details ( Refer to Section 4.3.2 of Chapter 4 ).
4. Shop Drawings :
4.1. No shop drawings are required for standard Anchor Bolts.
4.2. For special anchor bolts, shop drawing should be prepared and sent to S.B.O. group with
a special buyout request to get special part mark. Anchor bolts should always be ordered
with nuts and washers.
5. Billing Out :
5.1. Standard part marks are already established for all sizes of anchor bolts. Color code is
always 00.
5.2. Anchor bolt is supplied as an assembly that consists of one ‘J’ shaped bolt, one nut and
one washer for each part mark (refer to the table in Section 5.7 Page 7).
5.3. One extra nut shall be billed out for every anchor bolt in case of fixed bases as per the
following table: (Note: No additional nuts below base plate are required for Anchor bolts
with Pinned Based cases with grout.)
Anchor Bolt Anchor Bolt Assembly

Washer Part Mark Nut Part Mark
Dia. Part Mark
M16 20-0110-00 01-0780-00 01-0771-00
M20 20-0111-00 01-0781-00 01-0772-00
M24 20-0112-00 01-0782-00 01-0773-00
M30 20-0113-00 01-0783-00 01-0774-00
M36 20-0114-00 01-0784-00 01-0775-00
5.2 Page 5 Rev.34

DETAILING MANUAL
5.4. If additional nuts are required for pin based anchor bolts, users have to bill these extra
nuts and shown on the special anchor bolt details.
5.5. The quantity appearing in the bill of material should tally with the quantity shown in the
anchor bolt schedule.
5.6. A Special buyout request should be made for non-standard anchor bolts.
5.7. Following is the bill of material for the anchor bolt plan shown at page 4 Of this Section.
=====================================================================
Part Mark Description Quantity Unit Unit Total
Length Weight Weight
Mtrs. Kgs. Kgs.
20-0110-00 ANCHOR BOLT HOT DIP GALV M16 X 400MM 12.00 .400 0.85 10.20
5.2 Page 6 Rev.33

DETAILING MANUAL
Section 5.3 : Main Framing Details.
Main Framing Details:
1. Description:
1.1. Main Framing of a PEB also called a Rigid Frame is a primary steel frame consisting of
columns and rafters joined together with rigid (or moment) connections.
1.2. If the building is a Multi-span or a Multi-gable type, interior columns are usually
connected to the rafters with pinned connections.
1.3. End plates are used to provide moment resisting connections between members of the
Rigid Frame.
1.4. Bases of the columns are usually pinned to the foundations. Sometimes they are made
fixed to suit design requirements.
1.5. Individual members of the Rigid Frame are usually built up sections, made from
individual flat plates (flanges and webs) welded together. Interior columns are mainly
built up sections or hot rolled tubes.
1.6. Depending on the customer requirements, the main framing system shall interfaces with
other sub-systems such as cranes, mezzanine, canopies, fascias, partitions, roof platforms
and catwalks. These items affect the design and the detailing of the frame.
2. Availability:
2.1. The most common main framing systems are: Clear Span (CS), Multi-Span (MS), Single
Slope (SS), Multi-Gable (MG) and Lean-To (LT). Alternate systems available are: Roof
Systems (RS), Flat Roof (FR), Space Saver and Low-Rise Buildings (LR). Geometrical
configurations and design information are available for most of these types in
standardized dimensional increments. Refer to the Design Manual Section 3.1 for details.
2.2. All frames are either symmetrical about the ridgeline or unsymmetrical about the
ridgeline with equal / unequal width modules.
2.3. The sizes of individual main framing members are governed by the limitations of the
shop. The sizes of plates used for built up rafters and columns are:
- web depth (200 to 1500 mm ) ,
- Web thickness (4 to 15 mm),
Note : Refer Chapter 7 (Shop Limitations) for other shop limitations of each factory.
5.3 Page 1 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
- flange width (125 to 375 mm ),
- Flange thickness (5 to 25 mm),
- all plates are 6000mm length and if length is more spliced with butt weld,
- minimum individual frame member length (1500 mm ),
- maximum individual frame member length for jobs shipped by container

(11500mm)
- maximum individual frame member length for jobs shipped by land (12000mm).
Special lengths if required by design need special approval by authorities and
need consideration with the plant.
2.4. Flange width on one member shall not vary. One flange on each member shall always be
straight.
2.5. For tapered webs, the tapered slope should be less than 15 o (Refer to Chapter 7 Page 1).
2.6. Maximum material thickness that can be bent as the member travels through the fixture is
19 mm.
2.7. Frame members which have values not governed by the shop limitations are hand
welded.
2.8. Refer to Section 3.4 of the Design Manual for Optimum Section Profile.
3.1. A cross section sheet for each different frame must be provided. Where the differences
are minor several frames can be combined in one erection drawing.
3.2. Refer to Section 4.3.3 of the detailing manual for the details on preparing erection
drawings for the main framing of a Pre Engineered Building.
3.3. The procedure for preparing erection drawings as described in Section 4.3.3 require the
calculation of clear heights, clear widths, piece lengths, bolt schedule and flange brace
schedule. The calculation of the above items is done through the full detailing process of
main frame components. The types of joints used determine the method of calculation for
these dimensions. Joint types are specified in the design and are explained in this section.
5.3 Page 2 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
3.4. Rafter lengths should be shown in the cross section erection drawing. The procedure
made out using the following example may be adopted for calculating rafter lengths and
for efficient use of plates available in the inventory:
Z = Roof Slope Related To 1 (Example :- For 1:10 slope , Z = 0.1 )

Y = Z2 + 1
CR = Ct Y
LR = 200 Z
CC = CL + 9000 + CR + LR
BB = BL + 12000 + BR
AA = 30000 Y - BB - CC
3.5. The plates are supplied in lengths of 6000mm only. To avoid wastage it is recommended
to keep plate lengths as 3000mm or 6000mm or 9000mm or 12000mm.
3.6. The clear height and clear width should be shown in the cross section erection drawings.
Refer to the following sheets to calculate clear height and clear width for different
connection cases:
5.3 Page 3 Rev. 06

DETAILING MANUAL
Horizontal Knee Splice (K Joint):
Z = Roof Slope Related To 1

Y = Z2 + 1
Gt = 200 (For Bypass Girt)
Gt = 0 (For Flush Girt)
A = 200 + F1 + RD + F2
B = Gt + F3 + CD + 25
C = Gt + F3 + CD + 25 (Far Side Frame Value)
Clear Height = Eave Height + B Z - A Y
Clear Width = Building Width - B - C
RD = Ending Depth Of The Web Plate
L = ( CD + 25 ) / Y ( …Length of the web plate…)
RD1 = RD - L Z ( …Starting Depth of the web plate.)
FL = RD1 Y
L1 = RD1 Z ( …Cutting Length…)
Column Height = Clear Height + F2 - Ct
Ph1 = ( Ps1 - Gt - F3 ) Y + 200 Z - 25
5.3 Page 4 Rev. 06

DETAILING MANUAL
Vertical Knee Splice ( V Joint ) :

Y = Z2 + 1
Gt = 200 ( For Bypass Girt )
Gt = 0 ( For Flush Girt )
A = 200 + F1 + RD + 25
B = Gt + F3 + CD + F4
C = Gt + F3 + CD + F4 ( Far Side Frame Value )
CD = Starting Depth Of The Web Plate
L = ( RD + 25 ) / Y ( …Length of the web plate…)
CD1 = CD - L Z ( …Ending Depth of the web plate.)
FL = CD1 Y
L1 = CD1 Z ( …Cutting Length…)
Column Height = Clear Height + L + F3 - L1
Ph1 = ( Ps1 - Gt - F3 ) Y + 200 Z - 25
5.3 Page 5 Rev. 06

DETAILING MANUAL
Straight Knee Splice ( S Joint ) :

Y = Z2 + 1
A = 200 + F1 + RD
B = Gt + F3 + CD + 2 Ct
C = Gt + F3 + CD + F4
D = Gt + F3 + CD + F4 ( Far Side Frame Value )
Clear Height = Eave Height + B Z - A Y - 25
Clear Width = Building Width - C - D
L = RD Y + 25 - 2 Ct Z (Length of the web plate)
FL = CD Y
L1 = CD Z ( …Cutting Length…)
L2 = RD Z ( …Cutting Length… ).
Column Height = Clear Height + L + F3 - L1
Ph1 = ( Ps1 - Gt - F3 ) Y + 200 Z - 25
5.3 Page 6 Rev. 06

DETAILING MANUAL
Horizontal Knee Splice For Single Slope Bldg. At High Side ( K Joint ) :

Y = Z2 + 1
A = 200 + F1 + RD + F2
B = Gt + F3 + CD + 25
C = Gt + F3 + CD + 25 ( Far Side Frame Value )
Clear Height = Eave Height - B Z - A Y
RD = Ending Depth Of The Web Plate
L = ( CD + 25 ) Y + RD Z (Length of the web Plate)
RD1 = RD + L Z ( …Starting Depth of the web plate.)
FL = RD1 / Y
L1 = FL Z ( …Cutting Length…)
Column Height = Clear Height + F2 - Ct
Ph1 = ( Ps1 - Gt - F3 ) Y - 200 Z + 25
5.3 Page 7 Rev. 06

DETAILING MANUAL
Vertical Knee Splice For Single Slope Bldg. At High Side ( V Joint ) :

Y = Z2 + 1
A = 200 + F1 + RD + 25
B = Gt + F3 + CD + F4
C = Gt + F3 + CD + F4 ( Far Side Frame Value )
Clear Height = Eave Height - B Z - A Y
L = ( RD + 25 ) Y + CD Z (length of the web plate)
CD1 = CD + L Z ( …Ending Depth of the web plate.)
FL = CD1 / Y
L1 = FL Z ( …Cutting Length…)
Column Height = Clear Height + L + F3
Ph1 = ( Ps1 - Gt - F3 ) Y - 200 Z + 25
5.3 Page 8 Rev. 06

DETAILING MANUAL
Straight Knee Splice For Single Slope Bldg. At High Side ( S Joint ) :

Y = Z2 + 1
A = 200 + F1 + RD + F2
B = Gt + F3 + CD + 2 Ct
C = Gt + F3 + CD + F4
D = Gt + F3 + CD + F4 ( Far Side Frame Value )
Clear Height = Eave Height - B Z - A Y - 25
Clear Width = Building Width - C - D
L = RD Y + 25 + (CD + 2 Ct ) Z
( …Length of the web plate…)
FL = CD Y
L1 = CD Z ( …Cutting Length…)
L2 = RD Z ( …Cutting Length…)
Column Height = Clear Height + L + F3
Ph1 = ( Ps1 - Gt - F3 ) Y - 200 Z + 25
5.3 Page 9 Rev. 06

DETAILING MANUAL
Knee Splice For Lean-to Bldgs At Low Side :

Y = Z2 + 1
A = 200 + F1 + RD + F2
B = F3 + CD + F4 + Ct
C = F3 + CD + F4
Clear Width = Building Width - C
L1 = RD Z ( …Cutting Length…)
Column Height = Eave Height - 180
Location of Peak Purlin :
Ph2 = Ps2 Y - 200 Z - Ct + 25.
5.3 Page 10 Rev. 06

DETAILING MANUAL
3.7. If Interior columns are required, then their location from Clear Width mark and their
height should be shown in the cross section erection drawing as shown in the following
sketch.
To calculate column location from clear width mark refer pages 4 to 10 to calculate value of
‘B’ and use the following formula.
Column Location Dimension = Column Location From Steel Line - B
By referring to the sketch shown above, the following procedure can be adopted to calculate
the height of the column at its center.
5.3 Page 11 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL

Y = Z2 + 1
A = ( AA - Gt - F1 ) Y + 200 Z
M = ( MM - Gt - F1 ) Y + 200 Z
L = ( LL - Gt - F1 ) Y + 200 Z
N = LL Z
H = ( 200 + Ft ) Y
E = M-A
DB = D2 - D1
F = L - A - ( 200 + Ft ) Z
D3 = D1 + ( DB / E ) F
a = Roof Slope In Angle
b = 90 - tan-1 ( DB / E )
c = 180 - a - b
J = ( D3 / sin c ) sin a
G = ( D3 / sin c ) sin b
Interior Column Height = Eave Height + N - H - G - Ct
Important : Notice that DB can be either positive, negative or zero depending on the
direction of tapering of the bottom flange of the rafter.
3.8. Flange braces locations should be shown in the cross section erection drawing as per
design requirement and flange brace part marks should be listed in the braces schedule.
Flange braces are structural members that are attached to purlins and girts to prevent the
rigid frame from twisting or buckling laterally under load. Flange braces are essential
structural members and must be billed-out and detailed properly wherever required by
design.
5.3 Page 12 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
Flange braces are provided with 3 holes at each end so that they can be used for three
different depths of members.
Refer to the following sketch and the tables in the next two pages for selecting flange
braces part marks as per the “A” dimension. For “A” dimension up to 961mm, flange
brace is provided on one side of the rigid frame. For “A” dimension 962mm and
above, flange brace is provided on both sides of the rigid frame. Show dimension “F” in
the shop drgs.
D = D1 + ( L x Bottom Flange Slope )
F = D - 47.
A = F + t.
B = [ A + 60]2 + [680 − 50]2
For buildings with Liner panels, Flange brace details will be special. Flange brace
will not be connected to the purlins/girts directly, instead connecting plates (flange
brace clips) are used. Refer to the Section 5.11 Liners for the full details.
5.3 Page 13 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
PART MARK PART MARK

A B C Saudi/ A B C Saudi /
Egypt Egypt
Vietnam Vietnam
0138 - 0157 663 823 07-0101 07-0301 0584 - 0591 903 1003 07-0111 07-0311
0158 - 0175 669 829 07-0102 07-0302 0592 - 0599 909 1009 07-0112 07-0312
0176 - 0191 675 835 07-0103 07-0303 0600 - 0608 915 1015 07-0113 07-0313
0192 - 0207 681 841 07-0104 07-0304 0609 - 0616 921 1021 07-0114 07-0314
0208 - 0222 687 847 07-0105 07-0305 0617 - 0624 927 1027 07-0115 07-0315
0223 - 0236 693 853 07-0106 07-0306 0625 - 0632 933 1033 07-0116 07-0316
0237 - 0250 699 859 07-0107 07-0307 0633 - 0640 939 1039 07-0117 07-0317
0251 - 0264 705 865 07-0108 07-0308 0641 - 0648 945 1045 07-0118 07-0318
0265 - 0276 711 871 07-0109 07-0309 0649 - 0656 951 1051 07-0119 07-0319
0277 - 0289 717 877 07-0110 07-0310 0657 - 0664 957 1057 07-0120 07-0320
0290 - 0301 723 823 07-0101 07-0301 0665 - 0672 963 1003 07-0111 07-0311
0302 - 0313 729 829 07-0102 07-0302 0673 - 0680 969 1009 07-0112 07-0312
0314 - 0325 735 835 07-0103 07-0303 0681 - 0688 975 1015 07-0113 07-0313
0326 - 0336 741 841 07-0104 07-0304 0689 - 0696 981 1021 07-0114 07-0314
0337 - 0347 747 847 07-0105 07-0305 0697 - 0704 987 1027 07-0115 07-0315
0348 - 0358 753 853 07-0106 07-0306 0705 - 0711 993 1033 07-0116 07-0316
0359 - 0369 759 859 07-0107 07-0307 0712 - 0719 999 1039 07-0117 07-0317
0370 - 0380 765 865 07-0108 07-0308 0720 - 0727 1005 1045 07-0118 07-0318
0381 - 0390 771 871 07-0109 07-0309 0728 - 0735 1011 1051 07-0119 07-0319
0391 - 0400 777 877 07-0110 07-0310 0736 - 0742 1017 1057 07-0120 07-0320
0401 - 0410 783 823 07-0101 07-0301 0743 - 0750 1023 1183 07-0121 07-0321
0411 - 0420 789 829 07-0102 07-0302 0751 - 0757 1029 1189 07-0122 07-0322
0421 - 0430 795 835 07-0103 07-0303 0758 - 0765 1035 1195 07-0123 07-0323
0431 - 0440 801 841 07-0104 07-0304 0766 - 0772 1041 1201 07-0124 07-0324
0441 - 0449 807 847 07-0105 07-0305 0773 - 0780 1047 1207 07-0125 07-0325
0450 - 0459 813 853 07-0106 07-0306 0781 - 0787 1053 1213 07-0126 07-0326
0460 - 0468 819 859 07-0107 07-0307 0788 - 0795 1059 1219 07-0127 07-0327
0469 - 0477 825 865 07-0108 07-0308 0796 - 0802 1065 1225 07-0128 07-0328
0478 - 0487 831 871 07-0109 07-0309 0803 - 0810 1071 1231 07-0129 07-0329
0488 - 0496 837 877 07-0110 07-0310 0811 - 0817 1077 1237 07-0130 07-0330
0497 - 0505 843 1003 07-0111 07-0311 0818 - 0825 1083 1183 07-0121 07-0321
0506 - 0514 849 1009 07-0112 07-0312 0826 - 0832 1089 1189 07-0122 07-0322
0515 - 0522 855 1015 07-0113 07-0313 0833 - 0839 1095 1195 07-0123 07-0323
0523 - 0531 861 1021 07-0114 07-0314 0840 - 0847 1101 1201 07-0124 07-0324
0532 - 0540 867 1027 07-0115 07-0315 0848 - 0854 1107 1207 07-0125 07-0325
0541 - 0549 873 1033 07-0116 07-0316 0855 - 0861 1113 1213 07-0126 07-0326
0550 - 0557 879 1039 07-0117 07-0317 0862 - 0868 1119 1219 07-0127 07-0327
0558 - 0566 885 1045 07-0118 07-0318 0869 - 0876 1125 1225 07-0128 07-0328
0567 - 0574 891 1051 07-0119 07-0319 0877 - 0883 1131 1231 07-0129 07-0329
0575 - 0583 897 1057 07-0120 07-0320 0884 - 0890 1137 1237 07-0130 07-0330
5.3 Page 14 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
PART MARK PART MARK

A B C A B C
Saudi / Saudi /
Egypt Egypt
Vietnam Vietnam
0891 - 0897 1143 1183 07-0121 07-0321 1202 - 1208 1413 1573 07-0146 07-0346
0898 - 0904 1149 1189 07-0122 07-0322 1209 - 1215 1419 1579 07-0147 07-0347
0905 - 0911 1155 1195 07-0123 07-0323 1216 - 1222 1425 1585 07-0148 07-0348
0912 - 0919 1161 1201 07-0124 07-0324 1223 - 1228 1431 1591 07-0149 07-0349
0920 - 0926 1167 1207 07-0125 07-0325 1229 - 1235 1437 1597 07-0150 07-0350
0927 - 0933 1173 1213 07-0126 07-0326 1236 - 1242 1443 1543 07-0141 07-0341
0934 - 0940 1179 1219 07-0127 07-0327 1243 - 1248 1449 1549 07-0142 07-0342
0941 - 0947 1185 1225 07-0128 07-0328 1249 - 1255 1455 1555 07-0143 07-0343
0948 - 0954 1191 1231 07-0129 07-0329 1256 - 1262 1461 1561 07-0144 07-0344
0955 - 0961 1197 1237 07-0130 07-0330 1263 - 1268 1467 1567 07-0145 07-0345
0962 - 0968 1203 1363 07-0131 07-0331 1269 - 1275 1473 1573 07-0146 07-0346
0969 - 0975 1209 1369 07-0132 07-0332 1276 - 1281 1479 1579 07-0147 07-0347
0976 - 0982 1215 1375 07-0133 07-0333 1282 - 1288 1485 1585 07-0148 07-0348
0983 - 0989 1221 1381 07-0134 07-0334 1289 - 1295 1491 1591 07-0149 07-0349
0990 - 0996 1227 1387 07-0135 07-0335 1296 - 1301 1497 1597 07-0150 07-0350
0997 - 1003 1233 1393 07-0136 07-0336 1302 - 1308 1503 1543 07-0141 07-0341
1004 - 1010 1239 1399 07-0137 07-0337 1309 - 1314 1509 1549 07-0142 07-0342
1011 - 1017 1245 1405 07-0138 07-0338 1315 - 1321 1515 1555 07-0143 07-0343
1018 - 1024 1251 1411 07-0139 07-0339 1322 - 1328 1521 1561 07-0144 07-0344
1025 - 1031 1257 1417 07-0140 07-0340 1329 - 1334 1527 1567 07-0145 07-0345
1032 - 1038 1263 1363 07-0131 07-0331 1335 - 1341 1533 1573 07-0146 07-0346
1039 - 1045 1269 1369 07-0132 07-0332 1342 - 1347 1539 1579 07-0147 07-0347
1046 - 1052 1275 1375 07-0133 07-0333 1348 - 1354 1545 1585 07-0148 07-0348
1053 - 1059 1281 1381 07-0134 07-0334 1355 - 1361 1551 1591 07-0149 07-0349
1060 - 1066 1287 1387 07-0135 07-0335 1362 - 1367 1557 1597 07-0150 07-0350
1067 - 1073 1293 1393 07-0136 07-0336 1368 - 1374 1563 1663 07-0151 07-0351
1074 - 1079 1299 1399 07-0137 07-0337 1375 - 1380 1569 1669 07-0152 07-0352
1080 - 1086 1305 1405 07-0138 07-0338 1381 - 1387 1575 1675 07-0153 07-0353
1087 - 1093 1311 1411 07-0139 07-0339 1388 - 1393 1581 1681 07-0154 07-0354
1094 - 1100 1317 1417 07-0140 07-0340 1394 - 1400 1587 1687 07-0155 07-0355
1101 - 1107 1323 1363 07-0131 07-0331 1401 - 1406 1593 1693 07-0156 07-0356
1108 - 1114 1329 1369 07-0132 07-0332 1407 - 1413 1599 1699 07-0157 07-0357
1115 - 1120 1335 1375 07-0133 07-0333 1414 - 1419 1605 1705 07-0158 07-0358
1121 - 1127 1341 1381 07-0134 07-0334 1420 - 1426 1611 1711 07-0159 07-0359
1128 - 1134 1347 1387 07-0135 07-0335 1427 - 1432 1617 1717 07-0160 07-0360
1135 - 1141 1353 1393 07-0136 07-0336 1433 - 1439 1623 1663 07-0151 07-0351
1142 - 1148 1359 1399 07-0137 07-0337 1440 - 1445 1629 1669 07-0152 07-0352
1149 - 1154 1365 1405 07-0138 07-0338 1446 - 1452 1635 1675 07-0153 07-0353
1155 - 1161 1371 1411 07-0139 07-0339 1453 - 1458 1641 1681 07-0154 07-0354
1162 - 1168 1377 1417 07-0140 07-0340 1459 - 1465 1647 1687 07-0155 07-0355
1169 - 1175 1383 1543 07-0141 07-0341 1466 - 1471 1653 1693 07-0156 07-0356
1176 - 1181 1389 1549 07-0142 07-0342 1472 - 1478 1659 1699 07-0157 07-0357
1182 - 1188 1395 1555 07-0143 07-0343 1479 - 1484 1665 1705 07-0158 07-0358
1189 - 1195 1401 1561 07-0144 07-0344 1485 - 1491 1671 1711 07-0159 07-0359
1196 - 1201 1407 1567 07-0145 07-0345 1492 - 1497 1677 1717 07-0160 07-0360
5.3 Page 15 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
4. Shop Drawings :
4.1. Shop drawings are required for all members of a main frame.
4.2. Refer to Chapter 4, Section 4.4 of the Detailing Manual for details on preparing shop
drawings for the main framing rafters and columns. You will not be able to follow the
remaining part of this section without reading Section 4.4.
4.3. If the length of a single web plate requiring web cutting diagram is more than 6000mm, a
splice joint should be shown on the web-cutting diagram with necessary dimensions.
Refer to the following sketches for more details.
If the thickness of the web is same :
If the thickness of the web is different two separate web-cutting diagrams are needed.
5.3 Page 16 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
Constant depth rafter with ridge connection ( Cutting Dimension ) :
Tapered rafter with ridge connection ( Cutting dimension ) :
Use the following formulae to calculate dimension for the above cutting diagrams.

Y = Z2 + 1
L1 = D2 Z
L2 = [ ( D2 - D1 ) / ( L - L1 ) ] L1
CD = D2 + L2 ( Ending Depth Of The Web Plate )
5.3 Page 17 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
Tapered rafter with ridge connection and smaller depth at ridge.
Use the following formulae to calculate dimension for the above cutting diagram.
L1 = D2 Z
L2 = L1 [ ( D1 - D2 ) / ( L - L1 ) ]
CD = D2 - L2 ( Ending Depth Of The Web Plate )
Tapered rafter with bottom flange horizontal and with ridge connection.
Use the following formulae to calculate dimension for the above cutting diagram.
5.3 Page 18 Rev. 06

DETAILING MANUAL
CD = D1 + L Z ( Ending Depth Of The Web Plate )

WD = CD / Y
L2 = WD Z
Note : WD may be slightly less than the depth given by design by few millimeters.
4.4. Thickness, length and width, number of holes, their location and punch code of any splice
plate should match with that of the splice plate of the connecting frame member unless
otherwise made different by design. In all cases hole patterns should match.
4.5. In conjunction / relation to above item 4.4, width of the splice plate should not be less
than the column or rafter width.
4.6. The length, width and thickness of the splice plate connecting the cap plate of the interior
column with the bottom flange of the rafter should be the same as the cap plate. Its width
should not be less than the width of the rafter bottom flange. Refer to the following
sketches for cap plate details.
Built up interior column cap plate :
5.3 Page 19 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
Cap plate for interior tube column :
Fixed Connection for Interior Column Cap Plate

(For dimensions on this "CS" splice code refer to the table on the following page 29):
5.3 Page 20 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
4.7. The location of all such splice plates connecting the cap plate of the interior column with
the bottom flange of the rafter are dimensioned from the base line origin as shown in
Section 4.4. But in some cases like ridge rafter for example the dimension can be given as
shown in the following sketch.
4.8. Splice Coding Procedure : The designer provides a splicing code to indicate the bolt sizes
and plate thicknesses for end plates. The following is the explanations of this splice
coding system. Also refer to the sketches given in the next few pages along with the table
shown in page 29 for dimensioning details relative to standard bolt sizes.
K 4 6 4 24 AB
V 4 6 4 24 AB
S 4 6 4 24 AB
RR 6 6 24 AB
RS 6 6 24 AB
RM 6 4 24 AB
RF 6 4 24 AB
CS 6 6 24 AB
CF 6 4 24 AB
VA 6 4 24 AB
VB 6 6 24 AB
VC 6 4 24 AB
Splice name Stiffeners
Knee web thickness Bolt diameters
( mm ) ( 0=Same as web ) (mm)
( Applicable for K,V,S only )
Number of bolts in outside Number of bolts in inside
pattern Pattern
5.3 Page 21 Rev. 16

DETAILING MANUAL
Horizontal Knee Splice ( K ) : This joint is the preferred joint for knee connection.
Example : K 4 6 4 24 AB
Vertical Knee Splice ( V ) : This joint is not preferred and is used in some cases such as
when the girts are flush or when it is better to optimize the rafter length.
Example : V 4 6 4 24 AB
5.3 Page 22 Rev. 26

DETAILING MANUAL
Straight Knee Splice : This joint is used when the main frame exterior columns are
straight and a horizontal knee splice cannot be used.
Example : S 4 6 4 24 AB
Ridge Rafter Splice 1 :
Example : RR 6 6 24 AB
5.3 Page 23 Rev. 26

DETAILING MANUAL
Interior Rafter Splice :
Example : RS 6 6 24 AB
Ridge Rafter Splice 2 : This is used when the clearances below the frames are critical.
Example : RM 6 4 24 AB
5.3 Page 24 Rev. 26

DETAILING MANUAL
Interior Rafter Splice ( Bottom Flush Type ) :
Example : RF 6 4 24 AB
Column Splice :
Example : CS 6 6 24 AB
5.3 Page 25 Rev. 26

DETAILING MANUAL
Column Splice ( Inside Flush Type ) :
Example : CF 6 4 24 AB
Interior Column Valley Joint Type - 01 :
Example : VA 6 4 24 AB
5.3 Page 26 Rev. 26

DETAILING MANUAL
Example : VB 6 6 24 AB
Example : VC 4 6 24 AB
5.3 Page 27 Rev. 06

DETAILING MANUAL
Lean-To Knee Connection :
Lean-To Knee Far End Connection :
5.3 Page 28 Rev. 06

DETAILING MANUAL
Reference table for joint dimensions :
K,V,S,VA,VB,VC RR,RS,RM,RF,CS,CF
DIM JOINTS JOINTS
(mm) BOLT SIZE BOLT SIZE
≤ M24 > M24 ≤ M24 > M24
A 105 135 115 135
b 60 80 70 80
c 60 60 60 60
G 100 120 100 120
p 100 120 100 120
f 45 55 45 55
If the gap ( * )between the inside bolt pattern and outside bolt pattern is more then
600mm, add 2 extra bolts of the same size used for the connection at the center of the
gap. See the following example :
Stiffeners ( A and B ) calculations :
5.3 Page 29 Rev. 12

DETAILING MANUAL
Stiffener ‘C’ (Part Mark 15-0201) should be provided always but stiffeners ‘A’ and ‘B’
are option as per design requirements.
5.3 Page 30 Rev. 06

DETAILING MANUAL
4.9. Base Plate Connection Details: Use patterns similar to mainframe connections. Refer to
Section 5.2 for details. Standard dimensions used in these patterns are explained below:
Main Frame Base With Bypass Girts ( BR type base connection ):
Standard base plates are available for the following rigid frame columns with by-pass girt
connections:
Standard Base
Anchor bolt Part mark *
Rigid frame column type plate size
Quantity (dia.)
(mm)
BU/Hot Rolled
(Flange width ≤ 225) 225 x 12 x 250 2 – 20 mm ¿ 15 - 0700
(Depth** ≤ 220)
BU/Hot Rolled
(Depth** ≤ 320)
BU/Hot Rolled
(Depth** ≤ 330)
* Available colors are 00, 01 and 18

** Depth of column inclusive of both flange thickness.
5.3 Page 31 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
Main Frame Base With Flush Girts ( BS type base connection ) :
Main Frame Fixed Base 8 Bolts ( FC-8 type base connection ) :
5.3 Page 32 Rev. 16

DETAILING MANUAL
Main Frame Fixed Base 16 Bolts ( FC-16 type base connection ):
Built Up Interior Column Base ( BW type base connection ) :
5.3 Page 33 Rev. 16

DETAILING MANUAL
Interior Tube Column Base ( BT type base connection ) :
4.10. Following table can be referenced to find out hole diameter, gauge distance and gauge
code applicable for different bolt diameters:
Bolt Diameter Hole Diameter Gauge Distance Gauge Code

USAGE : Main Framing Base Connections.
100 G
M16 22
86 W
100 H
M20 26
120 M
M24 30 100 J
M30 36 100 K
M36 42 120 V
USAGE : Main Framing Splice Connections.
M16 18 100 E
M20 22 100 G
M24 26 100 H
M27 29 120 N
M30 32 120 T
USAGE : Interior Column Cap, Purlin, Eave Strut Clip etc., Connections With
Main Framing members.
M12 14 80 A
M16 18 70 C
M20 22 70 F
M24 26 100 H
M27 29 120 N
M30 32 120 T
5.3 Page 34 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
4.11. Holes in the end plates are to be detailed and dimensioned as shown in the following
example:
4.12. Grouts are normally provided on column bases, with 25mm for Pinned base columns
carrying cranes, and 50mm for all Fixed Base columns.
Provision for grouting on column bases, where there is crane on some of the columns
only shall be guided by the following standard;
a. If there is a crane supported on any of the RF columns of a building area, then ALL
RF columns including the ones without crane in that building area will be provided
with grouting.
b. All other columns will not have grouting unless there is Fixed Base.
c. No additional nuts will be given / consider below base plate of Pinned Base cases
with grout.
If grouting holes are required but their details are not specified, two number of holes of
same diameter as required for anchor bolt shall be provided at the center of the base plate.
4.13. Refer to Chapter 5, Section 5.4 of the Detailing Manual for details on providing and
dimensioning of the bracing slots and back-up plates on the main framing rafters and
columns. The part mark and slot sizes are to be written closer to the back up plate. The
slot sizes are to be written there to facilitate correct punching of the slots in the web plate.
Refer to the following table for slot sizes and corresponding back-up plate part marks.
Bracing Type and Size Slot Size Back-up Plate Part Mark
12mm dia Cable or 24mm rod 26x60 15-0303
16mm dia Rod 18x42 15-0302
Refer to the following sketch for typical dimensioning of the back-up plates:
5.3 Page 35 Rev.34

DETAILING MANUAL
4.14. Holes required to connect purlins, girts and eave strut clips with the main framing
members are to be shown closer to the flange with gauge code (normally gauge Code
‘A’) and the distance of the hole from left end of the flange.
If the flange is made from more than one thickness, all the hole distances should be given
from the extreme left end because all the flange pieces are first assembled before
punching the holes. Refer to the following sketch for dimensioning of purlin holes:
4.15. Flange brace clips (15-0211) are always attached on both sides of the frame member.
They are to be located horizontally 25mm away from the corresponding purlin or girt
hole. Each flange brace clip should be given a dimension “F” ( “F” is to be calculated as
explained in paragraph 3.8 ) locating it perpendicularly from the inner face of the top
flange.
5.3 Page 36 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
4.16. Steel Fy ( normally 34.5 KN / CM2 ) and type of paint ( normally Red Oxide ) should be
entered in the General Notes area of the shop drawings.
4.17. Important: In the material list of the shop drawing enter each value in each box as a
separate text. Otherwise the Production Control system will not read the data from your
shop drawing. If the quantity is 1, enter ‘ONE’ in the QTY. column. Always calculate
the total weight and place the same in the total weight box of the material list table. The
unit weight and total weight for each row should always be filled in.
4.18. The total weight appearing in the total weight box of the material list table should always
match with the weight of the member shown in the Bill Of Material document.
5. Billing Out :
5.1 The part mark for main frame columns, rafters and interior columns are to be established
by the detailer. Refer to the following table for category codes applicable for the main
frame members.
Description Category code

Main Frame Columns 22
Main Frame Rafters 23
Hot Rolled Interior Columns 38
Built-up Interior Columns Shorter Than 3000mm 39
Built-up Interior Columns Longer Than 3000mm 41
The color code is that of the primary members as noted in the CIF. Bill out the main
frame members by adding the following information.
1) Part Mark
2) Unique Description
5.3 Page 37 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
3) Quantity
4) The member length
5) The member weight
6) The total weight ( = member weight x quantity )
All the above information should be taken from the member shop drawing.
5.2. a) Touch up paint for standard Primer is to be supplied and is calculated at the rate of
one liter per 500 square meter of the building area. Refer to the following table for
Standard part marks for different paints. They are chosen based on the color of the
primary members.
Paint Description Part Mark

Red Oxide Primer 01-0271-00
Grey Oxide Primer 01-0272-00
b) If the Primary members have Special paint system, following are the Part marks for
Special paints.
Part Mark Description

01-0267-00 Paint Touch-up (Primer) Special color liter
01-0268-00 Paint Touch-up (Intermediate Coat) Special color liter
01-0273-00 Paint Touch-up (Top Coat) Special color liter
Following are the procedures for billing the touch-up paints for each factories.
Condition Vietnam Saudi & Egypt

2 coat –
Bill out both the paints.
Special Primer +
Part marks 01-0267-00 + 01-0273-00
Special Top coat
3 coat –
Special Primer + Bill out all the paints.
Special Part Marks 01-0267-00 + 01-0268-00
intermediate & Top + 01-0273-00 Bill out only Top coat
coats as touch up paint.
2 Coat – Bill out both the paints. Part mark 01-0273-00
Standard Primer & Part marks 01-0271-00/01-0272-00 +
Special Top coat 01-0273-00
3 coat –
Standard Primer + Bill out all the paints.
Special Part Marks 01-0271-00/01-0272-00 +
intermediate & Top 01-0268-00 + 01-0273-00
coats
Calculating the quantity required shall be based on the policy of each factory.
5.3 Page 38 Rev. 23

DETAILING MANUAL
5.3. Shim plates [PL50x50x4mm] are to be supplied at the rate of 4 for one main framing
column including interior columns. Standard part mark for shim plates is 15-0202-00
and its color code is always 00.
Notes: 1. Shims plates shall not be provided for anchor bolts with fixed bases as
additional nuts are always provided below the base plate for leveling /
alignment purposes.
2. When there is grout, provide shim plates to match grout thickness, except
for fixed bases where double nuts are provided. For 25mm grout provide
6 nos. of 4mm thick shim plates.
5.4. From the bolt schedule shown on the cross section erection drawing, quantity of bolts,
nuts, washers are to be taken and included in the bill of material. Select bolt packages
from the following table. For details of the packages refer to chapter 5, Section 5.1 of the
detailing manual.
PACKAGE No. DESCRIPTION
HB-1235A M12 X 35HOT DIP GALV. DIN933 (C.L.8.8) + NUT + WASHER
HB-1255A M12.X55 HOT DIP GALV. DIN933 (C.L.8.8) + NUT + WASHER
HB-1650A M16 X 50 HOT DIP GALV. A325M + NUT + WASHER
HB-2080A M20 X 80 HOT DIP GALV.A325M + NUT + WASHER
Notice that the bolt and nut have one part mark only, because it should be shipped
together in the same box.
5.5. Bill out the flange braces as per the schedule shown in the cross section erection drawing
and supply 2 numbers of M12 X 35 mild steel bolts with nuts for each flange brace. Use
the package MB-1235A to bill out the bolts and nuts.
Example : Following is the Bill Of Material for a typical main frame. The main frame is
symmetrical about its ridgeline. It has two types of rafters and one type of column. There
are 7 such frames in the building.
Rev. 34
5.3 Page 39
DETAILING MANUAL
Unit
Unit Wt. Total Wt.
Part Mark Description Qty. Length
Kgs. Kgs.
Mtrs.
01-0273-00 PAINT TOUCH-UP SPECIAL PAINT LITER 2.0 -- 1.35 2.70
01-0717-00 A-325M BOLT W/NUT HOT DIP GALV 24x90mm 140.0 -- 0.64 89.60
01-0715-00 A-325M BOLT W/NUT HOT DIP GALV 20x80mm 196.0 -- 0.36 70.56
01-0752-00 F-436M WASHER ROUND HARD HOT DIP GALV 20mm 196.0 -- 0.04 7.84
01-0753-00 F-436M WASHER ROUND HARD HOT DIP GALV 24mm 140.0 -- 0.05 7.00
DIN933 BOLT FULL THREAD YELLOW CHROM
01-0760-00 196.0 0.035 0.05 9.80
M12X35mm
01-0761-00 DIN934 NUT HEX YELLOW CHROM M12 196.0 0.02 3.92
07-0114-AA FLANGE BRACE 50x50x3mm ANGLE Type 1 42.0 1.021 2.37 99.54
15-0202-00 SHIM [50x50x4.00MM] PLATE 56.0 0.050 0.08 4.48
22-5901-AA RIGID FRAME COLUMN - 01 14.0 2.988 192.87 2700.18
23-5901-AA RIGID FRAME RAFTER - 01 14.0 4.224 360.44 5046.16
23-5902-AA RIGID FRAME RAFTER - 02 14.0 9.030 413.64 5790.96
5.3 Page 40 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
Section 5.4 : Bracings
Cable Bracing :
1. Description : Bracing cables are zinc coated extra high strength grade, 7-wire strand (6-wire
layer eccentrically twisted over one center wire with uniform pitch) conforming to ASTM-A-
475 Cable bracing consists of cable, cable grip, eye bolt, hillside washer, hex, nut and flat
washer. (Note : Cable bracings are not available in Zamil Steel Vietnam).
2. Availability : Cables are available in 12mm dia size only. The eye bolt is available in two
types. Welded eye bolt is used for normal jobs and forged eye bolt is used for Aramco jobs.
3.1. Cable bracings are to be shown in roof framing plan and wall elevations (wherever
applicable). Single cable or double cable can be used for cable bracing. It depends upon
the design. Single cable brace should be represented by single line and double cable
brace should be represented by double line as shown below. Part mark and cable size
should be mentioned. Refer the following example.
5.4 Page 1 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
3.2. Location of bracing connection to the rafter is always under the purlin nearest to the
endwall post grid line.
3.3. Cable fixing detail (BRE-002) should be shown in the erection drawings. This detail is
available in E drive.
4. Shop Drawings :
4.1. No shop drawing is required for cable bracing. The fabrication information is given in
the bill of material.
4.2. At the bracing connection, a back-up plate (15-0302 / 15-0303) with slots should be
welded (at either near side or far side) on the rigid frame rafter and column. This detail
should be shown in rigid frame rafter and column shop drawings. Slots (18x42mm /
26x60mm) on R.F.rafter and column shall be provided as shown below. The center line
of the outer slot is always 50mm (minimum) from the inner side of the outer flange.
5.4 Page 2 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
4.3. For exterior columns, the location of the bracing slot is 200mm from the top of the base
plate as shown below.
4.4. For frames with horizontal or vertical knee splice, the location of bracing slot is depends
upon the web depth of rafter and column at knee. If web depth of rafter and column at
knee are 400mm and above, the location of bracing slot should be 250mm from the
corner of the outer flanges. If web depth of rafter and column at knee are less than
400mm, the location of bracing slot should be 175mm from the corner of the outer
flanges as shown below.
If knee depth is less than 400mm, the web thickness at knee should be 8mm and above.
Accordingly the back-up plate is not required in this case.
5.4 Page 3 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
4.5. For location of back-up plate at intermediate and ridge for roof bracing, refer the
following sketches.
Note: If the braced bay locations and numbers are such that there is more than 10 frames
without bracing, then these frames should be detailed without slots and with separate part
mark.
5. Billing Out :
5.1. When billing out the cable bracing, cable assembly (cable, cable grip & eye bolt) are
billed out as one item and its accessories (hillside washer, hex nut & flat washer) are
billed out separately as individual items.
5.4 Page 4
DETAILING MANUAL
5.2. To calculate the overall length of cable bracing, refer the following sketch.
Note:-
The above calculated length is the billing out length of cable assembly in B.O.M.
5.4 Page 5
DETAILING MANUAL
5.3. To calculate the weight of cable assembly, refer the following.
Minimum overall
Minimum overall length
length == 2700
2700mm
mm
Minimum overall length = 2850mm
5.4. The part mark for cable assembly is to be established by detailer. The category code for
cable is 17. Color code is always 00. To write the description for the cable assembly in
B.O.M, refer the following examples.
For normal jobs :

Part No. Description Qty Unit Length Unit wt.
17-3001-00. 12mm DIA CABLE BRACE WITH (2) GRIPS & (2) EYE BOLTS 8.0 11.518 13.36
GRIP # P33-004 LG=970 & EYE BOLT # P33-011 LG=330
CUT LENGTH = 10.598
Cable cut length = Overall length of cable bracing - 920mm
5.4 Page 6 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
For Aramco jobs :

Part No. Description Qty Unit Length Unit wt.
17-5201-00. 12mm DIA CABLE BRACE WITH (2) GRIPS & (2) FORGED EYE BOLTS 8.0 8.701 11.18
GRIP # P33-004 LG=970 & EYE BOLT # P33-002 LG=405
CUT LENGTH = 7.641
Cable cut length = Overall length of cable bracing - 1060mm
5.5. To bill out the bracing accessories for normal jobs, add one number of package
no. BR-2400-00 for each cable.
5.4 Page 7 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
Rod Bracing :
1. Description : Rod bracing consists of a steel rod with 175mm threads on both ends, two hill
side washers, two hex. nuts and two flat washers. Rods are conforming to ASTM-A36M or
better.
2. Availability : Brace rods are normally available in 24mm dia. size but other factories may
have different sizes according to local requirements. (Vietnam factory additionally uses
16mm dia. size while Egypt factory uses 12mm dia.)
3.1. Rod bracings are to be shown in roof framing plan and wall elevations (wherever
applicable). Single rod or double rod can be used for bracing according to the design.
Single rod brace should be represented by a single line and double rod brace should be
represented by a double line. Partmark and rod size should be mentioned. Refer the
following example.
5.4 Page 8 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
3.2. The location of bracing connection to the rafter is always under the purlin nearest to the
3.3. Rod fixing detail (BRE-001) should be shown in the erection drawings.
4. Shop Drawings : No shop drawings are required for rod bracing members. However the main
frame members shop details should show the details for rod bracing connections. This is same
as in cable bracing. Refer to Item 4 of cable bracing on page No 2 of this section.
5. Billing Out :
5.1. When billing out the rod bracing, brace rod, hillside washer, hex. nut and flat washer are
billed out separately.
5.4 Page 9
DETAILING MANUAL
5.2. To calculate the overall length of rod bracing, refer the following sketch.
Note:-
The above calculated length is the billing out length of brace rod in the B.O.M.
5.4 Page 10
DETAILING MANUAL
5.4. The part mark for the brace rod is to be established by the detailer. The category code for
brace rod is 17. The color should be always same as the primary members color unless
otherwise specified in the CIF.
Weight of rod = Weight per unit length x Length of the rod
Weight of 24mm dia rod per unit length = 2.98 kg/m
5.5. To bill out the bracing accessories, add one number of package no. BR-2400-00 for each
brace rod.
5.6. The following is the example of B.O.M for brace rod & its accessories
Part No. Description Qty Length Unit wt.
17-5301-01 BRACE ROD 24mm DIA (WITH 175MM THREAD ON BOTH ENDS) 2.0 10.520 31.35
01-0795-00 WASHER HILLSIDE CAST IRON 24mm 4.0 0.000 0.56
01-0782-00 DIN125 WASHER FLAT MILD ELECTRO GALV 24mm DIA 4.0 0.000 0.06
01-0773-00 DIN934 NUT HEX ELECTRO GALV M24 4.0 0.000 0.10
5.4 Page 11 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
Strut Tube :
1. Description:
Strut tube is provided in several cases as shown:
1.1 Strut tube at eave to increase the stiffness of eave strut.
1.2 Strut tube at roof to replace the strut purlin.
1.3 Strut tube at wall when you need to divide the wall bracing in two parts.
All the above cases should be shown in the design sketch .
5.4 Page 12 Rev. 08

DETAILING MANUAL
2. Availability:
The strut tubes are hot rolled tube that are available in the stock (Refer to the inventory
report for the stock material) and welded splice plate at both ends as per the following
sketch:
Bolts are preferred to be M12

H.S. bolts, unless otherwise
mentioned by the designer, in
order to make sure that no mix of
punch patterns on the flange is
made. Quantity should be shown
in the design sketch.
3. Erection Drawing :
3.1 The strut tubes are to be shown at the roof framing plan or at the side wall framing
elevation as a thicker line.
3.2 Part mark should be shown in the same location using category # 38 .
5.4 Page 13 Rev. 12

DETAILING MANUAL
3.3 Insert the suitable detail from the Edrive to the relative erection drawing as per the
following table. The bolt quantity and size should be edited in these details as per the
design sketch.
Description Erection #
Strut tube at eave BRE-007
Strut tube at roof BRE-008
Strut tube at walls BRE-009
4. Shop Drawing :
The shop drawing can be obtained from the Edrive as follows:
1. For 150 x 150 Tube use BRS-008
2. For 200 x 200 Tube use BRS-009
Then calculate the required dimension as per the next sketch and formula:
L = Bay spacing - 10
B = 0.5 (maximum flange width) + 5
A = L - 2B - 12
Notice that the maximum flange width has been used in the formula to calculate ‘B’
dimension. This is to ensure that all struts used on the same bay size of the building will
have the same part mark regardless of the frame dimensions in these bays.
5. Billing Out :
5.1 Bill out the different types of strut tubes as per the shop drawings and take the
following information from the shop drawing:
1. Part mark
2. Description
3. Quantity
4. Total length
5. Total weight
5.4 Page 14 Rev. 08

DETAILING MANUAL
5.2 Bill out the H.S. bolts package HB-1235-00 (M12 H.S. bolts, nut + washer) for strut
tube connection quantity as per design sketch. HB-1235-00 package should be
replaced by the appropriate package if the design sketch shows a different size
requirement.
5.4 Page 15 Rev. 12

DETAILING MANUAL
Portal Bracing
1. Description:
Portal bracing is usually provided at the exterior sidewalls (or between interior columns
along the length of the building in very wide multi-span and multi-gable buildings) where
diagonal X-bracing is not permitted due to a desire to have clear non-obstructed space.
2. Availability:
Columns and rafters used in portal frames are either built-up or hot-rolled sections.
Portal Frame column can be connected to the main frame column in two ways :-
2.1 Stitch Bolted
The portal frame column external flange is directly stitched to the rigid frame column
web by using stitch bolts (2) – M12 x 35 HSB bolts at maximum spacing of 1500mm,
or as otherwise specified by the design calculations package.
2.2 Bracket Connected
The portal frame column external flange is indirectly connected to the rigid frame
column web by using a standard bracket (39-0202) and (8) – M12 x 35 MSB at
maximum spacing of 1500mm, or as otherwise specified by the design calculations
package.
5.4 Page 16 Rev. 12

DETAILING MANUAL
Bracing above the portal frame and the type of that bracing depends on the difference
in height between the portal frame and the eave, this can be expressed as follows:-
a) If the difference is up to 500 mm,then bracing is not required above the portal frame.
b) If the difference is from 501 mm to 2000 mm, then a kicker angle should be
provided above the portal bracing.
c) If the difference is more than 2000 mm, then x-bracing should be provided above
the portal bracing.
5.4 Page 17 Rev. 08

DETAILING MANUAL
3. Erection Drawing:
3.1 Portal frame erection details are always represented on a separate sheet. The name of
this sheet is Portal Frame Elevation & Details. The contents of this sheet are:
- Portal Frame Elevation.
- Portal Frame Detailed Elevation.
- Portal Frame Horizontal Section.
3.2 The location of portal bracing should be shown in Anchor Bolt Plan and Near & Far
Side Wall Framing Elevations ( or Left & Right Endwall Elevations ) according to
the portal frame location. Refer to chapter 4-3-2, 4-3-6 for examples.
3.3 Portal Bracing and X-Bracing are not combined on the same wall line. Either X-
Bracing only or Portals only are used. If the design calculations package shows X-
Bracing and Portal Bracing combined, then, check with your supervisor.
3.4 The portal frame height should be less than the eave height by at least 200 mm
minimum (below the eave strut). It should be less than the clear height by at least 120
mm in case of the direct connection between the portal column and the main frame to
clear for the bolting at the knee connection. If the portal height is more than that, then
a bracket connection should be used.
3.5 If the difference between the portal height and the eave height is from 501 mm to 2000
mm, then kicker angle should be provided above the portal bracing. The minimum size
of the kicker angle is ‘L75x75x6’ and the center line for hole punching is 40 mm from
the backside of the angle.
3.6 Portal frame elevation shows the portal frame connection to the rigid frame, portal
frame clear height and clear width and portal height It also indicates the type of
bracing needed above the portal bracing (if required).
Refer to the following example for representing the portal frame elevation, and to the
following table for choosing the correct detail to be inserted in portal frame erection
drawing:
5.4 Page 18 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
Portal Bracing Condition Portal Column Portal Bracing

Condition Elevation
WO/ Kicker angle or X-bracing Tapered PFE-013
Straight PFE-014
W/ Kicker angle at standard slope (450) Tapered PFE-015
Straight PFE-016
W/ Kicker angle at non standard slope Tapered PFE-017
Straight PFE-018
W/ X-bracing Tapered PFE-019
Straight PFE-020
3.7 Portal frame elevation detail shows the detailed connection between the portal frame
and the rigid frame, the type, size and distances of bolts used for that connection. It
also shows the details of bracing above portal (if required).
Refer to the following example for representing

the portal frame elevation detail, and to the
following table for choosing the correct detail
to be inserted in portal frame erection drawing;
5.4 Page 19 Rev. 12

DETAILING MANUAL
Difference between Portal Frame Elevation Detail

Eave height and Stitch Bolted Bracket Connected
Portal height w/ tapered col. w/ straight col. w/ tapered col. w/ straight col.
Up to 500 mm PFE-001 PFE-002 PFE-003 PFE-004
From 501 to 2000 mm PFE-005 PFE-006 PFE-007 PFE-008
More than 2000 mm PFE-009 PFE-010 PFE-011 PFE-012
3.8 Horizontal section showing the connection between the portal frame and the rigid
frame should be shown in portal frame erection drawing.
Refer to the following example for representing the portal frame horizontal section,
and to the following table for choosing the correct detail to be inserted in portal frame
erection drawing:
Portal frame connection to rigid frame Horizontal Section

Stitch bolted PFE-021
Bracket connected PFE-022
4. Shop Drawing:
Shop drawings are required for the following items only.

1) Portal Column.
2) Portal Rafter.
3) Kicker Angle (if required).
4) T-Clip (for non standard slope - other than 450 - for kicker angle).
4.1 Portal Column

The maximum column flange width for any portal frame directly connected to the web
of the main frame column shall be 30 mm less than the web depth at the base of the
main frame column.
Refer to the following example for providing shop drawing for portal column .
5.4 Page 20 Rev. 08

DETAILING MANUAL
- Shop drawing template for

portal column is available as
follows :
‘PFS-003’ for tapered column,
‘PFS-004’ for straight column
- For splice plate, stiffeners,

size and dimensions, refer to
Chapter ‘5.3’ of the detailing
manual.
4.2 Portal Rafter
Refer to the following example for providing shop drawing for portal rafter.

portal rafter is available as
follows:
‘PFS-001’for (V) connection,
‘PFS-002’for(RS)
connection.
- For splice plate, stiffeners,

size and dimensions, refer to
Chapter ‘5.3’ of the detailing
manual.
4.3 Kicker Angle
Kicker angle length differs depending on the type of connection between the portal
frame and the main frame. This is illustrated as follows:
5.4 Page 21 Rev. 08

DETAILING MANUAL
a) Kicker angle length for stitch bolted connection:
E = Eave Height
P = Portal Frame Height
Z = Roof Slope relative to 1
Y = Z2 + 1
X = Portal frame column flange width / 2
Considering always that the sum of the main frame column outer flange thickness and the
clearance between the main frame and the portal frame outer flange equals ’30 mm’.
H1 = X + 230
V1 = 200 Y
V2 = H1 Z
S = Splice Plate thickness
W = Portal frame column web depth at knee
F = Portal frame column outer flange thickness
T = Main frame column web thickness
V = E + V2 - V1 - P - 8
First assume that the slope for kicker angle is standard (450), ---------> H = V.
D = H - [ (T/2) + F + W + 2S + 100 ]
If D >= 270 the assumption that the slope for the kicker angle is 450 is correct.
If D < 270 put D as 270, recalculate H and use it for the next calculations.
H = (T/2) + F + W + 2S + 370
L = H 2 + V2
A = [ 40 (H + L) ] / V
B = [ (35 H) + (20 L) ] / V
K = L - (A + B)
5.4 Page 22 Rev. 08

DETAILING MANUAL
b) Kicker angle length for bracket connection:
E = Eave Height
P = Portal Frame Height
Z = Roof Slope relative to 1
Y = Z2 + 1
X = Portal frame column flange width / 2
Considering always that the sum of the main frame column outer flange thickness and the
clearance between the main frame and the portal frame outer flange equals ’30 mm’.
H1 = X + 230
V1 = 200 Y
V2 = H1 Z
S = Splice Plate thickness
W = Portal frame column web depth at knee
F = Portal frame column outer flange thickness
T = Main frame web thickness
V = E + V2 - V1 - P - 8
First assume that the slope for kicker angle is standard (450), ---------> H = V.
D = H - [ (T/2) + 216 + F + W + 2S + 100 ]
If D >= 270 the assumption that the slope for the kicker angle is 450 is correct.
If D < 270 put D as 270, recalculate H and use it for the next calculations.
H = (T/2) + 216 + F + W + 2S + 370
L = H 2 + V2
A = [ 40 (H + L) ] / V
B = [ (35 H) + (20 L) ] / V
K = L - (A + B )
5.4 Page 23 Rev. 08

DETAILING MANUAL
Refer to the following example for providing shop drawing for kicker angle.

kicker angle is available as
follows : ‘PFS-005’.
4.4 T-Clip
Refer to the following example for providing shop drawing for non standard t-clip.

non standard t-clip is
available as follows : ‘PFS-
006’.
D3 = 60 V + 30
L
D4 = 60 H + 30
L
D = 20 L + 35 H + 30 V + D3
L
D1 = 10 H (2 L + 3.5 H + 3) + D4 -100
VL
D2 = D1 + 70
Note : For calculating the values of ‘H, V & L’, refer to point 4.3 of this chapter .
5.4 Page 24 Rev. 08

DETAILING MANUAL
5. Billing Out:
The following items need to be billed out for portal frame.
5.1 Portal Frame Column
This item requires a shop drawing and it is thoroughly explained before.
5.2 Portal frame rafter
This item requires a shop drawing and it is thoroughly explained before.
5.3 Kicker Angle
It is only required when the difference between the eave height and the portal
height is greater than or equal to 500 mm and less than or equal to 2000 mm.
Part No. : Special.
Usage : It is used as a continuation of the bracing above the portal frame.
Length : Calculating the length is thoroughly explained before in this

section.
Quantity : 4 Nos. are required for each portal frame.
5.4 T-Clip
Part No. : 05-0240 (for standard ‘450’ kicker angle slope).

Special (for any other kicker angle slope).
Usage : It is used to connect the kicker angle to the portal frame rafter.
Quantity : 2 Nos. are required for each portal frame.
5.5 Portal Bracket
Part No. : 39-0202
Usage : It is used to connect the portal frame column to the rigid frame.
Quantity : 2 x [ Portal frame Height / 1500 + 1 ] .
5.4 Page 25 Rev. 08

DETAILING MANUAL
5.6 High Strength Bolts
1. Package No. : HB-1235-00.
Usage : It is used to fix the portal frame column to the rigid frame.
Quantity : 2 x [ Portal frame Height / 1500 ](in case of direct connection).
8 x [ Qty. of bracket 39-0202 ] (in case of indirect connection).
2. Package No. : HB-1650-00.
Usage : It is used to fix the portal frame kicker angle (if required).
Quantity : 18 x No. of portal frames.
Add (6) washers (01-0751-00) for each portal frame.
3. Package No. : depends on the size of bolts given by the designer.
Usage : It is used to fix the portal column to the portal rafter.
Quantity : given by designer.
6. Solved Example:
The Sample B.O.M. given below is for a ‘Portal Frame’ with the following conditions:
- Eave Height = 6000 - Roof Slope = 1:10

- Bay Spacing = 6000 - Portal Frame Qty =1
- Portal Height = 4800
- Knee Splice Height = 5000
- M.F. Web depth @ base = 300
- M.F. Web thickness =3
Portal Column Portal Rafter Portal Splice

- Web depth @ base = 300 - Web depth = 300 - Splice Code = V04420
- Web depth @ knee = 500 - Web thickness =3 - Splice pl. width = 200
- Web thickness =3 - Flange width = 130 - Splice pl. thick = 15
- Flange width = 130 - Upper Flange thick = 5
- Outside Flange thick =5 - Lower Flange thick = 5
- Inside Flange thick =5
5.4 Page 26 Rev. 12

DETAILING MANUAL
ZAMIL STEEL BUILDINGS CO. LTD. CAD RUN : 01-04-1997 10:00

JOB NO : PE-9000-01 BILL OF MATERIAL PAGE : 1
REV :0 100 PORTAL FRAME
PART [MT] [KG] TOT

NUMBER D E S C R I P T I O N QTY LEN WT
WT
41-1001-01 PORTAL FRAME RAFTER 1 4.957 138.97 138.97
41-1000-01 PORTAL FRAME COLUMN 2 4.650 110.05 220.10
41-1003-01 PORTAL FRAME KICKER ANGLE 4 1.046 7.17 28.68
05-0240-01 PORTAL FRAME T-CLIP 2 0.130 2.12 2.12
01-0710-00 DIN933(CL 8.8)BOLT W/NUT HOT DIP GAL 16 0.000 0.09 1.44
M12X 35mm
01-0750-00 F-436M WASHER ROUND HARD HOT DIP GAL 16 0.000 0.01 0.16
12mm
01-0715-00 A-325M BOLT W/NUT HOT DIP GAL M20 X 80mm 16 0.000 0.34 5.76
20mm
01-0712-00 A-325M BOLT W/NUT HOT DIP GAL M16 X 50mm 18 0.000 0.17 3.06
16mm
01-0780-00 DIN125 WASHER FLAT MILD ELECTRO GAL 16mm 6 0.000 0.02 0.08
5.4 Page 27 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
Angle Bracing & Strut Tubes
Description:
- Angle Bracings are Diagonal X Bracings usually provided in Sidewalls, Roof, Crane Support
Columns, Interior Columns and Valley Columns. Angle Bracings are used in the places where
the Rod/Cable bracings cannot be used.
- Strut Tubes are hot rolled tube sections welded with gusset plates at both ends. They are
provided at the braced bays of Sidewalls, Roof, Crane support columns, Interior columns and
Valley columns in the locations where extra strength required. Generally strut tubes are located
at the working points of angle bracings.
Availability :
Angle Bracing is either;
- Single Angle
- Double Angle
The normal sizes for bracing angle are ;
- 75x75x6
- 100x100x8
However the availability of the angle brace sizes should be checked in the factory’s inventory
report for stock material.
Strut tube sizes are ;
- 150x150x4.5
- 200x200x6
However the availability of the strut tube sizes should be checked in the factory’s inventory
report for stock material.
Angle Brace & Strut Tube fixation to Main Frame Column & Rafter
Angle Brace and Strut Tube are fixed to the main frame column and rafter using one of the
following two ways ;
- Seating Angle welded to the web of the Rafter or Column with loose Gusset
Plate,
The Size of the seating angle is limited to L100x100x8.
- Gusset Plate welded to web of the Rafter or Column.
Note : Seating Angle welded to the web of the Rafter or column is used when there is a
shipping restriction for the projection of plate beyond the Column/Rafter flange, Normally
Gusset plate is welded to Column/Rafter web in order to reduce the length of the plate.
5.4 Page 28 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
Various conditions for angle brace and strut tube fixation to the main frame column and rafter are
shown below ;
1. Angle Bracing at Column Base
a. w/ Welded Plate
b. w/ Seating Angle
Angle Brace w/ Gusset Plate Angle Brace w/ Seating Angle
2. Angle Bracing at Knee
a. w/ Strut Tube
- w/ Welded Plate
- w/ Seating Angle
Angle Brace w/ Strut Tube (w/ welded plate) Angle Brace w/ Strut Tube (w/ seating angle)
5.4 Page 29 Rev. 14

DETAILING MANUAL
b. w/o Strut Tube

- w/ Welded Plate
- w/ Seating Angle
Angle Brace w/o Strut Tube (w/ welded plate) Angle Brace w/o Strut Tube (w/ seating angle)
3. Angle Bracing at Girt / Purlin
a. w/ Strut Tube
- w/ Welded Plate
- w/ Seating Angle
Angle Brace w/ Strut Tube (w/ welded plate) Angle Brace w/ Strut Tube (w/ seating angle)
b. w/o Strut Tube

- w/ Welded Plate
- w/o Seating Angle
5.4 Page 30 Rev. 14

DETAILING MANUAL
4. Angle Bracing at Ridge
a. w/ Strut Tube
- w/ Welded Plate
- w/ Seating Angle
b. w/o Strut Tube

- w/ Welded Plate
- w/ Seating Angle
5.4 Page 31 Rev. 14

DETAILING MANUAL
5. Angle Bracing at Valley
a. w/ Strut Tube
- w/ Welded Plate
- w/ Seating Angle
b. w/o Strut Tube

- w/ Welded Plate
- w/ Seating Angle
5.4 Page 32 Rev. 14

DETAILING MANUAL
Erection Drawings :
1. Angle bracings are tobe shown in Roof framing plan and Sidewall elevations ( wherever
applicable ). Single angle or Double angle can be used for angle bracing. It depends
upon the design. Both Single angle & Double angle bracing are represented by a single
"X" intersected lines, but in case of Double angle bracing, a rectangle should be added at
the intersection of the "X" bracing to represent the middle gusset plate. Strut tubes
should be represented by a thick line as shown below. The part mark of all bracing
members should be mentioned. Refer the following example;
5.4 Page 33 Rev. 14

DETAILING MANUAL
2. Location of bracing connection to the rafter is always under the purlin nearest to the
3. Insert suitable detail from Edrive relative to the erection drawing as per the following
table. The bolt quantity should be edited in the details as per the design sketch.
a) Seating angle connection
Description Erection drawing Number

Single angle brace without strut tube BRE-016
Single angle brace with strut tube BRE-020
Double angle brace without strut tube BRE-017
Double angle brace with strut tube BRE-021
b) Welded gusset plate connection
Description Erection drawing Number

Single angle brace without strut tube BRE-014
Single angle brace with strut tube BRE-018
Double angle brace without strut tube BRE-015
Double angle brace with strut tube BRE-019
5.4 Page 34 Rev. 14

DETAILING MANUAL
Shop Drawings :
Shop drawings are required for the Brace angles, Gusset plates & Seating angles.
In the case of Seating angle and welded gusset plates, the shop drawing of the welded part
should be included in the respective cross section shop sketches.
1) Shop drawings for Gusset plates:
Gusset plate shop drawings are to be developed by the detailer according to his
requirements.
Refer the following shop drawing for example;
The dimension of the gusset plate and the holes on the plate should be calculated as per the
sketches & formulas given below.
a) Calculations for Gusset Plate when Seating Angle is welded to Web.
Basic Assumptions:
1. Minimum Clearance between any two edges is 20 mm .
2. Minimum Edge Distance is 35 mm
Conventions used in formulas:

1. α - Angle of top Bracing angle with respect to working point (WP)
2. β- Angle of bottom Bracing angle with respect to working point (WP)
3. T - Prefix for TOP of Gusset plate calculation reference formulas.
5.4 Page 35 Rev. 14

DETAILING MANUAL
4. B - Prefix for BOTTOM of Gusset plate calculation reference formulas.

5. All calculations are based on the working point (WP).
6. Seating Angle size is L100x100x8.
Case 1 : Top and Bottom Brace angles with strut tube
CLR_B = [ (35 x SIN β + BKB x COS β + 5) / TAN β ]

−BKB x SIN β − (WEB THICK / 2)
CLR_T = [ (35 x SIN α + BKT x COS α + 5) / TAN α ]
−BKT x SIN α − (WEB THICK / 2)
So, CLR = Maximum of CLR_B, CLR_T AND 20mm.
BH2 = BK x SIN β
BH1 = BH2 + CLR + SEATING ANGLE WIDTH
+ (WEB THICK / 2)
BH3 = [ ( 2 x G1) + 35] x COS β
BH6 = 35 x COS β
BH7 = BH8 = G1 x COS β
BV1 = BH1 x TAN β
BV2 = [ ( 2 x G1) + 35] x SIN β
BV6 = 35 x SIN β
BV7 = BV8 = G1 x SIN β
BW = BH3 + BH2 + 45 + CLR + 70
BL = BV1 + BV2 + 35
TH2 = BKT x SIN α

TH1 = TH2 + CLR + SEATING ANGLE WIDTH
+ (WEB THICK / 2)
TH3 = [ ( 2 x G1) + 35] x COS α
TH6 = 35 x COS α
TH7 = TH8 = G1 x COS α
TV1 = TH1 x TAN α
TV2 = [ ( 2 x G1) + 35] x SIN α
TV6 = 35 x SIN α Seating Angle Length = No. of Holes in Seating
TV7 = TV8 = G1 x SIN α Angle – 1) x SG1 + 70
TW = TH3 + TH2 + 45 + CLR + 70
TL = TV1 + TV2 + 35 In the case with Strut tube
WIDTH = Maximum of BW, TW, SW1 and
Width of Strut tube end gusset plate SW2
SWT = (No. of holes – 1) x G1 + 70
In the case without Strut tube
Minumum Gusset width required for Bottom angle WIDTH = Maximum of BW and TW
SW1 =[WST/ ( 2x TAN β )]+ (CLR + BKB)/SIN β +70
LENGTH = Maximum of (TL + BL), SWT
Minumum Gusset width required for Top angle and Seating Angle length
SW2 =[WST/ ( 2x TAN α )]+ (CLR + BKT)/SIN α +70
5.4 Page 36 Rev. 17

DETAILING MANUAL
Case 2 : Bottom Brace angle only
CLR = Max. of CLR_B and 20mm.

BH2 = BKT x SIN β
BH1 = BH2 + CLR + SEATING ANGLE
WIDTH (100) + (WEB THICK / 2)
BH3 = [ ( 2 x G1 ) + 35 ] x COS β
BH6 = 35 x COS β
BV1 = BH1 x TAN β

BV2 = [ ( 2 x G1 ) + 35 ] x SIN β
BV6 = 35 x SIN β
Seating Angle Length = (No. of Holes in Seating

Angle – 1) x SG1 + 70
WIDTH = BH3 + BH2 + 45 + CLR + 70

LENGTH = Maximum of (BV1 + BV2 + 35) and
Seating angle length.
Note : For CLR and CLR_B, Refer Page 36.
Case 3 : Top brace angle only
CLR = Max. of CLR_T and 20mm

TH2 = BK x SIN α
TH1 = TH2 + CLR + SEATING ANGLE WIDTH
(100) + (WEB THICK / 2)
TH3 = [ ( 2 x G1 ) + 35] x COS α
TH6 = 35 x COS α
TV1 = TH1 x TAN α

TV2 =[ ( 2 x G1 ) + 35] x SIN α
TV6 = 35 x SIN α
TV7 = TV8 = G1 x SIN α
Seating Angle Length = (No. of Holes in Seating

Angle – 1) x SG1 + 70
WIDTH = TH2 + BH3 + 45 + CLR + 70

LENGTH = Maximum of (TV1 + TV2 + 35) and
Seating angle length.
5.4 Page 37 Rev. 17

DETAILING MANUAL
Calculating the X & Y Coordinates for Brace angle & Strut tube holes on the loose gusset
plate ( Refer page 36 and 37 )
The shop drawing for gusset plate should be prepared as per the following procedure.
X1 = WIDTH - ( 45 + TH2 + TH3 + CLR + 35 )

X2 = X1 + TH8
X3 = X2 + TH7
X6 = WIDTH - ( 45 + BH2 + BH3 + CLR + 35 )
X5 = X6 + BH8
X4 = X5 + BH7
Y1 = LENGTH - ( TV1+TV2+BV1+BV2+35 )
Y2 = Y1 + TV8
Y3 = Y2 + TV7
Y6 = LENGTH – 35
Y5 = Y6 - BV8
Y4 = Y5 - BV7
b) Calculations for Gusset Plate when Gusset Plate is welded to Web.
Basic Assumptions :
1. Minimum clearance between any two edges is 20 mm.

2. Minimum Edge distance is 35 mm.
Conventions used in Formulas :
1. ∝- Angle of top angle with respect to working point (WP).

2. β - Angle of bot angle with respect to working point (WP)
3. T prefix for TOP of Gusset plate calculation reference formulas.
4. B prefix for BOTTOM of Gusset plate calculation reference formulas.
5. All calculations are based on the working point.
5.4 Page 38 Rev. 17

DETAILING MANUAL
Case 1 : Top and Bottom Brace angle with strut tube.
CLR_B = [ (35 x SIN β + BKB x COS β + 5) / TAN β ]

−BKB x SIN β − (WEB THICK / 2)
CLR_T = [ (35 x SIN α + BKT x COS α + 5) / TAN α ]
−BKT x SIN α − (WEB THICK / 2)
So, CLR = Maximum of CLR_B, CLR_T AND 20mm.
BH2 = BKB x SIN β

BH1 = BH2 + CLR + ( WEB THICK / 2 )
BH3 = [ ( 2 x G1 ) + 35 ] x COS β
BH6 = 35 x COS β
BV1 = BH1 x TAN β
BV2 = [ ( 2 x G1 ) + 35 ] x SIN β
BV6 = 35 x SIN β
BW = BH3 + BH2 + 35 + CLR
BL = BV1 + BV2 + 35
TH2 = BKT x SIN α

TH1 = TH2 + CLR + ( WEB THICK / 2 )
TH3 = [ ( 2 x G1 ) + 35 ] x COS α
TH6 = 35 x COS α
TV1 = TH1 x TAN α
TV2 = [ ( 2 x G1 ) + 35 ] x SIN α
TV6 = 35 x SIN α
TW = TH2 + TH3 + 35 + CLR
TL = TV1 + TV2 + 35
SWT = (No. of holes – 1) x G1 + 70

SW1 =[W-ST/ ( 2 x TAN β )]+ (CLR+BKB)/SIN β +70
SW2 =[W-ST/ ( 2 x TAN α )]+ (CLR+BKT)/SIN α +70
In the case with Strut tube

WIDTH = Maximum of BW, TW, SW1 and SW2
In the case without Strut tube

WIDTH = Maximum of BW and TW
LENGTH = Maximum of (TL + BL) and SWT
5.4 Page 39 Rev. 17

DETAILING MANUAL
Case 2 : Top Brace Angle only
CLR = Max. of CLR_T and 20mm.
TH2 = BK x SIN α
TH1 = TH2 + CLR + ( WEB THICK / 2 )
TH3 = [ ( 2 x G1 ) + 35 ] x COS α
TH6 = 35 x COS α
TV1 = TH1 x TAN α
TV2 = [ ( 2 x G1 ) + 35 ] x SIN α
TV6 = 35 x SIN α
WIDTH = TH2 + TH3 + CLR + 35

LENGTH = TV1 + TV2 + 35
Case 3 : Bottom Brace Angle only
CLR = Max. of CLR_T and 20mm.
BH2 = BK x SIN β
BH1 = BH2 + CLR + ( WEB THICK / 2 )
BH3 = [ ( 2 x G1 ) + 35 ] x COS β
BH6 = 35 x COS β
BV1 = BH1 x TAN β
BV2 = [ ( 2 x G1 ) + 35 ] x SIN β
BV6 = 35 x SIN β
WIDTH = BH2 + BH3 + CLR + 35

LENGTH = BV1 + BV2 + 35
5.4 Page 40 Rev. 17

DETAILING MANUAL
Calculating the X & Y Coordinates for Brace angle and strut tube holes on the welded gusset
plate
X1 = WIDTH - ( TH2 + TH3 + CLR )

X2 = X1 + TH8
X3 = X2 + TH7
X6 = WIDTH - ( BH2 + BH3 + CLR )
X5 = X6 + BH8
X4 = X5 + BH7
Y1 = LENGTH - ( TV1 + TV2 + BV1

+ BV2 + 35 )
Y2 = Y1 + TV8
Y3 = Y2 + TV7
Y6 = LENGTH – 35
Y5 = Y6 - BV8
Y4 = Y5 - BV7
Note : For CLR, Refer Page 39.
2) Shop drawings for Brace angles:
Shop drawing template for brace angle can be obtained from E drive. But the Detailer
should correct the number of holes according to his requirement. Refer the following files in E
drive.
1) E:\BRS-012.DWG
2) E:\BRS-013.DWG
The following is an example for Brace angle shop drawing,
5.4 Page 41 Rev. 17

DETAILING MANUAL
The length and other dimensions of angle is calculated based on the following diagram.
a) In the case of Single Angle
BRACING ANGLE LENGTH

= B 2 + H 2 - 2 x INC
In the case of welded gusset plate
INC = [ ( BK x SIN α ) + CLR +
(WEBTHICK / 2)]/ COS α
In the case of seating angle with
loose gusset plate
( WEBTHICK / 2 )
+ SEATING ANGLE
WIDTH ] / COS α
b) In the case of Double Angle
LENGTH OF ANGLE B1
= [ B 2 + H 2 - ( 2 x INC ) – 300 ] / 2
LENGTH OF ANGLE B2
= B 2 + H 2 - 2 x INC
In the case of welded gusset plate
( WEBTHICK / 2 ) ]
/ COS α
In the case of welded Seating angle

( WEBTHICK / 2 )
+SEATING ANGLE
WIDTH ] / COS α
Note : The above calculated length is the billing out length of bracing angle in the B.O.M.
5.4 Page 42 Rev. 17

DETAILING MANUAL
3) Shop Drawing for Strut tube :
The shop drawing can be obtained from the Edrive as follows:
1. For 150 x 150 Tube use BRS-008.

2. For 200 x 200 Tube use BRS-009.
Refer the following Strut tube shop drawing for example,
Then calculate the required dimension as per the next sketch and formula:
In the case of welded Gusset plate

L = Bay spacing – Web thick – 2 x Width of gusset plate + 140
In the case of Seating Angle
L = Bay spacing – Web thick – 2 x Width of gusset plate + 100
B = 80
A = L - 2B – 12
5.4 Page 43 Rev. 14

DETAILING MANUAL
Billing out
1) When billing out the angle bracing , Brace angle (Single or Double), Loose gusset plate ( in
case of Seating angle ), Connection gusset plate ( in case of Double angle bracing ), Strut tube,
Hexagonal bolts and nuts and Flat washers are billed out separately.
2) The part mark for the angle brace is to be established by the detailer. The category code for
angle brace accessories are shown below
1. For Brace angle ––––––––© Category "06"

2. For Gusset plate ––––––––© Category "15"
3. For Strut tube ––––––––© Category "38"
3) The color should be same as the primary member color unless otherwise specified in C.I.F.
4) Part mark, Length/size, Weight and Quantity of angle bracing components should be taken
from the respective shop drawings.
5) Weight of Brace angle = Weight per unit length x Length of Brace angle
For weight and standard gage distance of brace angles, Refer the following table
Angle Size Weight per Unit

( in mm ) length ( in kg/M )
Angle Size Gage Distance( BK)

L 50x50x5 3.77 L 50x50x5 28
L 75x75x6 6.85 L75x75x6 40
L 80x80x8 9.63 L 80x80x8 45
L 100x100x8 12.20 L100x100x8 55
L 100x100x10 14.90 L100x100x10 55
The standard weight of the Angles Standard Gage distance of the Angle
6) Calculation for number of extra washers required :
- Extra washers are required to fill the gap between the bolted members. Normally Extra
washers are required at the intersection point of single "X" bracing and at the location of
stitch bolts in Double angles.
- Number of extra washers required = Thickness of gusset plate/ Thickness of washer (T)
5.4 Page 44 Rev. 14

DETAILING MANUAL
For the thickness of washers, refer the following table;
Washer Size Part Mark Thickness ( T )

12 mm(for M12 bolts) 01-0750-00 3.2
16 mm(for M16 bolts) 01-0751-00 3.2
20 mm(for M20 bolts) 01-0752-00 3.2
24 mm(for M24 bolts) 01-0753-00 4.2
27 mm(for M27 bolts) 01-0754-00 4.2
30 mm(for M30 bolts) 01-0755-00 4.2
Solved Example :
Case 1 :
Let us consider an Angle Bracing with the following conditions.
Bracing Angle Size - L100x100x8

Brace Angle Type - Single Angle
No. Of Bolts - Two M16 Bolts @50mm Pitch
Connection Type - Welded Gusset plate of 10 thk
Bracing Height - 7500mm
Bay spacing - 6000mm
Rafter/Column Web Thk - 5mm
So,
α = Tan –1 ( 7500/6000 ) = 51.3402
BK = 55 (Refer Table for gage Distance at Page 44 )
CLR_T = [ (35 x SIN (51.3402) + 55 x COS (51.3402) + 5) / TAN (51.3402) ]
−55 x SIN (51.3402) − (5 / 2)
= 5.4 < 20
CLR = 20
TH2 = 55 x Sin ( 51.3402 ) = 42.95

TH1 = 42.95 + 20 + 2.5 = 65.45
TH3 = ( 1 x 50 + 35 ) x Cos(51.3402) = 53.10
Width of Gusset Plate = 35+53.10+42.95+20 = 151mm.
TV1 = 65.45 x Tan(51.3402 ) = 81.81

TV2 = ( 1 x 50 + 35 ) x Sin(51.3402) = 66.37
Length of Gusset plate= 81.81+66.37+35 = 190.2 = 190 mm.
INC = (55 x Sin(51.3402) + 20 + 2.5 ) / Cos(51.3402)

= 104.77
5.4 Page 45 Rev. 17

DETAILING MANUAL
Length Brace angle = (6000 x6000) + (7500 x7500) - ( 2 x 104.77 )

= 9395.15
= 9395mm.
No. of washers = No. of Bolts + No. of Extra washers

= 9 + ( 10 / 3.2 )
= 9 + 3.125 =9+3
= 12 nos.
B.O.M for case 1
In this case the Gusset Plate is to be welded to the rafter/column. So, the gusset plate is
not billed out separate, it is to be billed out in Rafter / Column shop drawing.
Part No. Description Qty Length Unit.Wt Total Wt

06-1201- ANGLE BRACE 2 9395 114.62 229.24
00
01-0712- A-325M BOLT W/NUT HOT DIP GAL 9 0.0 0.17 1.53
00 M16X50mm
01-0751- F-436M WASHER ROUND HARD HOT DIP 12 0.0 0.02 0.24
00 GAL 16mm DIA
Case 2 :
Let us consider an Angle Bracing with the following conditions.
Bracing Angle Size - L100x100x8

Brace Angle Type - Single Angle
No. Of Bolts - Two M16 Bolts @50mm Pitch
Connection Type - Welded Seating Angle w/ Loose gusset plate of 10 thk
No. of Holes in Seating Angle- Two M16 Bolts
Bracing Height - 7500mm
Bay spacing - 6000mm
Rafter/Column Web Thk - 5mm
So,
α = Tan –1 ( 7500/6000 ) = 51.3402
BK = 55 (Refer Table for gage Distance at Page 44 )
CLR_T = [ (35 x SIN (51.3402) + 55 x COS (51.3402) + 5) / TAN (51.3402) ]
−55 x SIN (51.3402) − (5 / 2)
= 5.4 < 20
CLR = 20
TH2 = 55 x Sin ( 51.3402 ) = 42.95

TH1 = 42.95 + 20 + 100 + 2.5 = 165.45
TH3 = ( 1 x 50 + 35 ) x Cos(51.3402) = 53.10
5.4 Page 46 Rev. 17

DETAILING MANUAL
Width of Gusset Plate = 35+53.10+42.95+20 + 45 + 35

= 231mm.
TV1 = 165.45 x Tan(51.3402 ) = 206.81

TV2 = ( 1 x 50 + 35 ) x Sin(51.3402) = 66.37
Length of Gusset plate= 206.81+66.37+35 = 308.18 = 308 mm.
INC = (55 x Sin(51.3402) + 20 + 100 + 2.5 ) / Cos(51.3402)

= 264.85
Length Brace angle = (6000 x6000) + (7500 x7500) - ( 2 x 264.85 )

= 9074.99
= 9075mm.
No. of washers = No. of Bolts + No. of Extra washers

= 17 + ( 10 / 3.2 )
= 17 + 3.125 =9+3
= 20 nos.
B.O.M for case 2
In this case the Seating angle is to be welded to the rafter/column. So, the seating
angle is not billed out separate, it is to be billed out in Rafter / Column shop drawing.
Part No. Description Qty Length Unit.Wt Total Wt

06-1201-00 ANGLE BRACE 2 9075 110.72 221.44
15-1201-00 GUSSET PLATE 4 308 5.59 22.36
A-325M BOLT W/NUT HOT DIP GAL 17 0.0 0.17 2.89
01-0712-00
M16X50mm
F-436M WASHER ROUND HARD HOT DIP 20 0.0 0.02 0.40
01-0751-00
GAL 16mm DIA
5.4 Page 47 Rev. 17

DETAILING MANUAL
Section 5.5 : Purlins, Girts, C-Sections and Eave Struts
This section contains the following:

1. Purlins & Girts (Z-Sections)
2. C-Sections
3. Eave Strut
4. Sag Rods
5. Bracing Straps
1. Purlins & Girts (Z-Sections):

1. Description : Secondary horizontal member to which roof and wall panels are attached.
These are usually made of cold formed “Z” sections. The members that are used in roof are
called Purlins. The members that are used in walls are called Girts.
2. Availability :
Size Coil Width Thickness Weight
(Notation) (mm) (mm) (Kg/m)
200 Z 15 345 1.50 4.06
200 Z 17 345 1.75 4.74
200 Z 20 345 2.00 5.42
200 Z 22 345 2.25 6.09
200 Z 25 345 2.50 6.77
200 Z 30 345 3.00 8.12
250 Z 20 390 2.00 6.12
250 Z 25 390 2.50 7.65
All Sections are generally in the following standard finishes:
a) Black Steel (unpainted) or painted with primer: Red Oxide / Grey Oxide
(Material Spec. ASTM A607 GRADE 50 or Equivalent)
b) Galvanized Steel (Material Spec. ASTM A653M SS340 or Equivalent)
Note: - Available sizes and finishes vary from Factory to Factory depending on each factory’s
current inventory.
3.1. Purlins are shown in Cross section and Roof framing plan. For examples refer to Sections
4.3.2 & 4.3.3.
3.2. Girts are shown in Sidewall framing and Endwall framing elevations. For examples refer to
Sections : 4.3.5 & 4.3.6
3.3. Purlin & Girt sizes, number of rows and type of laps must conform with the Design
Calculations. It is common that end bay purlins & Girts are heavier than the interior purlins
& girts due to design requirements.
3.4. Purlins and Girts can be lapped in three types. They are:
a) Short lap
b) Intermediate / Continuous lap
c) Long lap
5.5 Page 1 Rev. 25

DETAILING MANUAL
Note: The above required lap details are to be shown in erection drawing.
3.5. When strut purlin or purlin with strut clip is required, it should be mentioned clearly by
giving symbols at required locations (Refer to figure no.1) and corresponding details (given
below) are to be added in Roof framing plan.
3.6. When bay centers (or support centers) are 8500mm or more, sag rods or bracing straps are
used to brace and align the purlins and girts. Sag rods and bracing straps will be explained
later in this same chapter.
3.7. When nested purlins & girts (Double purlins) are required, these must be illustrated in
double lines to be easily identified and a detail must be added to show the stitching of the
nested purlins & girts (Refer to figure no.1). Nested purlins/girts should be stitched together
by M12 x 35 mm MSB at equal spacing of 1200 mm maximum. (Note : If required field
oversizing of holes in any one of nested purlins / girt is allowed to suit the stitched bolts)
Because of difficulty in erection, provision of nested purlins in adjacent bays lapped to each
other at the common support is strongly discouraged. This matter must be discussed with
the Designer whenever such situation arises.
5.5 Page 2 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
Figure : 1
3.8. For a building with expansion joint, the bays before and next to the expansion joint are
considered as end bays. Thus purlin sizes should be the same as normal end bays unless
otherwise specified in the design calculations. The following detail should be provided in
Roof framing plan.
5.5 Page 3 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
4. Shop Drawings:
Shop drawings are not required for purlins and girts, because there is no welding operation,
moreover holes required on purlin/girt shall be given as NPD (No Picture Drawing) detail in bill
of material (BOM). Details about NPD will be explained in paragraph 5. In some special cases,
when NPD is not sufficient or there is a part welded along with purlin/girt or there is a skew cut,
you have to provide a shop drawing. The required NPD shall be given in the sketch and no NPD
detail shall be repeated in the BOM.
5. Billing Out :
5.1. Length, weight & NPD (explained below) details of purlins/girts should be given in bill of
material while billing. The following are the equations for calculating length and weight :
Length of the purlin/girt at interior bay = Bay spacing + Lap Distance
Length of the purlin/girt at end bay = End bay + (1/2 x Lap Distance)
Weight of purlin/girt = Length x Weight / m (Refer to the table in Paragraph 2 for

weight/m)
5.2. “NPD” denotes No Picture Drawing. It contains the distance of Die center line from edge
of the purlin and Die number. For the selection of proper die, refer to the following
description of the relevant dies and punch patterns for cold form Z - Sections:
5.3 The following additional information must also be provided:

a) All purlin’s NPD punching codes should be written counting from Right to Left for
the members in the Near Side and all purlin’s NPD codes should be written counting
from Left to Right for members in the Far Side when we see/ view the roof framing
erection drawing as a whole. All girt’s NPD punching codes should be written
counting from Right to Left when we see the Sidewall framing and Endwall framing
erection drawings.
b) For Eave Struts our practice is to write punching codes counting from Left to Righ of
the members when we see the Sidwall framing erection drawings.
c) Generally, it is safe to write + punches whenever its intended use is required.
5.5 Page 4 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
5.2.1 Punch Patterns for 200Z / 250Z Sections.

a) Die No . G41:
This die will provide holes and slots for SHORT LAP condition in a single shot. To use this die, the
length of the section should be minimum 2180 mm. (For Vietnam Factory, minimum length is
1540mm).
5.5 Page 5 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
Location L1: 1) Slots on web are used to connect the purlins/girts at lap & to fix sheeting
clip for endbay girts.
2) Hole on flange is used to connect the purlin / girt to the frame along with
the flange hole at L3.
Location L2 & L4: The hole on flange at L2 along with hole on flange at location L4 are used to
connect the purlin to P & B cold formed rafter & to connect endbay endwall
girt to sidewall girt with clip for RF @ end frames.
Location L3: 1) The holes on web are,
a) Used for lap connection.
b) Used to connect endbay sidewall girt using girt clip in case of P&B end.
c) Used to connect endbay purlin using clip in case of P&B endwall rafter
flange less than 130mm.
2) The hole on flange is used to connect the purlin / girt to the frame along
with the flange hole at L1.
Location L5 & L6: 1) The hole and the slot at web (60mm from bottom flange) are used for
endwall spanner connection.
2) The holes & slot at web are used to connect endbay purlins/girts using clip
for RF @ end. (Punch holes not available in Egypt Factory).
3) Holes on flanges are used to connect endbay purlins/girt to the mainframe
in case of RF @ end with 385mm edge distance.
Location L7: The holes are used for standard flange brace connection.
Location L8: The holes are used for Endwall flange brace connection in case of P&B. (For
Vietnam Factory, Endwall flange brace’s connection holes - G09 are manually
added).
Location L9: The holes are used for Endwall flange brace connection in case of RF @ end
with 385mm edge distance. (For Vietnam Factory, Endwall flange brace’s
connection holes – G09 are manually added).
5.5 Page 6 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
b) Die No . G42:
This die will provide holes for CONTINUOUS / INTERMIDEATE LAP condition in a single
shot. To use this die, the length of the section should be minimum 2180 mm.
5.5 Page 7 Rev. 25

DETAILING MANUAL
Location L1: Slots on web are used to connect the purlins/girts at lap & to fix sheeting clip
for endbay girts.
connect the purlin to P & B cold formed rafter or built-up rafter with flange
130 and above & to connect endbay endwall girt with clip to sidewall girt for
RF @ end frames.
Location L3: The holes on web are:
a) Used to connect endbay sidewall girt using girt clip in case of P&B end.
b) Used to connect endbay purlin using clip in case of P&B endwall rafter
Location L5 & L6: 1) The hole and the slot at web (60mm from bottom flange) are used for
endwall spanner connection.
2) The holes & slot at web are used to connect endbay purlins/girts using clip
for RF @ end. (Punch holes not available in Egypt Factory).
3) Holes on flanges are used to connect endbay purlins/girts to the mainframe
Location L7: The holes are used for lap connection.
Location L8: The holes are used for Endwall flange brace connection in case of P&B.
(For Vietnam Factory, Endwall flange brace’s connection holes - G09 are
manually added).
Location L9: 1) The holes are used for Standard Flange brace connection.
2) The holes are used for Endwall flange brace connection in case of RF @
end with 385mm edge distance. (For Vietnam Factory, Endwall flange brace’s
5.5 Page 8 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
c) Die No . G43:
This die will provide holes for LONG LAP condition in a single shot. To use this die, the length of
the section should be minimum 2820 mm.
5.5 Page 9 Rev. 25

DETAILING MANUAL
Location L1: Slots on web are used to connect the purlins/girts at lap & to fix sheeting clip
for endbay girts.
connect the purlin to P & B cold formed rafter or built-up rafter with flange
130mm and above & to connect endbay endwall girt to sidewall girt with clip
for RF @ end frames.
Location L3: The holes on web are:
a) Used to connect endbay sidewall girt using girt clip in case of P&B end.
b) Used to connect endbay purlin using clip in case of P&B endwall rafter
Location L5 & L6: 1) The hole & slot at web (60mm from bottom flange) are used for endwall
spanner connection.
2) The holes & slot at the web are used to connect endbay purlins / girts
using clip for RF @ end. (Punch holes not available in Egypt Factory).
3) Holes at flanges are used to connect endbay purlins / girt to the mainframe
Location L7 & L8: 1) Holes on flanges used to connect the purlin/girt to the mainframe.
2) The holes & slot at web are used to connect purlin / girt to the mainframe
using clips.
Location L9: The holes are used for Endwall flange brace connection in case of P&B.
(For Vietnam Factory, Endwall flange brace’s connection holes – G09 are
manually added).
Location L10: The holes are used for Endwall flange brace connection in case of RF @ end
with 385mm edge distance. (For Vietnam Factory, Endwall flange brace’s
Location L11: The holes are used for lap and standard flange brace connection.
5.5 Page 10 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
d) Other available Punch Patterns for 200Z / 250Z Sections
Die Number Description

This die will provide holes as shown in the sketch. These holes are used to
G02 connect the purlin/girt without lap to the last main frame rafter/column (R.F
End).
G04* This die will provide single hole in the flange as shown in the sketch.
These dies are mirror image** of each other. Holes provided by these dies
G05 & G08
are used to connect purlin/girt with lap to the main frame.
These dies are mirror image** of each other. The slots on web are used for
G06 & G07 all lap connections. 80mm gauge holes on flange are usually provided on
endbay sidewall girt to connect with endwall girt.
The holes provided by this die are used for various connections such as lap,
G09 flange brace, framed opening clip, sag rod and stitch bolt connections when
there is nested purlin/girt.
This die will provide slots as shown in the sketch. These slots are used for
G11
expansion joints and for fixing 16mm (5/8”) dia sag rods.
These dies are mirror image** of each other. Holes provided by these dies
G17 & G20 are used to connect purlin/girt with lap to the main frame when 60mm gauge
is required.
* G04 die is not available in Egypt and Vietnam Factories.

** Mirror image dies are not applicable in Vietnam Factory and only ‘+’ and ‘-‘ can be use for each
respective punch die.
5.5 Page 11 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
5.3. Notes:
• If you provide “+” symbol before any one of the mirror die numbers, punching machine
will punch the given die at the given distance from the base line and the mirror image
die from the other end at the same distance also.
• For all other dies (non-mirror), if you provide “+” symbol before any die number, the
machine will punch the given die at the given distance from both ends.
• If you provide “-” symbol before any die number, the machine will punch the given die
at the given distance from the base line only.
5.4. Example for BOM of Purlin & Girt :
For writing partmark, category, and color code for purlin and girt, refer chapter 4.5 & for
availability of purlin & girt refer to paragraph 1.2 of this chapter.
Unit Total
Part mark Qty Description Length
Wt. Wt.
200Z20 INTERIOR BAY PURLIN (CONTINOUS LAP)
60-4902-01 48.0 6.770 36.69 1761.10
0000+G42
200Z20 ENDBAY PURLIN (CONTINOUS LAP)

60-4903-01 12.0 7.797 42.25 507.00
0100+G06 0248+G02 0770+G08 1130+G09 2994-G11 1515+G09
The above example shows Bill of material for purlin. In the description, first line shows the
size and location of purlin and second line shows NPD detail for this purlin. If the second line
is not sufficient for NPD, it can be written in the third line.
2. Cold Form C-Sections:

1. Description :
C-Sections were used for various conditions, as Endwall spanners, framed opening members,
Endwall posts & rafters, sliding door jambs & leaf members, etc.
5.5 Page 12 Rev. 25

DETAILING MANUAL
2. Availability :
Size Coil Width Thicknes Weight

(Notation) (mm) s (mm) (Kg/m)
120 C 20 255 2.00 4.00
120 C 25 255 2.50 5.00
120 C 30 255 3.00 6.01
200 C 20 390 2.00 6.12
200 C 25 390 2.50 7.65
200 C 30 390 3.00 9.18
300 C 20 495 2.00 7.77
A
ll Sections are generally in the following standard finishes:
a) Galvanized Steel (Material Spec. ASTM A653M SS340 or Equivalent)
b) Black Steel (unpainted) or Painted with primer: Red Oxide / Grey Oxide
(Material Spec. ASTM A607 Grade 50 or Equivalent) is for 200 & 300 C-Section Only.
Note: - Available sizes and finishes vary from Factory to Factory depending on each
factory’s current inventory.
3. Erection Drawings:
Respective erection details shall be inserted according to the conditions.
4. Shop Sketches & Billing out:
C-Sections shall be billed out with NPD, if there are no special operations like skew cutting,
welding or non-standard holes/slots required. The NPD shall be given in the BOM. If any of
the above mentioned special operations required, a shop sketch shall be provided with the
details. Then the required NPD shall be given in the shop sketch only. These NPD need
not be repeated in the BOM.
5.5 Page 13 Rev.

Rev. 25
25
DETAILING MANUAL
5. Available Punch Patterns for C - Sections:
Note: - G16 punch is not available in Vietnam factory. The slot (18dia x 42mm) will be done
manually
5.5 Page 14 Rev. 25

DETAILING MANUAL

This die will provide 2 slots of 14x20mm on the web as shown in the sketch.
G03 These slots are used for various connections on the web of 200C / 300C
Sections.
This die will provide 2 holes of 14mm dia on the web as shown in the sketch.
G09
These holes are used for various connections on the web of 200C Sections.
This die will provide 2 holes of 14mm dia on each flange of 200C Section as
G10 shown in the sketch. These holes are used for various connections on the flange
of 200C members.
This die will provide 2 slots of 18x42mm on the web of 200C / 300 C Sections
G11 as shown in the sketch. These holes are generally used for 16mm sag rod
connections.
This die will provide 2 slots of 14x20mm on the web of 120C Section as shown
G15
in the sketch.
This die will provide one vertical slot of 18x42mm on the web of 120C Section
G16 as shown in the sketch. This hole is generally used to connect sliding door
guide rollers on the top girt of sliding door frame.
This die will provide 3 holes of 14mm dia on the web of 300C Section as
G21 shown in the sketch. These holes are used for standard connections on the web
of 300C.
This die will provide 2 holes of 14mm dia on each flange of 300C Section as
of 300C members.
of 120C.
This die will provide 1 hole of 14mm dia on each flange of 200C Section as
of 200C members.
This die will provide 1 hole of 14mm dia on each flange of 300C Section as
of 300C members.
of 120C.
G34
shown in the sketch.
Note:
• If you provide “+” symbol before any die number, the machine will punch the same die at
the given distance from both ends.
• If you provide “-” symbol before any die number, the machine will punch the given die at
the given distance from the base line only.
5.5 Page 15 Rev. 25

DETAILING MANUAL
6. Example for BOM of C-Sections :

For writing part mark, category, and color code for C-Sections, refer chapter 4.5 & for
availability refer to paragraph 2.2 of this chapter.
Unit Total
Weight Weight
200C20 FRAMED OPENING JAMB
60-7201-02 2.0 3.660 22.40 44.80
0035-G09 0075-G09 2225-G09 3032-G09 3635-G09
200C25 STUB POST
60-7202-02 3.0 3.500 26.78 80.33
0025+G09 1200-G09
3. Eave Strut
1. Description :
Eave struts are cold formed secondary members to which roof and wall panels are attached at its
top flange and web respectively, they are cold formed members with a profile similar to that of a
“C” channel but with its top flange sloped to match with the roof slope. The eave strut has an
important function in the longitudinal stability of the building. It transfers the loads accumulated
in the roof x-bracing to the wall x-bracing.
2. Availability :
Size (Notation) Coil Width (mm) Thickness (mm) Weight (Kg/m)

180ES20 390 2.00 6.12
180ES25 390 2.50 7.65
5.5 Page 16 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
All Sections are generally in the following standard finishes:

a) Black Steel (unpainted) or painted with primer: Red Oxide / Grey Oxide
(Material Spec. ASTM A607 GRADE 50 or Equivalent)
b) Galvanized Steel (Material Spec. ASTM A653M SS340 or Equivalent)
Note: - Available sizes and finishes vary from Factory to Factory depending on each factory’s
current inventory.
3.1 Eave struts are shown in the cross section, roof framing plan and side wall framing
elevation.
3.2 The Eave struts size shown in the drawings must conform to the design calculations.
3.3 The Eave struts are not lapped, for Eave strut connection, refer to detail FCE-008.
3.4 The eave strut is clipped to the main frame with eave strut clip (05-0107) for main
frame columns and eave strut clip (05-0407) at the end wall column with P&B end.
3.5 When the bay spacing is greater than 8500mm sag rods are provided and the sag rods
are connected to the eave strut by standard clip (05-0350).
Refer to Sag rods area in this section for more details.
5.5 Page 17 Rev. 25

DETAILING MANUAL
3.6 If required as per design calculations (detail # 8 in design calculations), Eave strut
stiffener (15-0121) is provided to connect eave strut and eave strut clip. Insert detail
FCE-004 in roof framing plan.
3.7 In case of RF end condition insert FCE-009 from E drive in roof framing plan.
4. Shop Drawings :
4.1 No shop drawing is required for Eave strut, only NPD should be provided in the bill
of materials. Refer to paragraph 5.5.1 for available punch patterns for 180C.
4.2 If the roof slope exceeds the maximum angle for the bend based on the machine
limitation (Refer to Chapter 7), a sheeting angle is provided to connect the eave strut
to the roof sheeting (refer the following sketch). Shop drawing for the sheeting angle
is to be provided to suit the building slope. The required holes at eave strut shall be
given as NPD in the bill of material.
5.5 Page 18 Rev. 25

DETAILING MANUAL
5. Billing Out :
5.1 Eave strut
Eave strut shall be billed using NPD. Refer to the following sketch & table for available
punch patterns for 180ES Sections.

This die will provide 2 slots of 14x20mm on the web as shown in the
G03
sketch. These slots are used for various connections on the web.
This die will provide 2 holes of 14mm dia on the web as shown in the
G09
sketch. These holes are used for various connections on the web.
This die will provide 2 slots of 18x42mm on the web as shown in the
G11
sketch. These holes are generally used for 16mm sag rod connections.
This die will provide 2 holes of 14mm dia on flange of 180C eave strut.
G22 These holes are used to connect the eave struts to the mainframe eave strut
clips.
5.5 Page 19 Rev. 25

DETAILING MANUAL
a) @ Internal bays
Length = bay spacing - 20
NPD = 0030+G22
b) @ End bay with R.F end
NPD = 0030+G22 0335+G22 0415+G22
c) @ End bay with P&B end
NPD = 0030+G22 0150+G22
5.2 Eave strut clip (05-0107)
Usage :- Used to connect eave strut to main frame column/rafter
@ intermediate bays.
Quantity : = Number of Rigid frames x 1
5.3 Eave strut clip (05-0407)
Usage :- Used to connect eave strut to corner column/rafter
@ P&B end bay
Quantity : = Number of P&B Endwall corner columns x 1
5.4 High Strength bolts M12 X 35mm (Package HB-1235A)
Usage :- Used for connecting eave strut clip to main frame.
Quantity : = Total Number of clips x 8
5.5 Eave strut stiffener (15-0121)
Usage :- Used as a stiffener for Eave strut to connect the
eave strut with the clip.
Quantity : = Total Number of clips x 1
Example :- The billing out of eave struts can be as shown in the following example. Assuming
the building has 3 bays of 1@6000, 1@5000,1@4000 with left end wall as P&B and
right end as RF.
The quantities described below are for one side wall only.
Unit Total
Weight Weight
01-0710-00 32.0 DIN933 CL 8.8 BOLT W/NUT HOT DIP GALV. M12x35mm 0.000 0.09 2.88
01-0750-00 32.0 F436 ROUNDHARD WASHER 12MM HOT DIP GALV 0.000 0.01 0.32
05-0107-01 3.0 EAVE STRUT CLIP 0.013 2.20 6.60
05-0407-01 1.0 EAVE STRUT CLIP 0.298 3.60 3.60
EAVE STRUT 180C20 SLOPE 1:10
60-1001-01 1.0 5.980 35.15 35.15
0030+G22 0150+G22
60-1002-01 1.0 4.980 29.28 29.28
0030+G22
60-1003-01 1.0 3.980 23.40 23.40
0030+G22 0335+G22 0415+G22
5.5 Page 20 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
3. Sag Rods:
1. Description :
Sag rods are used to brace and align the purlins, girts and purlin to eave strut. Sag rods are
galvanized steel rods conforming to ASTM A36/A36M or Equivalent. Sag rods are provided for
the bays (or support spacing) more than 8500mm as standard. Size, quantity and location should
be indicated in the design. Sag Rods are connected with double Nuts and Washers at both ends.
2. Availability:
1. Sag rods are available in 12 mm dia and 16mm dia. Zamil Steel Standard is to use 12mmDia
Sag rods for all Areas except for "Jebel Ali" Area where only 16mm Dia Sag Rod should be
used.
2. Sag rods are available in 2 types :
a) Fully threaded,
These rods are buyouts items and are under category 01. Fully threaded sag rods shall be
used at Saudi and Egypt Factories only.
b) End threaded,
These rods will have 150mm threads on both ends. These are shop manufactured.
Vietnam factory currently use only end threaded Sag Rods.
3. All sag rods are available as an assembly with 2 Nuts and 2 Washers at both ends.
4. For cases where sag rods are having “Multi-Coat” paints, sag rods are supplied with primer
only at threaded portions to avoid misfit with nuts. (Note: Erector/s shall apply successive
coats of paint over the primer at the threaded portions after installation/assembly at site.)
3. Erection drawings:
1. Sag rods are to be shown in the roof framing plan, Sidewall and Endwall framing elevations
(wherever applicable). Following sketch shows a typical roof framing plan with Sag rods.
NOTES:
1. The forces in the Sag rods on the roof shall
be carried over to the rafter for monoslope
and steep slope buildings. Otherwise suitable
members between the rafters shall be
provided at the top end of sag rods to carry
the force from these sag rods.
2. When there is a roof monitor at the ridge
of pitched roof building, sag rods can not be
continued over the ridge. Cold formed (e.g.
C-section) tie members between the last
purlins near the ridge can be provided to
balance sag rods forces. Also, for buildings
with bay spacing less than 8.5m and for non-
steeped roof slopes, provision for such tie
members can be considered even if there are
no sag rods used as required by design.
5.5 Page 21 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
2. Refer to the following sketch for the details of sag rod fixing at roof and Sidewall. Sag rods
are connected at eave strut using clips.
3. Endwall Sag rods at RF end shall be connected to the purlin by using a clip. So sag rods shall
be located below the nearest purling location at the middle of the bay. For P and B endwalls,
the Sag rods will be connected to the endwall rafter below the nearest purlin location. Refer
to the following details.
5.5 Page 22 Rev. 25

DETAILING MANUAL
4. Insert the relevant erection details as below according to the condition.
Roof and Sidewall
Sag Rod Diameter

Building Type
12mm 16mm
Clear span, multi-span/gable BRE-031 BRE-032
Mono-slope BRE-039 BRE-040
Endwall
Sag Rod Diameter

End wall condition
12mm 16mm
At RF Endwall BRE-033 BRE-034

At P & B Endwall with Built-
BRE-035 BRE-036
up / Hot-rolled Rafter
At P & B Endwall with Cold
BRE-037 BRE-038
formed Rafter
5.5 Page 23 Rev. 25

DETAILING MANUAL
4. Shop drawings:
1. No shop details are required for sag rods.
2. If the sag rod is not 12mm or 16mm dia, Shop drawings shall be created to detail the
Special clips to connect the sag rods.
5. Billing out:
1. Bill out the Sag Rod assembly according to the factory as below.
a) Saudi and Egypt Factory:
1. Sag Rods and the nuts and washers shall be billed out as an assembly. These sag
rods are fully threaded.
2. Bill out the standard Sag rods as per the table below:
Purlin spacings (along slope) / Length of the Part marks

Girt spacing Sag Rod (mm) 12mm Dia 16mm Dia
Up to 825mm 923 01-0972 01-0982
826mm to 1100mm 1200 01-0971 01-0981
1101mm to 1235mm 1333 01-0974 01-0984
1236mm to 1615mm 1714 01-0970 01-0980
1616mm to 1900mm 2000 01-0973 01-0983
3. If sag rods are required for the spacing more than 1900mm, SBO shall be raised and
shall be billed as per the part mark given by SBO.
b) Vietnam Factory:
1. Sag Rods and the nuts and washers shall be billed out as an assembly. The sag rods
are threaded for 120mm only from both ends.
2. For the color of Sag rods refer to the table below:
Primary member color Sag Rods color / finish

Single coat of Red Oxide or Grey Oxide primer Grey Oxide (17)
Single coat or Special color Electro Galvanized (19)
Multi coat or Special color Electro Galvanized (19)
3. All sag rods shall be billed as non-standard parts for the required length with the
description as below.
The length of the sag rod = Purlin / Girt Spacing + 100 mm.
5.5 Page 24 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
Part mark Qty Description Length Weight
12MM DIA SAGROD WITH M12x120MM THREADS @

17-1001-17 2.0 2.100 1.99
BOTH ENDS (W/ 4 NUTS and 4 WASHERS)
12MM DIA SAGROD ELECTRO GAV. WITH M12x120MM

17-1001-19 2.0 2.100 1.99
THREADS @ BOTH ENDS (W/ 4 NUTS and 4 WASHERS)
Weight of the Sag Rod assembly = Weight of the rod + weight of the nuts and washers
Rod Size Weight of Rod Weight of 4 nuts and 4 Washers

12mm 0.89 kg/m 0.12 kg
16mm 1.58 kg/m 0.20 kg
Sag rods shall be billed in the respective framing area, ie. Roof framing / Sidewall framing /
Endwall framing.
Quantity shall be calculated according to the no. of purlins / girt spacing, no. of sag rod lines
per bay and no. of bays.
2. Bill out the Sag Rod Clip at eave strut with sidewall framing.
Part mark :
For 12mm dia rod = 05-0350 and for 16mm dia rod = 05-0351
Qty = No. of total sag rod lines per sidewall.
3. Sag rod Clip to connect endwall sag rods to purlin (For endwall with RF at end only) to be
billed out with Endwall framing.
Part Mark :
For 12mm dia rod = 05-0352 and for 16mm dia rod = 05-0353
Qty = No. of total sag rod lines per endwall.
4. Mild Steel Bolts (01-0760-00) and Nuts (01-0770-00) to connect the Sag rod Clip at endwall
with purlin (For endwall with RF at end only) to be billed out with Endwall framing.
Qty = No. of clips x 2
Note : For connecting Sag rods additional punching shall be given for purlins and girts at the
location of the sag rods using NPD system. For 12mm dia Sag rods 14mm dia holes (DIE no.
G09) and for 16mm dia Rods 18x42 slots (DIE no. G11) shall be given.
5.5 Page 25 Rev. 35

33
DETAILING MANUAL
4. Bracing Straps
1. Description : Bracing straps are steel straps conforming to ASTM D-3953. Bracing straps are
used to brace and align the purlins, girts and purlin to eave strut. Bracing straps are provided for
bays at 8500mm and more, or when specified in design. Bracing straps are not Zamil standard.
This is an alternative to sag rods.
2. Availability : Bracing strap is galvanized flat bar 31.75 x 0.787 mm size. It is available as coil
of 100m length. (Bracing straps are not available in Vietnam Factory).
3.1. The location of bracing straps should be shown in roof and sidewall framing drawings. The
number and location of bracing straps are to be referred from design sketches.
3.2. Straps are continuous on either side of two girts or purlins and it should be staggered as
shown below. The distance between the two staggered straps at the same location is 50mm.
5.5 Page 26 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
3.3. Each bracing strap will be fixed by one pop rivet at girt, purlin, eave strut, gable angle and
base angle. Refer to details BRE-004 & BRE-005. These details are to be shown in erection
drawing.
5.5 Page 27 Rev. 25

DETAILING MANUAL
4. Shop Drawings : Shop drawings are not required for bracing straps.
5. Billing Out :
5.1. Count the quantity of bracing strap coils (Nc) of 100m length as follows:
2 x 1.1 x Ls x Ns x Nb
Nc =
100
Where, Ls = Total length of bracing strap required
Ns = No. of bracing strap lines per bay
Nb = No. of bays
5.2. S.B.O (Special Buyout) request form has to be prepared to get the part mark for bracing
strap from S.B.O. Section.
5.3. Bracing strap should be billed out in Phase # 65 as follows.
99-1234-00 10 BRACING STRAP 100M ROLL 100.000 24.98
5.4. For calculating the quantity of pop rivets (part mark 01-0099-00), refer the following.
Np = 2 x Ns x Nm x Nb x 1.1
Where, Np = No. of pop rivets
Nm = No. of steel members (girts, purlins, eave struts, gable angle &
base angle)
5.5 Page 28 Rev. 25

DETAILING MANUAL
Section 5.6 : Endwalls and Roof Transitions.
Endwalls:
1. Description:
1.1. Endwall is a composite structure having a system of framing and sheeting to provide a
covering at the ends of a Pre-Engineered Building. Columns, rafters, girts and sheeting
form part of the endwall framing.
1.2. The Post and Beam (P & B) is a system of framing consists of endwall posts (columns)
with pinned ends, supporting endwall rafters. Rafters are connected to the posts either
using end plates providing continuous connection or using bent plates providing a pinned
connection. Posts shall be connected to the nearest purlins by means of a spanner.
1.3. Rigid Frame (R F) is used at the endwalls when the building is designed for future
extension along the length of the building, or when large unobstructed openings are
required at the endwall, or when there is a crane running till the end of the building.
When a Rigid Frame is used at the endwall, it is usually designed for full bay load
condition and is normally identical to an interior main frame. When the endwall with
Rigid Frame is to be closed with sheeting, endwall posts (wind columns) are provided to
carry horizontal wind forces. Posts are connected to the nearest purlins by means of a
spanner.
In a rigid frame, a distance of 385mm is to be maintained between the centerline of the

main frame and the endwall steel line to provide sufficient lap for purlins and girts in case
of future extension and also to use standard punch patterns.
1.4 Based on the connection of Girts, there are 2 types of endwall systems.
a) Flush Type : In this connection girts are normally flush connected between posts
using girt clips to provide lateral stability and neat appearance. Zamil Steel’s standard
Endwall is Flush type.
The Post and Beam endwall posts are designed to carry all vertical loads and
horizontal wind loads. The Post and Beam framing is assumed to be laterally stiff
due to the diaphragm effect of the wall sheeting. The diaphragm action is proven to
be sufficient enough to resist the transverse wind force acting on a small area of the
sidewall. Therefore the flush endwall does not require X bracing or portal frame.
Typical arrangements of Endwall framing are shown below:
5.6 Page 1 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
b) By-Pass Type : In this connection, girts are connected to endwall columns outside
flanges with girt lap as in the case of sidewall & roof.
5.6 Page 2 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
By-Pass endwall system requires X-Bracing or portal frames as in Sidewalls.

Typical Endwall Framing with Rigid Frame are shown below:
5.6 Page 3 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
2. Availability:
2.1. 200 C 2.0 (single and double), 200 C 2.5 (single and double), 300 C 2.0 (single and
double), hot rolled ‘H’ sections and built-up sections of any depth can be used for Post
and Beam columns and rafters. For the case of a Rigid Frame at end there is no corner
columns and no rafters. Interior columns for the Rigid Frame at end can be the same as
mentioned above except that 300 C 2.0 (single and double) are not preferred because they
require special detailing.
2.2. Girt sizes and combinations available ( refer also to Chapter 7 & 8) for endwalls are as
follows:
Girt Sizes Specified by Nesting Method
Design
200 Z 1.5 NONE
200 Z 1.75 NONE
200 Z 2.0 NONE
200 Z 2.5 NONE
200 Z 3.0 200 Z 1.5 + 200 Z 1.5*
200 Z 3.5 200 Z 1.75 + 200 Z 1.75
200 Z 4.0 200 Z 2.0 + 200 Z 2.0
200 Z 5.0 200 Z 2.5 + 200 Z 2.5
* 200 Z 3.0 can also be used based on material availability in each factory.
It is not preferred to nest unequal ‘Z’ sections because it will lead to error and confusion
during erection.
2.3. Cold formed ‘C’ section can be used as spanners for connecting posts and purlins in the
case of a Post and Beam at end and its minimum length shall be 400mm. Bent plate can
be used as spanners for connecting posts and purlins in the case of a Rigid Frame at end
and its minimum length shall be 400mm. Refer to the following sketch for more details:
Size of the spanner should be specified in the design sketch.
5.6 Page 4 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
2.4. In case of Flush endwalls, girts are connected to endwall posts by using girt clips (Use
Part Mark 05-0104 if endwall post flange width is less than 180mm and Part mark 05-
0105 if the post flange width is in the range of 180-230mm). For by-pass endwall the girt
connection will be same as sidewall, girts are connected to endwall post’s outside flanges
and flange braces may also required based on the design.
Typical girt connections with built-up endwall post are shown below:
2.5. For post and beam endwalls, at corners girt clip (Part Mark: 05-0403) can be used for
connecting side wall girts with corner post (corner post flange width not to exceed
200mm.) in case of flush girt connection.
For by-pass girts, sidewall girts are connected to the endwall corner post using girt clip
(05-0403) and endwall girts are connected to the corner posts outside flange.
Typical Girt connection details at the corner of a Post and Beam endwall are shown
below:
5.6 Page 5 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
2.6. For Rigid Frame endwalls, Standard girt clip (Part Mark: 05-0104) can be used for
connecting endwall girts with sidewall girts if the sidewall and endwall girts are in the
same level. If the sidewall and endwall girts are not in the same level, Single C stub posts
can be used to connect the sidewall girts. Stub posts are used to connect the endwall girts
in case of the sidewalls endbay is open for access or blockwall. Bent clip (05-0111) and 2
expansion bolts (01-0048) are used to connect the stub post on the concrete floor.
Typical Girt connection details at the corner of a Rigid Frame endwall are shown below:
(These details are applicable for both flush & by-pass endwall girts).
2.7. In fully sheeted walls, standard gable / base angles (06-0200/06-0201) made from 1.5mm
thick bent plates are used to anchor sheeting with the ground. Gable / base angles are
anchored to the concrete platform using masonry nails (not to be supplied by the Zamil
Steel).
5.6 Page 6 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
2.8. Wall accessories such as insulation, framed openings, roll-up doors, double sliding doors,
personal doors, windows and louvers can be provided at the endwalls.
2.9. Open wall areas can be provided for the following conditions:
• Full endwall open to roof.

• Partial endwall open to roof.
• Full endwall open to specified height for masonry.
• Partial endwall open to specified height for masonry.
• Full endwall open to specified height for access.
• Partial endwall open to specified height for access.
Refer to Section 4.3.7 of the detailing manual for the details on preparing erection
drawings for endwall framing elevation.
3.1. Post and Beam Endwall: Refer to the endwall framing elevation shown below and note
the following:
5.6 Page 7 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
(Sample Endwall Framing Erection detail – Flush Girts)
(Sample Endwall Framing Erection detail – By-Pass Girts)
1. There is always a corner column at 300mm away from the sidewall steel line.
2. The size and part mark of the corner columns and interior columns should be shown near
the base of the columns.
3. The size and part mark of the rafters should be shown closer to the rafters.
5.6 Page 8 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
4. The size and part marks of girts & Framed opening members should be shown.
5. Size and part marks of bracings and Flange brace part marks (if required in case of by-
pass endwall) should be shown.
6. The part marks for columns and rafters should be established using the standard
categories as shown below :
Category Description Category Number

For hot rolled items. 38
For built-up items less than 3000mm length. 39
For built-up items 3000mm and above. 41
For cold formed items without welded plates. 60
For cold formed items with welded end plates. 62
7. Show the part mark of the gable angles (06-0200/06-0201) near the roof purlin level.
8. Show the part mark of the base angles (06-0200/06-0201) at the base line in case of
endwall sheeting starts from the finished floor level.
3.2. Rigid Frame Endwall: Refer to the endwall framing elevation shown below and note
the following:
(Sample Endwall Framing Erection detail – Flush Girts)
5.6 Page 9 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
(Sample Endwall Framing Erection detail – By-Pass Girts)
1. No corner columns are required for rigid frame endwall.
2. The main frame, which is located at 385mm (for flush girts) / 585mm (for by-pass girts)
away from the endwall steel line, is not shown in the sketch for the purpose of clarity.
3. The size and part mark of the endwall columns should be shown near the base of the
columns.
4. The part marks for the endwall columns should be established using the standard
categories as shown in paragraph 3.1.6 of this section.
5. The size and part marks of girts & Framed opening members should be shown.
6. Size and part marks of bracings and Flange brace part marks (if required in case of by-
pass endwall) should be shown.
7. Show the part mark of the gable angles (06-0200/06-0201) near the roof purlin level.
8. Show the part mark of the base angles (06-0200/06-0201) at the base line in case of
endwall sheeting starts from the finished floor level.
3.3. Spanners: Spanners are to be shown in Roof Framing drawing closer to the endwall steel
lines as a thick line between connecting purlin lines. Part mark for the spanners are to be
established and written closer to the spanners. Use category 62 for ‘C’ spanners and
category 05 for bent plate spanners.
5.6 Page 10 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
3.4 Column & Rafter Connection:
If the designer use continuous connection with rafter endplates (refer to the following
sketch as example) select the suitable detail from the table (3.4 Table 1 for Flush
girts & 3.4 Table 2 for by-pass girts) based on the column position and combination
of the column and rafter sizes and insert it from the Edrive to the erection drawing.
If the designer use the pinned connection using clips (refer to the following sketch as
example) select the suitable details from the table (3.4 Table 3) based on the column
position and combination of the column and rafter sizes and insert it from Edrive to
the erection detail. (Details available for flush girts only)
Note: The tables below are for the buildings with standard Eave. For buildings with
curved eave, Corner column erection details are explained in the Section
5.31.
5.6 Page 11 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
3.4 Table 1 (Details for Flush Girts)
Post and Beam Endwall Rafter ( Rafter @ Endwall Column Center Line Rigid
Endwall Column Type With Continuous Connection To Endwall Column) Frame
] 200 ][ 200 ] 300 ][ 300 H.R B.U Endwall
] 200 EWE-301 EWE-302 EWE-303 EWE-304 - - -
][ 200 EWE-305 EWE-306 EWE-307 EWE-308 - - -
] 300 Corner EWE-309 EWE-310 EWE-311 EWE-312 - - -
][ 300 Column EWE-313 EWE-314 EWE-315 EWE-316 - - -
H.R EWE-317 EWE-318 EWE-319 EWE-320 EWE-321 EWE-322 -
B.U EWE-323 EWE-324 EWE-325 EWE-326 EWE-327 EWE-328 -
] 200 EWE-329 EWE-330 EWE-331 EWE-332 - - EWE-157
][ 200 EWE-333 EWE-334 EWE-335 EWE-336 - - EWE-155
] 300 Interior EWE-337 EWE-338 EWE-339 EWE-340 - - -
H.R EWE-345 EWE-346 EWE-347 EWE-348 EWE-349 EWE-350 EWE-156
B.U EWE-351 EWE-352 EWE-353 EWE-354 EWE-355 EWE-356 EWE-121
] 200 EWE-357 EWE-358 EWE-359 EWE-360 - EWE-154
] 300 Ridge EWE-365 EWE-366 EWE-367 EWE-368 - - -
] 300 Valley EWE-393 EWE-394 EWE-395 EWE-396 - -
][ 300 Column EWE-397 EWE-398 EWE-399 EWE-400 - -
] 200 EWE-413 EWE-414 EWE-415 EWE-416 - - -
][ 200 Mono- EWE-417 EWE-418 EWE-419 EWE-420 - - -
] 300 Slope High EWE-421 EWE-422 EWE-423 EWE-424 - - -
side
][ 300 EWE-425 EWE-426 EWE-427 EWE-428 - - -
Corner
H.R Column EWE-429 EWE-430 EWE-431 EWE-432 EWE-433 EWE-434 -
Purlin Flange
EWE-295
Connection W/ EW EWE-291 EWE-292 EWE-293 EWE-294 EWE-296 EWE-122
EWE-297*
Rafter
Purlin Web
Connection W/ EW EWE-441 EWE-442 EWE-443 EWE-444 EWE-445 EWE-446 EWE-447
Rafter
* For hot rolled section with flange less than 130 mm width.
5.6 Page 12 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
3.4 Table 2 (Details for By-Pass Girts)
Post and Beam Endwall Rafter ( Rafter @ Endwall Column Center Line
With Continuous Connection To Endwall Column) Rigid
Endwall Column Type Frame
] 200 ][ 200 ] 300 ][ 300 H.R B.U Endwall
H.R
Corner
EWE-901 EWE-902 EWE-903 EWE-904 EWE-905 EWE-906 -
Column

Interior
Column

Ridge
Column

Valley
Column
Mono-
H.R Slope EWE-949 EWE-950 EWE-951 EWE-952 EWE-953 EWE-954 -
High side
B.U Corner EWE-955 EWE-956 EWE-957 EWE-958 EWE-959 EWE-960 -
Column
Purlin Flange
EWE-165
Connection W/ EW EWE-161 EWE-162 EWE-163 EWE-164 EWE-167 EWE-174
EWE-166*
Rafter
Purlin Web
Connection W/ EW EWE-168 EWE-169 EWE-170 EWE-171 EWE-172 EWE-173 EWE-175
Rafter
5.6 Page 13 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
3.4 Table 3 (Details for Flush Girts)
Post and Beam Endwall Rafter ( Rafter @ Endwall Column Center Rigid
Endwall Column Type Line with Pinned Connection To Endwall Column) Frame
] 200 ][ 200 ] 300 ][ 300 H.R B.U Endwall
] 200 EWE-501 EWE-502 EWE-503 EWE-504 - - -
][ 200 EWE-505 EWE-506 EWE-507 EWE-508 - - -
] 300 Corner EWE-509 EWE-510 EWE-511 EWE-512 - - -
H.R EWE-517 EWE-518 EWE-519 EWE-520 EWE-521 EWE-522 -
] 300 Interior EWE-537 EWE-538 EWE-539 EWE-540 - - -
] 200 EWE-557 EWE-558 EWE-559 EWE-560 - EWE-154
] 300 EWE-565 EWE-566 EWE-567 EWE-568 - - -
Ridge Column
][ 300 EWE-569 EWE-570 EWE-571 EWE-572 - - -
] 300 EWE-593 EWE-594 EWE-595 EWE-596 - -
Valley Column
][ 300 EWE-597 EWE-598 EWE-599 EWE-600 - -
] 200 EWE-613 EWE-614 EWE-615 EWE-616 - - -
][ 200 EWE-617 EWE-618 EWE-619 EWE-620 - - -
Mono-Slope
] 300 High side EWE-621 EWE-622 EWE-623 EWE-624 - - -
][ 300 Corner EWE-625 EWE-626 EWE-627 EWE-628 - - -
H.R Column EWE-629 EWE-630 EWE-631 EWE-632 EWE-633 EWE-634 -
Lean-To High Side Corner
EWE-641 EWE-642 EWE-643 EWE-644 EWE-645 EWE-646 -
column
Purlin Flange Connection EWE-295
EWE-291 EWE-292 EWE-293 EWE-294 EWE-296 EWE-122
W/ EW Rafter EWE-297*
Purlin Web Connection W/
EWE-441 EWE-442 EWE-443 EWE-444 EWE-445 EWE-446 EWE-447
EW Rafter
5.6 Page 14 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
3.5. Girt Connections: Select suitable erection details from the table shown below based on
the endwall condition and insert them in the erection drawing:
1. P&B Endwall
a) Flush Girts:
P&B Column Single Double Single Double H.R. or B.U. Fl. width
Detail 200 C Col. 200 C Col. 300 C Col. 300 C Col. Up to 180 180-230
Corner
EWE-109 EWE-113 EWE-250 EWE-251 EWE-110 EWE-114*
Column
Interior
EWE-002 EWE-003 EWE-008 EWE-009 EWE-005 EWE-006
Column
* Corner column max. Flange width is 200mm
b) By-Pass Girts
H.R. or B.U. column

P&B Column
Detail EW Endbay Open for SW Endbay Open for
Sheeted walls
access/blockwall access/blockwall
Corner
EWE-026 EWE-029 EWE-030
Column
Interior Refer to the table in Paragraph 5 of Section 4.3.3 of Chapter 4 and insert
Column relevant detail according to the girt lap condition.
2. RF Endwall
select from the following table the suitable details and insert it in the erection
drawing.
Condition Flush Girts By-Pass Girts

S.W. girt & E.W. girt at the same level EWE-023
S.W. girt & E.W. girt NOT at same level EWE-034 & EWE-035*
E.W Endbay open for access / blockwall - EWE-027
S.W Endbay open for access / blockwall EWE-028
Base details for 200C single end wall post EWE-004 -
Base details for 300C single end wall post EWE-007 -
Gable details EWE-024 EWE-025
* EWE-035 Shall be inserted only in the case of the stub post is connected to eave
strut.
5.6 Page 15 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
3.6. Open Wall Conditions:
3.6.1. Open For Access: When a complete endwall or partial endwall is open to the roof, omit
all girts, base angle, panels, trims and fasteners as required. If the opening width does not
match with the endwall column spacing, provide a jamb with jamb trim at the edge of the
last panel. Provide 2 No. M12x100 expansion bolts to fix the base of the jamb to the
floor and the jamb to be fixed at the top by a similar connection as provided for endwall
column. Refer to the following sketch:
When a complete or partial endwall (P&B end or R.F. end with wind posts) is open to a
specified height for access, omit the base angle and all the girts up to the specified height.
Provide a header girt at 75mm above the specified height. Omit all panels up to the
specified height. Provide standard drip trim. Refer to the following sketch:
When a complete endwall is open to a specified height for access and if wind post is not
allowed, provide stub posts hanging them from top, and note the following:
5.6 Page 16 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
1. The endwall framing should be of Rigid Frame type and Post & Beam framing type
cannot be used.
2. All the stub posts up to 2000mm height should be hanging from built-up purlins using a
moment connection as shown in section ‘F’.
3. If the stub post is more than 2000mm height, the designer should provide suitable support
as a kicker.
Refer to the following sketch:
Select the suitable erection details for open for access details from the following tables and insert
it in the erection drawing:
Description Drg No.

P&B Endwall open full height TRE-014
R.F. Endwall open full height partially endwall TRE-015
Jamb detail with fully open TRE-016 / TRE-017
Corner detail with fully open endwall TRE-018
Partially height open for access TRE-021
Fully open endwall for access TRE-022
3.6.2. Open for Block work: When a complete endwall or partial endwall is open to a
specified height for block work, omit base angle and all girts below the specified height.
Provide a girt at the specified height. Omit wall panels to the specified height minus
50mm. Provide a drip trim. Provide standard girt clips “05-0105” at standard girt
locations with 2 No. M12x35 (MSB). These standard girt clips are provided for attaching
12mm ∅ tie rods (Not by Zamil Steel) to brace the endwall column instead of the girts.
5.6 Page 17 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
Additional posts can be provided in case the opening width do not match with the
endwall column spacing and fixed to the floor by expansion bolts and to the top with
standard clip to the next girt above the additional posts and provide necessary trims as
shown in section ‘D’.
Details for tying endwall posts with block work (For Flush Endwall) should be inserted in
the erection drawing. Based on the conditions described in the following table, insert
suitable details from E Drive:
Conditions Detail Name

1C cold formed corner column & 1C cold formed interior column. EWE-050
1C cold formed corner column & H.R. / B.U. interior column. EWE-051
H.R. / B.U. corner column & H.R. / B.U. interior column. EWE-053
H.R. / B.U. corner column & 2C cold formed interior column. EWE-054
2C cold formed corner column & H.R. / B.U. interior column. EWE-056
4. Shop Drawings:
4.1. Shop drawings are required for posts and rafters in the case of a Post and Beam endwall
and for wind posts in the case of a Rigid Frame endwall. Shop drawings are also required
for spanners, which connects posts with purlins, non-standard trims and non-standard
clips.
Refer to Chapter 4, Section 4.4 (Shop Drawings) of this detailing manual for details on
preparing shop drawings.
5.6 Page 18 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
Refer to Chapter 5, Section 5.9 (Flashings and trims) of this detailing manual for details
on Trims and Flashings.
Refer to Chapter 5, Section 5.7 (Sundry Parts) of this detailing manual for details on non-
standard clips.
Refer to chapter 5, Section 5.8 (Roof and Wall Sheeting) of this detailing manual for
details on preparing endwall sheeting elevation, associated shop drawings, and billing
procedures.
Refer to Chapter 5, Section 5.5 (Purlins, Girts and Eave Struts) of this detailing manual
for details on girts, shop drawing requirements for girts, NPD procedure and billing
procedure for girts.
4.2. P&B Endwall Posts: Cold formed C-Sections or Hot-rolled I-sections or Built-up I-
sections are used as Endwall posts. Template shop drawing for different types of posts
can be obtained from E-Drive based on the following table:
Flush Girts:
Built up
Single Double Single Double Hot rolled Hot rolled Built up
Description >200
200[ 200[ 300[ 300[ 200 depth >200 depth 200 depth
depth
Corner column
N/A EWS-210 N/A EWS-212 EWS-213 EWS-213 EWS-214 EWS-214
Continuous connection
Corner column pin

N/A EWS-209 N/A EWS-211 EWS-213 EWS-213 EWS-214 EWS-214
connection
Interior column
EWS-216 EWS-216 EWS-217 EWS-217 EWS-218 EWS-215 EWS-219 EWS-220
Continuous connection
Interior column pin

connection & interior
EWS-221 EWS-221 EWS-222 EWS-222 EWS-218 EWS-215 EWS-219 EWS-220
column for R.F.
endwall
By-Pass Girts:
Hot rolled 200 Hot rolled Built up 200 Built up >200

Description
depth >200 depth depth depth
Corner column
Continuous connection EWS-282 EWS-282 EWS-283 EWS-283
Interior column
Continuous connection EWS-285 EWS-284 EWS-286 EWS-287
(Common for P&B & RF Endwall post)
1. Cold Formed Posts.

a) 200C & 300C sections are used as cold-formed posts (For flush endwalls). Single
or Double C-sections are used. Double-C means 2 C sections are stitched together
with (2) 12mm dia mild steel bolts at a spacing of 1200mm maximum.
5.6 Page 19 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
b) Cold-formed endwall posts are fixed to the floor by using clips & anchor bolts.
For each post 2 clips are used. Clips are connected to posts using (4) M12x35
MSB. Refer to the table in paragraph 5 for base clip part marks.
c) Part sketches shall be given for all type of posts except for single-C corner
columns. Single-C corner columns shall be billed out using NPD system.
d) In part sketches NPD description for the holes should be given and the following
are the available dies :
For holes in the column web to connect the Base clip, end wall flush girts and
P&B rafters use Die # G9 for 200C and Die # G21 for 300C.
e) For connecting the base clip holes shall be punched at 35 & 75mm from the base
line.
5.6 Page 20 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
2. In the case of a built-up endwall post, if the overall depth is more than 200mm, the
top portion of the post should be tapered as shown in the following sketch to maintain
the overall depth at the top portion of the column 200mm to standardize the spanner
connection with purlins.
For tapered posts shown above, draw web cutting diagram for the web ‘W2’ and note
that the slope should not exceed 15° for Saudi /Vietnam factory and 14° for Egypt
Factory (Refer to Chapter 7 Shop Limitation item 1.2.4.a) to meet the automatic
welding machine (Conrac) limitation.
Dimension “Z” is fixed to 300 mm in case of P&B endwall columns.
3. For hot rolled endwall posts use the available sizes in stock. Refer to inventory report
and note the following:
a) In case of interior endwall post with column depth + 200, the column can be
straight with the required holes same as built up.
b) In case of interior endwall post with column depth more than 200 mm, the column
should be spliced as per the following sketch.
c) The hot rolled additional piece length “Y” should be 600 mm for P&B endwall.
d) The additional hot rolled piece and top plate are not required in case of corner
columns whatever the column depth.
5.6 Page 21 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
4. For Flush girts, Girt holes are to be shown on the web of the post. The location
dimension “X” is to be calculated using the following procedure:
• For Corner posts : X = Girt Level + 23 - Base Plate Thickness
• For Interior and valley posts : X = Girt Level - 25 - Base Plate Thickness
5. For By-pass girts, 80mm gauge holes shall be shown on the outer flange of the
column. Hole location X = Girt Level - 25 - Base Plate Thickness.
6. The base plate holes should match that of the anchor bolt detail shown for the
corresponding post in the Anchor Bolt plan. Refer to Section 5.2 for Anchor Bolt
details
Standard base plates are available for the following endwall columns/posts with flush
girt connections:
Standard Base Anchor bolt Part mark *

Endwall column/post type plate size Quantity (dia.) Base clip / Base
(mm) plate
200 C (cold formed section)
- 2 – 16 mm ¿ 05-0100
single or double
300 C (cold formed section)
- 2 or 4 – 16 mm ¿ 05-0098
single or double
IPEa 200 x 18.4 or
IPE 200 x 22.4
UB 203 x 133 x 25
175 x 12 x 205 2 – 16 mm ¿ 15 - 0720
Built-Up
Flange width ≤ 175
Depth** ≤ 205
* Available colors are 00, 01, 17 and 18.

** Depth of column inclusive of both flange thickness.
7. Height of the P&B Endwall post can be calculated as shown below:

• For Corner posts : Post Height =Eave Height - 225 + 30
• For Interior posts: Post Height =Roof Height At Post Location - 90
• For Valley posts : Post Height =Valley Height - 210
• For High side of : Post Height =Eave Height - 300 Z - 200 Y - 15 mono slope corner
post
4.3. RF Endwall Wind Posts: Template shop drawing for different types of RF Endwall wind
posts. Refer to table at paragraph 4.2. Follow the same procedure detail for P&B endwall
posts consider the following difference:
5.6 Page 22 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
• Dimension “Z” for built up column and dimension “Y” for hot rolled column to be as
follows:
Maximum depth of main frame rafters + 250 mm.
This is to avoid any interference between the endwall posts and inner flange of rafter.
4.4 P&B Rafters: Template shop drawing for different types of rafters can be obtained from
Edrive based on the following table:
Rafter Types
Description 200[ 300[ Hot Rolled Built UP
Left side Right side Left side Right side Left side Right side Left side Right side
End & interior rafter continuous EWS-224 EWS-228 EWS-225 EWS-229 EWS-226 EWS-230 EWS-227 EWS-231
connection
Ridge rafter continuous EWS-232 EWS-233 EWS-234 EWS-235
connection
Valley rafter continuous EWS-236 EWS-237 EWS-238 EWS-239
connection
End bay for mono slope high EWS-259 EWS-260 EWS-225 EWS-229 EWS-261 EWS-262 EWS-263 EWS-264
side continuous connection
End bay for lean-to high side EWS-267 EWS-268 EWS-275 EWS-276 EWS-269 EWS-270 EWS-271 EWS-272
continuous connection
End & interior rafter continuous EWS-241 EWS-243 EWS-242 EWS-244 - - - -
connection & 300[ endwall post
Ridge rafter continuous EWS-245 EWS-246 - - - -
Valley rafter continuous EWS-247 EWS-248 - - - -
End bay for mono slope high EWS-265 EWS-266 EWS-242 EWS-244 - - - -
side continuous connection &
300C endwall post
End bay for lean-to high side EWS-273 EWS-274 EWS-277 EWS-278
continuous connection & 300C
endwall post
Interior & end rafter pin Use N.P.D. system at the bill of material EWS-178 EWS-175
connection
Ridge rafter pin connection EWS-126 EWS-126 EWS-179 EWS-176
Valley rafter pin connection EWS-181 EWS-181 EWS-180 EWS-177
1. In case of built up rafters cutting diagrams are to be drawn for all types except pin
connection rafters at end and interior bays, if the length of the web plate is more than
6000mm, a splice joint should be shown on the web cutting diagram with necessary
dimensions.
2. For endwall with continuous connection ends, calculate the length of the endwall
rafters and web cutting dimensions using the following procedure:
• End bay rafter ( refer to the following sketch ):
5.6 Page 23 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
Use the following formulae to calculate rafter length and web cutting dimensions:
Z = Roof Slope Relative to 1
Y = Z2 +1
Lt = Y [ Sp - 300 - ( Lwt + Rwt ) / 2 ]
Lc = Dr Z
Lw = Lt - Ct1 - Ct2 + Lc
Hd = Pd + 200 Z - Y [ 300 + ( Lwt / 2 ) + Ct1 ] – 25
• Interior bay rafter ( refer to the following sketch ):
5.6 Page 24 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL

Y = Z2 +1
Lt = Y [ Sp - [ ( Lwt + Rwt ) / 2 ]
Lc = Dr Z
Lw = Lt - Ct1 - Ct2 + Lc
Hd = Pd + 200 Z - Y [ ( Lwt / 2 ) + Ct1 ] - 25
• Ridge rafter ( refer to the following sketch ):

Y = Z2 +1
Lt = Sp - ( Lwt + Rwt ) / 2
Lc = Dr Z
Lw = Lt Y + 2 Lc - 2Ct1
L2 = Y [ Rd - ( Lwt / 2 ) - Ct1 ] + Dr Z
L1 = L2 - Dr Z
L3 = L2 + Dr Z
Hd = Pd + 200 Z - Y [ { Lwt / 2 ) - Ct1 ] - 25
5.6 Page 25 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
• Valley rafter (refer to the following sketch):

Y = Z2 +1
Lt = Sp - ( Lwt + Rwt ) / 2
Lc = Dr Z
Lw = Y [Lt - Ct1 - Ct2] + 2Lc
L2 = Y [ Vd - Ct1 - Lwt / 2 ) + Dr Z
L1 = L2 - Dr Z
L3 = L2 + Dr Z
Hd = Pd - 200 Z - Y [Lwt / 2 + Ct1] + 25
3. For cold formed rafter use the same formulae described at point 2 and note the
following:
a) 200 [ Rafters:
flange holes for purlin
connection use Die # G29
Web holes for stitch purpose

use Die # G9
5.6 Page 26 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
b) 300 [ Rafters:
Flange holes for purlin
connection use Die # G32
Web holes for stitch purpose

use Die # G21
• The hole punch and distance should be shown in the shop drawing using the N.P.D
system and note the dimension “D” of punched holes should be given from the
extreme end of the “C” section before cutting back (Refer to the following sketch):
‘D’ is the distance for N.P.D and ‘Lc’ is the cutting back dimension.
Hd the hole distance should be calculated as shown at point 2.
4. Number of holes, diameter and locations of the holes in the end plates of the rafter
should match with the holes shown in the connecting endwall posts.
5. Extended end plates are to be attached to the higher end of the rafter as shown below, to
make erection of the rafter easier:
Refer to the E Drive details for further information on connection details.
5.6 Page 27 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
6. For endwall with pinned connection ends, calculate the length of the endwall rafters
and web cutting dimensions using the following procedure:
• End bay rafter (refer to the following sketch):

Y = Z2 +1
Rd = 90 + 300 Z
Lt = Y [Sp - 390 - Rd]
Hd = Pd + 200 Z - 390 Y - 25
• Interior bay rafter (refer to the following sketch):
5.6 Page 28 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL

Y = Z2 +1
Rd = 90 + 300 Z
Lt = Y [Sp - Rd - 90]
Hd = Pd + 200 Z - 25 - 90 Y
• Ridge rafter (Refer to the following sketch):

Y = Z2 +1
Lt = Sp - 180
Lw = Lt Y
L2 = Y [Vd - 90]
L1 = L2 - Dr Z
L3 = L2 + Dr Z
Hd = Pd + 200 Z - 90 Y - 25
• Valley Rafter (Refer to the following sketch):
5.6 Page 29 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL

Y = Z2 +1
Lt = Sp - 180
Rd = 90 + 300 Z
Lw = Lt Y
L2 = Y [Vd - 90]
L1 = L2 - Dr Z
L3 = L2 + Dr Z
Hd = Pd - 200 Z - Rd Y+ 25
7. Holes require to connect purlins with built-up endwall rafters are to be shown closer
to the top flange of the rafter with gauge code ( normally gauge code ‘A’ ) and the
distance of the hole from left end of the flange.
4.5. Spanners: The template shop drawing for different types of spanners can be obtained
from E Drive based on the following table:
Spanner Type and Usage Detail Name

200 C Spanner for P&B Intermediate Posts EWS-105
200 C Spanner for P&B Ridge Posts EWS-106
Bent Plate Spanner for RF Intermediate Posts EWS-171
Bent Plate Spanner for RF Ridge Posts EWS-104
Bent Plate Spanner for P&B Valley Posts EWS-145
Bent Plate Spanner for RF Valley Posts EWS-146
The procedure outlined in the following pages can be used to calculate length and details
of spanners for buildings with roof slope up to 1.5 / 10.
5.6 Page 30 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
Spanner detail at ridge for P&B endwall :
Z = Roof Slope Relative to 1 (Example: - For 1:10 slope, Z = 0.1).

Y = Z +1 2
Pd = Horizontal Purlin Distance from Peak

Length = 2 [ Pd - Z ( 100 - Pd Z ) - 6 ]
C = 140 - 100 Y + Pd Z Y
W = C + 25
• The minimum width of the end plate (W) should be 85mm.

• The above formulae can be used up to 1.5 / 10 roof slope.
• Use 200C20, 200C25, 200C30 as spanner.
5.6 Page 31 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
Spanner detail at slope for P&B endwall :
Z = Roof Slope Relative to 1 (Example: - For 1:10 slope, Z = 0.1).

Y = Z2 +1
Length = A + B - Purlin Thickness - 12
X1 = A - 6 - 122 Z - 40 Y
X2 = X1 + 80 Y
• Dimension A and B should not be less than 200mm for spanner connection. Purlin
spacing should be adjusted to maintain this critical dimension if required.
• Use 200C20, 200C25, 200C30 as spanner
5.6 Page 32 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
Spanner Detail at Valley for P&B Endwall:

Y = Z2 +1
Pd = Horizontal purlin distance from valley
Lw = 2 [ Pd Y + 350 Z + 50]
Length = Lw / Y
X1 = Pd Y + 350 Z + 50
X2 = X1 - 150 Z
X3 = X1 + 150 Z
H1 = X1 - 40 Y - 100 Z
H2 = X1 + 40 Y + 100 Z
Use 4 mm, 5 mm, 6 mm bent plate as spanner.
5.6 Page 33 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
Spanner detail at ridge for Rigid Frame endwall:
Z = Roof Slope Relative to 1 ( Example :- For 1:10 slope, Z = 0.1 ).

Y = Z +12
Pd = Horizontal Purlin Distance From Peak

Length = 2 Pd Y - 12 - 50 Z
X1 = Pd Y - 6 - [ Z ( 125 - 40 Z ) / Y ] - 40 Y
X2 = X1 + 75 Z / Y
X3 = L1 + 40Y + Z [ 125 - 40 Z - 25 Y ] / Y
X4 = X3 - 75 Z / Y
L1 = Pd Y - 25Z - 6
L2 = L1 - 150Z
L3 = L1 + 150Z
• Use 4mm, 5mm, 6mm bent plate as spanner.
5.6 Page 34 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
Spanner detail at slope for Rigid Frame endwall:
Z = Roof Slope Relative to 1 ( Example :- For 1:10 slope, Z = 0.1 ).

Y = Z2 +1
Length = A + B - Purlin Thickness - 12
X1 = A - 6 - [ Z ( 125 - 40 Z ) / Y ] - 40 Y
X2 = X1 + 80 Y
• Dimension A and B should not be less than 200mm for spanner connection. Purlin
spacing should be adjusted to maintain this critical dimension if required.
• Use 4mm, 5mm, 6mm bent plate as spanner.
4.6 Rafter Clips: The clips used to connect the rafters to endwall posts in case of pinned
connections:
5.6 Page 35 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
The template shop drawing for different types of clips can be obtained from Edrive based
on the following table:
Rafter Type
Description 200 C, Hot rolled 300 C
and built-up
Near Side Left EWS-251 EWS-255
Near Side Right EWS-252 EWS-256
Far Side Left EWS-253 EWS-257
Far Side Right EWS-254 EWS-258
Then follow the below mentioned procedure to detail the clips:
* These holes required for 300 C only.
Clip is fabricated from 5mm bent plate.

Y = Z2 +1
B = 28 for 300C endwall post
B = 38 for 200C, hot rolled and built up endwall posts
B1 = B-5
A = 260 Y - 90
Rd = 90 + 300 Z
5.6 Page 36 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
• Internal column
Near side left clip (as shown)
Far side right clip (opposite hand)
* These holes required for 300 C only

F1 = Y (200 + D) - 260 Y + 7 Z
H = 80/Y + 30
*H1 = H + 100/Y
H2 = 30 + B1Z /Y + F1
H3 = H2 + 80
*H4 = H3 + 80
P1 = 30 + the highest value of (H4, H1, H, H3)
L1 = P1 Z
L2 = Y (35 + B1 )
L3 = L1 + L2
L4 = 35 Y - 30 Z + L1
L5 = L4 - 80 Z/Y
L6 = L5 - 100 Z/Y
L7 = 83Y + DZ + 25 - H2 Z + L3
L = L7 + 25
• Internal column
Near side right clip (as shown)
Far side left clip (opposite hand)
5.6 Page 37 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
H = 30 + 80/Y
*H1 = H + 100/Y
F1 = Y(200 + D) - (260 Y - 7Z)
H2 = 30 - B1Z /Y + F1 (H2 minimum is 25 mm)
H3 = H2 + 80
*H4 = H3 + 80
P1 = 30 + the highest value of (H, H1, H3, H4)
L1 = Y (Rd - 7) - DZ + H2 Z + 50
L2 = L1 - P1 Z
L3 = L2 + Y (B1 + 35)
L = L3 + P1 Z
L4 = L1 + B1 Y - 30Z
L5 = L4 - 80 Z/Y
L6 = L5 - 100 Z/Y
• Corner column
Near side left clip (as shown)
Far side right clip (opposite hand)
5.6 Page 38 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
F1 = 225 + 307 Z - Y (200 + D)

H = 30 + 70/Y
*H1 = H + 70/Y
H2 = 30 + B1Z /Y + F1
H3 = H2 + 80
*H4 = H3 + 80
L1 = P1 Z
L2 = Y (35 + B1 )
L3 = L2 + P1 Z
L4 = L1 + 35 Y - 30 Z
L5 = L4 - 70 Z/Y
L6 = L5 - 70 Z/Y
L7 = L3 - H2Z + 83Y + DZ + 25
L = L7 + 25
• Corner column for Mono Slope Building at High side

Near side right clip (as shown)
Far side left clip (opposite hand)**
** To be used for other endwall
5.6 Page 39 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL

H = 30 + 70/Y
*H1 = H + 70/Y
F1 = DY - 45 + 9Z
H2 = 30 + B1Z /Y - F1 (H2 minimum is 25 mm)
H3 = H2 + 80
*H4 = H3 + 80
L1 = Y (Rd - 7 ) - DZ + 50 + H2 Z
L2 = L1 - P1 Z
L3 = L2 + Y (B1 + 35)
L4 = L1 + B1 Y - 30 Z
L5 = L4 - 70Z/Y
L6 = L5 - 70Z/Y
L = L3 - P1 Z
4.7. Steel Fy ( as per Zamil Steel standard - unl. Ntd. ), type of paint ( normally Red Oxide )
and Hole diameter ( normally 14mm ) should be entered in the General Notes area of the
shop drawing.
4.8. Important : In the material list of the shop drawing enter each value in each box as a
separate text. Otherwise the Production Control system will not read the data from your
shop drawing. If the quantity is 1, enter ‘ONE’ in the QTY. column. Always calculate the
total weight and place the same in the total weight box of the material list table. The unit
weight and total weight for each row should always be filled in. Tally total weight with
Bill Of Material.
5.6 Page 40 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
5. Billing Out :
5.1. Refer to Section 4.5 ( Bill Of Materials ) of the Detailing Manual for billing procedure.
5.2. Part Marks : Part marks for endwall posts, endwall rafters if any, girts, panels, and for
other cold formed members are to be established by the detailer. The color code should
be used as per the available material and C.I.F requirements. Refer to Section 4.5 for
color codes.
5.3. Bill out the spanners with (4) package # HB-1235A for each spanner. Spanners and the
packages must be billed with roof framing members.
5.4. Posts And Rafters : Shop drawings are prepared for all endwall posts and rafters except
for cold formed single-C corner posts & cold formed straight rafters with pin connection
where you can use the NPD system at bill of material. Unique members should be
grouped and assigned same part marks. The following information is to be taken from
the shop drawing :
• Part Mark
• Unique Description
• Quantity
• Member Length
• Member Weight
5.5 In case of post & beam endwall with continuous connection bill out the required fasteners
for each post as per the following table according to the endwall post and rafter size and
location.
Rafters Type
Corner Intermediate & Ridge Valley
Double 200C*
Double 300C*
Double 200C*
Double 300C*
Double 200C*
Double 300C*
Hot rolled &
Hot rolled &
Hot rolled &

Post Type
Single 200C
Single 300C
Single 200C
Single 300C
Single 200C
Single 300C
Items to be billed
Built-up
Built-up
Built-up
out
Clip 05-0100 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Clip 06-0301 1 1 1 1
Single 200C Clip 06-0302 1 1 1 1
Package MB-1235A 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Package HB-1235A - - 1 2 7 8 7 8 6 6 7 8
Double 200C Package HB-1235A 1 2 7 8 7 8 4 6 5 8
Clip 05-0098 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Clip 06-0310 1 1 1 1
Single 300C Clip 06-0311 1 1 1 1
Package MB-1235A 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Package HB-1235A - - 1 2 7 8 7 8 6 6 7 8
Double 200C Package HB-1235A 1 2 7 8 7 8 6 6 7 8
Hot Rolled &
Package HB-1235A 1 2 5 8 5 8 8 4 6 5 8 6
Built-up
Note : Designer / detailer must check the size of bolts to suit requirements.
5.6 Page 41 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
5.6 In case of post & beam endwall with pinned connection bill out the rafter clips from the
detailed shop drawings. Then bill the fasteners for each post as per the following table
according to the endwall post and rafter size and location.
Rafters Type
Corner Intermediate & Ridge Valley
Double 200C*
Double 300C*
Double 200C*
Double 300C*
Double 200C*
Double 300C*
Hot rolled &
Hot rolled &
Hot rolled &

Post Type
Single 200C
Single 300C
Single 200C
Single 300C
Single 200C
Single 300C
Items to be billed
Built-up
Built-up
Built-up
out
Clip 05-0100 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Clip 06-0301 1 1 1 1
Single 200C Clip 06-0302 1 1 1 1
Package MB-1235A 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Package HB-1235A 2 2 4 4 10 10 13 13 10 10 13 13
Double 200C Package HB-1235A 2 2 4 4 10 10 13 13 10 10 13 13
Clip 05-0098 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Clip 06-0310 1 1 1 1
Single 300C Clip 06-0311 1 1 1 1
Package MB-1235A 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Package HB-1235A 2 2 4 4 10 10 13 13 10 10 13 13
Double 200C Package HB-1235A 2 2 4 4 10 10 13 13 10 10 13 13
Hot Rolled &
Package HB-1235A 2 2 4 4 2 8 8 11 11 8 8 8 11 11 8
Built-up
Note : Designer / detailer must check the size of bolts to suit requirements.
General Notes for point No. 5.5 & 5.6:
1. * Bill out two packages of MB-1235A for stitch the Double C rafters at every purlin
location.
2. The high strength bolts needed to fix the eave strut clip to corner column & rafter
should be billed out with eave strut clip at sidewall framing.
5.7 In case of rigid frame end wall bill out the endwall posts if any and the following
information to be taken from the shop drawing:
• Part mark
• Description
• Quantity
• Member length
• Member height
5.6 Page 42 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
And bill out the following:

In case of 200C Single Column: Qty.
05-0100 2
At interior & ridge 06-0301 1
At Valley 06-0302 1
Package MB-1235A 4
Package HB-1235A 6
In case of Double 200C Qty.
05-0100 2
Package MB-1235A 4
Package HB-1235A 2
In case of Hot Rolled & Built-up Post:
Bill out 2 packages of HB-1235A for each post.
5.8. Girts : Refer to Section 5.5 ( Purling, Girts and Eave Struts ) of the Detailing Manual for
details of endwall girts.
For By-pass Girts, girts shall be billed as per the lap and/or corner condition.
For Flush girts note the following:
Length of Girts:
End bay girts in mm ( for P&B endwall ) = Bay Spacing in mm - 300 - A
End bay girts in mm ( for RF endwall ) = Bay Spacing in mm - 200 - A
Interior bay girts in mm ( P&B or RF endwall ) = Bay Spacing in mm - A
Where A = 180 for column flange width less or equal to 180 mm
230 for columns flange width between 181 - 230 mm
260 for columns flange width between 231 - 260 mm
NPD : Provide G9 punching at 25mm from both ends of the girts to connect them to the
endwall posts ( NPD = 0025+G09 ).
Girt Clips : 2 numbers of standard girt clips are to be billed out per each endwall girt.
These clips are used to connect endwall girts with endwall posts. Refer to the following
table for selecting correct girt clips :
Condition Girt Clip Part Mark
Endwall post flange width is < 180mm 05-0104
Endwall post flange width is > 180mm < 230mm 05-0105
Endwall post flange width is > 231mm < 260mm 05-0137
Endwall post is single or Double 300C 05-0099
5.6 Page 43 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
For P&B endwall, bill out 1 number of girt clip 01-0403 per each exterior bay sidewall
girt. These clips are used to connect exterior sidewall girts with P&B endwall corner post.
Bill out one clip 05-0106 for each side wall girts for connecting wall sheetingRev.31at the
corner.
Fasteners:
• Bill out 7 numbers of package # MB-1235A per each girt at endwall exterior bays.
• Bill out 6 numbers of package # MB-1235A per each girt at endwall interior bays.
5.9 Base Angle: Standard Base angles (Part mark 06-0200 with 6000mm length or 06-0201
with 3000mm length) are available. If base angles are required, calculate the quantity
using the following formula:
Billing Quantity = Building Width in mm / Length of the base angle.
If the value has a fraction, round the value to the next higher whole number.
5.10 Gable Angle: Standard Gable Angles (Part mark 06-0200 with 6000mm length or 06-
0201 with 3000mm length) are available. Calculate the quantity using the following
formula:
Billing Quantity = Slope length to the building width in mm / Length of the gable angle.
Fasteners: The gable angle is fastened to the bottom flange of the purlin. Bill out 1
number of CS-5.5x25 fixing screw (01-0481-00) per each purlin and eave strut.
5.11 Sheeting Angle (06-0202): [For Buildings in High Wind Zone (Areas with Wind Speed
> 150km /hr) only]
Billing Quantity = Slope length to the building width in mm / Length of the angle.
Fasteners: Bill out 1 number of CS-5.5x25 fixing screw (01-0481-00) per each purlin
and eave strut.
5.12 Flange brace angles & Bolts for connecting flange braces (In case of by-pass
endwall) : Refer to Section 5.3 paragraph 3.8 for details.
5.13 Brace Rod / Cables (In case of By-pass endwall as required) : Refer to Section 5.4 for
details.
5.14 Stub Posts: When it is required, 200 C 2.0 is used as stub posts. Bill out stub posts as
required. (Note : Stub post fixed/ connected in Eave strut to the floor, Length is
calculated to match the NPD holes e.g. L = E.H. - 225 + 35 )
NPD: Provide G9 punching at 35mm from both ends for connecting the stub post to the
eave strut. Provide G9 punching at girt hole location dimensions for connecting endwall
girts with stub posts. If Stub post is connected to floor, add G9 punch at 75mm from base.
Clips: Bill out 1 number of 05-0107 Clip per each stub post for connecting to eave strut
& base clip 05-0111 in case of stub post fixed on floor.
5.6 Page 44 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
Fasteners:
a) Bill out 4 numbers of package # MB-1235A per stub post for eave strut connection +
2 numbers for connecting to the girt @ bottom if the stub post is not connected to
floor.
b) Billout 8 numbers of package # MB-1235A and 2 numbers of Expansion bolts
(01-0048) for base connection in case of stub post fixed on floor.
5.15 Sheeting: Refer to Section 5.8 (Roof and Wall Sheeting) of the Detailing Manual for
details on preparing Bill Of Materials for endwall sheeting elevations.
Flashing and Trims: Refer to Section 5.9 (Flashing and Trims) of the Detailing Manual
for details on preparing Bill Of Materials for Flashing and Trims.
Framed Openings: Refer to Section 5.15 (Framed Openings) of the Detailing Manual
for details on preparing Bill Of Materials for Framed Openings.
5.16 Sample of Endwall Framing bill of material
Following is the sample Bill Of Material for the P&B endwall framing:
PART [MTRS] [KGS] TOTAL
QTY DESCRIPTION
NUMBER LENGTH WEIGHT WEIGHT
01-0048-00 8 EXPANSION BOLT ASSY. W/NUT/WASH M12 X 100MM 0.000 0.13 1.04
01-0481-00 26 SCREW SELF-DRILL CS-5.5 X 25 (@ WALL) 0.025 0.01 0.26
01-0710-00 40 A-325M BOLT W/NUT HOT-DIP GALV M12 X 35MM 0.000 0.09 2.52
01-0750-00 40 F-436M ROUND HARD WASHER 12MM HOT-DIP GALV 0.000 0.01 0.28
01-0760-00 248 DIN933 BOLT FUL.THR.YELLOW CHROME M12 X 35MM 0.000 0.05 12.4
01-0770-00 280 DIN934 NUT HEX YELLOW CHROM M12 0.000 0.02 6.84
01-0761-00 32 DIN933 BOLT FIN NECK ELECTRO-GALVANIZED M12 X 35MM 0.000 0.06 2.16
05-0104-01 76 GIRT CLIP 0.124 0.87 60.9
05-0111-01 4 BASE CLIP 0.124 0.98 3.92
05-0117-01 4 JAMB CLIP 0.130 0.37 2.22
05-0403-01 10 GIRT CLIP 0.262 1.57 15.70
06-0200-02 8 BASE/GABLE ANGLE 6.000 8.12 64.96
41-3801-01 2 BUILT UP CORNER POST 1 (P&B) 9.681 191.44 382.88
41-3802-01 2 BUILTUP ENDWALL POST 1 (P&B) 10.103 199.59 399.18
41-3808-01 1 BUILT-UP INT BAY RAFTER 1 (LEFT) 6.004 91.95 91.95
41-3809-01 1 BUILT-UP INT BAY RAFTER 2 (LEFT) 6.004 91.95 91.95
41-3810-01 1 BUILT-UP INT BAY RAFTER 1 (RIGHT) 6.004 91.95 91.95
41-3811-01 1 BUILT-UP INT BAY RAFTER 2 (RIGHT) 6.004 91.95 91.95
41-3812-01 1 BUILT-UP END BAY RAFTER 1 (LEFT) 6.063 92.82 92.82
41-3813-01 1 BUILT-UP END BAY RAFTER 2 (RIGHT) 6.063 92.82 92.82
60-3801-03 1 200C20 FRAMED OPENING HEADER 0025+09 2.990 18.30 36.60
60-3802-03 1 200C20 FRAMED OPENING HEADER0025+G09 2.990 18.30 18.30
60-3803-03 2 3.910 23.93 47.86
0035-G09 0075-G09 2475-G09 3032-G09 3885-G09
60-3804-03 2 3.910 23.93 47.86
0035-G09 0075-G09 2475-G09 3032-G09 3885-G09
60-3806-03 4 200Z20 ENDWALL GIRT. ( STUB ) 0025+G09 1.320 7.14 28.56
60-3807-03 20 200Z20 ENDWALL GIRT 0025+G09 5.820 31.49 629.80
60-3808-03 2 200Z20 ENDWALL GIRT. ( STUB ) 0025+G09 1385+G09 5.820 31.49 62.98
60-3809-03 10 200Z20 ENDWALL GIRT 0025+G09 5.878 31.80 318.00
5.6 Page 45 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
Following is the sample Bill Of Material for the RF endwall framing:
PART [MTRS] [KGS] TOTAL

QTY DESCRIPTION
NUMBER LENGTH WEIGHT WEIGHT
01-0048-00 4 EXPANSION BOLT ASSY. W/NUT/WASH 12 X 100 MM 0.000 0.13 0.52
01-0780-00 24 DIN125 WASHER FLAT MILD ELECTRO GALV 16MM 24 0.000 0.01 0.24
01-0481-00 26 SCREW SELF-DRILL CS-5.5 X 25 (@ WALL) 26 0.025 0.025 0.01 0.26
01-0710-00 10 A-325M BOLT W/NUT M12X35MM HOT-DIP GALV 0.000 0.09 1.80
01-0750-00 10 F-436 ROUND HARD WASHER M12 HOT-DIP GALV 0.000 0.01 0.20
01-0760-00 228 DIN933 BOLT FUL.THR. YELLOW CHROM M12 X 35 MM 0.000 0.05 13.70
01-0761-00 12 DIN933 BOLT FIN NECK ELECTRO-GALVANIZED M12 X 35 MM 0.000 0.06 0.72
05-0104-01 72 GIRT CLIP 0.124 0.87 62.64
05-0111-01 2 BASE CLIP 0.124 0.98 1.96
06-0200-02 7 BASE/GABLE ANGLE 6.000 8.12 56.84
41-3803-01 2 BUILTUP ENDWALL POST 1 (R.F) 10.103 199.59 399.18
200C20 FRAMED OPENING JAMB 0035-G09 0075-G09 2475-G09 3619-
60-3805-03 2 3.910 23.93 47.86
G09 3624-G10 3750-G10 3755-G09 3885-G09
60-3806-03 2 200Z20 ENDWALL GIRT. ( STUB ) 0025+G09 1.320 7.14 14.28
60-3807-03 22 200Z20 ENDWALL GIRT 0025+G09 5.820 31.49 692.78
60-3808-03 1 200Z20 ENDWALL GIRT. 0025+G09 1385+G09 5.820 31.49 31.49
60-3810-03 10 200Z20 ENDWALL GIRT 0025+G09 5.978 32.34 323.4
99-8019-00* 1 1000 MM WIDE x 1000MM HIGH, ZAMIL STEEL STD HALF SLIDING 0.000 30.00 30.00
99-8021-00* 1 1000 MM WIDE x 1000MM HIGH, ALUM.ADJUSTABLE LOUVER 0.000 13.00 13.00
* In cases where special buy-out are required these items shall be billed under SBO Phase.
5.6 Page 46 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
Roof Transitions :
6. Description :
6.1 The condition where a lower building is attached to a higher building at the endwalls,
resulting in one building with different eave heights at each end is called a Roof
Transition. Refer to the following sketch :
6.2 When the endwall is a Post and Beam type, false rafters are attached to the endwall
posts, ‘Z’ purlins for low roof are placed over the false rafters and posts are connected to
these purlins using spanners as shown in the following sketch :
5.6 Page 47 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
6.3 When the endwall is a Rigid Frame type, stub posts are hung from the endwall rafters,
false rafters are attached to these stub posts, ‘Z’ purlins for low roof are placed over the
false rafters and stub posts are connected to these purlins using spanners as shown in the
following sketch :
7. Availability :
7.1. 200 C 2.0 ( single and double ), 200 C 2.5 ( single and double ), 300 C 2.0 ( single and
double ), hot rolled ‘H’ sections and built-up sections of any depth can be used as false
rafters. Stub posts for the Rigid Frame at end can be the same as mentioned above..
7.2. 200 C 2.0 can be used as spanners for connecting endwall posts and purlins ( at the lower
roof ) and its minimum length shall be 400mm.
8. Erection Drawings for Roof Transition:
8.1. Erection drawing for the endwall at transition line is prepared similar to the regular
endwall. Additional details should be inserted from the E Drive based on the condition
described in the following table:
For Normal For High*
Conditions at Corner
Wind Zone Wind Zone
P&B endwall with built-up posts & cold formed rafters EWE-201 EWE-205
P&B endwall with built-up posts and rafters EWE-202 EWE-206
RF endwall with built-up stub posts and cold formed rafters EWE-203 EWE-207
RF endwall with built-up stub posts and rafters EWE-204 EWE-208
Note : * Areas with Wind speed > 150 km/hr are considered as High Wind Zone
5.6 Page 48 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
9. Shop Drawings for Roof Transition :
9.1 Shop drawings are required for all endwall members and also for false rafters, stub posts,
and spanners.
9.2 False rafters are treated like endwall rafters and refer to Point No.4.3 in this section for
full details.
9.3. Stub posts are treated like endwall posts and refer to Point No.4.2 in this section for full
details.
9.4 Spanners required for connecting lower roof purlins with endwall posts or stub posts are
treated like spanners used to connect endwall posts with higher roof purlins. For full
details refer to Point No.4.5 in this section. Spanner shop details are released along with
shop drawings for the lower roof framing members.
9.5 In the case of a transition wall with Post and Beam at end, additional holes are to be
shown for connecting false rafters and lower side spanners.
9.6 In the case of a transition wall with Rigid Frame at end, additional holes are to be shown
for connecting stub posts with endwall rafters.
10. Billing Out for Roof Transition:
10.1 Bill of material for endwall with roof transition is to be prepared as in the case of a
regular endwall and refer to Point No.5.0 in this section for full details.
10.2 Part Marks : Part marks for the roof transition false rafters and stub posts if any are to
be established by the detailer. Refer to the following category codes applicable for roof
transition members :
Description Category
Code
Hot rolled false rafters and stub posts 38
Built-up stub posts and false rafters up to 3000mm long 39
Built-up stub posts and false rafters 3000mm and more 41
Cold formed posts and rafters with welded parts or special
operation (e.g. special slot, notching or non-standard 62
holes) and with part sketch.
Cold formed parts 60
10.3 Spanners are to be billed along with lower roof framing members.
5.6 Page 49 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
10.4 Shop drawings are always prepared for stub posts and false rafters. Unique members
should be grouped and assigned same part marks. The following information is to be
taken from the shop drawing :
• Part Mark
• Unique Description
• Quantity
• Member Length
• Member Weight
10.5 Gable Angle : Standard Gable Angles ( Part mark 06-0200 with 6000mm length or
06-0201 with 3000mm length) are available. Calculate the quantity using the following
formula :
Billing Quantity = Building Width in mm / Length of gable angle.

Fasteners : The gable angle is fastened to the top flange of the lower roof purlins. Bill
out 1 number of fixing screw CS-5.5x25 (01-0481-00) for each lower roof purlin.
10.6 Transition Roof Flashing : Standard Transition Roof Flashing ( Part mark 03-0363 ) are
available in lengths of 3050mm. Calculate the quantity using the following formula :
Billing Quantity = Building Width in mm / 3000

Fasteners : The transition roof flashing is fastened to the roof panel of the lower roof.
Bill out 1 number of stitch screw CS-4.8x16 (01-0470-00) or SS-4.8x20 (01-0454-00) at
every 300mm of the building width.
5.6 Page 50 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
Section 5.7 : Sundry Parts
Sundry parts consist of two categories:
A) Miscellaneous Items
B) Standard Buyouts
A) Miscellaneous Items
1. Description :
1.1 Miscellaneous items are sundry parts that are manufactured in Zamil Steel such as clips,
flange braces, sag rods, brackets, stiffeners, end plates, pre-galvanized grating, chequered
plates, etc. that are required to complete a building. Most of the sundry parts are acting as
connecting members between secondary members and primary members. Most of sundry
parts are standard parts. Refer to section 4.5 for details on standard parts and their
categories. ( Note : Some items may be under standard buyouts as per factory’s inventory.)
1.2 The name and shape of the sundry parts are defined based on the location where they are
being used. For example, Eave strut clip is used to connect eave strut to the main frame,
base clip is used to anchor the post to the floor.
1.3 Most of the clips are bent plates, fabricated by bending steel plates after punching needed
holes. Some clips are fabricated by welding plate members, a typical example is ‘T’ clip.
Clips are grouped under category “05” for part marking. Refer to the following example for
some typical clips.
1.4 Plates are simple plane members with different shapes that can be punched with holes at
positions. Refer to the following example for some typical plates.
5.7 Page 1 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
1.5 Some clips are made from hot rolled angles. These clips are grouped under “06” category for
part marking. Angle bracing are fabricated from hot rolled angles and grouped under “06”
category for part marking. Refer to the following example for typical hot rolled clips.
1.6 Brackets are small built-up members fabricated by welding plates of different size & punch
patterns to suit the users requirement. Refer to the following example for typical brackets.
2. Availability :
2.1 For the available standard clips, plates and brackets refer to the Item Master section 5.1 under
category “05” , “06” , “15” and “39”.
2.2 For details & shop drawings of all standard (miscellaneous) item, refer to “Stdparts” directory
on the “Edrive” (“E:\Stdparts”).
5.7 Page 2 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
Usually, the main erection details that are inserted in standard erection drawings already show
the relevant part mark for sundry (miscellaneous) items. Please double check that all the
sundry (miscellaneous) items have the correct part mark as per the details.
4. Shop Drawings :
4.1 Shop drawings are not required for all standard items. Shop drawings for those items are
already with operations and production control.
4.2 Shop drawings should be prepared for any non-standard sundry parts (or miscellaneous
items). Refer to section 4.4 for details on how to make shop drawings. The following
template help you in making shop details for non-standard parts.
Application Description Category Template

Bracing System Angle Brace (not coped) 06 BRS-001
Angle Brace (not coped) 06 BRS-002
Angle Brace ( coped ) 06 BRS-003
Angle Brace ( coped ) 06 BRS-004
Connection Plate 15 BRS-005
Special Flange Brace 07 BRS-006
Sag rod clip 05 BRS-007
Crane Beam system Angle Brace 06 CRS-022
Diagonal Support 06 CRS-023
Horizontal Support 06 CRS-024
Packing Plate 15 CRS-025
End Wall System Valley Column Clip 05 EWS-146
Fascia Corner Post 06 FAS-001
Bracket 06 FAS-003
Portal Frame Kicker angle 06 PFS-005
T-clip 05 PFS-006
Ridge vent Framed opening F.O member clip 05 RVS-004
Skewed Wall Girt Clip 05 SKS-001
Eave Strut Clip 05 SKS-002
Connection Plate 15 SKS-004
Purlin Clip 05 SKS-005
Purlin Clip 05 SKS-006
Bend plate 05 SKS-007
Girt Clip 05 SKS-008
5.7 Page 3 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
4.3 Hole sizes, dimension for hole to hole distance (pitch distance ‘p’), dimension for edge to
hole center ( edge distance ‘c’ ) are to be ensured for minimum requirement given in the
following tables.
a. Hole and slot size for bolts and anchor bolts shown below.
Bolt /Anchor bolt / Hole size for Slot sizes for

Cable & Rod dia Bolt Anchor bolt Rod & Cable
M12 14 N/A N/A
M16 18 22 N/A
M20 22 26 N/A
M24 26 30 26 X 60
M27 29 N/A N/A
M30 32 36 N/A
M36 N/A 42 N/A
b. Hole edge distance ‘c’ for bolts are shown below.
Bolt size Usual edge distance (mm ) Min. edge distance (mm)
Sheared edge Rolled edge Sheared edge Rolled edge
M12 25 20 22 18
M16 30 25 29 24
M20 35 30 32 28
M24 45 40 43 36
M27 50 45 49 41
M30 55 45 54 45
Over M30 - - 1.75 X hole dia 1.25 X hole dia
* above given edge distances are not applicable for anchor bolts.
c. Minimum hole to hole distance ( pitch distance ‘p’) should be 2 times the hole diameter .
4.4 Stretch out diagram should be provided for bent plates. In the stretch out diagram, all
dimensions should be running dimensions referring to the same corner for both the horizontal
& vertical directions. Refer to the following example.
5.7 Page 4 Rev. 25

DETAILING MANUAL
Calculation:
T = Plate thickness
A = L B = Y + H - 2T
A1 = L1 B1 = Y3
A2 = L1 + L2 B2 = Y3 + Y2
B3 = Y - T
B4 = Y + H1 - 2T
4.5 As far as possible, provide all edges as straight , so that fabrication will be much easier. Refer
to the example.
In the above example, two possible stretch out details are shown. The first one is the actual
stretch out required to obtain the skewed clip and having less weight, but very complex for
fabrication, it is not recommended to use. The second method is easier to fabricate as it has all
its sides straight, thus it is recommended to use this method to detail the skewed clips.
5.7 Page 5 Rev. 16

DETAILING MANUAL
5. Billing Out :
5.1 To bill out a standard part, select the standard part mark of that item from the item master and
add it to the BOM with the required quantity. Other information such as description, length,
weight, etc. will be read automatically from the item master.
5.2 To bill out a special part which is fully detailed manually, the user should provide all the
information such as part mark, description, quantity, length and weight manually to the BOM.
Example: Following is the Bill Of Material for the standard and non-standard sundry part.
Unit Total
Part mark D E S C R I P T I O N Qty Length Wt. Wt.
05-0104-01 GIRT CLIP 6.0 0.124 0.89 5.34

05-0111-01 BASE CLIP [RED OXIDE] 2.0 0.124 0.82 1.64
05-0117-01 HEADER CLIP [RED OXIDE ] 6.0 0.130 0.37 2.22
05-1201-01 F.O MEMBER CLIP 3.0 0.160 0.41 1.23
15-1201-01 CONNECTING PLATE 2.0 0.240 0.31 0.62
5.7 Page 6 Rev.16

DETAILING MANUAL
B) Standard Buyouts
Standard buyouts are items that form a part of the basic Zamil Steel buildings but are not
manufactured by Zamil Steel. These include anchor bolts, primary connection bolts, secondary
connection bolts, sheeting fasteners, pop rivets, foam closures, bead mastics, flowable mastics,
double face (insulation) tape, packing tape, and stapler with staples.
1. Anchor Bolt
DIMENSIONAL PROPERTIES
BOLT Weight A B C D Radius Total Embedde
Anchor Bolt Extra** Extra**
“R” Straight d Straight
Nominal Thread Assembly Washer Nut
Length Length
Diameter Pitch Part Mark Part Mark Part Mark
(Kg) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
M16 2.00 0.80 400 90 80 100 24 436 511 20-0110-00 01-0780-00 01-0771-00
M20 2.50 1.56 500 110 100 125 30 561 636 20-0111-00 01-0781-00 01-0772-00
M24 3.00 2.73 600 140 128 125 40 700 775 20-0112-00 01-0782-00 01-0773-00
M30 3.50 6.15 900 170 160 150 50 1039 1114 20-0113-00 01-0783-00 01-0774-00
M36 4.00 10.04 1000 210 192 200 60 1138 1263 20-0114-00 01-0784-00 01-0775-00
Notes:
1. Anchor bolt material specification conforms to JIS-G3101 SS400 or equivalent.

2. All bolts are hot dip galvanized (threads are spray on coated).
3. ** Extra nuts & washers are only required in case of fixed base. (Note: No additional nuts below
base plate are required for anchor bolts with Pinned Based cases with grout.)
Rev. 34
5.7 Page 7
DETAILING MANUAL
2. High Strength Bolt
DIMENSIONAL PROPERTIES (All figures are in

mm. unless noted)
Notes:
1. All bolts are high strength bolts and hot dip
galvanized.
2. Usage: For primary frame connections.
BOLT E F G H R Available Bolt Length “L” &

Code Design-
Nom. Thread Body Dia-meter Width across Flats Width across Corners Height Radius of Fillet Thread Length “LT”
ation.
Dia. Pitch Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. L LT L LT
M12 1.75 12.00 11.73 19.00 18.67 - 21.10 7.68 7.32 - 0.23 35 FULL 55 FULL DIN 933 CL.8.8
M16 2.00 16.70 15.30 27.00 26.16 31.18 29.56 10.75 9.25 - 0.53 50 FULL 70 FULL ASTM A325M
Grip Length
Grip Length = Bolt Length – (3 x Pitch)

– Washer Thickness – Nut Thickness
Bolt Size Pitch Bolt Length Grip Length Part Number *

35 00 - 15 01-0710-00
M12 1.75
55 16 - 35 01-0711-00
50 00 - 22 01-0712-00
M16 2.00
70 23 - 42 01-0713-00
60 00 - 27 01-0714-00
M20 2.50
80 28 - 47 01-0715-00
70 00 - 32 01-0716-00
M24 3.00
90 33 - 52 01-0717-00
90 00 - 48 01-0718-00
M27 3.00
110 49 - 68 01-0719-00
100 00 - 54 01-0720-00
M30 3.50
120 55 - 74 01-0721-00
Note:
* Part Number is for bolt and nut only. For washer part number please refer to Section 5.7 Page 9.
5.7 Page 8 Rev. 16

DETAILING MANUAL
4. Nuts and Washers:
a) Nuts & Washers for High Strength Bolts *
Hexagonal Nut Washer

Nut Size Nut Dimensions Part Number Washer for Washer Dimensions Part Number
F G H Nominal A B T
Nom. Thread Width across Width across Thickness Thread Size Inside Diameter Outside Diameter Thickness
Dia Pitch Flats Corners
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min.
M12 1.75 19.00 18.67 - 21.10 10.00 9.64 01-0740-00 M12 14.40 14.00 27.00 25.70 4.60 3.10 01-0750-00
M16 2.00 27.00 26.16 31.18 29.56 17.10 16.40 01-0741-00 M16 18.40 18.00 34.00 32.40 4.60 3.10 01-0751-00
M20 2.50 34.00 33.00 39.26 37.29 20.70 19.40 01-0742-00 M20 22.50 22.00 42.00 40.40 4.60 3.10 01-0752-00
M24 3.00 41.00 40.00 47.34 45.20 24.20 22.90 01-0743-00 M24 26.50 26.00 50.00 48.40 4.60 3.40 01-0753-00
M27 3.00 46.00 45.00 53.12 50.85 27.60 26.30 01-0744-00 M27 30.50 30.00 56.00 54.10 4.60 3.40 01-0754-00
M30 3.50 50.00 49.00 57.74 55.37 30.70 29.10 01-0745-00 M30 33.60 33.00 60.00 58.10 4.60 3.40 01-0755-00
Code Designation : Din 934 Class 8 (for M12) Code Designation : ASTM F436M
ASTM A563M (for others sizes)
* All Nuts & Washers for High Strength Bolts are Hot Dip Galvanized
b) Nuts & Washers for Mild Steel Bolts **
Hexagonal Nut Washer

Nut Size Nut Dimensions Part Number Washer for Washer Dimensions Part Number
F G H Nominal A B T
Nom. Thread Width Flats
Width across Thickness Thread Size Inside Diameter Outside Diameter Thickness
Dia Pitch Corners
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min.
M12 1.75 19.00 18.67 - 21.10 10.00 9.64 01-0770-00 M12 13.27 13.00 24.00 23.48 2.70 2.30 01-0786-00
Code Designation : Din 934 Class 5 Code Designation : Din 125 Type A
** Nuts are Electro Galvanized with Yellow Chromate coating & Washers are Plain Electro Galvanized.
5.7 Page 9 Rev. 16

DETAILING MANUAL
4. Mild Steel Bolts

Note :
1. Mild steel bolts are electro galvanized

with Yellow Chromate coating.
2. Usage: For Purlin and Girt
connections, mezzanine joist to beam
connections.
3. For nut refer to Section 5.7 Page 9.
Mild Steel Bolt

E F G H R LT L TENSION
Body Diameter Width across Width across Height Radius of Fillet Thread Bolt Length
Bolt
Flats Corners Length Part Number
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Nom. Dia. Thread Pitch Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. (kN)
M12 1.75 12.00 - 19.01 18.67 - 21.10 7.65 7.32 - 0.60 Full 35 17.3 01-0760-00
Code Designation : Din 933 Class 4.6
5. Counter Sunk, Fin Neck & Stove Bolts
COUNTER SUNK BOLT FIN NECK BOLT

Note :
BOLT L LT Part Number 1. Material and quality conforms to mild steel bolt specifications.
Description Nominal Thread Bolt Length Thread Length 2. Usage:
Diameter Pitch (mm) (mm) a) Counter Sunk Bolt - For Single and Double Sliding Doors.
Counter Sunk M12 1.75 25 Full 01-0762-00 b) Fin Neck Bolt - For Framed Openings, Mezzanine’s
Fin Neck M12 1.75 35 Full 01-0761-00 Checkered Plates and Fascias.
3. For Nuts and Washers’ part mark refer to Nuts and Washers for
Mild Steel bolts on 5.7 Page 9. (Washer is optional)
Note:
1. Material and quality conforms to mild steel
bolt specifications.
4. Usage:
For Valley Gutters and Ridge Ventilators.
5. Nut part mark = 01-0776-00 and
Washer part mark = 01-0785-00.
STOVE BOLT
D A H J T L LT
Head Diameter Head Height Slot Width Slot Depth Bolt Thread Part Number
Bolt
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Length Length
Nom. Dia. Thread Pitch Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. (mm) (mm)
M6 1.00 10.50 9.80 4.20 3.80 1.90 1.60 2.76 2.18 16 Full 01-0763-00
5.7 Page 10 Rev. 16

DETAILING MANUAL
Section 5.8 : Roof & Wall Sheeting
Roof Sheeting
1. Description
1.1 Corrugated panels are metal skins used on Roof and Wall of a Pre Engineered Building.
1.2 The panels used for the inclined flat surface of roof are called Roof Panels or Roof
Sheeting. Zamil Steel offers two types of roof panels. These are Single Skin Panels and
the Standing Seam Panels. The main differences between the two are fastener fixing
and side lap installation. Standing seam panels are also called "Maxseam" panels and are
fixed to the roof's secondary members by special attachments using standard fixing
screws while single skin panels are fastened directly. The side lap for Maxseam panels
are lapped by seaming using a "Superseamer" machine while the single skin panels side
lap are stitched using stitch screws at 500 mm. on center.
1.3 Roof panels are corrugated panels with different shape of corrugation and are supplied in
bare or pre-painted with different standard colors.
1.4 Corrugation provides stiffness along the length of the panel, and gives better appearance
to the building in combination with its color.
1.5 Based on the corrugation, panels are identified as different types as shown below.
a) Single Skin Panels:
5.8 Page 1 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
b) Maxseam Panels:
5.8 Page 2 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
Note: For panel profile drawings refer to E:\Stdparts\type-s-p.dwg, type-t-p.dwg etc.
1.6. In addition to the above single skin & maxseam type panels, composite panels called
Tempcon panels are also used for roof sheeting. There are two types of Tempcon panels
used at roof, namely TCSP panel (Tempcon “S” panel) and TCMP panel (Tempcon
modified panel). Tempcon panel is manufactured by injecting insulating polyurethane
foam between two pre-painted metal skins. The Exterior skin of TCSP panel is Type-S
panel with available color and the Interior skin is always Type-T panel with Frost-white
color. For TCMP panel, exterior skin or “overlay” panel (Type-S or MaxSeam panel) will
be laid at site, only interior skin will be bonded with polyurethane in factory. Tempcon
panels for roof are shown below.
5.8 Page 3 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
1.7 Skylight is a transparent acrylic sheet with profile to match with standard profile of roof
sheeting. Skylight is used in distributed arrangement at the roof to allow the daylight
inside the building.
1.8 a) Single Skin Roof panels are fastened to the purlins using self-drilling screws. At the
end lap of roof panel Bead Mastic (01-0093) is used which acts as a sealant to prevent
leakage of rainwater through the roof. For jobs in Europe Bead Mastic will be used at
panel side laps also. (Note: Other countries, e.g. South East Asian countries, with
heavy rainfalls shall also be considered to use Bead Mastic at panel side laps as
required.)
b) Maxseam roof panels are fastened to "floating" eave plates at the eave. This eave plate
is in turn fixed to the eave strut. They are said to be "floating" due the fact that it can
accommodate the thermal expansion movement parallel to the endwall because of the
slotted holes in the eave plate. There are two types of eave plates used:
• Low Eave Plate (06-0752) which is used when there is no insulation at roof or the
insulation is 50 mm thick (density up to 24 kg/m3) up to 75 mm thick (density up to
12 kg/m3).
• High Eave Plate (06-0753) which is used when the insulation is 75 mm thick
(density up to 24 kg/m3) and up to 150 mm (density up to 24 kg/m3).
Double Bead Mastic (01-0092) is used for sealing at eave and at endlap.
When fastened to the purlins, it uses an “articulating” clip (artifloat clip) that
accommodates the irregular slope of the purlin's flanges and thermal expansion
transverse to building length. There are two types of articulating clips used:
• Low Articulating Clip (01-0016) which is used when there is no insulation at roof
or the insulation is 50 mm thick (density up to 24 kg/m3) up to 75 mm thick
(density up to 16 kg/m3).
• High Articulating Clip (01-0017) which is used when the insulation is 75 mm
thick (density up to 24 kg/m3) and up to 150 mm (density up to 24 kg/m3).
5.8 Page 4 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
1.9 a) Inside or outside foam closures are soft cross-linked Polyethylene foam with profile to
match with standard profile of roof panels from inside or outside respectively. These
foam closures provide dust protection and are used in single skin panels & tempcon
panels.
b) Maxseam Panel uses inside or outside metal closures that are die formed to match its
profile. These metal closures provide water leakage and dust protection at eave and
ridge of the roof.
2. Availability
2.1 Panels can be manufactured up to the length of 12000mm, but maximum length is
restricted in accordance with transport and erection feasibility. The recommended
maximum length of the roof panel is 10000 mm.
2.2 Panels with different types and colors are available according to raw material availability
of different coil width and thickness. (For availability of panel type per factory, refer
to Chapter 8.0 “Inventory Limitations”)
Coil width Panel Panel Panel Covering

(in mm) Material Thick Weight type Width
(in mm) (kg/m) (in mm)
Steel 0.5 3.95
(XRW / XPD) 0.7 5.75 Type-A 900
1145 Type-R 1000
0.5 1.59
Aluminum Type-C 1065
0.7 2.22
Steel * 0.5 4.21
(XRW / XPD)
(XMA) 0.7 6.12 Type-S
1219 1000
0.5 1.69 Type-L
Aluminum
0.7 2.37
Steel 0.5 3.68
(XRW) 0.7 5.35
1067 Type-T 1000
0.5 1.48
Aluminum
0.7 2.07
Steel
0.7 3.82
760 (XRW / XPD) Maxseam 609
Aluminum 0.7 1.48 24
Steel
0.7 3.05
Steel
0.7 2.29
* Type-S panels will be available in XRW and XPD finishes and Type-L in XMA finish
Only
5.8 Page 5 Rev. 34
DETAILING MANUAL
Notes:
• XRW is an abbreviation for eXterior Roofing and Walling. XRW panels are
the standard Zamil Steel Panels.
(All XRW Panels are available in all Zamil Steel Standard colors.)
• XPD is an abbreviation for eXterior Premium Durability. Also known as PVF2
or KYNAR 500.
(Standard Color for XPD Panels is Frost White only.)
• XMA is an abbreviation for eXterior Mild Atmosphere.
(XMA panels are available in Snow White color only.)
• Standard Colors for Aluminum Panels are Plain Aluminum & Frost White
only.
• Type-C panels are not used as single skin roof panels. It is used for accessories
like Ridge vent top plate/wind band, sliding door liner panels and as backup
panels for fascia.
2.3 Refer to the following table for Standard Zamil Steel Colors for Sheeting.
Code Color
00 Plain Aluminum
03 Zinc Alum
04 Shasta Blue
05 Frost White
06 Desert Gold
07 Cactus Green
11 Arabian Beige
12 Terra Cotta
For availability of color/s per factory, refer to Chapter 8.0 “Inventory Limitations”
2.4 Tempcon panels are available with different foam thickness. Standard for Inner skin is
Type-T 0.5mm thick XRW (Steel) with Frost-white color. The available Tempcon
panels for roof are listed below.
5.8 Page 6 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
Tempcon Outer Skin

Outer Skin Unit weight Covering
Type Material
thickness (Kg/m) width
(thickness) (Steel)
0.5 mm 9.82
TCSP 75 XRW/XPD
0.7 mm 11.73
0.5 mm 10.22
TCSP 85 XRW/XPD
0.7 mm 12.13
0.5 mm 10.82
TCSP 100 XRW/XPD 1000
0.7 mm 12.73
TCMP 60 Refer to Outer skin 6.04
Note: TCMP weights do not include the weight of the overlay panels (Type-S or
Maxseam ), which are billed out separately.
2.5 a) Skylight, inside and outside closures are available to match with different Single Skin
and Tempcon panels.
Panel Skylight Inside foam Outside foam Closure

type Partmark Closure Partmark Partmark
Type-A 01-0631-00 01-0014-00 01-0015-00
Type-R 01-0635-00 01-0613-00 01-0612-00
Type-S 01-0636-00 01-0605-00 01-0606-00
TCSP 01-0636-00 01-0009-00 01-0606-00
TCMP Refer to outer skin type 01-0009-00 Refer to outer skin type
b) Skylights, Inside and outside metal closures, cinch straps and back-up plates are
available to match with different Maxseam panels:
Stiff. Plate
Inside Metal Outside Metal Cinch Back-up
Skylight @ mid-
Panel Type Closure Closure Strap Plate
Part Mark purlin
Part Mark Part Mark Part Mark Part Mark
Partmark
Maxseam 24 01-0028-00 01-0018-00 01-0025-00 01-0022-00 01-0019-00 06-0758
Maxseam 18 01-0029-00 01-0018-00 01-0026-00 01-0023-00 01-0020-00 06-0759
Maxseam 12 - 01-0018-00 01-0027-00 01-0024-00 01-0021-00 06-0760
5.8 Page 7 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
3. Erection Drawings
3.1 A Typical roof sheeting plan is shown below.
5.8 Page 8 Rev. 25

DETAILING MANUAL
3.2 Select the relevant details from the following table and add to the roof sheeting plan:
Single Skin and Tempcon panels:
Sheeting Detail @
Roof Panel
Panel Panel Layout detail End lap Ridge
Panel
With With Module Installation with without
type For High
standard Curved Detail detail For Normal skylights ventilator
Eave Eave Wind
Wind Zone
Zone *
SHE-005 SHE-233
Type-A SHE-090 SHE-001 - -
SHE-023 SHE-234 SHE-007
TSE-001 or
Type-R SHE-031 SHE-237 SHE-092 SHE-025 - - SHE-027
Type-S SHE-058 SHE-238 SHE-093 SHE-056 SHE-098 SHE-052
TCSP TCE-081 TCE-085 TCE-058 - TCE-201 TCE-123 TSE-008 TCE-061

TCE-051 TCE-057
TCMP TCE-064 - TCE-202 TCE-124 TSE-009 TCE-067
** **
* Areas with Wind Speed > 150 Km/hr, are considered as High Wind Zone
** With type-S overlay panel.
Maxseam panels:
Ridge without
Sheeting Panel End lap ventilator
Panel End lap
Panel Type Detail @ Installa-tion with
Module Detail 400mm 600mm
Roof Detail skylights
Purlin Purlin
Distance Distance
SHE-113
Maxseam w/ SHE-140 (For SHE-110 SHE-126 TSE-013 SHE-127 SHE-141
Insulation Maxseam 24)
SHE-114
(For
Maxseam Maxseam 18)
SHE-112 SHE-115
w/o SHE-110 SHE-101 TSE-012 SHE-102 SHE-118
Insulation (For
Maxseam 12)
TCMP
With
- - SHE-110 TCE-151 - TCE-152 TCE-186
Maxseam
Overlay
Notes:
• For buildings with ridge ventilator refer to Section 5.25 for relevant details to be inserted.
• Fasteners schedule table shall be inserted as per paragraph 6.13 of wall sheeting.
5.8 Page 9 Rev. 22
DETAILING MANUAL
Typical roof sheeting detail for single skin panels
Typical roof sheeting detail for Maxseam panels
3.3. Roof sheeting plan should show the location of panel end laps. The panel end laps
should be located at the purlin lines.
3.4. The panel should be continuous for minimum two purlin spacings. For maximum length
of panels Refer to paragraph 2.1 of this section.
3.5. The panels shall not be continuous over the ridge. Use standard Ridge panel according
to the panel type, roof slope and ridge purlin distance as shown below:
5.8 Page 10 Rev. 28
DETAILING MANUAL
Panel Part Mark

Panel Panel 400 mm ridge purlin 600 mm ridge purlin
Roof Slope
Type thickness distance distance
Egypt/Vietnam Saudi Egypt/Vietnam Saudi
> 0.5/10 0.5 46-0608 46-0628
1/10 0.7 46-0609 46-0629
Type-A
0.5 46-0610 46-0630
0.5/10
0.7 46-0611 46-0631
> 0.5/10 0.5 46-0600 46-0764 46-0620 46-0772
1/10 0.7 46-0601 46-0765 46-0621 46-0773
Type-S
0.5 46-0602 46-0766 46-0622 46-0774
0.5/10
0.7 46-0603 46-0767 46-0623 46-0775
> 0.5/10 0.5 46-0612 46-0768 46-0632 46-0776
1/10 0.7 46-0613 46-0769 46-0633 46-0777
Type-R
0.5 46-0614 46-0770 46-0634 46-0778
0.5/10
0.7 46-0615 46-0771 46-0635 46-0779
> Symbol indicates Greater than and indicates Less than or equal to.
3.6. For any cases not listed in the table in paragraph 3.5, non-standard Ridge Panels shall be
billed out with part sketch.
For Maxseam panels, it shall not be continuous at the ridge, use inside trim (03-0366) to
cover the ridge as shown on the following detail.
5.8 Page 11 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
3.7. For TCSP panels outside trim (03-0373) and inside trim (03-0390) shall be used to
cover the ridge. Refer to outer skin type (conventional and Maxseam panels) to bill-out
Peak Panel for TCMP Panels and inside trim (03-0390) shall be used to cover the inner
side of TCMP panels.
3.8. At Eave, ends of tempcon panels shall be closed with trims to cover the foams. Refer to
the details below for the various conditions.
5.8 Page 12 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
3.9. Ridge ventilator locations should be shown in the roof-sheeting plan. Refer to the typical
sheeting plan in paragraph 3.1
3.10. Skylight location should be shown in the roof sheeting plan. Skylights are preferably to
start or end at panel end laps. Refer to the typical sheeting plan in paragraph 3.1.
3.11. Number of panel rows, lap distance of last panel (if any) and distance from steel line to
start/end of sheeting should be calculated and shown in the roof sheeting plan. To
calculate these values, follow the steps mentioned below:
5.8 Page 13 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
A) For Single Skin panels:
Calculate the number of full panel rows based on the geometrical dimensions of the
panel, as listed below:
Panel type Panel Covering width Panel Module width

‘Pw’ ‘Mw’
Type-A 900 300
Type-R 1000 333
Type-S 1000 250
No. of rows; (N) = Lb / Pw , Where Lb = Building Length

(Take only the integer part of the answer).
The remaining length; Lr = Lb – (N x Pw)

Case.1 : If the remaining length is less than Mw,
No. of Panel rows (Nr) = N
The start/end of sheeting from steel line
or Sheeting gap (G) = Lr / 2
Case.2 : If the remaining length is greater than or equal to Mw,
No. of Panel rows (Nr) = N+1
To calculate the lap required at last panel & Sheeting gap, follow the steps below:
The length can be covered by Nr panel rows (Lc) = Nr x Pw

The length projecting outside the steel line (Lp) = Lc – Lb
No of modules to be lapped (Nm) = Lp / Mw
(Round the answer to the
next whole number)
The lap at the last panel (Ll) = Nm x Mw
The remaining uncovered length after lapping (Lg) = Ll – Lp

or Sheeting gap (G) = Lg / 2
Example 1:
Building length (Lb) = 50200mm
N = 50200 / 1000 = 50.20 = 50
Lr = 50200 – (50x1000) = 200

Lr is less than Mw, so
5.8 Page 14 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
No. of Panel rows Nr = 50
Start/end of sheeting G = 200/2 = 100mm from steel line
Example 2:
N = 75600 / 1000 = 75.60 = 75
Remaining leng1th Lr = 75600 – (75x1000) = 600.
Lr is greater than Mw, so
No. of panel rows Nr = 75+1 = 76
Covering Length Lc = 76 x 1000 = 76000

Projection outside Lp = 76000 – 75600 = 400
No of modules lapped Nm = 400 / 250 = 1.60 = 2
Lap at last panel Ll = 2 x 250 = 500
Remaining uncovered length Lg = 500-400 = 100
Start/end of sheeting G = 100/2 = 50mm from steel line
B) For Maxseam Panels:
Calculate the number of full panel rows based on the geometrical dimensions of the
panel, as listed below:
Panel type Panel Covering width ‘Pw’

or
Panel Module width ‘Mw’
Maxseam-24 609.60
Maxseam-18 457.20
Maxseam-12 304.80
General Equation:
No. of rows; N = Lb / Pw , Where Lb = Building Length and Pw = 609.60

♣♣♣ N = Lb / 609.60
(Take only the integer part of the answer).
The remaining length; Lr = Lb – (N x 609.60)
The following are the symbols denoting one row for each type of Maxseam panels:
5.8 Page 15 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
N24 is one row for Maxseam-24 panel
Note: When calculating for the number of Maxseam roof panels, the start of the
panel is the standard Maxseam-24 panel while either Maxseam-24 panel or
Maxseam-18 panel or Maxseam-12 panel or a spacer trim or a combination thereof
is used at the termination end to close the end gap as shown in the following cases :
Case.1 : If the remaining length Lr is = 0 and ≤10 ,

No. of Panel rows, Nr = N + End Gap*
(Where: N is equal to the number of rows of Maxseam-24 panels )
The start of sheeting from steel line = 0
The end of sheeting from steel line (END GAP) = Lr
*Note: If END GAP is = 0 and ≤10, no spacer trim is required..
Case.2 : If the remaining length Lr is >10 and ≤101.60,

No. of Panel rows , Nr = N + End Gap*
*Note: If END GAP is >10 and ≤101.60 , add spacer trim 03-0589.
Case.3 : If the remaining length Lr is >101.60 and <152.40 ,

No. of Panel rows , Nr = N + End Gap*
*Note: If END GAP is >101.60 and <152.40 , add spacer trim 03-0590.
Case.4 : If the remaining length Lr is ≥152.40 and <304.80 ,
No. of Panel rows , Nr = (N – 1) + N18 + N12 + End Gap*
The end of sheeting from steel line (END GAP) = Lr –152.40
*Note: 1) If the END GAP is >10 and ≤101.60 , add spacer trim 03-0589.
2) If the END GAP is >101.60 and <152.40 , add spacer trim 03-0590.
3) If the END GAP is ≤10.0 , no spacer trim is required.
5.8 Page 16 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
No. of Panel rows , Nr = N + N12 + End Gap*

No. of Panel rows , Nr = N + N18 + End Gap*
Example 1:
Building length (Lb) = 50200 mm
N = 50200 / 609.60 = 82.35 = 82 (get the integer value only)
Remaining length; Lr = 50200 – (82 x 609.60) = 50200 – 49987.20 = 212.80
The remaining length falls under Case.4: Lr is ≥152.40 and <304.80,

The end of sheeting from steel line (END GAP) = Lr –152.40 = 60.4
Since END GAP is >10 and ≤101.60 , add spacer trim 03-0589.
No. of Panel rows; Nr = (N – 1) + N18 + N12 + spacer trim (03-0589)
Example 2:
N = 75600 / 609.60 = 124.02 = 124 (get the integer value only)
Remaining length; Lr = 75600 – (124 x 609.60) = 75600 – 75590.40 = 9.60
The remaining length falls under Case.1: Lr is = 0 and ≤10,

The end of sheeting from steel line (END GAP) = Lr = 9.60
Since END GAP is Lr is ≤10, this can be ignore and no spacer trim is required
since gable trim can accommodate for the gap.
No. of Panel rows; Nr = N
5.8 Page 17 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
C) For TCSP Tempcon Panel:
• Calculate the number of the panel rows required.
No. of Panels = Building length / 1000
(round the answer to the next whole number)
• Tempcon panels should start from steel line without any gap and the portion of
the last panel projecting outside the steel line shall be field cut. A note to be
added in the sheeting drawing to field cut the excess.
• The Sheeting gap (start/end of panel from steel line) shall be covered by the
Gable trim.
3.12. Typical end lap details for roof panels are shown below:
A) Single Skin or Tempcon Panels:
B) Maxseam Panels:
3.13. For Tempcon panels sheeting angle (06-0200/06-0201) should be provided at panel end
lap (refer to sketch)
TCE-031 - For sheeting angle connection at purlin
TCE-032 - For sheeting angle connection at purlin - short lap
TCE-033 - For sheeting angle connection at purlin - continuous lap
TCE-034 - For sheeting angle connection at purlin - long lap
And insert the suitable detail depending on the building condition
5.8 Page 18 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
4. Shop Drawings
4.1 Shop drawings for ridge panel are only required for the cases not listed in the table in
paragraph 3.5. Use Template ‘E:\SHS-004’ to make shop sketch.
5 Billing Out
5.1 Single Skin or Maxseam Panels.
a) All types of panels are billed out by using Bill-to-length system. User has to enter the
part mark and length only. Other information like description and weight will be
shown automatically in the bill of material system
b) The following is the explanation of part marks for bill to length system:
46 - AA 99 - 05
Category for The panel Panel type Color
panels part mark code code
• For the panel part mark you can use any two alphabets from ‘AA’ to ‘ZZ”. Each
length should have a separate part mark.
(Caution : Alphabets I & O shall not be used as part marks)
• Following table shows part marks for different type of panels. User should replace
‘AA’ with new value for the part mark and add color code.
5.8 Page 19 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
Part Mark
Thickness Steel
Panel type Aluminu
(mm)
XRW XPD m
0.5 46-AA81 46-AA38 46-AA26

Type-A
0.7 46-AA63 46-AA91 46-AA31
0.5 46-AA33 46-AA36 46-AA28
Type-R
0.7 46-AA65 46-AA37 46-AA40
0.5 46-AA99 46-AA93 46-AA95
Type-S
0.7 46-AA96 46-AA94 46-AA97
MAXSEAM 24 0.7 46-AA18 46-AA21 46-AA43
MASXEAM 18 0.7 46-AA19 46-AA22 46-AA44
MAXSEAM 12 0.7 46-AA20 46-AA23 46-AA45
c) To calculate the length of panels at various locations, follow the methods below:
i) Panel at eave.
Panel Length (L) = D+140+T+65

Where, D = Distance from eave to the purlin at panel end lap (along slope).
T = Wall panel thickness.
5.8 Page 20 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
b) Maxseam Panels:
Panel Length (L) = D+175+T+65

Where, D = Distance from eave to the purlin at panel end lap (along slope).
T = Wall panel thickness
ii) Panels @ valley with valley Gutter.
Panel Length (L) = D+140-(A / Cos θ)+65

Where,
D = Distance from eave/valley to the purlin at panel end lap (along slope).
A = Valley Gutter dimension as per the part sketch.
θ = Roof Slope in degrees.
5.8 Page 21 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
b) Maxseam Panels:
Panel Length (L) = D+175-(A / Cos θ)+65

Where,
D = Distance from eave/valley to the purlin at panel end lap (along slope).
iii) Intermediate Panels.
Panel Length (L) = D+150

Where, D = Distance between the purlins at panel end lap (along slope).
5.8 Page 22 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
b) Maxseam Panels:

Where, D = Distance between the purlins at panel end lap (along slope).
iv) Panel near to ridge panel.
Panel Length (L) = D+10 – (A / Cos θ)

Where,
D = Distance between the purlin at panel end lap to ridge (along slope).
A = Horizontal distance from panel end to ridge.
= 430 in case of 600mm throat Ridge vent at roof.
= 245 in case of 300mm throat Ridge vent at roof or without ridge
vent.
5.8 Page 23 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
b) Maxseam Panels:
Panel Length (L) = D-325
Where,
D = Distance between the purlin at panel end lap to ridge (along slope).
d) Panel length should be rounded to the nearest higher 10mm.

Example: The panel length as per calculations is 6174 mm. But we shall bill it out as
6180mm.
e) Quantity for each length of panel shall be calculated according to the number of panel
rows.
f) For single skin panel, if the ridge panel is standard, bill-out the Ridge panel as per the
table in paragraph 3.5. If the ridge panel is non-standard, ridge panels shall be billed
out as per the part sketch.
Qty = no of panel rows.
5.2 Tempcon Panels
a) Tempcon Panels are also billed out by Bill-to-length system. Based on lap condition,
TCSP tempcon panels are classified into 3 types. They are Without lap, With right
lap & With left lap. Following table shows part marks for Tempcon panels.
5.8 Page 24 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
Outer Skin Part Mark
Tempcon
Type Material With 100mm With 100mm
Thickness Without Lap
(Steel) Right Lap Left lap
0.5 47-AA1A 47-AA1B 47-AA1C
XRW
0.7 47-AA1D 47-AA1E 47-AA1F
TCSP-075
0.5 47-AA1G 47-AA1H 47-AA1J
XPD
0.7 47-AA1K 47-AA1L 47-AA1M
0.5 47-AA4A 47-AA4B 47-AA4C
XRW
0.7 47-AA4D 47-AA4E 47-AA4F
TCSP-85
0.5 47-AA4G 47-AA4H 47-AA4J
XPD
0.7 47-AA4K 47-AA4L 47-AA4M
0.5 47-AA1N 47-AA1P 47-AA1Q
XRW
0.7 47-AA1R 47-AA1S 47-AA1T
TCSP-100
0.5 47-AA1U 47-AA1V 47-AA1W
XPD
0.7 47-AA1X 47-AA1Y 47-AA1Z
TCMP-60 47-AA3A - -
TCMP-75 XRW 0.5 47-AA3B - -
TCMP-85 (Inner skin) (Inner skin) 47-AA3D - -
TCMP-100 47-AA3C - -
Note : The inner skin for standard Tempcon panel is Type–T, 0.5mm thick,
XRW (Steel) with Frost White color.
b) Refer to the following sketches for various panel types according to lap conditions.
5.8 Page 25 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
5.8 Page 26 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
c) All roof panels will be either with right or left lap. Use Right lap for near side roof
and Left lap for far side roof, assuming the start of sheeting from Left Endwall to
Right Endwall, so that all ribs in the roof panel will align in line with each other.
d) If the TCSP panels are used at walls, panels without lap shall be used if the wall
panels don’t have end laps. If the panels have end laps, all the panels except the
bottom row, shall be with either left or right lap according to the panel laying
direction. Use panels with right lap, if the panel laying is from left to right, and use
panels with left lap, if panels are laying from right to left. For the bottom row of
panels use panels without lap.
e) If the color of Outer skin is a standard color and the inner skin color is Frost White
use the outer skin color code as the color of the Part. If the inner skin color is not
Frost White it should be treated as non-standard color and alphabets to be used as
color code like ‘BB’ and the same (color of both inner and outer panels) should be
described in the prologue.
• E.g. “BB” – Denotes the Outer skin color Arabian beige (11)
And Inner skin color Zinc Alum (03).
f) Other types of TCSP panels not listed in the table shall be billed out as non-standard
parts with the clear description in the BOM.
If the Inner skin is not 0.5mm XRW, and /or the Outer skin differ from the table in
paragraph 5.2 a, the Panel shall be billed out as non-standard Part, with Tempcon
type (thickness), Lap condition and the clear description of inner & Outer skin
panels separated by commas in the BOM.
• Examples for non-standard Tempcon panel description
1) 47-1001-05 TCSP 75MM TEMPCON PANEL, 100MM RIGHT LAP,

OUTER SKIN TYPE–S 0.5 XPD,
INNER SKIN TYPE-T 0.5 XPD.
5.8 Page 27 Rev. 27

DETAILING MANUAL
2) 47-1002-BB TCSP 100MM TEMPCON PANEL, WITHOUT LAP,
INNER SKIN TYPE-T 0.7 XRW.
3) 47-1003-04 TCSP 75MM TEMPCON PANEL, 100MM LEFT LAP,
4) 47-1005-05 TCSP 75MM TEMPCON PANEL, 100MM LEFT LAP,
OUTER SKIN TYPE–S 0.7 ALUMINUM XRW,
INNER SKIN TYPE-T 0.7 ALUMINUM XRW.
Note : For the Example 2, the color code ‘BB’ shall be described in the BOM
Prologue,
like “BB” – Denotes the Outer color skin Cactus Green (07)
And Inner skin color Cactus Green (07).
g) TCMP panels are also to be billed using Bill-to-length system. Standard parts are
available only with 0.5mm thick type-T XRW steel inner panels. Outer panel to be
billed separately according to the type specified. Modified tempcon panel has only
without lap type.
TCMP panels with other than 0.5 XRW inner skin, those panels shall be treated as
non-standard and shall be billed with the clear description in the BOM. Example:
47-1001-05 TCMP 60MM TEMPCON PANEL,
h) To calculate the weight of the non-standard tempcon panels, follow the procedure
below.
The weights of panel (TCSP) = Weight of Outer skin panel +
Weight of Inner skin panel +
Tempcon Foam weight.
The weights of panel (TCMP) = Weight of Inner skin panel +

For the weight of Inner & Outer skin panels, refer to the table in paragraph 2.2 and
refer to the following table for the weight of foam.
Tempcon thickness Foam weight (Kg/m)

TCSP-75 1.91
TCSP-85 2.31
TCSP-100 2.91
TCMP-60 2.36
TCMP-75 2.96
TCMP-85 3.36
TCMP-100 3.96
5.8 Page 28 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
i) To calculate the length of TEMPCON panels at various locations, follow the methods
below:
i) TCSP Panel at eave.
Panel Length (L) = D+T+65

Where,
D = Distance from eave to the purlin at panel end lap (along slope).
ii) TCSP Panel @ valley with valley Gutter
5.8 Page 29 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
Panel Length (L) = D-(A / Cos θ)+65

Where,
D = Distance from eave/valley to the purlin at panel end lap
(along slope).
θ = Roof slope in degrees.
iii) TCSP Intermediate panels.

Where,
D = Distance between the purlins at panel end lap (along slope).
5.8 Page 30 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
iv) TCSP Panel near ridge.

Where,
D = Distance from purlin at panel end lap to ridge (along
slope).
v) TCMP Panels at eave.
a) Single Skin Overlay Panels:
TCMP Panel Length = D+T

Overlay panel length = D+T+65+100
Where,
5.8 Page 31 Rev. 22
DETAILING MANUAL
b) Maxseam Overlay Panels:
TCMP Panel Length = D+T

Overlay panel length= D+T+65+175
Where,
T = Wall panel thickness
vi) TCMP panels at valley with valley gutter.
TCMP Panel Length = D-(A / Cos θ)+65-100

Overlay Panel Length = D-(A / Cos θ)+65+100
5.8 Page 32 Rev. 22
DETAILING MANUAL
Where,
(along slope).
TCMP Panel Length = D-(A / Cos θ)+65-100

Overlay Panel Length = D-(A / Cos θ)+65+175
Where,
(along slope).
θ = Roof slope in degrees
vii) TCMP Intermediate Panels.
5.8 Page 33 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
TCMP Panel Length = D
Overlay panel length = D+200
Where,

Overlay panel length = D+75
Where,
viii) TCMP Panel near Ridge.

TCMP Panel Length = D1

Overlay panel length = D2+240
Where,
5.8 Page 34 Rev. 22
DETAILING MANUAL
D1 = Distance between the purlin at panel end lap to ridge purlin
(along slope).
D2 = Distance from purlin at panel end lap to ridge (along slope).

Overlay panel length = D-325
Where,
D = Distance between the purlin at panel end lap to ridge purlin (along slope).
j) Panel length should be rounded to the nearest higher 10mm.
Example: The panel length as per calculations is 6174 mm. But we shall bill it out
as 6180mm
k) Quantity for each length of panel shall be calculated according to the number of panel
rows.
l) For TCMP panels overlay panels shall be billed as per single skin or maxseam panels
billing procedure.
m) For TCSP panels, bill-out Exterior Ridge cap (03-0373).

Qty = Building length / 3150.
n) For TCSP panels, bill-out roof stitch screw for exterior ridge cap. Refer to paragraph
6 (wall sheeting) for screw selection procedure.
Qty = (building length / 250) X 2.
o) Bill-out Interior ridge trim (03-0390) for both TCSP & TCMP panels to cover the
ridge from inside.
Qty = Building length / (Trim length – 50).
p) Bill-out stitch screw for interior ridge trim. (Wall stitch screw). Refer to paragraph 6
(wall sheeting) for screw selection procedure.
5.8 Page 35 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
Qty = (building length / 300) X 2.
q) Bill-out sheeting angle (06-0200/06-0201) at panel end lap.

Qty = (Length of building / length of sheeting angle) X no. of end lap lines.
r) Bill-out the fixing screw for sheeting angle CS-5.5x25 (01-0481).

Qty = (length of building / 500) X no. of end lap lines.
s) Bill-out the following items to close the tempcon panel’s ends at eave for TCSP
panels at standard eave with eave gutter / eave trim and TCSP / TCMP w/ single skin
overlay panels at valley with valley gutter.
1) Closure trim. Refer to the following table for the part marks.
Closure trim part mark

Roof Tempcon Type @ low-high
@ eave @ valley
building eave
TCSP-75 03-0582
TCSP-85 03-0557
03-0586 03-0587
TCSP-100 03-0583
TCMP-60,75,85 & 100 -
Qty = building length / (trim length – 50) per line.
2) Inside foam closure to match with the outer skin profile.

Qty = No. of roof panels runs per line.
3) Roof stitch screw CS-4.8x16 (01-0470) / SS-4.8x20 (01-0454).

Qty = Building length / 250 per line
4) Single bead mastic (01-0093)

Qty = building length / 15240 per line.
Note : For TCMP panels with standard eave, the tempcon foam will be covered by the
eave trim.
5.3 Bill-out the following for Single Skin panel, TCSP & TCMP w/ Single Skin overlay
panel:
5.3.1 Bill out Bead Mastic (01-0093) at panel end lap.
Qty. in rolls = Number of panel rows x Panel Coil width x No of panel end laps
15240
5.3.2 Bill out inside foam closure. Refer to the table in paragraph 2.5 for the part marks.
5.8 Page 36 Rev. 28

DETAILING MANUAL
Qty = Number of panel rows x 2.
5.3.3 Select suitable panel fastener from the table in paragraph 6.1 (wall sheeting) and
bill out the same using the following formulae:
a) Single skin panels:
No. of fasteners = [NP + (NE x 2) + NL] x BL

Mw
Where,
NP = No. of Purlin lines,
NE = No. of Eave strut lines,
NL = No. of purlin endlap lines,
BL = Building length
Mw = Panel Module width
b) Tempcon panels:
No. of fasteners = [ NP + (NE x 2) + (NL x 2) ] x 4 x NR
Where,
NP = No. of Purlin lines,
NL = No. of purlin endlap lines,
NR = No. of roof panel runs.
Note1: Zamil steel standards call for fixing screws at the low-ribs only.
Note2: For XRW, XPD & XMA steel panels carbon steel fasteners shall be used
and for Aluminum (Plain or Pre-painted), stainless steel fasteners are to be
used.
5.3.4 Bill out side lap stitch Screws 01-0470 (CS-4.8x16 – carbon steel) or 01-0454
(SS-4.8x20 – Stainless steel) using the following formula. Side lap screws shall
be @ 500mm c/c.
No. of fasteners = Building Width in slope in mm x (No. of Panels Rows-1)

500
5.3.5 Bill-out touch-up paints for painted sheeting. Part mark is 01-0270 with the color
code same as the sheeting color. For tempcon panels 100 ml of paint shall be
provided for every 200 sq. meter of sheeted area. For single skin panels, 100 ml
per 1000 sq. meter of sheeted area shall be billed. One container of paint has 200
ml. So the calculation for qty will be as follows:
For Tempcon panels,

Qty = Sheeted area (in sq. meter) / 200 x 0.5
5.8 Page 37 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
For single skin panels,
Qty = Sheeted area (in sq. meter) / 1000 x 0.5
Note : For sheeting with special color, touch up paint shall be billed as SBO.
5.4 Bill-out the following for Maxseam panel & TCMP w/ Maxseam overlay panel:
5.4.1 Bill-out Exterior Ridge Cap (03-0366).

Qty : Building length / (Trim length – 50).
5.4.2 Bill-out Spacer Trim (03-0589 / 03-0590) if required. Refer to paragraph 3.11 for
suitable spacer trim.
Qty : Building width at slope / (Trim length – 50).
5.4.3 Bill-out Eave Plate (06-0752 / 06-0753). Refer to paragraph 1.9 for suitable eave
plate.
Qty : (Building length / 6000) x 2
5.4.4 Bill-out Rake Support (06-0750).

Qty : (Building width at slope / 6000) x 2
5.4.5 Bill-out Artifloat Clip (01-0016 / 01-0017). Refer to paragraph 1.9 for suitable
artifloat clip.
Qty : Number of panel rows x Number of purlin lines [For roof with spacer trim]
Or
Qty : (Number of panel rows – 1) x Number of purlin lines [Without spacer trim]
5.4.6 Bill-out Metal Inside Closure (01-0018).
Qty : (Number of panel rows + 1) x 2
5.4.7 Bill-out Metal Outside Closure (01-0025 / 01-0026 / 01-0027). Refer to paragraph
2.5 for suitable metal outside closure.
Qty : Number of rows for each type of Maxseam panel x 2
5.4.8 Bill-out Cinch Strap (01-0022 / 01-0023 / 01-0024). Refer to paragraph 2.5 for
suitable cinch strap.
Qty : Number of rows for each type of maxseam panel x Number of panel end laps
5.4.9 Bill-out Back-up Plate (01-0019 / 01-0020 / 01-0021). Refer to paragraph 2.5 for
suitable back-up plate.
5.8 Page 38 Rev. 33

DETAILING MANUAL
Qty : Number of rows for each type of maxseam panel x
(Number of panel end laps + 2)
5.4.10 Bill-out Minor Rib Tape Sealer (01-0032).
Qty : Number of panel rows for each type of maxseam panel x 4
5.4.11 Bill-out Double Bead Mastic (01-0092).
Qty : ([Building length x 4] + [Building width at slope x 3] + [Number of cinch

strap for each type of panel x Panel coil width] + [Number of metal outside
closure x Panel coil width] + [Number of metal outside closure x 220]) / 12185
Note: If the roof had no spacer trim reduced the total quantity by this quantity:
Building width at slope / 12185
5.4.12 Bill-out the following fixing and stitch screws:
(a) CS-4.8 x 16 (01-0470-00) / SS-4.8 x 20 (01-0454-00)
Usage: To fasten the exterior ridge cap to metal outside closure

Usage: To fasten the spacer trim to gable trim & to roof panel (if required).
Qty : Building width at slope / 150
Building width at slope / 300
(b) CS-5.5 x 25 (01-0471-00) / SS-5.5 x 28 (01-0451-00)
Usage: To fasten the roof panel to eave plate

Qty : Number of panel rows x 2 x 8
Usage: To fasten the roof panels at end lap

Qty : Number of panel end lap x 8
(c) CS-5.5 x 25 (01-0481-00) / SS-5.5 x 28 (01-0451-00)
Usage: To fasten eave plate to eave strut *

Usage: To fasten rake support to purlin/eave strut *

Qty : (number of purlin lines + Number of eave strut lines) x 2
Usage: To fasten artifloat clip to purlin **

Qty : Number of artifloat clips x 2
Usage: To fasten metal inside closure to eave plate

Qty : Number of metal inside closures x 2
5.8 Page 39 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
Usage: To fasten metal outside closure to roof panel/back-up plate

Qty : Number of metal outside closures x 9
Notes: * For maxseam roof panel only. For TCMP, refer to paragraph 6 for
suitable size of screw.
** For maxseam roof panel with artifloat clip 01-0016 only. For
maxseam roof panel with artifloat clip 01-0017 use CS-5.5 x 45 (01-0482-00) /
SS-5.5 x 50 (01-0460-00). For TCMP, refer to paragraph 6 for suitable size of
screw.
5.5 Following is the Bill Of Material for a typical roof sheeting.
LENGTH WEIGHT TOTAL WT

PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION
(M) (Kgs) (Kgs)
SINGLE BEAD MASTIC 1 ROLL 2.4 X 9.5 X 15,240
01-0093-00 23 .000 .50 11.50
MM LENGTH
01-0605-00 80 INSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FOR TYPE S PANEL .900 .01 .80
01-0471-00 4196 SCREW SELF DRILL CS-5.5X25 (@ROOF) .025 .01 41.96
01-0470-00 2641 SCREW SELF DRILL CS-4.8X16 (@ROOF) .020 .01 26.41
06-0200-01 24 ANGLE – BASE/GABLE 6.000 8.16 19584
01-0636-00 12 SKYLIGHT FOR TYPE S PANEL 3.250 9.09 109.08
46-0600-03 40 RIDGE PANEL TYPE S 0.5 MM 1.010 3.99 159.60
46-SA99-03 12 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 4.320 17.06 204.72
46-SB99-03 68 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 7.330 28.95 1968.60
46-SC99-03 80 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 7.790 30.77 2461.60
Note: Some part mark/s in the above sample BOM may not be appropriate / available in certain
factory, e.g. 01-0471 which should be 01-0490 for ZSV.
5.8 Page 40 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
Wall Sheeting
1. Description
1.1 The panels used to cover vertical flat surface of side wall and end wall are called wall
sheeting.
1.2 Except Maxseam panel and Tempcon Modified panel, all type of roof panels are used as
wall panel. In addition to that, TCTP Tempcon panel is also used in wall. TCTP panel is
similar to TCSP panel except that outer skin also has Type-T profile as shown below.
1.3 Apart from Tempcon panels, there are another type of insulated panels also used as
exterior wall sheeting. They are Type-Dx & Type Ex Panels. These are Type-D & E
panels with “expanded polyurethane foam” fixed with adhesive as shown in the following
sketches.
1.4 Wall light is the transparent acrylic sheet similar to skylight with profile to match with
standard profile of wall sheeting. Wall light is used as continuous or distributed over wall
to allow the day light inside the building. Part mark of wall light is same as skylight used
at roof.
1.5 Wall panels are fastened at girt locations, using self drilling screws.
5.8 Page 41 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
1.6 For walls with fully sheeted condition, base angle will be provided to fix the wall panel at
the ground level. Masonry nails (by others) will be used to fasten the base angle to the
ground.
1.7 For wall with partial block wall, girt will be running at block wall height and will be used
to fix the panel. In special cases base angle will be used instead of girt to fix the panel.
These base angles will be fastened to the blockwall with masonry nails (not by Zamil
Steel).
1.8 Panels at sidewall.
a) For buildings with single skin panel @ wall and single skin panel or TCSP or TCMP w/
single skin overlay panel @ roof, panels at sidewall will run up to 65mm below eave
height and fastened to eave strut.
b) For buildings with single skin panel @ wall and maxseam panel or TCMP w/ maxseam
panel @ roof, panels at sidewall will run up to 15mm below eave height and fastened to
eave strut.
c) For buildings with tempcon panel @ wall and any panel @ roof, panels at sidewall will
run up to 15mm below eave height and fastened to eave strut.
d) For monoslope buildings sidewall panels at high eave will run up to high eave height
and fastened to eave strut.
e) Panels for endwall will be running up to steel line of roof and fastened to gable angle.
1.9 Along the corner between endwall and sidewall, outside corner trims are provided.
Between roof sheeting and endwall sheeting along the gable, gable trims are provided.
Between roof sheet and sidewall sheet along eave line, eave trims are provided. All the
trims are fastened using self-drilling screws. Gable trims, corners trim and eave trims
provides beautiful architectural appearance to the building and seal the gaps at all joints.
5.8 Page 42 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
1.10 Peak Box is provided to cover the intersection of the roof and endwall at the peak or
highest point of a gabled building. Refer to section 5.9 for more details.
1.11 Inside or outside foam closures are used for dust sealing at eave, ridge & base.
2. Availability
2.1 Refer table in paragraph 2.2 of roof sheeting for panel’s availability list.
2.2 TCTP Tempcon panels available with only 60mm insulation thickness. Standard for
Inner skin is Type-T 0.5mm thick XRW (steel) with Frost white color. Refer to the
following table for the properties of TCTP panel.
Tempcon
Outer Skin Outer Skin Unit weight Covering
Type
Material (Steel) thickness (Kg/m) width
(Thickness)
0.5 mm 9.72
TCTP-060 XRW/XPD 1000
0.7 mm 11.40
2.3 Refer to the following table for the properties of Type-Dx & Ex Panels.
Material Unit weight Coil Covering

Panel Type Thickness
(Steel) (Kg/m) Width width
0.5 mm 1.60
Type-Dx/Ex XRW/XPD 405 300
0.7 mm 2.44
2.4 Wall panels are recommended to use maximum length of 9000mm.
2.5 Wall light, inside and outside foam closure are available to match with different panels.
Refer table shown in paragraph 2.5 of roof sheeting.
3.1 General:
a) Sheeting elevation for each sidewall and endwall to be shown separately.
b) Select the relevant details from the following table and add to the side wall and end
wall sheeting elevation:
5.8 Page 43 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
For Building with Single Skin or TCSP or TCMP with Single Skin overlay Roof Panel
Sheeting Detail
(@ Sidewall) Corner Gable Detail (@ Endwall)
Wall With
Detail
Panel W/ W/ Personal
(@ For High
Type Standard Curved For Normal Door
Endwall)
Eave Eave Wind Zone Wind Zone *
PDE-001
Type-A SHE-032 SHE-240 SHE-042 SHE-037 SHE-046
PDE-002
PDE-008
Type-R SHE-035 SHE-243 SHE-045 SHE-040 SHE-048
PDE-009
PDE-008
Type-S SHE-059 SHE-244 SHE-061 SHE-060 SHE-049
PDE-009
TCE-071 TCE-110 PDE-012
TCSP TCE-077 TCE-083 TCE-079
TCE-074 TCE-111 PDE-013
TCE-060 TCE-107 PDE-010
TCTP TCE-078 TCE-084 TCE-080
TCE-066 TCE-108 PDE-011
Type- PDE-014
SHE-403 SHE-267 SHE-402 SHE-401 SHE-406
Dx/Ex PDE-015
* Areas with Wind Speed > 150 Km/hr, are considered as High Wind Zone
For Building with Maxseam or TCMP with Maxseam overlay Roof Panel
Eave Detail Corner Gable
Sheeting @ Sidewall With
Wall Panel Detail Detail
Detail Personal
Type With Without (@ (@
@ Wall Door
Gutter Gutter Endwall) Endwall
SHE-135 SHE-133 SHE-129
Single Skin
SHE-117 SHE-116 SHE-130 PDE-008
W/ SHE-244 SHE-061
SHE-122 SHE-120 SHE-131 PDE-009
Insulation
SHE-123 SHE-121 SHE-132
SHE-109 SHE-108 SHE-104
Single Skin
SHE-117 SHE-116 SHE-105 PDE-008
W/o SHE-244 SHE-061
SHE-122 SHE-120 SHE-106 PDE-009
Insulation
SHE-123 SHE-121 SHE-107
TCE-191 TCE-189 TCE-159
TCE-185 TCE-182 TCE-162 PDE-012
TCSP TCE-083 TCE-079
TCE-195 TCE-193 TCE-163 PDE-013
TCE-196 TCE-194 TCE-165
TCE-192 TCE-190 TCE-160
TCE-185 TCE-182 TCE-161 PDE-010
TCTP TCE-084 TCE-080
TCE-195 TCE-193 TCE-164 PDE-011
TCE-196 TCE-194 TCE-166
Notes:
1. For Corner & Gable details for Curved eave refer to paragraphs 1, 2 & 3a of Item
3.5 of Section 5.31 ( Curved Eave ).
2. For Details at windows and louvers refer to Section 5.29
3. Fasteners schedule table shall be inserted as per paragraph 6.13 (wall sheeting).
5.8 Page 44 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
c) If panel length exceeds 9000mm, provide end lap at a girt location. End laps shall be
shown in the sheeting elevation. Standard End lap details are shown below:
d) The panel should be continuous for minimum two girt spacing. Recommended
maximum length of the panel should not exceed 9000 mm. This is to facilitate
handling of panels during shipping and erection.
e) Wall light location should be shown in the wall sheeting elevation. Wall lights are
preferred to start or end at panel end laps whenever possible.
f) Drip trims shall be indicated in sidewall and endwall sheeting elevations.
g) Base trims shall be used at base for Tempcon panels & Type-Dx/Ex panels, if the wall
is fully sheeted. These trims to be indicated in Erection drawing.
h) Part mark & length of the panels shall be indicated in the erection drawings.
e.g. 1250/46-AA99. (Refer to sample erection drawings)
5.8 Page 45 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
3.2. Sidewall Sheeting:
a) Number of panel rows should be calculated and shown in the sidewall sheeting
elevation. Also start/end of sheeting from the steel line should be clearly specified.
(Refer to paragraph 3.11 of roof sheeting for the procedure of calculating these values).
b) Eave gutter, Gutter end closure trims & Downspouts shall be indicated in sidewall
sheeting elevations. Refer to Section 5.10 for details about Gutters & Downspouts.
c) Use Eave trim (03-0012) for buildings with single skin or TCSP roof panel & slope up
to 2.5:10. Special Eave trim shall be used for buildings with higher roof slope and for
building with any other roof panel.
d) Gutter & Downspout detail shall be inserted in Sidewall sheeting elevation. Refer to
table in paragraph 3.3 of Eave gutters in section 5.10 for selecting the detail.
e) Use closure trim (03-0618 / 03-0619) for buildings with maxseam roof panel.
f) For Monoslope Buildings, use non-standard oasis eave trim at high eave.
Typical Sidewall elevations are shown below:
Sidewall Sheeting Elevation with Single skin panel
5.8 Page 46 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
Sidewall Sheeting Elevation with Tempcon panel
3.3 Endwall Sheeting:

a) For end wall, panel length will vary along the slope of the roof, hence number of
variation in partmark for endwall panel will be more. To minimize the variation, the
layout shall be symmetrical with respect to the ridge. The panels shall be assumed to
start from ridge towards sidewalls, or one panel at middle and other panels on both
directions.
b) No. of panel rows, Start/end of sheeting distance from steel line & lap at last panel (if
any) are to be shown in erection drawing.
c) Procedure for calculating the number of panels and start/end of sheeting from steel line
for single skin panels are as follows.
Lay-out of Endwall panels can be in 2 methods as shown below.
Method-I:
Assume panel starts from ridge
5.8 Page 47 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
Method-II:
Putting a center panel with its center at the ridge line. (Refer to the sketch below).
To decide which method to be adopted & and to calculate the number of panel runs,
follow the steps below:
Let ‘Pw’ is the Panel covering width ( = 1000 for type-S panel )
‘Mw’ is the Panel Module width ( = 250 for type-S panel )
‘Wb’ is the Width of the building
Distance from sidewall steel line to ridge (Wr) = Wb / 2

(Assume symmetrical building)
No. of panel rows at one side of the ridge (N) = Wr / Pw

(Take only the integer part of the
answer).
The remaining length (Lr) = Wr – (N x Pw)
• For Single skin Panels
Case.1 : If the remaining length is less than or equal to Mw, (i.e. 250),
Sheeting layout shall be as per Method I, and
Total No. of Panel rows (Nr) = Nx2

or Sheeting gap (G) = Lr
Case.2 : If the remaining length is greater than Mw and less than or equal to (2 x Mw) ,
(i.e. between 250 and 500),
Sheeting layout shall be as per Method II, and the last panel at each end shall be
lapped by 250mm.
5.8 Page 48 Rev.30

DETAILING MANUAL
Then,
Total No. of Panel rows (Nr) = (N x 2) + 1

or Sheeting gap (G) = Wb – [(Nr x Pw) – (2 x 250)] / 2
Case.3 : If the remaining length is greater than (2 x Mw) and less than or equal
to (3 x Mw) , (i.e. between 500 and 750),
Sheeting layout shall be as per Method II,
Then,
Total No. of Panel rows (Nr) = (N x 2) + 1

or Sheeting gap (G) = Wb – (Nr x Pw) / 2
Case.4 : If the remaining length is greater than (3 x Mw) , (i.e. >750),
Sheeting layout shall be as per Method I, and one extra panel at both ends shall be
provided and these end panels shall be lapped by 250mm.
Then,
Total No. of Panel rows (Nr) = (N+1) x 2

or Sheeting gap (G) = Wb – [(Nr x Pw) – (2 x 250)] / 2
Example. 1:
Building width (Wb) = 38200mm
Wr = 38200 / 2 = 19100
N = 19100 / 1000 = 19.10 = 19
Lr = 19100 – (19x1000) = 100.

Lr is less than 250, so the layout shall be as per Method I, and
Total no. of Panel rows Nr = 19x2 = 38
Start/end of sheeting G = 100mm from steel line
5.8 Page 49 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
Example. 2:
Building Width (Wb) = 42800mm

Wr = 42800 / 2 = 21400
N = 21400 / 1000 = 21.4 = 21
Lr = 21400 – (21x1000) = 400.
Lr is greater than 250 and less than 500, so the layout shall be as per Method II, and
Last panels at both ends shall be lapped by 250 mm.
No. of panel rows Nr = (21x2) + 1 = 43

Start/end of sheeting G = 42800 – [(43x1000) – 500] / 2
= 150mm from steel line
Example. 3:
Building Width (Wb) = 41600mm

Wr = 41600 / 2 = 20800
N = 20800 / 1000 = 20.8 = 20
Lr = 20800 – (20x1000) = 800.
Lr is greater than 750, so the layout shall be as per Method I, and extra panel will
be added at both ends. Last panels at both ends shall be lapped by 250 mm.
No. of panel rows Nr = (20 +1) x 2 = 42

Start/end of sheeting G = 41600 – [(42x1000) – 500] / 2
= 50mm from steel line
• For Tempcon & Type-Dx/Ex panels
Case.1 : If the remaining length (Lr) is less than or equal to Pw/2
[Note: Pw = 1000 for tempcon & 300 for Type-Dx/Ex Panels]
Sheeting layout shall be as per Method II, and
Total No. of Panel rows (Nr) = (N x 2) +_1
Case.2 : If the remaining length (Lr) is greater than Pw/2 ,

Sheeting layout shall be as per Method I, and extra panels at both end shall be
added.
Total No. of Panel rows (Nr) = (N +1) x_2
5.8 Page 50 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
Note : No sheeting gap shall be provided in case of tempcon and Dx/Ex panels &
these panels cannot be lapped other than the standard lap. So the last panel at
both ends projecting outside shall be field cut.
Example 1:
Width of the building Wb = 40500mm (symmetrical building).
Wr = 40500/2 = 20250
N = 20250/1000 = 20.25 = 20
Lr = 20250 – (20x1000) = 250
Lr is less than 500, so the layout shall be as per Method II, and
Total no. of panels = (20 x 2) + 1 = 41
Example 2:
Width of the building Wb = 57200mm (symmetrical building).
Wr = 57200/2 = 28600
N = 28600/1000 = 28.60 = 28
Lr = 28600 – (28x1000) = 600
Lr is greater than 500, so the layout shall be as per Method I, and
Total no. of panels = (28 + 1) x 2 = 58
d) To calculate the length of endwall panels refer to the paragraphs 1.5 & 1.6 of wall
sheeting. In addition, the following also should be considered.
Case.1: Single skin panels @ roof & wall with roof slope less than or equal to
0.5:10.
The alternate panels will end at the roof steel line and 2 adjacent panels will
have the same length.
5.8 Page 51 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
Case.2:
a) Single skin panels @ roof & wall with roof slope between 0.5:10 &
1:10.
b) Maxseam panel @ roof & any panel @ wall with slope 0.5:10 and less.
Each panel will end at the roof steel line and will have different length.
Case.3:
a) Single skin panels @ wall & roof with roof slope greater than 1:10.
b) If roof or wall is Tempcon with any roof slope.0
c) Type-Dx/Ex panels @ wall and any panel @ roof with any roof slope.
d) Maxseam panels @ roof & any panel @ wall with slope greater than
0.5:10.
Each panel will extend beyond the steel line by a distance equal to
[Pw x (Tan θ) ]
where,
Pw = Wall panel width,
5.8 Page 52 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
e) Corner trim, gable trim are to be shown in endwall sheeting elevation. Leg length of
corner trim should also be shown.
f) Peak box is to be shown at ridge. Refer to section 5.9 for details of peak box.
g) For multigable buildings, if the start/end of sheeting is not @ valley line, Closure trim
shall be used to cover the gap (for single skin panels) or to close the field cut portion
(for Tempcon and Dx/Ex panels). Refer to the following table for the erection details
and insert the relevant detail in the endwall sheeting layout.
Condition Detail
Single Skin wall panel [Flush or By-pass girts] SHE-064
TCSP Panel (filed cut near hi-rib) [Flush or By-pass girts] TCE-125
TCSP Panel (filed cut @ low rib) [Flush or By-pass girts] TCE-126
TCTP Panel [Flush or By-pass girts] TCE-127
Dx/Ex Panel (Flush Girts w/ BU endwall post @ Valley) SHE-407
Dx/Ex Panel (Flush Girts w/ Double C Endwall post @ Valley) SHE-408
Dx/Ex Panel (Flush Girts w/ Single C Endwall post @ Valley) SHE-409
Dx/Ex Panel (Flush Girts w/o Post @ valley or By-pass Girts) SHE-410
h) Typical endwall sheeting elevations are shown below.
Endwall Sheeting Elevation with Single skin panel
5.8 Page 53 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
Endwall Sheeting Elevation with Tempcon panel
4. Shop Drawings.
4.1 General.
a) Shop drawing for Drip trim/ Base trim shall be given for both sidewall and
endwall in case of Tempcon panels. The dimension of the trim will depend on
the thickness of Tempcon panel. Refer to section 5.9 for more details about
Trims & Flashings.
4.2 Sidewall:
a) Shop drawing for non-standard eave trim to be given for eave with gutter. To
make shop sketch use the E-drive Template TRS-029. Calculate the trim
dimensions as follows:
T = V + 32
φ = 90 + θ
See table below for value of V ,R &
θ
Where,
WT = Wall panel thickness
RT = Roof tempcon foam thickness
5.8 Page 54 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
Wall Panel Roof Panel Roof Slope V R θ

Single Skin
Single Skin or
or > 2.5:10 98 98
TCSP
Type-Dx/Ex
Single Skin or
Tempcon All 98 85 + WT
TCSP
Single Skin Roof
TCMP w/ Single
or All 115 + RT 92 Slope in
Skin overlay
Type-Dx/Ex Degrees
TCMP w/ Single
Tempcon All 50 + RT 85 + WT
Skin overlay
All Maxseam All 98 92
TCMP w/
All All 150 * 92
Maxseam overlay
* For TCMP-60, V = 135
b) Shop drawing for non-standard eave trim to be given for eave without gutter.
i. To make shop sketch for eave trim, for building with single skin panel or
TCSP or TCMP w/ single skin overlay panel @ roof, use the E-drive
Template TRS-003. Calculate the trim dimension as follows:
1) For Single Skin or Type Dx/Ex wall

panels and with roof slope of greater
than 2.5:10.
2) For Tempcon wall panel and with

any roof slope.
R = 85 + WT + (27.5 x sin θ)
Where,
WT = Wall panel thickness.
φ = 90 + θ
ii. To make shop sketch for eave trim, for building with maxseam panel or TCMP
w/ maxseam overlay panel @ roof, use the E-drive Template TRS-907. Calculate
the trim dimensions as follows:
5.8 Page 55 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
T = 24 + V + 10 + 24
Where,
V = 86 for maxseam roof panel.

= 120 for TCMP w/ maxseam
overlay panel.
φ = 90 + θ
Where,
c) Shop drawing for non-standard eave trim to be given for high eave of
monoslope building.
i. To make shop sketch for eave trim, for building with single skin panel or
TCSP or TCMP w/ single skin overlay panel @ roof, use the E-drive
Template TRS-004. Calculate the trim dimension as follows:
T = V + 10 + 98 + 32
Where,
V = Roof panel thickness + 20
R = Wall panel thickness + 118
φ = 90 - θ
Where,
ii. To make shop sketch for eave trim, for building with maxseam panel or TCMP
w/ maxseam overlay panel @ roof, use the E-drive Template TRS-909. Calculate
the trim dimension as follows:
5.8 Page 56 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
Roof Panel A G
Low eave plate 86
Maxseam 86
High eave plate 111
TCMP w/ maxseam overlay 76+F 121
F = tempcon foam thickness
T = V + U + W + 32
R = B + C + D + 85 – 87
φ = 90 - θ
Where,
θ = Roof slope in degrees
V = 100 / cos θ
U = (12 / cos θ) + (60 x tan θ)
W = G / cos θ
B = A x tan θ
C = (P + 60) / cos θ
D = 200 x tan θ
Where,
P = Wall panel thickness
4.3 Endwall:
a) Shop drawing for Peak box to be given in case of non-standard peak box. Refer
to section 5.9 for procedures to make the shop drawing of peak box.
b) Shop drawing for non-standard gable trim to be given.
i. To make shop sketch for gable trim, for building with single skin/tempcon
roof panel, use the E-drive Template TRS-002 (for normal wind zone) and
TRS-038 (For High Wind Zone). Calculate the trim dimensions as follows:
(Note: For Buildings with Curved Eave refer to Section 5.31 for the details of
Gable trim)
5.8 Page 57 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
(TRS-002) (TRS-038)
M = 27.5 + T + G + K + 10
Where,
T is the Thickness of wall panel
(in the case of Tempcon panels T will be the total thickness. Eg. T for TCSP-75 is 75 ),
G is start/end distance of roof Sheeting from steel line,
K is the distance from centerline of first hi-rib to the edge of hi-rib. (refer to panel
properties).
ii. To make shop sketch for gable trim, for building with maxseam roof panel or
TCMP w/ maxseam overlay panel and tempcom wall panel, use the E-drive
Template TRS-908 or TRS-911 respectively. Calculate the trim dimension as
follows:
(TRS-908) (TRS-911)
5.8 Page 58 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
M = 20 + T + 7 Where,
T is the total thickness of tempcon panel. Eg. T for TCSP-75 is 75.
c) Shop sketch for outside corner trim to be given. To make shop sketch use the E-
drive Template TRS-001. Calculate the trim dimensions as follows:
D1 = T + G1 + K + 10 and
D2 = T + G2 + K + 10
Where,
T is the Thickness of wall panel
( in the case of Tempcon panels
T = 34mm ie the panel thick of
outer skin Type-S panel ),
G1 is start/end distance of sidewall
Sheeting from steel line,
G2 is start/end distance of endwall
Sheeting from steel line, and
K is the distance from centerline of
first hi-rib to the edge of hi-rib.
(refer to panel properties).
X = T x 1.414
d) Shop drawing for closure trim @ valley in case of start/end of sheeting is not at
valley line (For single skin and TSCP Panels). Use template TRS-014 for
creating the part sketch. Calculate the trim dimensions as follows:
D1 = G1 + G2 + K + K + 20
X = T x 1.414
Where,
T is the Thickness of wall panel ( in the case of Tempcon panels
T = 34mm ie the panel thick of outer skin Type-S panel ),
G1 & G2 are start/end distance of endwall Sheeting from steel line,
K is the distance from centerline of first hi-rib to the edge of hi-rib. (refer
to panel properties).
5.8 Page 59 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
5. Billing Out
5.1 Sidewall:
5.1.1 Panels
a) All types of panels are to be billed out by using bill to length system. Refer to the
paragraph 5 of Roof sheeting in this chapter for details.
b) Part marking procedure is similar to roof sheeting (refer to paragraph 5.1 & 5.2). In
addition, for TCTP Tempcon panels refer to following table. TCTP panels are only
Without lap type.
Tempcon Outer skin

Type Material Part Mark
(Thickness) Thickness
(Steel)
0.5 47-AA2A
XRW
0.7 47-AA2B
TCTP-060
0.5 47-AA2C
XPD
0.7 47-AA2D
Note : The inner skin for standard Tempcon panel is Type – T, 0.5mm thick,
XRW (Steel) Frost white color.
c) Refer to paragraph 5.2 of Roof sheeting in this chapter for the procedure of
billing out non-standard Tempcon Panels.
d) To calculate the weight of the non-standard TCTP panels, follow the procedure
below.
5.8 Page 60 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
The weights of TCTP panel = Weight of Outer skin panel +

Weight of Inner skin panel +
For the weight of Inner & Outer skin panels, refer to the table in paragraph 2.2 of
Roof sheeting and the foam weight of TCTP-060 is 2.32 kg/m.
e) For Part marks for Type-Dx/Ex panels refer to the following table.
Panel Type Material

Thickness Part Mark
(Steel)
0.5 46-AA51
XRW
0.7 46-AA53
Type-Dx
0.5 46-AA52
XPD
0.7 46-AA60
0.5 46-AA16
XRW
0.7 46-AA47
Type-Ex
0.5 46-AA42
XPD
0.7 46-AA48
f) For the weight of Type-Dx/Ex panels refer to the paragraph 2.3 of Wall Sheeting
section.
5.1.2 Drip trims / Base trims are to be billed out for buildings with partially blockwall
with single skin panels & for fully or partially sheeted walls with Tempcon and
Type-Dx/Ex panels. Refer to the following table for the part marks of drip/base
trims. (For Type-Dx/Ex panels use the Drip trim for base trim requirement also).
Drip trim part

Panel type Base trim part mark
mark
Single skin / Type-Dx/Ex 03-0367 -
TCTP-60 03-0573 03-0574
TCSP-75 03-0574 03-0575
TCSP-85 03-0556 03-0575
TCSP-100 03-0575 03-0555
Refer to section 5.9 for more details about billing of trims.
5.1.3 Eave trim, Eave gutter, end closures, downspouts & accessories shall be billed out.
Refer to section 5.10 for details about billing procedure of gutters & downspouts.
5.1.4 Wall sheeting with framed opening/ sliding door/ roll-up door will be billed with
edge trim, jamb trim and sill / head trim. Refer to chapter 5.15 for complete details.
5.8 Page 61 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
5.1.5 Inside foam closure shall be billed. Refer to the table in paragraph 2.5 of Roof
sheeting for the part marks.
Qty = No. of panels rows X 1
5.1.6 Outside foam closure shall be billed. Refer to the table in paragraph 2.5 of Roof
5.1.7 Select suitable Panel fastener as per the tables in paragraph 6 bill out the same
using the following formulae.
Note : for Dx/Ex panels Plain screws (not colored) shall be used.
No. of fasteners =
Single skin panels:
• For fully sheeted walls = (NG + NE + 1) x BL

Mw
• For partially sheeted walls = (NG + NE) x BL
Mw
Tempcon panels:
• For fully sheeted walls = (NG + NE + NL + 1) x 4 x NR
• For partially sheeted walls = (NG + NE + NL) x 4 x NR
Type-Dx/Ex panels:
• For fully sheeted walls = (NG + NE + NL + 1) x NR
• For partially sheeted walls = (NG + NE + NL) x NR
Where,
NG = No. of Girt lines,
BL = Building Length,
Mw = Module width (250 for type-S panel),
NL = No. of end lap lines,
NR = No. of wall panel runs.
5.1.8 TCTP panels can not be end lapped like other panels. If the sheeting height exceeds
the maximum single panel length special end lap detail shall be adopted as in the
sketch in paragraph 3.1c. The following items are also to be billed out in case of
TCTP panels with end lap.
5.8 Page 62 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
1) Closure Trim (03-0576).
Qty = End lap length / (Trim length – 50).
2) Foam closure (01-0009).

Qty = End lap length / 7620.
3) Wall stitch screw (01-0480 / 01-0454)
5.1.9 Type-Dx/Ex panels also can not be end lapped like other panels. If the sheeting
height exceeds the maximum single panel length special end lap detail shall be
adopted as in the sketch in paragraph 3.1c. The following items are also to be billed
out in case of Type-Dx/Ex panels with end lap.

Qty = End lap length / (Trim length – 50).
2) Foam closure (01-0009).

3) Pop Rivets (01-0099 / 01-0096)
5.1.10 For Dx/Ex Panels Spacer trim (03-0345) shall be billed at corners.
Qty = Length of panel / (Length of trim – 50) at each ends.
5.1.11 Bill-out the pop rivets (01-0099 / 01-0096) for lapping of the trims.
Qty = 5 for each lap joint of trims.
5.1.12 The following items are to be billed out for building with maxseam roof panels or
TCMP with maxseam overlay roof panels:

Qty = 2 per building

Qty = 2 per building
3) Pop rivet (01-0099 / 01-0096).

Qty = 10 for each closure trim (03-0618).
Qty = 10 for each closure trim (03-0619).
5.1.13 Touch-up paint for painted sheeting shall be billed out. Refer to paragraph 5.3.5 of
Roof sheeting for the billing procedure.
5.8 Page 63 Rev. 33

DETAILING MANUAL
5.1.14 Bill of Material for a Typical Sidewall is given below:

TOTAL
LENGTH WEIGHT
PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION WT
(M) (Kgs)
(Kgs)
01-0007-00 2 MASTIC FLOWABLE TUBE 6000MM EACH .000 .48 .96
POP RIVET CARBON STEEL [ZINC COATED] 4MM DIA X
01-0099-05 307 .000 .01 3.07
8MM LONG
01-0270-05 1 PAINT TOUCH-UP 200 ml. .000 .28 .28
01-0473-00 90 SCREW SELF DRILL CS-5.5X55 W/ 16 DIA WASHER .055 .01 .88
SCREW SELF DRILL CS-4.8X16 W/ 14 DIA WASHER (@
01-0470-00 100 .016 .01 1.31
ROOF)
01-0480-05 130 SCREW SELF DRILL CS-4.8X16 (@ WALL) .016 .01 1.31
01-0481-05 350 SCREW SELF DRILL CS-5.5X25 (@WALL) .025 .01 3.50
01-0605-00 27 INSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FOR TYPE S PANEL 1.000 .01 .27
01-0606-00 30 OUTSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FOR TYPE S PANEL 1.000 .01 .30
03-0012-05 9 EAVE TRIM 3.200 2.84 25.56
03-0367-03 10 DRIP TRIM 3.050 2.27 22.70
03-0726-05 1 GUTTER R.H.S. END CLOSURE .244 .17 .17
03-0727-05 1 GUTTER L.H.S. END CLOSURE .244 .17 .17
03-0728-03 44 GUTTER STRAP .350 .26 11.44
03-0735-05 5 EAVE GUTTER 6.100 13.48 67.40
46-AA54-05 5 DOWNSPOUT 0.5 MM [XRW] 5.730 7.87 39.35
46-0757-05 5 44 DEGREE BEND DOWNSPOUT .244 .35 1.75
03-0762-05 50 DOWNSPOUT STRAP .380 .04 2.00
46-SM99-05 2 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 2.040 8.59 17.18
46-SN99-05 27 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 3.740 15.75 425.25
5.2 Endwall:
5.2.1 Panels.
Follow the billing procedure described for sidewall.
5.2.2 Drip trims / Base trims are to be billed out for buildings with partially blockwall
with single skin panels & for fully or partially sheeted walls with Tempcon or
Type-Dx/Ex panels. Follow the procedure described for sidewall in paragraph
5.1.2.
5.2.3 Special Base trim shall be billed out for fully sheeted walls with Tempcon panels.
These trims will be special and Part sketches to be prepared according to the
Tempcon panel type (thickness). Refer to section 5.9 for more details about billing
of trims.
5.2.4 Gable trims. Bill out standard gable trim 03-0094 in case of Type-A panels at wall
& Roof and the roof sheeting start/end at steel line. ( i.e. sheeting gap = 0 ). For all
other cases Special Gable trims shall be detailed as described in paragraph.4.3b of
Endwall.
5.8 Page 64 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
5.2.5 Corner trims.
a) Bill out standard Corner trim 03-0368 / 03-0369. in case of Type-A panels at
sidewall & endwall sheeting start/end at steel line. ( i.e. sheeting gap = 0 ).
b) Bill out the Corner trim 03-0840 in case of Type-Dx/Ex panels @ endwall.
c) For all other cases Special Corner trims shall be detailed as described in
paragraph.4.3c of Endwall.
5.2.6 Peak box shall be billed. Refer to section 5.9 for billing of peak box.
5.2.7 Wall sheeting with framed opening/ sliding door/ roll-up door will be billed with
edge trim, jamb trim and sill / head trim. Refer to chapter 5.15 for complete details.
5.2.8 For Dx/Ex Panels Spacer trim (03-0345) shall be billed at corners.
Qty = Length of panel @ corner / (Length of trim – 50) at each ends.
5.2.9 For Multi-gable buildings, if the start/end of sheeting is not exactly at valley
line, bill-out the following items accordingly.
a) Closure trim & its fasteners at endwall valley as below:
• Closure trim :
Condition Part mark

For Single skin panel &
Non-Standard (with part sketch)
For TCSP panel with field cut near hi-rib
TCSP panel with field cut @ low rib,
03-0839
TCTP & Dx/Ex panels
Qty = Length of Panel @ Valley / (Trim length – 50)
• Wall Stitch Screw (in case of Single skin/ Tempcon panels)

Qty = (Length of Panel @ Valley / 600) x 2
• Pop Rivets (in case of Dx/Ex panels)

Qty = (Length of Panel @ Valley / 300) x 2
b) Spacer trim & its Fasteners @ valley in case of Dx/Ex Panels.

• Spacer trim (03-0345)
Qty = [Length of Panel @ Valley / (Trim length – 50)] x 2.
• Fixing Screws (CS-5.5x25/SS-5.5x28) for Spacer trim @ valley in case of
Dx/Ex panels. (Use CS-5.5x32/SS-5.5x40) if built-up/hot rolled endwall
post @ valley with flush girts).
Qty = (Length of Panel @ Valley / 500) x 2 [for Flush girts with post
@ valley]
5.8 Page 65 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
Qty = No. of endwall girt lines X 2 [for Flush girts without post
@ valley & for by-pass girts]
c) Sheeting Angle & its fasteners in case of Dx/Ex panels with flush girts and
Single C post at valley line.
• Sheeting Angle (06-0200/06-0201)
Qty = Length of Panel @ Valley / Length of sheeting angle.
• Fixing Screws (CS-5.5x25/SS-5.5x28)
Qty = (Length of Panel @ Valley / 500)
5.2.10 Inside foam closure shall be billed. Refer to the table in paragraph 2.5 of Roof
Qty = No. of panels rows X 1.
5.2.11 Outside foam closure shall be billed. Refer to the table in paragraph 2.5 of Roof
5.2.12 Select suitable Panel fastener as per the tables in paragraph 6 bill out the same
using the following formulae.
No. of fasteners =
Single skin panels:
• For fully sheeted walls = (NG + 2) x BW
Mw
• For partially sheeted walls = (NG + 1) x BW
Mw
Tempcon panels:
• For fully sheeted walls = (NG + NL + 1) x 4 x NR
• For partially sheeted walls = (NG + NL) x 4 x NR
Type-Dx/Ex panels:
• For fully sheeted walls = (NG + NL + 1) x NR
• For partially sheeted walls = (NG + NL) x NR
Where,
NG = No. of Girt lines,
BW = Building Width,
Mw = Module width
NL = No. of end lap lines,
NR = No. of endwall panel runs.
5.8 Page 66 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
5.2.11 Bill out wall stitch screws for fixing Gable and Corner trims as follows:
(refer to paragraph 6 for screw selection procedure.)
a) for gable trim, Qty = [(Building width in slope / 300) + 1] x 2
b) for Corner trim,
Fully sheeted wall, Qty = [(Eave height / 600) +1 ] x 4
Partially Blockwall, Qty = {[(Eave height-blockwall height) / 600] + 1} x 4
Note : For corner trim, bill-out pop rivets for Type-Dx/Ex panels & self
drilling stitch screws for all other panels.
5.2.12 For TCTP & Type-Dx/Ex panels with end lap, bill-out the additional items as
described for sidewall in paragraph 5.1.8, 5.1.9 respectively.
5.2.13 Bill out Pop rivets for lapping the trims and to fix the Peak Box.
a) for lapping of trims, Qty = (no of gable trims + no. of corner trims -1) x 5
b) for Peak box, Qty = 10 nos.
5.2.14 Touch-up paint for painted sheeting shall be billed out. Refer to paragraph 5.3.5 of
Roof sheeting for the billing procedure.
5.2.15 For Buildings in High Wind Zone areas (with Wind Speed > 150km/hr), the
following additional materials shall also to be billed:
i) Single Bead Mastic (01-0093).
Qty = Building width (along slope) / Length of bead mastic roll, per gable.
ii) Fixing Screw (RS) for gable trim @ roof (Select the suitable fastener as per
tables in Paragraph 6 of this section.). [Only with single skin wall panel]
Qty = Building width (along slope) / 300, per gable.
iii) Fixing Screw (WS) for fixing the gable trim @ wall panel (Select the suitable
fastener as per the table tables in paragraph 6 of this section.). [Only with
single skin wall panel]
Qty = Building width / panel module, per gable.
5.8 Page 67 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
5.2.16 Bill of Materials for a typical Endwall sheeting is given below:
TOTAL
LENGTH WEIGHT
PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION WT
(M) (Kgs)
(Kgs)
POP RIVET CARBON STEEL [ZINC COATED] 4MM DIA
01-0099-05 50 .000 .01 .49
X 8MM LONG
01-0270-05 1 PAINT TOUCH-UP 200 ml. .000 .28 .28
01-0480-05 180 SCREW SELF DRILL CS-4.8X16 (@ WALL) .016 .01 1.80
01-0481-05 350 SCREW SELF DRILL CS-5.5X25 (@WALL) .025 .01 3.50
01-0605-00 18 INSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FOR TYPE S PANEL 1.000 .01 .18
01-0606-00 21 OUTSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FOR TYPE S PANEL 1.000 .01 .21
03-0022-05 1 HEADER TRIM 3.200 1.95 1.95
03-0274-05 1 F.O. JAMB TRIM 3.050 1.74 1.74
03-0285-05 1 PEAK BOX (1.0/10 SLOPE) .642 1.34 1.34
03-0251-05 1 SPACER TRIM 3.050 1.14 1.14
03-0367-05 7 DRIP TRIM 3.050 2.27 15.89
03-7201-05 4 OUTSIDE CORNER TRIM 2.000 3.12 12.48
03-7202-05 7 OASIS GABLE TRIM 3.050 4.86 34.02
46-SA99-05 2 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 3.810 15.05 30.10
46-SB99-05 2 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 3.840 15.17 30.34
46-SC99-05 1 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 3.900 15.41 15.41
46-SD99-05 2 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 3.940 15.56 31.12
46-SE99-05 1 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 4.000 15.80 15.80
46-SF99-05 2 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 4.030 15.92 31.84
46-SG99-05 2 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 4.130 16.31 32.62
46-SH99-05 2 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 4.220 16.67 33.34
46-SI99-05 2 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 4.320 17.06 34.12
46-SJ99-05 2 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 4.420 17.46 34.92
46-SK99-05 2 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 4.510 17.81 35.62
46-SL99-05 2 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 4.610 18.21 36.42
5.8 Page 68 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
6. Fastener Selection Procedure for Wall & Roof.
6.1 Self drilling screws and pop rivets are used for fastening the sheeting.
6.2 Self drilling screws are available in carbon steel & Stainless steel. Stainless steel screws
are used for fixing Aluminum panels. For all other panels carbon steel screws shall be
used. (Refer to the table below).
FASTENERS (SELF DRILLING SCREWS) SELECTION CHART

PANEL
METALLIC FASTENERS MATERIAL
SUBSTRATE / PAINT SYSTEM
COATING TYPE
MATERIAL*
Plain (No Paint)
ZincAlume / XRW
Carbon Steel Galvalume / XPD Carbon Steel ( Zinc Plated) **
Galvanized XSE
SPECIAL
Plain (No Paint)
XRW
Aluminum --- XPD Stainless Steel
XSE
SPECIAL
Note: * For panel substrate's/material's specifications consult PRD.

** Carbon Steel Screws are available in all standard colors and in plain (without
color).
6.3 Screws are classified into Fixing screws & Stitch screws according to their application.
Fixing screws are used to fix the Panels to the secondary members and stitch screws are
used for fixing panels/trims to panels.
6.4 In carbon steel, Roof Screws (RS) are with bonded washers & available only in Plain
color. Wall Screws (WS) are without washers & available in all standard sheeting colors
to match with the color of the wall sheeting. Colored screws are not available for fixing
tempcon panels, so plain colored screws are used. All stainless steel screws are in plain
color and same screws are used for roof & wall.
6.5 For connecting secondary members together & sheeting/cladding to any hot-rolled/built-
up sections screws in plain color without washer are used. These screws are referred as
General Screws (GS).
6.6 Refer to the table below for selecting the fasteners for fixing roof/wall sheeting.
5.8 Page 69 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
STANDARD FASTENERS SELECTION CHART FOR SINGLE SKIN AND TEMPCON

PANELS
Carbon Steel fasteners (CS) Stainless Steel fasteners (SS)
Panel Type
@ WALL @ ROOF @ WALL @ ROOF
CS-5.5x25 CS-5.5x25 SS-5.5x28
Single Skin
(01-0481) (01-0471) # (01-0451)
CS-5.5x77 SS-5.5x77
TCSP-75
(01-0409) (01-0456)
CS-5.5x77 SS-5.5x77
TCSP-85
(01-0409) (01-0456)
CS-5.5x112 SS-5.5x107
TCSP-100
(01-0410) (01-0457)
CS-5.5x112 SS-5.5x107
TCTP-60 -NA- -NA-
(01-0410) (01-0457)
CS-5.5x112 SS-5.5x107
TCMP-60 -NA- -NA-
(01-0410) (01-0457)
CS-5.5x112 SS-5.5x107
TCMP-75 -NA- -NA-
(01-0410) (01-0457)
CS-5.5x112 SS-5.5x130
TCMP-85 -NA- -NA-
(01-0410) (01-0458)
CS-5.5x137 SS-5.5x130
TCMP-100 -NA- -NA-
(01-0411) (01-0458
# - For Vietnam, the part mark for CS-5.5x25 screw is 01-0490.
6.7 Refer the following table for the screw’s material fastening capacity (for tempcon
panels).
Minimum thickness Maximum thickness

Maximum drilling
Screws of all materials of all materials
capacity (mm)
fastened (mm) fastened (mm)
CS-5.5x77 (01-0409) 5 39 55
CS-5.5x112 (01-0410) 5 54 90
CS-5.5x137 (01-0411) 5 69 115
SS-5.5x77 (01-0456) 5 39 52
SS-5.5x107 (01-0457) 5 59 82
SS-5.5x130 (01-0458) 5 78 102
Note: Minimum and maximum thickness of all materials fastened includes the tempcon
panel thickness only (foam + exterior skin + interior skin) and does not include the
purlin/girt thickness.
6.8 For Buildings with Fiberglass Insulation using Carbon Steel screws, select suitable
screws from the following table:
5.8 Page 70 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
Size of Carbon Steel Screws to be Used for Fastening and Maximum

Compressed Thickness of Fiberglass Insulation
Insulation Fiberglass Insulation Density, Kg/m3
Thickness
(mm) 10 12 16 20 24
CS-5.5x25 CS-5.5x25 CS-5.5x25 CS-5.5x25 CS-5.5x25
50
(3 – 4 mm) (3 – 4 mm) (4 – 6 mm) (5 – 6 mm) (5 – 7 mm)
75
(4 – 6 mm) (4 – 6 mm) (6 – 8 mm) (8 – 11 mm) (9 – 12 mm)
100
(10 – 12 mm) (10 – 12 mm) (10 – 13 mm) (11 – 14 mm) (11 – 16 mm)
150
(11 – 13 mm) (11 – 14 mm) (12 – 15 mm) (12 – 16 mm) (18 – 20 mm)
Notes:
1. Above results were taken from test conducted on the following material thickness:
Panel = 0.5 mm and Purlin/Girt = 1.5 mm.
2. Refer to the following table for the part marks of above screws for roof & wall.
Maximum thickness of all
Roof Screw Wall Screw Maximum drilling materials fastened (mm)
Screw size
(RS) (WS) capacity (mm)
**
CS-5.5x25 01-0471 * 01-0481 5 9
CS-5.5x45 01-0472 * 01-0482 5 31
* For Vietnam use only, CS-5.5x25 screw Part mark is 01-0490 & CS-5.5x45
screw part mark is 01-0491.
** Maximum thickness of all materials fastened includes the panel thickness +
compressed insulation thickness + purlin/girt thickness.
6.9 For Buildings with Fiberglass Insulation using Stainless Steel screws, select suitable
screws from the following table:
5.8 Page 71 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
Size of Stainless Steel Screws to be Used for Fastening and Maximum Compressed
Thickness of Fiberglass Insulation
Insulation Fiberglass Insulation Density, Kg/m3
Thickness
(mm) 10 12 16 20 24
SS-5.5x28 SS-5.5x28 SS-5.5x28 SS-5.5x28 SS-5.5x28
50
(3 – 4 mm) (3 – 4 mm) (4 – 6 mm) (5 – 6 mm) (5 – 7 mm)
75
(4 – 6 mm) (4 – 6 mm) (6 – 8 mm) (8 – 11 mm) (9 – 12 mm)
100
(10 – 12 mm) (10 – 12 mm) (10 – 13 mm) (11 – 14 mm) (11 – 16 mm)
150
(11 – 13 mm) (11 – 14 mm) (12 – 15 mm) (12 – 16 mm) (18 – 20 mm)
Notes:
1. Above results were taken from test conducted on the following material thickness:
Panel = 0.5 mm and Purlin/Girt = 1.5 mm.
2. Refer to the following table for the part marks of above screws. Same screw shall be
used at roof & wall.
Maximum drilling Maximum thickness of all
Screw size Part Mark
capacity (mm) materials fastened (mm) *
SS-5.5x28 01-0451 3 10
SS-5.5x50 01-0460 3 20
* Maximum thickness of all materials fastened includes the panel thickness +

compressed insulation thickness + purlin/girt thickness.
6.10 Separate Stitch screws are available for Roof & Wall in case of carbon steel. Refer to the
following table for the stitch screws part marks.
Location Carbon Steel (CS) Stainless Steel (SS)

Roof Screw (RS) CS-4.8x16 (01-0470)
SS-4.8x20 (01-0454)
Wall screw (WS) CS-4.8x16 (01-0480)
6.11 At wall, except the fixing screws for Tempcon panels, colored screws, which matches the
wall sheeting color shall be used. Wall screws are available in all standard sheeting
colors. The part mark will be same and the color code will differ according to sheeting
color code. For the panels with Zincalume color (03) Plain colored screws shall be used
(with 00 color code).
5.8 Page 72 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
6.12 Screws used for fixing cold-formed members together & screws for fixing panels/trims to
any structural members with thickness upto 12mm are referred as General Screws (GS).
Refer to the following for the usage of these General screws.
Carbon steel Screw Stainless Steel Screw
Usage
(CS) (SS)
To fix any cold form angles to
CS-5.5x25 (01-0481) SS-5.5x28 (01-0451)
girt/purlin
To fix panels / trims to structural
CS-5.5x32 (01-0486) SS-5.5x40 (01-0453)
members upto thickness 12mm
6.13 Standard Fasteners schedule table shall be inserted in roof & wall sheeting elevation
erection drawings as below.
@ Roof sheeting @ Wall sheeting

Panel Type Carbon Steel Stainless Steel Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
(CS) (SS) (CS) (SS)
Single skin or
SYE-011 SYE-015 SYE-013 SYE-017
Type-Dx/Ex
Tempcon SYE-012 SYE-016 SYE-014 SYE-018
6.14 IMPORTANT NOTE:
For fixing sheeting on all purlin/girt end laps and on nested purlins/girts, it is
recommended that a 4mm dia hole is pre-drilled before installing the self-drilling screw.
This is a must for stainless steel screws. These holes will be the guide for the screws to
penetrate into the materials being fastened without making the drill point bend or damage
and also avoiding wastage of time and materials.
5.8 Page 73 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
Section 5.9 : Flashing and Trims
1. Description
Flashing and trims are made from the same pre-painted sheets used for cladding. Their
main function is to enhance the appearance of the building. Flashing and trims are also
used as closure and trims for weather tightness. The name flashing and trims are used
synonymously.
2. Availability
2.1 For the available standard flashing/trims list refer to the Item Master section 5.1 of this
manual. All standard trims are under the category “03”.
2.2 The following standard items are made by a rolling machine so the length is unlimited.
But it is not recommended to exceed 6000 mm length to avoid twisting and handling
difficulties during shipping and erection.
1. Oasis eave trim # 03-0092

2. Gable trim # 03-0094, 03-0095
3. Corner trim # 03-0368, 03-0369, 03-0370, 03-0371, 03-0372.
2.3 The other standard trims are made by press brake so their length is limited to a maximum
of 3600 mm. (The limitation of the press brake machine).
2.4 For the profile of all standard trims refer to Edrive Stdparts Directory (“E:\Stdparts”).
2.5 The trims listed in the Item Master have fixed lengths. If you need the same standard
profile but not the standard length or color you need to give a special part mark and
description in the BOM as per the following example:
Part Mark Description Qty. Length Weight
03-7231-05 Cap trim same profile as 03-0373 10 3500 7.97
03-5231-05 Cap trim 0.5 XPD same profile as 03-0373 10 3000 6.97
2.6 All flashing/trims must be lapped together by 50 mm minimum. More lap can be provided
if reasonable enough to use the standard length and avoid special billing out.
5.9 Page 1 Rev. 23

DETAILING MANUAL
2.7 Some flashing/trims needs to be calculated not only for its length but also for other
dimensions in order to lap or fit with other flashing/trims such as Peak box.
2.7.1 Peak Box is the flashing/trim that covers the intersection of the roof and endwall at
the peak or highest point of a gabled building. We have two types of peak box:
a) Regular Peak Box used with standard profiled gable trim.
b) Special Peak Box used with special profiled gable trim to suit Curved Eave
corner trim.
5.9 Page 2 Rev. 17

DETAILING MANUAL
Usually, the main erection details that are inserted in standard erection drawings already
show the relevant trims required. Please double check that all the trims have the correct
part mark as per the details.
• For peak box, erection details should be inserted based on the correct peak box type as
per building condition, such that if the building has Curved eave or not.
PEAK BOX ERECTION DETAIL @ E:DRIVE

For Countries Outside
For GCC Countries
GCC
Roof
Type Wall Panel Normal High Normal High
Panel
Wind Wind Wind Wind
Zone Zone * Zone Zone *
Single Single Skin TRE-004 TRE-034 TRE-023 TRE-039
Skin Type-Dx/Ex TRE-046 TRE-060 TRE-064 TRE-061
Type-S TRE-027 - TRE-028 -
Type-R TRE-029 - TRE-030 -
Maxseam TCSP TCE-175 - TCE-176 -
TCTP TCE-177 - TCE-178 -
Regular Type-Dx/Ex TRE-047 - TRE-048 -
Peak Box
TCMP w/ TCTP TCE-171 - TCE-172 -
Maxseam TCSP TCE-173 - TCE-174 -
TCMP w/ TCTP TCE-086 TCE-113 TCE-091 TCE-116
Single
Skin TCSP TCE-087 TCE-114 TCE-093 TCE-118
TCTP TCE-068 TCE-109 TCE-082 TCE-112
TCSP
TCSP TCE-088 TCE-115 TCE-092 TCE-117
Special Single
Single Skin TRE-025 TRE-041 TRE-026 TRE-042
Peak Box ** Skin
* Areas with Wind Speed > 150 km/hr are considered as High Wind Zone
** For Curved Eave Buildings
4. Shop Drawings
4.1 The shop drawings are not required for all standard items. Shop drawings are also not
required for special trims, which have the same profile of standard items (refer to
paragraph.2.5).
4.2 The shop drawings should be prepared for any non-standard flashing or trim with the
following limitations:
4.2.1 Maximum length of any trim should be 3600 mm.
5.9 Page 3 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
4.2.2 Maximum flat width at any side of the trim should not exceed 250 mm. Otherwise
provide extra break to stiffen the material. This is important to improve the
handling and the straightness of the trim.
4.3 All trims should be made from 0.5 mm thick unless otherwise mentioned in the CIF. If the
trim thickness specified does not match the specified sheeting thickness consult with your
Supervisor to confirm the matter.
4.4 Wherever the “U” shape trims are required, the “B” dimension should not be more than
1.25 of “C” dimension as shown in the following sketch. This is due to a limitation in the
press brake machine.
4.5 A hem (see sketch) is provided to give straightness and good appearance of the trims edge.
Therefore if the edge of the trim projects out of the building, a hem should be added.
4.6 For buildings with roof slope other than 0.5/10 and 1.0/10, shop sketch for Peak Box trim
for Endwall to be given. Peak Box are fabricated in the shop and detailers have to calculate
the dimensions needed including the blank length and height of the material to be used.
Calculate as follows:
5.9 Page 4 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
4.6.1 For Buildings with standard Eave.
• Use Template TRS-901 for buildings with > 0.5 / 10 Roof slope.
• Use Template TRS-906 for buildings with < 0.5 / 10 Roof slope.
Refer the following sketch to calculate the dimensions.

(Note that given values in the sketch and in the table below are fixed. Also insert correct
Zamil Logo; refer to paragraph 5.5 of Billing Out).
Fix value
Roof Panel
P R S T U V W
Maxseam panel 20 230 61 101 129 85 12
TCMP w/ Maxseam 20 265 61 101 164 120 12
Single Skin or Tempcon
27 210 115 71 139 97 10
(For Norman Wind Zone)
Single Skin or Tempcon
27 240 115 71 169 127 10
(For High Wind Zone) *
Φ = Roof slope in degrees

M = R x Sin Φ
N = R x Cos Φ
Q = [ ( 600 / 2 ) + M ] x Tan Φ
B = N + Q
A = 600 + ( 2 x M )
C = [ ( B - 195 ) / 2 ] + 34
• The stretch-out dimensions of A1 can be calculated as per sketch below:
5.9 Page 5 Rev. 28

DETAILING MANUAL
a) For buildings with roof slope > 0.5 / 10 Roof slope.
b) For buildings with roof slope < 0.5 / 10 Roof slope.
5.9 Page 6 Rev. 28

DETAILING MANUAL
For Detail – A calculate the following:

X = P x Cos Φ
Y = P x Sin Φ
Y1 = P - Y
X1 = Y1 x Tan Φ
• D = Y1 / Cos Φ (@ slope)
or
• D = X - X1 (@ Horizontal)
• Other dimensions of A1 are to be calculated as follows:
E = 600 + ( 2 x D )
F = ( S + T + U + D ) x Sin Φ ( for case a)
( S + T + U + D ) x Sin Φ + 10 ( for case b)
K = ( S + T + U + D ) x Cos Φ
L = E + (2 x F)
G = L / 2
J = G x Tan Φ
H = K + J
Note that material dimensions (blank size) for A1 are L and H.
Sample shop sketch for Non-standard Peak for buildings with standard eave is shown below.
ÊA3B5000101031001054Š
ÊA3B5000101031001054Š
5.9 Page 7 Rev. 28

DETAILING MANUAL
4.6.2 For Buildings with Curved Eave.
• Use Template TRS-905 for buildings with any Roof slope.
Refer the following sketch to calculate the dimensions.
(Note that given values in the sketch and in the table below are fixed. Also insert correct
Zamil Logo, refer to paragraph 5.5 of Billing Out).
Φ

Value Value M = 210 x Sin Φ
Building in
“R” “U” N = 210 x Cos Φ
Normal Wind Zone 210 58 Q = [ ( 600 / 2 ) + M ] x Tan Φ
B = N + Q
High Wind Zone * 240 88
A = 600 + ( 2 x M )
C = [ ( B - 195 ) / 2 ] + 34
• The stretch out dimensions of A1 can be calculated as per sketch below:

Φ
5.9 Page 8 Rev. 28

DETAILING MANUAL
For Detail – A calculate the following:

X = 25 x Cos Φ
Y = 25 x Sin Φ
Y1 = 25 - Y
X1 = Y1 x Tan Φ
• D = Y1 / Cos Φ (@ slope)
or
• D = X - X1 (@ Horizontal)
• Other dimensions of A1 are to be calculated as follows:
E = 600 + ( 2 x D )
F = ( 325 + D ) x Sin Φ G = L / 2
K = ( 325 + D ) x Cos Φ J = G x Tan Φ
L = E + (2 x F) H = K + J
Note that material dimensions (blank size) for A1 are L and H.
Sample shop sketch for Special Peak Box :
ÊB3A500010103123405DŠ
ÊB3A500010103123405DŠ
5.9 Page 9 Rev. 28

DETAILING MANUAL
5. Billing Out
5.1 To bill out standard trims select the standard part mark item from the Item Master and add
it to the BOM with the required quantity. The quantity can be calculated as follows:
Quantity = Total length to be flashed “for each sub area”
(Piece length - 50)
The quantity should be connected to the next higher whole marks. Other information such
as description, length, weight, etc. will be read automatically from the Item Master.
5.2 To bill out a special trim with a profile identical to a standard trim profile (Refer to
paragraph 2.5) give a special part mark and add the description, length and weight
manually.
Quantity is calculated as shown in paragraph 5.1.
5.3 To bill out a special trim which is fully detailed manually, enter all the information such as
part mark, description, quantity, part length and weight to the BOM manually. To
calculate the part length:
Part Length = Total length to be flashed (for each sub area) + 50 mm
Quantity
• Part length should not exceed 3600 mm. So change the quantity until you get a length
equal or less than 3600 mm.
5.3 Bill out fasteners for the trims as follows:

Description / Part Mark
Fastener Carbon Steel Stainless steel Application
(CS) (SS)
CS-4.8x16
Roof
Stitch (01-0470) SS-4.8x20 For trims to panels or trim to
Screw CS-4.8x16 (01-0454) trim connection
Wall
(01-0480)
CS-5.5x25
Roof For all trims connecting to
Fixing (01-0471)* SS-5.5x28
structural members upto 5mm
Screw CS-5.5x25 (01-0451)
Wall thick.
(01-0481)
For all trims / sheeting
CS-5.5x32 SS-5.5x40
Fixing Screw connecting to structural
(01-0486) (01-0453)
members upto 12mm thick.
For trim to panel or trim to
CS-4x8 SS-4x8 trim connection.
Pop Rivet
(01-0099) (01-0096) Also used to end lap trims
together
* For Vietnam, the part mark is 01-0490
5.9 Page 10 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
Note: 1. For fixing Aluminum (Plain or Pre-painted) panels/trims, Stainless Steel

fasteners shall be used. For other panels/trims, Carbon Steel Fasteners will
be used.
2. At wall, all Carbon Steel fasteners shall be colored to match with the
sheeting color. Screws & Pop rivets are available in all standard sheeting
colors.
To bill out the quantity for the above items, refer to the relevant erection detail for
fasteners spacing and calculate as follows:
QTY = Trim Quantity x Trim Length

Fasteners spacing
5.5 Bill out Peak Box as follows:
• For Buildings with Standard slope, use Standard Peak Box, no part sketch is needed. Bill
out park mark as follows (also refer to paragraph 2.1 of this section):
STANDARD REGULAR PEAK BOX PART MARK

SLOPE Roof Panel For GCC Countries For All Other Countries
Maxseam Panel 03-0623 03-0625
1:10 Maxseam Panel w/ TCMP 03-0628 03-0630

Single Skin, Tempcon or
03-0280 03-0285
Type-Dx/Ex
Maxseam Panel 03-0624 03-0626
0.5:10 Maxseam Panel w/ TCMP 03-0629 03-0631

Single Skin, Tempcon or
03-0281 03-0286
Type-Dx/Ex
• For Regular Buildings with Non-standard Roof slope and for Buildings with Curved Eave
and having any Roof slope, and for buildings in High Wind Zone *, bill-out special part
mark including color requirement in endwall sheeting sub-area. (Zamil logos to be used
are 01-0257-00 for G.C.C. countries and 01-0258-00 for countries outside G.C.C.)
QTY = One peak box per endwall
Note : * Areas with Wind Speed > 150 km/hr are considered as High Wind Zone
5.9 Page 11 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
Section 5.10 : Gutters & Downspouts
VALLEY GUTTER :
1. Description
1.1 Valley Gutter is cold formed section fabricated from hot rolled steel sheet conforming
to ASTM-A792M grade 345B ( Fy = 34.5 kN/cm2 ) and it is coated with zinc/alum
alloy or equivalent and provided with the building to carry off water from the following
locations.
(1) The roof valley of multi-gable buildings. (2) The eave of high-low buildings.
(3) Cantilever Fascia (4) Parapet Fascia
(5) The roof valley between two buildings (6) At curved Eave
side by side with same eave height.
1.2 The ends of the valley gutter are closed with end closures. These end closures height is
reduced by 50mm to allow water drainage outside the building at the ends in case of
over flow.
5.10 Page 1 Rev.24

DETAILING MANUAL
2. Availability.
2.1 Valley gutters are available in 5 types.
Egypt & Vietnam Factories:

Type 1 : 600/400 width X 190 height (1.0mm thick).
Used with Multi-gable buildings with single skin or tempcon roof panel &
curved eave buildings with single skin roof panels.
Used with Multi-gable buildings with MaxSEAM or TCMP w/ MaxSEAM
overlay roof panels & curved eave buildings with tempcon roof panels.
Type 3 : 354 width X 190 height (1.0mm thick).
Mainly used with Fascias & high / low eave building conditions.
Saudi Factory:
Used with Multi-gable buildings for all conditions.
Type 5 : 354 width X 190 height (1.2mm thick)

Mainly used with Fascias & high / low eave building conditions.
2.2 Standard Valley Gutter length is fixed to 4500mm.
5.10 Page 2 Rev.24

DETAILING MANUAL
2.3 Two Valley Gutter are connected by a valley gutter splice at the joints with stove bolts,
nuts and washers. Double bead mastic is applied at the splice to prevent water leakage
from the joints.
2.4 Valley Gutters are supported at every 1500mm intervals with valley gutter supports.
2.5 Different Part marks are available for the Valley gutters & End closures for each
factory according to the raw material & manufacturing methods.
2.6 Following are the part marks for Valley Gutter and its support, splice & end closures
available for each factory.
For Egypt & Vietnam Factory.
Valley Part Marks
Gutter Valley Gutter Valley Gutter Valley Gutter
Type Valley Gutter
Support Splice End Closure
Type-1 03-0770 03-0773 03-0772 03-0771
Type-2 03-0785 03-0786 03-0772 03-0771
Type-3 03-0775 03-0778 03-0777 03-0776
For Saudi Factory.

Valley Part Marks
Gutter Valley Gutter Valley Gutter Valley Gutter
Type Valley Gutter
Support Splice End Closure
Type-4 03-0817 03-0819 03-0772 03-0813
Type-5 03-0818 03-0820 03-0777 03-0815
• All the standard valley gutters are 4500mm length.

• Valley Gutters & End closures for Saudi Factory are with pre-punched holes for
splicing & closure fixing at ends. The inside surface of these Gutter & Closure are
painted with one coat of finish paint. The color code will be 23.
• Valley Gutters & End closures for Egypt & Vietnam Factories will not have any
holes. All the required holes shall be drilled at site.
5.10 Page 3 Rev.24

DETAILING MANUAL
3. Erection drawings.
3.1 Valley gutter arrangement plan should be shown with the roof sheeting plan to indicate
the Part marks of Valley gutter & End closures.
3.2 Select the suitable erection details from the following table according to the building
condition and show them in the roof sheeting plan or wall sheeting elevations.
For Type-1 / Type-4 Valley Gutter with Single Skin panels
Drawing Description
GUE-010 Detail at the valley between the buildings with same eave height
GUE-011 Detail at the valley of multi-gable building
Valley gutter & PVC downspout installation detail – screws on the hi-
GUE-013
rib of roof panels (For Egypt & Vietnam)
GUE-050
rib of roof panels (For Saudi)
Valley gutter & PVC downspout installation detail – screws on the low-
GUE-021
GUE-052
For Type-4 Valley Gutter with Tempcon panels
Drawing Description
Valley gutter & PVC downspout installation detail – with TCSP wall
GUE-070
panels (For Saudi)
Valley gutter & PVC downspout installation detail – with TCTP wall
GUE-071
panels (For Saudi)
5.10 Page 4 Rev.24

DETAILING MANUAL
For Type-2/Type-4 Valley Gutter with MaxSEAM panels
Drawing Description
GUE-108 Detail at the valley between the buildings with same eave height
GUE-109 Detail at the valley of multi-gable building
Valley gutter & PVC downspout installation detail
GUE-121
(For Saudi)
GUE-143
(For Egypt & Vietnam)
For Type-4 Valley Gutter with MaxSEAM & TCMP panels
Drawing Description
GUE-139
panels (For Saudi)
GUE-140
panels (For Saudi)
For Type-3/Type-5 Valley Gutter with Single Skin panels
Drawing Description
Detail at the eave with High & low buildings when common wall is fully
GUE-007
open.
Detail at the eave with High & low buildings when common wall of low
GUE-008
building is fully sheeted.
Detail at the eave with High & low buildings when common wall of high
GUE-009
GUE-012 Standard downspout fixing detail with valley gutter.
GUE-014
GUE-051
GUE-022
GUE-053
Rev.24
5.10 Page 5
DETAILING MANUAL
Drawing Description
Detail at the eave with High & low buildings when common wall is fully
GUE-105
open.
Detail at the eave with High & low buildings when common wall of low
GUE-106
Detail at the eave with High & low buildings when common wall of high
GUE-107
GUE-122
(For Saudi)
GUE-144
For Type-5 Valley Gutter with Tempcon panels
Drawing Description
GUE-072
panels (For Saudi)
GUE-073
panels (For Saudi)
For Type-5 Valley Gutter with MaxSEAM & TCMP panels
Drawing Description
GUE-141
panels (For Saudi)
GUE-142
panels (For Saudi)
Valley gutter & Internal PVC downspout installation detail – with
GUE-201
TCTP wall panels (For Saudi)
3.3 If the supply of internal downspouts is not mentioned in the PIS, it is Zamil Steel
standard to supply downspouts at the ends only and internal downspouts are not by
Zamil Steel. However, fixing details of internal downspouts can be provided as a
guide for erectors. Select the suitable erection details from the following table
according to the building condition and show them in the roof sheeting plan or wall
sheeting elevations.
For Type-1 / Type-4 Valley Gutter with single skin panels
Drawing Description
Valley gutter & Internal PVC downspout installation detail – screws on
GUE-187
the low-rib of roof panels (For Saudi)
GUE-188
the low-rib of roof panels (For Egypt & Vietnam)
Rev.35
5.10 Page 6
DETAILING MANUAL
For Type-1 / Type-4 Valley Gutter with Tempcon panels

Valley gutter & PVC downspout installation detail – with TCSP roof
GUE-189
panels (For Saudi)
GUE-190
TCSP roof panels (For Egypt & Vietnam)
For Type-2 / Type-4 Valley Gutter with MaxSEAM panels
Valley gutter & Internal PVC downspout installation detail

GUE-191
(For Saudi)
GUE-192
For Type-2 / Type-4 Valley Gutter with MaxSEAM & TCMP panels
Valley gutter & PVC Internal downspout installation detail – with

GUE-193
TCMP roof panels (For Saudi)
Valley gutter & PVC Internal downspout installation detail – with
GUE-194
TCMP roof panels (For Egypt & Vietnam)
For Type-3/Type-5 Valley Gutter with Single Skin panels

GUE-207
the low-rib of roof panels (For Saudi)
GUE-208
the low-rib of roof panels (For Egypt & Vietnam)

GUE-199
(For Saudi)
GUE-200
For Type-3/Type-5 Valley Gutter with Tempcon (TCSP) panels

GUE-195
TCSP wall panels (For Saudi)
GUE-196
TCSP wall panels (For Egypt & Vietnam)
GUE-197
GUE-198
TCTP wall panels (For Egypt & Vietnam)
5.10 Page 7 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
For Type-3/Type-5 Valley Gutter with MaxSEAM & TCMP panels

GUE-201
Type-Dx/Ex wall panels (For Saudi)
GUE-202
Type-Dx/Ex wall panels (For Egypt & Vietnam)
GUE-203
TCSP wall panels (For Saudi)
GUE-204
TCSP wall panels (For Egypt & Vietnam)
GUE-205
GUE-206
TCTP wall panels (For Egypt & Vietnam)
3.4 Ensure that a standard note # NTE-205 for recommended downspout location is shown
on the Anchor bolt setting plan and roof sheeting plan. Also check if the designer gave
any special instructions.
3.5 Ensure that the standard note # NTE-307 for valley gutter performance is shown on the
roof sheeting plan.
3.6 If standard downspouts are to be supplied, the downspouts shall be located as per the
design spacing.
4. Shop drawings.
4.1 For standard valley gutters, no shop drawings are required. Bill out the valley gutter in
the BOM.
4.2 For valley gutter with a standard profile but not a standard length there is no need for
shop drawing, revise the length, weight, give a special part mark and revise the
description as shown in the following example:
Part mark Description Qty Length Weight

03-1817-23 Valley gutter same profile as 03-0817 2 2000 19.78
4.3 Where a standard valley gutter cannot be used because either the standard gutter is not
sufficient or the available span does not suit the standard valley gutter, shop drawings
are required. The template of shop drawings for valley gutters can be obtained from E
drive as follows:
GUS-001 For special valley gutter in High Low buildings.
GUS-002 End closure for GUS-00l.
GUS-003 Gutter splice for GUS-001.
GUS-004 For special valley gutter in multi-gable building.
GUS-005 End closure for GUS -004.
GUS-006 Gutter splice for GUS-004
GUS-007 Gutter support for GUS-004.
Use these templates and fill the required dimensions
Rev.35
5.10 Page 8
DETAILING MANUAL
5. Billing Out.
5.1 Downspouts (200 mm dia PVC for valley gutter), the billing should be done as
follows:
1. Make a special buyout request for 200 mm dia fiberglass / PVC outlet connector
and 200 dia PVC pipe, and bill them out as per the part mark given by Special
Buyout Group.
a) Fiberglass / PVC outlet connector: Quantity = 2
b) 200 mm dia. PVC Pipe: Quantity = Eave Height/PVC pipe length x 2
2. Downspout strap (03-0783) :
a) For fully sheeted wall: Quantity = (No. of girts and base angle) x 2
b) For block wall
Quantity = [(Eave Height/1500) + 1] x 2
c) For partially sheeted wall:
Quantity = [(No. of girts) + (Finish Floor Line to First Girt Height /1500)] x 2
d) For every Internal Downspout (if required, refer to paragraph 3.3 page 6)
Quantity = [(Eave Height/1500) + 1]
3. Downspout strap support (03-0784): Use the same quantity as that of downspout
strap.
4. Two self drilling screws CS 5.5 x 25 (01-0481)* for each downspout strap support.
5. Four pop rivets (01-0099)* for each downspout strap.
6. Stove bolt M6 x 16 mm (01-0763), nut (01-0776) and washer (01-0785) for 200
fiberglass outlet connector as follows:
Quantity = 20 x No. of 200 mm dia. Fiberglass Outlet Connector.
7. Flowable mastic (01-0007): Number of tubes [2 X 0.63 ] / 6
8. Double bead mastic (01-0092):
No. of rolls = [No. of Fiberglass Outlet Connector X 1.28] / 12.
Note : * screw / pop rivet mentioned is for single skin steel XRW wall panels. For
Aluminum / tempcon wall panels appropriate screws shall be billed.
5.2 Valley Gutter Type 1, 2 & 4:

1. Valley Gutter : Qty = Valley line length** / 4500.
2. End closure : Qty = 2 for each valley line.
3. Gutter Splice : Qty = No. of valley gutter – 1.
4. Gutter support : Qty = 3 for each valley gutter.
5. Stove bolt M6x16mm (01-0763), nut (01-0776) & washer (01-0785)
: Qty = [No. of valley gutters] x 32.
6. Double bead mastic (01-0092)
: Qty = [No. of valley gutters] x 2 x 0.83 / 12.
7. Self drilling screw CS-5.5x25(01-0481) / SS-5.5x28(01-0451)
: Qty = 4 nos for each gutter support.
8. Touch-up paint (01-0266-23) for valley gutter joints [for Saudi only]
: Qty = No. of joints / 10. (round the answer to the next
whole number)
Note : Touch up paints are available in One liter containers only. Each joint requires
100ml of paints to be applied at site.
5.10 Page 9 Rev.35
DETAILING MANUAL
5.3 Valley Gutter Type 3 & 5:

1. Valley Gutter : Qty = Valley line length** / 4500.
2. End closure : Qty = 2 for each valley line.
3. Gutter Splice : Qty = No. of valley gutter – 1.
4. Gutter support : Qty = 3 for each valley gutter.
5. Stove bolt M6x16mm (01-0763), nut (01-0776) & washer (01-0785)
: Qty = [No. of valley gutters] x 32.
6. Double bead mastic (01-0092)
: Qty = [No. of valley gutters] x 2 x 0.75 / 12
7. Self drilling screw CS-5.5x25(01-0481) / SS-5.5x28(01-0451)
: Qty = 4 nos for each gutter support.
8. Touch-up paint (01-0266-23) for valley gutter joints [ for saudi only]
: Qty = No. of joints / 10. (round the answer to the next
whole number)
Note : Touch up paints are available in One liter containers only. Each joint
requires 100ml of paints to be applied at site.
5.4 Notes on billing-out:
1. For part marks of Valley gutter, support, splice & end closure refer to the table in
paragraph 2.6.
2. Do not forget to multiply the quantities by the no. of identical valley lines in the
building.
3. ** For single panels used at endwalls,
Valley line length = building length in mm + 800
For Tempcon panels (TCSP/TCTP) used at endwalls,
Valley line length = building length in mm + 930
4. Packages can be used to bill out the valley gutter, end closure & its accessories. The
following table shows the available package list.
Valley Gutter For Saudi For Egypt For Vietnam
Remarks
Type Factory Factory Factory
- VG-0001E VG-0001V Gutter
Type – 1
- VG-0004E VG-0004V End closure
Type – 2
Type – 3
VG-0006S - - Gutter
Type – 4
VG-0008S - - End closure
VG-0007S - - Gutter
Type – 5
VG-0009S - - End closure
5.10 Page 10 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
5.5 Example:
The billing out of the valley gutter can be as shown in the following example.
Assuming the length of the building is 42.0 meter and a multi-gable building with
Type-S roof and wall panel. (Internal downspout not by Zamil Steel).
Valley line length = 42000 + 800 = 42800 mm

Number of Valley gutters = 42800 /4500 =>
9 pieces of 4500 mm length + 1 piece of 2300 mm length.
Part No. Qty. Description Length Unit Wt.

03-0817-23 9.0 VALLEY GUTTER 4.500 44.51
03-1001-23 1.0 VALLEY GUTTER PROFILE SAME AS 03-0817 2.300 22.74
03-0813-23 2.0 END CLOSURE 0.628 0.86
03-0772-02 9.0 GUTTER SPLICE 0.796 1.25
03-0819-02 29.0 GUTTER SUPPORT 1.050 1.03
01-0763-00 320.0 M6 STOVE BOLTS 0.016 0.01
01-0776-00 320.0 M6 NUT 0.000 0.01
01-0785-00 320.0 WASHER FOR M6 THREAD 0.000 0.01
01-0092-00 2.0 DOUBLE BEAD MASTIC 0.000 1.51
EAVE GUTTER:
1. Description
1.1 Eave gutters are cold formed “U” shaped members. They are used to collect the water
coming from the roof and pass it to the downspouts. Eave gutters are available in 2
types; Oasis Eave Gutter & MaxSEAM Eave Gutter.
1.2 Downspouts are vertical rectangular shaped members. They are used to carry the water
from the Eave Gutter to the ground drainage system.
Rev.35
5.10 Page 11
DETAILING MANUAL
1.3 Eave Gutters main parts are :

a) Eave Gutter (03-0735 / 03-0591)
- (03-0735) : Oasis eave gutter used for buildings with Single Skin or Tempcon
roof panels.
- (03-0591) : MaxSEAM eave gutter used for buildings with MaxSEAM or
TCMP w/ MaxSEAM overlay roof panels.
b) Right End Closure (03-0726 / 03-0620)
Used to close the Eave Gutter at its right end.
- (03-0726) : Used for oasis eave gutter
- (03-0620) : Used for MaxSEAM eave gutter
c) Left End Closure (03-0727 / 03-0621)

Used to close the Eave Gutter at its left end.
d) Eave Gutter Strap (03-0728 / 03-0739 / 03-0599)
Used to support the eave gutter.
- (03-0728) : Used for oasis eave gutter. It is an “L” shaped bend plate connected
at one end to the external lip of the Eave Gutter and at the other end to the Eave
Strut through the roof sheeting.
- (03-0739) : Used for oasis eave gutter. It is a “Z”shaped bend plate connected
at one end to the external lip of the Eave Gutter and at the other end to the
Eave Strut through the roof sheeting. ZS-Egypt is currently using this strap
(instead of 03-0728).
- (03-0599) : Used for MaxSEAM eave gutter. It is a “Z” shaped bend plate
connected at one end to the external lip of the Eave Gutter and at the other end
to the high rib of the MaxSEAM roof panel.
e) Eave Trim (03-0012)
It is used below the Eave Gutter (in case of fully or partially sheeted side wall) to
prevent the water leakage inside the building in case of the overflow of water in the
Eave Gutter
f) Canopy Trim (03-0386 / 03-0595)
It is used below the Eave Gutter in case of building with roof extension, thus
supporting the gutter.
5.10 Page 12 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
1.4 Downspouts main parts are :

a) Downspout.
Downspouts are billed using bill-to-length system. Refer paragraph 5.11 for details.
Standard parts are also available with different lengths. (46-0751 to 46-0755).
b) Downspout Strap (03-0762)
is a “U” shaped bend plate used to fix the downspout to the side wall sheeting,
blockwall or the main frame (in case of fully opened side wall).
c) Downspout Shoe (46-0757)
It is used at the bottom end of the downspout to through the water away from the
side wall.
d) Downspout Connector (46-0761)
It is used at the top end of the downspout connected to the Eave Gutter in case of
fully opened side wall or roof extension.
e) Downspout Bend (46-0760 / 46-0759 / 46-0758)
It is used to take the downspout in a bent direction from the Eave Gutter to the side
wall.
- (46-0760) : Used for 1500mm width roof extension.
- (46-0759) : Used for any other roof extension width.
- (46-0758) : Used for fully opened side wall.
2. Availability
2.1 Eave Gutters and Downspouts are available in accordance with the following table.
Item Part Mark Length Available Colors
Oasis Eave Gutter 03-0735 6.100
MaxSEAM Eave Gutter 03-0591 3.550
46-0751 3.730
All Standard
46-0752 4.730
Colors
Downspout 46-0753 5.730
46-0754 6.730
46-0755 4.050
Note : Downspouts can be billed out at any lengths up to 9000mm using bill-to-length system.
5.10 Page 13 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
3.1 Eave gutter arrangement shall be shown in the side wall sheeting elevation.
Downspouts together with their accessories should be shown on the side wall sheeting
elevation.
3.2 Show the location of downspouts as per the maximum spacing specified in the design
in roof sheeting plan, without giving any dimensions or distance for the downspouts,
the user must be only sure to provide the correct required quantity of downspouts and
avoid putting the downspouts at locations where doors and big framed openings exist.
3.3 Gutter and downspout Installation detail shall be given in the Sidewall framing &
Sheeting Elevations. Refer to the following table for selecting the relevant detail from
the E-drive.
a) With Fully Open walls
Roof Panel Detail

Single Skin GUE-004
MaxSEAM Panel GUE-102
5.10 Page 14 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
b) With fully / partially Sheeted walls
Wall Panel
With Single Downspout With Double Downspout
Roof Panel @ Fully @ Partially @ Fully @ Partially
type
Sheeted wall Sheeted wall Sheeted wall Sheeted wall
Type-A GUE-002 GUE-003 GUE-028 GUE-029
Type-B GUE-015 GUE-016 GUE-030 GUE-031
Type-S GUE-024 GUE-025 GUE-036 GUE-037
Single Skin Type-R GUE-026 GUE-027 GUE-038 GUE-039
TCSP GUE-054 GUE-055 GUE-058 GUE-059
TCTP GUE-056 GUE-057 GUE-060 GUE-061
Type-Dx/Ex GUE-151 GUE-152 GUE-161 GUE-162
Type-S GUE-111 GUE-112 GUE-115 GUE-116
Type-R GUE-113 GUE-114 GUE-117 GUE-118
MaxSEAM
panel
TCSP TCTP GUE-064 GUE-065 GUE-068 GUE-069
TCMP with TCSP GUE-074 GUE-075 GUE-078 GUE-079
Single skin
Overlay
panel Type-Dx/Ex GUE-155 GUE-156 GUE-165 GUE-166
TCMP with TCSP GUE-131 GUE-132 GUE-135 GUE-136
MaxSEAM
Overlay
panel Type-Dx/Ex GUE-159 GUE-160 GUE-169 GUE-170
c) With Roof Extensions :
With Single Downspout With Double Downspout

Wall Panel With 1500 With 900 With 1500 With 900
Roof Panel
type mm Roof mm Roof mm Roof mm Roof
Extension Extension Extension Extension
Type-A GUE-005 GUE-006 GUE-040 GUE-041
Single Skin
Single Skin GUE-103 GUE-104 GUE-119 GUE-120
MaxSEAM
5.10 Page 15 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
3.4 Eave Gutter and Gable Trim Connection
3.4.1 For buildings with Single Skin or Tempcon roof panels, insert detail GUE-001
(For normal wind zone) or GUE-145 (For High Wind Zone)* in Sidewall
sheeting elevation, which shows the connection between Eave Gutter and Gable
Trim and also shows the downspout erection and connection details to the eave
gutter.
[Note: * Areas with Wind Speed > 150 km/hr are considered as High Wind Zone]
3.4.2 For buildings with MaxSEAM or TCMP w/ MaxSEAM overlay roof panels,
insert detail GUE-101 in Sidewall sheeting elevation, which shows the connection
between Eave Gutter and Gable Trim and also shows the downspout erection and
connection details to the eave gutter.
5.10 Page 16 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
3.5 Eave Gutter Strapping
3.5.1 MaxSEAM Eave Gutters are strapped with the roof sheeting every two panel
modules using Eave Gutter strap (03-0599) fixed with TWO self-drilling screws
CS-5.5x25 (01-0471) / SS-5.5x28 (01-0451) to the high rib of MaxSEAM roof
panel and ONE pop rivet to the Eave Gutter.
3.5.2 Oasis Eave Gutters are strapped with the roof sheeting every two panel modules
using Eave Gutter strap (03-0728 / 03-0739) for single skin/TCSP panels at roof)
fixed with TWO self-drilling screws* to the Eave strut through the roof panel and
ONE pop rivet to the Eave Gutter.
For TCMP panels at roof, Eave Gutter strap (03-0729) shall be used to strap the
gutter with 2 fixing screws CS-5.5x25/SS-5.5x28 at the high rib & 2 long Fixing
screws (Refer to the sketch & table below) at the low rib with the eave strut.
Note: * Refer to the following table for the screw used for fixing the gutter strap to the roof panel:
5.10 Page 17 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
a) For Roof panel without insulation.
Roof panel Carbon steel screw Stainless steel screw

Single skin CS-5.5x55 (01-0473) $ SS-5.5x65 (01-0459)
TCSP-75 CS-5.5x112(01-0410) SS-5.5x107(01-0457)
TCSP-85
CS-5.5x137(01-0411) SS-5.5x130(01-0458)
TCSP-100
TCMP-60
CS-5.5x112(01-0410) SS-5.5x107(01-0457)
TCMP-75
TCMP-85
CS-5.5x137(01-0411) SS-5.5x130(01-0458)
TCMP-100
$ - For buildings in Vietnam CS-T19-5.5x55 (01-0492) shall be used instead.
b) For Roof panel with insulation.
Insulation Thickness Fiberglass Insulation Density (kg/m3)

(mm) 10 12 16 20 24
Compressed Thickness (3-4 mm) (3-4 mm) (4-6 mm) (5-6 mm) (5-7 mm)
Max. grip 43 43 45 45 46
50
Screws Carbon Steel CS-5.5x77 CS-5.5x77 CS-5.5x77 CS-5.5x77 CS-5.5x77
Stainless Steel SS-5.5x77 SS-5.5x77 SS-5.5x77 SS-5.5x77 SS-5.5x77
Max. grip 45 45 47 50 51
75
Stainless Steel SS-5.5x77 SS-5.5x77 SS-5.5x77 SS-5.5x77 SS-5.5x77
Max. grip 51 51 52 53 55
100
Stainless Steel SS-5.5x77 SS-5.5x77 SS-5.5x77 SS-5.5x107 SBO
Max. grip 52 53 54 55 59
150
Stainless Steel SS-5.5x77 SS-5.5x107 SBO SBO SBO
3.6 Eave Gutter Fastening

3.6.1 Oasis Eave gutter is fastened to the roof sheeting with stitch screws CS-4.8x16
(01-0470) / SS-4.8x20 (01-0454) at every two panel modules.
3.6.2 MaxSEAM Eave gutter is fastened to the roof sheeting with stitch screws CS-
4.8x16 (01-0470) / SS-4.8x20 (01-0454) at every 300 mm.
5.10 Page 18 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
3.7 Eave gutters are spliced with a standard lap of 100mm for length up to 6m, using (20)
pop rivet (01-0099) and (2) lines of flowable mastic (01-0007).
3.8 For building with sidewall fully or partially sheeted, provide Eave trim (03-0012)
below the Eave gutter to prevent the leakage inside the building in case of overflow of
water in the Eave gutter.
Eave trim is fixed to wall panels with stitch screws CS-4.8x16 (01-0480) / SS-4.8x20
(01-0454) @ every panel module of wall panel (250 for type-S).
3.9 Sidewall having full blockwall
3.9.1 For buildings with Single Skin roof panels and with sidewall having full
blockwall, provide Closure trim (03-0596) fixed to the Eave strut with Self
drilling screws at every 300mm. Insert detail BWE-002 in the sidewall sheeting
elevation.
3.9.2 For buildings with MaxSEAM roof panels and with sidewall having full
blockwall, provide Closure trim (03-0601) fixed to the Eave strut with Self
drilling screws at every 300mm. Insert detail BWE-012 in the sidewall sheeting
elevation.
3.10 Downspout straps are provided at a spacing of approximately 1500mm to fix the
downspouts to the wall sheeting, block wall or the rigid frame.
4. Shop Drawings :
For Eave gutters and Downspouts of standard and non standard lengths, Shop drawings are
not required. Bill out the eave gutter and the downspout in the BOM (refer to Billing out).
5. Billing Out :
5.1 Eave Gutter

Part Mark :
With Single Skin / Tempcon Roof Panel - 03-0735
With MaxSEAM or TCMP w/ MaxSEAM overlay roof panels- 03-0591
Quantity : Side wall Length / GL,
Where,
GL = Length of the Gutter – 100
5.10 Page 19 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
Note : Balance length of the eave gutter shall have a special part mark and can be
billed out as follows:
Part Mark Description Qty Length Weight
03-1735-05 Oasis Eave Gutter profile 1.0 4.500 9.89
same as 03-0735
5.2 Right End Closure (03-0726 or 03-0620)
Quantity : 1 per each side wall.
5.3 Left End Closure (03-0727 or 03-0621)
Quantity : 1 per each side wall.
5.4 Eave Gutter strap
Part Mark :
With Single Skin / TCSP Roof Panel - 03-0728
With TCMP Roof Panel with single skin overlay panel - 03-0729
With Single Skin / TCSP Roof Panel (for ZSE) - 03-0739
With MaxSEAM roof panel - 03-0599
Quantity : (Side wall Length / two panel modules) + one
5.5 Eave trim (03-0012)
Quantity : Side wall Length / TL.

Where,
TL = Length of the Trim – 50
5.6 Canopy Trim (03-0386 / 03-0595)
Usage : (03-0386) for buildings with Single Skin roof panels and with roof
extension.
Usage : (03-0595) for buildings with MaxSEAM roof panels and with roof
extension.
Quantity : Side wall Length / TL.

Where,
TL = Length of the Trim – 50
5.7 Downspout
5.7.1 Downspouts shall be billed-out using bill-to-length system like panels. The
category for downspouts is also 46. Refer to paragraph 5.1 of section 5.8 for
the procedure for using bill-to-length system.
5.10 Page 20 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
5.7.2 Following are the part marks for the Downspouts.
Part Mark
Thickness
Steel
(mm) Aluminum
XRW XPD
0.5 46-AA54 46-AA56 46-AA58
0.7 46-AA55 46-AA57 46-AA59
5.7.3 The downspouts are available in all the standard colors. Refer to the table in
paragraph 2.3 of section 5.8 for the standard colors available for
sheeting/trims/downspouts.
5.7.4 The maximum length of the downspout shall be limited to 9000mm. Use the
following method to calculate the length and quantity of the downspout for the
building with given eave height.
No of downspout per each line of downspout (N) = (Eave height-R) / 9000.

(Round the answer to the next whole number).
Table for fix value “R”:
Building Condition R
With Single Skin roof panels 270
With MaxSEAM roof panel with low eave plate 260
With MaxSEAM roof panel with high eave plate 235
With Tempcon roof panel 270 – T*
* Where T is the tempcon foam thickness i.e. T for TCSP-75 is 75 – 34 = 41

T for TCMP-60 = 60
Length of the downspout = (Eave height-R) / N.
Note : if the no. of downspout per line is more than ONE, length
shall be increased by 25mm for the lapping purpose.
(Length shall be rounded to the nearest higher 10mm).
Quantity of the Downspout = No. of downspout lines x N.
5.10 Page 21 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
Example 1 : (Building with Single Skin roof panels).

Building eave height = 8000mm.
No of Downspout lines = 10
No of downspouts per line (N) = 8000 / 9000

= 0.89
Rounded no. = 1
Length of Downspout = (8000 – 270) / 1

= 7730mm
Qty of downspouts = 10 x 1 = 10
Example 2 : (Building with MaxSEAM roof panels with low eave plate).
Building eave height = 14000mm.
No of Downspout lines = 17
No of downspouts per line (N) = 14000 / 9000

= 1.56
Rounded no. = 2
Length of Downspout = (14000 – 260) / 2
= 6870mm
Since one line of downspout have more than ONE downspout, the
length of the downspout = 6870 + 25
= 6895mm
Rounded to the nearest higher tens = 6900mm
Qty of downspouts = 17 x 2 = 34
Note : If the building have roof extension with more than 1500mm width, the width
of roof extension also shall be added to the eave height for the calculation of the
downspouts.
5.8 Downspout strap (03-0762)

Usage : To fasten the downspout to the side wall sheeting.
a) - For fully sheeted Sidewall ( For Type – A Panel only )
Quantity : [ (Eave height / 1500) + 1 ] x No. of downspout locations.
- For fully sheeted Sidewall ( For All other Panels )
Quantity : [ (Eave height / 1500) + 1 ] x No. of downspout locations x 2
b) - For partially sheeted Sidewall
Quantity : [ (Eave height / 1500) + 1 ] x No. of downspout locations x 2
c) - For fully opened Sidewall
Quantity : [ (Eave height / 1500) + 1 ] x No. of downspout locations
5.10 Page 22 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
5.9 Downspout shoe (46-0757)

Quantity : 1 x No. of downspout locations.
5.10 Bend Downspout (46-0760 / 46-0759)
Usage : (46-0760) for roof extension with 1500mm width.

Usage : (46-0759) for roof extension with any other width.
5.11 Bend Downspout (46-0758)
Usage : for fully opened side wall.
5.12 Downspout connector (46-0761)

Usage : At start of the downspout at eave gutter for fully
opened side wall or in case of roof extension.
5.13 Pop Rivets (01-0099 / 01-0096)

Usage : To fasten the Eave gutter (03-0735 or 03-0591) to the gutter strap,
splice eave gutter & downspout members.
Quantity : No. of gutter straps x 1
+ No. of Eave gutter x 20
+ No. of downspout straps x 2
+ No. of downspout shoe x 2
+ No. of downspout pieces x 4
5.14 Fixing Screw (WS) CS-5.5x25 (01-0481) / SS-5.5x28 (01-0451)

Usage : To fasten the closure trim (03-0596 or 03-0601) to the Eave Strut in case
of side wall with full block wall.
Quantity : Side wall length / 300.
5.15 Fixing Screw (RS) CS-5.5x25 (01-0471) / SS-5.5x28 (01-0451)
Usage : (1) To fasten the gutter strap (03-0599) to the high rib of the
MaxSEAM roof sheeting.
(2) To fasten the gutter strap (03-0729) to the high rib of the
Panel for TCMP roof sheeting with single skin overlay panel.
Quantity : No. of gutter strap x 2
5.10 Page 23 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
5.16 Fixing Screw (RS) CS-5.5x55 (01-0473) / SS-5.5x65 (01-0459) *

Usage : To fasten the gutter strap (03-0728 / 03-0739) to the eave strut through
the roof sheeting.
Quantity : No. of gutter straps x 2
Note: * this screws are for single skin roof panels only. For tempcon panels, refer to
the table in paragraph 3.5.2.
5.17 Fixing Screw (GS) CS-5.5 x 32 (01-0486) / SS-5.5x40 (01-0453)

Usage : To fasten the Downspout strap (03-0762) to the rigid frame
column (for downspout on fully opened side wall).
Quantity : No. of Downspout straps x 2
5.18 Stitch Screw (RS) CS-4.8x16 (01-0470) / SS-4.8x20 (01-0454)

Usage : To fasten the Oasis Eave gutter (03-0735) to the roof sheeting.
Quantity : [(Sidewall length / two panel modules) + one]
Usage : To fasten the MaxSEAM Eave gutter (03-0591) to the roof sheeting.
Quantity : [(Sidewall length / 300) + one]
5.19 Stitch Screw (WS) CS-4.8x16 (01-0480) / SS-4.8x20 (01-0454)

Usage : To fasten the Eave trim (03-0012) to the side wall sheeting.
Quantity : [(Side wall length / panel module) + one]
Note : The following table shows the available packages that can be used for billing out
Eave Gutters and Downspouts. These packages are automatically exploded into its
components, once it is inserted in the BOM. Refer to section 5.1 (computer details
reference) for the components of each package:
Package No.
Item Package Description
Saudi Egypt Vietnam
Oasis Eave Gutter
EG-0001S EG-0001E EG-0001V
(with single skin panel at roof)
Oasis Eave Gutter end closure
EG-0002A
(2 ends) For Oasis Eave Gutter
Eave Gutter
MaxSEAM Eave Gutter
EG-0003S EG-0003E EG-0003V
(with MaxSEAM panel at roof)
MaxSEAM Eave Gutter end closure (2
EG-0004A
ends) For MaxSEAM Eave Gutter
5.10 Page 24 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
Downspout accessories for 4.0m eave

DS-0001S DS-0001E --
height bldg.
Downspout accessories for 5.0 & 6.0m
DS-0002S DS-0002E --
eave height bldg.
DS-0003S DS-0003E --
Downspout height bldg.
accessories Downspout accessories for 8.0 & 9.0m
DS-0004S DS-0004E --
eave height bldg.
DS-0005S DS-0005E --
height bldg.
DS-0006S DS-0006E --
height bldg.
Packages for Downspouts accessories does not include the downspout. Downspouts shall
be billed separately.
Solved Example :
Billing out the items needed to provide Oasis Eave Gutter and Downspouts for one sidewall of a
building of Eave Height = 12000mm and side wall length = 22000mm, fully sheeted (with frost
white Type-S panels) side wall and roof sheeting with Type-S panels is given as follows:
Unit Total
Wt. Wt.
03-0735-05 3.0 OASIS EAVE GUTTER 6.100 13.48 40.44
03-1735-05 1.0 OASIS EAVE GUTTER ( PROFILE SAME AS 03-0735 ) 4.000 8.84 8.84
03-0726-05 1.0 OASIS GUTTER R.H.S. END CLOSURE 0.152 0.17 0.17
03-0727-05 1.0 OASIS GUTTER L.H.S. END CLOSURE 0.152 0.17 0.17
03-0728-03 38.0 GUTTER STRAP 0.350 0.26 9.62
03-0012-03 7.0 EAVE TRIM 3.200 3.08 21.56
46-AA54-05 3.0 DOWNSPOUT 0.5MM [XRW] 5.730 7.87 23.61
46-AB54-05 3.0 DOWNSPOUT 0.5MM [XRW] 6.730 9.25 27.75
03-0762-05 27.0 DOWNSPOUT STRAP 0.380 0.04 1.08
01-0099-05 214.0 POP RIVET 0.000 0.01 2.14
01-0470-00 90.0 SCREW SELF DRILL CS-4.8X16 W/ 14 DIA WASHER (@ ROOF) 0.016 0.01 .90
01-0473-00 45.0 SCREW SELF DRILL CS-5.5X55 W/ 16 DIA WASHER (@ ROOF) 0.055 0.01 .45
01-0480-05 90.0 SCREW SELF DRILL CS-4.8X16 (@ WALL) 0.016 .01 .90
Note: This B.O.M is not included with 5% extra. This should be added at the end of each sub area.
5.10 Page 25 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
Section 5.11 : Roof and Wall Liners
1. Description
1.1 Liner is used to conceal the roof purlins, wall girts and fiberglass insulation inside the roof
and walls of pre-engineered buildings where neat and smooth finished appearance is
required.
1.2 Liner panels are fixed to purlins and girts from inside the building. Trims are provided at
exposed panel edges and joints to obtain smooth interior finish to the buildings.
1.3 When Sky-light / Wall-light exist in the building, unlike roof /wall panel, liner will be
supplied as continuous panel, and the liner below the sky/wall light will be field cut to suit
the opening required and edges of this opening will be closed by closure trims. In special
cases, additional skylight may also be provided along liner panel, this will reduce the light
passing in to the building, but improves insulation effect to the building. However, our
standard is to provide sky light for roof panel and opening in liner with closure trims at
edges.
1.4 Openings will be provided in liner panels at all accessories like ridge/power vent,
windows/louvers, doors, etc., and edges of openings will be closed with trims.
2. Availability
2.1 Type-S and Type-R panels are used as liner panels. Refer to the Section 5.8 for the
properties of all the panels.
2.2 Aside from the Type-S & R panels, Type-D/E panels & Type-Dx/Ex panels (Type-D/E
panels with insulation) are used as Liners.
5.11 Page 1 Rev.30

DETAILING MANUAL
2.3 Refer to the Following table for the properties of D/E & Dx/Ex Panels.
Panel Material Unit weight Coil Covering

Thickness
Type (Steel) (Kg/m) Width width
0.5 mm 1.43
Type-D/E XRW/XPD
0.7 mm 2.04
405 300
Type- 0.5 mm 1.68
XRW/XPD
Dx/Ex 0.7 mm 2.29
2.4 All Standard colors are available for liners.
2.5 Liner panels are recommended to use maximum length of 6000 mm.
3.1 Separate drawings for roof liner plan, endwall / sidewall liner elevations shall be provided.
3.2 For the buildings with liner panels, the flange brace details for the columns and rafters will
be special. Flange braces will not be connected to the purlins/girts directly instead
connecting plates (flange brace clips) are used. Refer to the following detail and the
appropriate detail shall be inserted in cross-section drawing or roof/wall liner layouts.
Purlin Conn : Web Conn (w/ plate

Lap Purlin Conn : Flange Conn
welded to column/rafter flange)
Condition
Double brace Single brace Double brace Single brace
Continuous FCE-038 FCE-041 FCE-044 FCE-047
5.11 Page 2 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
3.3 Roof liner and details.

3.3.1 Roof liners are connected below purlins in between rafters. Panels will start from one
end and the last one at the end of the bay will be field cut and ends will be closed with
closure trims.
Insert the relevant layout detail according to the panel type from the table below in the
erection drawing.
Type-S Type-R Type-D/E Type-Dx/Ex

LIE-600 LIE-402 LIE-302 LIE-702
3.3.2 For buildings with curved eave without projection, inside curved panels are used for
Type-R & S panels at eave and for other type of eaves the junction of the roof and wall
liner will be closed with closure trims. Refer to the following E-drive details for the
liner details at eave various locations and insert the relevant detail in the roof liner
layout.
a) At low side Eave
Eave Condition
Curved eave w/ Curved eave without
Standard eave
Roof projection projection
Liner With
W/ roof W/ roof W/ roof
With roof With roof roof
and wall & wall & wall
liner only liner only liner
liner liner liner
only
Type-S or LIE-015 /
LIE-013 LIE-019 LIE-014 LIE-020 LIE-020
R LIE-032
Type-D/E LIE-013 LIE-019 LIE-323 LIE-322 LIE-325 LIE-322
Type-
LIE-765 LIE-766 LIE-723 LIE-722 LIE-725 LIE-722
Dx/Ex
5.11 Page 3 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
b) At High side eave (peak of Mono-slope buildings)
Eave Condition
Standard eave
Roof Liner projection projection
W/ roof
W/ roof & With roof With roof W/ roof & With roof
& wall
wall liner liner only liner only wall liner liner only
liner
LIE-037 /
Type-S or R LIE-035 LIE-041 LIE-036 LIE-042 LIE-042
LIE-043
Type-D/E LIE-035 LIE-041 LIE-334 LIE-332 LIE-333 LIE-332
Type-Dx/Ex LIE-768 LIE-769 LIE-734 LIE-732 LIE-733 LIE-732
5.11 Page 4 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
3.3.3 At ridge and valleys of the multi-gable buildings, interior ridge panels or closure trims
are used. Insert the relevant details in the roof liner layout.
With inside curve panel With closure trim

Location Type-
For R & S panels only For R & S Type-D/E
Dx/Ex
Ridge LIE-021 LIE-034 LIE-316 LIE-716
Valley LIE-022 LIE-033 LIE-317 LIE-717
3.3.4 Roof liner plan should show the location of end panel laps. The panel laps should be
located at the purlin lines. Insert the relevant end lap detail as per the following table.
Type- S or R Type-D/E Type-Dx/Ex

LIE-029 LIE-355 LIE-755
3.3.5 The liner panel should be continuous for minimum two purlin spacing. Maximum
length of the panel should not exceed 9000mm.
3.3.6 Location of all the accessories like ridge vent, skylight, roof curb etc., shall be
indicated on roof liner layout. For details at various accessories and at expansion joint
refer to the following E-drive details. Appropriate details shall be inserted in the liner
layout.
a) With single skin roof panel
5.11 Page 5 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
Liner panel
Accessory / Condition
Type-S/R Type –D/E Type-Dx/Ex
300 mm throat Ridge Vent LIE-418 LIE-318 LIE-718
Skylight LIE-420 LIE-320 LIE-720
Roof curb / Without FO LIE-419 - -
power vent @
slope With FO LIE-424 LIE-340 LIE-740
Roof curb @ Without FO LIE-425 - -

Ridge With FO LIE-426 LIE-341 LIE-741
Roof Monitor LIE-427 LIE-342 LIE-742
b) With Tempcon (TCSP/TCMP) roof panel
Liner Panel
Accessory / Condition
Type-S/R Type –D/E Type-Dx/Ex
Skylight LIE-434 LIE-348 LIE-748

Roof curb /
With or
power vent @ LIE-431 LIE-346 LIE-746
Without FO
slope
Roof curb @ Without FO LIE-432 - -
Ridge With FO LIE-433 LIE-347 LIE-747
Roof Monitor LIE-435 LIE-349 LIE-749
c) With maxSEAM roof panel
Accessory / Liner Panel

Roof panel
Condition Type-S/R Type –D/E Type-Dx/Ex
maxSEAM LIE-438 LIE-353 LIE-753
300 / 600 mm
throat Ridge TCMP w/
Vent maxSEAM LIE-439 LIE-354 LIE-754
overlay panel
3.3.7 For detail at expansion joint for buildings with roof liner/wall liner the following
details shall be inserted.
5.11 Page 6 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
Type- R Type- S Type-D/E Type-Dx/Ex

LIE-421 LIE-617 LIE-321 LIE-721
3.3.8 For detail at gable (with P&B Endwall) for buildings with roof liner and without wall
liner insert the detail as per the following table.
Buildings in Type- R / S Type-D/E Type-Dx/Ex

Normal Wind Zone LIE-415 LIE-315 LIE-715
High Wind Zone * LIE-444 LIE-360 LIE-760
3.3.9 Number of panel rows should be calculated and shown in the roof liner plan for each
bay.
3.3.10 To calculate the length of the panels refer to the respective E-drive details.
3.4 Sidewall liner Elevation and Details

3.4.1 Wall liners are connected to girts from inside the building in between columns. Panels
will start from one end and the last one at the end of the bay will be field cut and ends
will be closed with closure trims same as roof liners. Refer to the table in paragraph
3.3.1 for selecting the erection detail.
3.4.2 Refer to the following table and insert the relevant details for the eave in the liner
elevation drawing.
a) At low side Eave
Eave Condition
Wall Curved eave w/ Curved eave without

Standard eave
Liner projection projection
W/ roof & With Wall W/ roof & With Wall W/ roof & With wall
wall liner liner only wall liner liner only wall liner liner only
Type-S/R LIE-013* LIE-016 LIE-014* LIE-017 LIE-015* LIE-018
Type-D/E LIE-013* LIE-327 LIE-323* LIE-324 LIE-325* LIE-326

Type-
LIE-765* LIE-727 LIE-723* LIE-724 LIE-725* LIE-726
Dx/Ex
* Shall be inserted in Roof liner plan or sidewall liner elevation.
5.11 Page 7 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
b) At High side Eave (Peak of Monoslope buildings)
Eave Condition
Standard eave
Roof Liner projection projection
With W/ roof With With
W/ roof & W/ roof &
wall liner & wall wall liner wall liner
wall liner wall liner
only liner only only
LIE-037 /
Type-S or R LIE-035* LIE-038 LIE-036* LIE-039
LIE-043*
LIE-040
Type-D/E LIE-035* LIE-329 LIE-334* LIE-330 LIE-333* LIE-331
Type-Dx/Ex LIE-768* LIE-729 LIE-734* LIE-730 LIE-733* LIE-731
* Shall be inserted in Roof liner plan or sidewall liner elevation.
3.4.3 Insert the relevant details from the following table in the erection drawing.
Wall Detail at base At partial Liner up to a At partial open

Liner (fully sheeted wall) blockwall certain ht. for access
Type-R/S LIE-010 LIE-011 LIE-012 LIE-031
Type-D/E LIE-010 LIE-301 LIE-328 LIE-031
Type-Dx/Ex LIE-764 LIE-701 LIE-728 LIE-767
For the fully sheeted walls, Base angles are used to fix the liner panel at the base. Base
angles are fixed to the floor with masonry nails.
5.11 Page 8 Rev.30

DETAILING MANUAL
3.4.4 Location of all the accessories like wall-light, doors, windows, louvers etc., shall be
indicated on wall liner elevations. For details at various accessories refer to the
following E-drive details. Appropriate details shall be inserted in the liner layout.
Wall Liner
Accessory
Type-S/R Type-D/E Type-Dx/E x
Wall light * LIE-407 LIE-307 LIE-307
Personnel Door LIE-408 LIE-308 LIE-308
Roll-up Door LIE-445 LIE-364 LIE-770
Framed Opening (@ F.F.L) LIE-409 LIE-309 LIE-709
Framed Opening (above F.F.L) ♣ LIE-410 LIE-310 LIE-710
Aluminum Windows LIE-411 LIE-311 LIE-311
Sliding Door LIE-412 LIE-312 LIE-312
Aluminum Louver LIE-413 LIE-313 LIE-313
@ fully sheeted wall LIE-436 LIE-352 LIE-352
Steel Louver
@ partial blockwall LIE-441 LIE-358 LIE-758
Windows w/ @ fully sheeted wall LIE-440 LIE-351 LIE-351
Steel frame @ partial blockwall LIE-442 LIE-357 LIE-757
NOTES:
1. * For single skin wall panels only. For tempcon wall panels insert the detail LIE-437 /
LIE-350 / LIE-750 for Wall light. All other details are general for single skin and
tempcon panels.
2. ♣ Refer details LIE-446 to LIE-625, LIE-365 to LIE-369 and LIE-771 to LIE-775 if
the Framed Opening Members requested (in the P.I.S.) are to be fully covered with
Trims.
3.4.5 End laps shall be provided if the sheeting height is more than 9000 mm. End laps shall
be located at girt lines. Inert the Detail as per the following table if end laps required.
Type- S or R Type-D/E Type-Dx/Ex

LIE-030 LIE-356 LIE-756
3.4.6 Number of panel rows should be calculated and shown in the sidewall liner elevation
for each bay.
3.4.7 To calculate the length of the panels refer to the respective E-drive details.
5.11 Page 9 Rev. 35

30
DETAILING MANUAL
3.5 Endwall liner Elevation and Details

3.5.1 At endwalls if the endwall column depth are not more than 200 mm and with flush
girts, liners are laid out from one end to the other like the external wall sheeting. If the
endwall columns are more than 200 mm depth or the girts are by-pass, panel lay out
shall be as in sidewall, between columns. Panels will start from one end of each bay
and the last panel at the end of the bay will be field cut and ends will be closed with
closure trims.
Insert the layout detail in the endwall liner elevation drawing as per the following
table.
Liner Panel W/ flush girt & EW W/ flush girt & EW col.

W/ By-pass girt
Type col. Depth ≤ 200mm Depth > 200mm
R LIE-402 LIE-403 LIE-404
S LIE-600 LIE-601 LIE-602
Type-D/E LIE-302 LIE-303 LIE-304
Type-Dx/Ex LIE-702 LIE-703 LIE-704
3.5.2 Insert the required details for walls (fully sheeted / partially open for blockwall, etc.) as
mentioned for the sidewall.
3.5.3 Insert the following endwall details according to the condition of the building.
a) Corner Detail
Liner panel Type

Location
R S Type-D/E Type-Dx/Ex
Corner col. Depth
LIE-405 LIE-603 LIE-305 LIE-705
≤ 200
P & B end
Corner col. Depth
LIE-423 LIE-620 LIE-339 LIE-739
> 200
RF end LIE-422 LIE-619 LIE-338 LIE-738
5.11 Page 10 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
b) Gable Detail
Liner panel Type

Location R or S Type-D/E Type-Dx/Ex
NWZ HWZ NWZ HWZ NWZ HWZ
W/ roof &
P&B wall liner
end W/ Only
wall liner
W/ roof &
RF wall liner
end W/ Only
wall liner
Notes : NWZ = Normal Wind Zone &

HWZ = High Wind Zone (Areas with Wind Speed > 150 km/hr)
3.5.4 For the liner details at various wall accessories refer to the paragraph 3.4.4 and insert
the respective details.
4. Shop details.
4.1 Shop sketch shall be given for the interior ridge / valley panels (for Type-S & R only).
4.2 For the buildings with curved eave without projection and if curved panels are required at
eave/ridge/valley of liners (for Type-S & R only), Shop sketches shall be provided for the
following items.
4.2.1 Interior Curved Eave panel.
Refer to the Section 5.32 for the procedure for detailing the curved panels.
4.2.2 Interior Ridge panel.

Refer to the Section 5.32 for the procedure for detailing the curved panels.
4.2.3 Interior Valley Curved panel.
Interior Valley Curved panel will be same as the external ridge panel. Same part marks
can be used for standard slopes. Refer to the section 5.8 (Roof and wall sheeting) for
Exterior Ridge panel details and Section 5.32 for the procedure for detailing the
Curved panels.
5.11 Page 11 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
4.2.4 Curved edge trim.
a) Use the template TRS-035 to prepare the shop sketch.
b) Curve trim is an assembly of 3 individual items joined together using pop rivets.
Refer the sketches below.
c) Details of each individual items are described in the following sketches.
5.11 Page 12 Rev. 25

DETAILING MANUAL
d) Calculate all the required dimensions as follows.

D = (90 – Roof slope) in degrees.
= (90 + Roof slope) in case of trim @ peak end of Monoslope buildings.
A = 36
B = A–1
R1 = 301
R2 = R1 – B
e) The size of each item shall be calculated as follows:

• To calculate the size of B1, follow the sketches and formulae given below:
Case.1 (for low side eave)
The dimensions B, R1 and the angle
D are known from the previous
calculations.
θ = roof slope in degrees = (90-D)

J = R1 x Sin θ
C = R1 x Cos θ
E = 100 x Sin θ
F = 100 x Cos θ
H = B x Sin θ
L = 100 + C + E
W = R1 – J + F + H
Case.2 (for high side eave)
The dimensions R1 and the angle D

are known from the previous
calculations.
θ = roof slope in degrees = (D-90)

J = R1 x Sin θ
F = 100 x Cos θ
L = 100 + R1
W = R1 + J + F
5.11 Page 13 Rev. 25

DETAILING MANUAL
• The size of A1
Width = 62 + 12 = 74
Length = (2 x π x R1 x D / 360) + 200
• The size of C1
Width = 12 + 33 = 45
Length = (2 x π x R2 x D / 360) + 200
f) Qty of the pop rivets = (Length of B1 / 25) x 2
g) Qty, description and weight of the items A1,B1,C1 and Pop rivets shall be put in
the BOM table of the part sketch.
4.2.5 Curved Spacer trim.
a) Use the template TRS-036 to prepare the shop sketch.
b) Curve trim is also an assembly of 3 individual items joined together using pop
rivets. Refer the sketches below.
c) Details of each individual items are described in the following sketches.
5.11 Page 14 Rev. 25

DETAILING MANUAL
d) Calculate all the required dimensions as follows.

A = 32
B = A–1
M = 36
R1 = 299
R2 = R1 – B
e) The size of each item shall be calculated as follows:
• To calculate the size of B1, follow the same procedure described for the B1 of
the edge trim (paragraph 4.2.4 e)
• The size of A1
Width = M + 12
Length = (2 x π x R1 x D / 360) + 200
• The size of C1
Width = 12 + 36 = 48
Length = (2 x π x R2 x D / 360) + 200
h) Qty of the pop rivets = (Length of B1 / 25) x 2
i) Qty, description and weight of the items A1,B1,C1 and Pop rivets shall be put in
the BOM table of the part sketch.
4.2.6 Curved Closure trim. (at P and B end roof corner with corner column depth less than or
equal to 200mm.)
5.11 Page 15 Rev. 25

DETAILING MANUAL
f) Use the template TRS-037 to prepare the shop sketch.
g) Curve trim is also an assembly of 2 individual items joined together using pop
rivets. Refer the sketches below.
h) Details of each individual items are described in the following sketches.
i) Calculate all the required dimensions as follows.

B = 150 (fixed)
R1 = 299
R2 = R1 – B
5.11 Page 16 Rev. 25

DETAILING MANUAL
j) The size of each item shall be calculated as follows:
• To calculate the size of B1, follow the same procedure described for the B1 of
the edge trim (paragraph 4.2.4 e).
• The size of A1
Width = 50 + 12 = 62
Length = (2 x π x R1 x D / 360) + 200
j) Qty of the pop rivets = (Length of B1 / 25)
k) Qty, description and weight of the items A1,B1,C1, Pop rivets shall be put in the
BOM table of the part sketch.
5. Bill Of Materials.
5.1 For standard flange brace selection (as per Section 5.3, paragraph 3.8) deduct 135mm from
the calculated “A” distance and find out the part mark against the new distance. If a standard
part mark is not available for the distance, bill out non-standard flange braces with the
length required. Non standard flange brace can be billed out in BOM with length, weight
and complete description. Part sketch is not required for non standard flange braces.
Eg.
Part mark Description Qty Length Weight

07-5001-01 FLANGE BRACE ANGLE 50x50x4 2.0 1.250 65.03
5.2 Bill out the flange brace clip (15-0450) with the main framing materials, for fixing the
flange braces and purlins together.
Qty = ONE number per flange brace angle.
Additional mild steel bolts and Nuts (01-0760-00 and 01-0770-00) for connecting the clip
also shall be billed.
Qty = 2 each per clip.
5.3 Roof Liner
• Bill out the following materials for roof liners.
5.3.1 Liner panels.
a) Liner panels shall be billed out using bill-to length system. Refer to the Section 5.8
(Roof and wall sheeting) for details.
5.11 Page 17 Rev. 25

DETAILING MANUAL
b) Refer to the table below for the part marks of the panels which are used as liner
panels.
Part Mark (steel)

Panel type 0.5 mm thick 0.7 mm thick
XRW XPD XRW XPD
Type-R 46-AA33 46-AA36 46-AA65 46-AA37
Type-S 46-AA99 46-AA93 46-AA96 46-AA94
Type-D 46-AA24 46-AA25 46-AA34 46-AA35
Type-E 46-AA11 46-AA13 46-AA14 46-AA15
Type-Dx 46-AA51 46-AA52 46-AA53 46-AA60
Type-Ex 46-AA16 46-AA42 46-AA47 46-AA48
c) No. of panel rows shall be calculated for each bay.

No. panel rows in one bay = (BS – W1 – W2) / PW
Where,
BS = Bay spacing
W1 = half flange width of the rafter at one end *
W2 = half flange width of the rafter at other end *
PW = panel covering width (= 1000 for S and R Panels,
300 for Type D/E panels)
* Consider the minimum flange width of the section in the entire frame.
5.3.2 Edge trim
Part mark:
Type-S/R Liner Type-D/E or Dx/Ex Liner

03-0274 03-0311
Qty,
a) For closing the edges of the liner panels between bays = (WS / TL) x 2 x NB.
Where,
WS = width of the building along slope (liner area)
NB = no. of bays with liner.
TL = Length of the trim – 50.
Note : For buildings with P & B endwall, (WS / TL) number of trims shall be
deducted from the above quantity.
b) For closing the ends of roof liner at the eave/peak along the length of the building
for buildings without wall liners for curved eave buildings = (BL / TL) x NE
Where,
BL = Building length.
NE = no. of eave/peak lines.
5.11 Page 18 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
c) For closing the ends of roof liner at the peak along the length of the building for
buildings without wall liners for mono-slope buildings with standard eave
= (BL / TL) x NP
Where,
NP = no. of peak lines.
5.3.3 Spacer Trim
Part mark:

03-0251 03-0345
Qty = (WS / TL) x NB

Where,
5.3.4 Edge trim (03-0252) – For buildings with standard eave at low side eave and at high
side eave of mono-slope buildings.
a) At low side eave for buildings with standard eave with or without wall liner.
Qty = (BL / TL) x NE.
Where,
BL = Building length,
NE = no. of eave lines,
b) At high side eave (mono-slope buildings) for buildings with wall liner.
Qty = (BL / TL) x NP.
Where,
NP = no. of Peak lines,
5.3.5 Head trim (03-0267) – For buildings w/ curved eave and with wall liner.

Where,
5.3.6 Head trim (03-0983) – at Peak (high eave) of buildings w/ curved eave and with wall
liner.
5.11 Page 19 Rev. 25

DETAILING MANUAL

Where,
5.3.7 Interior Ridge panel *
Bill out interior ridge panel as per part sketch explained earlier.
Qty = Total number of panel rows in all the bays.
5.3.8 Interior Curved eave panel * - For the buildings w/ curved eave without projection
and w/ wall liner.
This panel shall be billed as per part sketch.
Qty = Total number of panel rows in all the bays.
5.3.9 Curved Edge trim * - For the buildings w/ curved eave without projection and w/
wall liner.
This trim shall be billed as per part sketch.
Qty = 2 each per bay.
5.3.10 Curved spacer trim * - For the buildings w/ curved eave without projection and w/
wall liner.
This trim shall be billed as per part sketch.
Qty = 1 each per bay.
5.3.11 Interior valley panel * – For multi-gable buildings.
If the slope is up to 1 : 10, standard exterior ridge panel part marks can be used if the
straight length required is matching with the dimensions of the standard part. Refer to
section 5.8 for the ridge panel part marks.
Other cases, non-standard panels shall be billed with part sketch.
Qty = (Total number of panel rows in all the bays) x (number of valley lines)
* Note : Curved panels & its trims shall be used only in case of Type-S or R
panels.
5.3.12 Fixing Screw (WS/GS) CS-5.5x25 (01-0481) / SS-5.5x28 (01-0451)
For fixing the liner panels to the purlin. Number of screws shall be calculated for each
bay and total number shall be billed out by adding the screws required for each bay.
[For Type-D/E & Type-Dx/Ex liners, GS Screws shall be used]
5.11 Page 20 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
Qty of screws in one bay = (PL / Pm) x PN

Where,
PL = panel covering length in bay = BS-W1-W2 (refer to
paragraph 5.3.1c)
Pm = Panel Module, = 250 for Type-S, 333 for type R & 300
for Type-D/E & Dx/Ex
PN = Number of purlin lines.
5.3.13 Stitch screw (WS) CS-4.8x16 (01-0480) / SS-4.8x20 (01-0454)
• For Type-S/R Liners
a) For fixing the edge /spacer trims between bays.

Qty = (WS / 600) x 3 x NB
Where,
b) For fixing the head trim at eave/peak for,

• Buildings w/ standard eave, with wall liner:
• Buildings with curved eave, w/ wall liner without inside curve panel:
Qty = (BL / Pm ) x NE.

Where,
Pm = Panel Module, = 250 for Type-S and 333 for type R.
c) For fixing the edge trim at eave/peak for buildings with Curved eave & without
wall liner.
Qty = [BL / (Pm x 2)] x NE.

Where,
d) For fixing the closure trim at valley for buildings without inside curve panel.
Qty = (BL / Pm) x 2.

Where,
e) For fixing the closure trim at Ridge for buildings without inside curve panel.
5.11 Page 21 Rev. 25

DETAILING MANUAL

Where,
• For Type-D/E or Dx/Ex Liners
a) For fixing the head trim at eave/peak for buildings w/ standard eave and w/ wall
liner:
Qty = (BL / Pm ) x NE.

Where,
Pm = Panel Module = 300
5.3.14 Pop rivets (01-0099) / (01-0096)

a) For lapping the trims together.

Qty = Total number of trims (except trims with small width like 03-0274,03-0251) x 5
• For Type-D/E or Dx/Ex Liners

Qty = (WS / 300) x 3 x NB
Where,
b) For fixing the head trim at eave/peak for buildings with Curved eave and w/ wall
liner.
Qty = (BL / Pm ) x NE x 2
Where,
Pm = Panel Module = 300
c) For fixing the edge trim at eave/peak for buildings with curved eave & without wall
liner.
Qty = (BL / Pm ) x NE
Where,
5.11 Page 22 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
Pm = Panel Module
d) For fixing the closure trim at valley.

Where,
Pm = Panel Module
e) For fixing the closure trim at ridge.

Where,
Pm = Panel Module
5.4 Sidewall Liner
• Bill out the following materials for Sidewall liners.
5.4.1 Liner panels.
a) Liner panels shall be billed out using bill-to length system. Refer to the Roof liner
Section for details.
b) No. of panel rows shall be calculated for each bay.

No. panel rows in one bay = (BS – W1 – W2) / PW
Where,
BS = Bay spacing
W1 = half flange width of the column at one end *
W2 = half flange width of the column at other end *
PW = panel covering width (= 1000 for S and R panels & 300
for Type-D/E panels)
* Consider the minimum flange width of the section in the entire frame.
5.4.2 Base angle (06-0200/06-0201) – If the liner is for a fully sheeted wall.
Qty = BL / AL
Where,
AL = length of the base angle (6000 for 06-0200 and 3000 for 06-0201)
5.11 Page 23 Rev. 25

DETAILING MANUAL
5.4.3 Liner support angle (06-0203) – For the standard eave buildings w/ full height wall
liner.
Qty = (BL / AL ) per eave/peak line

Where,
AL = length of the support angle
5.4.4 Liner support angle (06-0272) – For the buildings w/ curved eave w/ projection and
without roof liner.
Qty = (BL / AL ) per eave/peak line

Where,
AL = length of the support angle
5.4.5 Edge trim

Part mark:

03-0274 03-0311
Qty:
a) For closing the edges of the liner panels between bays along the height
= (LH / TL) x 2 x NB.
Where,
LH = height of the area with liner panel.
Note : For buildings with P & B endwall with corner col. depth upto 200 mm,
(LH / TL) number of trims shall be deducted from the above quantity.
b) For closing the edges of wall liner along the length of the building, if the sidewall
is partially open for blockwall. = Building length / TL
Where,
TL = Length of the edge trim – 50.
5.4.6 Spacer Trim
Part mark:

03-0251 03-0345
5.11 Page 24 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
Qty = (LH / TL) x NB

Where,
5.4.7 Head trim (03-0995) - For the buildings without roof liner.
Qty = BL / TL.
Where,
5.4.8 Closure trim (03-0998) - For the walls with partially open for access.
Qty = BL / TL.
Where,
5.4.9 Closure trim @ endlap (03-0878) – In case of Endlap with Type-D/E & Dx/Ex Liners
only.
Qty = BL / TL.
Where,
5.4.10 Fixing Screw (WS / GS*) CS-5.5x25 (01-0481) / SS-5.5x28 (01-0451)
a) For fixing the liner panels to the girt. Number of screws shall be calculated for each
Qty of screws in one bay = (PL / Pm) x NG for partially sheeted walls and
= (PL / Pm) x (NG+1) for fully sheeted walls.
Where,
paragraph 5.3.1c)
Pm = Panel Module, = 250 for Type-S, 333 for Type R &
300 for Type-D/E & Dx/Ex
NG = Number of Girt lines.
b) For Endlap in case of Type-D/E & Dx/Ex Liners only:
5.11 Page 25 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
Qty = (PL / Pm) x NL x 2

Where, NL is number of Endlap lines.
Note: * Use (GS) Screws for Type-D/E liners.
5.4.11 Fixing Screw (GS) CS-5.5x25 (01-0481-00) / SS-5.5x28 (01-0451)
For fixing the liner support angle to the eave strut / top girt, if the support angle is
present.
Qty = building length / 500.
5.4.12 Stitch screw (WS) CS-4.8x16 (01-0480) / SS-4.8x20 (01-0454)
• For Type-S/R Liners only
Qty = (LH / 600) x 3 x NB

Where,
b) For fixing the head trim at eave/peak for buildings without roof liner.

Where,
Pm = Panel Module, = 250 for Type-S and 333 for Type R.
NE = no. of eave/peak lines
5.4.13 Pop rivets (01-0099) / (01-0096)

• For Type-D/E & Dx/Ex Liners:
Qty = (LH / 600) x 3 x NB

Where,
5.11 Page 26 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL

b) For fixing the head trim at eave/peak for buildings without roof liner.

Where,
NE = no. of eave/peak lines
c) For lapping the trims together.
5.5 Endwall Liner
• Bill out the following materials for Endwall liners.
5.5.1 Liner panels.
a) Liner panels shall be billed out using bill-to length system.
b) If the endwall girts are flush type and the endwall columns depth are less than or equal
to 200 mm, the liner panels layout and billing will be same as the external wall panels.
Refer to the Section 5.8 for details of billing of endwall panels.
c) If the endwall girts are by-pass type, or flush girt with endwall column depth more
than 200 mm, the panel layout and billing shall be as per sidewall liners, except for the
length of panels. For calculating the length of endwall liners, the method described for
the external sheeting shall be adopted.
5.5.2 Gable angle (06-0200/06-0201) – to fix the endwall liner at gable.
Qty = BWs / AL
Where,
BWs = Building width along slope,
5.5.3 Base angle (06-0200/06-0201) – If the liner is for a fully sheeted wall.
Qty = BW / AL
Where,
BW = Building width
5.11 Page 27 Rev. 25

DETAILING MANUAL
5.5.4 Edge trim
Part mark:
03-0274 03-0311
Qty.
a) For closing the edges of the liner panels between bays along the height in case of
by-pass girt.
The height of panels will be different in each bay. So the edge trim quantity shall
be calculated for each bay considering the longest panel in a bay.
Qty. of edge trim in a bay = (PH / TL) x 2

Where,
PH = maximum height in the bay.
Add the quantities in each bay to get the total quantity.
b) For closing the edges of wall liner along the length of the building, if the endwall
is partially open for blockwall. Qty = Building Width / TL
Where,
5.5.5 Spacer Trim
Part mark:
03-0251 03-0345
Qty for the spacer trim also calculated per bay as described for the edge trim.
Qty: in a bay = (PH / TL) for Type-S/R Liners in case of by-pass girt only.
(PH / TL) x 2 for Type-D/E or Dx/Ex Liners.
Where,
5.5.6 Closure trim - for closing the edges of panels between bays along the length of the
panel in the case of flush girts with more than 200 mm depth endwall columns.
5.11 Page 28 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
Part mark:

03-0272 03-0271
Qty of edge trim in a bay = (PH / TL) x 2

Where,
5.5.7 Closure trim (03-0998) - For the walls with partially open for access.
Qty = BW / TL.
Where,
BW = Building Width,
5.5.8 Closure trim (03-0389) - For the buildings without roof liner to close the wall liner at
gable.
Qty = BWs / TL.
Where,
BWs = Building Width along the slope,
5.5.9 Inside Corner trim - For the buildings with P&B endwall with flush girts and corner
column depth less than or equal to 200 mm.
Part mark:

03-0303 03-0009
Qty = (EH / TL) per corner.

Where,
EH = Building Eave Height,
5.5.10 Closure Trim (03-0257)
a) At gable, for the buildings with P&B endwall and with roof liner.
Qty = BWs / TL.
Where,
5.11 Page 29 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
BWs = Building Width along the slope,

b) Closing at the corner in case of RF endwall with Type-D/E or Dx/Ex Liner:
Qty = (EH / TL) per corner.
Where,
EH = Building Eave Height,
5.5.11 Fixing Screw (WS / GS*) CS-5.5x25 (01-0481) / SS-5.5x28 (01-0451)

For fixing the liner panels to the girt. Number of screws shall be calculated for each
Qty of screws in one bay = (PL / Pm) x (NG+1) for partially sheeted walls and
(PL / Pm) x (NG+2) for fully sheeted walls.
Where,
paragraph 5.3.1c)
Pm = Panel Module, = 250 for Type-S, 333 for Type R &
300 for Type-D/E & Dx/Ex
NG = Number of Girt lines
Note: * Use (GS) Screws for Type-D/E & Dx/Ex liners.
5.5.12 Fixing Screw (GS) CS-5.5x25 (01-0481-00) / SS-5.5x28 (01-0451)

For fixing the gable angle to the purlins
Qty = (No of purlin lines + 1) per endwall
5.5.13 Stitch screw (WS/GS*) CS-4.8x16 (01-0480) / SS-4.8x20 (01-0454)
• For Type-S/R Liners Only

a) For fixing the edge /spacer/closure trims between bays.
Qty = (LH / 600) x 3 x NB
Where,
b) For fixing the closure trim at the gable.
Qty = BWs / (Pm x 2)

Where,
BL = Building Width along slope.
Pm = Panel Module, = 250 for Type-S and 333 for Type-R.
5.11 Page 30 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
5.5.14 Pop rivets (01-0099) / (01-0096)

• For Type-D/E & Dx/Ex Liners:

b) For fixing the edge /spacer/closure trims between bays.
Qty = (LH / 300) x 2 x NB
Where,
c) For fixing the closure trim at the gable.
Qty = BWs / (Pm x 2)
Where,
BL = Building Width along slope.
Pm = Panel Module
5.6 Liner Materials at Roof and Wall Accessories.
5.6.1 Skylight / Wall-light

• Bill out the following additional materials if there is skylight / wall light used in the
building.
With Single skin Roof/wall panels
a) Sheeting Angle (06-0273)

Qty = 1 at each ends of sky light/wall light location.
b) Spacer trim (03-0255) - along the purlin/girt length.

Qty = (covering width of skylight along purlin or girt / 300) x 2
c) Closure trim (03-0254)

Part mark:

03-0254 03-0853
Qty = (CL + CW) / TL , at each sky light/wall light location.
5.11 Page 31 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
Where,
CL = Total sky light/wall light covering length
CW = Total sky light/wall light covering Width
d) Spacer Trim / Edge Trim

Part mark:
(Spacer) (Edge trim)
03-0251 03-0875
Qty = (SP x 2) / TL , at each sky light/wall light location.
Where,
SP = Total purlin spacing between sky lights/wall lights
e) Fixing Screw (GS) CS-5.5x25 (01-0481-00) / SS-5.5x28 (01-0451)
Qty = (QT x 2) + 6 + [(SP/300) x 2] , at each sky light/wall light location.

Where,
QT = Qty of trims 03-0255
SP = Total purlin spacing between sky lights/wall lights.
f) Stitch screw (WS) CS-4.8x16 (01-0480) / SS-4.8x20 (01-0454) for Type-S/R and
Pop Rivets (01-0099 / 01-0096) for Type-D/E & Dx/Ex Liners.
Qty = [(CL + CW) / 300] x 4 , at each sky light/wall light location.
Where,
With TEMPCON Roof/wall panels
a) Spacer trim (03-0255) - along the purlin/girt length.
Qty = covering width of skylight along purlin or girt / 300
5.11 Page 32 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
b) Closure trim
Refer the following table for part marks.
Roof /Wall Liner / Trim Partmark

Tempcon type Type-S/R Type-D/E or Dx/Ex
TCSP-75 03-0923 03-0854
TCSP-85 03-0924 03-0923
TCSP-100 03-0925 03-0926
TCMP-60 03-0926 03-0924
TCMP-75 03-0927 03-0925
TCMP-85 03-0928 03-0927
TCMP-100 03-0929 03-0855
TCTP-60 03-0926 03-0924
Qty = (CL + CW) / TL , at each sky light/wall light location.
Where,
c) Spacer Trim / Edge Trim

Part mark:

(Spacer) (Edge trim)
03-0251 03-0875
Qty = (SP x 2) / TL , at each sky light/wall light location.
Where,
SP = Total purlin spacing between sky lights/wall lights
d) Fixing Screw (GS) CS-5.5x25 (01-0481-00) / SS-5.5x28 (01-0451)
Qty = (QT x 2) at each sky light/wall light location.
Where,
QT = Qty of trims 03-0255
e) Stitch screw (WS) CS-4.8x16 (01-0480) / SS-4.8x20 (01-0454) for Type-S/R and
Pop Rivets (01-0099 / 01-0096) for Type-D/E & Dx/Ex Liners.
5.11 Page 33 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
Qty = [(CL /300) x 6] + [(CW / 300) x 4] , at each sky light/wall light location.
Where,
5.6.2 Ridge Vent
• Bill out the following additional materials if there is Ridge vent in the building.
a) Closure trim (along the length of the building)
Liner / Trim Partmark

Roof Panel type Type-D/E or
Type-S/R
Dx/Ex
Single Skin (type-S) 03-0966 03-0533
TCSP-75 03-0908 03-0856
TCSP-85 03-0909 03-0908
TCSP-100 03-0910 03-0911
TCMP-60 03-0911 03-0909
TCMP-75 With type-S 03-0912 03-0910
TCMP-85 overlay panel 03-0913 03-0912
TCMP-100 03-0914 03-0857
MaxSEAM 03-0940 03-0858
TCMP-60 03-0941 03-0859
With
TCMP-75 03-0942 03-0860
maxSEAM
TCMP-85 03-0943 03-0942
overlay panel
TCMP-100 03-0944 03-0861
Qty = (RL x 2) / TL
Where,
RL = Total length of the Rigde vent area
b) Closure trim (at the ends of panel opening)

5.11 Page 34 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL

Roof Panel type
Type-D/E or
Type-S/R
Dx/Ex
Single skin (type-S) 03-0253 03-0862
TCSP-75 03-0915 03-0863
TCSP-85 03-0916 03-0864
TCSP-100 03-0917 03-0865
TCMP-60 03-0917 03-0866
TCMP-75 With type-S 03-0918 03-0867
TCMP-85 overlay panel 03-0919 03-0868
TCMP-100 03-0920 03-0869
MaxSEAM 03-0950 03-0870
TCMP-60 03-0951 03-0871
With
TCMP-75 03-0952 03-0872
maxSEAM
TCMP-85 03-0953 03-0873
overlay panel
TCMP-100 03-0954 03-0874
Qty = One at each End of Ridge vent for 300 mm throat ridge vent,
Two at each End of Ridge vent for 600 mm throat ridge vent.
c) Stitch screw (WS) CS-4.8x16 (01-0480) / SS-4.8x20 (01-0454)
• For Type-S/R Liners:
Qty = (RL x 2) / Pm + [ 8 at each end of ridge vent] for 300 mm throat ridge vent
(RL x 4) / Pm + [ 8 at each end of ridge vent] for 600 mm throat ridge vent
• For Type-D/E or Dx/Ex Liners:
Qty = 4 at each end of ridge vent for 300 mm throat ridge vent
= (RL x 2) / Pm + [ 8 at each end of ridge vent] for 600 mm throat ridge vent
Where,
RL = Total length of the Rigde vent area
Pm = Panel Module.
d) Pop Rivets (01-0099 / 01-0096) for Type-D/E & Dx/Ex Liners only.
Qty = (RL x 2) / Pm + [ 8 at each end of ridge vent] for both 300 & 600 mm throat
ridge vent
5.6.3 Roof Monitor
• Bill out the following additional materials if there is Roof Monitor in the building.
5.11 Page 35 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
a) Closure trim (along the length of monitor).
Same trims provided for Ridge vents shall be used for Roof Monitors also. Refer to
paragraph 5.6.2a for part marks.
Qty = (RL x 2) / TL
Where,
RL = Total length of the Roof Monitor
b) Monitor End Closure trim
If the roof monitor is not for the full length of the building, End closure trims shall
be used to close the gap between liner and external roof sheeting at the ends.
These trims shall have the same profile as the closure trims provided for the ridge
vents but lengths shall be sufficient to cover the panel opening at ridge below
monitor.
These trims shall be billed in the BOM as non-standard parts without part sketches
as shown in below example.
Part Mark Qty Description Length Weight

Monitor End Closure Trim,
03-1001-22 2 1.200 2.52
Same profile as 03-0253
Qty = One at each End of Monitor.
• To fix the closure trim along the length of the monitor
Qty = (RL x 4) / Pm (for Type-S/R Liner)

Qty = (RL x 2) / Pm (for Type-D/E & Dx/Ex Liner)
Where,
RL = Total length of the Ridge vent area
Pm = Panel Module.
• To fix the closure trim and ends.
Qty = (PO / 300) x 2 at One End. (for Type-S/R Liner)

Qty = (PO / 300) at One End. (for Type-D/E & Dx/Ex Liner)
Where,
PO = Panel opening size (along slope)
5.11 Page 36 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
d) Pop Rivets (01-0099 / 01-0096) for Type-D/E & Dx/Ex Liners only.
Qty = (RL x 2) / Pm + [ (PO / 300) for each end ]

Where,
RL = Total length of the Ridge vent area
Pm = Panel Module.
PO = Panel opening size (along slope)
5.6.4 Roof Curb / Power Vent.

• Bill out the following additional materials if there is Roof curb / Power ventilator in
the building.
a) Sheeting Angle (06-0273)
Required only for the following conditions
• For roof curb / Power vent without Framed opening with single skin roof
panels, Qty = 2
• For roof curb with Framed opening at Ridge with single skin roof panels,
Qty = 1
b) Closure trim

Roof /Wall
Panel type Type-D/E or
Type-S/R
Dx/Ex
Single Skin 03-0254 03-0853
TCSP-75 03-0923 03-0854
TCSP-85 03-0924 03-0923
TCSP-100 03-0925 03-0926
TCMP-60 03-0926 03-0924
TCMP-75 03-0927 03-0925
TCMP-85 03-0928 03-0927
TCMP-100 03-0929 03-0855
Qty = (OW + OL) x 2 / TL, per roof curb/ Power vent

Where,
OW = Width of the roof opening under roof curb/Power vent
OL = Length of the roof opening under roof curb/Power vent
5.11 Page 37 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
c) Spacer Trim
Part Mark : 03-0251 - [For Type-S/R Liners]
: 03-0875 - [For Type-D/E or Dx/Ex Liners]
Qty = (OL x 2) / TL, per roof curb/Power vent

Where,
OL = Length of the roof opening under roof curb/power vent along
the length of the panel.
d) Spacer Trim (03-0255)
Qty = 3 Nos per roof curb/power vent located at endlap with tempcon roof panels
only.
e) Fixing Screw (GS) CS-5.5x25 (01-0481-00) / SS-5.5x28 (01-0451)
• For roof curb / power vent with framed opening with single skin roof panels
Qty = 25 nos per roof curb/Power vent
• With Tempcon roof panels, Qty = 6 per roof curb / ridge vent if located at
endlap.
f) Stitch screw (WS) CS-4.8x16 (01-0480) / SS-4.8x20 (01-0454)
• For roof curb/Power vent with single skin roof panels,

Qty = 24 nos per roof curb/power vent (For Type-R/S Liners only)
• For roof curb/Power vent with Tempcon roof panels,

Qty = 40 nos per roof curb/power vent [For Type- R/S Liners]
Qty = 24 nos per roof curb/power vent [For Type-D/E or Dx/Ex Liners]
g) Pop Rivets (01-0099 / 01-0096) for Type-D/E & Dx/Ex Liners only.
• Qty = 24 nos. per roof curb/power vent.
5.6.5 Framed Opening from FFL (for Roll-up Door / Sliding Door)
• Bill out the following additional materials if there is Roll-up door / sliding door in
the building.
a) Head / Edge Trim

]
5.11 Page 38 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
Part mark:

03-0274 03-0311
Qty = [(H x 2) + W] / TL
Where,
H = Framed opening height.
W = Framed opening width.
b) Spacer Trim
Part mark:

03-0251 03-0345
Qty = (H x 2) / TL
Where,
c) Sheeting Angle (06-0202) [Only for Roll-up door]
Qty = (H x 2) / SL
Where,
SL = Length of the Sheeting Angle
d) Fixing Screw (WS) CS-5.5x25 (01-0481) / SS-5.5x28 (01-0451)

Qty = [(H x 2) + W] / 600
Where,
Note: Additional fixing screws shall be billed to fix sheeting angle (06-0202) if there is
Roll-up door in the building.
Additional Qty = (H x 2) / 600
5.11 Page 39 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
e) Pop rivets (01-0099) / (01-0096)
Qty = (H x 2) / 600
Where,
5.6.6 Framed Opening in between girts (Above FFL)

• Bill out the following additional materials if there is Framed Opening in the
building.
f) Head / Edge Trim
Part mark:

03-0274 03-0311
Qty = [(H + W) x 2] / TL
Where,
g) Spacer Trim
Part mark:

03-0251 03-0345
Qty = (H x 2) / TL
Where,
H = Framed opening height
h) Fixing Screw (WS) CS-5.5x25 (01-0481) / SS-5.5x28 (01-0451)

Qty = [(H + W) x 2] / 300
Where,
5.11 Page 40 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
i) Pop rivets (01-0099) / (01-0096)
Qty = (H x 2) / 600 , Where H = Framed opening height.
5.6.7 Personnel Door.
• Bill out the following additional materials if there is Personnel Door in the building.
a) Trim at door Header.
Part mark
Liner Type Single Door Double Door
R&S 03-0264 03-0265
D/E or Dx/Ex 03-0339 03-0338
Qty = 1 No.
b) Trim at door jamb
Part mark:

03-0266 03-0340
Qty = 2
c) Spacer Trim
Part mark:

03-0251 03-0345
Qty = 2
d) Stitch screw (WS) CS-4.8x16 (01-0480) / SS-4.8x20 (01-0454)
Qty = 10 (for Type-S/R Liner only)
e) Pop rivets (01-0099) / (01-0096)
Qty = 26 for single door and 32 for double door
5.11 Page 41 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
5.6.8 Aluminum Window
• Bill out the following additional materials if there is Aluminum Window in the
building.
a) Closure Trim
Part mark
Panel Type 1000x1000 window 1500x1000 window

R&S 03-0248 03-0249
D/E or Dx/Ex 03-0326 03-0312
Qty = 4 Nos.
b) Spacer Trim (03-0251) - [ for Type-S/R Liner only ]

Qty = 2
c) Stitch screw (WS) CS-4.8x16 (01-0480) / SS-4.8x20 (01-0454) – [for Type-S/R

Liner only ]
Qty = 18
d) Pop rivets (01-0099) / (01-0096)

Qty = 44 for 1500x1000 window and 36 for 1000x1000 window
5.6.9 Aluminum Louver

• Bill out the following additional materials if there is Aluminum Louver in the
building.
a) Head Trim
Part mark
Panel Type Adjustable Louver Fixed Louver

R&S 03-0262 03-0263
D/E or Dx/Ex 03-0281 03-0282
Qty = 1 No.
5.11 Page 42 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
b) Sill Trim
Part mark
Panel Type Adjustable Louver Fixed Louver

R&S 03-0259 03-0260
D/E or Dx/Ex 03-0327 03-0330
Qty = 1 No.
c) Trim @ vertical frame
Part mark:

03-0261 03-0328
Qty = 2
d) Spacer Trim (03-0251) - [ for Type-S/R Liner only ]
Qty = 1
e) Stitch screw (WS) CS-4.8x16 (01-0480) / SS-4.8x20 (01-0454) - [ for Type-S/R

Liner only ]
Qty = 8
f) Pop rivets (01-0099) / (01-0096)

Qty = 44 for Adjustable louver and 36 for Fixed louver
5.6.10 Window with Steel Frame
• Bill out the following additional materials if there is Window with Steel Frame in
the building.
5.11 Page 43 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
a) Closure Trims

Wall Panel
type Trim-A (@ Trim-B (@ Trim-A (@ Trim-B (@
1000 side) 1500 side) 1000 side) 1500 side)
Single Skin 03-0984 03-0879 03-0996 03-0841
TCTP-60 03-0985 03-0880 03-0932 03-0842
TCSP-75 03-0986 03-0881 03-0933 03-0843
TCSP-85 03-0987 03-0882 03-0934 03-0844
TCSP-100 03-0988 03-0883 03-0935 03-0845
Bill out the trims for each type of windows as follows:
Wall Window Size (W x H)

condition 1000x1000 1000x1500 1500x1000
@ Fully Trim-A : 2 Nos Trim-A : 2 Nos
Trim-A : 4 Nos
Sheeted wall Trim-B : 2 Nos Trim-B : 2 Nos
@ Partially Trim-A : 1 No Trim-A : 2 Nos
Trim-A : 3 Nos
sheeted wall Trim-B : 2 Nos Trim-B : 1 No
Qty = 1

(for fully sheeted walls with Type-S/R Liner only)
Qty = 8

(for Partially sheeted walls only)
Qty = 8
e) Pop rivets (01-0099) / (01-0096)

Qty = 36 (for fully sheeted walls)
26 (for partially sheeted walls)
5.11 Page 44 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
• Packages are available for Liner accessories (S or R Liner panels only) for
Windows at various conditions. Refer to the following table for the list of available
packages.
Window Size ( W x H)
Exterior @ Fully Sheeted wall @ Partial blockwall
Wall panel
1000x1500 /
1000x1000 1000x1000 1000x1500 1500x1000
1500x1000
Single skin WD-0009A WD-0031V WD-0014A WD-0036V WD-0041V
TCTP-60 WD-0010A WD-0032V WD-0015A WD-0037V WD-0042V
TCSP-75 WD-0011A WD-0033V WD-0016A WD-0038V WD-0043V
5.6.11 Steel Louver
• Bill out the following additional materials if there is Steel Louver in the building.
a) Closure Trims

Wall Panel
type Trim-A (@ Trim-B (@ Trim-A (@ Trim-B (@
1000 side) 1500 side) 1000 side) 1500 side)
Single Skin 03-0996 03-0841 03-0851 03-0846
TCTP-60 03-0932 03-0842 03-0987 03-0847
TCSP-75 03-0933 03-0843 03-0852 03-0848
TCSP-85 03-0934 03-0844 03-0986 03-0849
TCSP-100 03-0935 03-0845 03-0932 03-0842
Bill out the trims for each type of louver as follows:
Wall Louver Size (W x H)

condition 1000x1000 1000x1500 1500x1000
@ Fully Trim-A : 2 Nos Trim-A : 2 Nos
Trim-A : 4 Nos
Sheeted wall Trim-B : 2 Nos Trim-B : 2 Nos
@ Partially Trim-A : 1 No Trim-A : 2 Nos
Trim-A : 3 Nos
sheeted wall Trim-B : 2 Nos Trim-B : 1 No

Qty = 1
5.11 Page 45 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL

(for fully sheeted walls with Type-S/R Liner only)
Qty = 8 for 1000 high louvers & 12 for 1500 high louvers

(for Partially sheeted walls only)
Qty = 8 for 1000 high louvers & 12 for 1500 high louvers
e) Pop rivets (01-0099) / (01-0096)
Qty = 36 for 1000x1000 louvers & 44 for other std sizes (@ fully sheeted walls)
= 26 for 1000x1000 louvers & 34 for other std sizes (@ partially sheeted
walls)
• Packages are available for Liner accessories (S or R Liner panels only) for Louvers at
various conditions. Refer to the following table for the list of available packages.
Louver Size ( W x H)
Exterior Wall @ Fully Sheeted wall @ Partial blockwall
panel
1000x1500 /
1000x1000 * 1500x1000 1000x1000* 1000x1500 1500x1000
Single skin
LU-0011A LU-0051A LU-0016A LU-0056A LU-0061A
(Type S / R)
TCTP-60 LU-0012A LU-0052A LU-0017A LU-0057A LU-0062A
TCSP-75 LU-0013A LU-0053A LU-0018A LU-0058A LU-0063A
* Applicable for both Adjustable & Fixed louvers.
5.11 Page 46 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
Section 5.13 : Insulation
1. Description:
Underneath roof & wall panels, fiberglass blankets are provided as Thermal Insulation in
our building system. Insulation needs other materials for installation. These are
a. Double face tape : Used to hold insulation at ends until sheeting is erected.
b. Patching tape : Used to patch up the teared out insulation during erection.
c. Staples : Used to stitch insulation at side laps.
d. Stapler : Used for staples.
e. Inside corner trim : Used to hold insulation at gable.
(For Single Skin roof panel)
(For Single Skin roof panel)
5.13 Page 1 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
2. Availability :
Fiberglass blankets are available as rolls in different density and thickness with constant
covering width of 1000mm. Insulation rolls can be ordered at any desired length below the
maximum length. The actual length to be used depends on economy layout consideration.
Maximum roll length for different density and thickness are as follows.
Maximum Roll Length of insulation blanket

* 10 kg / m3 12 kg / m3 16 & 20 kg / m3 24 kg / m3
Thickness
density density density density
50 mm 45 m 44 m 40 m 30 m
75 mm 30 m 30 m 26 m 22 m
100 mm 26 m 26 m 24 m 20 m
150 mm 17 m 17 m 16 m 14 m
* Zamil Steel standard is to supply 10 kg /cu.m density. If other density is required, this
should be clearly mentioned in the C.I.F., Zamil Steel does not keep stock for insulation.
All insulation quantities must be issued in a special buyout request to SBO group.
Other materials required for insulation is :-
Part mark : Description :

01-0162-00 Patching tape ( 45.72 m/roll )
01-0164-00 Double faced tape ( 54.86 m/roll )
01-0165-00 Staples ( 5000 / Box )
01-0166-00 Hand stapler
03-0009-05 Inside Corner Trim at Gable ( covering length 3000mm )
[Frost White color always used to match venyl insulation facing color ]
3.1. Insulation details must be shown in all framing drawings (ie. Endwall framing, sidewall
framing & roof framing drawings ) where applicable.
3.2. For Roof, insulation has to be laid between near side Eave and Far side Eave in one roll
where possible.
3.3. If inclined distance between near side Eave to far side Eave is more than the maximum
available roll length, end lap should be used and must be given at purlins as shown in
detail in item 1.
3.4. For Endwall, insulation is to be laid between gable angle and base angle (or top of block
wall ). No end lap is permitted.
5.13 Page 2 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
3.5. For Sidewall, insulation is to be laid between Eave strut and base angle (or top of block
wall ). No end lap is permitted.
3.6. Select relevant details from the following table and add to framing drawings.
Roof Endwall Sidewall

Condition framing framing framing
plan elevation elevation
Single Skin roof panel
Side lap detail INE-007 * INE-007 * INE-007 *
Maxseam roof panel
Single Skin roof panel INE-009 - -
End lap detail
Maxseam roof panel INE-015 - -
At Eave strut
Maxseam roof panel INE-014 - -
$
INE-012
Single Skin roof panel - $ -
Gable detail INE-014
Maxseam roof panel - ** -
At skylight
Maxseam roof panel ** - -
At Ridge vent
Maxseam roof panel ** - -
At wall light - INE-017 INE-017 *
Corner detail for fully sheeted building. - INE-010 INE-010 *
Corner detail with partial block wall - INE-011 INE-011 *
At Sliding Door - INE-003 INE-003 *
At Windows - INE-001 INE-001 *
At louvers - INE-002 INE-002 *
$ INE-012 for Normal Wind Zone and
INE-014 for High Wind Zone (Areas with wind speed > 150 km/hr)
* You do not need to repeat the same detail if it has already appeared in a previous drawing in the
same set of drawings.
** Refer to section 5.8 for relevant details.
4. Shop Drawings : Shop drawings are not required for insulation.
5. Billing Out :
5.1. All insulation materials except insulation rolls are to be billed with the main building
phases. Insulation Rolls only must be billed out in a separate phase as specified in the
CIF. This depends on the type of delivery from the vendor (direct to site or through Zamil
Steel).
5.2. Insulation roll is a special buy-out item. Special buy-out request is to be sent to SBO
group and part mark should be obtained from SBO group.
5.13 Page 3 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
5.3. For calculation of insulation materials, do not deduct the areas occupied by framed
openings, personal doors, windows & louvers.
5.4. Bill out insulation rolls as follows:-
Calculation of insulation roll quantity and length at roof :
Building length
No of insulation runs =
1000
. Round up to higher whole number.

. Calculate the length of roll on the roof as per the worked example shown later.
. Insulation Roll starts from eave strut to other side eave strut.
. Select the suitable roll length to give minimum waste and try to use only one size at roof.
Calculation of insulation roll quantity & length at side wall :
Building length
1000
Length of each run = Sheeting length + 500 mm
( run length )
. Select suitable roll length, which can be enough for multiple of run length and as per the
maximum available (refer to table in item 2 ).
. No splice allowed at wall insulation.
Let number of run length

from one insulation roll = N
Roll length = N x run length
No of insulation runs
No of rolls =
N
Calculation of insulation roll quantity & length at end wall :
Building width
1000
Length of each run = Sheeting length + 500 mm
( run length )
. Because of roof slope, run length will be a variable length.
5.13 Page 4 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
. In order to minimize the no of different roll lengths to one building, select sidewall roll
length as endwall roll length.
. No splice allowed at wall insulation.
. Calculate the no. of roll on the endwall as per the worked example shown later.
. Calculate the percentage of wastage in current selection.
. Try many times as possible by selecting different roll length with in the maximum
available roll length and calculate no of rolls and percentage of wastage.
. Compare the wastage with former case (i.e. roll length same as sidewall roll length).
. If the percentage of wastage is less than former case by 5% or more select the values
calculated from later case or from former case (ie. roll length same as side wall roll length).
Bill out other materials for insulation with main building as follows.
Calculation of double face tape rolls:

L ( 6 + 2 N ) + 4W
No of double face tape =
54.86
rolls
where N = No of end lap at roof ( two runs per end lap )
L = Building length in m
W = Building width in m ( one run at base and one at
gable for each endwall )
54.86 = Length of the tape roll
6 = one run at base and two runs at eave for each
sidewall
Bill out nearest high whole number of tape rolls.
Calculation of staples boxes :
X+Y+Z
No of staples boxes =
375
where X = roof insulation roll length (m) x no off rolls

Y = side wall insulation roll length (m) x no of rolls
Z = endwall insulation roll length (m) x no of
375 = Length covered by one box (ie. 5000 @ 75mm
per staple)
Calculation of patching tape, hand stapler & corner trim :
roof area
Patching Tape =
3000
Building span in m
Hand stapler =
30
5.13 Page 5 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
During erection one person can look after upto 30 m, span for stitching insulation side lap
at roof. Hence it is recommended to supply one hand stapler per 30 m building span.
Inside corner trim at Roof sloped length

=
gable for each end wall 3000
. Rounded to nearest higher side whole number.
6. Example :
Building data:-
Building span = 75000 mm
Building length = 34000 mm
Eave height = 5500 mm
Roof slope = 1:10
Block wall height = 2250
Insulation density = 10 kg. / m3
Insulation thick = 50 mm
Purlin spacing = 1@900, 24@1500, 1@600
Procedure:-
Roof Insulation :-
34000
No of runs of insulation =
1000
= 34 ( rounded up to higher whole number)
Roof slope length = 75375 mm ( sloped length )
Purlin space ( along = 1 @ 905, 24 @1508, 1 @ 603 (TYP)
slope)
As the roof length is more than 45 m (maximum available roll length as per table in item 2)
we have to provide end lap at purlins.
5.13 Page 6 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
Optimize the roll length and purlin location for splice as follows.
Try to use one size of roll by dividing the slope length in 2/3 : 1/3
75375 x 2/3 = 50250 (still larger than maximum length)
Try with dividing the slope length using 1/3:1/3:1/3

75375 x 1/3 = 25125
Find the nearest purlin to this length
(1 x 905) + (16 x 1508) + 500 (for lap) = 25533
Calculate the mid roll length
(8 x 1508) + (2 x 603) + (8 x 1508) + 500 = 25834
Required roll length is 25,834 (rounded up to nearest 0.5 meters)
Roll length = 26 m
Checking for wastage:
Total length = 34 x 3 x 26 = 2652 m
Minimum length = 34 x 75.375
= 2563 m
2652 - 2563 x 100 = 3.5% < 5% [OK]
Wastage ( %) =
2563
Length of roll = 26 m
No. of rolls = 34 x 3 = 102
Sidewall Insulation:-
34000
No of runs of insulation =
1000
Each run length = eave height - block wall height + 400
= 5500 – 2250 + 400
= 3650 mm
Total length of insulation required = 34 x 3.65
( including end lap ) = 124.1 m
Select roll size and calculate the wastage. Work out as many trials as possible so that percentage
wastage is less than 5%.
Trial no : 01
Let insulation length = 45 m(maximum available length from table in item 2)
45000
No. of runs in a roll = = 13
3650
5.13 Page 7 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
No. of rolls = No. of insulation runs

No. of runs in roll
34
=
13
= 3 (rounded up to higher whole number)
Total length = 3 x 45 = 135 m

135-124.1 x 100 = 8.78% > 5%
Wastage percentage =
124.1
Trial no: 02
Let roll length = 38 m
No. of runs in a roll = 38000
3650
= 11
No of rolls = No of insulation runs
No of runs in roll
x 100 = 22.48 % > 5 %
= 34
11
= = 4 (rounded up to higher whole number)
Total length = 4 x 38 = 152
Wastage percentage = 152-124.1
124.1
Trial no: 03
Let roll length = 26 m
26000 = 7
No. of runs in a roll =
3650
No of insulation runs
No of insulation rolls =
No of runs in roll
= 34
7 =5 (rounded up to higher whole number)
= 5 x 26 = 130 m
Total length 130 – 121.4 x 100 = 7 %
=
Wastage percentage 121.4
*Even though the wastage is 7% as per the Trial no:03, this is the minimum we will get for
the above condition. So,
Roll length = 26 m
No of insulation roll = 5 Nos. For each side wall
5.13 Page 8 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
Endwall Insulation:-
No off runs of insulation = 75000
1000
Min. run length = eave ht - blockwall ht + 400 (for bending at
( nearest to eave ) = ends) + 100 (above the eave line)
= 5500 - 2250 + 400 + 100
3750 mm
Max. run length = ridge ht. - blockwall ht + 400
( nearest to ridge ) = 9250 - 2250 + 400 = 7400 mm
Run lengths vary from 3750 to 7400 in steps of 100 mm
List of run lengths = +3750,3850,3950,4050 .....7250, 7350,7400 up to

ridge
Total Insulation length = 7350, 7250,.....4050, 3950,3850,3750 after ridge
3.75+3.85.... ....3.85+3.75 = 418.1 m
Trial no:01
In order to have minimum no of roll different length, let us select sidewall roll length as our
preferred length in the first trial
Let the Insulation length = 26 M

Usable length in first roll (first 6 rows) = 3750+3850+3950+4050+4150+4250 =
= 24000
Wastage in first roll = 26000 – 24000 = 2000.
Usable length in 2nd roll (next 5 rows) = 4350+4450+4550+4650+4750 =
= 22750
Wastage in Second roll = 26000 – 22750 = 3250.
Thus…calculate the wastage from each roll,

Below is the summary of all calculations,
Roll No. of rows shall Usable

Wastage
number be covered length
1 6 24000 2000
2 5 22750 3250
3 5 25250 750
4 4 22000 4000
5 3 17750 8450
6 3 18450 7550
7 3 19350 6650
8 3 20250 5750
9 3 21150 4850
5.13 Page 9 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
10 3 22000 4000
11 3 21750 4250
12 3 20850 5150
13 3 19950 6050
14 4 25200 800
15 4 23600 2400
16 4 22000 4000
17 5 25250 750
18 5 22750 3250
19 6 24000 2000
Total wastage = 72300 mm
Percentage wastage = 72.3 x 100 = 17.29 %
418.1
Try the same procedure with different roll length selected and calculate the percentage of
wastage. Then compare with first trial, if you can not save more than 5% use sidewall roll
length (first trial) for endwall insulation.
Trial no: 02
Let the Insulation length = 43 M (random)
Below is the summary of all calculations,
Roll No. of rows shall Usable

Wastage
number be covered length
1 10 42000 1000
2 8 40800 1200
3 7 40600 1400
4 6 39000 4000
5 6 42600 400
6 5 35200 7800
7 6 39000 4000
8 7 40600 1400
9 8 40800 1200
10 10 42000 1000
Total wastage = 23400 mm

Percentage wastage = 23.4 x 100 = 5.6 %
418.1
5.13 Page 10 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
Trial no:02 is highly efficient also the gain in wastage percentage with respect to the roll
length 26m ( ie. Sidewall roll length) is 11.69 % ( 17.29 – 5.6 )which is more than 5%.
Hence roll length 43 m is most preferable.
Roll length = 43 m
No of insulation roll = 10 Nos. For each end wall
Double face tape , staples, stapler , corner trim & patching tape
No. of double face tape = L(6+2 N)+4W
54.86
= 30.2 ( 6 + ( 2 x 2 ) ) + ( 4 X 75.0 )
54.86
= 11 ( rounded up to higher whole number )
( 26 x 102 ) + ( 43 x 24 ) + ( 26 x 10 )
No of staples box =
375
[( 26 x 102 ) + ( 43 x 24 ) + ( 26 x 10 )] x 0.9
No of Patching tape =
3000
Hand stapler = ( building span ) = 75.0
30 30
roof slope length
Inside corner trim =
3000
= 26 + 26 ( for two left & right end walls )
= 52
Summary of calculation:-
Insulation roll = 112 Nos. of 26 m long for roof & side wall
&
20 Nos. of 43 m long for endwall
Double face tape = 11 Nos.
Staples box = 11 Nos
Patching tape = 2 Nos
Hand stapler = 3 Nos.
Inside corner trim = 52 Nos.
5.13 Page 11 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
The following is the example of B.O.M for insulation and it’s other materials:
Unit
Part No. Qty Description Length
wt.
01-0162-00 2.0 TAPE PATCHING 76MM 45.720/ROLL 0.000 2.50
01-0164-00 11.0 TAPE DOUBLE FACED 38MM 54.86/ROLL 0.000 4.54
01-0165-00 11.0 STAPLES 5000/BOX 0.000 1.36
01-0166-00 3.0 STAPLER 0.000 4.54
03-0009-05 52.0 CORNER TRIM - INSIDE [PLAIN] [F. WHITE] 3.200 1.95
Insulation Rolls in SBO phase

112.0 50MM THK X 1000MM(W) X 26.0M LONG RWMSK FIBERGLASS
99-4119-00 26.000 14.52
BLANKET INSULATION, 10KG/CU.M IN DENSITY
24.0 50MM THK X 1000MM WIDE X 43.0M LONG RWMSK FIBERGLASS
99-9859-00 43.000 24.00
BLANKET INSULATION 10 KG/CU.M IN DENSITY.
5.13 Page 12 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
Section 5.18 : Mezzanines and Platforms
1. Description
The mezzanine is an intermediate floor system within the pre-engineered building.

Mezzanine is usually used to provide additional room in a building which can be used as
offices, schools, libraries or a storage area.
Mezzanine framing may or may not be connected to the main frame columns.
A mezzanine consists of :
1.1 Mezzanine Framing (mezzanine columns, mezzanine joist, mezzanine beams, etc.).
1.2 Mezzanine Flooring - either concrete slab (deck panel + edge trim) to receive
reinforced concrete (not by Zamil Steel) or checkered plate or grating or plywood (not
by Zamil Steel) or pre-cast panels (not by Zamil Steel). Usually the beams run across
the building (parallel to the rafters) and the joists run along the building (parallel to the
purlins) unless it is more economical to do otherwise. The design sketch shows the
orientation.
The following data must be specified clearly in the CIF:
a) Mezzanine area and location.

b) Mezzanine live load in addition to any loading such as floor finishes, suspended ceilings,
mechanical ducts, piping, etc.
c) Mezzanine flooring type: In case of deck panel or pre-cast panel, thickness of concrete
slab.
d) Top elevation of mezzanine joist or the clearance under the mezzanine beams.
e) Framed opening (size and location) in the mezzanine slab which require a partial removal
of steel joists.
2. Availability
In Zamil Steel standard the mezzanine components available are as follows:
2.1 Mezzanine columns

a) Square tubes
b) Hot rolled sections
c) Built up sections
2.2 Mezzanine beams

a) Built up sections
b) Hot rolled sections
2.3 Mezzanine joist

a) Built up sections
b) Hot rolled section
c) Cold formed channel double 300C
d) Cold formed channel double 200C
5.18 Page 1 Rev. 23

DETAILING MANUAL
2.4 Mezzanine edge trim (in case of concrete slab) is fabricated from 2.5mm or 4mm bent
plate. The thickness of the edge trim is based on the design requirement and factory’s
material inventory / availability.
2.5 Deck panel (in case of concrete slab):
Type G,K,A & S profiles 0.7mm thick
2.6 Checkered plate
Checkered Plates are available in following sizes.
Maximum Width of the Checkered plate
Saudi Egypt Vietnam
1219 1000 1500
Note : These widths are subjected to change as per material inventory of the respective
factories.
2.7 Grating available in one size (100x30) x (30x3). The plate size is 995mm width x
6000mm length.
The erection details for mezzanine should be drawn in an independent drawing called
Mezzanine Framing Plan and shows the following details:
3.1 The mezzanine location relative to the main building by showing the grid lines and
main building column orientation.
3.2 The exact location of mezzanine columns.
5.18 Page 2 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
3.3 Direction of mezzanine beams.
3.4 Distribution of the mezzanine joist as per the maximum distance given in the design
sketch. Distribute the mezzanine joist to achieve identical punch patterns on
mezzanine beams. The location of the joists from the edges of mezzanine beams
should be made the same for all beams as much as possible. This is done by a wise
calculation of joists spacing versus beam span. The joist spacing given in the design
can be reduced but not increased to suit this requirement. This leas to less number of
different types of mezzanine beams.
3.5 Locate the required framed openings, if any, at the framing plan and provide the
needed beams around the framed openings which in the same time support the small
joist around the opening. Notice that the framed openings are to be located after the
distribution of the joists is made.
3.6 The standard mezzanine joist connection for built-up and hot rolled joist section is the
seated connection shown below. If the design shows otherwise double check with your
supervisor.
3.7 Use a flush connection for cold formed double ‘C’ joist as shown below:
Note: The mezzanine joist in case of flush connection is always placed under the top flange of
mezzanine beams.
5.18 Page 3 Rev. 09

DETAILING MANUAL
3.8 The hot rolled or built up mezzanine joist may be flushed connected with the
mezzanine beam if so specified in the design. In this case you have to note the
following:
a) If the flooring used is a deck the joist can go

under the flange similar to cold formed sections.
b) If the flooring is checkered plate, grating, pre-cast

panels or plywood, the mezzanine joist should be
notched to provide a flush connection with the top
of the beam.
3.9 Any beam parallel to the joist must be at the same level of the joist. This is to allow
proper erection of deck panels.
3.10 The joist and beam labels shown in the design (such as MB1, MB2, MJ1, MJ2, etc.)
should be shown on the mezzanine framing plan.
3.11 A table containing beam sizes, joist sizes and connection should be put at the
mezzanine framing plan. Use Edrive file “MZE-035” for this purpose.
3.12 Add note No.NTE-209 to the erection drawing. On the general notes portion when
concrete slab is used as mezzanine floor. Make sure to fill in the missing information
in the note (slab thickness, top of joists and clear height and deck panel type).
3.13 Add note No.NTE-304 to the erection drawing on the general notes portion when pre-
cast panels are used as mezzanine floor. Show part marks for all components.
5.18 Page 4 Rev. 24

DETAILING MANUAL
3.14 Refer to the following sketch which explain all the previous points and note the
erection mark which sometimes need to erect the members in the correct orientation if
it is possible to be at site.
5.18 Page 5 Rev. 09

DETAILING MANUAL
3.16 Select the suitable erection detail as per the design for the following table and insert it
from the Edrive to the mezzanine framing plan drawing:
a) Mezzanine beams connections:
Condition Qty. of Mezzanine Reference

Beam Bolts Detail No.
Mezzanine beam connection to column web or to 3 MZE-001
the beam web by 2 clips 4 MZE-003
5 MZE-005
6 MZE-007
Mezzanine beam connection to column flange by 3 MZE-002
end plate 4 MZE-004
5 MZE-006
6 MZE-008
Mezzanine beam connection to interior or to the 3 MZE-009
mezzanine column square tube with direct bolted 4 MZE-011
mezzanine beam 5 MZE-013
6 MZE-015
Mezzanine beam connection to interior or to the 3 MZE-010
mezzanine column square tube with splice plate 4 MZE-012
welded to the mezzanine beam 5 MZE-014
6 MZE-016
b) Mezzanine Joist Connections
Condition Qty. of Bolts at Reference

Joists Detail No.
Cold formed 200 C joist 2 MZE-017
Cold formed 300 C joist 3 MZE-024
Hot rolled joist with seated connection 2 MZE-018
Built up joist with seated connection 2 MZE-019
Hot rolled or built-up mezzanine joist with flush 2 MZE-021
Connection 3 MZE-022
5 MZE-023
Hot rolled or built up joist connected with 2 MZE-025
Mezzanine column square tube 3 MZE-026
4 MZE-027
5.18 Page 6 Rev. 09

DETAILING MANUAL
3.17 Make another erection drawing named Mezzanine Details.
I) For the mezzanine with concrete slab show the deck panel arrangement as per the
following sketch:
Note the following:
a) The joists and beams are indicated in dotted lines.

b) The deck panel is normally zincalume finish.
c) The deck panel is always erected perpendicular to the joist direction.
d) The end lap of deck panel (200mm) should be above the joist.
e) Maximum deck panel length is 9000mm including the end lap.
f) Show the length and part mark of deck panel at the plan using category # 46.
g) CS - 5.5 x 32 self drill screws are used to fix the deck panel to the mezzanine joist
refer to sketch MZE-027 and MZE-030 for the spacing.
h) Select the suitable detail from the following table and insert it to the mezzanine
detail drawing:
Condition Reference Detail No.

Deck panel is Type G profile MZE-029
Deck panel is Type A profile MZE-030
End lap detail with double ‘C’ joist MZE-031
End lap detail with I-section joist MZE-032
5.18 Page 7 Rev. 23

DETAILING MANUAL
II) For mezzanine with checkered plate flooring:
Show the checkered plate arrangement as per the below sketch and note the following:
1. The checkered plate should be spliced at center line of the joist.

2. It is suggested not to use more than 2000mm long single plate for easy handling at
site.
3. The checkered plate is shop punched with 14mm dia holes with a maximum
spacing of 500mm to tie with the mezzanine joist using M12 x 35 mm fin neck
bolts.
4. The checkered plate is notched to avoid the main frame or end wall columns
location.
5. Add the part mark to the mezzanine flooring plan using category # 15.
6. Insert detail # MZE-033 to the erection drawing to show the checkered plate
fixation with the mezzanine joist.
5.18 Page 8 Rev. 27

DETAILING MANUAL
c) For mezzanine with grating.
Show the grating arrangement as per the following sketch and note the following:
1. The grating should be spliced at joist location only. Show the location of splices.
2. The grating is notched to avoid the main frame or endwall columns locations.
3. The grating fixed to the mezzanine joist by means of saddle clip part (SBO) every
+ 500 mm.
4. Add the part mark to the Mezzanine Detailing drawing using category # 29.
5. Insert detail # MZE-034 at the Mezzanine Detailing drawing to show the location
of saddle clip.
5.18 Page 9 Rev. 23

DETAILING MANUAL
3.18 If the mezzanine beams are parallel to the frame select the suitable detail from the
following table and insert it in the mezzanine drawing:
Condition Reference Detail #

Built-up mezzanine joist connect to column flange MZE-042
Cold formed mezzanine joist connection to column flange MZE-043
Mezzanine joist connection to column web when the MZE-044
building have a block wall
Mezzanine beam connection to end wall column web and MZE-045
Type G deck panel
Mezzanine beam connection to end wall column web and MZE-046
Type A deck panel
Mezzanine beam connection to end wall column and block MZE-047
wall at endwall and Type G deck panel
Mezzanine beam connection to end wall column and block MZE-048
wall at endwall with Type A deck panel
Mezzanine beam connection to main frame flange at R.F. MZE-049
end Type G deck panel
end Type A deck panel
end wall & block wall with Type G deck panel
end wall & block wall with Type A deck panel
3.19 The mezzanine beams are perpendicular to the main frame direction select the suitable
detail from the following table and insert it to the erection drawing:
Condition Reference Detail #

Mezzanine beam connection to column flange with Type G MZE-062
deck panel.
Mezzanine beam connection to column flange with Type A MZE-063
deck panel.
Mezzanine joist connection to M.F. inner flange with Type MZE-064
G panel
Mezzanine joist connection to M.F. inner flange with Type MZE-065
A panel
Mezzanine beam connection to M.F. column web & block MZE-066
wall with Type G panel
Mezzanine beam connection to M.F. column web & block MZE-067
wall with Type A panel
Mezzanine joist connection to end wall column web with MZE-068
Type G deck panel
5.18 Page 10 Rev. 09
DETAILING MANUAL
Mezzanine joist connection to end wall column web with MZE-069
Type A deck panel
Mezzanine joist connection to end wall column web and MZE-070
mezzanine beam to the flange
Mezzanine beam connection to end wall column flange and MZE-071
flush block wall.
3.20 If customer or consultant ask about Styrofoam around the steel column to isolate it
from concrete, add details # MZE-083, MZE-084 and MZE-085 to the erection
drawing without supplying the Styrofoam because it should be supplied by the erector.
3.21 If doors are required at the mezzanine level do the following:
a) In the particular bay where the door is required and add extra girt in the sidewall or
endwall framing elevation at 2250 from the finished floor level of the mezzanine to
support the door frame.
b) Insert the details number MZE-081 and MZE-082 in the Mezzanine Detailing
drawing.
c) Expansion bolt used for fixing the door to the floor shall be shorter than the
concrete thickness. SBO request shall be raised if the required size is not in the
standard buyouts inventory.
3.22 The main building drawing should be modified as follows:
a) The anchor bolt plan should show the location and orientation of mezzanine
column base details.
b) The cross section drawing should show the mezzanine and clearing below
mezzanine beam and clearance above the mezzanine to the clear height at knee.
c) The side wall framing elevation: Divide the X-bracing below and above
mezzanine if the mezzanine is located at braced bays.
4. Shop Details
All the mezzanine members should have a shop drawing except for deck panel and standard
clips and fasteners (cold formed joists). The shop detail should be prepared according to the
following procedures:
4.1 Mezzanine Columns

Use the template shop drawing # MZE-019 and fill all the missing dimensions. Also
note the following:
a) Study carefully the mezzanine beam or mezzanine joist orientation relative to base
plate orientation.
b) The mezzanine column height (include the base plate and top plate) should be up to
the mezzanine joist height.
c) The base plate holes pattern should match with anchor bolt plan details.
5.18 Page 11 Rev. 23

DETAILING MANUAL
4.2 Mezzanine Beams

Select the suitable template from the following table and use it as mezzanine beam
shop drawing.
Sketch No.
Beam Connection Built-up Beam Built-up Beam Hot rolled Beam
with Joist with Joist with Joist
Seated Connection Flush Connection Flush Connection
Mezzanine beam with 2 end MZS-001 MZS-007 MZS-013
plates
Mezzanine beam with 2 MZS-002 MZS-008 MZS-014
connection plates
plate and 1 connection plate
plate and bolted clips
Mezzanine beam with 1 MZS-005 MZS-011 MZS-017
connection plate and bolted
clips
Mezzanine beam with bolted MZS-006 MZS-012 MZS-018
clips at both ends
Make sure the following points are done for all shop drawings:
a) Fill the missing dimensions.

b) All punched holes should be measured from the left edge of punched plate, not
from the base line.
c) All the assembly dimensions should be in base line dimension such as stiffness etc.
d) Erection mark to be shown at right top side of the beam when it is absolutely
necessary as shown.
5.18 Page 12 Rev. 09

DETAILING MANUAL
e) Notice that a stiffener is required for each joist for seated connection. This
stiffener is a standard part 15-0215.
f) If the beam is a tapered member cutting diagram of web is to be shown. If the

length is more than 6000mm welding splice for web and flange is to be shown in
the shop drawing with the following note:
“Plate cutting diagrams and locations of splices are based on minimum drops
calculations. If there is no change in the thickness of adjacent plates,
Production may alter the plate cutting scheme if more optimized results can be
achieved”.
g) Do not use more than one type of punching pattern in the same plate.
4.3 Mezzanine Joist
Select the suitable template from the following table and use it as mezzanine joist shop
detail:
Condition Reference Shop Detail No.

Built-up joist seated connection at both ends MZS-020
Built-up joist seated connection at one end and flush MZS-027
at other end
Built-up joist flush connection at both ends MZS-021
Hot rolled seated connection at both ends MZS-026
Hot rolled seated connection at one end and flush at MZS-028
other end
Hot rolled joist flush connection at both ends MZS-022
Also note the following:
a) For flush connection the first hole should be 60mm away from top surface of top
flange.
b) All assembly dimensions should be base running dimensions.
c) All punched holes distances should be from the edge of punched plate.
d) For seated connection the end angles are provided with slots to maintain the gage
between the bolts 80mm whatever is the thickness of joist web.
e) For cold formed joist no shop drawing is required. Use the N.P.D. system to detail
the parts at bill of materials as follows:
For 200C use Die # G9

For 300C use Die # G21
5.18 Page 13 Rev. 09

DETAILING MANUAL
Always the Double “C” joist should be stitched together at every 1200mm maximum
spacing with (2) bolts M12 X 35mm mild steel bolt. Provide the necessary holes using
the same dies shown above.
4.4 Mezzanine Edge Trim

Use the template # MZS-023 to detail the edge trim and note the following:
The trim is an angle made from 2.5mm or 4.0mm bent plate. The thickness of the edge trim is
based on the design requirement and factory’s material inventory / availability.
a) The height of the trim is equal to mezzanine slab thickness measured from the top
of mezzanine joist.
b) The width of the trim is equal to the distance from center line of mezzanine
member to the edge of mezzanine.
c) The length of trim maximum 6000mm and preferred to unique to one size all
around the mezzanine and the Erector to field cut as required.
4.5 Checkered Plate

Use the template #MZS-024 to create the shop drawing and note the following:
a) The checkered plate length is not recommended to be more than 2000mm for easy
handing at site.
b) Provide 14mmφ holes with maximum spacing of 500mm to bolt the checkered
plate with every joist hole locations, so that you get identical checkered plates and
joists.
c) Do not forget to add the same hole at top flange of mezzanine joist with 80mm
gage.
d) The checkered plates should be detailed and laid out for minimum wastage of
material considering the available size of checkered plate.
e) Calculate the weight of plate of 40.93 kg/m2. Notice that a plain plate of 5mm
thick weight using only 39.25 kg/m2.
4.6 Grating
Use the template # MZS-025 to detail the grating and note the following:
a) Use the width of grating (995 mm) as is to reduce the waste of the material and
save on members.
b) The length of material is 6000mm. Try to detail with minimum wastage.
c) Add plate 30mm x 3mm at both ends of the grating to provide boundary line
around the grating.
d) Calculate the weight of grating using 25.7 kg/m2 (This weight is for bare steel
material. For hot dip galvanized gratings, please consult SBO for final weight).
• Grating shall be placed in such a way that the vertical bars should be perpendicular
to the mezzanine joists.
5.18 Page 14 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
5. Billing Out
5.1 Bill out the mezzanine columns by different types, for sizes and connection.
5.2 Bill out the different sizes, different lengths and quantities of each mezzanine beam.
5.3 Bill out the connection clips used at the mezzanine beam connection.
5.4 Bill out the high strength bolt (M20 dia HSB) for all mezzanine beam connections.
5.5 Bill out the joist for each different lengths or sizes and show the quantity for each type.
5.6 Bill out the cold formed joists with all different length sand section.
5.7 In case of flush joist bill out the connection clips.
5.8 Bill out the machine bolts (M12 X 35) MSB for all joist end connections.
5.9 Bill out the machine bolt (M12 X 35) MSB used for stitching of double cold formed
channels.
5.10 Bill out the edge trim angles all around the mezzanine edge and around the framed
opening.
5.11 Bill out deck panels for different lengths and quantities for each length.
5.12 Bill out the fixing screws CS - 5.5 x 32/ SS – 5.5 x 40 as follows:
a) [length of mezzanine in MM)/ “P” ] x (no. of joist lines*)

* Add extra line at each deck panel end lap
“P” is the pitch between screws
refer to sketches MZE-029 and MZE-030.
b) One screw every 600mm for mezzanine edge trims.
5.13 In case of grating bill out the grating plate and also saddle clip (SBO), as shown in the
sketch # MZE-034.
5.14 In case of checkered plate bill out the plates, also bill out the fin-neck bolt M12x38mm
bolts with nut. Refer to sketch MZE-033.
5.15 Refer to section 4.5 Page 12 for extra material required for all the billed out items.
5.18 Page 15 Rev. 23

DETAILING MANUAL
Section 5.19 : Ladders, Staircases & Handrails
Ladders
1. Description
1.1 Ladders are structures used to provide access to a higher elevation such as roof of a
building or a platform.
1.2 Ladders are made of vertical members (Ladder Rails) that are fabricated from flat bars
and rungs that are made from round bars.
1.3 Ladders are fixed to FFL with clips & expansion bolts at the base and supported to the
main structure with support clips at intervals. At the top the rails will be fixed to the
landing structure with clips & fasteners.
For the ladders at endwalls, the ladder rails are fixed to a hat-section support using
clips. This is fixed on the roof between purlins with self-drilling screws (refer to Fig-
15, 20 & 21).
2 Availability
2.1 Ladders are available in two types:
2.1.1 Plain Ladders
Plain Ladders are used when the ladder height is not more than 3 m.
2.1.2 Caged Ladders
Caged ladders are used when the elevation (length of climb) is more than 3m.
Flat bar rings welded to the ladder rails are called Cages and they provide safety
as well as strength and rigidity to the ladder.
• The length of climb for a single ladder shall be limited to 9.0 M. if the
elevation is more than 9.0 M. Landing platform shall be provided in
between to limit the single flight to 9.0 M.
2.2 Components
2.2.1 Ladder Rail (Stile): These are the side members of the ladder to which the rungs
are fixed. Our standard material for ladder rail is flat bar 65x12.
2.2.2 Rungs: These are rods that are welded to the Rails at equal intervals to form the
steps for climbing. Our standard material is 24mm dia rods and general rung
spacing can be from 250mm to 300mm maximum. The top rung shall be in the
same level as the platform.
2.2.3 Cage (Safety hoop): Flat bar rings welded to the side rails to enclose the
climbing space of the ladder in order to safeguard the person climbing the
ladder. Our standard material is flat bar 50x5.
2.2.4 Vertical Straps: These are also part of caging and are welded inside the hoops.
Our Standard material for vertical strap is flat bar 50x5.
5.19 Page 1 Rev.18

DETAILING MANUAL
3 Erection Drawings
3.1 Standard Dimensions.
Refer to the following ladder drawing for components & Standard dimensions.
(Fig-01)
Rev.24
5.19 Page 2
DETAILING MANUAL
• The clearance from the Steel line / edge of structure to the centre-line of the ladder
(Dimension – A) shall be 150mm minimum.
• The height of lowermost hoop (dimension “B”) shall be at a distance of 2500mm
from the finished floor level.
• The spacing between hoops (dimensions “HD1, HD2 & HD3”) shall be equal and
upto 1000mm maximum.
• The Rung spacing (dimension “S”) is the general step height (distance between
rungs). All the intermediate steps shall be equal and ranges from 250mm to 300mm.
• First step height (dimension “S1”) can differ from the general step height (S), yet it
will also be limited by 250 to 300mm.
• The distance from centre line of rung to the centre of hoops (dimension – “D”) shall
be 450mm.
• The inside radius for the lowermost hoop is 450mm, and for all other hoops 350mm.
• Ladder rails shall extend upwards to a height of 1100mm above the landing. In order
to step from the ladder to the landing platform, it is necessary to pass between the
extended portion of the rails; these shall be opened out from platform level to provide
a width of 700mm between them.
• The inside clear distance between the two main rails (stiles) shall be 450mm.
3.2 Erection drawing for the ladder shall be always drawn and presented on a separate
sheet.
3.3 Use template drawing LDE-001 for preparing the Erection drawing.
3.4 In Erection drawing, the elevation and side view shall be shown with all the above
dimensions.
3.5 Insert relevant details for ladder fixing at roof / platform landing, from the following
table to suit the conditions.
a) At sidewall to access roof.
Eave condition
Roof panel type
Standard Eave Curved Eave
Type - A LDE-002 LDE-006
Type – B LDE-003 LDE-007
Type - S LDE-004 LDE-008
TCSP LDE-025 LDE-026
MaxSEAM LDE-031 -
5.19 Page 3 Rev.24

DETAILING MANUAL
b) At Endwall to access roof.
Condition Left of ridge Right of ridge

Roof panel Wall
NWZ HWZ NWZ HWZ
type condition
Partially /
LDE-010 LDE-036 LDE-011 LDE-037
Single skin fully sheeted
full blockwall LDE-014 LDE-038 LDE-015 LDE-039
Partially /
LDE-027 LDE-040 LDE-028 LDE-041
TCSP fully sheeted
full blockwall LDE-029 LDE-042 LDE-030 LDE-043
Partially /
LDE-032 - LDE-033 -
MaxSEAM fully sheeted
full blockwall LDE-034 - LDE-035 -
Note : NWZ = Normal Wind Zone &

HWZ = High Wind Zone (Areas with Wind Speed > 150 km/hr)
c) For accessing a grating Platform.
Grating Orientation Details
Vertical bars parallel to rungs LDE-018
Vertical bars perpendicular to rungs LDE-019
d) For accessing a chequered plate Platform – LDE-020.
3.6 Insert LDE-021 for the detail of fixing ladder to the ground with clip & expansion
bolts.
3.7 Insert LDE-022 for the detail of ladder support to girts with support clips for the ladders
at sidewall / endwall.
3.8 If there is blockwall & if the ladder is to be supported to blockwall, the detail LDE-023
shall be inserted.
3.9 Insert LDE-024 for the detail of ladder support to eave strut with support clips for the
ladders at sidewall.
4 Shop details.
4.1 Shop details for the ladder assembly shall be provided using 3 sketches.
Rev.28
5.19 Page 4
DETAILING MANUAL
4.2 Use template drawings as per the conditions given below for the Sketch-01 (elevation
view):
Template drawing
Condition
no.
Ladder at sidewall (standard eave) / Endwall LDS-001
Ladder at sidewall (curved eave) LDS-002
Ladder to grating platform. (grating vertical

LDS-003
bars parallel to ladder rungs)
Ladder to grating platform. (grating vertical
LDS-004
bars perpendicular to ladder rungs)
Ladder to chequered plate platform LDS-005
(Fig-02)
a) All the required dimensions shall be calculated as follows.
To calculate the rung spacing (S1 & S) and the no. of spacings (N), the location of the
last rung shall be calculated.
• For ladders at sidewall,
The last rung location ( say LR ) = Building eave ht + RT. Where ,
RT is the tempcon foam thickness in case of
roof with tempcon panels or eave plate depth for
MaxSEAM roof panels
e.g. “RT” for TCSP-75 will be 75-34 = 41.
“RT” for maxseam w/ low eave pl = 10.
(“RT” is 0 for single skin panels).
• For the ladders to mezzanine / platform,
The last rung location (LR) shall be the same level as the floor.
5.19 Page 5 Rev.26
DETAILING MANUAL
• For the ladders at endwall,

The last rung location (LR) shall be the same level as the top of hat-section at the
centre line of the ladder (refer to the Fig-15).
(Refer to paragraph 4.3 for more details for calculating the last rung location).
S1 & S = First rung spacing & general rung spacings, which shall be 250 to 300 mm.
M = LR + 40.
L = LR + 1100.
D1 = location of support clip to blockwall.
(if the first girt location is more than 2250, supports shall be provided at a
spacing of 1500mm maximum).
D2,D3…. = location of support clips at girt locations
D4 = location of support clip to eave strut. (= eave ht – 180)
b) Details of support clips shall also be shown and the length of the clip shall be calculated
as follows.
• Support clip to wall girt.
(Fig-03)
To calculate the dimension “K” refer to the sketch below,
(Fig-04)
Rev.18
5.19 Page 6
DETAILING MANUAL
K = A + 60 + 80 + 25 + W/2 – 5.
Where,
A = distance from the steel line to the centreline of ladder.
W = width of ladder rail.
• Support clip to Blockwall.
(Fig-05)
To calculate the dimension “P” refer to the sketch below,
(Fig-06)
P = A + W/2 – 5 – 6.
5.19 Page 7 Rev.26

DETAILING MANUAL
Where,
• Support clip to Eave strut.
(Fig-07)
To calculate the dimension “P” refer to the sketch below,
(Fig-08)
K = A + 25 + 35 + 25 + W/2 – 5.
Where,
Rev.18
5.19 Page 8
DETAILING MANUAL
• Support clip at top girt in case of ladder at sidewall with curved eave.
(Fig-09)
To calculate the dimension “T” refer to the sketch below,
(Fig-10)
For curved eave with projection
T = (A – 185) + 60 + 80 + 25 + W/2 – 5.
For curved eave without projection
T = A + 60 + 80 + 25 + W/2 – 5.
Where,
Rev.18
5.19 Page 9
DETAILING MANUAL
• For the ladders to platforms with concrete, chequered plate or grating floor, proper
support from the main structure shall be designed according to the condition.
• For the ladders to platforms with chequered plate, grating floor or concrete floor,
the clip to connect the ladder rail at top shall be welded with the rail.
• For gratings, refer to the following details for connection of ladder to the floor.
(Fig-11)
The rail is fixed to the grating with clips (with slots 9x40mm) and saddle clips using M8
bolts & lock nut. The direction of slot in the clip shall be in the opposite direction of the
vertical bars of the gratings i.e.:
• If the vertical bars of the grating are parallel to the ladder rungs, The slot in the clip
shall be along the width of the clip.
• If the vertical bars of the grating are perpendicular to the ladder rungs, The slot in
the clip shall be along the length of the clip.
For the ladders to concrete platform, the same clip used to fix the ladder at FFL shall be
also used for fixing the ladder to the platform floor with expansion bolts.
Rev.18
5.19 Page 10
DETAILING MANUAL
4.3 Sketch-02 (side view) shall be prepared using the template as per the following table.
Condition Template drawing no.
Ladder at sidewall (standard eave) LDS-006
Ladder at sidewall (curved eave) LDS-007
Ladder at Endwall LDS-008
Ladder to platform / mezzanine LDS-009
(Fig-12)
All the required dimensions shall be calculated as follows,
Dimensions L, S, D1, D2, D3 & D4 are already described in paragraph 4.2, and these
dimensions in both the sketches are the same.
HD1, HD2, HD3 are the spacing of hoops and shall be upto 1000mm maximum.
The procedure for calculating the dimensions L1 & L2 is described below,
a) Ladder at Sidewall with standard eave.
5.19 Page 11
Rev.26
DETAILING MANUAL
L1 = A + W + W / 2.
Where,
A = distance from the steel line to

the centreline of ladder.
L2 = 1100 – 15 = 1085.
Note : “RT” is the tempcon foam thickness in

case of roof with tempcon panels.
Eg. “RT” for TCSP-75 will be 75-34 = 41.
(Fig-13)
b) Ladder at sidewall with curved eave.
(Fig-14)
Note: “RT” is the tempcon foam thickness in case of roof with tempcon
panels.
e.g. “RT” for TCSP-75 will be 75-34 = 41.
5.19 Page 12 Rev.20
DETAILING MANUAL
L1 = A + W + (PD x Cos θ) + W / 2
Where,

PD = First purlin distance from eave.
L2 = 1100 – 15 – V = 1085
Where,
V = (PD x Tan θ)
c) Ladder at Endwall.
(Fig-15)
The last rung location (LR) will be,
Eave ht + (H x Tan θ) + Y Where,
Rev.18
5.19 Page 13
DETAILING MANUAL
H = distance between endwall steel line to the centre line of the ladder,
θ = roof slope in degrees
Y = (RT + 35) x Tan θ,
“RT” is the tempcon foam thickness in case of roof with tempcon

roof panels or
Eave Plate depth in case of MAxSEAM roof panel. panels.
Eg. “RT” for TCSP-75 will be 75-34 = 41.
“RT” for MaxSEAM low eave is 10 & for high eave is 35mm.
“RT” is 0 for single skin panels.
For ladders at endwalls the L2 will be different for both rails, thus L2 for both left and right
rails shall be calculated as follows,
L2_L = 1100 + V1 – 15 and

L2_R = 1100 – V2 – 15
Where,
V1 = 350 x Tan θ
V2 = (350 – T) x Tan θ
(θ is the roof slope in degrees, and
T is the ladder rail thickness).
L1 = A + X + W/2 + W/2 + 80.
Where,

X = distance from the steel line to the first flat surface of the roof
panel.
d) For the ladders to platforms with concrete, chequered plate or grating floor, L1 = 1100,
and L2 shall be calculated, considering the minimum distance between the ladder
centre line and the main structure.
4.4 Use template LDS-010 for preparing the Sketch-03 (Sections B,C,D).
5.19 Page 14 Rev.22

DETAILING MANUAL
(Fig-16)
Calculate the required dimensions as described below,

• The centreline bending radius for the hoops,
R1 = 450 + T / 2
R2 = 350 + T / 2
Where, T = Rail thickness.
• The lengths of hoop bars at the bend portions,
Arc lengths, A1 = (2 x π x R1 x 58.2) / 360.

A2 = (2 x π x R1 x 90) / 360.
A3 = (2 x π x R2 x 47.4) / 360.
A4 = (2 x π x R2 x 90) / 360.
• The total length of hoop bars, shall be calculated,
Length of H1 = (95 + A1 + A2) x 2.

Length of H2 = (220 + A3 + A4) x 2.
Length of H3 = (483 + A4) x 2.
4.5 All the parts in the ladder assembly shall be billed with the first sketch, and sketches-02 &
03 will not be having any bill of materials.
4.6 Examples of shop sketches for a ladder assembly are shown below:
5.19 Page 15 Rev.26

DETAILING MANUAL
(Fig-17)
(Fig-18)
5.19 Page 16 Rev.26

DETAILING MANUAL
ÊE25678017030100101PŠ
ÊE25678017030100101PŠ
(Fig-19)
4.7 Use Template drawing no. LDS-011 for preparing the shop sketch for the clip that
connects the rail to the roof for the ladders at sidewall.
4.8 Use template drawing no. LDS-012 for shop sketch for the clip that connects the rail to the
roof for the ladders at endwall.
4.9 Template drawing LDS-013 is available for preparing shop sketch for the Hat-section
support at endwall to where the ladder is connected using bent clips.
• If the ladder is located in between single purlin spacing (ie. In between 2 purlins) the
length of the Hat section will be Purlin spacing + 80 mm. (refer to fig-20).
• If the ladder is located between 2 spacing, (ie. in between 3 purlins) the length of the
Hat section will be Spacing_1 + spacing_2 + 80 mm. (refer to fig-21).
Rev.26
5.19 Page 17
DETAILING MANUAL
(Fig-20) (Fig-21)
5 Billing out
5.1 Bill out the ladder assembly with its overall length & weight.
5.2 Bill out the clip for connecting the ladder to roof for the ladders at sidewall / endwall
according to the shop sketch.
Qty = 2 per ladder.
5.3 Bill out the Hat-section support for ladders at roof at Endwall as per the shop sketch.
Qty = One per ladder.
5.4 Mild steel bolts & nuts (01-0760-00 & 01-0770-00) for connecting the ladder to the
girts/eave strut and for the connection of ladder rail with the clip at roof shall be billed
out for the ladders at sidewall/endwall.
Qty = [(no. of girts/eave strut with support) x 4] + 2 per ladder.
5.5 Self drilling screws for fixing the clip at top to the roof (for ladder at sidewall) / fixing
the hat section to the roof (for ladder at endwall) shall be billed out as per the following
table.
a) With single skin / Tempcon panels at roof
Self drilling screw

Roof panel type
Carbon Steel (CS) Stainless Steel (SS)
Single skin panel CS-5.5x32 (01-0486) SS-5.5x40 (01-0453)
TCSP-75 / TCSP-85 CS-5.5x77 (01-0409) SS-5.5x77 (01-0456)
TCSP-100 CS-5.5x107 (01-0410) SS-5.5x107 (01-0457)
5.19 Page 18 Rev.22

DETAILING MANUAL
b) With MaxSEAM panels at roof

i) For ladder at Sidewall
Carbon steel : CS-5.5x32 (01-0486)
Stainless steel : SS-5.5x40 (01-0453)
ii) For ladder at Endwall
MaxSEAM Carbon Steel Screw Stainless Steel Screw

Low eave CS-5.5x45 (01-0472) SS-5.5x50 (01-0460)
High eave CS-5.5x77 (01-0409) SS-5.5x77 (01-0456)
Note: Stainless steel screws shall be used in case of Aluminium (Plain or Pre-painted)
panels.
Qty: For sidewall ladders - 4 per ladder.

: For endwall ladders - (no of purlins supporting the hat section) x 2
5.6 Shim plates 50x5x50 (plain) shall be billed in case of ladder @ endwall with
MaxSEAM roof panel, to adjust the gap between the purlin & the sheeting line.
Qty = 4 per ladder for MaxSEAM low eave roof.

= 14 per ladder for MaxSEAM high eave roof.
Part sketch is not required for billing shim plates. It shall be billed in the BOM as below.
Part Mark Qty Description Length Weight

15-1001-01 4.0 SHIM PLATE 50x5x50 (PLAIN) 0.050 0.10
5.7 Self drilling screw CS-5.5x32 (01-0486-00) shall be billed for fixing the clip at top to
the hat section in case of ladder at endwall and fixing the clip to the chequered plate in
case of ladder to a chequered plate platform.
Qty = 4 per ladder.
5.8 Expansion bolts (01-0048-00) shall be billed to fix the ladder base to the ground.
Qty = 2 per ladder.

• For the ladders to a concrete platform (2) more expansion bolts to be billed to
connect the top to the concrete.
5.9 For the ladders to a grating floor, saddle clip shall be used for connecting the clip at top
to the grating. SBO request shall be raised for the saddle clip (99-0551-00) and
additional M8 lock nut.
Qty = 2 per ladder.
5.19 Page 19 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
5.10 Below is an Example of a Sample BOM for a Ladder at sidewall.
Lengt Weig Total

Part No Qty Description h ht wt.
(M) (kg) (kg)
01-0048-00 2.0 EXPANSION BOLT ASSY. W/NUT/WASH M12 X 100MM .000 .13 .26
01-0471-00 4.0 SCREW SELF DRILL CS-5.5X25 W/ 16 DIA WASHER (@ ROOF) .025 .01 .04
01-0760-00 18.0 DIN933 BOLT FULL THREAD YELLOW CHROMAT M12 X 35 MM .035 .05 .90
01-0770-00 18.0 DIN934 NUT HEX YELLOW CHROM M12 .000 .02 .36
05-1001-01 2.0 LADDER CLIP RED OXIDE .075 .33 .66
30-1001-01 1.0 CAGE LADDER RED OXIDE 7.100 295.92 295.92
5.19 Page 20 Rev.22

DETAILING MANUAL
Staircases & Handrails
1. Description
1.1 Staircases are used to access a floor at higher level like mezzanines & platforms. The
staircase is composed of two hot-rolled (PFC 260 x 75 x 28) stringers per flight. Angle
clips are welded to stringers for fixing the treads & handrails. Base of the stair is fixed
to floor by using (2) M12x100mm Expansion bolts at each stringer. Top shall be
supported to the connecting platform, or independently fixed on floor with landing post
& platform. Landing posts also fixed to floor using expansion bolts.
1.2 Handrails provide support while climbing through a staircase and walking on a
platform. Handrails are fixed on both side of the staircase and all-around the platforms.
They the are fixed to Stringers by means of Angle clips. These clips are welded to
stringers in the web.
2. Availability :
2.1 Staircases are available in following types:
2.1.1 Single flight without mid-landing
a) With Top Landing
b) Without Top Landing
2.1.2 Single flight with mid-landing
a) With Top Landing
b) Without Top Landing
2.1.3 Double flight with mid-landing
• Staircase can span up to 8500mm considering the capacity of the provided stringers.
(Span: is the horizontal distance between two supports regardless of the slope).
Rev.22
5.19 Page 21
DETAILING MANUAL
• Maximum tread width is limited to 1200mm. If this limit is exceeded, the tread should
be re-designed for the new tread width and the stringer capacity should be checked as
well.
2.2 Handrails are available in 2 types.
2.2.1 Industrial type.
It is mainly used for platforms, catwalks, walkways and staircase in factories,

warehouses, workshops, etc.
Industrial handrails are fabricated from 48mm diameter pipes that are used as top
rails, and 40x40 x 2mm thick square tubes as mid-rail and posts.
2.2.2 Classic type.
These types of handrails are used for staircases and mezzanines in office buildings
show rooms etc.
Classic handrails are fabricated from 42.9x3.2 or 42.7x2.3 mm pipes * as top rails,
mid-rails and posts. Corners are bend with a radius of 100mm and the ends are
closed by welding to the posts.
* Pipe sizes are subjected to change as per the Material inventory.
5.19 Page 22 Rev.22

DETAILING MANUAL
• For both type of Handrails at landings / platforms will have a 150x4 mm toe plate
welded to the posts at the bottom.
• 6mm thick plates are welded to the bottom end of the post to connect the handrail to the
stringer.
2.3 Components of Staircase.
2.3.1 Stringer.
Hot rolled Channels PFC 260x75 are used as the Stringer of the staircases. Angle
clips 50x50x4 for connecting treads & handrails are welded to the stringers.
2.3.2 Tread.
Treads are the steps fixed between stringers. There are 3 types of treads.
a) Concrete Pan. Concrete will be filled inside the bent plate.
b) Checked plate
Rev.22
5.19 Page 23
DETAILING MANUAL
c) Grating
3. Erection drawings.
1. The stair case location and the framed opening dimensions should be shown in mezzanine
plan with respect to grid lines. Staircase & handrail erection drawing should show the
elevation, plan & connection details of the assembly.
2. Erection drawing templates are available in E-drive for various types of staircase &
handrails. Select the template from the following table for preparing the erection drawing.
Staircase type Tread type Handrail type Drawing no.

Checkered Industrial STE-007
plate Classic STE-024
Double flight with mid Concrete Industrial STE-008
landing Pan Classic STE-025
Industrial STE-009
Grating
Classic STE-026
Without
Concrete Industrial STE-011
Top
Pan Classic STE-028
Single landing
Industrial STE-012
flight Grating
Classic STE-029
without
Concrete Industrial STE-013
mid
Pan Classic STE-030
landing
With Top Industrial STE-014
Grating
landing Classic STE-031
Rev.22
5.19 Page 24
DETAILING MANUAL
Top
Tread / mid- Handrail
Staircase type landing Drawing no.
landing type type
type
Without Industrial STE-019
Top N/A Concrete pan
Industrial STE-021
Grating
Classic STE-038
Single Checkered Checkered Industrial STE-017
flight Plate plate Classic STE-034
with mid Checkered Industrial STE-018
landing plate Classic STE-035
With
Industrial STE-020
Top Concrete Concrete Pan
Industrial STE-023
Grating
Classic STE-040
Industrial STE-022
Grating Grating
Classic STE-039
3. After inserting the drawing, all the required dimensions shall be calculated and shown in
the erection drawing. Part marks for the members shall be marked in the erection drawings.
4. Calculating the dimensions for various types for staircases and handrails are explained
below:
a) Double Flight with Mid-landing
Rev.22
5.19 Page 25
DETAILING MANUAL
5.19 Page 26 Rev.22

DETAILING MANUAL
i) No. of steps shall be calculated from the height of the staircase. Raise (step
height) shall be adjusted from 160 to 200 mm. Tread is fixed to 260 mm. The first
step can be adjusted to make all other step heights equal. First step can be upto 225
mm.
ii) Calculate the dimensions as described below & show them in erection drawing.
No. of steps (N) = (A + B – E) / R

L = Nt x 260 +Mw.
S = Stair width (o/o of stringer)
W = 200 + (2 x S)
Y = W – 600
T = (No. of steps in second flight x 260) + M
C = mid-landing floor thickness
Cm = Mezzanine Floor thickness
Where;
A = Ht from FFL. to mid-landing.
B = Ht. from top of mid-landing to top of mezzanine floor.
E = First step Ht.
R = Single step Ht. = range (160 mm – 200 mm).
L = Flight horizontal projection.
Nt = No. of treads in single flight.
M = Mid-landing width.
iii) Connection details at various locations are shown below:
5.19 Page 27 Rev.22

DETAILING MANUAL
b) Single Flight without Mid-landing.
Rev.22
5.19 Page 28
DETAILING MANUAL
i) No. of steps, first step height, raise and all the required shall be calculated as
described below & show them in erection drawing.

L = Nt x 260 + T
Y = S – 600
C = Top-landing floor thickness
Where;
E = First step Ht.
L = Flight horizontal projection.
Nt = No. of treads
T = Top-landing width.
5.19 Page 29
Rev.22
DETAILING MANUAL
ii) Connection details at various locations are shown below:
5.19 Page 30 Rev.22

DETAILING MANUAL
c) Single flight with Mid-landing.
i) No. of steps, first step height, raise and all the required shall be calculated as
described below & show them in erection drawing.
K = No. of steps in first flight x 260
M = Mid-landing width.
P = No. of steps in Second flight x 260
L= P+M+K
Y = S – 600
C = Top-landing floor thickness
Where;
B = Ht. from top of mid-landing to top of mezzanine floor.
E = First step Ht.
5.19 Page 31 Rev.22

DETAILING MANUAL
ii) Connection detail at mid-landing is shown below. All other details will be same
as for the other types.
4. Shop drawings.
4.1 Shop drawings shall be provided for the following parts according to the stair type.
1. Stringers
a) for Double flight staircase with mid landing
First flight Stringer (Handrail type – Classic)
5.19 Page 32
DETAILING MANUAL
Rev.26
To calculate the dimensions, refer to the following details.
θ = Stair slope in degrees

A = mid landing floor thickness.
LW = mid landing width.
B = 260 / Cos θ.
C = A / Sin θ.
D = 25 / Tan θ.
E = 50 x Cos θ.
F = 30 x Sin θ.
G = 30 x Cos θ.
H = 50 x Sin θ.
J = 150 x Sin θ.
K = 150 x Cos θ.
L = A / Tan θ.
M = 25 / Sin θ.
C1 = 260 x Tan (θ/2).
L1 = LW + L + M – 85.
A1 = B + F – E – C – D.
A2 = 260 / Cos θ.
A3 = 150 x Sin θ. (= J)
A4 = 150 x Cos θ. (= K)
B1 = 25 + G + H
B2 = B1 + J
B3 = B1 + K
5.19 Page 33
Rev.22
DETAILING MANUAL
R1 = First Raise height.

α = (90-θ) / 2
N = 25 x Tan α.
C2 = 260 x Tan α
D1 = R1 – 30
L3 = R1 + N
Y = height from base to the top of mid landing.

X = Flight horizontal projection = No. of treads x 260
Q = X / Cos θ
L2 = Q + N – C – D.
Clips welded vertically are for connecting the handrail posts. General spacing for
handrail posts are 4 steps. Follow the method below to fix these clips. These
clips shall be welded at first & last step always.
• If the number of steps 5, weld clips at first & last steps only.
• If the number of steps are > 5, then

Divide the no. of steps by 4, consider the no. of steps = (4n + b),
If “b” = 0, use “n” no. of clips with 4 steps spacing.
If “b” = 1, use “n-1” no. of clips with 4 steps spacing from the first step &
use 5 steps for the last spacing.
If “b” = 2 or 3, use “n” no. of clips with 4 steps spacing from the first step &
use “b” steps for the last spacing.
P1 & P2 are dimensions to fix the clips for mid-landing handrail posts. To
calculate these dimensions refer to the handrails details in paragraph .4.1.2.a.
P3 = The dimension to fix the clip for connecting the landing beam
= LW – 85 – 35 – 7
First flight Stringer (Handrail type – Industrial)
The locations to connect the mid-landing handrail posts will differ in case of
Industrial type handrail. Refer to the following detail.
5.19 Page 34 Rev.22

DETAILING MANUAL
One clip will be located at P1 & the other clip will be located at the same location
of the clip for the landing beam (P3). For P1 dimension refer to the handrails details
later in this section.
Second flight Stringer (Handrail type – Classic)
To calculate the dimensions, refer to the following sketch.
5.19 Page 35 Rev.26

DETAILING MANUAL
θ = Stair slope in degrees

A = mid landing floor thickness.
AA = mezzanine floor thickness.
LW = mid landing width.
CC = Distance from edge of mezzanine to cl. of beam.
L1 = L + M
Y = height from top of mid landing to the top of mezzanine.
X = Flight horizontal projection = No. of treads x 260
Q = X / Cos θ
S = (A / Tan θ) + (25 / Sin θ).
R = (A / Sin θ) + (25 / Tan θ).
L2 = Q + R – C – D.
L3 = LW – S – 85.
DD = CC – 15
All other dimensions A1, A2, A3, A4, B1, B2 & B3 shall be calculated as described
for the previous example.
P1 & P2 are dimensions to fix the clips for mid-landing handrail posts. To
calculate these dimensions refer to the handrail details in paragraph . 4.1.2.b.
P3 = The dimension to fix the clip for connecting the landing beam
= LW – 85 – 35 – 6
5.19 Page 36 Rev.22

DETAILING MANUAL
Second flight Stringer (Handrail type – Industrial)
One clip will be location at P1 & the other clip will be located at the same location
of the clip for the landing beam (P3). For P1 dimension refer to the handrails
details later in this section.
b) for Single flight staircase without mid landing – without Top landing.
To calculate the dimensions D1,L2,L3 & C2 follow the method described for the
first flight stringer in the previous case.
For dimensions L1,DD,A1,A2,A3,A4,B1,B2 & B3, follow the procedure given
for the second flight stringer in the previous case.
5.19 Page 37 Rev.26

DETAILING MANUAL
c) For Single flight staircase without mid landing – with Top landing.
Follow the same procedure described for the First flight stringer of the Double
flight staircase with mid landing. (Consider the mid landing dimensions as the top
landing in this case)
d) For Single flight staircase with mid landing.
First flight stringer (handrail type – Classic)
Refer to the following sketch for the detail at mid-landing level
5.19 Page 38 Rev.26

DETAILING MANUAL
Calculate the dimensions L & M as described earlier.

L1 = LW + L + M – 410
Use the procedures given earlier examples to find out the other dimensions.
P1 dimension is for the Handrail clip.

P2 is the dimension for the landing beam clip = LW- 410 – 35 – 6
First flight stringer (handrail type – Industrial)
The clip for connecting industrial type handrail will be fixed at the same location
of the clip for landing beam.
Second flight stringer - with top landing (handrail type – Classic)
5.19 Page 39 Rev.26

DETAILING MANUAL
Refer to the following sketch
Calculate the dimensions as described for the earlier examples.
L1 = LW + L + M – 85
L2 = Q + R – C – D
L3 = 400 – 91 – S + C1
For P1,P2 & P4 refer to the handrail details.
P3 = LW – 85 – 35 – 6
P5 = 400 – 91 – 35 – 4
Second flight stringer - with top landing (handrail type – Industrial)
5.19 Page 40 Rev.26

DETAILING MANUAL
Second flight stringer - without top landing
Only the detail at the top detail of the stringer will differ for the industrial type
handrail.
L1 = L + M
2. Handrails.
a) Classic type handrails.
Refer to the following details for the arrangements of handrails at different

locations.
5.19 Page 41 Rev.26

DETAILING MANUAL
Separate part sketches shall be given for each handrail.
5.19 Page 42 Rev.22

DETAILING MANUAL
i) Handrails at flight (inclined)
5.19 Page 43 Rev.26

DETAILING MANUAL
J = distance between centerline of post to the end of pipe

θ = Slope in degrees
R = Pipe Bend Radius
pd = pipe diameter.
T = Tread thickness = 30 mm.
A1 = 90-θ
A2 = 90+θ
H1 = J – (pd/2) = S1
V1 = 475 – (pd / cos θ)
H2 = H1 / Cos θ
L1 = R x Tan (A2 / 2)
L2 = R x Tan (A1 / 2)
H3 = H2 – L1
K = distance between centerline of post to the end of pipe

H4 = K – (pd/2) = S4
H5 = H4 / Cos θ
H6 = H5 – L2
V2 = pd / Cos θ
V3 = (pd/2) x Tan θ
V4 = 53 x Tan θ
5.19 Page 44 Rev.22

DETAILING MANUAL
D1 = H2 – L2
D2 = (2 x π x R x A1) / 360
D3 = V1 – L1 – L2
D4 = (2 x π x R x A2) / 360
D5 = H3 – D12
D6 = S2 / Cos θ
D7 = S3 / Cos θ
D8 = H6 + D12
D9 = H5 – L1
D10 = 150 + T + V4 + 425 + V3
D11 = D10 – (V3 x 2)
D12 = (pd/2) / Cos θ – (pd/2) x Tan θ
D13 = (pd/2) / Cos θ + (pd/2) x Tan θ
Length of post P1 = 150 + T + V4 + 900 – [(pd/2) / Cos θ]

Length of top rail pipe P2 = D1+(2 x D2) +(2 x D3)+(2 x D4)+D5+D6+D7+D8+D9
Length of mid rail pipe P3 = D6
Length of mid rail pipe P4 = D7
The handrail at the other side of the staircase shall be detailed separately, with the
connection plate C1 welded on the near side of post.
ii) Handrails at Mid / Top landing
Let
R = Pipe bending radius,
FT = Floor thickness,
pd = pipe diameter.
5.19 Page 45 Rev.26

DETAILING MANUAL
Then,
D1 = S1 – R
D2 = (2 x π x R ) / 4
D3 = 475 – pd – (2 x R)
D4 = D1 – (pd/2)
D5 = S3 – R – (pd/2)
D6 = D5 – (pd/2)
D7 = 175 + FT + 425
D8 = 175 + FT + 25
L = S1 + S2 + S3
Length of the post P1 = D7 + 475 - (pd/2)

Length of top rail pipe P2 = D1+ (4 x D2)+(2 x D3)+D4+S2+D5+D6
Length of mid rail pipe P3 = S2
Length of Toe plate T1 =L
If the spacing between the posts are more than 1300mm like Handrails at mid
landing length for double flight staircase, one additional post in the middle shall be
given. Refer to the details below.
b) Industrial type handrails.
Refer to the following details for the arrangements of handrails at different

locations.
5.19 Page 46 Rev.26

DETAILING MANUAL
5.19 Page 47 Rev.22

DETAILING MANUAL
Separate part sketches shall be given for each handrails.
iii) Handrails at flight (inclined)
Refer to the following sketches,
5.19 Page 48 Rev.26

DETAILING MANUAL
Let SP1 = Spacing (horizontal) between 1st and 2nd post,

SP2 = Spacing (horizontal) between 2st and 3rd post,
SP3 = Spacing (horizontal) between 3rd and 4th post,
pd = diameter of the pipe
td = depth of the post (tube)
θ = slope in degrees.
α = (90-θ) / 2
β = (90+θ) / 2
then,
s1 = sp1 / Cos θ
s2 = sp2 / Cos θ
s3 = sp3 / Cos θ
d1 = (A / Cos θ) + (pd x Tan θ)
X1 = (B / Cos θ) – (pd x Tan θ)
d2 = d1 + s1
d3 = d2 + s2
d4 = d3 + s3
d5 = pd / Tan α
d6 = pd / Tan β
5.19 Page 49
Rev.22
DETAILING MANUAL
V1 = (pd – 11) / Cos θ

V2 = (td / 2) x Tan θ
V3 = 53 x Tan θ
T = tread thickness = 30.
tc1 = td x Tan θ
d7 = 150 + T + V3 + 425 + V2
d8 = d7 – (2 x V2)
Length of the Post T1 (LT1) = 900 + V3 + T + 150 – V1 + V2

d9 = [ LT1 – (td / Sin θ) – V2 ] x Cos θ
td1 = LT1 – tc1

td2 = (sp1 – td ) / Cos θ
Length of mid rail T2 = td2 + tc1

Length of top rail pipe P1 = (sp1 + sp2 + sp3 + A + B) / cos θ

Length of pipes P2 & P3 = 200 mm.
iv) Handrails at Mid / Top landing
Refer to the following sketch,
5.19 Page 50 Rev.26

DETAILING MANUAL
pd = diameter of the rail pipe.

td = depth of the post (tube)
FT = floor thickness.
sp = spacing between posts
For d1, d3, B & C refer to the arrangement details at different locations.
d2 = d1 + sp
d4 = 175 + FT + 25
d5 = 175 + FT + 475
Length of post T1 = 900 + FT + 175 – pd + 11
Length of hr pipe P1 = d1 + sp + B
Length of pipe P2 = 200
Length of mid rail T2 = sp – td
Length of toe plate C2= d3 + sp + C + td
If the spacing between the posts are more than 1300mm like Handrails at mid
landing length for double flight staircase, one additional post in the middle shall be
given. Refer to the details below.
Rev.22
5.19 Page 51
DETAILING MANUAL
3. Treads
Part sketches shall be given for the stair treads. Refer to the following details for each
type of treads.
a) Concrete pan
L = SW – (2 x SF) – 4
D1 = L – 25
Where,
SW = Stair width O/O of stringer.
SF = stringer flange width
5.19 Page 52 Rev.26

DETAILING MANUAL
b) Checkered plate
L = SW – (2 x SF) – 4
D1 = L – 25
Where,
c) Grating
L = SW – (2 x SF) – 4
Where,
5.19 Page 53 Rev.22

DETAILING MANUAL
4. Mid landing beam.
Refer to the following details to prepare shop sketch for the mid-landing beam that is
connected to the landing post at the end of the mid-landing. Standard material used is
PFC 260x75.
a) For double flight staircase.
X11 = 2 x SW + 200*
D1 = dimension for the handrail fixing clip. Refer to handrail fixing details
for calculating this dimension
X1 = SW – (35 + 80)
X2 = X1 + 80
X3 = (X11 / 2) – 3**
X4 = SW + 200 + 35
X5 = X4 + 80
X6 = X11 – 340
X7 = X11 – 260
X8 = X11 – D1
X9 = X11 – 115
X10 = X11 – 35
Where,
SW = Stair width O/O of stringer
*3mm = (½) x thickness of plate connected at the end of the
hand rail post.
** 200 = Gap between the 2 stairs. Refer to the erection
drawing details.
5.19 Page 54 Rev.26

DETAILING MANUAL
b) For single flight staircase with mid landing.
X6 = Total length of the beam = Stair width (o/o of stringer)
X1 = X6 – 340
X2 = X6 – 260
X3 = X6 – 115
X4 = X6 – 68 – 10
X5 = X6 – 35
5. Landing beam at mid landing / top landing
Shop sketches for landing beams, which are connected to the stringers, shall be
provided. Standard material used is PFC 260x75
L = SW – (2 x SF) – 4
D1 = L – 25
Where,
6. Landing post for mid landing / top landing.
Landing post will be built-up section with 200x4 web and 125x5 flanges unless
specified by design. Refer to the following detail to prepare the shop sketch.
5.19 Page 55 Rev.26

DETAILING MANUAL
L = H – FT – 30
L1 = L – 10
D3 = L1 – 25
D2 = D3 – 75
D1 = D2 – 75
Where,
H = Distance from FFL to the mid landing / Top landing
floor level
FT = Floor thickness
7. Mid landing edge angle
This angle is always provided with the stair case components .It is used to retain the
wet (non-hardened) concrete of the mid landing, if concrete was used for mid
landing. Usually, it is provided in 3000mm length pieces & any excess will be field
cut. The angle will be bend out of 4mm thick plates.
FT = Concrete thickness at landing.

D1 = FT – 4
D2 = 100 + FT – 8
5.19 Page 56 Rev.22
DETAILING MANUAL
8. Mid / Top landing plate (for staircase with checkered plate landing)
1. Double flight staircase
W1 = (SW / 2) + 100 Where, SW = Stair width (o/o of stringers)

LW = landing width
D1 = W1 – 177 – 77
D2 = (LW – 30 – 80) / 2
D3 = (W1 – 30 – 130) / 2
D4 = LW – 60
Plate Width = LW + 19
Plate length = W1
2. Single Flight Staircase
5.19 Page 57 Rev.22

DETAILING MANUAL
SW = Stair width (o/o of stringers)

LW = landing width
D1 = SW – 77 – 77
D2 = (LW – 65 – 80) / 2
D3 = (SW – 30 – 30) / 2
Plate Width = SW
Plate length = LW + 38

LW = landing width
D1 = SW – 77 – 77
D2 = (LW – 65 – 80) / 2
D3 = (SW – 30 – 30) / 2
Plate Width = SW
Plate length = LW + 19
9. Mid / Top Landing Grating Plate. (for staircase with grating plate landing)
1. Double flight staircase
5.19 Page 58
Rev.22
DETAILING MANUAL
W1 = (SW / 2) + 100 Where, SW = Stair width (o/o of stringers)

LW = landing width
Plate Width = W1
Plate length = SW
2. Single Flight Staircase

LW = landing width
Plate Width = SW
Plate length = LW
• Note : Grating Plates are Special buy-outs. So gratings to be billed in separate

phase as mentioned in the CIF and the sketches shall be send to SBO group.
10. Mid landing Angle.
Mid landing angle shall be provided for the single flight staircase with mid landing
type to support the landing platform. Refer the following detail to prepare the shop
sketch. The angle will be bend out of 4mm thick plates.
5.19 Page 59 Rev.22

DETAILING MANUAL
L = SW – (2 x SF) – 4
D1 = L – 25
Where,
11. Top landing beam
Refer to the following details to prepare shop sketch for the top landing beam for the
staircases with top landing which is connected to the landing post at the end of the mid
landing. Standard material used is PFC 260x75.
X6 = Total beam length = Stair width O/O of stringer.

D1 = dimension for the handrail fixing clip. Refer to handrail fixing details
for calculating this dimension
X1 = X6 – 340
X2 = X6 – 260
X3 = X6 – D1
X4 = X6 – 115
X5 = X6 – 35
5. Bill of Materials.
5.1 Double flight staircase with mid landing.
1. Bill out the following items as per the shop sketches as described earlier.
a) Stringers & Handrails.
b) Treads according to the type.
c) Mid landing beam as per the paragraph 4.1.4.a. Qty = 1
d) Landing beam as per the paragraph 4.1.5 Qty = 2
e) Mid landing post. Qty = 2
5.19 Page 60 Rev.26

DETAILING MANUAL
f) Mid landing Edge angle, if the mid landing is concrete. Qty = 1
g) Mid landing plate, if the mid landing is checkered plate. Refer to the shop details
section for details.
h) Mid landing grating plate, if the mid landing is grating. Refer to the shop details
2. Type-S Decking panel for mid landing if the mid landing is concrete.
Length = Mid landing width – 20
Qty = Total mid landing length / 1000. (round the answer to the next whole number)
3. 24mm dia Brace Rod for the mid-landing posts.

For calculating the length refer to the bracing section 5.4 of the manual.
Qty = 2
4. Bracing accessories
a) Hill side Washer (01-0795-00 / 01-0791-00)*. Qty = 4.
b) Nut (01-0773-00). Qty = 4.
c) Flat washer (01-0782-00). Qty = 4.
* Denotes Part Numbers of HSW that are currently available.
5. Anchor expansion bolts (01-0048-00) to fix the stringers & mid landing post.
Qty = 8
6. Mild Steel bolts (01-0760-00) & nuts (01-0770-00).

a) To fix the handrail posts, Qty = No. of handrail posts in all the handrails x 2
b) To connect the stringer, mid landing beam & posts, Qty = 28
c) To connect the second flight stringers to the mezz. Beam, Qty = 4.
7. Fin necked bolts (01-0761-00) & nuts (01-0770-00).

a) To fix the treads to the clips on the stringer, Qty = no. of treads x 4
b) To fix the landing beam to the clips on the stringer, Qty = 8
c) To fix the mid landing checkered plate (in case of checkered pl. mid landing), Qty
= 14
8. Grating Clips shall be billed as SBO in separate phase. (for stairs with grating
landing/ tread)
a) To fix the tread, Qty = no. of treads x 4
b) To fix the landing plate, Qty = 2 x 10
5.2 Single flight staircase without mid landing, with top landing.

c) Top landing beam as per the paragraph 4.1.10. Qty = 1
Rev.35
5.19 Page 61
DETAILING MANUAL
f) Mid landing Edge angle, if the mid landing is concrete. Qty = 1

g) Mid landing plate, if the mid landing is checkered plate. Refer to the shop details
h) Mid landing grating plate, if the mid landing is grating. Refer to the shop details
3. 24mm dia Brace Rod for the mid-landing posts.

Qty = 2
b) Nut (01-0773-00). Qty = 4.
c) Flat washer (01-0782-00). Qty = 4.
Qty = 8

b) To connect the stringer, mid landing beam & posts, Qty = 20

b) To fix the landing beam to the clips on the stringer, Qty = 4
c) To fix the mid landing checkered plate (in case of checkered pl. mid landing),
Qty = 7
landing/ tread)
b) To fix the landing plate, Qty = 10
5.3 Single flight staircase without mid landing, without top landing.
Qty = 4
Rev.35
5.19 Page 62
DETAILING MANUAL
3. Mild Steel bolts (01-0760-00) & nuts (01-0770).
b) To connect the stringer to the mezz. Beam, Qty = 2
4. Fin necked bolts (01-0761-00) & nuts (01-0770).

5. Grating Clips shall be billed as SBO in separate phase. (for stairs with grating tread)
5.4 Single flight staircase with mid landing & with Top landing.

c) Mid landing beam as per the paragraph 4.1.4.b. Qty = 1
f) Mid landing angle as per the paragraph 4.1.9. Qty = 1
g) Mid landing Edge angle, if the mid landing is concrete. Qty = 1
h) Mid landing plate, if the mid landing is checkered plate. Refer to the shop details
i) Mid landing grating plate, if the mid landing is grating. Refer to the shop details
j) Top landing beam as per the paragraph 4.1.10. Qty = 1
k) Top landing post. Qty = 2
3. 24mm dia Brace Rod for the mid-landing & top landing posts.
Qty = 2 each.
b) Nut (01-0773-00). Qty = 8.
c) Flat washer (01-0782-00). Qty = 8.
Qty = 12

b) To connect the stringers, mid/top landing beams & posts, Qty = 36.
5.19 Page 63 Rev.35
DETAILING MANUAL

d) To fix the treads to the clips on the stringer, Qty = no. of treads x 4.
e) To fix the landing beam at mid/top landing to the clips on the stringer, Qty = 8.
f) To fix the mid/top landing checkered plate (in case of checkered plate landing),
Qty = 7 per plate.
landing/ tread)
b) To fix the landing plate, Qty = 2 x 10
5.5 Single flight staircase with mid landing & without Top landing.
c) Mid landing beam as per the paragraph 4.1.4.b. Qty = 1
d) Landing beam at mid landing as per the paragraph 4.1.5 Qty = 1
f) Mid landing angle as per the paragraph 4.1.9. Qty = 1
g) Mid landing Edge angle, if the mid landing is concrete. Qty = 1
h) Mid landing plate, if the mid landing is checkered plate. Refer to the shop details
i) Mid landing grating plate, if the mid landing is grating. Refer to the shop details
3. 24mm dia Brace Rod for the mid-landing landing posts.

Qty = 2.
b) Nut (01-0773-00). Qty = 4.
c) Flat washer (01-0782-00). Qty = 4.
Qty = 8.
b) To connect the stringers, mid/top landing beams & posts, Qty = 16.
c) To connect the stringer to the mezz. Beam, Qty = 2
5.19 Page 64
Rev.35
DETAILING MANUAL

a) To fix the treads to the clips on the stringer, Qty = no. of treads x 4.
b) To fix the landing beam at mid landing to the clips on the stringer, Qty = 4.
c) To fix the mid-landing checkered plate (in case of checkered pl. mid landing), Qty
= 7.
landing/ tread)
b) To fix the landing plate, Qty = 10
• Below is an Example of a Sample BOM for a Single flight staircase without Mid-landing.
Lengt Weig Total

Part No Qty Description h ht wt.
(M) (kg) (kg)
01-0048-00 4.0 EXPANSION BOLT ASSY. W/NUT/WASH M12 X 100MM .000 .13 .52
01-0760-00 20.0 DIN933 BOLT FULL THREAD YELLOW CHROMAT M12 X 35 MM .035 .05 1.00
01-0761-00 52.0 DIN933 BOLT FIN NECKED ELECTRO GALV M12 X 35MM .035 .05 2.60
01-0770-00 72.0 DIN934 NUT HEX YELLOW CHROM M12 .000 .02 1.44
24-1001-01 1.0 STAIRCASE STRINGER (RIGHT) RED OXIDE 3.879 128.05 128.05
24-1002-01 1.0 STAIRCASE STRINGER (LEFT) RED OXIDE 3.879 128.05 128.05
24-1003-01 13.0 PAN PLATE TREAD 1.046 13.35 173.55
28-1004-01 1.0 FIRST FLIGHT HANDRAIL (LEFT) 3.560 43.47 43.47
28-1005-01 1.0 FIRST FLIGHT HANDRAIL (RIGHT) 3.560 43.47 43.47
Rev.22
5.19 Page 65
DETAILING MANUAL
Section 5.20 : Cranes & Crane Supports
1. Description:
1.1 Crane is a machine that lifts and moves material. The most common types of cranes used in
pre-engineered steel buildings are:
• Top running cranes

• Underhung cranes
• Monorail cranes
• Jib cranes
• Gantry cranes
• Semi-gantry cranes
1.2 Top Running Cranes: A top running crane system is shown in the figure below. A top
running crane consists of the following components:
• A pair of crane brackets welded to the rigid frame columns to permit attachment of
crane beams.
• Crane beams to support rails and they can be either built-up or hot rolled according to
design.
• Crane rails welded or bolted to crane beams to form the track for hoisting mechanism.
• Other structural accessories such as clips, filler plates, lateral braces etc.
All top running crane beams are either built-up or hot rolled ( not preferred ) sections with
cap channels. The cap channels are directly welded on both the sides with the crane beam.
The built-up crane beams are designed with or without top flange.
5.20 Page 1 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
Refer to the following sketch for bracket and crane beam arrangement:
In place of crane brackets, stepped main frame columns or separate independent crane
columns are used if the support load exceeds 250KN.
Normally brace rods are used for longitudinal bracing. If the crane capacity exceeds 15
tons, hot rolled angles are used for longitudinal bracing. Cable bracing is not recommended
for cranes because the cycling type of force due to the crane can loosen the cable grip.
Please check with your supervisor if the design shows cable bracing.
The lateral load on a crane beam is transmitted to the main frame column by means of a
pair of angles connected to the Cap channel of the crane beam. Refer to the following
sketch:
5.20 Page 2 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
1.3 Underhung Cranes: An underhung crane system is shown in the figure below. Crane
support for underhung crane consists of the following components :
• A pair of crane brackets bolted to the rigid frame rafters to permit attachment of crane
beams.
• Crane beams supporting and providing the track for the hoisting mechanism.
• Other structural accessories like brace angles.
All underhung crane beams are hot-rolled sections with or without cap channels. Crane
beams required for underhung cranes are not supplied by the Zamil Steel. Refer to the
following sketch:
5.20 Page 3 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
If the length of the crane bracket is less than or equal to 200mm, adjacent purlins are
provided with flange stays for longitudinal bracing. Additionally, if the length of the crane
bracket is more than 200mm, brace rods are also used for longitudinal bracing.
The lateral load on a crane beam is transmitted to the main frame rafter by means of an
angle connected to the crane bracket. If the length of the bracket is less than 500mm no
such bracing is required.
1.4 Monorail Cranes: A monorail crane system is shown in the figure below. Crane support
for monorail crane mainly consists of the following components :
• A crane bracket bolted to the rigid frame rafters to permit attachment of crane beams.
• Crane beams supporting and providing the track for the hoisting mechanism.
• Other structural accessories like bracing angles.
All monorail crane beams are hot rolled sections with or without cap channels. Crane
beams required for monorail cranes are not supplied by the Zamil Steel.
If the length of the crane bracket is less than or equal to 200mm, adjacent purlins are
provided with flange stays for longitudinal bracing. Additionally, if the length of the crane
bracket is more than 200mm, brace rods are also used for longitudinal bracing.
The lateral load on a crane beam is transmitted to the main frame rafter by means of a hot
rolled angle connected to the crane bracket. If the length of the bracket is less than 500mm
no such bracing is required. Refer to the following sketch:
5.20 Page 4 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
1.5 Jib Cranes: Jib cranes are normally connected to one of the flanges of a main framing
column and are comprised of a boom, which in turn in a circular motion carrying the lifted
weight. Crane support for jib crane mainly consists of the following components:
• A cap channel welded to the rigid frame columns to which jib crane beams are
attached.
• Jib crane beam supporting and providing the track for the hoisting mechanism.
• Other structural accessories.
5.20 Page 5 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
1.6 Gantry Cranes: No member of the crane is connected to the main-framing members of the
building. The support framing for gantry crane consists of a pair of rails anchored to the
concrete floor, a pair of crane columns with drive wheels for movement of the crane over
the rails, a crane beam for providing track for the hoisting mechanism and other structural
accessories. Zamil Steel does not provide any support framing for the gantry crane. But the
overall size of the crane structure is required to be furnished by the customer to design and
detail the building. Refer to the sketch shown below :
1.7 Semi Gantry Cranes: One side of the gantry crane structure is attached to the main
framing column in a way similar to the top running crane and the other side of the crane
structure is running over the concrete floor on a railing system in a way similar to the
gantry crane. Refer to the sketch shown below:
5.20 Page 6 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
1.8 Crane Towers: The crane tower frame is used to support the crane steel, which extends
outside the building. It is consists of a vertical truss with columns, strut beams and diagonal
members as shown in the following sketch :
2. Availability:
2.1 Supplying, installing and commissioning of crane system and crane rails is handled by
crane systems companies. Only the support structures required for supporting the crane
system is designed, manufactured and supplied by the Zamil Steel. The design engineer
must give the size of all crane components. The support structure consists of:
• Crane brackets.
• Crane beams.
• Bracing angles.
• Connecting bolts.
5.20 Page 7 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
2.2 Crane Brackets: Crane Brackets are available for the following:
• Both the ends of the top running cranes structure (attached to the main frame column)
• One end of the semi gantry crane structure (attached to the main frame column)
• Both the ends of the underhung cranes structure (hanging from rafters)
• At the top of the monorail crane structure (hanging from the main frame rafters)
Size of the standard crane bracket for top running cranes and semi gantry cranes:
Minimum bracket size : Flanges =200x10, Web = 500x8, Overall Depth = 520mm
Important : The size of the bracket should be verified by the Design Engineer. Bracket flange
width should not be greater than flange width of the Rigid Frame Column.
Size of the standard crane bracket for underhung and monorail cranes:
Minimum bracket size : Flanges = 150x6, Web = 200x5, Overall Depth = ±200mm
End Plate = 200x15
Important : The size of the bracket should be verified by the Design Engineer. Bracket flange
width should not be greater than flange width of the Rigid Frame Rafter.
5.20 Page 8 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
• Slots (26x40) in brackets helps in aligning the crane beams horizontally to maintain
center to center dimensions of the crane rails.
2.3 Crane Beams: Crane Beams are available as follows:
• Both the ends of the top running crane structure (bolted over the crane bracket)
• One end of the semi gantry crane structure (bolted over the crane bracket)
Crane beams are available in one of the following types:
• Built-up crane beam without top flange (see fig. 1)

• Built-up crane beam with top flange (see fig. 2)
• Hot rolled crane beam (see fig. 3)
All the above types are provided with hot rolled cap channel. Zamil Steel standard required
crane beams to have a cap channel.
For the size of crane beam refer to the design calculation package and note that:
• In case of crane beams either built-up with top flange or hot rolled sections, the flange
width should be less than the inner flat surface of the cap channel otherwise the channel
will not fit with the beam.
2.4 Lateral Bracing: Lateral bracings are available as follows:
Top running crane and one side of the semi gantry crane:
A pair of angles 75x75x6 is connected to the Cap channel of the crane beam as shown in
the following sketch:
5.20 Page 9 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
Underhung and Monorail Crane:
Monorail Bracket Length Bracing Angle Size

< 500mm Not required.
500 to 1000mm 50X50X3
> 1000mm 75X75X6
5.20 Page 10 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
2.5 Longitudinal Bracing: Longitudinal bracings are available as follows:
Normally 24mm diameter brace rods can be used for longitudinal bracing. Cables must not
be used to brace columns having crane systems because the cycling type of force due to the
crane can loosen the cable grip. The size is specified in the design calculation package.
Top running crane and one side of the semi gantry crane:
Hot rolled angles shall be used for longitudinal bracing when the crane capacity exceeds 15
tons. Otherwise 24mm diameter brace rods is to be used for longitudinal bracing of the
main frame column. The size and distribution is specified in the design calculation
package.
The bracing is normally divided below and above the crane bracket level as shown in the
following sketch:
Underhung and Monorail Crane:
If the length of the crane beam bracket is less than 200mm, provide adjacent purlins with
flange stays for longitudinal bracing. If the length of the crane bracket is more than 200mm
in addition to flange stays in adjacent purlins, use 24mm diameter brace rods for
longitudinal bracing. All brace sizes and their distribution should match the design
calculations package and must be consulted with the design engineer.
5.20 Page 11 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
Refer to the following sketch :
2.6 Stepped Main Frame Column / Independent Crane Column: If the support load
exceeds 250kN either a stepped main frame columns or separate independent crane
columns are used to support crane beams.
Stepped Main Frame Columns: Stepped Columns are preferred over independent crane
column due to manufacturing and erection easiness. Also the stepped columns are more
economical than the independent crane columns. Refer to the following sketch where a
stepped column with bolted splice and a stepped column with welded splice are shown:
5.20 Page 12 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
Refer to Chapter 5, Section 5.3 (Main Framing Details), sub-section 4.8, joint type 'Column
Splice (Inside Flush Type) - CF' for splice dimensions. The designer should provide and
confirm all dimensions and other sizes of the joints.
Stepped Interior Columns: Stepped arrangement is possible with interior columns also.
Refer to the following sketch where similar cases of joints are shown. The designer should
provide and confirm all dimensions and other sizes of the joint.
Crane Beam Independent column: Independent crane column arrangement is shown in the
following figure:
5.20 Page 13 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
Whenever an independent crane column is used, it is turned 90o with respect to the main
frame column. Crane legs used in the crane towers are used here as independent crane
columns. Either built-up or hot rolled sections are used. The sizes of sections are specified
in the design calculation package. They are braced to the main frame column using either
built-up or hot rolled strut beams. These bracing members are normally connected to the
crane column web at one end and to the main frame column flange at the other end.
5.20 Page 14 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
The independent crane columns are to be braced in the longitudinal direction using either
double angle bracing or single angle bracing as shown in the following sketches. The sizes
are to be provided in the design calculation package.
5.20 Page 15 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
2.7 Crane Structure At Expansion Joints: In the case of a top running crane either with crane
bracket or with independent crane columns, the bottom flange of the crane beam on the
expansion side is provided with slots to allow expansion movements. Refer to the
following sketch:
Angle bracing in the lateral direction is not provided on the expansion side as shown in the
following sketch:
5.20 Page 16 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
The cap channel on the expansion side has slotted holes for allowing expansion & is
connected to the main frame column flange through 100x100x8 angles as shown in the
following sketch:
2.8 Accessories For Crane Beam Alignment: Slots (26x40) in the crane brackets and in the
cap plates of the independent crane columns helps in aligning the crane beams horizontally
to maintain center to center distance of the crane rails. Refer to the crane 'beam connection'
sketch shown in the previous page.
Similarly slots (26x40) are provided also in the underhung and monorail crane brackets for
horizontal alignment of the crane beams.
Pack washers 15-0349 (2mm thickness) are used in between cap channel and angle clips
(100x100x8) to makeup the shortfall in dimensions due to movement of the crane beams as
said above. Refer to the 'cap channel connection' sketch shown above.
2mm thick packing plates are used between crane bracket or independent crane column top
plate and bottom of the crane beams to allow leveling of crane beams at site while erection.
5.20 Page 17 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
The packing plate should be detailed using the template drawing # CRS-025. The packing
plate dimensions are shown in the sketch below :
"A" dimension = Crane beam bottom flange width.

"B" dimension = ( Crane bracket flange width - 10 ) / 2
2.9 Jib Crane Support Structure: Jib cranes are normally connected to one of the flanges of
a rigid frame column and are comprised of a boom and bracket system. An alternate to this
is to provide a hot-rolled channel (as per the following sizes) to be attached to the rigid
frame column, and the boom and bracket system is then to be connected to the hot-rolled
channel and column flange.
Channel sizes are PFC200x75, PFC260x75 or PFC380x100 as specified in the design

calculation package (Maximum flange width of main frame columns are 150mm, 200mm,
300mm respectively).
5.20 Page 18 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
The beam and bracket system is to be supplied by the crane systems companies. Refer to
the following sketch:
2.10 Crane Tower: Crane tower structure is a frame comprised of a truss system with hot rolled
'H' sections or built-up 'H' shaped members of any size as columns and horizontal strut
beams and angles as diagonal bracing members.
Angles 75x75x6 are used as diagonal members. Cap channels of the crane beams are
braced laterally using angles 75x75x6 with crane tower back leg.
5.20 Page 19 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
5.20 Page 20 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
3.1 A crane layout drawing showing the general layout of the crane system should be prepared.
The crane layout drawing shall consists of the following :
• Crane beams.
• Bracing arrangement.
• Independent crane column if any.
Refer to the following example where crane layout is shown for 2 top running cranes, one
with independent crane columns and another without independent crane columns:
5.20 Page 21 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
Refer to the following example where a crane layout is shown for monorail crane. The
monorail can traverse in any direction within the building. Therefore the locations of crane
brackets, locations of support beam if any and the dimensions required to locate the
monorail layout itself should be shown clearly. The detailer should get this information
from the designer.
Part marks should be shown in the crane layout drawing as stated below:
Crane System Part Marks To Be Shown In The Crane Layout

Crane beams, Lateral angle bracing, Independent crane
Top Running Crane
columns
Underhung Crane None
Monorail Crane Only for support beams if required
Jib Crane None.
Gantry Crane None.
Semi-gantry Crane Crane beams, Lateral angle bracing, Independent crane
columns
Crane Tower Crane beams, Lateral angle bracing, Crane tower
columns(crane legs and back legs).
5.20 Page 22 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
Connection details should be shown in the crane layout erection drawing for all
connections. Based on the conditions described in the following table, insert suitable details
from E Drive:
Crane Condition With PFC Cap Channel

Crane Data For All Cranes CRE-004 (Should be inserted in General
Notes area).
Top Running Crane W/ Crane Bracket CRE-001/025/026, CRE-002, CRE-003
Top Running Crane W/ Crane Bracket. CRE-005, CRE-007, CRE-008, CRE-009
(At Expansion Joint)
Top Running Crane With Independent CRE-010, CRE-011, CRE-015, CRE-016
Column
Top Running Crane With Independent CRE-012, CRE-013, CRE-014, CRE-
Column. (At Expansion Joint) 015, CRE-016, CRE-009
Hot Rolled Crane Tower CRE-017, CRE-019, CRE-020
Built-up Crane Tower CRE-018, CRE-019, CRE-020
Underhung or Monorail Cranes CRE-021
Jib Cranes CRE-022, CRE-023
3.2 Cross Section: Crane system connection with main framing members should be shown in
the cross section erection drawing. Refer to Section 4.3 for details on preparing erection
drawing for main framing cross section.
Part marks should be shown in the main framing drawing as stated below:
Crane System Part Marks To Be Shown In The Main Framing

Top Running Crane Independent crane columns, Crane column accessories
Underhung Crane Crane bracket, Lateral angle bracing
Monorail Crane Crane bracket, Lateral angle bracing
Jib Crane Main frame column with cap channel
Gantry Crane None
Semi-gantry Crane None
Refer to the following example where main framing cross section is shown with a crane
system having independent crane columns:
5.20 Page 23 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
Refer to the following example where main framing cross section is shown with a crane
system having crane bracket connection with main frame columns:
5.20 Page 24 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
3.3 The following note should appear in the erection drawing in the case of top running cranes
or semi-gantry cranes having angle bracing in the lateral direction and where alignment of
the crane beam is allowed using slots and pack washers:
'Crane beam support bracket is provided with slotted holes to allow alignment of
crane beams. After alignment is made, if the brace angles do not fit in the pre-drilled
holes in the stiffener, then field-weld the brace angles to the stiffener. Scrap all the
paint in the welding area and repaint after welding is finished.'
4. Shop Drawings:
4.1 Refer to Chapter 4, Section 4.4 ( Shop Drawings ) of the detailing manual for details on
4.2 Top Running Cranes: Shop drawings are required for crane beams, crane beams with
crane stoppers, and brace angles.
• If independent crane columns are used in top running cranes, shop drawings are also
required for crane columns (crane legs used in crane towers can be used here as crane
columns); strut beams and crane column bracing angles.
• Bracket arrangement should be shown in the main framing column shop drawings, in
the case of crane systems where such brackets are welded with the main framing
columns.
4.3 Underhung and Monorail Cranes : Shop drawings are required for crane brackets and
bracing angles.
• As the crane beams used in underhung and monorail cranes are hot rolled, Zamil Steel
does not supply them and no shop drawing is required for them.
• As the brackets are connected to the main framing rafters using high strength bolts,
matching holes should be shown in the main framing rafters.
4.4 Crane Towers: Shop drawing are required for back legs, crane legs, horizontal strut
beams, horizontal supports, diagonal supports, crane beams and bracing angles used in the
crane tower side.
4.5 Jib Cranes: As the cap channel used in jib cranes are welded to the main framing columns,
main framing column shop drawing should include the cap channel and stiffeners at
connection location.
• The information related to the location of holes required to connect the jib crane
brackets with main framing columns are to be obtained either from the customer or
from the crane supplier and shown in the main framing column drawings.
5.20 Page 25 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
4.6 Template shop drawings: The following table describes template shop drawings available
at the E drive:
With PFC
Crane Beam Condition
Cap Channel
Built-up beam with top flange & without stopper CRS-101
Built-up beam with top flange & with stopper @ left end CRS-102*
Built-up beam with top flange & with stopper @ right end CRS-103*
Hot Rolled beam without stopper CRS-104
Hot Rolled beam with stopper @ left end CRS-105*
Hot Rolled beam with stopper @ Right end CRS-106*
Built-up beam without top flange & without stopper CRS-107
Built-up beam without top flange & with stopper @ left end CRS-108*
Built-up beam without top flange & with stopper @ right end CRS-109*
Built-up beam with top flange & end stiffeners & without stopper CRS-110
Built-up beam with top flange , end stiffeners & left stopper CRS-111*
Built-up beam with top flange, end stiffeners & right stopper CRS-112*
Built-up beam without top flange & stopper & with end stiffeners CRS-113
Built-up beam without top flange & with left stopper & stiffeners CRS-114*
Built-up beam without top flange & with right stopper & stiffeners CRS-115*
Hot Rolled Crane Leg for Crane tower CRS-016
Hot Rolled Back Leg for Crane tower CRS-017
Hot Rolled Strut Beam for Crane tower CRS-018
Built-up Crane Leg for Crane tower CRS-019
Built-up Back Leg for Crane tower CRS-020
Built-up Strut Beam for Crane tower CRS-021
Angle Brace 100x100x8 CRS-022
Angle 75x75x6 Diagonal Support ( Top ) for Crane tower CRS-023
Angle 75x75x6 Horizontal Support for Crane tower CRS-024
Packing Plate between crane bracket or crane column top plate & CRS-025
crane beam
* Stopper height shown in the template drawings is 600mm. The detailer should check for
possible fouling of the stopper with the main frame members.
5.20 Page 26 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
5. Billing Out:
5.1 Refer to Chapter 4, Section 4.5 for details on preparing bill of material for crane and crane
support.
5.2 The part mark for crane structure members should be established by the detailer. Refer to
the following table for category code applicable for the crane support members.
Description Category Code

All Clips 05
Angle Bracing, Diagonal Support Angles and Other Angles 06
All Connection Plates, packing plates 15
All Hot Rolled Members 38
Small Built-up Members Less Than 3000mm 39
Any Built-up Members 3000mm and Above 41
5.3 Bill out the main members (Crane beams & Lateral brace angles) supported with shop
sketches by including the following information from the shop sketches:
• Part mark
• Unique description
• Quantity
• The member length
• The member weight
5.4 For Top Running And Semi-Gantry Crane With Crane Brackets: For every main frame
column welded with crane bracket, bill out other items as follows:
a) When there is no expansion joint:
Angle 100x100x8 crane beam clip (06-0350) = 2 Nos.

2mm thickness pack washer (15-0349) = 6 Nos.
12mm thickness packing plate (15-0351) = 2 Nos.
A-325M Bolt W/Nut M20 for each brace angle = 2 Nos.
F-436 Washer 20mm Ø = 2 Nos.
A-325M Bolt W/Nut M24 for connecting crane beams = 4 Nos.
F-436M Washer 24mm Ø = 4 Nos.
A-325M Bolt W/Nut M20 for connecting cap channel = 3 Nos.
5.20 Page 27 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
b) When there is an expansion joint:

12mm thickness packing plate (15-0351) = 1 Nos.
A-325M Bolt W/Nut M20 for 1 brace angle = 2 Nos.
Extra nuts of M24 for expansion side = 2 Nos.
5.5 For Top Running and Semi-Gantry Crane with Independent Columns: For every main
frame column connected with independent crane column, bill out other items as follows:
a) When there is no expansion joint:

2mm thickness pack washer (15-0349) = 6 Nos.
A-325M Bolt W/Nut M20 for each brace angles = 2 Nos.
F-436M Washer 20mm v = 3 Nos.
A-325M Bolt W/Nut M20 for each strut beams = 8 Nos.
F-436M Washer 20mm v = 8 Nos.
M24 Anchor Bolt assy. 20-0102-00 for each crane column = 4 Nos.
Shim (50x50x4) Plates (15-0202-00) for each crane column = 4 Nos.
b) When there is an expansion joint:
Angle 100x100x8 crane beam clip 06-0350 = 2 Nos.

M24 Anchor Bolt assy. 20-0112-00 for each crane column = 4 Nos.
Shim (50x50x4) Plates (15-0202-00) for each crane column = 4 Nos.
2mm pack washer 15-0349 = 6 Nos.
Packing plate 15-0351 = 1 Nos.
A-325M Bolt W/Nut M20 for each brace angles = 2 Nos.
5.20 Page 28 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL

c) For each crane column bracing set:
A-325M Bolt W/Nut M24 for single angle bracing = 9 Nos.

A-325M Bolt W/Nut M20 for double angle bracing = 17 Nos.
F-436M Washer 20mm f for double angle bracing gap = 12 Nos.
5.6 For Underhung and Monorail Cranes: For each underhung or monorail bracket bill out
other items as follows:
A-325M Bolt W/Nut M20 for connecting bracket & rafter = 4 Nos.
A-325M Bolt W/Nut M20 for conn. Bracket & crane beam = 4 Nos.
A-325M Bolt W/Nut M16 if there is angle bracket = 10 Nos.
24mm Brace Rod at braced bay = 2 Nos.
Hillside washer (Part mark # 01-0795-00 / 01-0791-00) = 4 Nos.
Flat Washer (Part mark # 01-0782-00) = 4 Nos.
Nut (Part mark # 01-0773-00) = 4 Nos.
5.7 For Crane Towers: For each crane tower, bill out other items as follows:
M24 Anchor Bolt assy. 20-0112-00 = 8 Nos.

Shim (50x50x4.0) Plates (15-0202-00) = 8 Nos.
A-325M Bolt W/Nut M20 for horizontal supports = 4 Nos.
A-325M Bolt W/Nut M20 for every bare of diag. Supp. = 5 Nos.
A-325M Bolt W/Nut M20 for each brace angle = 2 Nos.
5.20 Page 29 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
5.8 For billing out the A325M bolts and washers listed above, use the following packages. For
details of the packages refer to Section 5.1. of this Detailing Manual. Also note that each
package has 2 items, i.e. one (bolt with nut) and one washer.
PACKAGE No. DESCRIPTION

HB-1650A M16 x 50 HOT DIP GALV. A325M+NUT+WASHER
• Notice that the Hot Dip Galv. High strength Bolt and the nut have one part mark only,
because they should be shipped together in the same box.
Example: Following is the Bill of Material for Area-2 of the crane layout shown at page 21 of
this manual. The example illustrates only the crane requirements and not for the main framing
requirements.
Unit Unit Total

Part Mark Qty. Description Length Wt. Wt.
Mtrs. Kgs. Kgs.
06-7701-01 32.0 ANGLE BRACING 75x75x6 1.492 10.22 327.04
01-0716-00 136.0 A-325M BOLT W/NUT HOT DIP GALV M24 x 70 0.000 0.45 61.20
F-436M WASHER ROUND HARD HOT DIP GALV
01-0753-00 136.0 0.000 0.05 6.80
24mmDIA
06-0350-01 36.0 CRANE BEAM CLIP 0.100 1.22 43.92
15-0349-01 108 PACK WASHER 0.190 0.27 29.16
15-0351-01 32.0 PACKING PLATE 0.080 0.60 19.20
01-0714-02 54.0 A-325M BOLT W/NUT HOT DIP GALV M20 x 60 0.000 0.27 14.58
F-436M WASHER ROUND HARD HOT DIP GALV
01-0752-00 54.0 0.000 0.04 2.16
20mm DIA
41-1710-01 12.0 BUILT-UP CRANE BEAM W/O STOPPER 8.240 175.00 2100.00
41-1711-01 2.0 BUILT-UP CRANE BEAM W/ STOPPER @ LEFT END 7.985 190.00 380.00
41-1712-01 2.0 BUILT-UP CRANE BEAM W/ STOPPER @ RIGHT END 7.985 190.00 380.00
5.20 Page 30 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
Section 5.23 : Fascias
1. Description : Addition added to the Building mainly to cover the ‘Gable’ of the Building, it
can be on Sidewall only, Endwall only or both Sidewall & Endwall. Fascia can be either
‘Bracket Mounted’ ( Bi-Passing Sidewall or Endwall ), or ‘Parapet’ ( Flush with Sidewall or
Endwall ) . Fascia is also used as an Architectural Element, thus providing Shades & Shadows,
hence, adding an Architectural touch to the Building .
Fascia main parts are :-
1.1. Standard Bracket (39-0201) connected at one end to Main Frame & connected at its other
end to Fascia Bracket (it is provided with main building in case of Bi-Pass girts) .
1.2. L-Shaped built-up Fascia Bracket, carrying other Fascia Members (i.e. Girts, Sheeting,
etc…..) .
1.3. Top & Bottom Girt (Cold Formed C-Section), bolted to both ends of Fascia Bracket
Vertical Post.
They are mainly used for supporting Fascia Outside, Soffit & Back up panels wherever
required .
1.4. Back-up Girt (Cold Formed C-Section), bolted to a Welded Plate at inner Flange of
Fascia Bracket Vertical Post .
It is mainly used for supporting Fascia Back up Panels, as well as Bottom Girt (in case of
more than 6M Bay Spacing) thus preventing it from sagging by using Sag Angle between
Back up & Bottom Girt .
5.23 Page 1 Rev. 12

DETAILING MANUAL
1.5. Sheeting & Trims, such as Outside Fascia Panel, back-up Panel, Soffit Panel, Cap-
Flashing, Soffit Edge Trim, etc….
They are all fixed to Top, Bottom & Back-Up Girts .
2. Availability :
a. Bracket Mounted Fascia :

- Vertical (0.8M - 2.0M)
• with Eave Gutter & Soffit
• with Eave Gutter without Soffit
• with Valley Gutter
- Bottom Curved (1.3M - 2.5M)

• with Eave Gutter
- Top & Bottom Curved (1.8M - 3.0M)

• with Eave Gutter
- Center Curved (0.8M - 2.0M)

• with Eave Gutter & Soffit
• with Eave Gutter without Soffit
b. Parapet Fascia (0.5M - 2.5M)
5.23 Page 2 Rev. 12

DETAILING MANUAL
3.1 Fascia Elevations (Sidewall & Endwall Framing Elevations) are normally represented on
separate drawing to show Top & Bottom Girts, Fascia Post, Back up Girts & Sag Angles
if required)
3.2 Fascia Details are normally represented on a separate drawing. All Fascia Details are
located on ‘E-Drive’. They are inserted in accordance with the following table :-
** Roof Soffit
Eave Gutter Eave Gutter Valley Gutter
Extension detail @
Type / Location w/ Soffit w/o Soffit w/ Soffit
w/ Soffit corner
Sidewall Endwall Sidewall Endwall Sidewall Endwall Endwall
FAE-004/ FAE-006/ FAE-002/ FAE-075/
Vertical FAE-003 FAE-005 FAE-001 FAE-026
FAE-062* FAE-063* FAE-061* FAE-079*
FAE-009/ FAE-008/ FAE-076/
Bottom Curved FAE-010 - - FAE-007 -
FAE-065* FAE-064* FAE-080*
FAE-013/ FAE-053/ FAE-012/ FAE-077/
Center Curved FAE-014 FAE-054 FAE-011 FAE-026
FAE-067* FAE-070* FAE-066* FAE-081*
Top & Bottom FAE-018/ FAE-016/ FAE-078/
FAE-017 - - FAE-015 -
Curved FAE-069* FAE-068* FAE-082*
FAE-020/
Parapet (Steel) - - - - FAE-019 - -
FAE-071*
Parapet (Block FAE-022/
- - - - FAE-021 - -
wall) FAE-072*
Back up Girt
FAE-024
corner detail
Top & Bottom
FAE-025
Girt connection
Back up Girt
FAE-033
connection
Corner Trim FAE-027, FAE-029, FAE-055, FAE-056, FAE-057, FAE-058
Top & Bottom FAE-023, FAE-028, FAE-030, FAE-031, FAE-032, FAE-034, FAE-035, FAE-036, FAE-037,
Girt corner FAE-038, FAE-039, FAE-040, FAE-041, FAE-042, FAE-043, FAE-044, FAE-045, FAE-046,
detail FAE-047, FAE-048, FAE-049, FAE-050, FAE-051, FAE-052
Notes :
1. * - Use these details if the building is in High Wind Zone. (Areas with Wind Speed > 150
km/hr are considered as High Wind Zone).
2. ** -These Endwall Fascia details can be used with Eave/Valley Gutter w/ Soffit details at
Sidewall.
3. For the Transition Trim / Counter flashing details of FAE-075 to FAE-082, refer to
applicable details shown in FAE-083 to FAE-086.
3.3 Fascia Girts sizes, Fascia Bracket section must conform with the Design Calculations. It is
common that Bays with Bay Spacings more than 6 Meters are provided at their middle
(between Back-Up & Bottom Girt) with Sag Angles, to support Bottom Girt, thus
preventing it from sagging .
3.4 If Fascia is located @ adjacent Side & Endwall corner bays, all Fascia Girts should be
extended & connected together to make a closed corner. (for examples, refer to details fae-
023 & fae-028) .
5.23 Page 3 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
4. Shop Drawings :
Shop drawings are required for some Fascia Members, these Members are chosen in
accordance with the following table :-
Member File Name Applicable for
Fascia Bracket Fas-003 All Bracket Mounted Fascias
Corner Angle Fas-001 All Bracket Mounted Fascias
Corner Trim Fas-002 Vertical Fascia
Fascia Panel Fas-004 Bottom & Double Curved Fascia
Fascia Panel Fas-005 Middle Curved Fascia
Corner Trim Fas-006 Middle Curved Fascia
Fascia Bracket Fas-007 Steel Parapet Fascia
Top Corner Closure Fas-008 Top & Bottom Curved Fascia
Bottom Corner Closure Fas-009 Bottom, Top & Bottom Curved Fascia
* Top, Bottom Corner Closure (Fas-008, Fas-009) are made of Fiber glass, so ‘S.B.O. Request’
should be sent to S.B.O. group whenever these items are to be billed out .
5. Billing Out :
5.1. Top, Bottom & Back-up Girts
Length, Weight, Quantity & NPD for Top, Bottom & Back-up Girts at both Internal
& End Bays for different EndWall Conditions could be illustrated as follows :
a. At SideWall & EndWall Internal Bays
Length of Top & Bottom Girt = Bay spacing - 10 mm
N.P.D. = 0025+G09
Length of Back-up Girt = Bay spacing - 180 mm
N.P.D. = 0025+G09
b. At SideWall End Bay (EndWall P & B, Fascia exists on adjacent EndWall End Bay)
Length of Top & Bottom Girt = Bay spacing + 390 mm
N.P.D. = 0025+G09 0025-G10
Length of Back-up Girt = Bay spacing + 305 mm
N.P.D. = 0025+G09
c. At SideWall End Bay (EndWall P & B, Fascia doesn’t exist on adjacent EndWall End
Bay)
N.P.D. = 0025+G09 0085-G09

N.P.D. = 0025+G09
5.23 Page 4 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
d. At EndWall End Bay (EndWall P & B, Fascia exists on adjacent SideWall End Bay)

N.P.D. = 0025+G09 0060-G09 0110-G09 0230-G10
0870-G09 0930-G09
Length of Back-up Girt (I) = Bay spacing - 480 mm
N.P.D. = 0025+G09
Length of Back-up Girt (II) = 605 mm (Standard part 60-0201)

N.P.D. = 0025+G09
e. At EndWall End Bay (EndWall P & B, Fascia doesn’t exist on adjacent SideWall End
Bay)

N.P.D. = 0025+G09 0270-G09 0330-G09

N.P.D. = 0025+G09
f. At SideWall End Bay (EndWall RF, Fascia exists on adjacent EndWall End Bay)

N.P.D. = 0025+G09 0060-G09 0110-G09 0230-G10
0955-G09 1015-G09
Length of Back-up Girt (I) = Bay spacing - 565 mm
N.P.D. = 0025+G09
Length of Back-up Girt (II) = 690 mm (Standard part 60-0200)

N.P.D. = 0025+G09
g. At SideWall End Bay (EndWall RF, Fascia doesn’t exist on adjacent EndWall End Bay)

N.P.D. = 0025+G09 0355-G09 0415-G09

N.P.D. = 0025+G09
h. At EndWall End Bay (EndWall RF, Fascia exists on adjacent SideWall End Bay)
N.P.D. = 0025+G09 0025-G10
Length of Back-up Girt = Bay spacing + 305 mm
N.P.D. = 0025+G09
5.23 Page 5 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
i. At EndWall End Bay (EndWall RF, Fascia doesn’t exist on adjacent SideWall End Bay)
N.P.D. = 0025+G09 0270-G09 0330-G09
N.P.D. = 0025+G09
5.2. Fascia Bracket

Fascia Type = All Bracket mounted Fascias
Part No. = Non Standard (refer to shop drawing ‘Fas-003’)
Length = Fascia Height - 170 (in case of Vertical & Center Curved Fascia)
= Fascia Height - 670 (in case of Bottom Curved Fascia)
= Fascia Height - 1170 (in case of Top & Bottom Curved Fascia)
Quantity = to be counted from ‘Fascia Elevations’ erection drawing .
5.3. Corner Angle

Length = Fascia Bracket Height + 170
Quantity = No. of Building Corners having Fascia
5.4. Sag Angle

Part No. = 06-0450
Quantity = No. of Bays having Fascia (with Bay Spacing more than 6M)
5.5. Sheeting Angle
Fascia Type = Center Curved Fascia
Part No. = 06-0451
Fascia Type = All Bracket mounted Fascias with Roof Extension
Part No. = 06-0206 (to back wall panel)
Part No. = 06-0202 (to roof panel @ High Wind Zone)
5.6. Connecting Plate
Part No. = 15-0501
Quantity = No. of Building Corners having Fascia X 2
* Note :-
- Fascia Length = Total Length of Fascia @ both Side & Endwalls
- For billing out, start & end of panels, laps for items 5.5 to 5.7 refer to section 5.8 in this
manual .
5.23 Page 6 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
5.7. Outside Panel

Part No. = Non Standard (refer to shop drawing ‘Fas-004’ for Bottom,
Top & Bottom Curved Fascia)
(refer to shop drawing ‘Fas-005’ for Center Curved Fascia)
Length = Fascia Bracket Height + 170
5.8. Back-up Panel
a) Fascia Type = All Bracket mounted Fascias with Valley Gutter

Part No. = Non Standard
Length = Fascia Bracket Height – 445
b) Fascia Type = At Endwall with Roof Extension or with Parapet

Length = Non-standard, with tapering height based on roof slope
5.9. Soffit Panel
Fascia Type = Vertical & Center Curved Fascia with Soffit

Length = 600 - Building Panel Depth
* Note : - Items 5.10 to 5.14 are billed out as follows :-

Quantity = Fascia Length / 3000
5.10. Cap Flashing
Fascia Type = Vertical / Bottom Curved with Valley Gutter

Part No. = 03-0500 or 03-0486
Fascia Type = Vertical / Bottom Curved Fascia with Eave Gutter & Soffit
Part No. = 03-0501 or 03-0487
Fascia Type = Center Curved Fascia with Valley Gutter

Part No. = 03-0491 or 03-0488
Fascia Type = Center Curved Fascia with Eave Gutter

Part No. = 03-0492 or 03-0489
Fascia Type = Top & Bottom Curved Fascia with Valley Gutter
Part No. = 03-0494 or 03-0485
5.23 Page 7 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
5.11. Soffit Edge Trim
Fascia Type = Vertical & Center Curved with Soffit, Bottom & Top
& Bottom Curved
Part No. = 03-0209 or 03-0022
Quantity = Fascia Length / 3000 + No. of Bldg. Corners having Fascia
5.12. Sill Trim
Fascia Type = Vertical Fascia

Part No. = 03-0502

Part No. = 03-0493 or 03-0497
Fascia Type = Vertical & Center Curved Fascia without Soffit

Part No. = 03-0495
5.13. Flashing/Transition Trim
Fascia Type = All Bracket mounted Fascias with Valley Gutter (Fascia exists
on Endwall)
Part No. = 03-0490
Part No. = 03-0363 or 03-0364 or 03-0504 (@ Endwall with Roof Extension)
5.14. Outside Corner Trim
Fascia Type = Vertical Fascia


Fascia Type = Bottom, Top & Bottom Curved Fascia

Part No. = 03-0496
5.15. Inside Corner Trims
Fascia Type = All Bracket mounted Fascias with Valley Gutter

Part Nos = 03-0302 & 03-0303
5.23 Page 8 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
5.16. Trim

Part No = 03-0378 or 03-0419
Quantity = No. of Building Corners having Fascia X 2
5.17. Curved Trim

Part No = 03-0377 or 03-0418
Quantity = No. of Building Corners having Fascia X 2 (in case of Bottom
Curved Fascia)
= No. of Building Corners having Fascia X 4 (in case of Top &
Bottom Curved Fascia)
5.18. Bottom Corner Closure

Part No. = 99-4181-00 (Special Buy-out Item)
5.19. Top Corner Closure
Fascia Type = Top & Bottom Curved Fascia

Part No. = 99-4180-00 (Special Buy-out Item)
5.20. Outside Foam Closure
i. On Building Panels
Fascia Type = Vertical & Center Curved with Soffit, Bottom &
Top & Bottom Curved
Part No. = 01-0015-00 (for Type-‘A’ Bldg. Panels)
01-0606-00 (for ‘S’ & TCSP Tempcon Panels)
01-0612-00 (for ‘R’ Panels)
01-0009-00 (for TCTP Tempcon Panels)
Quantity = Fascia Length / Building Panel Width
ii. On Back up Panels
Fascia Type = All Bracket mounted Fascias with Valley Gutter

Part No. = 01-0015-00 (for Type-‘A’ Back up Panels)
01-0612-00 (for ‘R’ Panels)
01-0606-00 (for ‘S’ Panels)
Quantity = Fascia Length (@ Endwalls) / Back up Panel Width
5.23 Page 9 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
5.21. Inside Foam Closure
Fascia Type = Top & Bottom Curved with Valley Gutter

Part No. = 01-0014-00 (for Type-‘A’ Fascia Panels)
01-0613-00 (for ‘R’ Panels)
01-0605-00 (for ‘S’ Panels)
Quantity = Fascia Length / Fascia Panel Width
5.22. High Strength Bolt
Package No. = HB-1255A

Quantity = No. of Fascia Brackets X 6
5.23. Machine Bolt
Package No. = MB-1235A

Quantity = No. of Fascia Brackets X 8 + No. of Corner Angles X 12
5.24. Fin-neck Bolt
Package No. = FB-1235A

Quantity = No. of Fascia Brackets X 4 + No. of Corner Angles X 12
5.25. Self Drilling Screws & Pop Rivets
• Fixing Screw CS-5.5x25 (01-0481) / SS-5.5x28 (01-0451)

Quantity = (Fascia Length / ‘D’) + (No. of Sag Angles X 6)
• Stitch Screw CS-4.8x16 (01-0480) / SS-4.8x20 (01-0454)
Quantity = (Fascia Length / ‘E’) + (No. of Trim (03-0490) X ‘M’)
• Pop Rivets CS-4x8 (01-0099) / SS-4x8 (01-0096)
Quantity = (Fascia Length / ‘F’) + (No. of all trims X 5)
Note :-
1. Values for D, E & F are calculated by dividing the standard spacing between Screws
by the No. of rows of the corresponding screws (refer to Erection Details ‘Fae-001 to
Fae-018’). Value M = 20 for Type-A & R back-up panels, 25 for Type-S back-up
panels.
2. For Aluminum (Plain or Pre-painted) panels, Stainless Steel (SS) fasteners shall be
used. For all other panels Carbon Steel (CS) panels will be used. Carbon steel fasteners
are colored to match with the wall sheeting color.
5.23 Page 10 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
Section 5.24 : Roof Monitors
1. Description
Roof monitor is a type of ridge mounted ventilating systems used to create openings larger than
our 300 or 600 mm ridge ventilators. These structures are always shipped knocked down
(KD) for field assembly.
2. Availability
1) Curved eave Roof Monitor is available for throat opening between 1000mm & 3000mm.
2) Curved eave Roof Monitor types are based on the type of wall panel connection and
orientation (perpendicular / parallel to the roof ) of Bird Screen.
A) Standard – with non-curved wall panel connection and Bird Screen fixed
perpendicular ( ) to the roof.
┴
B) Option 2 – with bottom curved wall panel connection and Bird Screen fixed perpen-
dicular ( ) to the roof.
┴
5.24 Page 1 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
C) Option 3 – with top curved wall panel connection and Bird Screen fixed parallel
(||) to the roof. This type is recommended for projects in region where
heavy rains / winds are common.
3) Cold-formed “C”, Hot rolled and Built-up sections can be used for roof monitor post and
rafter.
4) Roof Monitors shall be provided with insulation if the main building have roof insulation.
This shall be standard for all factories.
5) Roof Monitors shall also be provided with Liners panels if the main building have roof liner
panels. For Roof Monitor with curved eaves, the liner panels need not be curved, but could
be stopped after extending for about 200 to 300mm from the last purlin near the eaves. This
shall be standard for all factories.
1) Roof Monitor Sidewall Framing Elevation:
Refer to the roof monitor sidewall framing elevation shown below & note the following:
a) The Size & Part mark of the Girts should be shown at every bay.
b) The Part mark of the Base angle (06-0200 / 06-0201) should be shown at the roof line.
c) Dimensions Out to Out of roof monitor, Bay spacings, Grid marks should be shown.
5.24 Page 2 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
2) Roof Monitor Roof Plan
Refer to the roof monitor roof plan shown below & note the following:
a) The Size & Part mark of the Purlin should be shown at every bay.
b) The Part mark of the angle Bracing in braced bay location should be shown.
c) No of roof panel, Starting location & panel specification should be shown.
d) Dimensions Out to Out of roof monitor, Bay spacings, Grid marks should be shown.
3) Roof Monitor Cross section:
Refer to the roof monitor cross section shown below & note the following:
a) Opening Width of the Roof Monitor should be shown.
b) The Part mark of the Rafter, Post & Stub should be shown.
c) The purlin and girt spacing should be shown.
d) The Part mark of the roof panel, Curve panel, Ridge Panel and sidewall panel should be
shown.
e) Clip part mark and Bird screen should be shown.
f) Refer to the following sketches & Calculate the dimensions as follows:
5.24 Page 3 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
• Below sketch and formulas are applicable to Standard & Option-2 Types of Roof
Monitor (with Bird Screen fixed perpendicular to the roof).
OW = Throat Opening Width

D1 = OW / 2
D2 = 200 for OW < 2000
= 300 for OW ≥ 2000
D3 = (OW + D2 + 200) / Cos θ
F1 = 200 x Sin θ
F2 = D3 x Sin θ
F3 = (D1 + F1) / Cos θ
LP = F2 + F3 – Depth of the post (Location of Roof Monitor Post)
D4 = D1 + F2 + F3 + 400
D5 = (D4 x Cos θ) x 2
P1,P3, & G1 are purlin/girt locations as per Designer.
P2, & G2 are purlin/girt locations as per design/calculation
5.24 Page 4 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
• Below sketch and formulas are applicable to Option-3 Type of Roof Monitor
(with Bird Screen fixed parallel to the roof).
OW = Throat Opening Width

D1 = OW / 2
D2 = 200 for OW < 2000
= 300 for OW ≥ 2000
D3 = (OW + D2 + 200) / Cos θ
F1 = 200 x Sin θ
F2 = D3 x Sin θ
F3 = (D1 + F1) / Cos θ
G3 = D1 + D2 - 375
LP = F2 + F3 – Depth of the post (Location of Roof Monitor Post)
D4 = D1 + F2 + F3 + 400
D5 = (D4 x Cos θ) x 2
P1,P3, & G1 are purlin/girt locations as per Designer.
P2, & G2 are purlin/girt locations as per design/calculation
4) Roof Monitor Endwall sheeting:
Refer to the roof monitor endwall sheeting shown below & note the following:
a) The Part mark of the Endwall panel, No of panel & panel specification should be
shown.
5.24 Page 5 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
b) The Part mark of the Ridge Sign, Gable trim, Curve corner trim, corner trim should be
shown.
5) Building Main Frame Cross Section:

Roof Monitor Cross section line diagram to be shown in Main Frame Cross section
drawing
6) Building Roof Sheeting

Roof Sheeting of building to be modified for Roof monitor. Show the Opening for Roof
monitor and remove Ridge panel at Monitor location. Roof sheet length to be calculated
based on Opening of Roof monitor.
5.24 Page 6 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
7) Erection Details
Suitable details to be inserted according to the condition.
a) Lap Detail.
Refer to the following table for selecting the correct lap detail.
Monitor Frame Type

Lap condition
Cold form Hot rolled Built-up
Short lap RME-021 RME-024 FCE-005
Continuous lap RME-022 RME-025 FCE-006
Long lap RME-023 RME-026 FCE-007
b) Bracing Detail
Cold-form R.M. frame RME-028

Hot-rolled R.M. frame RME-027
5.24 Page 7 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
c) Details @ Gable/End
i) Refer the following table for the end bay connection details.
a) For Normal Wind Zone

Roof Monitor Frame
Post & Beam endwall Rafter
Section R.F. end
R.M. Post R.M. Rafter Built-up Single C Double C Hot-rolled
Cold-form Cold-form RME-029 RME-032 RME-035 RME-036 RME-037
Hot-rolled RME-030 RME-033
Hot-rolled
Built-up RME-046 RME-047
Built-up
b) For High Wind Zone (Areas With Wind Speed > 150 km/hr)
Roof Monitor Frame
Post & Beam endwall Rafter
Section R.F. end
R.M. Post R.M. Rafter Built-up Single C Double C Hot-rolled
Cold-form Cold-form RME-048 RME-051 RME-054 RME-055 RME-056
Hot-rolled
Built-up
5.24 Page 8 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
ii) Gable angle & sheet fixing detail @ Endwall of Roof Monitors.
Normal
Roof Monitor High Wind Roof Monitor’s Endwall
Wind
Type Zone * Location
Zone
Standard &
RME-038 RME-038 at the end of the building
Option-2
Standard &
RME-039 RME-039 at partial of building
Option-2
at the end/partial of the
Option-3 RME-203 RME-203
building
All Types RME-042 RME-059 at partial of building
* Notes : Areas with Wind Speed > 150 km / hr are considered as High Wind Zone.
iii) Gable trim Detail.

• If the monitor starts/ends at the end of the building insert the following detail.
Roof Monitor Building Eave Normal Wind High Wind

Type Type Zone Zone *
Standard & Non-curved RME-040 RME-057

Option-2 Curved RME-041 RME-058
Non-curved RME-204 RME-206

Option-3
Curved RME-205 RME-207
* Notes : Areas with Wind Speed > 150 km / hr are considered as High Wind Zone.
5.24 Page 9 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
iv) Monitor sheeting corner detail

• Insert RME-043 always for the corner detail.
4. Shop Drawing
1) Shop drawings are required for Roof monitor rafters, Hotrolled or Built-up Post & Stub.
Shop drawing also required for non standard clips, non standard panel & trims.
2) Refer to Chapter 4, Section 4.4 (Shop Drawings) of this detailing manual for details on
3) Refer to Chapter 5, Section 5.9 (Flashings and trims) of this detailing manual for details on
Trims & Flashings.
4) Refer to Chapter 5, Section 5.7 (Sundry Parts) of this detailing manual for details on non-
standard clips.
5) Refer to Chapter 5, Section 5.8 (Roof and Wall sheeting) of this detailing manual for
details on preparing sheeting details, associated shop drawings, and billing procedures.
6) Refer to Chapter 5, Section 5.5 (Purlins, Girts and Eave struts) of this detailing manual for
details on Purlins, Girts, shop drawing requirements for Purlin & girts, NPD procedure and
billing procedure for purlin and girts.
7) Shop drawings for Monitor Rafter (built-up/hot rolled/cold form) and posts (built-up/hot
rolled) shall be given as per the guidelines given below:
1. Roof Monitor with Cold-form Post & Rafter.
Refer to the sketch & calculations in paragraph 3.3.f
a) Roof Monitor Post
5.24 Page 10 Rev.35

Rev.35
DETAILING MANUAL
• Use the template RMS-001 for preparing the part sketch of monitor rafter and
calculate the dimensions as follows.
L1 = D4 – 200 – (200 x Tan θ) x Cos θ

L2 = L1 x Tan θ
L3 = L1 x 2
L4 = L1 x Cos θ
L5 = L4 – (200 x Tan θ)
L6 = L4 + (200 x Tan θ)
L7 = L4 x 2
• NPD for holes for Purlin fixing & Post / stub fixing shall be given.
Holes for purlin fixing shall be calculated based on the purlin spacing P1 & P2
NPD for the Post/stub holes shall be as follows.
60+G09, 140+G09, PT1+G09, PT2+G09 where,

PT1 = D1 + 260
PT2 = PT1 + 80
• Qty = One per frame.
5.24 Page 11 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
2. Roof Monitor with Hot-rolled / Built-up Post & Rafter.
Refer to paragraph 3.3.f for calculation procedure.
5.24 Page 12 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
a) Roof Monitor Rafter (Hot Rolled)
• Use template RMS-011 for preparing the part sketch. Calculate the dimension as
below:
L1 = D4 – 200 – (200 x Tan θ) x Cos θ
L2 = L1 x Tan θ
L3 = L1 x 2
L4 = ( L1 x Cos θ ) - TP
L5 = L4 – (TD x Tan θ)
L6 = L4 + (TD x Tan θ)
L7 = L4 x 2
K1 = TD + 115
K2 = TD + 230
J1 = D1 + 200 – TP – 115
J2 = L7 – J1 – K2
Where, TP = Thickness of End plate C3.

TD = Total Depth of the Rafter section.
For Splice plate dimensions, Refer to RS connection details in section 5.3.
5.24 Page 13 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
b) Roof Monitor Rafter (Built-up)
below:
L1 = D4 – 200 – (200 x Tan θ) x Cos θ

L2 = L1 x Tan θ
L3 = L1 x 2
L4 = ( L1 x Cos θ ) - TP
L5 = L4 – (TD x Tan θ)
L6 = L4 + (TD x Tan θ)
L7 = (L1 x Cos θ) x 2
M1 = DW + TF + 115
M2 = DW + 230
J3 = D1 + 200 – TP + TF – 115
J4 = L4 + (L4 – J3 – M2)
J5 = J4 + 115 – TS
J6 = J5 + WD + TS
J7 = J4 + 115 – TS
J8 = J7 + WD + TS
Where, TP = Thickness of End plate C3.
TF = Flange Thickness
WD = Web Depth
TD = Total Depth of the Rafter section (WD+ TF + TF)
TS = Thickness of Stiffener S1.
For Splice plate dimensions, Refer to RS connection details in section 5.3.
5.24 Page 14 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
c) Roof Monitor Post (Hot Rolled)
below:
Refer to sketch in paragraph 5.7.2 also.
LP = (D1x2) + D2 – TD Where TD = Total Depth of the section.

G1 = 200 + D1 + D2 – 75 + 25 – TB
Where TB is the thickness of base plate C1
d) Roof Monitor Post (Built-up)

below:
LP = (D1x2) + D2 – WD – TF – TC
Where WD = Rafter Web Depth
TF = Rafter flange thickness
TC = Thickness of Splice plate C2
G1 = 200 + D1 + D2 – 75 – 25 – TB
Where TB is the thickness of base plate C1
5.24 Page 15 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
e) Roof Monitor Stub (Hot-rolled)

below:
LS = D1 + D2 – TD. Where TD = Total Depth of the section.

G1 & G2 shall be calculated based on the girt spacing.
f) Roof Monitor Stub (Built-up)
below:
LS = D1 + D2 – WD – TF – TC
Where WD = Rafter Web Depth
TF = Rafter flange thickness
TC = Thickness of Splice plate C2
G1 & G2 shall be calculated based on the girt spacing.

8) Part Sketches for Curved Panels shall be given. Refer to Section 5.32 for guidelines for
preparing curved panel part sketches.
9) Corner Trims & Gable trims part sketches also shall be given if special. Refer to chapters
5.8 & 5.9 for more details.
5.24 Page 16 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
10) Shop Drawing for Transition Flashing [Only if monitor is not flush with the endwall] in
case the building is in High Wind Zone, shall be given.
• Use the template TRS-039 and calculate the dimension as follows,
M = G + K + 10 Where,
G = The distance between endwall steel line of Monitor and center line of first hi-rib
of roof panel
K = The distance from centerline of first hi-rib to the edge of hi-rib. (refer to panel
properties).
5. Billing out
Roof Monitor Framing
1. Roof Monitor Rafter:
Bill-out the Rafter as explained before using Part sketch.
Qty = ONE per frame.
2. Roof Monitor Post:
• For Built-up/Hot-rolled, bill-out the Post as explained before using Part sketches.
• If the monitor post is cold-form (200C), the post should be billed using NPD system.
Post Length = OW + D2 – 45
NPD = 30+G09 110+G09 GH+G10 where,
GH = (OW / 2) + D2 + 200 – 65
Qty = 2 Posts per frame
5.24 Page 17 Rev.35

Rev.35
DETAILING MANUAL
3. Roof Monitor Stub:

• For Built-up/Hot-rolled, bill-out the stub as explained before using Part sketches.
• If the monitor stub is cold-form (200C), the post should be billed using NPD system.
Stub Length = (OW / 2) + D2 – 30
NPD = 30-G09 110-G09 345-G10 GH1-G10 Where,
GH1 = (OW / 2) + D – 80
Qty = 2 Stubs per frame
4. Brace angle.
Shall be billed in the BOM with description “BRACE ANGLE 50X50X4 (PLAIN)”
_____________________________
Length = √ (OW+D2+200)2 + (OW+D2+200)2
Qty = 4 nos per braced bay.
5. Roof & Wall panels shall be billed using Bill-to-length system. Refer to chapter 5.8 for
details.
6. In case of cold-form roof monitor post Bill out the following Clip for connecting monitor
post to the building rafter.
Part Mark:
Building Rafter Section Clip Part mark

I – Section / Double C 05-0530
Hot-rolled 05-0529
Single C 05-0531
Qty = 2 per Frame
7. Bill-out the Purlin/Girt connection clip as per the following table.
Part Mark:
Roof monitor rafter/post Section Clip Part mark

Cold-form 05-0533
Hot-rolled 05-0406
Qty = (Number of purlin/girt lines) X (number of monitor frames)

8. Bill-out Purlins & girts as required. Refer to Chapter 5.5 (Purlins, Girts and Eave struts) of
this detailing manual for details.
5.24 Page 18 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
9. Sheeting Angle (06-0200 / 06-0201)
a) Standard & Option-2 Types (Bird Screen is perpendicular to the roof).
Qty = [(RL / LA) x 4] + [ (D4 x 6) / LA x 2]
Where, RL = Roof monitor Length
LA = Length of the sheeting angle
b) Option-3 Type (Bird Screen is parallel to the roof).

Qty = [(RL / LA) x 6] + [ (D4 x 6) / LA x 2]
Where, RL = Roof monitor Length
LA = Length of the sheeting angle
10. Sheeting Angle (06-0757), for Option-3 Type & if Roof monitor is not up to the end of the
building.
Qty = 2 pcs per End of Roof Monitor.
11. Sheeting Angle (06-0206), if Roof monitor is not up to the end of the building.
Qty = ( D4 / 3000 ) at one End.
12. Sheeting Angle (06-0202), if the building is in High Wind Zone (Areas with wind Speed >
150 km/hr).
Qty = ( D4+G1+G2+75 / Length of the angle ) at one End.
+ (D4 / Length of the angle) at one end [Only if monitor is not flush with the
endwall]
13. M12 High Strength bolt, nut & Washer (01-0710-00 & 01-0750-00)
[For Cold-formed Rafter & post only]
Qty = Number of frames x 32
14. M16 High Strength bolt, nut & Washer (01-0712-00 & 01-0751-00)
[For Hot-rolled/Built-up Rafter & post only]
Qty = Number of frames x 36
15. M12 Mild Steel Bolts & Nuts (01-0760-00 & 01-0770-00)
a) For Cold-formed / Hot-rolled Rafter & post
Qty = [(number of frames - 2) x PL x 8 ] + [4 x 2 x PL] Where,
PL = Number of purlin & girt lines.
b) For Built-up Rafter & post
Qty = [(number of frames - 2) x PL x 6 ] + [4 x 2 x PL] Where,
PL = Number of purlin & girt lines.
5.24 Page 19 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
Roof Monitor Sheeting
16. Roof Monitor Roof & wall panels shall be billed using Bill-to-length system. Refer to the
chapter 5.8 for details.
17. Roof monitor Ridge & Eave curved Panels shall be billed. Refer to chapter 5.8 & 5.32 for
details.
18. Bead Mastic (01-0093)
• For panel endlap
Qty. in rolls = Number of panel rows x Panel Coil width x No of panel end laps
15240
• If the building is in High Wind Zone bill out additional bead mastic @ gable trim
as follows:
Qty = (D4+G1+G2+75 ) / 15240 per end.
19. Drip Trim (03-0367)

Qty = (RL / TL) x 2 Where,
RL = Roof Monitor Length & TL = Trim Length – 50.
20. Transition Flashing [Only if monitor is not flush with the endwall]
a) For buildings in Normal Wind Zones:
Part Mark (03-0364)
Qty = (D4x2) / TL per endwall Where,
TL = Trim Length – 50.
b) For buildings in High Wind Zones:

Shall be billed as per Part Sketch as described under the Shop Drawings.
21. Inside Sheeting Trim (03-0450).
Qty = [(D1 + D2) x 4] / TL Where,

TL = Trim Length .
22. Spacer Trim (03-0251).
Qty = [(OW + 200 + D2 - 500) x 4] / TL Where,

TL = Trim Length .
23. Packing Plate (15-0019).
Qty = [(RL / 500) + 1 ] x 2 Where,
RL = Roof Monitor Length (mm)
5.24 Page 20 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
24. Bill out the Gable trim and Corner trim as required. Refer to chapter 5.8 & 5.9 for
details.
25. Pop rivets (01-0099)
Qty for,
• gable & corner trim laps = 5 per lap
• @ gable = 30 nos.
26. Bill out the Self drilling screws for sheeting as follows:
a) Fixing Screw CS-5.5x25 (01-0471) / SS-5.5x28 (01-0451) at roof sheeting.

Qty = (Roof Monitor Length / Panel module) x No. of Purlin lines.
• Bill out the same screw additionally as below, in case the building is in High
Wind Zone for fixing the gable trim.
Additional Qty = (D4+G1+G2+75) / 300 per end.
b) Roof Stitch Screws CS-4.8x16 (01-0470) / SS-4.8x20 (01-0454)
Qty = (D4x2) / 500
c) Fixing screw CS-5.5x25 (01-0481) / SS-5.5x28 (01-0451) for wall sheeting, sheeting
angles & gable angles.
Qty for,
• Sidewall Sheeting = (Roof Monitor Length / Panel module) x No. of Girt lines.
• Endwall Sheeting
= (Monitor width / Panel module) x (No. of gable angle lines + 2).
• Sheeting Angle = [ (Roof Monitor Length / Panel module) x 4 ] +
[ (Number of purlin lines x 4) + 32 ]
Bill out the screws additionally as below in case of building is

in High Wind Zone.(for sheeing angle 06-0202)
= (Number of monitor Purlin & Girt lines) X 1 per end.
d) Fixing Screw CS-5.5x32 (01-0486-00) for Bracing Angle.
Qty = No. of braced bays x 24
5.24 Page 21 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
e) Wall Stitch Screws CS-4.8x16 (01-0480) / SS-4.8x20 (01-0454)

i) For buildings in Normal Wind Zone
Qty for,
• Gable trim & corner trim = [(D4 + OW + D2 + 200) / 300] x 8
• Transition trim (for monitor not flush with the building endwall)
= (D4 x 2) / 300 per endwall
ii) For buildings in High Wind Zone
• For Corner trim only = (D1+G2+75) / 300 x 4
f) Fixing Screws CS-5.5x55 (01-0473) / SS-5.5x65 (01-0459) [only for buildings in

High Wind Zone, for fixing gable trim @ wall sheeting]
Qty = ( D4 / panel module) X 2 per end.
27. Bill out the Out side foam closure for the building roof sheeting.
Qty = (Roof monitor length / Building Roof panel covering width) x 2
28. Outside foam closure for the Roof monitor Endwall sheeting.
Qty = No. of Endwall panel runs x 2
Note: Refer to chapter 5.8 for the part marks for foam closures.
29. Bird screen is available in 3 feet x 75 feet rolls (914 x 22875 mm).
a) Standard & Option-2 Types of Roof Monitor (with Bird Screen fixed perpendicular to
the roof).
(
⎛ Throat Opening Width )⎞⎟
Cut bird screen length = ⎜⎜ ⎟ + 200
⎝ 2 ⎠
Case 1 : If the Cut Bird Screen length is less than 900 mm, the roll will be installed
horizontally. Calculate the amount of rolls required as below;
(⎛ Monitor Length (mm) ⎞)
No. of Rolls = ⎜⎜ ⎟x2
⎟
⎝ 22875 ⎠
5.24 Page 22 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
Case 2 : If the Cut Bird Screen length is more than 900 mm, the roll will be cut into
pieces (each one is 900 x Cut Bird Screen length) and these pieces will be installed
vertically, Now calculate the amount of rolls required as follows:
( ) (
⎛ Monitor length ⎞ ⎛ Monitor length ⎞ )
No. of pieces req' d = ⎜⎜ ⎟=⎜
⎟ ⎜
⎟
⎟
⎝ 900 − 50 ⎠ ⎝ 850 ⎠
⎛ (22875) ⎞
No. of pieces per roll = ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟
⎝ Cut bird screen length ⎠
(
⎛ No. of pieces req' d ⎞
No. of Rolls = ⎜⎜
)⎟ x2
⎟
⎝ ( No. of pieces per roll )⎠
b) Option-3 Type of Roof Monitor (Bird Screen is parallel to the roof).

Calculate the amount of rolls required as follows:
(
⎛ Throat Opening Width ⎞ )
Cut bird screen length = ⎜⎜ ⎟ + 750
⎟
⎝ 2 ⎠
( ) (
⎛ Monitor length ⎞ ⎛ Monitor length )⎞⎟
No. of pieces req' d = ⎜⎜ ⎟=⎜
⎟ ⎜ ⎟
⎝ 900 − 50 ⎠ ⎝ 850 ⎠
⎛ (22875) ⎞
No. of pieces per roll = ⎜⎜ ⎟⎟
⎝ Cut bird screen length ⎠
(
⎛ No. of pieces req' d ⎞
No. of Rolls = ⎜ ⎟ x2
)
⎜ No. of pieces per roll ⎟
⎝( )⎠
30. Ridge Sign Billing at Endwall Sheeting:

• If Roof Monitor Start or End at Endwall don’t bill out Ridge Sign in endwall sheeting.
• If Roof Monitor is Partial of building Ridge Sign should be bill out in endwall sheeting
as usual.
5.24 Page 23 Rev.35

DETAILING MANUAL
Section 5.25: Ventilators
RIDGE VENTILATOR:
1. Description:
Ridge Ventilators are gravity type, fabricated from pre-painted metal coated steel sheets,
shop or site assembled with pop rivets.
2. Availability:
2.1 Ridge Ventilators are available in two sizes:
a) 300mm Throat x 3000mm Long

b) 600mm Throat x 3000mm Long
2.2 Ridge Ventilator can be provided as single unit or continuous units.

2.3 Ridge Ventilator without damper means always open for ventilation.
2.4 Ridge ventilator with damper means it can be opened or closed by using handle mechanism.
3. Erection Details:
3.1 To show the Ridge Ventilator (300mm throat) installation details refer to the following
table.
a) Independent Erection drawings.
Single Unit Continuous Unit

Type Without Without
With Damper With Damper
Damper Damper
RVE-002 RVE-001
Shop Assembled - -
RVE-003 RVE-003
RVE-002 RVE-001
Knocked Down
RVE-003 RVE-005 RVE-003 RVE-005
(Site assembled)
RVE-004 RVE-004
b) Erection Details to be inserted in Roof Sheeting layout. (Common for Ridge Vents shop
assembled / knocked down with or without Damper).
TCMP with Single
Single Skin Panel TCSP TCMP
skin MaxSeam
Type with
Saudi/ Saudi/ Saudi/ panel
Vietnam Vietnam Vietnam MaxSeam
Egypt Egypt Egypt
RVE-064
RVE-007 RVE-072 RVE-050 RVE-074 RVE-051 RVE-075 RVE-065
Single Unit RVE-068
RVE-008 RVE-073 RVE-054 RVE-078 RVE-055 RVE-079 TCE-153
SHE-103
RVE-064
Continuous RVE-006 RVE-071 RVE-050 RVE-074 RVE-051 RVE-075 RVE-065
RVE-067
Unit RVE-008 RVE-073 RVE-052 RVE-076 RVE-053 RVE-077 TCE-153
SHE-103
5.25 Page 1 Rev. 29

DETAILING MANUAL
3.2 Standard erection drawings for 600 mm throat Ridge Ventilator are available in E-drive:
Factory
Roof panel type
Saudi Egypt / Vietnam
Single skin RVE-014 RVE-009
MaxSEAM RVE-066 RVE-069
3.3 At Expansion line, the standard is to discontinue/break the continuous Ridge Ventilator at
Expansion joint, keeping sufficient gap and clearing the expansion trim. Optionally, based
on customer request, cover and expansion trims may be provided.
a) Erection drawing of Ridge Ventilator without cover and expansion trims.
b) Erections drawing of Ridge Ventilator with cover and expansion trims.
c) Standard erection drawings for Continuous 300 mm and 600 mm throat Ridge
Ventilator at expansion joint with or without cover and expansion trims are available
in E-drive:
Ridge Ventilator Throat Opening size (mm)
Roof panel
300 600
type
With trim Without trim With trim Without trim
Type-S RVE-083 RVE-091 RVE-087 RVE-095
MaxSEAM RVE-084 RVE-092 RVE-088 RVE-096
TCSP RVE-085 RVE-093 RVE-089 RVE-097
TCMP RVE-086 RVE-094 RVE-090 RVE-098
4. Shop Drawing:
Shop drawing is not required for Standard Ridge Ventilators. If the Ridge Ventilator is shop
assembled with special color, it can be billed as any other part with special color code.
5.25 Page 2 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
5. Billing Out:
1. Each type of Ridge Ventilator has a different Package No. These packages contain all the
components required to erect the Ridge ventilator. For the selection of Package No. for Ridge
Vents, refer to the following table.
Table – 1 : For Single Skin Roof Panel

Ridge Vent
Throat Type of Ridge Package No.
Condition Remarks
opening Ventilator
size(in mm) Saudi Egypt Vietnam
W/o damper RV-0001S RV-0001E RV-0001V --
Single
W/ damper RV-0004S RV-0004E RV-0004V --
RV-0002S RV-0002E RV-0002V 1 interior unit
Shop W/o damper
RV-0003S RV-0003E RV-0003V Start + end unit
assembled
Continuous RV-0005S RV-0005E RV-0005V 3 end units
W/ damper RV-0006S RV-0006E RV-0006V 3 interior units
RV-0007S RV-0007E RV-0007V 2 interior units
300
W/o damper RV-0008S RV-0008E RV-0008V --
Single
W/ damper RV-0011S RV-0011E RV-0011V --
Knocked RV-0009S RV-0009E RV-0009V 1 interior unit
W/o damper
Down (site RV-0010S RV-0010E RV-0010V Start + end unit
assembled) Continuous RV-0012S RV-0012E RV-0012V 3 end units
W/ damper RV-0013S RV-0013E RV-0013V 3 interior units
RV-0014S RV-0014E RV-0014V 2 interior units
Knocked Single RT-0001S RT-0001E RT-0001V --
600 Down (site RT-0002S RT-0002E RT-0002V Start + End unit
assembled) Continuous
RT-0003S RT-0003E RT-0003V Interior unit
a) For roof with Tempcon panels, Closure trims & stitch screws shall be billed additionally as
follows:
• Closure Trims
Roof Closure trim @ ends Closure trim at sides (longitudinal)

Tempcon
Type Part Mark Qty Part Mark Qty
TCSP-75 03-0568 (500 / LT) x 2 03-0442 (RL / LT) x 2
TCSP-85 03-0559 per End. 03-0443
TCSP-100 03-0569 03-0444 Where,
TCMP-60 03-0570 Where, 03-0445 RL = Total length
TCMP-75 03-0571 LT = length of 03-0446 of RV &
TCMP-85 03-0558 the Trim. 03-0447 LT = length of the
TCMP-100 03-0572 03-0448 Trim.
5.25 Page 3 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
• Roof Stitch Screws for Closure trims CS-4.8x16 (01-0470) / SS-4.8x20 (01-0454)
Qty = 8 Nos Per end + [(RL / 500) x 2 ]
Where,
RL = Total length of RV
Table – 2 : For Maxseam Roof Panel

Ridge Vent
Throat Type of Ridge Package No.
Condition Remarks
opening Ventilator
size(in mm) Saudi Egypt Vietnam
W/o damper RV-0015A --
Single
W/ damper RV-0018A --
RV-0016A 1 interior unit
Shop W/o damper
RV-0017A Start + end unit
assembled
Continuous RV-0019A 3 end units
W/ damper RV-0020A 3 interior units
RV-0021A 2 interior units
300
W/o damper RV-0022A --
Single
W/ damper RV-0025A --
Knocked RV-0023A 1 interior unit
W/o damper
Down (site RV-0024A Start + end unit
assembled) Continuous RV-0026A 3 end units
W/ damper RV-0027A 3 interior units
RV-0028A 2 interior units
Knocked Single RT-0004S RT-0004E RT-0004V --
600 Down (site RT-0005S RT-0005E RT-0005V Start + End unit
assembled) Continuous
RT-0006S RT-0006E RT-0006V Interior unit
2. The packages listed in table 1, for single skin roof panel, include outside foam closure (01-0606)
& spacer trim (03-0440) that suit Type-S panel only. Therefore replace this outside foam closure
& spacer trim to suit the roof panel profile of the building.
3. In the packages the fixing screws to fix the throat flashing to the roof panel at the ridge purlin
are for single skin panels (screw CS-5.5x55 [01-0473] ) only. For tempcon panels these screws
shall be replaced with the correct screws as in the following table:
Fixing Screw (RS)

Roof Panel
Carbon Steel Stainless Steel
TCSP-75 CS-5.5x112(01-0410) SS-5.5x107 (01-0457)
TCSP-85 CS-5.5x112(01-0410) SS-5.5x130 (01-0458)
TCSP-100 CS-5.5x112 (01-0410) SS-5.5x107 (01-0457)
TCMP-60 CS-5.5x137 (01-0411) SS-5.5x130 (01-0458)
TCMP-75 CS-5.5x137 (01-0411) SBO
TCMP-85 SBO SBO
TCMP-100 SBO SBO
5.25 Page 4 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
• For SBO Screws, SBO requests shall be sent to SBO group and the same shall be billed
in separate phase.
4. Add one pop riveter (50-0200-00) for buildings that has knocked down ridge vent.
5. Example for selection & placement of Ridge ventilator (300mm throat) w/damper (continuous
unit) is given below.
For example 50000 mm Length building:
6. Continuous Ridge Ventilator with or without damper could optionally be provided with
joint trims and cover trim at Expansion Joint Line no matter what type of roof panel it may be
(Refer to paragraph 3.3.C for erection details).
a) Cover and joint trims shall be as per the following table:
Ridge Vent Ridge Ventilator Joint Trim

Throat Opening
Trim @ left Trim @ right Cover trim
size (in mm)
300 03-0421 03-0423
600 03-0422 03-0424
• Trims at expansion joint area :

Qty = One No. Trim @ left + One No. Trim @ right + One No. Cover trim
• Pop Rivets (01-0099/01-0096) for Joint trims and Cover trim:

Qty = (40 Nos. per Joint trim) x 2 + 30 Nos. per Cover trim
5.25 Page 5 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
POWER VENTILATOR
1. Description
The power ventilator is a ventilating fan powered by a direct drive electric motor to draw the
air out of the building.
2. Availability
2.1 Zamil Steel buy out power ventilator model number “Colt Tornado T-063” with 630 mm
diameter fan and 2.6m3/s airflow. The approximate weights of the power ventilators are
35 Kg for Aluminum base & 48 Kg for Fiberglass base.
2.2 Power ventilator can be either with corrugated fiberglass base (which can be mounted on
the roof slope) or flat aluminum base, which can be mounted on the building ridge with a
roof curb. The corrugated fiber glass base is made to suite Zamil Steel panel profiles.
Framed opening shall be provided below the Power ventilators.
2.3 The power ventilator has a motor with multi voltage 220 V to 415 V, 3 phase and 50 or
60 Hz frequency.
2.4 The base dimensions for corrugated fiberglass base is ± 1200 mm width x 1700 to 1900
mm length (insulated or non-insulated) and for flat aluminum base it is 1250 mm x 1250
mm.
3. Erection Details
3.1 Power ventilator with corrugated fiberglass base (insulated or non-insulated) can be
mounted directly at the roof sheeting between 2 purlins.
3.2 Power ventilator with flat aluminum can be mounted on fiber glass roof curb which can
be located at the building ridge line with purlin spacing of 600 mm at both sides of the
ridge.
3.3 Framed Openings shall be provided below the Power ventilator opening. FO members
shall be connected to purlins using clips and self drilling screws.
5.25 Page 6 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
3.4 The erection detail should be selected from the following table and insert it in the roof
sheeting plan drawing:
At Ridge
Type of Panel Non- At Roof Slope
Insulated
Insulated
Roof curb
Roof curb
Type-A RVE-035 - RVE-039
Type-S RVE-047 RVE-082 RVE-049
TCSP RVE-057 RVE-080 RVE-059
TCMP RVE-061 RVE-081 RVE-063
4. Shop Drawings
A shop drawing is required only in case a roof curb is needed (e.g. at ridge). You can use the
following templates to prepare the shop drawing for the roof curb.
Template number
Profile Non-Insulated Insulated
Roof curb Roof curb
Type-A CUS-004 -
Type-S CUS-008 CUS-010
5. Billing Out
5.1 To bill out the power ventilator with corrugated fiberglass base use the following
packages:
Roof Panel Package Number
Location
type Saudi Egypt Vietnam
@ Slope PV-0001S PV-0001E PV-0001V
Single Skin
@ Ridge PV-0002S PV-0002E PV-0002V
@ Slope, located NOT at end lap PV-0003S -- --
TCSP-75 @ Slope, located at end lap PV-0004S -- --
@ Ridge PV-0007S -- --
@ Ridge PV-0011S -- --
@ Ridge PV-0008S -- --
5.25 Page 7 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
5.2 For tempcon panels closure trims are used to cover the foams at the field cut portion of
the panel below the power vent. Refer to the table below for the part marks. The
packages are not provided for TCMP panels. In case of TCMP panels the closure trims
part marks and the fixing screws shall be replaced to suit the panel type.
Tempcon type Closure trim partmark

TCSP-75 03-0568
TCSP-85 03-0559
TCSP-100 03-0569
TCMP-60 03-0570
TCMP-75 03-0571
TCMP-85 03-0558
TCMP-100 03-0572
Note: Do not forget to send a special buyout request to Special Buyout Group
including type and the quantity of power ventilators needed.
6. Example
Building with Type-S roof sheeting requires 5 power ventilators at roof slope.
a) Insert erection detail RVE-049 at roof sheeting plan drawing.
b) Add package No.PV-0001S, quantity 5 to the bill of material, which will display as
follows:
Total
Length Weight
Part No Qty Description wt.
(M) (kg)
(kg)
01-0007-00 10.0 MASTIC FLOWABLE TUBE 6000MM EACH 0.000 0.48 4.80
DOUBLE BEAD MASTIC 1 ROLL 4.8x22.2x12,185 MM
01-0092-00 2.0 0.000 1.51 6.04
LENGTH
SELF DRILLING SCREW CS-5.5x25 W/ 16 DIA
01-0470-00 115.0 0.025 0.01 1.00
WASHER (@ ROOF)
SELF DRILLING SCREW CS-4.8x16 W/ 14 DIA
01-0471-00 100.0 0.016 0.01 1.00
WASHER (@ ROOF)
Note: The Power Vent shall be billed in separate phase with the SBO part number.
5.25 Page 8 Rev. 31

DETAILING MANUAL
Section 5.26: Roof Curbs
Roof Curb:
1. Description
Roof curb is manufactured as a single piece from the reinforced fiberglass (Insulated or Non-
Insulated) with 3 mm thickness or above, depending on the weight it will carry, and is coated
with weathering polyester on the exterior face. Roof curb is used to give horizontal surfaces to
support power ventilators and roof fans, resulting in smooth performance.
2. Availability
Roof curb are available in 1150 mm x 1150 mm size, Insulated or Non-Insulated and used to
carry Zamil Steel standard power ventilator. Roof Curb shall be supported by roof framed
openings.
3. Erection Drawing
3.1 The locations of framed opening for roof curb should be shown in roof framing plan.
Refer the following example.
Rev.31
5.26 Page 1
DETAILING MANUAL
3.2 The following details shall be added in Erection drawings from E drive.
Detail @ Slope Detail @ Ridge

Roof Panel type Non-Insulated Insulated Non-Insulated Insulated
Roof curb Roof curb Roof curb Roof curb
Type-S CUE-022 CUE-043 CUE-024 CUE-044
Type-A CUE-010 - CUE-014 -
Type-B CUE-018 - CUE-020 -
MaxSEAM CUE-036 - CUE-040 -
TCSP CUE-026 CUE-045 CUE-028 CUE-046
TCMP w/ single skin
CUE-030 CUE-047 CUE-032 CUE-048
outer panel
TCMP w/ MaxSeam
CUE-034 - CUE-036 -
outer panel
3.3 Field cut the roof panel where the roof curb is located. This is to be indicated in roof
sheeting plan. Refer the following example.
4. Shop Drawing
Shop drawing is not required for 1150 mm x 1150 mm size roof curb. But for the other sizes,
shop drawing is required. The following drawings shall be used for preparing the roof curb shop
drawings. These drawings should be sent to Special Buyout Department.
Detail
Roof Panel Type @ Slope @ Ridge
Non-Insulated Insulated Non-Insulated Insulated
Roof curb Roof curb Roof curb Roof curb
A CUS-001 - CUS-004 -
B CUS-002 - CUS-005 -
S CUS-007 CUS-009 CUS-008 CUS-010
5.26 Page 2 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
5. Billing out
5.1 To bill out the roof curb, “Special Buyout Request” has to be prepared and send to
“Special Buyout” (SBO) group to get the part mark for roof curb. After getting part
mark, this part mark has to be billed out in Bill of material in separate phase as
mentioned in CIF/PIS.
5.2 Bill out the framed opening members (200C) with NPD.
5.3 Girt clip (05-0104)

Qty = 4 per FO
5.4 F.O. clip (05-0117)

Qty = 4 per FO
5.5 M12x35 Mild steel Bolt & Nut (package MB-1235A)

Qty = 24 Nos. per FO
5.4 Self Drilling Screw CS-5.5x32 (01-0486-00)

Qty = 12 Nos. per FO
5.5 Double Bead mastic (01-0092)

Qty = 0.8 per roof curb
5.6 Flowable Mastic (01-0007).

Qty = 2.0 tubes per roof curb
5.7 Refer the following example of B.O.M. for roof curb framed opening for it.
Part No. Description Qty. Length Unit Wt.

60-1701-01 2.0 1.620 9.90
0025+G9 0278+G9 0128+G9
200C20 FRAMED OPENING HEADER
60-1702-01 2.0 1.140 6.97
0025+G9
05-0104-01 GIRT CLIP 4.0 0.124 0.87
05-0117-01 HEADER CLIP 4.0 0.130 0.37
DIN933 BOLT FULL THREAD YELLOW
01-0760-00 32.0 0.38 0.05
CHROMATE M12 X 35mm
01-0770-00 DIN934 NUT HEX YELLOW CHROMATE M12 32.0 0.000 0.02
5.26 Page 3 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
Section 5.27 : Pipe Flashing
1. Description
1.1 In most process industry buildings, process pipes penetrates through the roof sheeting. In that
case, roof panels will be field cut to enable those pipes to penetrate, and then the gap due to
the penetration of pipe should be sealed from any leakage. To ensure water tightness, pipe
flashing is provided. Also, the same requirements are used for stub post of roof platforms and
other small protrusions.
1.2 Pipe flashing is made from ethylene propylene diene monomer, a special type rubber which
can withstand continuous temperature between -30° C and + 120°C. It is waterproof and has
a good resistance to ozone and ultra-violet light. It also allows pipe vibration by isolating the
movement of pipe from roof.
1.3 Bottom flange of pipe flashing is reinforced with a round flexible aluminium base. Hence
bottom surface can seat to any profile of roof sheeting.
1.4 Mastic sealant (01-0007) will be applied to the seating surface of pipe flashing and fastened to
roof sheeting by self drilling fasteners.
1.5 Multiple rings with different pipe sizes are marked on the conical surface of the pipe flashing.
The conical surface will be field cut through suitable ring that matches with pipe size, then
installed at field.
1.6 Typical applications of pipe flashing for pipe sizes up to 175mm is shown below:
Engineering to insert detail BOE-001 for pipes that penetrates the roof sheeting.
Rev. 13
5.27 Page 1
DETAILING MANUAL
1.7 For pipe sizes more than 175 mm diameter, it is required to use a special type pipe flashing
called Retro Fit pipe flashing. As Retro Fit pipe flash can be wrapped around the pipe; it can
be installed after complete installation of pipe member. Pipe member can be either circular or
rectangular. Following detail shows the retrofit pipe flashing
1.8 For non-pipe penetration on the roof such as roof platform stub post that is either I-section or
square tubes use detail BOE-002 to show connections and assembly of the pipe flashing.
Bend plate is welded to the I-section to provide continuous sealing between pipe flashing and
I-section.
5.27 Page 2 Rev. 20

DETAILING MANUAL
2. Availability
2.1 Following table shows the standard pipe flashing and its fasteners information.
Part mark of pipe

Pipe Size
flashing
01-0222-00 4mm to 100mm dia pipe
01-0224-00 100mm to 175 dia pipe
2.2 For Retro Fit pipe flashing special buy out request to be given.
5.27 Page 3 Rev. 20

DETAILING MANUAL
Insert detail BOE-001 and BOE-002 from ‘EDRIVE’ in the roof sheeting plan. As correct
location of pipe penetrations can not be marked in the sheeting plan, Pipe flashing location need
not be shown in the drawing.
4. Shop Drawings
4.1 The shop drawings are not required for pipe flashings.
5. Billing Out
5.1 To bill out a pipe flashing, select the standard part mark from the table shown in ‘Paragraph
2.1’ and add it to the BOM with the required quantity. Other information such as description,
length, weight, etc. will be read automatically from the Item Master.
5.2 Bill out fixing screws CS-5.5x25 (01-0471) / SS-5.5x28 (01-0451).

Qty = 20 Nos for 01-0222 flashing
32 Nos for 01-0224 flashing.
5.3 Bill out flowable bead mastic (01-0007).

Qty = 0.4 per flashing.
Example: Following is the Bill Of Material for 10 nos. of pipe flashing for 0-100mm pipe size and
5 nos. of pipe flashing for 100-175mm pipe size.
Unit Total
Part mark D E S C R I P T I O N Qty Length Wt. Wt.
01-0007-00 MASTIC FLOWABLE TUBE 6000MM EACH 2.0 0.000 0.48 0.96
01-0471-00 SCREW SELF-DRILL CS-5.5 X 25 W/ 16 DIA WASHER (@ ROOF) 360.0 0.025 0.01 3.60
01-0222-00 PIPE FLASHING [DEKTITE] 4-100 DIA PIPE [197 DIA BASE] 10.0 0.000 0.27 2.70
01-0224-00 PIPE FLASHING [DEKTITE] 100-175 DIA PIPE [273 DIA BASE] 5.0 0.000 0.49 2.45
5.27 Page 4
Rev. 20
DETAILING MANUAL
Section 5.28 : Doors
A) Personnel Door:
1. Description: Personnel door is a hollow metal door. Door frames shall be fabricated from
1.6 mm electro-galvanized cold formed steel with a metal preparation zinc-chromate wash
and painted with white finish. The door consists of frame, leaf, hinge, lock set (cylindrical or
panic), threshold and weather stripping. Auto door closures are optional.
2. Availability : Personnel doors are available as ;
a. Single leaf
b. Double leaf
Each of the above two types can be provided as ;
i. Solid Door
The door leaf is solid and does not have any glass window inside it.
ii. Side Vision Door

The door leaf has a glass window inside it.
The lock set for any of the above mentioned types can be supplied as ;
i. Cylindrical Lock
It is the normal lockset used for shutting the door.
ii. Panic Exit

It is used in emergency exits to enable the door to be opened once it is touched.
The size for both Single and Double Personnel door is shown in the following table :-
Type of personnel door Width x Height (mm)
Single personnel door 914 x 2134
Double personnel door 1829 x 2134
3.1 The location of personnel door should be shown in sidewall or endwall framing elevation in
a suitable location where the door is required. Dimension for the location of door should not
be shown because the personnel door is always field located.
3.2 For personnel door fixed with the sheeted walls be sure that a girt at 2250 mm level is
provided at the same bay where the door is located.
3.3 Refer to the following example for representing the personnel door details, and to the
following table for choosing the correct detail to be inserted in the sidewall / endwall
erection drawing ;
5.28 Page 1 Rev. 13

DETAILING MANUAL
Wall panel Wall condition Detail

Fully Sheeted PDE-001
Type-A
Partially Sheeted PDE-002
Type-R or S
TCTP
TCSP
Type-Dx/Ex
At fully blockwall PDE-005
4. Shop Drawing:
No shop drawings are required for personnel door.
5.28 Page 2 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
5. Billing Out:
There are packages available for billing out the personnel doors. These packages contain all the
required material for personnel doors. For the selection of proper package, refer the following
table:
Wall panel Package Number

Door type
Type Single Door Double Door
R or S SL-0001A SL-0002A
TCSP-75 SL-0003A SL-0004A
With Cylindrical
TCSP-85 SL-0009A SL-0010A
Lock
TCSP-100 SL-0005A SL-0006A
TCTP-60 SL-0007A SL-0008A
Solid Door
R or S SP-0001A SP-0002A
TCSP-75 SP-0003A SP-0004A
With Panic Exit TCSP-85 SP-0009A SP-0010A
TCSP-100 SP-0005A SP-0006A
TCTP-60 SP-0007A SP-0008A
R or S VL-0001A VL-0002A
TCSP-75 VL-0003A VL-0004A
With Cylindrical
TCSP-85 VL-0009A VL-0010A
Lock
TCSP-100 VL-0005A VL-0006A
Side-Vision TCTP-60 VL-0007A VL-0008A
Door R or S VP-0001A VP-0002A
TCSP-75 VP-0003A VP-0004A
With Panic Exit TCSP-85 VP-0009A VP-0010A
TCSP-100 VP-0005A VP-0006A
TCTP-60 VP-0007A VP-0008A
Note: The above packages are included with the head and jamb trim which suit the wall panel for
frost white color only, also self drilling screws suits frost white color only. Therefore replace these
trims and screws by the suitable trims and screws shown in the erection details for the following
cases:
1. If another color is requested in the CIF
2. For fully block wall case you should delete these trims from the package.
5.28 Page 3 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
B) Slide Doors:
1. Description: Slide Doors are accessories used to access the building. All structural
components of slide door are cold formed steel sections. Slide Doors have panels from
outside to match with the building wall panels, these will be provided with liner if the
building has liner panel. The sidewall / endwall opening of the Slide Door is framed with
one horizontal girt and two vertical door jambs. The door Header supports the door leaves
and has a trolley rail track welded to it (inside which the trolley truck slides).
2. Availability:
Slide Doors are either sliding in one direction ‘Single Slide’ or sliding in both directions
‘Double Slide’. Slide Doors are available in three types: -
• Type T1 (Top hanging support with bottom projecting guide).
• Type T2 (Top hanging support with bottom groove guide).

• Type B1 (Bottom wheels carrying the door leafs with top guide).
2.1 Type T1 slide door shall be suspended from a trolley rail attached to a built-up or hot
rolled door header and guided at the bottom by a projecting guide.
2.2 Type T2 slide door shall be suspended from a trolley rail attached to a built-up or hot
rolled door header and guided at the bottom by an embedded in concrete guide. A
plate connected to the bottom member of the door leaf slides inside the groove of the
embedded guide, thereby guiding the door to move horizontally.
2.3 Type B1 slide door is guided by a top guide that runs on a top track which is
connected to a cold formed header. The door leafs are supported at the bottom with
rollers attached to its bottom members and travels along a bottom roller guide
embedded in the concrete.
2.4 Slide doors can be supplied with pilot door (personnel door) if mentioned in the CIF.
2.5 Maximum size of door is as follows:
For Double Slide Door: 6000mm width x 6000 mm height

For Single Slide Door : 4000mm* width x 6000 mm height
* For single slide door the width can be up to 6000mm but 2 leafs need to be detailed
manually.
5.28 Page 4 Rev. 23

DETAILING MANUAL
3.1 The location of slide door should be shown in Anchor Bolt plan and sidewall / endwall
framing and sheeting elevations according to the door location. Refer to Chapter :
4.3.2, 4.3.6 and 4.3.7 for examples.
3.2 Location of slide door can be input in AGOSED system and output will give the
locations in the corresponding erection drawings.
3.3 There should be a girt at 370 mm above the door clear height at door location bay, in
case of buildings with more than one slide door and all having the same height, it is
preferable to adjust the girt levels to have one girt at a height equal to the slide door
clear height plus 370 mm, thus saving the additional girt required.
3.4 Slide door opening is always framed by one horizontal member called ‘Framed
Opening Header’ and two vertical members called ‘Door Jambs’. In case of Bi-Pass
girts, the slide door jambs are always additional ‘Single C’ members added to support
the door, while in case of ‘Flush’ girts, the slide door jambs can be either ‘Single C’
members added to support the door (if the bay spacing in which the door will be
placed is greater than or equal to the door width plus 500mm) or the sidewall /
endwall columns themselves, with their various sections ‘Single C’, ‘Double C’,
‘Built-up’ and hot rolled will be used to support the door (if the bay spacing in which
the door will be placed is less than the door width plus 500mm).
3.5 For single slide door additional jamb is provided to support the cantilever part of door
header. This jamb is 200C 20 fixed in the floor by clip # 05-0111 and expansion bolts
to the floor and from the top fixed by clip 05-0104 to the next girt above the door
height.
3.6 The maximum door height can be calculated as follows:
a) At sidewall :
Eave height - 570
b) At P&B endwall :
Height at the intersection of lower column centerline with roof steel line
(Endwall rafter depth) - 670.
c) At R.F. endwall :
Height at the intersection of lower column centerline with roof steel line - 200 -
the maximum depth of main frame rafter at door location.
5.28 Page 5 Rev. 16

DETAILING MANUAL
3.7 Location of sliding door may be at :

a) Fully sheeted wall.
b) Fully block wall or block wall higher than the door by at least 500 mm.
c) Partial block wall (block wall height equal or less than the door height).
In case of sliding door on block wall, if the block wall height is more than the door
height by at least 500 mm, then no door jambs are required. If the block wall height is
less than that, then door jambs are required. Also this door jamb should be connected
to the adjacent block wall with the standard clip (05-0105) at maximum distances of
1500 mm.
The erection drawing for sliding door should be prepared based on the above
conditions.
3.8 Door leaf elevation shows door members, locations of trolley truck and door panel.
For Double slide door, door leaf will be divided into two segments, both leafs can be
operated separately and locked together by means of a lock arrangement. The size of
the door leafs should be as follows:
Leaf width for double slide door = (0.5 x door width) + 65 mm

Leaf width for single slide door = Door width + 65 mm
Leaf height for both types = Door height + 40 mm
The Door leaf consists of horizontal & vertical members trolley truck and leaf
sheeting. Horizontal members are fixed at 1150 mm spacing from the bottom of leaf.
Vertical members are fixed at the leaf ends. Horizontal and vertical members are
connected by standard clip (05-0300). Two trolley trucks per leaf are fixed at 300mm
from leaf ends. The door leaf sheeting should match the wall sheeting in both
profile as well as color (unless specified in the C.I.F.).
Refer to the following examples for representing the door leaf elevation detail, and to
the following tables for choosing the correct detail to be inserted in the slide door
erection drawing;
a) Type T1 & T2
I. (4000 mm Width X 4500 mm Height) Single Slide Door (one leaf).

II. (4000 mm Width X 4500 mm Height) Double Slide Door.
5.28 Page 6 Rev. 13

DETAILING MANUAL
‘I’ ‘II’
WO / Pilot Door W / Pilot Door

Sliding
Height Single skin Type-Dx/Ex Single skin Type-Dx/Ex
Condition
wall panel wall panel wall panel wall panel
Up to 2.5 m SDE-279 SDE-679 SDE-281 SDE-681
2.55 to 3.8 m SDE-302 SDE-702 SDE-305 SDE-705
Single
Double
b) Type B1
I. (4000 mm Width X 4500 mm Height) Single Slide Door (one leaf ).

II. (4000 mm Width X 4500 mm Height) Double Slide Door.
5.28 Page 7 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
‘I’ ‘II’
WO / Pilot Door W / Pilot Door

Sliding
Height
Condition Single skin Type-Dx/Ex Single skin Type-Dx/Ex
Single
Double
3.9 All Door Leaf framing members are cold formed members (120C), these members are
classified into:
a. Vertical Door Members
i. Outer stile
ii. Inner stile
b. Horizontal Door Members
i. Top member
ii. Intermediate or interior members
iii. Bottom member
5.28 Page 8 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
- For outer & inner stile connection to top member, refer to detail (SDE-089).
- For outer and inner stile connection to intermediate or interior members, refer to detail
(SDE-090).
- For outer & inner stile connection to bottom member, refer to detail (SDE-091).
3.10 Horizontal section (section ‘B’) showing door leaf position and relation with slide
door vertical jambs should be shown in slide door erection drawing.
Refer to the following example for representing the door leaf elevation detail, and to
the following table for choosing the correct detail to be inserted in slide door erection
drawing;
WO / Liner W / Liner
Sliding Opening
Jamb Type Single skin Type-Dx/Ex Single skin Type-Dx/Ex
Condition direction
Right SDE-331 SDE-731 SDE-333 SDE-733
Single
Single ‘C’ Left SDE-330 SDE-730 SDE-332 SDE-732
Double Both SDE-067 SDE-567 SDE-069 SDE-569
Single
Double ‘C’ Left SDE-334 SDE-734 SDE-336 SDE-736
Single
I-Section Left SDE-340 SDE-740 SDE-338 SDE-738
Block Wall Single
Left SDE-342 SDE-742 SDE-344 SDE-744
(No Jamb)
5.28 Page 9 Rev. 30

DETAILING MANUAL
3.11 Vertical sections inside and outside door opening, shows the structural components of
each type of doors (T1, T2 or B1).
For any type of doors, three vertical sections should be included :
i. Section at door opening.
ii. Section passing through framed opening header (section ‘A’).
iii. Section through door (outside door opening).
Refer to the following examples for representing the door leaf elevation detail, and to the
following tables for choosing the correct detail to be inserted in the slide door erection
drawing;
a) Type T1
Sec. through Sec. outside

Type Door Condition Jamb Type Sec. at door opening
F.O. header door opening
T1 to girt Single ‘C’ SDE-081, SDE-065 SDE-077 SDE-085
Double ‘C’ SDE-122, SDE-113 SDE-119 SDE-085
I-Section SDE-121, SDE-112 SDE-118 SDE-085
to eave Single ‘C’ SDE-082, SDE-065 SDE-078 SDE-086
Double ‘C’ N.A. N.A. N.A.
to block wall above the door Block Wall SDE-083, SDE-066 SDE-079 SDE-087
to block wall to eave Block Wall SDE-084, SDE-066 SDE-080 SDE-088
5.28 Page 10 Rev. 20

DETAILING MANUAL
Type T2
Type Door Condition Jamb Type Sec. at door Sec. through Sec. outside
opening F.O. header door opening
T2 to girt Single ‘C’ SDE-081, SDE-260 SDE-077 SDE-085
Double ‘C’ SDE-122, SDE-274 SDE-119 SDE-085
to eave Single ‘C’ SDE-082, SDE-260 SDE-078 SDE-086
to block wall above the Block Wall SDE-083, SDE-261 SDE-079 SDE-087
door
to block wall to eave Block Wall SDE-084, SDE-261 SDE-080 SDE-088
5.28 Page 11 Rev. 20

DETAILING MANUAL
c) Type B1
Type Door Condition Jamb Type Sec. at door Sec. through Sec. outside
opening F.O. header door opening
B1 to girt Single ‘C’ SDE-190 SDE-183 SDE-197
Double ‘C’ SDE-194 SDE-187 SDE-197
I-Section SDE-192 SDE-185 SDE-197
to eave Single ‘C’ SDE-191 SDE-184 SDE-198
I-Section SDE-193 SDE-186 SDE-198
to block wall above Block Wall SDE-195 SDE-188 SDE-199
the door
to block wall to eave Block Wall SDE-196 SDE-189 SDE-200
3.12 Anchor bolt setting plan and corresponding sections should be shown. All necessary
dimensions such as Door width, expansion bolt centers, door guide location etc., floor
notch details and ramp detail should be shown in anchor bolt setting plan and its
details. The following example is for Double Slide Door. Refer to the table for other
alternative details.
5.28 Page 12 Rev. 20

DETAILING MANUAL
a) Type T1
Type Sliding Opening Jamb Type Wall Condition Setting Section Section
Condition Direction Plan ‘M’ ‘N’
T1 Single Right Single ‘C’ Sheeted SDE-317 SDE-059 SDE-063
Part. Block wall SDE-319 SDE-060
Double ‘C’ Sheeted SDE-325 SDE-107 SDE-111
I-Section Sheeted SDE-323 SDE-106 SDE-110
Block Wall Block Wall SDE-321 SDE-061 SDE-064
Left Single ‘C’ Sheeted SDE-316 SDE-059 SDE-063
Double Both Single ‘C’ Sheeted SDE-056 SDE-059 SDE-063
5.28 Page 13 Rev. 13

DETAILING MANUAL
b) Type T2
T2 Single Right Single ‘C’ Sheeted SDE-355 SDE-254 SDE-258
5.28 Page 14 Rev. 13

DETAILING MANUAL
c) Type B1
B1 Single Right Single ‘C’ Sheeted SDE-369 SDE-172 SDE-179
I_Section Sheeted SDE-374 SDE-174 SDE-180
5.28 Page 15 Rev. 13

DETAILING MANUAL
3.13 Door Header plan and its corresponding sections should be shown. For the Door at
fully or partially sheeted wall, header will be fixed to the door jamb by a built-up
bracket (49-0509). The top of door jamb will be fixed to girt/eave strut by clip (05-
0104) and its bottom will be fixed to ground by the base clip (05-0111) w/expansion
bolts.
a) For double slide door, Header Length = 2(Door width + 100)
b) For single slide door, Header Length = 2(Door width + 150)
Refer to the following examples for representing the door header plan detail, and to
the following tables for choosing the correct detail to be inserted in slide door erection
drawing ;
(The given example is to show door header plan detail for double slide door of width
= 4000 mm connected to a ‘Single C’ door jamb).
a) Type T1 &T2
Type Jamb Type Sliding Condition Opening direction Header Plan

T1 & T2 Single ‘C’ Single Right SDE-309
Left SDE-308
Double Both SDE-098 / SDE-054*
Double ‘C’ Single Right SDE-315
Left SDE-314
I-Section Single Right SDE-313
Left SDE-312
Block Wall Single Right SDE-311
(No Jamb) Left SDE-310
* Note : Details for DSD with more than 5000mm Widths.
5.28 Page 16 Rev. 23

DETAILING MANUAL
b) Type B1
Type Jamb Type Sliding Condition Opening direction Header Plan

B1 Single ‘C’ Single Right SDE-382
Left SDE-383
Double ‘C’ Single Right SDE-386
Left SDE-387
I-Section Single Right SDE-384
Left SDE-385
Block Wall Single Right SDE-388
(No Jamb) Left SDE-389
* Note : Details for DSD with more than 5000mm Widths.
3.14 Slide doors may also be provided with a ‘Pilot Door’ which is a personal door fixed to
the framing of the slide door leaf to help in accessing the building when the door is
locked. The slide door is always provided with door handle and a lock to secure the
door. Hood trim is provided to cover the door header and the trolley rail welded to it.
Door Stop is provided for the door leaf to stop the door leaf exactly in front of the
door jamb when the door is opened. Door stop and countersunk bolts are only used
for Type T1 and Type T2 slide doors (single or double leaf).
5.28 Page 17 Rev. 23

DETAILING MANUAL
For inserting Pilot door, hood trim and trolley rail, lock, handle & door stop details, refer to the
following table :
a) Pilot Door
With Communicating Lockset With Cylindrical Lockset
Door Panel
With Liner Without Liner With Liner Without Liner
Single skin SDE-095 SDE-096 SDE-045 SDE-046
Type-Dx/Ex SDE-595 SDE-596 SDE-047 SDE-048
b) Lock & Handle

Door Panel Single Door Left Single Door Right Double Door
Single skin SDE-346 SDE-347 SDE-076
Type-Dx/Ex SDE-746 SDE-747 SDE-576
c) Hood trim & Trolley rail

Door Type Fully / Partially Sheeted Full Blockwall
T1 & T2 SDE-097 SDE-126
B1 SDE-201 SDE-202
d) Door Stop
T1 T2 B1
SDE-073 SDE-262 SDE-203
• Limitations for ‘Slide Door Programs’
Width (mm) Height (mm)

Door
Minumum Maximum Minumum Maximum
Single Slide Door 1500 4000 3000 6000
Double Slide Door 3000 6000 3000 6000
5.28 Page 18 Rev. 33

DETAILING MANUAL
4. Shop Drawing: Shop drawings are required for the following items only.
1) Door guide
2) Door header
3) Top horizontal door leaf member
4) Internal vertical stile
5) Jamb reinforcement
6) Closure angle
7) Covering plate (for Type B1 only)
1) Door Guide: There are three types of door guide, depending on slide door type. The
three types are :-
a) Door guide for slide door ‘Type T1’

b) Door guide for slide door ‘Type T2’
c) Door guide for slide door ‘Type B1’
Select the suitable template from the following table and follow the detailing procedure as
the examples given below for 4000 mm doors width with different types of door guides;
Door Type Shop Drawing

T1 SDS-051
T2 SDS-052
B1 SDS-054
a) Door Guide for slide door ‘Type T1’

i) For Double Slide Door
5.28 Page 19 Rev. 26

DETAILING MANUAL
ii. For Single Slide Door
- The guide is composed of the following parts ;
i. Angle ‘L50X50X4XL’ (L1 as shown in the shop drawing).

• For Single Sliding Door,
Length (L) = 2 x (Door width + 150), Qty. = 1
• For Double Sliding Door,
Length (L) = Door width + 100, Qty = 2
ii. Plates ‘PL70X25X250’ (G1 as shown in the shop drawing), welded on top of angle ‘L1’.
G1 is arranged on equal distances of maximum 1100 mm after clearing a
distance of 300 mm from both ends of angle ‘L1’.
G1 is always provided as three pieces uniformly distributed on angle ‘L1’
(refer to the above shown shop drawing).
iii. Plates‘PL50X5X80’ (G2 in the shop drawing), having a ‘Y-Shape’ and welded to the
inside of the angle ‘L1’ (as shown in the shop drawing) at each location of plate ‘G1’.
These plates are to anchor the door guide to the concrete slabs.
5.28 Page 20 Rev. 28

DETAILING MANUAL
b) Door Guide for slide door ‘Type T2’

i. For Double Slide Door
ii. For Single Slide Door.

i. U-Shaped ‘Bottom Track’ (A1 as shown in the shop drawing)
Length (L) = 2 x (Door width + 150), Qty. = 1
Length (L) = Door width + 100, Qty = 2
5.28 Page 21 Rev. 28

DETAILING MANUAL
ii. Plates ‘PL50X4X100’ (G2 as shown in the shop drawing), welded to the bottom of the
track (G1) at equal distances of maximum 1300 mm after clearing a distance of 300 mm
from both sides of track (G1). These plates are to anchor the guide to the concrete.
c) Door Guide for slide door ‘Type B1’

- For double and single slide door
i. Plate ‘PL195X2XL’ (G1 as shown in the shop drawing).
ii. U-Shaped ‘Bottom Track’ (G2 as shown in the shop drawing) welded to the bent plate
‘G1’ and have the same length ‘L’.
iii. ‘L’ equal to 2(Door width + 150) one piece for single slide door & ‘L’ equal to (door
width + 100), Qty - 2 pieces for double slide door.
2) Door Header: There are two types of door header, depending on slide door type. The two
types are :-
a) Door header for slide door ‘Type T1 & T2’
b) Door header for slide door ‘Type B1’
Select the suitable template from the following table and follow the detailing procedure as
given in the following example:
Door Type Header Section Double Slide Door Single Slide Door
Built-Up SDS-060 SDS-066
T1 & T2
Hot-Rolled SDS-065 SDS-064
B1 Z-Section SDS-061 SDS-061
5.28 Page 22 Rev. 28

DETAILING MANUAL
Refer to the following examples for giving shop drawing for the door header of a slide door
4000 mm width for various types of doors;
a) Door Header for slide door ‘Type T1 & T2’
i. For Double Slide Door
ii. For Single Slide Door
- The header is composed of the following parts ;

i. Built-up ‘I-Section’(130x5mm Flanges & 200x3mm Web) or hot rolled section IPEa-200.
ii. Trolley Rail ‘G1’ (with the full length of the header) welded at the center line of the
header bottom flange.
Notes: The door header is always connected to the door jamb or to the block wall (in case of no
jamb) by using a built-up bracket (49-0509) by means of (4 No. 12 mm dia. bolts). The distance
of the holes to connect bracket (49-0509) should be calculated as follows:
5.28 Page 23 Rev. 28

DETAILING MANUAL
For Double Slide Door:
The header length L1 = 2 (Door width + 100)

For double slide door with single ‘C’ jamb or without jambs (block walls):
X1 = (0.5 x Door Width) + 75
X2 = X1 + 50
Y1 = Door Width - 400
For double slide door with double ‘C’ or I-section jambs:

X1 = (0.5 x door width) - 75 - (0.5 x door jamb flange width)
X2 = X1 + 50
For Single Slide Door:
The header length L2 = 2 (Door width + 150)
For single slide door with single ‘C’ jamb or without jambs (block wall):
X3 = Door Width + 75
X4 = X3 + 50
Y2 = (0.5 x Door width) - 400
Y3 = Y2 + 1000
5.28 Page 24 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
For single slide door with double ‘C’ or I-section jambs:
X3 = Door width + 75 + door jamb flange width

X4 = X3 + 50
Y2 = [0.5 x (Door width + door jamb flange width)] - 400
Y3 = Y2 + 1000
Notes: Y1, Y2 & Y3 holes always have 80mm gage, therefore, for hot-rolled header of flange less
than 130mm, provide additional plate (50x5x130) at the location of the holes.
b) Door Header for slide door ‘Type B1’
- For Double and Single Slide door
- The header is composed of the following parts;
i. Cold Formed ‘Z-Section’ (200 mm depth) (M1 in the shop drawing).
ii. Top Track ‘G1’ (with the full length of the Z-Section) welded at the center line of the
header web.
The door header is always connected to the door jambs by using a clip (05-0055) by means
of 4 Nos. 12 mm dia. Bolts. It means that a group of 4 holes is required at each clip
location.
The distance of these holes should be calculated as follows:
5.28 Page 25 Rev. 28

DETAILING MANUAL
For Double Slide Door :
L1 = 2 (Door Width + 100)

For doors with single ‘C’ jamb or without jambs (Block wall)
X1 = (0.5 x Door Width) + 50

X2 = X1 + 100
Y2 = Y1 + 100
For doors with double ‘C’ or I-section door jamb :
X1 = (0.5 x Door Width) - (0.5 x Door Jamb Flange Width) - 50
X2 = X1 + 100
Y1 = Door width - 450
Y2 = Y1 + 100
For single slide door :
L2 = 2 (Door width + 150)
For doors with single ‘C’ jambs or without jambs (block wall):
Y3 = Door width + 50
Y4 = Y3 + 100
X1 = (0.5 x Door Width) - 450
X2 = X1 + 100
Y1 = (0.5 x Door Width) + 550
Y2 = Y1 + 100
5.28 Page 26 Rev. 23

DETAILING MANUAL
For doors with double ‘C’ or I-section door jambs:
Y3 = Door width + Door Jamb Flange Width + 100

Y4 = Y3 + 100
X1 = (0.5 x Door Width) + (0.5 x Door Jamb Flange Width) - 400
X2 = X1 + 100
Y1 = (0.5 x Door Width) + (0.5 x Door Jamb Flange Width) + 600
Y2 = Y1 + 100
3) Internal Vertical Stile
- The internal vertical stile for single or double slide door is a cold formed section ‘120C’,
its length is equal to door leaf height - 65
- The internal vertical stile’s section and dimensions does not change from one door type to
the other.
All the holes should be detailed by the N.P.D. system using punch # G-23 for web holes and
punch # G-33 for flange holes.
X1, X2, X3, etc. are the holes to fix the horizontal intermediate member at door leaf and the
first member can be calculated as follows:
Member height from the bottom of door leaf - 65 - 30
Refer to the following example for the shop drawing for the internal vertical stile for a
double slide door of height = 4500 mm ;
5.28 Page 27 Rev. 26

DETAILING MANUAL
- Shop drawing templates for the internal vertical stile can be referred to as ‘SDS-067’ &
‘SDS-068’.
4) Jamb Reinforcement
- The jamb reinforcement is a bent plate ‘PL95X2.5XLength’, where ;

Length = Door Height + 50 mm.
- The jamb reinforcement is bolted to the door jambs with M12 x 35mm MSB at a
maximum distance of 1000 mm between the bolts. The holes at door jamb are to be
field drilled to suit the holes at the jamb reinforcement.
- The jamb reinforcement quantity is billed out as follows :-
Qty = One (for single slide door).

= Two (for double slide door).
- Refer to the following example for the shop drawing for the jamb reinforcement for a
double slide door of height = 4000 mm.
5.28 Page 28 Rev. 26

DETAILING MANUAL
- Shop drawing template for the jamb reinforcement stile can be referred to as ‘SDS-053’.
5) Closure Angle
- The closure angle is a bent plate ‘PL55X2.5XLength’, where.

- The closure angle closes the gap between the door leaf and the jamb reinforcement .
- The closure angle quantity is the same as that of the jamb reinforcement.
- Refer to the given example for the shop drawing for the closure angle for a double slide
door of height = 4000 mm.
- Shop drawing template for the closure angle can be referred to as ‘SDS-055’ .
5.28 Page 29 Rev. 26

DETAILING MANUAL
- Some additional items require shop drawing for certain types of doors and are not applicable
to others, these items are
1) Stopping Angle (for single slide door only)
- The stopping angle is a bent plate ‘PL290X2.5XLength’, where ;

- The stopping angle bolted to the door jamb with M12 x 35mm MSB at a maximum
spacing of 1000mm between the bolts. The holes at door jamb to be field drilled to suit
the holes at stopping angle.
- The stopping angle helps in stopping the door leaf when the door is closed and also in
securing the door by using a lock.
- Each single slide door requires only one stopping angle.
- Refer to the following example for the shop drawing for the stopping angle for a single
slide door of height = 4500 mm.
- Shop drawing template for the stopping angle can be referred to as ‘SDS-063’.
2) Covering Plate (for Type B1 only).

- The covering plate is a plate ‘PL170X2XLength’, where
Length = Door leaf width - 210 mm.
- The covering plate closes the gap between the door leaf and the hood trim.
- The covering plate quantity equals No. of door leafs x 1
- Refer to the given example for the shop drawing for the covering plate for a double slide
door of width = 4000 mm.
5.28 Page 30 Rev. 26

DETAILING MANUAL
- Shop drawing template for the closure angle can be referred to as ‘SDS-062’ .
5. Billing Out : The following items need to be billed out for any Single or Double slide door
of any type (T1, T2 or B1).
1. Door Leaf Items
These items can be classified into :-
a. Vertical Items
i. Outer Vertical Stile
Part No. : Special.
Usage : It is used as the outer vertical member of the door leaf framing.
Length : Equals to slide door height - 25 mm.
Quantity : No. of slide door leafs x 1.
N.P.D. : 0025-G23, (D)-G23, (D+1150)-G23, (D+2x1150)-G23,

(D+3x1150)-G23, (Length - 32)-G23.
where - (D) = 1150 - 35 = 1115 mm
5.28 Page 31 Rev. 26

DETAILING MANUAL
- No. of the intermediate door members and the N.P.D. for the outer vertical
stile depends on the stile height
- If the distance between the top horizontal door member and the intermediate
horizontal door member next to it is less than or equals to 450 mm, then this
horizontal door leaf member should be removed and the distance between
this top member and the member next to it can be increased to a maximum
of 1500 mm.
ii. Inner Vertical Stile
This item requires a shop drawing and it is thoroughly explained in the slide
door shop drawings part.
iii. Closure Angle
- It is used to close the gap between the door leaf outside vertical stile and the
door jamb reinforcement when the door is closed.
- This item requires a shop drawing and it is thoroughly explained in the slide
door shop drawings part .
iv. External Sheeting
Part No. : Special (depends on the sheeting type).
Usage : It is used as the external sheeting for the door leaf(s).
Length : Equals to slide door height + 40 mm (For slide door type T1 & T2).
: Equals to slide door height + 90 mm (For slide door type B1).
Quantity : [ Door leaf width / external sheeting width ] x No. of door leafs.
v. Internal Sheeting (Liner)
Part No. : 46-AA02 (Type C Panels).
Usage : It is used as the internal sheeting (liner) for the door leaf(s). (if there
is liner required for the building).
Length : Equals to slide door height + 40 mm (For slide door type T1 & T2).
: Equals to slide door height + 90 mm (For slide door type B1).
Quantity : [ Door leaf width / 1065 ] x No. of door leafs.
5.28 Page 32 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
vi. Vertical Stile Trim
Part No. : 03-0102 (w/ Type-A wall panel)

03-0077 (w/ R and S wall panel)
Usage : It is used as covering trim for the outer and inner vertical stiles.
Length : 3100 mm each.
Quantity : [ (Door leaf height) x (No. of slide door leafs x 2) / 3000 ].
vii. Spacer Trim
Part No. : 03-0345 (w/ Type-A wall panel)

03-0251 (w/ R and S wall panel)
Usage : It is used as a spacer trim between the door external sheeting and the
vertical stile trim when the high-rib of the sheeting does not come
in front of the stile trim.
Quantity : [ (Door leaf height) x (No. of slide door leafs) / 3000 ]
b. Horizontal Items
i. Top door member
- The top horizontal door leaf member for single or double slide door is a cold formed
section ‘120C’.
- The top horizontal door leaf member’s section and dimensions does not change from one
door type to the other.
- The top horizontal door leaf member is connected at its two ends to the vertical door
member (vertical stile) by using the clip (05-0300), this requires two holes on its web
(G23 punch) at a distance of 25 mm from its both ends.
- The top horizontal door leaf member is connected to the ‘Trolley Truck’ at a distance of
235 mm from its two ends, this requires two 18x42 slots on its web at a distance of 235
mm from its both ends (G16 punch). The slots are provided to balance the door leaf
vertically after erection of all the door panels.
5.28 Page 33 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
Part No. : Special

Length : Door leaf width - 130
Quantity : One per door leaf.
N.P.D. : 0025+G23 0235+G16
ii. Intermediate door members
Part No. : Special
Usage : they are used as the intermediate members of the door leaf framing.
Length : Equals to the door leaf width - 130 mm.
Quantity : [(Door leaf height) / 1150] x No. of slide door leafs.
N.P.D. : 0025+G23
iii. Bottom door member
Part No. : Special.
Usage : They are used as the bottom members of the door leaf framing.
Length : Equals to the door leaf width.
Quantity : One for each door leaf
N.P.D. : 0090+G23 for type T1, T2 & 0190+G23 for B1
c. Accessories
i. Door Leaf Clip
Part No. : 05-0300
Usage : It is used to connect door leaf horizontal members to the vertical

ones.
Quantity : [(No. of one door leaf Horizontal members x 2) x No. of door leafs].
Note : Use the color 18 (gray oxide) for this clip irrespective of the primary
color, to match with the color of 120C door frame members color (galvanized).
5.28 Page 34 Rev. 23

DETAILING MANUAL
ii. Trolley Truck
Part No. : 01-0152 (Type T1 & T2).

: 01-0173 (Type B1).
Usage : It is used to move the door leaf horizontally.
Quantity : No. of door leafs x 2.
iii. Lock Plate
Part No. : 05-0305

Usage : It is a plate used to help in locking the door by using a lock.
iv. Door Handle
Part No. : 01-0155

Usage : It is to open and close the door.
v. Door Stop
Part No. : 05-0301

Usage : It is used to stop the door leaf at the Jamb reinforcement when the
door leaf is fully opened.
Quantity : 4 nos. for each DSD & 2 nos. for each SSD
vi. Astragal
Part No. : 49-0702 (for double slide door only).

Usage : It is used to cover the gap that might occur between the two door leafs
thus preventing any light from entering the building through this gap.
Quantity : [ Door External Sheeting Length / 3000 ]
5.28 Page 35 Rev. 23

DETAILING MANUAL
2. Header and Hood Items
i. Door Header
ii. Header Bracket / Clip

Part No. : 49-0509 ‘Header Bracket’ (Type T1 & T2).
: 05-0055 ‘Header Clip’ (Type B1).
Usage : It is used to connect the door header to the door (Single C, Double C,
Built-up or Block wall) jamb.
Quantity : 4 (For double slide door).
3 (For single slide door).
iii. Clip
Part No. : 05-0310 (Type T1 & T2).

: 05-0055 (Type B1).
Usage : It is used to connect the framed opening header to the door header at
the door opening.
Quantity : 2.
iv. Hood Trim

Part No. : Select the suitable part from the following table.
Door Type Wall case At Door Opening Outside Door Opening
(w/ Type A (w/ Type B, (w/ Type A (w/ Type B,
wall panel) R & S wall wall panel) R & S wall
panel) panel)
T1 and T2 Fully or Partially sheeted 03-0100 03-0075 03-0101 03-0076
Block Wall 03-0100 03-0075 03-0100 03-0075
B1 Fully or Partially sheeted 03-0140 03-0082 03-0141 03-0083
Block Wall 03-0140 03-0082 03-0140 03-0082
Usage : It is used to cover the door header and its connections, thus giving
a decorative effect to it.
Length : 3100 mm.
Quantity : Slide door width / 3000 (for Trim at opening).
: (Slide door width + 300) / 3000 (for Trim outside door opening).
5.28 Page 36 Rev. 23

DETAILING MANUAL
v. End Closure
Part No. : Select the suitable part mark from the following table:
Door Type Wall case Right side Closure Left side Closure
(w/ Type-A (w/ Type-B, (w/ Type-A (w/ Type-B,
wall panel) R & S wall wall panel) R & S wall
panel) panel)
T1 and T2 Fully or Partially sheeted 03-0104 03-0078 03-0105 03-0079
Block Wall 03-0106 03-0080 03-0107 03-0081
B1 Fully or Partially sheeted 03-0142 03-0084 03-0143 03-0085
Block Wall 03-0144 03-0086 03-0145 03-0087
Usage : It is used to close the hood trim at its two ends.

Quantity : One no. at left side and one at right side for each door
vi. Sheeting Angle
Usage : It is used to support the hood trim for type T1 & T2 only.
Part Mark Part : 06-0200, Quantity : [ (Slide door width x 2 + 300) / 6000 ].
Or
Part Mark Part : 06-0201, Quantity : [ (Slide door width x 2 + 300) / 3000 ].
vii. Outside Foam Closure
Part No. : Depends on the wall panel type, on which the slide door will be
erected (outside foam closure is used only when the slide door is on
partially or fully sheeted wall and not on block wall).
Usage : It is used to close the gap between the hood trim and main building
wall sheeting.
Quantity : [ (Slide door width + 300) / wall panel width ].
3. Door Guide Items
i. Door Guide
5.28 Page 37 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
ii. Bottom Roller
Part No. : 01-0174 (for slide door ‘Type B1’ only).

Usage : It is used to move the door leaf on the door guide horizontally.
iii. Bottom Roller T-Clip
Part No. : 05-0057 (for slide door ‘Type B1’ only).

Usage : It is used to connect the bottom roller to the door leaf bottom
member.
iv. Door Guide Clip
Part No. : 05-0313 (for slide door ‘Type T2’ only).

Usage : It is used to guide the door leaf.
Quantity : 2 for each leaf
4. Slide Door Framed Opening Items
i. Framed Opening Header
Part No. : Special.

Usage : It is the horizontal member 200C 20 for the slide door framed
opening.
Length : Equals to the clear distance between the door jambs - 180 mm.
Quantity : One No.
N.P.D. : 0025+G9, [ (Length / 2) - 500 ]+G10.
ii. Framed Opening Header Clip

Part No. : 05-0311 (for Single C jamb)
Part No. : 05-0104 (for Double / Built-up jamb)
Usage : It is used to connect the framed opening header to the door jambs.
Quantity : 2 Nos.
5.28 Page 38 Rev. 23

DETAILING MANUAL
iii. Framed Opening Jamb

Part No. : Special, to be billed out ( with its base and girt / eave clips ) with
the side / end wall framing using 200C 20 section.
Usage : It is the vertical member for the slide door framed opening.
Length : Equals to the slide door height + 280 mm (in case of slide door to girt).
: Equals to the eave height - 290 mm (in case of slide door to eave).
Quantity : 2.
N.P.D. : 0035-G9, 0075-G9, (jamb length-25)-G9, (jamb length-161)-G9, (Jamb
length - 30)-G10, (jamb length-156)-G10
*Addition to the above add all the punch needed to connect the door jambs with the wall girts.
iv. Jamb Support Clip

Part No. : 05-0302
Usage : It is used to connect the door header bracket to the door jamb/additional
sub jamb.
Quantity :
Door Single C jamb Double C / Built-up jamb
SSD 2 1
DSD 4 2
v. Rail End Closure

Part No. : 49-0701 (for Type T1 & T2 only).
Usage : It is used to close the trolley rail at its two ends, thus preventing the
trolley truck from getting outside the trolley rail.
Quantity : 2 Nos.
vi. Pilot Door

When the pilot door is specified in the CIF, use one of the following packages to bill
out all the pilot door components:
without Liner with Liner

Type of Lock Set * (for Type-R & S wall Panel) (for Type-R & S wall Panel)
Communicating Lockset PD-0001A PD-0002A
Cylindrical Lockset PD-0003A PD-0004A
* - Lockset type is based on the availability in each factory.

5.28 Page 39 Rev. 33
DETAILING MANUAL
5. Bolts, Screws and Pop Rivets
i. Mild Steel Bolt (MSB)

Pack No. : MB-1235A
Usage : It is used to ;
- Connect the framed opening header to the door jambs.
- Connect the door header bracket / clip to the door header.
- Connect the door header bracket to the door jamb (in case of ‘Single C’, ‘Double
C’ or ‘Built-up’ jamb).
- Connect the jamb reinforcement to the door jamb.
- Connect the door leaf members together.
Quantity : (No. of clip 05-0300 x 4) + (No. of (bracket 49-0509/ clip 05-0055)
x 8 ) +( [(door ht. + 50) / 1000] x No. of jamb reinforcement ) +
(No. of clip 05-0310 / 05-0055 x 4) + (No. of clip 05-0302 x 4) + 8 ].
ii. Expansion Bolt

Part No. : 01-0048-00
Usage : It is used in several cases as follows:
1. Slide door at fully or partial sheeted. Use (2) expansion bolt to fix
the single C door jamb to the floor through base clip 05-0111.
2. Slide door at Block wall:
a) 4 expansion bolts for each bracket 49-0509
b) 2 expansion bolts for each clip 05-0310
c) To fix the jamb reinforcement/stop angle with the concrete jamb.
Refer to the reinforcement/stop angle shop drawing for expansion
bolt quantity.
d) (2) Expansion bolt for each clip 05-0055 in case of type B1 door
at block wall.
iii. Countersunk Bolt

Pack No. : CB-1225A ‘for Type T1 & T2 only’.
Usage : It is used to connect the rail end cap to the trolley rail.
Quantity : 4 Nos.
iv. Stitch Screw CS-4.8x16 (01-0480) / SS-4.8x20 (01-0454)
Usage : It is used to fix the spacer trim to the vertical stile trim when the
spacer trim is used.
Quantity : [ (Door leaf Height x No. of door leafs) / 300 ] x 2
5.28 Page 40 Rev. 27

DETAILING MANUAL
v. Fixing Screw CS-5.5x25 (01-0481) / SS-5.5x28 (01-0451)

- Fix the hood trim to the side / end wall sheeting.
- Fix the vertical stile trim to the vertical stile.
- Fix the door sheeting / liner to the door horizontal members.
- Fix the door handle to the inner vertical stile plate.
For Slide Doors Without Liner Panel
Quantity : [ (Door leaf Height x 2) x (No. of door leaf) ] +
500
[No. of door leafs x 4 ] +
[ ((Door width x 2) + 200) x 2) ] +
300
[ Door width x No. of door leaf horizontal members]
300
For Slide Doors With Liner Panel
Quantity : [ (Door leaf Height x 2 x (No. of door leaf) ] +
500
[No. of door leafs x 4 ] +
[ ((Door width x 2) + 200) x 2) ] +
300
[ Door width x No. of door leaf horizontal members]
150
vi. Screw CS-5.5x32 (01-0486) / SS-5.5x40 (01-0453)
Usage : For fixing trims to hot rolled or built-up header.
Quantity : [ (Door width x 2 ) + 200 ]
300
vii. Pop Rivet CS-4x8 (01-0099) / SS-4x8 (01-0096)
- Fix the hood trims together at their end laps.
- Fix the vertical stile trims together at their end laps.
Quantity : 100 Nos.
Notes :- All the calculations and equations are based on two main factors;
1) Approximating the results of division to the nearest whole number.
2) Above given quantities are for one door only and it is to be multiplied by the
number of identical doors (in case of the presence of more than one door).
5.28 Page 41 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
Solved Example :-
The Sample B.O.M. given below is for a ‘Double Slide Door (T1) ’ with the following
conditions:-
- Door Width = 4000 mm
- Door Height = 4500 mm
- Jamb Type = ‘Single C’
- Door Condition = ‘To Girt’
- Wall Condition = ‘Fully Sheeted’
- Quantity of doors =1
- Sheeting Color = ‘Desert Gold’
- Main Frame Color = ‘Red Oxide’
- Liner Panels = ‘Exists for the main building’
Tot.
Part No. Qty Description Length Weight
Weight
01-0606-00 5.0 OUTSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FOR TYPE S PANEL 1.000 0.02 0.10
POP RIVET CARBON STEEL[ZINC COATED] 4MM DIA

01-0099-06 100 0.000 0.01 1.00
X 8 MM LONG
01-0152-00 4 HANGER MODEL NO. 3-207 0.000 0.68 2.72
01-0155-00 2 DOOR HANDLE (#95-607) 0.000 0.10 0.20
01-0481-06 298 SCREW SELF DRILL CS-5.5 X 25 (@ WALL) 0.025 0.01 2.98
01-0480-06 60 SCREW SELF-DRILL CS-4.8 X 16 (@ WALL) 0.016 0.01 0.60
DIN933 BOLT FULLYTHREADED YELLOW CHROM

01-0760-00 169 0.038 0.05 8.45
M12 X 35 MM
01-0762-00 4 DIN933 BOLT COUNTERSUNK M12 X 25MM 0.025 0.02 0.08
03-0100-06 2 HOOD TRIM 3.100 8.61 17.22
03-0101-06 2 HOOD TRIM 3.100 7.19 14.38
03-0102-06 8 STILE TRIM 3.100 3.30 26.40
03-0104-06 1 HOOD CLOSURE 0.380 0.39 0.39
03-0105-06 1 HOOD CLOSURE 0.380 0.39 0.39
03-0251-06 4 SPACER TRIM [D. GOLD] 3.050 1.34 5.36
05-0300-01 20 CLIP 0.100 0.29 5.80
05-0301-01 4 DOOR STOP [RED OXIDE] 0.120 0.28 1.12
5.28 Page 42 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
05-0301-01 4 DOOR STOP [RED OXIDE] 0.120 0.28 1.12
05-0302-01 4 JAMB SUPPORT CLIP [RED OXIDE] 0.186 2.10 8.40
05-0305-17 2 LOCK PLATE 0.080 0.40 0.80
05-0310-01 2 TRACK-HEADER SUPPORT CLIP 0.193 0.45 0.90
05-0311-01 2 F.O. HEADER CLIP [RED OXIDE] 0.138 0.78 1.56
06-0200-02 2 ANGLE - BASE/GABLE 6.000 8.12 16.24
41-4003-01 1 DOOR HEADER 8.200 143.37 143.37
46-SE02-05 5 LOW-RIB PANEL 0.50mm [F.WHITE] 4.540 20.38 101.90
46-SE99-06 5 TYPE S PANEL 0.5 MM 4.540 20.38 101.90
49-0509-01 4 DOOR BRACKET [RED OXIDE] 0.180 3.45 13.80
49-0701-03 2 TROLLEY RAIL END CAP 0.114 0.10 0.20
49-0702-03 2 ASTRAGAL 3.000 4.24 8.48
49-4004-01 2 DOOR GUIDE 4.100 23.91 47.82
49-4503-02 2 D.S.D. JAMB REINFORCEMENT 4.550 8.48 16.96
49-4504-02 2 CLOSURE ANGLE 4.540 4.90 9.80
200C20 F.O. HEADER

60-4005-03 1 3.820 23.34 23.34
0025+G9 1410+G10
65-4000-02 2 120C20 TOP DOOR MEMBER 1.935 7.74 15.48
120C20 INTERIOR DOOR MEMBER

65-4001-02 6 1.935 7.74 46.44
0025+G23
120C20 BOTTOM DOOR MEMBER
65-4002-02 2 2.065 8.26 16.52
0090+G23
120C20 OUTER DOOR STILE
65-4500-02 2 0025-G23 1115-G23 2265-G23 3415-G23 4.475 17.9 35.8
4443-G23
65-4501-02 1 120C20 INNER DOOR STILE (RIGHT) 4.475 17.9 17.9
65-4502-02 1 120C20 INNER DOOR STILE (LEFT) 4.475 17.9 17.9
5.28 Page 43 Rev. 35

DETAILING MANUAL
C) Roll-up Door :
1. Description : A (Zamil shutter door) roll-up door comprises a curtain of horizontal

interlocking slats. This curtain runs in vertical channel guides and coils on a drum at the
head of the opening.
2. Availability : Roll-up doors are available in two types. These two types are :-
a) Manually operated Roll-up door
b) Electrically operated Roll-up door
Standard Roll-up doors are available in the following sizes :-
Width Height
3000 4000
4000 4000
4000 5000
5000 5000
3. Erection Drawing
3.1 The framed opening for the roll-up door is to be located at the side / end wall framing
elevation.
3.2 If there is any wall bracing at the roll-up door location, this wall bracing should be re-
located in the next bay.
3.3 The framed opening of the roll-up door at fully sheeted wall or partial blockwall is made
of two vertical door jambs and one horizontal framed opening header (all 200C20).
3.4 Standard Erection drawings are available in E-drive. The users have to fill the required
dimensions of width and height.
Wall panel Type

Wall Condition
Single skin TCSP TCTP
Fully Sheeted RUE-001 RUE-003 RUE-005
Partial Blockwall RUE-002 RUE-004 RUE-006
Full height blockwall RUE-007
3.5 When the block wall is height is higher than the roll up door height, there is no need to
provide any jambs and header.
5.28 Page 44 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
3.6 The minimum clear distance between the door jamb and any member next to it are as
mentioned below
Manually Operated Electrically Operated
Factory Location
Left (mm) Right (mm) Left (mm) Right (mm)
Saudi 300 300 300 300
Egypt 300 300 300 300
Vietnam 280 280 280 280
3.7 The minimum clear distance required above the door height for the door drum is 600mm.
3.8 The minimum distance between the framed opening header and the nearest higher girt or
the bottom of the eave strut is 700 mm.
4. Shop Drawing : Shop Drawing is required for the door Jamb only. This is available in the
E-drive as RUS-001 for right side and RUS-002 for left side. (From outside the building).
- The door jamb is composed of :-

i. 200C20 (M1 in shop drawing), with length (L1) where
L1 = Nearest girt Ht. / Bottom of eave strut Ht. - 90 mm
ii. Plate ‘PL318X8X369’ (G1), welded to the jamb at a distance (D), where
D = Door Ht. + 245 mm
iii. Door guide (G2), welded to the jamb (as shown in the shop drawing), with length
(L2) and weight (Wt), where
L2 = Door Ht. + 250 mm
Wt = 6 Kg / Lm
5.28 Page 45 Rev. 33
DETAILING MANUAL
Note: - The N.P.D. for the door jamb should be given to suit the fixing of base clip, girts, and
top clip.
Rev.33
- Two shop drawing are required (one for each vertical door jamb), the two drawings
are similar, the only difference is that the door guide and the welded bent plate are
placed in the two drawing in a reversed direction (used as right and left door jamb).
5. Billing Out
- The following items to billed out for the roll-up door :-
i. Door Framed Opening Jamb
Bill out the door jambs as per the shop drawing explained at item # 4. The
following information should be taken from the shop drawing.
1. Part Mark
2. Description
3. Quantity
4. Total length
5. Total weight
ii. Framed Opening Header
Part No. : Special & Category 60
Usage : It is the horizontal member (200C20) for the roll-up door framed
opening.
Length : Equals to the roll-up door width - 10 mm.
N.P.D. : 0025+G9
iii. Roll-up Door
As a special buy-out item, the roll-up door is to be billed out on a separate phase,
this phase is mentioned in the C.I.F.
Note : All the needed clips, bolts,…etc., needed to connect the door jambs / header are to be
billed-out with the side / end wall framing at which the roll-up door exists.
5.28 Page 46 Rev. 22

DETAILING MANUAL
Section 5.29 : Windows & Louvers
Windows
1. Description
Zamil Steel’s Aluminum windows are designed specifically for Zamil steel Pre-engineered
buildings. Windows are 2 leafed horizontal full slide type made from tempered aluminum alloy
extruded profile (ASTM B 221 ALLOY 6063 T5) or EQUIVALENT. They are completely
assembled with factory glazing of 6mm thick clear float tempered glass and a single leaf insect
screen.
2. Availability
2.1 Windows are available in 3 sizes, 1000x1000, 1000x1500 and 1500x1000 sliding window
with single glaze.
2.2 Windows are available in 2 different colors, Frost White & Bronze Brown.
2.3 Following table shows the available part marks for the windows.
Window part mark Window part mark

Wall panel type / (For Saudi & Egypt) (For Vietnam factory)
wall condition (Size W x H) (Size W x H)
1000x1000 1000x1500 1500x1000 1000x1000 1000x1500 1500x1000
Single Skin and
03-0615 * 03-0645 * 03-0647 * 03-0639 * 03-0641 * 03-0643 *
TCSP
TCTP &
03-0616 * 03-0646 * 03-0648 * 03-0640 * 03-0642 * 03-0644 *
Type-Dx/Ex
At full blockwall or
partial blockwall 50-0300 50-0304 50-0305 50-0301 50-0302 50-0303
with any Panel
* These windows are attached with steel frames.
3. Erection Drawings.
3.1 Insert the relevant Windows erection details in the appropriate sheeting elevations as per the
following table.
Edrive standard details

Type of wall panel
Between girts At Partial blockwall Full Blockwall
Single Skin Panel WLE-045 WLE-049
TCSP Panel WLE-046 WLE-051
WLE-048
TCTP Panel WLE-047 WLE-050
Type-D/E (Insulated) WLE-058 WLE-059
Rev.29
5.29 Page 1 Rev.30
DETAILING MANUAL
Notes:
1. If the Window is located at sheeted area, girts are required at top & bottom of the window
a distance of 75mm (Refer to the respective erection details).
2. For windows at full / partial blockwall, framed opening shall be provided to fix the
windows. Insert the following framed opening details also in this case.
Panel type Erection Detail

Single skin FOE-010
TCSP FOE-011
TCTP FOE-012
Type-Dx/Ex FOE-022
3. The steel frame supplied with Windows is made up of 0.5mm steel. If it is required in
Aluminum or 0.7mm steel, the window assembly shall be billed as special part mark.
4. Shop drawings.
4.1 No shop drawings are required for windows.
5. Billing out.
5.1 Bill out the Window assembly as per required quantity. Refer to the table in paragraph 2.3
of this section (windows) for the part marks.
(The following Quantity of items are used for One Unit of Window only at the specified
wall panel):
5.29 Page 2 Rev.30

DETAILING MANUAL
5.2 Stitch Screws CS-4.8x16 (01-0480-XX) / SS-4.8x20 (01-0454-00) (XX = denotes color
of Window’s steel frame).
Usage : for stitching bottom part of window frame to the single skin wall panel.
Usage : for stitching top and bottom part of window frame to the tempcon wall panel.
Qty : For Single Skin Panel = 5 Nos (for 1000 wide Windows)
= 7 Nos (for 1500 wide Windows)
For TCSP/TCTP/Type-Dx/Ex Panel = 10 Nos (for 1000 wide Windows)

Note : For Type-Dx/Ex Panels pop rivets shall be used in place of stitch screws.
5.3 Fixing Screws CS-5.5x25 (01-0481-XX) / SS-5.5x28 (01-0451-00) (XX = denotes color
of window’s steel frame). [for single skin panels only]
Usage : for fixing top part of window frame to the single skin wall panel.
Qty : = 5 Nos (for 1000 wide Windows)

5.4 Fixing Screws CS-5.5x25 (01-0481-00) / (SS-5.5x28 (01-0451-00) [for single skin panels
only]
Usage : for fixing the sheeting angle to the girt
Qty : = 5 Nos (for 1000 wide Windows)
5.5 Pop Rivet CS-4.8x8 (01-0099-XX) / SS-4.8x8 (01-0096-00) (XX = denotes color of
window)
Usage : for fixing left and right portion of the window frame to the outer skin of wall
panel.
Qty : For all panels = 12 Nos (for 1000 high Windows)
= 16 Nos (for 1500 high Windows)
5.6 Pop Rivet CS-4.8x8 (01-0099-05) / SS-4.8x8 (01-0096-00) [ only for tempcon panels]
Usage : for fixing window frame trim around the back of the window frame to the inner
skin of tempcon wall panel.
Qty : For Tempcon (TCSP/TCTP) Panel = 16 Nos (for 1000x1000 windows)
= 20 Nos (for other std size windows)
5.7 Flowable mastic (01-0007)

Usage : for sealing all around the window frame with the outer skin of the wall panel and
other joints to avoid water leakage as per erection details.
Qty : For Single Skin/TCSP/TCTP Panel = One Tube
5.29 Page 3 Rev.30

DETAILING MANUAL
5.8 Outside foam closure (With single skin & TCSP Panels only)
Usage : for sealing some gap between the lower part of the window frame with the outer
skin of the wall panel to avoid water penetration due to wind.
Part Mark : For Single Skin refer Chapter 5.8, paragraph 2.5
For Tempcon (TCSP) Panel = 01-0606
Qty = 2 Nos.
5.9 Inside foam closure (With single skin & TCSP Panels only)
Usage : for sealing some gap between the upper part of the window frame with the outer
skin of the wall panel to avoid water penetration due to wind pressure.
Qty = 2 Nos.
5.10 Frame Trim (03-0614) (only for TCSP/TCTP Panels)

Usage : To cover the gap between the window and the inner skin of the tempcon wall
panel.
Qty : = One for 1000x1000 windows & 1.5 for other std sizes.
5.11 Edge Trim (03-0311) (only for Type-Dx/Ex panels)

Usage : To close the edge of panel all around.
Qty : = Total edge length to cover / length of trim.
5.12 Sheeting Angle (only for single skin panel)

Part mark: 06-0280 for 1000mm wide windows &
06-0281 for 1500mm wide windows.
Usage : To support the window frame.
Qty : = One No
For Windows at blockwall following items shall be billed out:

Usage : for sealing all around the window to avoid water penetration.
Qty : = One Tube
5.14 Fixing Screws CS-5.5x45 (01-0482-00) / (SS-5.5x50 (01-0460-00) [for partial blockwall
only]
Usage : for fixing the window frame to FO members.
Qty : = 4 Nos (for 1000mm wide windows)
= 6 Nos (for 1500mm wide windows)
5.29 Page 4
Rev.30
DETAILING MANUAL
Note: The following table shows the available packages that can be used for billing out windows.
The packages are automatically exploded into its components once it is inserted in the BOM.
Wall panel type / Package Number

Size (W x H)
wall condition Saudi Egypt Vietnam
1000 x 1000 WD-0003S WD-0003E WD-0003V
Type-S 1000 x 1500 WD-0021S WD-0021E WD-0021V
1500 x 1000 WD-0026S WD-0026E WD-0026V
1000 x 1000 WD-0004S - -
Type-R 1000 x 1500 WD-0031S - -
1500 x 1000 WD-0032S - -
1000 x 1000 WD-0005S WD-0005E WD-0005V
TCSP-75 / 85 / 100 1000 x 1500 WD-0022S WD-0022E WD-0022V
1500 x 1000 WD-0027S WD-0027E WD-0027V
1000 x 1000 WD-0006S WD-0006E WD-0006V
TCTP-60 1000 x 1500 WD-0023S WD-0023E WD-0023V
1500 x 1000 WD-0028S WD-0028E WD-0028V
1000 x 1000 WD-0046S WD-0046E WD-0046V
Type-Dx/Ex 1000 x 1500 WD-0047S WD-0047E WD-0047V
1500 x 1000 WD-0048S WD-0048E WD-0048V
1000 x 1000 WD-0007S WD-0007E WD-0007V
@ Partial blockwall 1000 x 1500 WD-0024S WD-0024E WD-0024V
1500 x 1000 WD-0029S WD-0029E WD-0029V
1000 x 1000 WD-0008S WD-0008E WD-0008V
@ Full blockwall 1000 x 1500 WD-0025S WD-0025E WD-0025V
1500 x 1000 WD-0030S WD-0030E WD-0030V
• For packages of Liner accessories for Windows refer to Section 5.11 Liners chapter.
Example: Following is the Bill Of Material for 1 no. of Window with Type –S as wall panel.
Color of panel is Cactus Green (color code = 07) and XRW.
Unit Total
Part Mark Qty Description Length
Wt. Wt.
01-0099-07 12.0 POP RIVET CARBON STEEL 0.000 0.01 0.12
01-0480-07 10.0 SCREW SELF DRILL CS-4.8X16 (@ WALL) 0.016 0.01 0.10
01-0605-00 2.0 INSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FOR TYPE S PANEL 1.000 0.01 0.02
1000x1000 ALUM. WINDOW W/ STEEL FRAME
03-0615-07 1.0 1.000 29.60 29.60
ASSLY(FOR SINGLE SKIN & TCSP)
Note: This B.O.M. does not include the 5% extra, this should be added at the end of each sub-
area.
5.29 Page 5 Rev.30

DETAILING MANUAL
Louvers
1. Description
1.1 Zamil Steel louvers are used to provide natural air flow into a building. Louvers are
generally used in industrial and storage buildings. They form a part of the ventilation
system that is often required to reduce buildup of dust, vapor and heat inside buildings to
practical levels. The use of louvers, suitably positioned in the perimeter walls of a
building, in combination with roof ventilators provides continuous circulation of natural
air and creates a healthier atmosphere for the building occupants.
1.2 Zamil Steel supplies Standard louvers in two types:

a) Adjustable Steel Louvers
b) Fixed Steel Louvers
1.3 Adjustable louvers are made of the same material and colors with that of the wall
panels and are specifically designed to fit Zamil Steel's wall panels. Standard adjustable
louvers are available for all Zamil Steel buildings. Adjustable louvers are equipped with
a lever to open, close (tight), or set at any position in between. The louver blades operate
in unison and form a tight closure. Bird screen is also provided. Standard adjustable
louvers are available in only one size: 1000 mm wide x 1000 mm high.
5.29 Page 6 Rev.27

DETAILING MANUAL
1.4 Fixed Louvers are also made of the same material and colors with that of the standard
wall panels. Fixed louvers are available in 3 standard sizes:
a) 1000mm wide x 1000mm high,
b) 1000mm wide x 1500mm high,
c) 1500mm wide x 1000mm high.
1.4 Louvers can be installed either at base (Figure-1) or girt (Figure-2) level of a fully
sheeted building (at sidewalls, endwalls or both). For buildings with partial and full
blockwalls (see Figure-3 and Figure-4), standard erection details should be inserted to
show how the louver is fixed/installed. Note that steel louvers shall be installed with the
louver frame to start and end at the flat surface of the wall panels as shown in the
erection details.
Figure – 01
5.29 Page 7
Rev.27
DETAILING MANUAL
Figure - 02
Figure - 03
Figure - 04
5.29 Page 8 Rev.27

DETAILING MANUAL
2. Availability
2.1 The following table shows the standard steel louvers part mark available in 0.5 mm
thick, XRW, and in all standard colors:
Adjustable
Wall panel type / Fixed Louver (Size W x H)
louver
wall condition
1000 x 1000 1000x1000 1000x1500 1500x1000
Single Skin and
03-0612 03-0610 03-0633 03-0636
TCSP
TCTP & Type-Dx/Ex 03-0613 03-0611 03-0634 03-0637
At full blockwall or
partial blockwall with 03-0617 03-0632 03-0635 03-0638
any Panel
Note: Louvers with Aluminum or 0.7 mm steel shall be billed as special/non-standard
part mark.
3.1 Select the appropriate erection detail from the following table and insert them in the
respective wall sheeting elevations.
Edrive standard details

Type of wall panel At Base At Partial Full
At Girt level
level blockwall Blockwall
Single Skin Panel WLE-041 WLE-042 WLE-052
Tempcon (TCSP) Panel WLE-036 WLE-035 WLE-054
WLE-044
Tempcon (TCTP) Panel WLE-038 WLE-037 WLE-053
Type-Dx/Ex Panel WLE-055 WLE-056 WLE-057
• If the louver is located at sheeted area, girts are required at top & bottom of the
louver at a distance of 75mm and if the louver is located at base, girt required at top
of the louver at a distance of 75mm and the louver will be located 75mm above the
base (refer to the respective erection details).
• For louvers at partial blockwall, framed openings shall be provided to fix the louver.
Insert the following framed opening details also in this case.
Panel type Erection detail

Single skin FOE-010
TCSP FOE-011
TCTP FOE-012
Type-Dx/Ex FOE-022
5.29 Page 9 Rev.30

DETAILING MANUAL
4. Shop Drawings
4.1 The shop drawings are not required for adjustable and fixed louvers.
5. Billing Out
5.1 Bill out Steel Louver as per required quantity. See table in paragraph 2.1 of this Section
(louvers) for part marks.
(The following quantities of items are used for One Unit of Louver only at the specified
wall panel):
5.2 Stitch Screws CS-4.8x16 (01-0480-XX) / SS-4.8x20 (01-0454-00) (XX = denotes

color of wall panel)
Usage : for stitching bottom part of louver frame to the single skin wall panel.
Usage : for stitching top and bottom part of louver frame to the tempcon wall panel.
Qty :
For Single Skin Panel = 5 Nos (for 1000mm wide louvers)
= 7 Nos (for 1500mm wide louvers)
For TCSP/TCTP/Type-Dx/Ex Panel = 10 Nos (for 1000mm wide louvers)
Note : For Type-Dx/Ex Panels pop rivets shall be used in place of stitch screws.
5.3 Fixing Screws CS-5.5x25 (01-0481-XX) / SS-5.5x28 (01-0451-00) (XX = denotes

color of wall panel) [for single skin panels only]
Usage : for fixing top part of louver frame to the single skin wall panel.
Qty : = 5 Nos (for 1000mm wide louvers)
5.4 Fixing Screws CS-5.5x25 (01-0481-00) / (SS-5.5x28 (01-0451-00) [for single skin
panels only]
Usage : for fixing the sheeting angle to the girt

Qty : = 5 Nos (for 1000mm wide louvers)
5.5 Pop Rivet CS-4.8x8 (01-0099-XX) / SS-4.8x8 (01-0096-00) (XX = denotes color of
wall panel)
Usage : for fixing left and right portion of the louver frame to the outer skin of wall
panel.
Qty : With Single Skin/TCSP/TCTP Panels = 12 Nos (for 1000 high louvers)
= 16 Nos (for 1500 high louvers)
5.29 Page 10 Rev.30

DETAILING MANUAL
5.6 Pop Rivet CS-4.8x8 (01-0099-05) / SS-4.8x8 (01-0096-00) (05 = denotes frost white
color to match inner skin of tempcon wall panel) [ only for tempcon panels ]
Usage : for fixing louver frame trim around the back of the louver frame to the inner
skin of tempcon wall.
Qty : With Tempcon (TCSP/TCTP) Panel = 16 Nos (for 1000x1000 louver)

= 20 Nos (for other std sizes)

Usage : for sealing all around the louver frame with the outer skin of the wall panel
and other joints to avoid water.
Qty : For Single Skin/TCSP/TCTP Panel = One Tube
5.8 Outside foam closure (with single skin & TCSP Panels only)
Usage : for sealing some gap between the lower part of the louver frame with the
outer skin of the wall panel to avoid water penetration due to wind.
Qty = 2 Nos.
5.9 Inside foam closure (with single skin & TCSP Panels only)
Usage : for sealing some gap between the upper part of the louver frame with the
outer skin of the wall panel to avoid water penetration due to wind.
Qty = 2 Nos.
5.10 Closure Trim (for tempcon panels only)

Usage : To cover the exposed area of the polyurethane foam of the tempcon panel
just below the louver.
Wall panel type Part Mark

TCSP-75 03-0568
TCSP-85 03-0559
TCSP-100 03-0569
TCTP-60 03-0567
Qty : 0.4 for 1000mm wide louvers & 0.5 for 1500mm wide louvers.
5.29 Page 11 Rev.27

DETAILING MANUAL
5.11 Louver Frame Trim (03-0614) [only for tempcon panels]

Usage : To cover the gap between the louver and the inner skin of the tempcon wall
panel.
Qty : One for 1000x1000 louvers & 1.5 for other std sizes.
5.12 Edge Trim (03-0311) (only for Type-Dx/Ex panels)

Usage : To close the edge of panel all around.
Qty : Total edge length to cover / length of trim.
5.13 Sheeting Angle [only for single skin panels]
Part mark:
06-0280 for 1000mm wide louvers &
06-0281 for 1500mm wide louvers.
Usage : To support the louver frame.
Qty : One No
For louvers at blockwall followings items shall be billed out
5.14 Sheeting Angles

Usage : To support the louver frame around the blockwall.
Bill out the angles as follows:

a) 1000x1000 Windows :
Part mark 06-0711 – 4 nos.
b) 1000x1500 or 1500x1000 Windows :

Part mark 06-0711 – 2 nos + Part mark 06-0712 – 2 nos.

Usage : for sealing all around the louver to avoid water penetration.
Qty : = One Tube
5.16 Pop Rivet CS-4.8x8 (01-0099-00) / SS-4.8x8 (01-0096-00)

Usage : for fixing louver frame to the sheeting angle all around.
Qty : = 20 Nos. for 1000x1000 louvers & 25 Nos for other std sizes.
5.17 Fixing Screws CS-5.5x25 (01-0481-00) / (SS-5.5x28 (01-0451-00) [for partial

blockwall only]
Usage : for fixing the sheeting angle to the FO members
Qty : = 15 Nos. for 1000x1000 louvers & 20 Nos for other std sizes
5.29 Page 12 Rev.30

DETAILING MANUAL
Note: The following table shows the available packages that can be used for billing out Steel
louvers. The packages are automatically exploded into its components once it is inserted in the
BOM.
1000x1000
Wall panel type / 1000x1000 1000x1500 1500x1000
Adjustable
wall condition Fixed Louver Fixed Louver Fixed Louver
Louver
Type-R LU-0001S* LU-0021S* LU-0031S* LU-0041S*
Type-S LU-0002A LU-0022A LU-0032A LU-0042A
TCSP-75 LU-0003A LU-0023A LU-0033A LU-0043A
TCTP-60 LU-0005A LU-0026A LU-0036A LU-0046A
Type-Dx/Ex LU-0066A LU-0067A LU-0068A LU-0069A
@ Full blockwall LU-0009A LU-0027A LU-0037A LU-0047A
@ Partial blockwall LU-0010A LU-0028A LU-0038A LU-0048A
* For Saudi Factory only
• For packages of Liner accessories for Louvers refer to Section 5.11 Liners chapter.
Example: Following is the Bill Of Material for 10 nos. of Steel Adjustable Louver with
Tempcon TCSP-75 as wall panel at girt level. Color of panel is Cactus Green (color code = 07)
and XRW.
Unit Total
Part Mark Qty Description Length
Wt. Wt.
01-0480-07 100.0 SCREW SELF DRILL CS-4.8X16 (@ WALL) 0.016 0.01 1.00
01-0605-00 20.0 INSIDE FOAM CLOSURE FOR TYPE S PANEL 1.000 0.01 0.20
03-0568-22 4.0 CLOSURE TRIM 3.550 2.09 8.36
03-0612-07 10.0 ADJUSTABLE LOUVER 1000X1000 MM (STEEL) 0.000 16.17 161.70
03-0614-22 10.0 LOUVER FRAME TRIM 3.050 0.74 7.40
Note: This B.O.M. does not include the 5% extra, this should be added at the end of each sub-
area.
5.29 Page 13
Rev.27
DETAILING MANUAL
Section 5.30: Sign Board
Sign Board:
1. Description:
1.1 Sign Board is a 1mm aluminum board having the Zamil logo fixed to a steel frame,
which is supported by the stand.
1.2 The sign board should be supplied whenever requested in the CIF.
2. Erection:
2.1 The erector should erect the sign board as per the steps shown in drawing # ABE-201
(for GCC countries only) or #ABE-202 (for all other countries).
UP
Y
BL
EM
SS
A
D
AR
BO
IGN
SS
T HI
E
RA IS
www.ZamilSteel.com
ABE-201 ABE-202
3. Shop Detail:
3.1 Standard shop drawing of Sign Board assembly # 30-0262-01 (for GCC countries only)
and # 30-0263-01 (for all other countries) shows the details of how to fabricate and
shop assemble the board.
ww w.ZamilS teel.co m www.Z am ilSteel.com
30-0262-01 30-0263-01
4. Billing Out:
4.1 For GCC countries Engineering to bill out part # 30-0262-01 (sign board assembly)
along with the anchor bolts bill of material or with the building bill of material as
mentioned in the CIF. For countries other than GCC, Engineering to bill out part
# 30-0263-01.
4.2 Engineering to add one copy of erection drawing # ABE-201 to the transmittal form
when the building is issued for construction in GCC countries. For countries other than
GCC, use # ABE-202.
Rev.13
5.30 Page 1
DETAILING MANUAL
Section 5.31 : Curved Eave
1. Description:
1.1 Eave is the intersection of roof and sidewall steel lines. In standard buildings, the
arrangement at eave is described in the earlier section, in which the rainwater falling on the
roof is collected in eave gutter and drained to the floor through downspout.
1.2 Curved panel can be used at eave to eliminate the use of eave gutter and eave trim. This
concept of using curved panel at eave is called Curved Eave. The main advantage of using
curved eave is to enhance architectural appearance of the building.
1.3 Curved panel can follow the roof and sidewall steel lines or it can be projected outside the
sidewall steel line by 185mm. Different arrangements of curved eave are discussed below.
Curved eave condition is divided in to 4 catagories. They are :
1. Curved eave without projection & without valley gutter.
2. Curved eave with projection & without valley gutter.
3. Curved eave without projection & with valley gutter.
4. Curved eave with projection & with valley gutter.
1.4 Curved panel is manufactured from standard panels with inside radius of 500 mm. Curving
is done by bending the panel with consequent strokes of press brake.
Rev.20
5.31 Page 1
DETAILING MANUAL
2. Availability
2.1 Curved panel is available based on the curving die set availability of the press brake used
for bending the panel. Our standard bending radius is always 500 mm. This is obtained by
braking the panel at an interval of certain degrees called DIE ANGLES (refer to section
5.32 – Curved panels, for details) between brakes. Each brake is named a stroke. The
spacing between the strokes is fixed for each panel type and this result in the fixed radius of
500mm.
2.2 The available curved panel types are :
Type-A, Type-S & Type-R.
For tempcon panels the curved panel at eave will be single skin which will be same type of
the exterior skin and fiberglass insulation will be provided below the curved panel with
insulation straps. Refer to paragraph 5.8 of this section for more details.
2.3 The curved panel type should be always the same as that of the roof panel. In Curved Eave
without projection, both Roof & Wall panels should be of the same type.
3. Erection Drawing
3.1 Cross section Erection Drawing :-
5.31 Page 2 Rev.22

DETAILING MANUAL
a) The curved eave steel line should be shown in the cross section drawing. The
projected girt also should be shown in the case of curved eave with projection.
b) Select relevant erection detail and add to the cross section erection drawing.
Curved Eave Condition
Sheeting Without projection With projection

Location
Condition
Without Valley With Without Valley With
Gutter Valley Gutter Gutter Valley Gutter
Single Skin SHE-201 SHE-202 SHE-207 SHE-208
Near Side Eave Insulation SHE-203 SHE-204 SHE-209 SHE-210
Tempcon SHE-205 SHE-206 SHE-211 SHE-212
Single Skin SHE-221 SHE-222 SHE-227 SHE-228
Far Side Eave Insulation SHE-223 SHE-224 SHE-229 SHE-230
Tempcon SHE-225 SHE-226 SHE-231 SHE-232
High side Eave Single Skin SHE-213 -- SHE-216 --
(for Insulation SHE-214 -- SHE-217 --
Monoslope) Tempcon SHE-215 -- SHE-218 --
Sample erection detail
c) The top girt used for curved eave with projection is to be reversed.
d) Use Zee clip ( 05-0164 ) for holding the girt used for projection. If this clip is fouling
with the mainframe splice, shift the girt location above or below the splice to ensure
perfect connection with mainframe. The detailer can also make non-standard Zee clip;
the designer should approve the shape & dimension of this clip.
5.31 Page 3 Rev.20

DETAILING MANUAL
e) Calculate first purlin & girt distance from eave and show the dimensions in the
erection details. Following is the procedure to calculate distances.
(Sketch-A)
(Sketch-B)
5.31 Page 4 Rev.22

DETAILING MANUAL
(Sketch-C)
(Sketch-D)
Where :
Standard value for “X1” & “Y1” is 100mm & “Y1” can be minimum of 25mm.
If purlin or girt falls in splice point or interference with any other member, you can
increase (X1 or Y1) dimension to clear the interference.
“TR / TW” is foam thickness of Roof / Sidewall panel (in case of tempcon).
E.g. TR / TW for Single Skin = 0mm, TR / TW for TCSP75mm = 75 – 34 = 41,
TR for TCMP60 = 60.
Rev.22
5.31 Page 5
DETAILING MANUAL
3.2 Sidewall Elevation :-
a) Use Drip Trim ( 03-0367 ) in the case of curved eave with projection. Refer to sample
erection detail in paragraph 3.1 a. of this section.
b) Use the following Eave Closure trim for curved eave with projection.
1) 03-0565 - For Type-A wall panel.
2) 03-0564 - For all other Single Skin panels.
3) For Tempcon wall panels create non standard part mark.
Refer to sample erection detail in paragraph 3.1 a. of this section.
3.3 Roof Sheeting Plan :-
a) Layout of Curved Panel shall be shown in roof sheeting plan.
b) If roof sheeting is single skin panel, Use Valley gutter ( 03-0770 ) and closure trim
( 03-0566 ) for the case of curved eave with valley gutter. If roof sheeting is
TCSP/TCMP panel, use valley gutter ( 03-0785 ) and closure trim ( 03-0566 ).
Rev.22
5.31 Page 6
DETAILING MANUAL
3.4 Endwall Framing Elevation :-
1. P&B Endwall Condition.

a) For Curved Eave with projection use girt clip ( 05-0163 ) to connect sidewall
projected girt to endwall corner column.
b) For Curved Eave without projection use girt clip ( 05-0403 ) to connect sidewall
girt to endwall corner column.
2. R.F Endwall Condition.

Endwall girt is to be connected to sidewall girt by standard girt clip ( 05-0104 ).
3. Select relevant erection detail and add to the endwall framing elevation drawing.
a) Curved eave without projection (With Flush Endwall Girts)
Post And Beam Endwall Rafter ( Rafter @ Endwall Column Center

Endwall Column
Line With Continuous Connection To Endwall Column)
Type
] 200 ][ 200 ] 300 ][ 300 H.R B.U
] 200 EWE-771 EWE-772 EWE-773 EWE-774 - -
][ 200 EWE-775 EWE-776 EWE-777 EWE-778 - -
] 300 Corner EWE-779 EWE-780 EWE-781 EWE-782 - -
H.R EWE-787 EWE-788 EWE-789 EWE-790 EWE-791 EWE-792
B.U EWE-793 EWE-794 EWE-795 EWE-796 EWE-797 EWE-798
] 200 EWE-801 EWE-802 EWE-803 EWE-804 - -
Mono- EWE-805 EWE-806 EWE-807 EWE-808 - -
][ 200
Slope
] 300 EWE-809 EWE-810 EWE-811 EWE-812 - -
Highside
][ 300 EWE-813 EWE-814 EWE-815 EWE-816 - -
Corner
H.R Column EWE-817 EWE-818 EWE-819 EWE-820 EWE-821 EWE-822

Endwall Column
Line With Pinned Connection To Endwall Column)
Type
] 200 ][ 200 ] 300 ][ 300 H.R B.U
] 200 EWE-831 EWE-832 EWE-833 EWE-834 - -
][ 200 EWE-835 EWE-836 EWE-837 EWE-838 - -
] 200 EWE-861 EWE-862 EWE-863 EWE-864 - -
Mono- EWE-865 EWE-866 EWE-867 EWE-868 - -
][ 200
Slope
] 300 EWE-869 EWE-870 EWE-871 EWE-872 - -
Highside
][ 300 EWE-893 EWE-874 EWE-875 EWE-876 - -
Corner
5.31 Page 7 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
b) Curved eave with projection (With Flush Endwall Girts)

Endwall Column Line With Continuous Connection To Endwall Column)
Type
] 200 ][ 200 ] 300 ][ 300 H.R B.U
] 200 EWE-651 EWE-652 EWE-653 EWE-654 - -
][ 200 EWE-655 EWE-656 EWE-657 EWE-658 - -
] 200 EWE-681 EWE-682 EWE-683 EWE-684 - -
][ 200 Mono- EWE-685 EWE-686 EWE-687 EWE-688 - -
] 300 Slope EWE-689 EWE-690 EWE-691 EWE-692 - -
Highside
][ 300 Corner EWE-693 EWE-694 EWE-695 EWE-696 - -

Endwall Column Line With Pinned Connection To Endwall Column)
Type
] 200 ][ 200 ] 300 ][ 300 H.R B.U
] 200 EWE-711 EWE-712 EWE-713 EWE-714 - -
][ 200 EWE-715 EWE-716 EWE-717 EWE-718 - -
] 200 EWE-741 EWE-742 EWE-743 EWE-744 - -
][ 200 Mono- EWE-745 EWE-746 EWE-747 EWE-748 - -
] 300 Slope EWE-749 EWE-750 EWE-751 EWE-752 - -
Highside
][ 300 Corner EWE-753 EWE-754 EWE-755 EWE-756 - -
5.31 Page 8 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
c) Curved eave without projection (With By-Pass Endwall Girts)

Type
] 200 ][ 200 ] 300 ][ 300 H.R B.U
H.R Low side EWE-475 EWE-476 EWE-477 EWE-478 EWE-479 EWE-480

Corner
B.U Column EWE-481 EWE-482 EWE-483 EWE-484 EWE-485 EWE-486
H.R High side EWE-487 EWE-488 EWE-489 EWE-490 EWE-491 EWE-492

Corner
d) Curved eave with projection (With By-Pass Endwall Girts)

Type
] 200 ][ 200 ] 300 ][ 300 H.R B.U
H.R Low side EWE-451 EWE-452 EWE-453 EWE-454 EWE-455 EWE-456

Corner
H.R High side EWE-463 EWE-464 EWE-465 EWE-466 EWE-467 EWE-448

Corner
3.5 Endwall Sheeting Elevation :-
5.31 Page 9 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
Sample Endwall Sheeting Elevation
1. Gable Detail : Select the relevant gable detail from the table given below and add to the
endwall sheeting erection drawing.
Roof Panel Wall Panel

Detail
type type
Any Single
Type-A SHE-247
skin
Any Single
Type-R SHE-249
skin
Any Single
Type-S SHE-251
skin
Type-
Type-S SHE-269
Dx/Ex
Sample detail
5.31 Page 10 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
2. Corner Detail: Select the relevant corner detail from the table below and add to the
endwall sheeting erection drawing for curved eave without projection.
Wall Panel
Detail
type
Type-A SHE-252
Type-R SHE-255
Type-S SHE-256
Type-Dx/Ex SHE-402
Sample detail
3. Detail @ Gable & Eave corner:
a) Curved Eave with Projection :

Gable corner Detail shall be inserted. For single skin wall panel insert the detail
SHE-245 & for Type-Dx/Ex insert the detail SHE-268.
The following trims are used at endwall as shown in the above detail:
1) Special gable trim ( Refer E:\TRS-025 for Shape ).
2) Special curved corner trim ( Refer E:\TRS-027 for Shape ).
3) Outside corner trim up to the level of projected eave as per the standard eave
condition practice.
4) Special closure trim ( Refer E:\TRS-026 for Shape ) to cover the gap at curved
eave at endwall.
5.31 Page 11 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
b) Curved Eave without Projection :
Detail E:\SHE-246 to be always inserted.
The following trims are used at endwall as shown in the above detail:
1) Special gable trim ( Refer E:\TRS-025 for Shape ).
2) Curved corner trim ( Refer E:\TRS-027 for shape ) as in the same shape of gable
trim. The dimensions of curved corner trim should be 1mm less than the
dimension of gable trim so as to enable it to lap inside Gable trim.
3) Outside corner trim ( Refer E:\TRS-028 ) that has the same shape of curved
corner trim. The dimensions of outside corner trim should be 1mm less than the
dimensions of curved corner trim so as to enable it to lap inside curved corner
trim.
4) Special spacer trim ( Refer E:\TRS-030 for shape ) to adjust the thickness of
wall panel for fixing the outside corner trim. The outside corner trim will be
screwed to the spacer trim & spacer trim will be fixed to endwall sheeting.
4. Shop Drawings:
4.1 Shop sketch for curved panel to be given.
Refer to the Section 5.32 Curved Panels, for the details of Curved Panels. The procedure
for making shop sketch for curved panels are explained in that Section.
5.31 Page 12 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
4.2 Shop sketch for Eave Closure trim to be given. To make shop sketch use the E-drive
Template TRS-024. Calculate the trim dimensions as follows,
X = 185 – T1
Where,
T1= thickness of wall panel
(E.g. T1 = 25 for Type-A panel.
T1= 75 for TCSP-75mm
T1 = 94 for TCMP-60mm
with Type-S outer panel)
4.3 Shop sketch for Gable trim to be given. To make shop sketch use the E-drive Template
TRS-025. Calculate the trim dimensions as follows.
T2 = Thickness of Roof panel.

( In the case of Tempcon panels
T2 = 34mm ie the panel
Thick ofouter skin
Type-S panel)
M = 25 + T1 + G + K + 10.
Where,
T1 is the wall panel thickness,

G is start/end distance of roof
K is the distance from
Start/end of sheeting @
roof to the next flat surface
of Roof panel.
4.4 Shop sketch for Curved Corner trim for Endwall to be given. To make shop sketch use the
E-drive Template TRS-027.
a) The curved corner trim is an assembly of 6 individual items using pop rivets. Flowable
mastic is applied on the joints. Refer the sketches below.
5.31 Page 13 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
b) The details of each item are described in the following sketches.
c) All the required dimensions shall be calculated as follows:
T2 = Thickness of Roof panel. ( In the case of Tempcon panels T2 = 34mm

i.e. the panel thickness of outer skin Type-S panel)
5.31 Page 14 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
N = 25 + T1 + G + K + 10 – 1
Where,
G is start/end distance of roof Sheeting from steel line,
K is the distance from Start/end of sheeting @ roof to the next flat
surface of Roof panel.
(Refer to the sketch of gable trim in paragraph 4.3)
= “M” dimension of gable trim – 1
Y = Straight length @ wall side

[ equal to S2 dimension of curved panel, refer sketch-E ].
Z = Straight length @ roof side [ standard value is 100 ].

R = 500 + TT
R1 = R – 150
R2 = R – 58
d) The size of each item shall be calculated as follows:
• To calculate the size of A1, B1 & C1 follow the sketches & formulae given below:
Case.1 (for low side eave)
The dimensions Y, Z, V and the

angle D are known from the
previous calculations and A is the
outside radius.
θ = roof slope in degrees = (90-D)

B = A x Sin θ
C = A x Cos θ
E = Z x Sin θ
F = Z x Cos θ
H = V x Sin θ
L = Y+C+E
W = A–B+F+H
Rev.31
5.31 Page 15
DETAILING MANUAL
Case.2 (for high side eave)
The dimensions Y, Z and the angle D

are known from the previous
calculations and A is the outside
radius.
θ = roof slope in degrees = (D-90)

B = A x Sin θ
F = Z x Cos θ
L = Y+A
W = A+B+F
• The size of D1
Width = N + 12 + 12
Length = (2 x π x R x D / 360) + Y + Z
• The size of E1
Width = 12 + 25 + 12 = 39
Length = (2 x π x R1 x D / 360) + Y + Z
• The sizes of F1
Width = 12 + 12 = 24
Length = (2 x π x 500 x D / 360) + Y + Z
e) Qty of the pop rivets = (Length of D1 / 25) x 5
f) Qty of the flowable mastic = (Length of D1 x 10) / 6000
g) Qty, description & weight of the items A1, B1, C1, D1, E1, F1, Pop rivets & flowable
mastics shall be put in the BOM table of the part sketch.
• If YY & ZZ dimensions are not equal, the curved corner trim at near side and farside
eave will be Opposite hand to each other. Separate part sketch shall be made by
interchanging the YY & ZZ dimensions for the opposite handed part.
Sample of a curved corner trim part ketch is given below:
5.31 Page 16 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
4.5 Shop sketch for outside corner trim for building with curved eave without projection to be
given. To make shop sketch use the E-drive Template TRS-028. Calculate the trim
dimension as follows:
T = Thickness of roof/wall panel
( in the case of Tempcon panels T = 34mm
ie the panel thick of outer skin Type-S
panel )
P = 25 + T1 + G + K + 10 – 2 or
= (“M” dimension of gable trim – 2)
Where,
G is start/end distance of wall/roof
K is the distance from
Start/end of sheeting @
Wall/roof to the next flat surface
of wall/roof panel.
• For curved eave without projection, roof and
wall sheeting type & start/end of sheeting @
roof and wall will be same.
Rev.31
5.31 Page 17
DETAILING MANUAL
4.6 Shop sketch for endwall eave closure trim to be given. To make shop sketch use the E-
drive Template TRS-026. Calculate the trim dimension as follows:
T1 = Wall panel thick ( in the case

Of Tempcon panels T1 = 34mm ie the panel
thick of outer skin Type-S panel )
Q = T1 x 1.414
Dimension D1 shall be sufficient to meet the

sheeting gap for panels.
• Length should be sufficient to cover the

curved portion.
4.7 For curved eave without projection shop sketch for spacer trim for endwall to be given. To
make shop sketch use the E-drive Template TRS-030. Calculate the trim dimension as
follows:
T1 = Wall panel thick ( in the case

of Tempcon panels T1 = 34mm ie the panel
thickness of outer skin Type-S panel ).
Dimension 115 is kept constant because this will

meet the maximum sheeting gap condition for all
types of panels.
• Length & quantity shall be same as Outside

Corner trim.
4.8 Shop sketch for special peak box to match with the profile of gable trim shall be given.
Use E:\TRS-905 to detail the special peak box.
5. Billing out
5.1 Sidewall framing :-
• Sidewall girts, bracing & accessories with suitable bolts & nuts shall billed out as per
the standard procedure. The additional items required for the buildings with curved
eave are listed below:
5.31 Page 18 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
Curved Eave with Projection.
a) Sidewall projected girt & machine bolts to connect the girt shall be billed with sidewall
framing like any other girt according to the lap condition.
b) Zee clip ( 05-0164 ) for connecting the projected girt to every main frame location.
Qty = no. of mainframe grids
c) Mild Steel Bolts M12x35 ( 01-0760-00 ) & Nuts ( 01-0770-00 ) to fix the clip with
main frame. Qty = 2 for each clip.
d) Sheeting angle ( 06-0206 ) along the length of girt used for projection.
Qty = building length / 3000.
e) Fixing screws CS-5.5x25 (01-0481-00) / SS-5.5x28 (01-0451-00) to fix the sheeting

angle with projected girt @ every 500 c/c.
Qty = (building length / 500) + 1
Curved Eave without Projection.
• There are no additional items to be billed for curved eave without projection other than
standard buildings.
5.2 Sidewall Sheeting :-
Curved Eave with Projection.
a) Drip trim ( 03-0367 ) along the length of building.

Qty = building length / (length of the trim-50).
b) Eave closure trim ( 03-0565 for type-A panel & 03-0564 for all other single skin
panels) along the length of building.
Non standard closure trim shall be billed for buildings with Tempcon wall panels.
Length of the trim shall be up to 3600mm.
c) Stitch screws CS-4.8x16 ( 01-0480 ) / SS-4.8x20 ( 01-0454 ) to fix eave closure trim
@ every panel module.
Qty = [(building length / panel module) +1]
Note : For Type-Dx/Ex wall panels, pop rivets shall be used in place of stitch screws.
d) Suitable Inside Foam closure for curved panel at drip trim along the length of
building.
Qty = no of curved panels.
5.31 Page 19 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
e) Suitable Outside Foam closure for wall panel at eave closure trim along the length of
building.
Qty = no of sidewall panel runs.
Curved Eave without Projection.
• There are no additional items to be billed for curved eave without projection other than
standard buildings.
5.3 Roof Sheeting :-
• Curved Eave panel with special part mark to be billed with roof sheeting for all types
of curved eave.
With Valley gutter
a) Valley gutter & accessories.
Bill Valley gutter as per requirement.

Refer to the Chapter 5.10 for procedure for billing valley gutter & accessories.
b) Closure trim ( 03-0566 ) at valley gutter along the length of roof.

Qty = [building length / (length of the trim-50)] x no. of valley lines.
c) Inside foam closures for the roof panels at valley gutter.

Qty = no of roof panel runs x 2, at each line of valley gutter.
d) Stitch screws CS-4.8x16 ( 01-0470 ) / SS-4.8x20 ( 01-0454 ) for fixing the closure trim
03-0566 with the curved panel @ every high rib of the curved panel.
Qty = [(building length / panel module) + 1] per valley line.
e) Sheeting angle ( 06-0206 – for TCSP-75 & 06-0271 for TCSP-100 ) to fix the valley
gutter for buildings with Tempcon panels @ roof.
Qty = [(building length / length of the sheeting angle) x 2], at each line of valley gutter.
f) Fixing screws CS-5.5x25 ( 01-0481 ) / SS-5.5x28 ( 01-0451 ) @ 500 c/c also shall be
billed to connect the Sheeting angle to the purlin.
Qty = [(building length / 500) +1] x 2 per valley line.
5.31 Page 20 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
Without Valley gutter
a) Sheeting angle ( 06-0206 – for TCSP-75 & 06-0271 for TCSP-100 ) to fix the curved
panel @ roof for buildings with Tempcon panels @ roof.
Qty = (building length / length of the sheeting angle) at one side.
b) Fixing screws CS-5.5x25 ( 01-048 1 ) / SS-5.5x28 ( 01-0451 ) @ 500 c/c to fix the
Sheeting angle to the purlin.
Qty = [(building length / 500) +1] at one side.
• There are no additional items to be billed for curved eave without valley gutter for
single skin panels @ roof other than standard buildings.
5.5 Endwall framing :-
Curved eave with Projection:
a) Girt clip ( 05-0163 ) for connecting the sidewall projected girt to the endwall corner
column.
Qty = 1 per corner.
b) Mild Steel Bolts M12x35 (01-0760-00) & Nuts (01-0770-00) to connect the girt clip
with endwall corner column.
Qty = 2 for each clip.
• Sheeting clip ( 05-0106 ) is not required for the projected girt.
Curved eave without Projection:
a) Standard endwall girt clip ( 05-0403 ) shall be used for connecting the top girt with
the endwall corner column like any other girt.
Qty = 1 per girt at endwall corner column.
5.6 Endwall Sheeting :-
1) Curved eave with Projection:
a) Special Gable trim with dimensions in as per paragraph 4.3.

Qty = building width / (length of the trim – 50).
b) Curved corner trim with the dimension as per paragraph 4.4.

Qty = 1 per corner.
5.31 Page 21 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
c) Endwall closure trim at the curved portion. Refer to paragraph 4.4 for details to
prepare shop sketch.
Qty = 1 per curved corner.
d) Special Peak box to match with the profile of gable trim. Use E-drive template
TRS-905 to detail the peak box.
Qty = 1 per Endwall.
e) Outside Corner trim shall be billed out as per the standard procedure.
2) Curved eave without Projection:
a) Special Gable trim with dimensions in as per paragraph 4.3.

Qty = building width / (length of the trim – 50).
b) Curved corner trim with the dimension as per paragraph 4.4.

Qty = 1 per corner.
c) Special Outside corner trim with the dimensions as per paragraph 4.5. Length
of the trim shall be up to 3600mm.
Qty = [building eave ht. / (Length of the trim – 50)] x 2 per endwall.
d) Special Peak box to match with the profile of gable trim. Use E-drive template
TRS-905 to detail the peak box.
Qty = 1 per Endwall.
e) Special Spacer trim with the dimensions as per paragraph 4.7. to cover the panel
rib thickness of endwall panel at Outside Corner trim.
Length & Qty will be same as Outside Corner trim.
f) Additional Stitch screws CS-4.8x16 ( 01-0480 ) / SS-4.8x20 ( 01-0454 ) @ 600

c/c for fixing the Outside Corner trim with spacer trim.
Qty = (eave ht. / 600) x 2 per endwall.
Note : For type-Dx/Ex wall panels, pop rivets (01-0099 / 01-0098) shall be used in
place of stitch screws.
5.7 Buildings with Roof Insulation:-
a) Insulation strap 100mm x 1.0/1.2* mm thk @ 1000mm c/c to prevent the sagging of
insulation roll shall be billed out with special part mark in normal building phase. The
length of the strap will be equal to the straight length of curved panel.
Qty = (building length with insulation / 1000) per eave.
* Thickness depends on availability at each factory.
5.31 Page 22 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
The strap can be billed out in BOM without providing the part sketch.
E.g.

03-1001-05 10 INSULATION STRAP 100mm X 1.2 THK (PLAIN) 1.183 1.14
5.8 Insulation below Curved Panel for buildings with Tempcon.
a) The buildings with Tempcon roof panels require Insulation under the curved eave
panel. Special buy-out request for the insulation roll shall be made and to be billed in
separate phase.
b) Other insulation materials & the insulation straps 100mm x 1.0/1.2* mm thk @
1000mm c/c to prevent the sagging of insulation roll shall be billed in normal building
phase.
Straps Qty = (building length / 1000) per eave.
* Thickness depends on availability at each factory.
5.31 Page 23 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
5.9 Downspouts:
• If downspouts are required curved eave conditions with valley gutter Engineering to
bill-out special downspouts to suit customer’s requirement. For valley gutters &
downspouts refer to section 5.10 of this chapter.
5.31 Page 24 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
Section 5.32 : Curved Panels
1. Curved Exterior Panels

Panel crimping machine is used to curve the panels. The machine bends the panel at fixed
intervals to get the curve. The panel will bend to a fixed angle at each stroke. This angle is
called stoke angle or Die angle (α). Die angle depends on the panel crimping machine and
the type of panel. Die angles for the different type of panels based on the machines at each
factory are shown below:
Die Angle (α) in degrees

Panel Type
Saudi Egypt / Vietnam
Type A 6
Type S 4.5 6
Type R 5
i) Ridge Panel
a) Use the template SHS-014 to prepare the shop sketch.

b) Refer to the following sketches to calculate the dimensions.
5.32 Page 1
DETAILING MANUAL
Let θ = Roof slope in degrees,
β =2xθ
Ao = Bend angle = β raised to the “next higher” multiple of α, since the
panel bends in multiple of α degrees. (Angle between the arc start &
end points.
Bo = Ao / 2
D1 = The purlin distance from the ridge point along the slope Bo.
Co = Angle between the arc start & bend start point = (α / 2) o
Do = Angle between the stroke (bending) start & end points = Ao – α
R = Radius of the bend = 500 mm.
T = Rib height of the panel.
D2 = T x Tan Bo
D3 = (R + T) x Tan Bo
D4 = D1 + D2 – D3
D5 = (R + T) x Tan Co
D6 = panel lap distance = 10 mm (min)
c) Calculate the No of strokes as follows:
No of strokes = A / α
o
d) Calculate the length of panel as follows:

L1 = D4 + D6
L2 = L1 + D5
L3 = π x (R+T) x Do
180
Length of panel = (2 x L2) + L3
e) Calculate the check length as follows:
C1 = (D1 + D6) x Cos Bo

Check Length = 2 x C1
5.32 Page 2
DETAILING MANUAL
f) INPUT REQUIRED FOR THE CRIMPING MACHINE AT SAUDI FACTORY FOR
THE PANELS TYPE “S” & “R”
1. Bend Angle = Ao
2. Inside Radius = R
3. Die Angle = αo
4. Pitch (Rib height) = T
g) Example for a typical Ridge panel shop sketch is shown below:
ii. Eave Panels

b) Refer to the following sketches to calculate the dimensions.
5.32 Page 3
DETAILING MANUAL
Detail at Low eave

β = 90 – θ
Ao = Bend Angle = β raised to the “next higher” multiple of α, since the
panel bends in multiple of α degrees. (Angle between the arc start &
end points).
Bo = 90 – Ao
X = The purlin distance from the work point along the slope Bo.
Y = The top Girt location from the work point
C = Angle between the arc start & bend start point = (α / 2) o
o

5.32 Page 4
DETAILING MANUAL
D1 = (T / Cos Bo) – (T x Tan Bo)
D2 = (R + T) / Cos Bo - (R + T) x Tan Bo
D4 = X + D1 – D2
D5 = Panel lap distance at roof = 140 mm (min)
D6 = Y + D1 – D2
D7 = Panel lap distance at wall = 75 mm (min)
Detail at high eave (mono slope buildings)

β = 90 + θ
Ao = β raised to the “next higher” multiple of α, since the panel bends in
multiple of α degrees. (Angle between the arc start & end points).
Bo = Ao – 90
Rev.23
5.32 Page 5
DETAILING MANUAL
Co = Angle between the arc start & bend start point = (α / 2) o
D1 = (T / Cos Bo) + (T x Tan Bo)

D2 = (R + T) / Cos Bo + (R + T) x Tan Bo
D4 = X + D1 – D2
D6 = Y + D1 – D2
c) Calculate the No of strokes as follows:
No of strokes = A / α
o
d) Calculate the length of panel as follows (use required sketches in previous pages).
L1 = D6 + D7
L2 = L1 + D3
L3 = D4 + D5
L4 = L3 + D3
L5 = π x (R+T) x Do
180
Length of panel = L2 + L4 + L5
e) Calculate the check length as follows.
E o = Tan-1 (L1 / R)
F o = Tan-1 (L3 / R)
Go = Eo+Fo+Ao
__________
C1 = R / Cos Eo or √ (L1)2 + (R)2
__________
C2 = R / Cos Fo
or √ (L3)2 + (R)2
_______________________
Check Length = √C12 + C22 - 2 C1xC2 Cos Go
f) INPUT REQUIRED FOR THE CRIMPING MACHINE AT SAUDI FACTORY FOR

THE PANELS TYPE “S” & “R”
5.32 Page 6
DETAILING MANUAL
1. Bend Angle = Ao
3. Die Angle = αo
4. Pitch (Rib height) = T
g) Example for a typical curved Eave panel shop sketch is shown below :
5.32 Page 7
DETAILING MANUAL
2. Curved Interior Panels

Panel crimping machine is used to curve the panels. The machine bends the panel at fixed
intervals to get the curve. The panel will bend to a fixed angle at each stroke. This angle is
called stoke angle or Die angle (α). Interior curved panels are only available at Saudi factory
for type S & R panels. Die angle (α) for various type of panels are as below:
Panel Type Die Angle (α) in degrees
Type R 4
Type S -
i) Inside Curved Eave panel.
b) Refer to the following sketches for calculating the dimensions.
Interior curve panel detail at low-side eave
5.32 Page 8
DETAILING MANUAL
β = 90 – θ
Ao = β raised to the next higher multiple of α, since the panel bends in
Bo = 90 – Ao
Co = Angle between the arc start & bend start point = α / 2 = 2o
D1 = (200 / Cos Bo) – (200 x Tan Bo)
D2 = (R / Cos Bo) – (R x Tan Bo)
D3 = R x Tan Co
D4 = X – D1 – D2
D6 = Y – D1 – D2
Interior curve panel detail at high-side eave (Mono slope bldgs)
5.32 Page 9
DETAILING MANUAL
β = 90 + θ
Bo = Ao – 90

D1 = (200 / Cos Bo) + (200 x Tan Bo)

D2 = (R / Cos Bo)+ (R x Tan Bo)
D3 = R x Tan Co
D4 = X – D1 – D2
D6 = Y – D1 – D2
c) Calculate the length of panel as follows (use required sketches in previous pages).
L1 = D6 + D7
L2 = L1 + D3
L3 = D4 + D5
L4 = L3 + D3
L5 = π x R x Do
180
Length of panel = L2 + L4 + L5
d) Calculate the check length as follows.
E o = Tan-1 (L1 / R–T)

F o = Tan-1 (L3 / R–T)
Go = Eo+Fo+Ao
5.32 Page 10
DETAILING MANUAL
____________
C1 = R–T / Cos E or √ (L1)2 + (R–T)2
o
_____________
C2 = R–T / Cos Fo
or √ (L3)2 + (R–T)2
_______________________
Check Length = √C12 + C22 - 2 C1xC2 Cos Go
e) INPUT REQUIRED FOR THE CRIMPING MACHINE
1. Bend Angle = Ao
3. Die Angle = αo
4. Pitch = 0
Note : Adjust the dimensions D5 & D6 to make L1 & L2 equal, so that

same part mark can be used at both near & far side wall.
f) Example for a typical inside curved eave panel shop sketch is shown below:
5.32 Page 11
DETAILING MANUAL
ii) Inside Curved Ridge panels.
b) Refer to the following sketches for calculating the dimensions

α = Die angle = 4.5 o
β =2xθ
Bo = Ao / 2
D1 = The purlin distance from the ridge point along the slope Bo.
D2 = 200 x Tan Bo
5.32 Page 12
DETAILING MANUAL
D3 = R x Tan Bo
D4 = D1 – D2 – D3
D5 = R x Tan Co
D6 = panel lap distance = 75 mm (min)
c) Calculate the length of panel as follows:
L1 = D4 + D6
L2 = L1 + D5
L3 = π x R x Do
180
Length of panel = (2 x L2) + L3
d) Calculate the check length as follows:
C1 = [D3 + D4 + D6 – (T x Tan B)] x Cos Bo
Check Length = 2 x C1
e) INPUT REQUIRED FOR THE CRIMPING MACHINE
1. Bend Angle = Ao
3. Die Angle = αo
4. Pitch = 0
f) Example for a typical inside curved Ridge panel shop sketch is shown below:
5.32 Page 13
DETAILING MANUAL
Section 5.33 : Curved Roof Buildings
1. Description
Pre-Engineered buildings usually have pitched roof, consisting of planar surfaces. They can
also have curved roof, consisting of single or multiple curved surfaces, according to
architectural requirements. Such buildings with curved roof surfaces are called as Curved
Roof buildings. Buildings with curved roof could have single or multiple curvatures. The
roof panels will follow the roof curvature and the top flange line of rafters, usually being
parallel to the panel curve lines, will also have similar curvature. Zamil Steel Saudi can now
supply curved roof buildings with curved panels and curved built-up rafters.
Curved roof structures are made of same materials (e.g. ASTM A572M Grade 345 or
equivalents) used for our standard rigid frames straight rafters and columns. These curved
rafters are fabricated in the shop from cut flanges and web plates having the required radius
that are welded together using portable semi-automatic welding machines. Surface finish can
be either primer coated only, galvanized coated only or combination of primer/galvanized
coating with a final top coat finish.
2. Availability
Availability of components for a curved roof building as follows:
a) Curved Built-up mainframe rafters & straight/tapered columns

b) Curved Built-up endwall rafters for post & beam end.
c) Type-S & Type-A roof panels
d) Curved roof with or without curved eave.
3. Erection Drawings & Shop Drawings.
1. Cross Section / Main Frames:
Refer to the Section 5.3 for general guidelines for details/procedures for Main Framing
Erection drawings and shop details.
Use the procedure given in the following example to calculate the dimensions for cross-
section erection drawing and the Main Framing Part Sketches.
5.33 Page 1 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL
1) Horizontal Knee Splice (K Joint):
a) Cross Section Details:
R1 = Roof radius.
R2 = Radius below the top flange of rafter.
AL, AR, BL, BR & CR = Thickness of respective Splice plates.
Let designer given values for S1, S2 & S3 are 9000,12000 & 9000 respectively
& HW = 30000.
To avoid the wastage, it is recommended to keep the length of plates as 3000 / 6000 /
9000 / 12000mm.
So for the given S1, the flange plate length shall be 9000.
5.33 Page 2 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
Then,
Arc length (LA) = 9000+AL+AR

Angle θa = (LA / R2) x (180 / π)
AA = 2 x R2 x Sin (θa / 2)
S1 = R2 x Sin θa
Arc length (LB) = 12000+BL+BR

Angle θb = (LB / R2) x (180 / π)
BB = 2 x R2 x Sin (θb / 2)
S2 = R2 x Sin (θa + θb) – S1
For finding out the dimensions for the eave rafter, follow the steps below:
S3 = Hw – S1 – S2
-1 -1
Angle θc = Cos [ (Hw – S3) / R2 ] – Cos [ (Hw – X1) / R2 ]
CC = 2 x R2 x Sin (θc / 2)
Arc length (LC) = R2 x θc x (π / 180)
Length of the top flange = LC – CR
5.33 Page 3 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
b) Detail @ Knee:
Let ‘Hw’ = distance from the ridge line to the steel line. (half width of the
building)
Eh = Building Eave Height
R1 = Roof radius.
R2 = Radius below the top flange of rafter. = R1 – 200 – F1
RD = Rafter Web depth at knee

CD = Column Web depth at knee
Ct = Splice Plate thickness
Ps1 = First purlin distance from Eave point (along the curve).
5.33 Page 4 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL
A = 200 + F1 + RD + F2
B = Gt + F3 + CD + 25
C = Gt + F3 + CD + 25 (Far Side Frame Value)
-1
θ = Cos [(Hw – B ) / (R2 - RD) [Angle of splice plate cut line @ knee]
Y1 = RD x Sin θ
X1 = Gt + F3
X2 = RD x Cos θ
X3 = CD + 25 – X2
Y2 = R 2 2 − (Hw − X1 − X3) 2 - R 2 2 − (Hw − X1) 2
FL = Y1 – Y2
θ1 = (Ps1 / R1) x (180 / π)

-1 -1
θ2 = Cos [ (Hw – X1) / R2 ] – Cos (Hw / R1)
θ3 = θ1 – θ2
-1 -1
θ4 = Cos [ (Hw – X1 – X3) / R2] – Cos [ (Hw – X1) / R2 ]
Arc length (Pd) = θ3 x R2 x (π / 180)
First Purlin Hole distance (Ph1) = Pd – 25
Arc Length (D1) = θ4 x R2 x (π / 180)
Y3 = (RD + F1 + 200) x Sin θ
X4 = B – (Y3 / Tan θ)
Y4 = R12 − (Hw − X4) 2 - R12 − Hw 2
Column Height = Eh + Y4 – Y3 – Ct
Clear Height = Eh + Y4 – (A x Sin θ)
Clear Width = (2 x Hw) – B – C
5.33 Page 5 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL
c) Cutting diagram for the eave rafter web:
LD = LC – D1
Angle A1 = (LD / R2) x (180 / π)
h = R2 – ½ 4 R 2 2 − ( 2 x CR ) 2
-1
Ay = Sin (CR / R2)
Arc length (LF) = Ay x R2 x (π / 180)
Arc length (LE) = LD – LF
5.33 Page 6 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
M1 = CR / Sin A1
M2 = CR / Tan A1
S1 = R2 – M1
S2 = R2 – M2 – h
S3 = S12 + S2 2 − 2 x S1 x S2 x Cos A1
S4 = S1 – RD
S5 = S2 – WD
S6 = S4 2 + S5 2 − 2 x S4 x S5 x Cos A1
-1
A2 = Sin (S2 x Sin A1 / S3)
A3 = 180 – A1 – A2
-1
A5 = 180 – A1 – A4
A6 = 90 – A2
A7 = 180 – A4 – A6
A8 = 90 – A3
A9 = 180 – A5 – A8
a = RD x Sin A4 / Sin A7
b = RD x Cos A2
c = R2 – ½ 4 R 2 2 − S3 2
d = a+c
e = WD x Sin A5 / Sin A9
f = WD x Cos A3
g = c+e
Length of rafter bottom flange = S6 - 3
Length of the top flange = LC – CR
5.33 Page 7 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL
d) Cutting diagram for the intermediate rafter web:
LM = Length of the flange plate (Refer to cross section detail)

-1
Angle AM = Sin (BR / R2)
-1
Angle AN = Sin (BL / R2)
Arc length (LN) = AM x R2 x (π / 180)
Arc length (LP) = AN x R2 x (π / 180)
5.33 Page 8 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
LB = LM + LN + LP
Angle B1 = (LB / R2) x (180 / π)
N1 = (BR / Sin B1) + (BL / Tan B1)
N2 = (BL / Sin B1) + (BR / Tan B1)
h1 = R2 – ½ 4 R 2 2 − (2 x BL ) 2
h2 = R2 – ½ 4 R 2 2 − (2 x BR ) 2
P1 = R2 – N1– h1
P2 = R2 – N2– h2
P3 = P12 + P 2 2 − 2 x P1 x P 2 x Cos B1
P4 = P1 – WD
P5 = P2 – WD
P6 = P 4 2 + P5 2 − 2 x P 4 x P5 x Cos B1
-1
B2 = Sin (P2 x Sin B1 / P3)
B3 = 180 – B1 – B2
-1
B5 = 180 – B1 – B4
B6 = 90 – B2
B7 = 180 – B4 – B6
B8 = 90 – B3
B9 = 180 – B5 – B8
m = WD x Cos B2
n = WD x Sin B4 / Sin B7
p = R2 – ½ 4 R 2 2 − P3 2
q = n+p
r = WD x Cos B3
s = WD x Sin B5 / Sin B9
e) Cutting diagram for the ridge rafter web:
For the calculations of the ridge rafter web dimensions follow the same procedure
for the intermediate web by substituting the values for ridge rafter as per the cross-
section details under paragraph: 3.1.1.a
5.33 Page 9 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
2) Vertival Knee Splice (V Joint):
For the calculation procedure for the cross-section dimensions, follow the
procedure given for the Horizontal Knee joint splice (Paragraph 1.a)
b) Details at Knee:
Let ‘Hw’ = distance from the ridge line to the steel line. (Half width of the
building)
R1 = Roof radius.

St = Splice Plate thickness
Ps1 = First purlin distance from Eave point (along the curve).
5.33 Page 10 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL

A = 200 + F1 + RD + 25
B = Gt + F3 + CD
C = Gt + F3 + CD (Far Side Frame Value)
-1
θ = Cos [(Hw – B ) / (R2 – RD– 25) [Angle of splice plate cut line @
knee]
Y1 = (RD+ 25) x Sin θ
X1 = Gt + F3
X2 = (RD+ 25) x Cos θ
X3 = CD – X2
Y2 = R 2 2 − (Hw − Gt − F3 − X2) 2 - R 2 2 − (Hw − Gt − F3) 2
FL = Y1 – Y2
θ1 = (Ps1 / R1) x (180 / π)

-1 -1
θ2 = Cos [ (Hw – X1) / R2 ] – Cos (Hw / R1)
θ3 = θ1 – θ2
-1 -1
θ4 = Cos [ (Hw – X1 – X3) / R2] – Cos [ (Hw – X1) / R2 ]
Arc Length D1 = θ4 x R2 x (π / 180)
First Purlin Hole distance Ph1 = Pd – D1 – (2 x St) – 25
Y3 = A x Sin θ
X4 = B – (Y3 / Tan θ)
Y4 = R12 − (Hw − X 4) 2 - R12 − Hw 2
Column Height = Eh + Y4 – Y3 + FL
Clear Height = Eh + Y4 – Y3
5.33 Page 11 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL
c) Cutting diagram for the Eave rafter web:
LD = LC – D1
TS = 2 x St
-1
Angle AM = Sin (CR / R2)
-1
Angle AN = Sin (TS / R2)
Arc length (LN) = AM x R2 x (π / 180)
Arc length (LP) = AN x R2 x (π / 180)
5.33 Page 12 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
LM (Length of the top flange plate) = LD - LN - LP

Angle B1 = (LD / R2) x (180 / π)
N1 = (CR / Sin B1) + (TS / Tan B1)

N2 = (TS / Sin B1) + (CR / Tan B1)
h1 = R2 – ½ 4 R 2 2 − ( 2 x TS ) 2
h2 = R2 – ½ 4 R 2 2 − ( 2 x CR ) 2
P1 = R2 – N1– h1
P2 = R2 – N2– h2
P3 = P12 + P 2 2 − 2 x P1 x P 2 x Cos B1
P4 = P1 – RD
P5 = P2 – WD
P6 = P 4 2 + P5 2 − 2 x P 4 x P5 x Cos B1
-1
B3 = 180 – B1 – B2
-1
B5 = 180 – B1 – B4
B6 = 90 – B2
B7 = 180 – B4 – B6
B8 = 90 – B3
B9 = 180 – B5 – B8
m = RD x Cos B2
n = RD x Sin B4 / Sin B7
p = R2 – ½ 4 R 2 2 − P3 2
q = n+p
r = WD x Cos B3
s = WD x Sin B5 / Sin B9
Length of Bottom Flange = P6 – 3
d) For Calculation procedures for Ridge/Intermediate Rafter web cutting and

details, follow the procedure given for Horizontal Knee (Paragraph 3.1.1.d
& 3.1.1.e).
5.33 Page 13 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL
3) Straight Knee Splice (S Joint):
For the calculation procedure for the cross-section dimensions, follow the
procedure given for the Horizontal Knee joint splice ( Paragraph 1.a)
b) Details at Knee:
Let ‘Hw’ = distance from the ridge line to the steel line. (half width of the
building)
R1 = Roof radius.
St = Splice Plate thickness
5.33 Page 14 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL
B = Gt + F3 + CD
C = Gt + F3 + CD (Far Side Frame Value)
Ps2 = CD + (2 x St)
Ps3 = Ps1 – B – (2 x St)
X1 = Gt + F3
Y1 = R 2 2 − (Hw − B) 2 - R 2 2 − (Hw − X1) 2
RD1 = R 2 2 − (Hw − B) 2 - (R 2 − RD) 2 − (Hw − X1 − X 2) 2
RD2 = R 2 2 − (Hw − X1 − X 2) 2
- (R 2 − RD) 2 − (Hw − X1 − X 2) 2
FL = RD1 – Y1 + 25
Y2 = R12 − (Hw − B) 2 - R 2 2 − (Hw − B) 2
Y3 = R12 − (Hw − B) 2 - R12 − Hw 2
-1 -1
θ = Cos [ (Hw – B) / R2 ] – Cos [ (Hw – X1) / R2 ]
θ1 = (Ps1 / R1) x (180 / π)

-1 -1
θ2 = Cos [ (Hw – X1) / R2 ] – Cos (Hw / R1)
-1 -1
θ3 = Cos [ (Hw – X1 – X 2 ) / R2 ] – Cos [ (Hw – X1) / R2 ]
θ4 = θ1 – θ2 – θ3
First Purlin Hole distance Ph1 = Pd – 25
Arc Length D1 = θ x R2 x (π / 180)
Column Height = Eh + Y3 – Y2 – Y1
Clear Height = Column Height – FL
5.33 Page 15 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL
c) Cutting diagram for the Eave rafter web:
5.33 Page 16 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
LD = LC – D2
Angle A1 = (LD / R2) x (180 / π)
h = R2 – ½ 4 R 2 2 − ( 2 x CR ) 2
-1
Ay = Sin (CR / R2)
Arc length (LF) = Ay x R2 x (π / 180)
Arc length (LE) = LD – LF
M1 = CR / Sin A1
M2 = CR / Tan A1
S1 = R2 – M1
S2 = R2 – M2 – h
S3 = S12 + S2 2 − 2 x S1 x S2 x Cos A1
-1
A3 = 180 – A1 – A2
-1
A4 = Sin [(Hw – X1 – Ps2) / R2)]
Refer the following sketch also..
B1 = A4 + A2
Sy = RD2 2 + S3 2 − 2 x RD2 x S3 x Cos B1
-1
B2 = Sin (RD2 x Sin B1 / Sy)
B3 = A3 – B2
Sz = WD 2 + Sy 2 − 2 x WD x Sy x Cos B3
-1
B4 = Sin (WD x Sin B3 / Sz)
5.33 Page 17 Rev.31

DETAILING MANUAL
A5 = 180 – B3 – B4
A6 = 180 – A5
A7 = 180 – A1 – A6
S4 = S2 – WD
S5 = S4 x Sin A1 / Sin A7
S6 = RD2 x Sin A4 / Sin A7
A8 = 90 – A4
A9 = 90 – A3
A10 = 180 – A6 – A9
a = R2 – ½ 4 R 2 2 − S3 2
b = RD2 x Cos A8
c = RD2 x Sin A8
d = a+c
e = WD x Sin A6 / Sin A10
f = WD x Cos A3
g = c+e
L = S3 + b
Length of rafter Top flange = LE - 3
Length of rafter bottom flange = S5 + S6 - 3
d) For Calculation procedures for Ridge/Intermediate Rafter web cutting and

details, follow the procedure given for Horizontal Knee (Paragraph 3.1.1.d
& 3.1.1.e).
5.33 Page 18 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL
4) Special Detailing Requirements:
a) Web Cutting Descriptions ( bse code ).
bse code for curved webs shall be as follows:
T_x_L_x_bW_±C_ VN_RTN_RBN_sW_±C_VN_eW_±C_VN
Where,
underscore denotes one blank space,
T = Thickness of plate
L = Length ( measured along the top edge )
bW = Width at plate base line
sW = Width at splice joint if any
eW = Width at plate end
+C = Horizontal Cut dimension at bottom edge
-C = Horizontal Cut dimension at top edge
V Stands for Vertical Cut and N = Vertical cut dimension.
RT Stands for Radius at Top Edge and N = Radius
RB Stands for Radius at Bottom Edge (if any) and N = Radius
Notes :
• If there is no Horizontal or vertical cut, these shall be represented
with 00.
• RB can be omitted if there is no curve on bottom edge of the web.
Examples of “bse” code for Curved web cuttings
5 x 425 x b393 00 V67 RT37667 S393 -74 V00
5 x 974 x s403 +05 V03 RT37667 s253 +03 V03
5.33 Page 19 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL
5 x 6000 x s369 +20 V120 RT37667 RB37417 s369 +20 V120
5 x 974 x s253 +03 V03 RT37667 s403 +05 V03
5 x 425 x s393 -74 V00 RT37667 e393 00 V67
6 x 6000 x b370 00 V110 RT37667 RB37417 e370 00 V110
5 x 7685 x b673 +35 V124 RT59790 e673 +35 V124
5 x 3000 x b673 +35 V124 RT59790 e673 00 V00
5.33 Page 20 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL
b) Dimensioning on curved built-ups
• All running dimensions shall be given along the curve of top flange or
bottom flange or both.
• Any single running dimension reference line for a fitting or hole shall be
perpendicular to the tangent of the top or bottom curve, otherwise running
dimensions for the reference line at top and bottom flange shall be
provided.
Refer to the following examples:
5.33 Page 21 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL
2. Endwalls:
Refer to the Section 5.6 for general guidelines for details/procedures for Endwalls
Erection drawings and shop details.
Refer to the following procedure also for detailing endwalls with curved rafter.
1) P&B Endwalls
Sample endwall framing drawing is shown below:
b) P&B Endwall column & Rafter.
Follow the procedure below to calculate the dimensions for P&B Endwall column
& Rafters.
5.33 Page 22 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL
Let
Eh = Eave height
Hw = Distance from Eave to Ridge (Half width of the building)
X1 & X2 = Distance from the ridge line to the center line of endwall posts.
Tf = Top Flange thickness of EW Rafter.
Tw1 & Tw2 = web thickness of EW columns.
W = Rafter web depth.
D1 = Endwall Column Spacing.
R1 = Roof radius.
R2 = Radius below the top flange of rafter. = R1 – 200 – Tf
R3 = Radius above bottom flange of rafter. = R2 – W
T1 = (Tw1 / 2)+ End Plate Thickness
T2 = (Tw2 / 2)+ End Plate Thickness
Then,
H1 = R1 2 − X1 2 - R12 − Hw 2 + Eh
H2 = R12 − X2 2 - R12 − Hw 2 + Eh
5.33 Page 23 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL
Left Column Height = H1 – 90

Right Column Height = H2 – 90
-1 -1
A1 = Cos [ (X2 + T2) / R2 ] – Cos [ (X1 – T1) / R2]
-1 -1
A2 = Cos [ (X2 + T2) / R3 ] – Cos [ (X1 – T1) / R3]
Length of Top Flange = (π x R2 x A1 / 180) – 3 mm
Length of Bottom Flange = (π x R3 x A2 / 180) – 3 mm
For cutting diagram of web refer to the sketch below also:
5.33 Page 24 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL
S1 = 2 x R2 x Sin (A1 / 2)
S2 = 2 x R3 x Sin (A2 / 2)
-1
A3 = Sin (R2 x Sin A1 / S1)
-1
A4 = Sin (R3 x Sin A2 / S2)
-1
A5 = Sin [(X1 – T1) / R2]
A6 = 180 – A3 – A5
-1
A7 = Sin [(X2 + T2) / R2]
A8 = 90 – A3 + A7
-1
A9 = Sin [(X1 – T1) / R3]
A10 = 180 – A9 – A4
A11 = 360 – A10 – (A5 + A3) – (A3 – A7)
A12 = 180 – A11
A13 = 180 – A7 – A12
P1 = R 2 2 − (X1 − T1) 2 – R 3 2 − (X1 − T1) 2
P2 = R 2 2 − (X2 + T 2) 2 – R 3 2 − (X2 + T 2) 2
a = P1 x Cos A6
b = P1 x Sin A6
c = R2 – ½ 4 R 2 2 − S1 ) 2
d = b+c
e = P2 x Sin A12 / Sin A13

f = P2 x Sin A8
g = c+e
L = S1 + a
c) P&B Intermediate Spanner & Column connection.
Typical detail of P&B intermediate spanner and column connection is shown

below:
5.33 Page 25 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL
Follow the procedure below to calculate the dimensions.
5.33 Page 26 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL
Let D1 = Purlin spacing

R = Roof Radius
P1 = Distance from left purlin to Ridge
X1 = Distance from left purlin to cl. of Endwall column.
R1 = R – 97
R2 = R1 – 86
A1 = 2 x [Sin (D1 / 2 x R)
D2 = 2 x R1 x Sin (A1 / 2)
D3 = 2 x R2 x Sin (A1 / 2)
D4 = (D2 – D3) / 2
Length of spanner C-Section (L) = D2 – 12

-1
A2 = Cos (P1 / R)
A3 = (180 – A1) / 2
A4 = 90 – A2
A5 = A3 + A4 – 90
X2 = 97 x Cos A2
X3 = X1 – X2
a = X3 / Cos A5
b = 25 x Tan A5
c = 40 / Cos A5
Punch Dimension 1 (m) = a–b–c–6

Punch Dimension 2 (n) = m+c+c
d) P&B Ridge Spanner & Column connection.
Typical detail of P&B ridge spanner and column connection is shown below:
5.33 Page 27 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL
5.33 Page 28 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL

R = Roof Radius
A1 = 2 x [Sin (D1 / 2 x R)
-1
A2 = Sin [(D1 / 2) / R]
P1 = R – ½ 4 R 2 − D1 ) 2
P2 = 100 – P1
P3 = P2 x Cos A2
R1 = R – P3
R2 = R1 – 86
D2 = 2 x R1 x Sin (A1 / 2)
D3 = 2 x R2 x Sin (A1 / 2)
D4 = (D2 – D3) / 2
Length of spanner C-Section (L) = D2 – 12

Punch Dimension 1 (m) = (L / 2) - 40
Punch Dimension 2 (n) = m + 80
2) RF Endwalls
Sample endwall framing drawing is shown below:
5.33 Page 29 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL
a) RF Intermediate Spanner & Column connection.
Typical detail of RF intermediate spanner and column connection is shown below:
Rev.32
5.33 Page 30
DETAILING MANUAL

R = Roof Radius
P1 = Distance from left purlin to Ridge
X1 = Distance from left purlin to cl. of Endwall column.
R1 = R – 25
R2 = R1 – 150
A1 = 2 x [Sin (D1 / 2 x R)
D2 = 2 x R1 x Sin (A1 / 2)
D3 = 2 x R2 x Sin (A1 / 2)
D4 = (D2 – D3) / 2
Length of spanner Plate (L) = D2 – 12

-1
A2 = Cos (P1 / R)
A3 = (180 – A1) / 2
A4 = 90 – A2
A5 = A3 + A4 – 90
X2 = 25 x Cos A2
X3 = X1 – X2
5.33 Page 31 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL
a = X3 / Cos A5
b = 40 / Cos A5
c = 30 x Tan A5
d = 76 x Sin A5
e = 76 x Cos A5
Hole Dimension 1 (m) = a–b–c–6

Hole Dimension 2 (n) = m+b+b
Hole Dimension 3 (p) = m–d
Hole Dimension 4 (q) = n–d
b) RF Ridge Spanner & Column connection.
Typical detail of RF Ridge spanner and column connection is shown below:
5.33 Page 32 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL

R = Roof Radius
R1 = R – 25
R2 = R1 – 150
A1 = 2 x [Sin (D1 / 2 x R)
D2 = 2 x R1 x Sin (A1 / 2)
D3 = 2 x R2 x Sin (A1 / 2)
D4 = (D2 – D3) / 2
Length of spanner Plate (L) = D2 – 12

Slot Dimension 1 (m) = (L / 2) – 40
Slot Dimension 2 (n) = m + 80
3. Details to be inserted in erection drawings:
Refer to the following table for the details exclusively for curved roof buildings. Except
for these details all other general details are common with the standard buildings and
insert them accordingly.
a) Main Framing Cross-Section / Roof Framing drawing.
5.33 Page 33 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL
With back-up plate for

BRE-051
Strut Tube connection bracing
@ knee Without back-up plate
BRE-052
for bracing
With back-up plate for
BRE-052
Strut Tube connection bracing
@ Rafter Without back-up plate
BRE-060
for bracing
Sag rod fixing detail for 12mm Dia Sag rods BRE-053
Roof & Sidewall 16mm Dia Sag rods BRE-054
For Buildings with Curved Eave:
Curved Eave Condition

Sheeting Without projection With projection
Location With
Condition Without With Without
Valley
Valley Gutter Valley Gutter Valley Gutter
Gutter
Without
SHE-261 SHE-262 SHE-265 SHE-266
Near Side Insulation
Eave With
SHE-263 SHE-264 SHE-267 SHE-268
Insulation
Without
SHE-271 SHE-272 SHE-275 SHE-276
Far Side Insulation
Eave With
SHE-273 SHE-274 SHE-277 SHE-278
Insulation
b) Sidewall Framing / Sheeting.
RF @ Endwall (Section @ corner) EWE-191

Sidewall Full blockwall with Eave Gutter BWE-031
Parapet Sidewall Section FAE-073
Valley gutter detail @ multi-gable building GUE-091
Sheeting Detail @ Wall (for Type-S panel) SHE-067
Eave detail with Eave Trim TRE-054
Eave detail with Eave Gutter TRE-051
Eave Detail @ Fully open sidewall bay TRE-056
Eave Detail @ Fully open sidewall TRE-057
Eave Detail @ Fully open sidewall with Eave trim TRE-058
5.33 Page 34 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL
c) Endwall Framing.
Sag Rod Fixing Details:
Endwall Condition 12 dia Sag Rod 16 dia Sag Rod

RF Endwall BRE-055 BRE-056
P&B Endwall BRE-057 BRE-058
P&B Endwall Rafter & Column connection details for standard eave buildings:
With Built-Up Endwall

Endwall Column Type
Refter
H.R EWE-261
Corner Column
B.U EWE-262
H.R EWE-263
Interior Column
B.U EWE-264
H.R EWE-265
Ridge Column
B.U EWE-266
H.R EWE-267
Valley Column
B.U EWE-268
P&B Endwall Corner Column & Rafter connection details for Curved eave buildings:
Endwall Curved Eave

Column Type With Pojection Without Pojection
H.R EWE-269 EWE-271
B.U EWE-270 EWE-272
d) Roof Sheeting
Sheeting Detail @ Roof (for Type-S panel with screws @

SHE-066
low-rib) [for Standard Eave buildings]
SHE-068
hi-rib) [for Standard Eave buildings]
SHE-280
low-rib) [for Curved Eave buildings]
Valley gutter detail @ multi-gable building GUE-091
Sheeting Detail @ Wall (for Type-S panel) SHE-067
Roof Insulation detail @ purlin INE-016
5.33 Page 35 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL
e) Endwall Sheeting:
Gable trim Detail TRE-052

Gable trim with Eave Gutter connection @ corner TRE-053
Gable trim with Eave Trim connection @ corner SHE-055
4. Billing Out:
Refer to the relevant sections of this detailing manual for procedure for billing out.
In roof sheeting, billout the following materials additionally at sheeting endlaps

(Refer to SHE-066).
a) Sheeting Angle (06-0200/06-0201)
Qty : Building Length / Length of the angle x No. of end lap lines.
b) Fixing Screw (GS) - CS-5.5x25 / SS-5.5x28 [01-0481/01-0451]
Qty : Building length / 500 x No. of end lap lines
c) Fixing Screw (RS) CS-5.5x25 / SS-5.5x28 [01-0471/01-0451]

(Additional line of fixing screw for roof panel @ sheeting angle)
Qty : (Building length / panel module) x 2 x No. of end lap lines.
5.33 Page 36 Rev.32

DETAILING MANUAL
Chapter 7.0 : Shop Limitations
Products, Machinery and Shipping Limitations
(Saudi, Egypt and Vietnam Factories)
1. Main Frames / Built-Ups from Plates
ZS Unified Standard Saudi Egypt Vietnam
1.1 Materials (Normally used): High Strength / Structural Steel quality (Fy = 50 Ksi / 345 Mpa)
1.2 Fabrication:
1.2.1 Shearing:
4 to 15 (Shearing) / 1.5 to 20 (Shearing) / 1.5 to 20 (Shearing) / 4 to15 (Shearing) /
Thickness (mm)
>20 (PBM)* >20 (PBM)* >20 (Flame Cutting) >15 (Flame Planner)
6300 max upto 20 thk /
Length (mm) 6000 6000 6000
in PBM* 13916 max.
* PBM - Profile Burning Machine
1.2.2 Punching:
Thickness (mm) * 3 to 20 3 to 20 3 to 25 3 to 20
Width (mm) 50 to 500 50 to 500 50 to 500 50 to 800
A
Available Hole Diameters (mm) * 14,18,22,26 14,18,22,26,30, 32, 36, 38 14,18,22,26 14,18,22,26,30,36, 40
15x20, 15x35, 18x42, 22x40, 26x60,
Available Slotted Hole (mm x mm) 22x40
26x30B
1.2.3 Drilling:
Thickness (mm) 15 to 50 15 to 50 120 (combined) 20 to 120 (combined)
Available Hole Diameters (mm) 14,18,22,26,29,30,32,36,42,56 14,18,22,26,29,30,32,36,42,56 14,18,22,26,29,30,32,36,42,56 14,18,22,26,29,30,32,36,42,56,60
1.2.4 Welding (Built-Up) :

a) Automatic
Web Flange Web Flange Web Flange Web Flange
Thickness (mm) 4 to 20 5 to 30 3 to 20 5 to 30 4 to 30 5 to 50 4 to 30 5 to 50
Width (mm) 200 to 1500 125 to 400 180 to 1800 100 to 500 200 to 1500 125 to 400 190 to 2100 125 to 700
Length (mm) 2000 to 13500 1500 to 13500 2000 to 16000 1500 to 16000
Weld Size (mm) 3 to 8 3 to 8 3 to 10 3 to 10
Slope for Tapered Web (Degrees) ** 14 (Max) 15 (Max) 14 (Max) 15 (Max)
b) Manual
Thickness (mm) 3 to 50 3 to 50 3 to 50 3 to 50
Width (mm) As per Shipping Limitation As per Shipping Limitation As per Shipping Limitation As per Shipping Limitation
Length (mm) As per Shipping Limitation As per Shipping Limitation As per Shipping Limitation As per Shipping Limitation
Weld Size (mm) AS REQD. AS REQD. AS REQD. AS REQD.
1.2.5 Shot/Sweep Blasting:

As per Shipping Limitation
Piece Length (mm) 15000 (max) As per Shipping Limitation 13500 (max)
(Max.13500)
Piece Depth (mm) 1500 (max) As per Shipping Limitation 1500 (max)
(Max.1500)
Piece Width (mm) 800 (max) As per Shipping Limitation 800 (max)
(Max.800)
SA 2, 2.5 & 3 (25 to 55
Cleaning Level SA 2.5 & 3 SA 2.5 & 3 SA 2, 2.5 & 3 (50 to 70 Microns)
Microns)
Piece Weight (MT) 2 (max) 2 (max) 4.5 (max) 4.5 (max)
1.2.6 Painting: ***

Piece Depth (mm) 1500 (max) 1500 (max) - 1850 (max)
Piece Width (mm) 125 to 390 125 to 390 - 125 to 390
Piece Length (mm) 13500 (max) 15000 (max) 15000 (max) 13500 (max)
Piece Weight (MT) 2 (max) 2 (max) 2 (max) 2 (max)
1.3 Remarks:
Notes : 1. * Refer to Detailing Manual Section 4.4 Shop drawings, paragraph 2.5 for maximum material thickness per punch/hole.
2. ** Refer to Detailing Manual Section 5.6 Endwalls & Roof Transitions, Paragraph 4.2.2.
3. *** These limitations are for conveyorized Painting booth. Any piece outside these limitations will be painted offline.
4. 'A ' For 40mm dia punch hole the maximum thickness is 17mm only (for ZS-Vietnam).
5. 'B ' The maximum plate thickness varies as follows; 15mmthk for 15x20 & 15x35, 18mm thk for 18x42 & 22x40, and 8mm thk for 26x60 & 26x30 (for ZS-Vietnam).
7.0 Page 1 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
2. Secondaries
Black / Galvanized Steel Black / Galvanized Steel Black / Galvanized Steel Black / Galvanized Steel
2.1 Materials: (Fy Limitations)
(Max Fy = 80 ksi / 550 Mpa) (Max Fy = 80 ksi / 550 Mpa) (Max Fy = 80 ksi / 550 Mpa) (Max Fy = 80 ksi / 550 Mpa)
2.2 Section Sizes
200Z, 250Z, 120C, 180C(ES), 200Z , 250Z, 120C, 180C(ES), 200Z, 250Z, 120C, 180C(ES), 200Z, 250Z, 120C, 180C(ES),
Commonly Used
200C 200C, 300C, Angle Profile (L) * 200C 200C , 300C
Sections 95Z, 110Z, 125Z, 140Z, 155Z, 95Z, 110Z, 125Z, 140Z, 155Z,
Any depth between 120 to 300
Other Sections 155Z, 170Z, 185Z, 140C, 160C, 170Z, 185Z, 140C, 160C, 220C, 170Z, 185Z, 140C, 160C, 220C,
for C and 150 to 300 for Z
Possible 220C, 240C, 260C, 280C, 300C 240C, 260C, 280C, 300C, 320C, 240C, 260C, 280C, 320C,
Sections 340C,355C 340C,355C
Commonly Used 1.5, 2.0, 2.5 1.5, 1.75, 2.0, 2.25, 2.5, 3.0 1.5, 2.0, 2.5 1.5, 1.75, 2.0, 2.5
Thickness (mm)
Thickness Possible 1.5 to 3.0 1.5 to 3.0 1.5 to 3.0 1.5 to 3.0
22 (max from horizontal axis) 22 (max from horizontal axis)
Bend Angle For ES (Degrees) 18 (max) [from horizontal] 18 (max) [from horizontal] done at folding machine, done at folding machine,
10000 mm length max. 10000 mm length max.
12000 (max) / (10000 max 12000 (max) / (10000 max 12000 (max) / (10000 max
Length (mm) 14000 (max)
for ES) for ES) for ES)
Note : ES denotes Eave Strut.
2.3 Available Dies for Punching:
Section Die Numbers Die Numbers Die Numbers Die Numbers
G02, G05 & G08, G06 & G07, G02, G04, G05 & G08, G02, G05 & G08, G06 & G07, G02, G05 & G08, G06 & G07,
200Z , 250Z G09, G11, G17 & G20, G41, G06 & G07, G09, G11, G09, G11, G17 & G20, G41, G09, G11, G17 & G20, G41,
G42, G43 G17 & G20, G41,G42, G43 G42, G43 G42, G43
120C G15, G23, G33, G34 G15, G16, G23, G33, G34 G15, G16, G23, G33, G34 G15, G23, G33, G34
180C (ES) G03, G09, G11, G22 G03, G09, G11, G22 G03, G09, G11, G22 G03, G09, G11, G22a, G22b
200C G03, G09, G10, G11, G29 G03, G09, G10, G11, G29 G03, G09, G10, G11, G29 G03, G09, G10, G11, G29
300C G03, G11, G21, G22, G32 G03, G11, G21, G22, G32 G03, G11, G21, G22, G32 G03, G11, G21, G22, G32
2.4 Available Holes / Slots:
Section Hole Dia / Slot Dim (mm) Hole Dia / Slot Dim (mm) Hole Dia / Slot Dim (mm) Hole Dia / Slot Dim (mm)
200Z , 250Z 14, 18, 24, 14x20 V, 18x42 H 14, 18, 24, 14x20 V, 18x42 H 14, 18, 24, 14x20 V, 18x42 H 14, 18, 24, 14x20 V, 18x42 H
120C 14, 24, 14x20 H, 18x42 V 14, 24, 14x20 H, 18x42 V 14, 24, 14x20 H, 18x42 V 14, 24, 14x20 H, 18x42 V *
180C (ES) 14, 14x20 H, 18x42 H 14, 14x20 H, 18x42 H 14, 14x20 H, 18x42 H 14, 14x20 H, 18x42 H
200C 14, 14x20 H, 18x42 H 14, 14x20 H, 18x42 H 14, 14x20 H, 18x42 H 14, 14x20 H, 18x42 H
300C 14, 14x20 H, 18x42 H 14, 14x20 H, 18x42 H 14, 14x20 H, 18x42 H 14, 14x20 H, 18x42 H
2.5 * Angle Profile Limitations:
F (mm) 25 to 145 NA NA
W (mm) 102 to 405 NA NA
2.6 Remarks:
1. For details of Secondaries and punching dies refer to Detailing Manual Chapter 5, Section 5.5
2. * Note : For Vietnam Factory 18x42 V slot is manually made/cut in place of G16 punch.
7.0 Page 2 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
3. Sundries
Plates / Flat Bars / Coils (black/galvanised):
3.1 Materials (Normally Used): High Strength / Structural Steel quality (Fy = 50 Ksi / 345 Mpa)
3.2 Shearing:
4 to 15 (Shearing) / 1.5 to 20 (Shearing) / 1.5 to 20 (Shearing) / 4 to15 (Shearing) /
Thickness (mm)
>20 (PBM)* >20 (PBM)* >20 (Flame Cutting) >15 (Flame Planner)
6300 max upto 20 thk /
Length (mm) 6000 6000 6000
in PBM* 13916 max.
* PBM - Profile Burning Machine
3.3 Punching:
Thickness (mm) ** 3 to 20 3 to 20 3 to 25 3 to 20
Width (mm) 50 to 500 50 to 500 50 to 500 50 to 500
Available Hole Diameters (mm) ** 14,18,22,26,30 14,18,22,26,30, 32, 36, 38 14,18,22,26,30,32,36 14,18,22,26,30,36, 40A
Available Slotted Hole (mm x mm) 22x40 15x20, 15x35, 18x42, 22x40, 26x60, 26x30B
3.4 Drilling:
Thickness (mm) 20 to 50 15 to 50 120 (combined) 20 to 120 (combined)
Available Hole Diameters (mm) 14,18,22,26,29,30,32,36,42,56 14,18,22,26,29,30,32,36,42,56 14,18,22,26,29,30,32,36,42,56 14,18,22,26,29,30,32,36,42,56,60
3.5 Bending (Plates):

1 to 2.5mm thick: 7000 mm max. 0.5 to 4 mm thick: 7000mm max.*** 1.0 to 2.5 mm thick: 10000mm max. 0.5 to 3 mm thick: 10000mm max.
3 to 8mm thick: 700 mm max. 5 to 6 mm thick: 3000 mm max. 3 to 8 mm thick: 700 mm max. 4 mm thick : 4000mm max.
Thickness x Length Less than 1 mm thk: 6000mm max. 7 to 10 mm thk: 1000 mm max. (for less than 1 mm thick, 5 to 10 mm thick: 700 mm max.
12 mm thk: 600 mm max. recommended is not more than
15 mm thk: 500 mm max. 6000 mm)
0.5 to 2.5 mm thick : 40 degrees. 1mm thick : 75 degrees. 0.5 to 2.5 mm thick : 40 degrees. 1mm thick : 75 degrees.
Minimum Internal Angle 3 to 8 mm thick : 75 degrees. 2mm thick : 70 degrees. 3 to 8 mm thick : 75 degrees. 2mm thick : 70 degrees.
3 to 15 mm thick : 80 degrees. 3 to 15 mm thick : 80 degrees. #
3.5.1 Bend Ratio: $
Limitation of "Y" Dim Limitation of "Y" Dim

X1 (mm) Y (mm) Max X1 (mm) Y (mm) Max
47 - 92 16 + ( X1 - 47) 47-92 30(X1-47)
93 - 110 60 - (X1 - 93) 93 -110 60-(X1-93)
>110 42 + (X1 - 110) >110 42+(X1-110)
Limitation of "X2" Dim Limitation of "X2" Dim

X1 (mm) Y (mm) X2 (mm) X1 (mm) Y (mm) X2 (mm)
- < 42 No Limit - < 42 No Limit
73 - 92 42 - 61 37-[2x(X1-73)] 73 - 92 42 - 61 37-[2x(X1-73)]
93 - 110 42 - 61 18 - (X1 - 92) 92 - 110 42 - 61 X1-92
> 110 - No Limit >110 - No Limit
4 Remarks:
Notes:
1. ** Refer to Detailing Manual Section 4.4 Shop drawings, paragraph 2.5 for maximum material thickness per punch/hole.
2. *** If both the dimensions "Z" and "Z1" are more than 250, maximum length shall be 5000mm.
3. # For thickness from 3 to 15mm, all the dimensions of the bend ratio( X1,X2,Y,Z&Z1) should be 30mm minimum.
4. $ The limitations given for bending are recommended limitations. Any deviation from these limit shall be consulted with shop prior to detailing.
5. 'A ' For 40mm dia punch hole the maximum thickness is 17mm only (for ZS-Vietnam).
6. 'B ' The maximum plate thickness varies as follows; 15mmthk for 15x20 & 15x35, 18mm thk for 18x42 & 22x40, and 8mm thk for 26x60 & 26x30 (for ZS-Vietnam).
7.0 Page 3 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
4. Sheeting
4.1 Single Skin Panels

4.1.1 Materials (Fy Limitation): Steel (Max Fy = 80 ksi / 550 Mpa)
Aluminum Aluminum
- -
(Min. Fy = 145 Mpa) (Min. Fy = 145 Mpa)
4.1.2 Roll Forming
MaxSEAM
Profiles Type - S * Type - A, C, D, E, G, R, S, T Type - S & K
(24”,18”,12”)
Type- S Type - K
Thickness range (mm) 0.5 to 0.8 0.5 to 0.9 0.4 to 0.8 0.48 to 0.8 0.42 to 0.8 0.42 to 0.8
Maximum 12000 12000 12000 304000 12000 12000
Length (mm)
Minimum verify 100 1400 Please provide data
1220
Coil Width (mm) 1220 (max) 1278 (max) 1220 (max) 760/606/457 1220
(max)
4.1.3 Panel Curving
Profiles Type S * Type A Type S Type R Type S Type S

Thickness (max) (mm) 0.8 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.8 0.8
Die Angle / per stroke Exterior ** 6.0 4.5 5.0 6.0 6.0
(degrees) Interior ** - 4.0 4.0 - 6.0
Min. Flat Distance @ Ends (mm) 130 75 100 100 130 100
Max. Total Bend Angle (Degrees) - 102 - - - -
Bend Radius (mm) 500 min 500 (fixed) 300 min 300 min 500 min 300 min
Total Length of the Piece (mm) 4000 3000 4000 4000 6000 4000
4.2 Tempcon Panels***

Polyurethene injection
Available Types TCSP TCMP TCTP TCSP TCMP TCTP TCSP TCMP TCTP TCSP TCMP TCTP
60, 60,
75, 75,
75, 75,
Tempcon Overall Thickness (mm) 85, 60 85, 60 - - - - - -
85, 85,
100 100
100 100
End Lap Projection (mm) 100 (Fixed) - - 100 (Fixed) - - - - - - - -
Length (mm) 10000 (max) 10000 (max) - - - - - -
4.3 Remarks
1. For additional details on Sheeting refer to Detailing Manual Chapter 5, Section 5.8
2. * Refer to individual factory limitations for other profiles.
3. ** Refer to individual factory limitations for die angle settings.
4. *** Tempcon panels are produced by ZS-Saudi only.
7.0 Page 4 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
5. Trims / Gutters & Downspouts
5.1 Materials
Steel (Max Fy = 80 ksi / 550 Mpa)
(Fy Limitation):
- Aluminum (Min. Fy= 145 Mpa) Aluminium (Min. Fy = 145 Mpa) -
5.2 Trims / Valley Gutters
5.2.1 Thickness & length:
Thickness (mm) 0.5 to 1.2 0.4 to 1.2 0.5 to 1.2 0.4 to 1.2
6100 Max
(From 0.5 to 0.7 mm thickness)
Length (mm) 3600 Max (For non-standard) 3600 Max (For non-standard) 3600 Max (For non-standard)
10000 Max
(From 1.0 to 1.2 mm thickness)
5.2.2 Bending *
Limitation of "Y" Dim Limitation of "Y" Dim Limitation of "Y" Dim
X (mm) Y (mm) Max X (mm) [Min] Y (mm) [Min] X (mm) Y (mm) Max
40 - 79 22 + ( X - 40) 40 (for 0.5 to 0.7) 20 (No Limit on Max) 40 - 79 22 + ( X - 40)
80 - 88 60 - (X - 80) 100 (for 1.0 to 1.2) 20 (No Limit on Max) 80 - 88 60 - (X - 80)
> 88 51 + (X - 88) > 88 51 + (X - 88)
5.3 Roll Formed Eave Gutter
Tooling Profile - Standard Part Mark 03-0735 NA NA

Thickness (mm) - 0.5 to 0.7 NA NA
Length (mm) - 9100 (max) NA NA
5.4 Rolled Downspouts

Thickness (mm) - 0.5 to 0.6 NA NA
Length (mm) - 9000 (max) NA NA

Bending (degrees) - 11 per Stroke / 8 Stroke (max) NA NA
6 Bent Gutters / Downspouts

Thickness (mm) 0.5 to 0.6 0.4 to 1.2 NA 0.5 to 0.6
Length (mm) 3600 Max (For non-standard) 3600 Max (For non-standard) NA 3800 (max)
6 Remarks
1. * Note : These are recommended limitations for Bending. Any deviation from these limits shall be consulted with shop prior to detailing.
7.0 Page 5 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
6. Miscellaneous
6.1 RODS : Brace Rods / Sag Rods / Anchor Rods

Diameter (mm) 12 12 to 32 12 12 to 36
Threading (mm) 200 max at one end 200 max at one end Fully Threaded 200 max at one end
Std Threads available M12 M12, M16, M20,M24 & M30 M12 M12, M16, M20,M24, M30 & M36
Length (mm) 2000 (sag rods only) No limitation 2000 (sag rods only) No limitation
6.2 Cable Bracing

Diameter (mm) 12 12 12 NA
Cable cut Length (mm) 1780 (Minimum) 1780 (Minimum) 1780 (Minimum) NA
6.3 Hot rolled angles

Cutting (Section Size) (mm) up to 125x125x12 * up to 125x125x12 * up to 150x150x13 * up to 125x125x12 *
Drilling Hole Diameters(mm) up to 32 up to 32 upto 40 up to 36
Length (mm) No limitation No limitation No limitation No limitation
6.4 Remarks
1. * Note : Gas cutting will be used to cut higher size angles
7.0 Page 6 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
7.1 Shipping Limitation (ZS Saudi)
Truck/Container Height of Load * Width of Load Length of Load Weight of Load

[From Bed] (mm) (mm) (mm) (MT)
Standard Trucks with Sidings (For Insulation load): 3200 to 3400 1900 12000 2 to 3
Standard Trucks without Sidings (For all types of
3200 to 3400 2100 12000 16 to 18
load):
Trucks with Lower & Extendable Bed 3200 to 3400 2100 18000 16 to 18
11700
40’ 1900 2000 14 to 16
(out to out)
Dry Cargo (DC) Container
5750
20’ 1900 2000 7 to 8
(out to out)
11700
High Cube (HC) Container 40’ 2200 2000 16 to 18
(out to out)
Note : For Air Freight Packages, Length should not exceed 3500mm and other factors will vary depending on the destination airport
facilities, so shall be checked with shipping dept. prior to detailing.
Limiting Factors on Despatch Tonnage:
Delivery Site location, lifting capability, trucking or container van weight limit and Built-up frame geometry. (Frames with protruded
brackets will only have a dispatch tonnage of 6.0 MT to 8.0 MT). Sheets dispatch could reach-up to a maximum weight of 24.0 MT.
Remarks
1 Dispatch by trucks is computed @ 18 MT per load (for built-up frame/mixed loads of panels, girt/purlins, sundries, frames, etc.) and
4.2 MT for tempcon (as per height restriction), but varies according to profiles.
2 Dispatch by container is computed @ 16 MT per load.
3 * For the ground clearance, trucks should observe a 5 M height (maximum) from the ground. Road height clearance limit for
bridges / overpasses is 5.5 M (for Domestic/Inside Saudi Arabia) and 4.5 M (for Export/Outside Saudi Arabia).
4 Truck Dimensions:
Standard Truck : width = 2.3 M length = 12.0 M
Special Truck : width = 2.3 M length = 15.0 to 20.0 M (Extendable Truck)
Truck Bed Height from the ground : 1.6 M to 1.8 M
5 Load’s length greater than 18.0 M requires special traffic permit and therefore not generally recommended.
7.0 Page 7 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
7.2 Shipping Limitation (ZS Egypt)

Height of Load * Length of Load
Truck/Container Width of Load (mm) Weight of Load (MT)
[From Bed] (mm) (mm)
Standard Trucks with Sidings (For
2100 2400 12000 2 to 3
Insulation load):
Standard Trucks without Sidings (For all
2100 2500 12000 16 to 18
types of load):
Trucks with Lower & Extendable Bed 2100 2050 18000 8
Dry Cargo (DC) 40’ 2100 2100 11800 14 to 18

Container 20’ 2100 2100 5600 8 to 13
High Cube (HC) Container 40’ 2400 2100 11800 17 to 20
Note: For Air Freight Packages, Length should not exceed 3000 mm and other factors will vary depending on the destination
airport facilities, so shall be checked with shipping dept. prior to detailing.
Limiting Factors on Dispatch Tonnage:
Delivery Site location, lifting capability, trucking or container van weight limit and Built-up frame geometry. (Frames with
protruded brackets will only have a dispatch tonnage of 6.0 to 12.0 MT). Sheets dispatch could reach-up to a maximum weight
of 20.0 MT (Law Limitation).
Remarks
1 Dispatch by trucks is computed @ 15.0 MT per load (for built-up frame/mixed loads of panels, Girt/Purlins, sundries,
frames, etc.) and (not shipped) for Tempcon (as per height restriction), but varies according to profiles.
2 Dispatch by container is computed @ 15.0 MT per load.
3 * For the ground clearance, trucks should observe a 3.8 M height (maximum) from the ground. Road height clearance
limit for bridges / overpasses is 3.8 M (for Domestic/Inside Egypt) and 3.8 M (for Export/Outside Egypt) (due to cabinet
height limitation by law)
4 Truck Dimensions:
Special Truck : width = 2.5 M length = 12.0 M (Extendable Truck)
Truck Bed Height from the ground : 1.6 M to 1.8 M
5 Load’s length greater than 12.0 M requires special traffic permit and therefore not generally Recommended.
7.0 Page 8 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
7.3 Shipping Limitations (ZS Vietnam)
Height of Load * [From

Truck/Container Width of Load (mm) Length of Load (mm) Weight of Load (MT)
Bed] (mm)
Standard Trucks with Sidings (For
2000 to 2200 1900 12000 1.5
Insulation load):
Standard Trucks without Sidings (For all
2000 to 2200 2100 12000 16 to 18
types of load):
40’ 1900 2000 11700 (out to out) 14 to 16
Dry Cargo (DC)
Container
20’ 1900 2000 5750 /(out to out) 7 to 8
High Cube (HC) Container 40’ 2200 2000 11700 (out to out) 16 to 18
Note: For Air Freight Packages, Length should not exceed 2950mm and other factors will vary depending on the destination airport facilities,
so shall be checked with shipping dept. prior to detailing.
Limiting Factors on Dispatch Tonnage:
Delivery Site location, lifting capability, trucking or container van weight limit and Built-up frame geometry. (Frames with protruded brackets will
only have a dispatch tonnage of 6.0 MT to 8.0 MT). Sheets dispatch could reach-up to a maximum weight of 19.0 MT.
Remarks
1 Dispatch by trucks is computed @ 18.0 MT per load (for built-up frame/mixed loads of panels, girt/purlins, sundries, frames, etc.) and
4.2 MT for tempcon (as per height restriction), but varies according to profiles.
2 Dispatch by container is computed @ 16.0 MT per load.
3 * For the ground clearance, trucks should observe a 3.5 M height (maximum) from the ground.
4 Truck Dimensions:
Truck Bed Height from the ground: 1.4 M to 1.5 M
5 Load’s length greater than 12.0 M requires special traffic permit and therefore not generally recommended.
7.0 Page 9 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
Chapter 8.0 : Material Inventory Limitations
(Saudi Arabia, Egypt, Vietnam)
1. PLATES
THICKNESS ORDER SIZE (W mm x L mm)

USAGE SPECIFICATIONS
(mm)
SAUDI EGYPT VIETNAM
4 1500 x 6000 1500 x 6000 1500 x 6000 Webs of built-up sections
5
1500 x 6000 Webs and Flanges of built-up
6 1500 x 6000 1500 x 6000
sections
8 2100 x 6000
Webs and Flanges of built-up ASTM A 572M
10 Grade 345 Type 1
2100 x 6000 1500 x 6000 2100 x 6000 sections, Connection plates,
12 Base Plates Fy = 34.5 kN/cm2
2
15 Fu = 45.0 kN/cm
Flanges of built-up sections, (or Equivalent)
20 2100 x 6000 2100 x 6000 2100 x 6000
Connection Plates, Base Plates
25
30
40 2000 x 6000 2100 x 6000 2100 x 6000 Connection Plates, Base Plates
50
2. FLAT BARS
ORDER SIZE
THICKNESS
EGYPT / USAGE SPECIFICATIONS
(mm) SAUDI
VIETNAM
125mm W x 12000mm L
5
150mm W x 12000mm L
125mm W x 12000mm L
150mm W x 12000mm L
6
175mm W x 12000mm L
200mm W x 12000mm L
150mm W x 12000mm L
175mm W x 12000mm L
8 200mm W x 12000mm L
225mm W x 12000mm L
250mm W x 12000mm L
175mm W x 12000mm L ASTM A 572M
Not Applicable
Grade 345 Type 1

200mm W x 12000mm L 2
Flanges of built-up sections, Fy = 34.5 kN/cm
10 225mm W x 12000mm L Connection Plates Fu = 45.0 kN/cm2
250mm W x 12000mm L (or Equivalent)
300mm W x 12000mm L
200mm W x 12000mm L
225mm W x 12000mm L
12
250mm W x 12000mm L
300mm W x 12000mm L
200mm W x 12000mm L
225mm W x 12000mm L
15
250mm W x 12000mm L
300mm W x 12000mm L
225mm W x 12000mm L
20
250mm W x 12000mm L
25 250mm W x 12000mm L
8.0 Page 1 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
3. COLD FORMED SECTIONS
ORDER SIZE ( IN COILS : T x W )

TYPE SECTION USAGE SPECIFICATIONS
SAUDI EGYPT VIETNAM
200Z15 1.50mm x 345mm

200Z17 1.75mm x 345mm
200Z20 2.00mm x 345mm
200Z22 2.25mm x 345mm
N/A N/A Purlins & Girts ASTM A 607 Grade 50
200Z25 2.50mm x 345mm
or
200Z30 3.00mm x 345mm ASTM A 1011M
HSLASGrade 340
250Z20 2.00mm x 390mm
Class 1 [Black Steel]
250Z25 2.50mm x 390mm Fy = 34.0 kN/cm2
180C20 2.00mm x 390mm Fu = 45.0 kN/cm 2
N/A N/A Eave Struts (or Equivalent)
180C25 2.50mm x 390mm
BLACK COIL *
200C20 2.00mm x 390mm End wall Rafters,

Frame Openings, Eave
200C25 2.50mm x 390mm N/A N/A
Struts, Wind Columns,
200C30** 3.00mm x 390mm & Mezzanine joists
200Z15 1.50mm x 345mm

200Z20 N/A 2.00mm x 345mm N/A Purlins & Girts
200Z25 2.50mm x 345mm
180C20 2.00mm x 390mm
N/A N/A Eave Struts EN10025 S355J2G3
180C25 2.50mm x 390mm Fy = 35.5 kN/cm2
End wall Rafters, Fu = 51 to 66 kN/cm 2
200C20 2.00mm x 390mm (or Equivalent)
Frame Openings, Eave
Struts, Wind Columns,
200C25 N/A 2.50mm x 390mm N/A & Mezzanine joists
Slide Door Leaves

120C20 2.00mm x 255mm
Members
200Z15 1.50mm x 345mm 1.50mm x 345mm 1.50mm x 345mm
200Z17 1.75mm x 345mm N/A 1.75mm x 345mm
200Z20 2.00mm x 345mm 2.00mm x 345mm 2.00mm x 345mm ASTM A 653M SS 340
200Z22 2.25mm x 345mm N/A N/A Purlins & Girts Class 1 [Galvanized]
Fy = 34.0 kN/cm2
GALVANIZED
200Z25 2.50mm x 345mm 2.50mm x 345mm 2.50mm x 345mm

Fu = 45.0 kN/cm 2
250Z20 2.00mm x 390mm or
N/A N/A
***EN 10147 S350GD+
250Z25 2.50mm x 390mm
Z275 Fy = 35.0 kN/cm2
180C20 2.00mm x 390mm 2.00mm x 390mm 2.00mm x 390mm
Eave Struts Fu = 42.0 kN/cm 2
180C25 2.50mm x 390mm 2.50mm x 390mm 2.50mm x 390mm (or Equivalent)
200C20 2.00mm x 390mm 2.00mm x 390mm 2.00mm x 390mm End Wall Rafters, Eave
Struts, Framed
200C25 2.50mm x 390mm 2.50mm x 390mm 2.50mm x 390mm Openings, & Wind
NARROW COIL
120C20 2.00mm x 255mm 2.00mm x 255mm ASTM A 653M SS 340

Space Frame, Chord Class 1 [Galvanized]
GALV
120C25 2.50mm x 255mm N/A N/A Members & Slide Door Fy = 34.0 kN/cm2
Leaves Members Fu = 45.0 kN/cm 2
120C30 3.00mm x 255mm N/A (or Equivalent)
‘*’ Coil size 2.0mm T x 495mm W (300 C 20) is available on Special request and not as a standard stock inventory.
‘**’ Material availability should be check / verify with Materials Department.
‘***’ EN 10147S350GD+ZZ275 currently use in Egypt only.
8.0 Page 2 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
4. HOT ROLLED SECTIONS

ORDER SIZE
TYPE USAGE SPECIFICATIONS
SAUDI EGYPT VIETNAM
JIS G3101 SS540
IPEa 200 x 18.4 x 12M N/A N/A Fy = 40 kN/cm2
2
Fu = 54 kN/cm
or
UB203 x 133 x 12M N/A N/A
EN 10025 S355JR
2
Fy = 35.5 kN/cm
2
UB305 x 102 x 12M * N/A N/A Fu = 49 to 63 kN/cm
I -SECTIONS
Wind Columns, End- (or Equivalent)

wall Rafters & DIN 17100 St. 37-2
Mezzanine Joists
Fy=23.5 kN/cm2
N/A IPE 200 x 22.4 x 12M N/A 2
Fu=34 to 47 kN/cm
(or Equivalent)
JIS G3101 SS400
Fy = 24.5 kN/cm2
N/A N/A H200 x B100 x 5.5 x 12M
Fu = 40 to 51 kN/cm2
(or Equivalent)
EN 10025 S355JR
Fy = 35.5 kN/cm2
150 x 150 x 4.5 x 12 M* N/A N/A
or
Strut Tube, Rigid EN 10025 S275JR
Frame and Mezzanine Fy = 27.5 kN/cm2
150 x 150 x 4.8 x 12M N/A N/A
Columns Fu = 41 to 56 kN/cm2
(or Equivalent)
N/A N/A 150 x 150 x 4.5 x 12M JIS G3466 STKR 490
200 x 200 x 6.0 x 12M 150 x 150 x 4.5 200 x 200 x 6.0 x 12M Fy = 32.5 kN/cm2
Fu = 49 kN/cm2
Space Frame and Truss
TUBES
120 x 60 x 6.3 x 12M N/A N/A (or Equivalent)

Members
KS D:3568-1986
N/A N/A 40 x 40 x 2.0 x 6M (or Equivalent)
Commercial Steel
ASTM A 366M
Handrail
(or ASTM A 1008M-04)
N/A 40 x 40 x 2.0 N/A Commercial Steel
2
Fy= 14 to 27.5 kN/cm
(or Equivalent)
DIN 17100 St. 37-2
2
Fy=23.5 kN/cm
N/A 100 x 100 x 3.0 N/A Skids & Strut Tube
Fu=34 to 47 kN/cm2
(or Equivalent)
PFC 200 x 75 x 23 x 12M N/A PFC 260 x 75 x 27.6 x 11.8M EN 10025 S355JR
Fy = 35.5 kN/cm2
PFC 260 x 75 x 27 x 12M N/A N/A
PFC 380 x 100 x 54 x 12M N/A N/A (or Equivalent)
CHANNEL
DIN 17100 St. 37-2

N/A UPN 200 x 75 x 25.3 N/A Cap Channel for Crane
Beams, Stringer for Fy=23.5 kN/cm2
Staircase Fu=34 to 47 kN/cm2
N/A UPN 260 x 90 x 37.9 N/A (or Equivalent)
JIS G3101 SS540
N/A N/A RSC 250 x 90 x 34.6 x 12M
Fy = 24.5 kN/cm2
N/A N/A RSC 380 x 100 x 54.5 x 12M
(or Equivalent)
‘*’ Material availability should be check / verify with Materials Department.
8.0 Page 3 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
4. HOT ROLLED SECTIONS ( Continuation )
ORDER SIZE
SAUDI EGYPT VIETNAM
50 x 50 x 4.0 x 12M ASTM A 572M

Flange Bracing, X Grade 345 Type 1
75 x 75 x 6.0 x 12M N/A N/A Bracing, and Open Fy = 34.5 kN/cm2
Web Joist Members Fu = 45.0 kN/cm 2
100 x 100 x 8.0 x 12M (or Equivalent)
JIS G3101 SS400

50 x 50 x 4.0 x 12.0M Fy = 24.5 kN/cm2
ANGLES
63 x 63 x 5.0 x 6.0M Fu = 40.0 kN/cm 2

Flange Bracing and X
N/A N/A 75 x 75 x 6.0 x 12.0M TCVN 1765-75 CT38
Bracing
100 x 100 x 8.0 x 12.0M Fy = 24.5 kN/cm2
Fu = 37.2 kN/cm 2
(or Equivalent)
50 x 50 x 3.0 DIN 17100 St. 37-2

80 x 80 x 6.0
Flange Bracing and X Fy=23.5 kN/cm2
N/A 80 x 80 x 8.0 N/A
100 x 100 x 8.0
Bracing Fu=34 to 47 kN/cm 2
100 x 100 x 10 (or Equivalent)
GALVANIZED
48.6 x 2.8 x 6.6M Space Frame Diagonal JIS G3444 STK500

PIPES
Members, Space Fy = 35.5 kN/cm2

N/A N/A
Frame, Diagonal Fu = 50.0 kN/cm 2
89.1 x 2.8 x 6.6M Members (or Equivalent)
42.7 x 2.3 x 6M ASTM A 53M Grade A

Fy = 20.5 kN/cm2
N/A N/A Hand Rails
Fu = 33.0 kN/cm 2
42.9 x 3.2 x 6M (or Equivalent)
ASTM A 366M
PIPES
(or ASTM A 1008M-04)

N/A 48.6 x 2.8 N/A Hand Rails Commercial Steel
Fy= 14 to 27.5 kN/cm2
(or Equivalent)
BS 1387:1985
N/A N/A 48.4 x 2.8 x 6M Hand Rails Fy = 19.5 kN/cm2
(or Equivalent)
8.0 Page 4 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
5. SHEETING
PANEL TYPE ORDER
FINISH / COLOR THICK USAGE SPECIFICATIONS
SAUDI EGYPT VIETNAM SIZE
Type A: Sheeting Panels for Roof,
Type-A
N/A N/A Walls, Mezzanine Deck, Partitions
(Hi-Rib)
and Liners
Bare ZincAlume
Type-B XRW (Painted Z/A) Type-B: Sheeting Panels for Roof,
N/A N/A 0.5 Coil Width
(Hi-Rib+) All Standard Colors Walls, Partitions and Liners
0.7 1145 mm
XPD (Painted Z/A)
Type-C
N/A N/A Frost White Only Type-C: Liners Sliding Doors,
(Low-Rib)
Type-R: Sheeting Panels for Walls,
Type-R N/A N/A
Partitions & Liners
Bare ZincAlume Coil Width Type-T: Top & Bottom Layer/Skin of

Type-T N/A N/A For Bare ZincAlume:
XRW (Painted Z/A) 1067 mm TCTP and Bottom Layer/Skin of TCSP
ASTM A 792M Grade 345B
0.5
All Standard Colors Coating AZ150
0.7 Type-S: Sheeting Panels for Roof,
XPD (Painted Z/A) Fy= 34.5 kN/cm2
Type-S N/A N/A Frost White Only Walls, Mezzanine Deck, Partitions,
Liners, and Top Layer/Skin of TCSP Fu = 45.0 kN/cm 2
XRW (or ASTM A 792M-03

(Painted Z/A) Grade 340
0.5
(ZA &CG& Class 2 Coating AZ150)
N/A Type-S N/A FW&SB&AB)
Coil Width Fy = 34.0 kN/cm2
XRW (Painted Z/A) 1219 mm Fu = 45 kN/cm2
0.7 Type-S: Sheeting Panels for Roof,
ZA&FW Only
Walls, Mezzanine Deck, Partitions,
For Pre-Painted ZincAlume:
XPD (Painted Z/A) and Liners
N/A Type-S N/A 0.5 ASTM A 755M
Frost White Only
(Substrate: ASTM A 792M
Grade 345B)
XRW (Painted Z/A) Fy= 34.5 kN/cm2
N/A N/A Type-S 0.5
All Standard Colors
Fu = 45.0 kN/cm 2
(or Equivalent)
Type-D & E: Partitions, Liners and
Type-D & E N/A N/A
Soffit Panels
XRW (Painted Z/A) 0.5 Coil Width
Type-Dx & All Standard Colors* 0.7 405 mm Type-Dx & Ex: Wall Panels,
Ex N/A N/A
Partitions, Liners and Soffit Panels
(Insulated)
Coil width
N/A N/A Type-K Bare ZincAlume 0.7 Mezzanine Decking
1219mm
MaxSEAM
Bare ZincAlume 0.53 Coil width
N/A N/A 24” Wide
FW Standard Color 0.57 760mm
MaxSEAM Panels for Roof
MaxSEAM Others Standard Coil width
N/A N/A 0.5
18” Wide Colors 609mm
ASTM B 209M Alloy 3003 H26
All Panel (or Alloy Type AA3003 H26)
As per Panel
Types Aluminum (Plain, 0.5
N/A N/A Type Coil As per panel type usage Fy = 14.5 kN/cm2
(A,B,C,R & Frost White) 0.7
Width
S) Fu = 16.5 to 20.5 kN/cm 2
(or Equivalent)
ASTM A 653M SS Grade 550
Coil width
Type-G Coating Z180 (G60)
N/A N/A Galvanized 0.7 1145mm Type-G: Mezzanine Deck
(Deep Rib) Fy = 55 kN/cm2 Fu = 57 kN/cm2
(or Equivalent)
EN 10142 DX51D+Z Fu= 50 kN/cm 2

Or
Coil Width
N/A Type-K N/A Galvanized 0.7 Mezzanine Deck ASTM A653M CS Type B
1219 mm
Coating Z225 Fy= 20.5 to 38 kN/cm2
(or Equivalent)
For ZSS : Types A,B,C,R XRW Painted 0.7mm thick and Type-T 0.7mm thick are not available in stock please check with Materials Department.
* ' For color other that Frost White, consult Materials Department.
8.0 Page 5 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
6. SKYLIGHT PANELS
ORDER LENGTH
PANEL TYPE USAGE SPECIFICATIONS
SAUDI EGYPT VIETNAM
Type-A
3250 mm N/A N/A
(Hi-Rib) Translucent Panels for Roof
& Walls
Type- S 3600 mm 3600 mm 3600 mm ASTM D 3841 Type I
Tensile Strength = 10.34 kN/cm2,
Type- R 3250 mm N/A N/A Translucent Panels for Walls Flexural Strength = 20.68 kN/cm2
Maxseam 24” N/A N/A 3125mm For roof
7. TRIMS
COLOR & ORDER SIZE ( COIL : T mm x W mm )

TYPE SPECIFICATIONS
SAUDI EGYPT VIETNAM
Eave Trim
Inside Corner ASTM A 792M Grade 345B

Trim Coating AZ150
Fy = 34.5 kN/cm2
Gable Trim 0.5 x 1219 Fu = 45 kN/cm2
& 0.7 x 1219 0.5 x 1219
Drip Trim Bare ZincAlume (All Standard Colors) 0.5 x 1219 Bare ZincAlume (or ASTM A 792M-03 Grade 340
(All Standard Colors) & 0.7 x 1219 (All Standard Colors) Class 2 Coating AZ150)
Aluminum (Plain) ( FW&ZA Only )
Down Spout Fy = 34.0 kN/cm2
Aluminum (Frost White)
Fu = 45 kN/cm2
Exterior Ridge
Cap Trim For Galvanized:
ASTM A 653M
Eave Gutter SS Grade 340 Class 1
Coating Z275 (G90)
Fy = 34.0 kN/cm2
1.2 x 1050 Galvanized (Grey
Valley Gutter
Epoxy)*
N/A N/A Fu = 45 kN/cm2
(or Equivalent)
1.0 x 1145 (Bare
Valley Gutter N/A N/A
ZincAlume)
EN 10142 DX51D+Z
Fu= 50 kN/cm2
Or
1.0 x 1219
Valley Gutter N/A N/A ASTM A 653 CS Type B
Galvanized
Coating Z225
Fy= 20.5 to 38 kN/cm2
(or Equivalent)
‘*’ Valley gutter used for Saudi Factory are in grey epoxy painted finish.
8.0 Page 6 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
8. ROUND BARS
ROD
ORDER LENGTH
DIAMETER USAGE SPECIFICATIONS
(mm) SAUDI EGYPT VIETNAM
ASTM A 36M
12 12 M 2M *8.6 M Fy = 25 kN/cm2
As Sag Rods, X-Bracing Fu = 40 to 55 kN/cm 2
or
16 12M N/A *12.0 M EN 10025 S275JR
Fy = 27.5 kN/cm2
Fu = 41 to 56 kN/cm 2
20 N/A 6M N/A Cage Ladder or
JIS G3101 SS400
Fy = 24.5 kN/cm2
25 N/A N/A *12.0 M X-Bracing in Roof and Walls Fu = 40 to 51 kN/cm 2
(or Equivalent)
ASTM A 615M GRADE 300
Fy = 30 kN/cm2
25 12 M N/A N/A X-Bracing in Roof and Walls
Fu = 50 kN/cm2
(or Equivalent)
* Currently specifications are only conforming with JIS G3101 SS400.
9. CABLE BRACING
STRAND ORDER DESCRIPTION
DIAMETER SAUDI EGYPT VIETNAM
Zinc Coated, 7-wire strand

1 / 2 inch
6 Wire layer eccentrically twisted N/A ASTM A475 CLASS A
(12.70 mm)
over one center wire Coil Extra High Strength
Cable Bracing in Roof and Walls Breaking Load = 119.7 kN
Brace Grip: 1/2" Diameter x
Additional 970mm L
N/A
Items:
M24 Eye Bolt w/ Nuts & Washer Class 4.6, Electro-Galvanized
L: Length, W: Width, T: Thickness
10. ANCHOR BOLTS
BOLT ORDER LENGTH

DIAMETER
SAUDI EGYPT VIETNAM
Anchor bolts for End Wall & Partitions
M16 400 mm 400 mm 400 mm ASTM A 36M
Column bases
Fy = 25 kN/cm2
M20 500 mm 500 mm 500 mm Fu = 40 to 55 kN/cm 2
or
M24 600 mm 600 mm 600 mm Anchor Bolts JIS G3101 SS400
for Main Frame Type J, Hot-Dip Galvanized
M30 900 mm 900 mm 900 mm & Mezzanine column bases Fy = 24.5 kN/cm2
Fu = 40 to 51 kN/cm 2
(or Equivalent)
M36 1000 mm 1000 mm 1000 mm
8.0 Page 7 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
11. MISCELANEOUS
ORDER SIZE
SAUDI EGYPT VIETNAM
CHECKERED
Coil Size: 5mm T x

PLATE
1219mm 5mm T x *5mm T x

Coil Size: 5mm T x 1000mm x 3 M 1500mm x 6 M
ASTM A 36M
1500mm
Fy = 24.5 kN/cm2
PLAIN GALVANIZED
Fu = 40 to 55 kN/cm 2
GRATING
or
*BAR 30mm x 3mm @ EN 10025 S275JR
Floors in Catwalks,
PLAIN GALVANIZED 30mm x CENTER and
Mezzanine Fy = 27.5 kN/cm2
GRATING Twisted
& Platforms Fu = 41 to 56 kN/cm 2
GRATINGS
BAR 30mm x 3mm @ BAR 100mm PITCH x

30mm CENTER and 995mm W x 6 M or
N/A JIS G3101 SS400
Twisted
BAR 100mm PITCH x *BAR 32mm x 3mm @ Fy = 24.5 kN/cm2
995mm W x 6 M 30mm x CENTER and Fu = 40 to 51 kN/cm 2
Twisted (or Equivalent)
BAR 100mm PITCH x
995mm W x 6 M
ASTM A 36M
5245 mm HEIGHT - Fy = 25 kN/cm2
5245 mm HEIGHT - RIGHT
DOOR GUIDE
RIGHT Fu = 40 to 55 kN/cm 2
ROLL-UP
Door Guide For Roll-Up or

N/A
Doors EN 10025 S275JR
5245 mm HEIGHT - Fy = 27.5 kN/cm2
5245 mm HEIGHT - LEFT
LEFT Fu = 41 to 56 kN/cm 2
(or Equivalent)
TOP TRACK 38 x 46 x TOP TRACK 38 x 46 x Sliding Door (B1) Top

Door Top Guide 6 M
3.0mm T x 5.7 M 3.0mm T x 5.7 M Track
SLIDE DOOR GUIDE KITS
Door GuideB1
BOTTOM TRACK 51 x BOTTOM TRACK 51 x 51 Sliding Door (B1)
BOTTOM TRACK
51 x 4.0mm T x 5.7 M x 4.0mm T x 5.7 M Bottom Track
6M EN 10142 DX51D+Z275
TOP TRACK 66 x 55 x TOP TRACK 66 x 55 x Fu= 50 kN/cm2
Sliding Door(T1&T2)
3.0mm T x 5.7 M N/A 3.0mm T x 5.7 M (or Equivalent)
Top Track
(FLAT BOTTOM) (FLAT BOTTOM)
TOP TRACK 66 x 55 x
Sliding Door(T1&T2)
3.0mm T x 5.7 M N/A N/A
Top Track
(ROUNDED BOTTOM)
* Currently specifications are only conforming with JIS G3101 SS400
8.0 Page 8 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
12. BOLTS
ORDER LENGTH
BOLT SIZE USAGE SPECIFICATIONS
SAUDI EGYPT VIETNAM
DIN 933 Class 4.6 Electro-Galvanized w/ Yellow

M12 35mm 35mm 35mm Secondary Connections Purlins & Girts
Chromate (Fully Threaded)
35mm 35mm 35mm DIN 933 Class 8.8 HDG

M12 Eave Strut, P&B Frame Connections (Fully Threaded)
55mm 55mm 55mm
50mm 50mm 50mm
M16
70mm 70mm 70mm
60mm 60mm 60mm
M20
80mm 80mm 80mm
ASTM A 325M Type 1
70mm 70mm 70mm Connections of Primary Sections & Hot-Dip Galvanized
M24
90mm 90mm 90mm Other Moment Connections (Fully Threaded)
90mm 90mm 90mm

M27
110mm 110mm 110mm
100mm 100mm 100mm
M30
120mm 120mm 120mm
DIN 933 Class 4.6 (Stove Bolt, Fully Threaded,
M6 16mm 16mm N/A Ridge Ventilator & Valley Gutters
Electro-Galvanized)
DIN 933 Class 4.6 (Fin Necked Bolt, Fully
M12 35mm 35mm N/A Framed Openings
Threaded, Electro-Galvanized)
DIN 933 Class 4.6 (Countersunk Bolt, Fully
M12 25mm 25mm N/A Sliding Doors
Threaded, Electro-Galvanized)
DIN 933 Class 4.6 or ASTM A307 (Stove Bolt,

M6 N/A N/A 16mm Ridge Ventilator & Valley Gutters
Electro-Galvanized, Fully Threaded)
ASTM A307 (Fin Necked Bolt, Fully Threaded,

M12 N/A N/A 35mm Framed Openings
Electro-Galvanized)
ASTM A307 (Countersunk Bolt, Fully Threaded,
M12 N/A N/A 25mm Sliding Doors
Electro-Galvanized)
13. NUTS
NUT SIZE
SAUDI EGYPT VIETNAM
Secondary Connections - Machine Bolt/
M12 M12 M12 DIN 934 Class 5, Yellow Chromate
Mild Steel Bolts
M16 M16 M16
For Anchor Bolts
M24 M24 M24 DIN 934 Class 5
Electro-Galvanized
M20 M20 M20 For Cable Bracing & Anchor Bolts
Hex. Nut
M30 M30 M30
For Anchor Bolts
M36 M36 M36
DIN 934 Class 8,
M12 M12 M12 Hot-Dip Galvanized
Hex. Nut
M16 M16 M16

High Strength Nut for Main Connections ASTM A 563M Class 10S
M20 M20 M20
Hot-Dip Galvanized
M24 M24 M24
Hex. Nut
M27 M27 M27
M30 M30 M30
DIN 934 Class 5
For Machine/mild Steel Bolts with Valley Gutters & Electro-Galvanized
M6 M6 M6
Ridge Ventilator Hex. Nut
8.0 Page 9 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
14. WASHERS
WASHER SIZE
SAUDI EGYPT VIETNAM
M16 M16 M16
For Anchor Bolts
M20 M20 M20
DIN 125 Type A Flat Mild
M24 M24 M24 For Anchor Bolts & Cable Bracing
Electro-Galvanized
M30 M30 M30
For Anchor Bolts
M36 M36 M36
M12 M12 M12
M16 M16 M16
M20 M20 M20 ASTM F 436M Type 1
For High Strength Bolt of Main Connections Round Hard
M24 M24 M24 Hot-Dip Galvanized
M27 M27 M27
M30 M30 M30
DIN 1729 (Cast Aluminum Alloy)
or
M24 M24 N/A Bracing System (Hill Side Washer)
ASTM A 48M Class275 B
Cast Iron Hot-Dip Galvanized
JIS G5502 Grade 450 (Spheroidal Graphite
N/A N/A M24 Bracing System (Hill Side Washer)
Iron Castings) -HDG
M12 M12 M12 For Sliding Doors
DIN 125 Type A Flat Mild
For Machine/Mild Steel Bolts with Valley Gutters & Electro-Galvanized
M6 M6 M6
Ridge Ventilator
15. EXPANSION BOLTS (with nuts & washer)
ORDER LENGTH
BOLT SIZE USAGE SPECIFICATIONS
SAUDI EGYPT VIETNAM
Purlins & Girts connection to RC Wall ASTM A307 Grade-C

M12 100mm 100mm 100mm
Base connection of framed Opening. Galvanized to 5 microns
Sliding door, RUD, Personal door, Tensile strength (Fu) = 50 kN/cm2
M16 140mm N/A 140mm stairs and ladder, partition column, etc or equivalent
8.0 Page 10 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
16. SELF DRILLING SCREWS
ORDER SIZE & DESCRIPTION

SPECIFICATION AREA USAGE
SAUDI EGYPT VIETNAM
Stitch screws for fastening panel to
CS-4.8x16 with 14ø Washer bonded with EPDM seal N/A panel (side lap), panel to trims.
AISI 1020 For fixing single skin roof panels at

CS-5.5x25 with 16ø Washer bonded with EPDM seal N/A Heat treated valley.
Carbon Steel
Roof
Metal Coating:
Zinc Plated For fixing single skin roof panels at
CS-5.5x45 with 16ø Washer bonded with EPDM seal N/A
(or Equivalent) valley w/ insulation.
For fixing single skin roof panels at

CS-5.5x55 with 16ø Washer bonded with EPDM seal N/A
high rib & gutter strap.
CS-5.5x77 with 19ø Washer For fixing TCSP-75, TCSP-85 panels

N/A N/A Roof / Wall
bonded with EPDM seal at valley.
N/A N/A Roof / Wall For fixing TCSP-100.

AISI 1020
Case Hardened
CS-5.5x112 with 19ø Washer Carbon Steel
N/A N/A Wall For fixing TCTP-60 panels.
bonded with EPDM seal Metal Coating:
Zinc Plated
(or Equivalent) For fixing TCMP-60, TCMP-75 and
N/A N/A Roof
TCMP-85 panels.
CS-5.5x137 with 16ø Washer For fixing TCMP-100 panels at

N/A N/A Roof
bonded with EPDM seal valley.
Stitch screws for fastening panel to

CS-4.8x16 with EPDM seal *
AISI 1020 panel (side lap), panel to trims.
Heat treated
Carbon Steel For fixing single skin wall panels at
CS-5.5x25 with EPDM seal* Wall
Metal Coating: valley.
Zinc Plated
(or Equivalent) For fixing single skin wall panels at
CS-5.5x45 with EPDM seal *
valley w/ insulation.
Mezzanine &
AISI 1020 For fixing Mezzanine deck panels at
Hot Rolled
CS-5.5x32 w/o both Washer and EPDM seal Heat treated valley on thicker built-up or hot
Secondary
Carbon Steel rolled sections.
Member
Metal Coating:
Zinc Plated
CS-5.5x25 Shoulder Fastener (No (or Equivalent) For fixing rake support to rake angle
N/A N/A Roof
Washer) – Maxseam Panel.
CS-5.5x25 with 19ø Washer For fixing single skin roof panels at
N/A N/A
CS-5.5x45 with 19ø Washer AISI 1020 For fixing single skin roof panels at
N/A N/A Heat treated
bonded with EPDM seal valley w/ insulation.
Carbon Steel
Roof
Metal Coating:
CS-5.5x55 with 19ø Washer Zinc Plated For fixing single skin roof panels at
N/A N/A
bonded with EPDM seal (or Equivalent) high rib & gutter strap.
CS-5.5x65 with 19ø Washer For fixing single skin roof panels at
N/A N/A
bonded with EPDM seal valley w/ 100mm insulation.
' * ' FOR SAUDI AND VIETNAM: AVAILABLE IN ALL STANDARD COLOR.
8.0 Page 11 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
16. SELF DRILLING SCREWS ( Continuation )
ORDER SIZE & DESCRIPTION

SPECIFICATION AREA USAGE
SAUDI EGYPT VIETNAM
SS-4.8x20 with 14ø Washer Stitch screws for fastening panel to

N/A N/A
bonded with EPDM seal panel (side lap), panel to trims.
SS-5.5x28 with 16ø Washer For fixing single skin panels at

N/A N/A
For fixing Mezzanine deck panels at

SS-5.5x40 with 16ø Washer
N/A N/A valley on thicker built-up or hot
bonded with EPDM seal
rolled sections.
Roof / Wall
SS-5.5x50 with 16ø Washer For fixing single skin roof panels
N/A N/A
bonded with EPDM seal fixed at valley w/ insulation.
SS-5.5x65 with 16ø Washer For fixing Single skin roof panels at
N/A N/A Stainless Steel
bonded with EPDM seal high rib & gutter strap.
( AISI 304)
(or Equivalent )
SS-5.5x77 with 19ø Washer For fixing TCSP-75, TCSP-85
N/A N/A
bonded with EPDM seal panels at valley.
N/A N/A Roof / Wall For fixing TCSP-100.
SS-5.5x107 with 19ø Washer

N/A N/A Wall For fixing TCTP-60 panels.
bonded with EPDM seal
For fixing TCMP-60, TCMP-75 and

N/A N/A Roof
TCMP-85 panels.
SS-5.5x130 with 19ø Washer For fixing TCMP-85, TCMP-100

N/A N/A Roof
bonded with EPDM seal panels at valley.
Note : All stainless self drilling screws are unpainted.
8.0 Page 12 Rev. 34

DETAILING MANUAL
17. RIVETS
DESCRIPTION
SPECIFICATIONS USAGE
SAUDI EGYPT VIETNAM
Carbon Steel
Pop Rivet 4mm dia. x 8mm L Metal Coating: Zinc Plated
(ANSI 1010) Laps of trims, gutter, downspouts,
Pop Rivet 4mm x Gutter end closure, gutter-downspout
N/A Stainless Steel (300 Series) connection, assembly of ridge vents.
8mm L Pop Rivet 4mm x
8mm L
N/A N/A Aluminum (Aluminum Alloy)
Note : Carbon steel and aluminum rivets are available in all standard colors.
18. FOAM CLOSURES

PANEL TYPE
PROFILE TYPE SPECIFICATION USAGE
SAUDI EGYPT VIETNAM
Type-A, B, C, G, R & S * Type S Type S Internal type

Cross Linked Dust sealing between panel and trim at
Polyethylene Foam the eave, gable, base, ridge etc.,
Type-A, B, C, G, R & S * Type S Type S External type
‘*’ For Type-B and G material availability should be check with Materials Department.
8.0 Page 13 Rev. 34

Products Research and
Development Department
Engineering Detailing Manual
Date: November 21, 2006
Revision History
Revision
No. Date Description
35 November 21, 2006 Revised:

Table of Contents
Section 2 – PEB Components & Nomenclature
Section 4.3 – Erection drawings
Section 4.4 – Shop drawings
Section 5.1 – Item Master and Package Master Reference
Section 5.4 – Bracings
Section 5.5 – Purlins, Girts, C–Sections & Eave Struts
Section 5.8 – Roof and Wall Sheeting
Section 5.10 – Gutters and Downspouts
Section 5.11 – Roof & Wall Liners
Section 5.13 – Insulation
Section 5.18 – Mezzanines & Platforms
Section 5.19 – Ladders, Staircases & Handrails
Section 5.20 – Cranes & Cranes Support
Section 5.23 – Fascias
Section 5.24 – Roof Monitors
Section 5.28 – Doors
34 August 21, 2006 Revised:

Table of Contents
Section 4.3 – Erection drawings
Section 4.4 – Shop drawings
Section 5.2 – Anchor bolts.
Section 5.3 – Main framing details
Section 5.6 – Endwalls & Roof transitions
Section 5.7 – Sundry Parts
Section 5.8 – Roof and Wall Sheeting
Section 5.9 – Flashing and Trims
Section 5.10 – Gutters and Downspouts
Chapter 7 – Shop Limitations
Chapter 8 – Material Inventory Limitations
33 March 15, 2006 Revised:

Chapter 2 – PEB Components & Nomenclature
Section 4.2 – Approval Drawings
Section 4.3 – Erection Drawings
Section 4.4 – Shop Drawings
Section 4.5 – Bill of Materials
Section 5.2 – Anchor Bolts
Section 5.8 – Roof & Wall Sheeting
1
Revision History
Revision
32 December 04, 2005 Revised:

Section 5.33 – Curved Roof Buildings
31 October 17, 2005 Revised:

Section 5.6 – Endwalls & Roof Transitions
Section 5.9 – Flashings & Trims
Section 5.10 – Gutters & Downspouts
Section 5.11 – Roof & Wall Liners
Section 5.20 – Cranes & Crane Supports
Section 5.25 – Ventilators
Section 5.26 – Roof Curbs
Section 5.31 – Curved Eave
Section 5.33 – Curved Roof Buildings
30 July 02, 2005 Revised:

Section 5.3 – Main Framing Details
Section 5.29 – Windows & Louvers
29 May 02, 2005 Revised:

2
Revision History
Revision

Section 4.3.2 – Anchor Bolt Setting Plan
Section 5.11 – Liners
27 January 03, 2005 Revised:


Section 5.1 – Computer Details Reference (Item Master)
25 July 11, 2004 Revised:

Section 5.7 – Sundry Parts
3
Revision History
Revision

Section 5.26 – Roof Curbs
23 April 9, 2003 Revised:

Section 5.2 – Achor Bolts Details
Section 5.5 – Purlins, Girts & Eave Struts
Section 5.25 – Ventillators
Section 5.32 – Curved Panels.
22 June 16, 2002 Revised:

Section 5.8 – Roof & Wall Sheetings
Section 5.19 – Ladders, Staircase & Handrails

Section 5.20 – Cranes & Cranes Support
Section 5.32 – Curved Panels
Section 4.3 – Erection Drawings (incl. all sub–sections)
Section 5.3 – Main Framings Details
Computer Details Reference–Item Master & Packages revised.
4
Revision History
Revision

Section 5.1 – Package List
Section 5.20 – Cranes & Crane Supports
Section 5.23 – Fascias.
20 February 3, 2001 Revised:

Section 5.1 – Item Master, Package List
Section 5.6, Section 5.8, Section 5.8, Section 5.10
Added: Section 5.29
Section 5.1 – Computer Details Reference
Section 5.31 – Curve Eaves
18 August 12, 2000 Revised:

Section 5.1 – Item Master
Computer Details Reference

Section 5.10, Section 5.24, Section 5.27
Added: Section 5.19
17 February 12, 2000 Revised:

Section 5.1 – IM, ABE, EWE, SHE, TRE, SHS, TRS
Section 5.28
Added: Section 5.31

Section 5.1 – IM, PL, NTE, BWE, GUE, SDE, SDS
15 September 1, 1999 Revised:

Section 5.1 – IM, PL, BRE
Section 5.5, Section 5.10
5
Revision History
Revision
14 June 15, 1999 Revised:

Section 5.1 – BRE, BRS

Section 4.3, Section 5.4, Section 5.5, Section 5.7, Section 5.8,
Section 5.10, Section 5.13, Section 5.25, Section 5.26,
Section 5.27, Section 5.30, Section 5.1.
“S” Panel has been introduced.

Section 4.4, Section 4.5, Section 5.2, Section 5.3, Section 5.4

Section 4.2, Section 4.3, Section 4.5, Section 5.1, Section 5.5
Section 5.18, Section 5.20, Section 5.28, Chapter 7
10 April 1, 1998 Revised:

Section 4.3, Section 4.5, Section 5.1 – CRE, CRS, IM, PL
Section 5.9, Section 5.10, Section 5.20
Section 4.3 – Added New Flange Brace & Liner Details
Section 4.5 – Description For Category 30 Modified to
Include Web Joists & Trusses
Section 5.1 – IM Revised To Correct Weight of Single Skin,
Tempcon Panels & Added New Parts for ½ Inch
Diameter AB
Section 5.18 – New Section for Mezzanines Added, Reference
Details Added
Section 5.1 – Added New Details For Portal Frame
Section 2.8 – New Section Added For Doors
Section 5.2 – Added New ½ Inch Bolt Size
Section 5.3 – Corrected The Formula For Dimension
Calculation Of Web Cutting Diagram
Section 5.4 – Added Min. Length For ½ Inch Diameter Cable

Section 5.1 – Item Master & Standard Packages
Section 5.5 – Eave Strut
Section 5.8 – Roof Sheeting
Chapter 7 – Machinery & Equipment Capabilities
Added: Section 5.6 – Endwall
6
Revision History
Revision
07 May 24, 1997 Revised:

Section 4.4 – Added Web Cutting
Section 4.5 – Category 62 Description
Section 5.5 – Revised & Added Eave Strut Details
Section 5.7 & Section 5.20 Added New
Section 5.9 – Point 2.2
Section 5.10 – Revised & Eave Gutter & Downspout Details
Added

Table of Contents
Section 5.1 – Page Numbering
Section 5.3 – Page Numbering
Added: Chapter 7

Section 4.5 – Page 5 to 10

Section 5.1 – Page 328
Added: Section 5.1 – Page 165 – 1, 165 – 2, 165 – 3

Section 5.10 – Page 5 & 6

Section 5:10 – Page 1 to 6

Section 5.1 – Page 77 to 94, 326 – 328, 332 – 339
7
Saudi : PEB
Memorandum
January 03, 2005
PRD
To : All the Detailing Manual Users
From : Remesan Mathiyeri / Products Research & Development
Subject : Detailing Manual - Revision 27

____________________________________________________________________________________
The following are the details of this revision of the Detailing Manual:
1. Section 4.4 Shop Drawings
Maximum material thickness for 30mm dia holes corrected to 25mm. (Page 8).
2. Section 4.5 Bill of Materials
Category description for 50 category updated by adding standard buyout windows also. (Page 4).
3. Section 5.1 Computer details reference (Item Master)
Item Master & Package master updated.

Note : Item Master & Package Masters will be updated regularly and as required.
4. Section 5.6 Endwalls & Roof Transitions
Standard Clip (05-0104 & 05-0403) dimensions in the sketch corrected (Pages 4 & 5).
5. Section 5.8 Roof and Wall Sheetings
a) Examples for Non-standard Tempcon panels corrected (Pages 27 & 28).

b) Fixing Screw(CS) for TCMP-85 revised to CS5.5x112 (01-0410). (Page 65).
6. Section 5.11 Liners
a) Properties of Type-D/E & D/E (Insulated) liner panels added. (Pages 1 to 3).
b) Billing of spacer trim (03-0875) for Power Vent in case of D/E Liner panels corrected
(Page 38).
c) Updated to include new 1000x1500 & 1500x1000 Windows and Louvers. (Pages 43 to 45).
7. Section 5.18 Mezzanines & Platforms
Hole diameter for 12 dia bolts corrected (Page 8).
1
8. Section 5.28 Doors
Billing of expansion bolts for stop angles also included. (Page 40).
9. Section 5.29 Windows & Louvers
Chapter updated to include new 1000x1500 & 1500x1000 Windows (For Vietnam) and
1000x1500 & 1500x1000 Louvers (For all factories) [ Entire Chapter revised ]
The Electronic Detailing Manual is

Best regards,
regularly updated and it is important to
read and understand this memo and all
the revised pages of the Manual.
Failure to do so may result in non
Remesan Mathiyeri conformance of your output with
company standards.
2
Saudi : PEB
Memorandum
October 06, 2004
PRD
To : All the Detailing Manual Holders

____________________________________________________________________________________
a) Standard naming procedure for components in shop sketches (Nomenclature) added.

(Pages 5 & 6).
b) Operation Code (OP Code) for components in part sketches updated. (Page 12 to 23).
2. Section 5.1 Computer details reference (Item Master)
Item Master updated

3. Section 5.3 Main Framing Details
Mainframe splice’s stiffener location (Stiffeners A & B) dimension revised.

(Pages 20 & 23 to 27)
4. Section 5.19 Ladders, Staircases & Handrails
OP code & Components nomenclature in sketches updated.

(Pages 5,7,11,15 to 17, 32, 35, 37 to 41, 43, 45, 46, 48, 50, 52, 54, 55 & 60).
OP code & Components nomenclature in sketches updated.

(Pages 19 to 23, 25, 27 to 31 & 45).
It is important to read and

understand this memo and all
Best regards, the revised pages of the
Manual. Failure to do so may
result in non conformance of
your output with company
Remesan Mathiyeri standards.
1
Saudi : PEB
Memorandum
July 11, 2004
PRD

____________________________________________________________________________________
a) L50 x 50 x 4 added in the standard material description table and minor error corrections.
(Pages 4 to 7).
b) Maximum thickness of plate to be processed with Peddinghaus Machine changed from 32 mm
to 20 mm (Page 17).
a) UMR materials phase numbers updated. (Page 3)

b) Category for gratings updated to 99. (Page 4)
3. Section 5.1 Computer details reference (Item Master & Package Masters)
Item Master & Package Masters updated. (Section fully revised).

Page reference changed to paragraph reference. (Page 36)
5. Section 5.5 Purlins, Girts, C-Sections & Eave Struts
a) Section fully updated to revise the NPD procedure and change DIE G-41, G-42 & G43
instead of G01 for Saudi factory.
b) Sag rod details revised to show notes for “Multi-Coat Paints”.
6. Section 5.7 Sundry Parts
Minimum edge distance for M20 bolts for plates with sheared edge revised to 35 instead of 40.
(Page 4)
1
7. Section 5.8 Roof & Wall Sheeting
a) Bead Mastic part mark corrected to 01-0093. (Page 4)

b) Part marks for MaxSeam skylight stiffeners at mid purlin added. (Page 7)
8. Section 5.10 Gutters & Downspouts
01-0410 screw length updated to 112 instead of 107. (Page 16).
Section revised fully to add liner panels Type-D/E Plain & Insulated.
10. Chapter 7 Shop Limitations
Machinery & Equipment limitations and shipping limitations for Saudi Factory revised &
updated. (Section fully revised).
Best regards, It is important to read and

understand this memo and
all its attachments. Failure
to do so may result in non
conformance of your output
Remesan Mathiyeri
with company standards.
2
Saudi : PEB
Memorandum
October 11, 2003
PRD
From : Robert Javier / Products Research & Development

____________________________________________________________________________________
Standard materials description table updated. Rod 25 dia added & weight of PIPE48.6x2.8 &
Sliding door bottom/top track rails.
2. Secton 5.8 Roof & Wall Sheeting
Screw 01-0410 Description changed from CS-5.5x107 to CS-5.5x112.
3. Secton 5.10 Gutters & Downspouts
New valley gutter (Type 4 & 5) with 1.2mm thickness added for Saudi Factory.
4. Secton 5.18 Mezzanines and Platforms
Spelling correction.
5. Section 5.19 Ladders, Staircases & Handrails
Steel line reference added to sketch in page 2. Error correction in formulae in calculation of pipe
lengths for Classic type handrails.
6. Section 5.23 Fascias
NPD description for fascia girts modified & billing procedure for screws corrected.
7. Section 5.26 Roof Curbs
FO requirement for roof curb added. Erection details reference updated. Billing procedure
updated for Framed opening members.
Spelling correction.
1
9. following are the details of pages to be replaced in your detailing manual:
No Attachments Old pages which should be replaced

1 Section 4.4 page 3 to 6 Section 4.4 page 3 to 6
2 Section 5.8 pages 65 & 66 Section 5.8 pages 65 & 66
3 Section 5.10 pages 1 to 10 Section 5.10 pages 1 to 10
5 Section 5.19 pages 1 to 4 , 45 & 46 Section 5.19 pages 1 to 4 , 45 & 46
Please note that it is the responsibility of the Engineering Department to make sure that all authorised
users keep the latest copies of the detailing Manual.

ROBERT JAVIER
2
Saudi : PEB
Memorandum
April 9, 2003
PRD

____________________________________________________________________________________
1. Section 4.3 Erection Drawings

Concrete notch dimensions in case of fully sheeted walls included in the Anchor bolt plan section
and main framing base details reference table updated.
Standard materials description table updated. Page reference corrected. drilling screws
Category Code & Description table updated.
4. Section 5.2 Anchor Bolt Details
Anchor bolt data table removed from this section and reference given to section 5.7.
Touch-up paint billing procedure for special paint system added.
6. Section 5.5 Purlins, Girts & Eave Struts
Sag rod billing procedure for Vietnam revised.
7. Secton 5.8 Roof & Wall Sheeting
Tempcon foam weights corrected & Base trims for tempcon panels revised.
8. Secton 5.9 Flashings & Trims
More example added for billing of non-standard trims with same profile as standard trims.
1
9. Secton 5.10 Gutters & Downspouts
Valley gutter dimensions corrected. Downspout billing calculation for tempcon panels added.
10. Secton 5.18 Mezzanines and Platforms
Checked plate length limitation for all factories added and minor error corrections also done.
11. Section 5.25 Ventillators
Power Ventilator Framed opening members fixing to roof purlins revised to use self drilling
screws instead of machine bolts.
Erection Details references updated and minor error corrections.
13. Section 5.32 Curved Panels
Error correction.

1 Section 4.3 page 6 & 7 Section 4.3 page 6 & 7
3 Section 4.5 page 4 Section 4.5 page 4
6 Section 5.5 page 4,18 & 19 Section 5.5 page 4,18 & 19
7 Section 5.8 pages 25,28 & 59 Section 5.8 pages 25,28 & 59
9 Section 5.10 pages 2, 18 & 19 Section 5.10 pages 2, 18 & 19
10 Section 5.18 pages 1,2,7,8,9,11,14 & 15 Section 5.18 pages 1,2,7,8,9,11,14 & 15
12 Section 5.28 pages 2,7,8,16 to 18,26,34 to 40 Section 5.28 pages 2,7,8,16 to 18,26,34 to 40

ROBERT JAVIER conformance of your output
2
Saudi : PEB
Memorandum
June 16, 2002
PRD

___________________________________________________________________________________
The Detailing Manual has not been updated for quite a long time and PRD is now releasing the latest
revision to update users on the recent and current changes/revisions done. (All changes reflected in this
revision were already informed to concerned people by PRD through emails/memos). Major and minor
changes were made on majority of the sections aside from new sections added. The following are some
of the details of this revision:
1. Section 5.8 Roof and Wall Sheetings

Update and revised to include the new Standing Seam Panels (MaxSEAM). Also, Type-B and
Type-F panels were removed.
This is newly created section for Liners and its detailing procedures.
3. Section 5.19 Ladders, Staircase and Handrails
Updated to include not only Ladders but also Staircases and Handrails detailing procedures.
4. Section 5.20 Cranes and Cranes Supports
Updated to include revised lateral bracing connections for Crane Beams.
5. Section 5.24 Roof Monitors
Revised to suit new Standard Roof Monitors.
6. Section 5.25 Ventilators
Revised to include new packages for 600 Ridge Ventilators.
Updated to include not only Louvers but also Windows.
1
8. Section 5.32 Curved Panels
This is a newly created section which gives information on standard procedures for calculating
and Detailing of Exterior and Interior Curved Panels.
9. Other sections included in this revision series have minor changes
a) Section 4.3 Erection Drawings (inclusive of all sub-sections).

b) Section 4.4 Shop Drawings.
c) Section 4.5 Bill of Materials.
d) Section 5.3 Main Framing Details.
e) Section 5.5 Purlins, Girts & Eave Struts.
f) Section 5.6 Endwalls and Roof Transitions.
g) Section 5.9 Flashings and Trims.
h) Section 5.10 Gutters and Downspouts.
i) Section 5.13 Insulation.
j) Section 5.28 Doors.
k) Section 5.31 Curved Eave.
10. Computer Details Reference
Item Master and Packages updated and revised.
11. Electronic Detailing Manual is now fully available (for Z.S. Head Office only) at our Intranet
address www.zs.com. Users can avail of this facility other than the hard copies of Detailing
Manual issued to them.
12. All pages for all sections mentioned in this revision shall be replaced in your Detailing Manual.

ROBERT JAVIER to do so may result in non
2
Saudi : PEB
Memorandum
March 17, 2001
PRD
From : Emad Anis / Products Research & Development

___________________________________________________________________________________
1. Section 5.1 Computer details Reference
Package List:
All existing Packages have been removed and new packages added to use the new package
input system in Oracle BOM.
2. Section 5.3 Main framing Details
Updated to revise the Standard Base Plate width to 225mm from 220 and the color code 17
removed from available color list.
3. Section 5.5 Purlins, Girts & Eave Struts
Revised to update the weight of all Cold-Formed Sections up to 2 decimal accuracy.
4. Section 5.6 Endwalls & Roof transitions
Updated to revise the Standard Base Plate width to 150mm from 160 and color code 17
removed from the available color list.
5. Section 5.18 Mezzanines & Platform
Updated to correct the diameter of the holes to be drilled o the chequered plate marked wrongly
and corrected the description for self-drilling screw and bolt.
6. Section 5.20 Cranes & Crane supports
Revised to correct the section of cap channel to PFC, which was marked as RSC in sketches.
Updated the Crane Beam Kicker angle length calculation procedure as per the memo dated
February 06, 2001.
7. Section 5.23 Fascia
Updated to include part marks for foam closures of Type-S panel.
1
8. Following are the details of pages to be replaced in your Detailing Manual:
Old pages which should be returned to

No Attachments
PRD
1 Section 5.01 Computer Details Reference
Package list:
HB pages 1 & 2
CB page 1
DS pages 1 & 2
EG page 1
LU pages 1 & 2
SL pages 1 to 3 All package list
SP pages 1 to 3
VL pages 1 to 3
VP pages 1 to 3
PD page 1
PV pages 1 to 3
RT pages 1 to 5
RV pages 1 to 30
SK pages 1 to 3
VG pages 1 to 4
WD page 1
Please return all the pages to PRD with your initials.

EMAD ANIS to do so may result in non
2
Saudi : PEB
Memorandum
February 3, 2001
PRD

____________________________________________________________________________________
1. Section 5.1 Computer Details Reference
Item Master:
Category 01 Updated to add the new colored fasteners.

Category 03 updated to add new trims created for New tempcon panels & old part marks for
downspout made obsolete.
Category 06 updated to add new vent angle created for New tempcon panels and revised some
clip.
Category 07 Updated to revise the size of flange brace angles to 50x50x4 and new part marks
created.
Category 46 updated to add part marks for type-T, type-L panels & type-G (G-60)
Category 47 updated to add part marks for new Tempcon panels & to Obsolete old tempcon part
marks.
Package List:
New packages created for Eave & valley gutters, downspouts, louvers, personnel doors, power &
Ridge vents, Skylight & Windows with new colored fasteners & new bead mastic.
2. Section 5.3 Main framing Details

Updated to revise the Flange brace angle size from 50x50x3 to 50x50x4 angles. New part marks
given for these angles.
3. Section 5.6 Endwalls & Roof transitions
Updated to revise the part marks & descriptions of self drilling screws
4. Section 5.8 Roof & wall sheeting
Updated to include the new Tempcon panels (TCSP, TCTP & TCMP) , new bead mastics,
colored screws & pop rivets. TCHR,TCLR,TCMD panels were removed.
1
5. Section 5.9 Flashings & Trims
Revised to include the new colored fasteners.
6. Section 5.10 Gutters & Downspouts
Revised to include the new screws, bead mastic & new Valley gutter billing procedure. Package
list also revised.
7. Section 5.19 Ladders
Revised to include the new tempcon panels & new screws part marks.
8. Secton 5.23 Fascia
Updated to revise the part mark & description for screws.
9. Secton 5.24 Roof Monitor
Updated to revise the part mark & description for screws.
10. Section 5.25 Ventillators
Updated to revise the part mark & description for screws & bead mastic. Revised the packages
list.
11. Section 5.26 Roof Curbs
Updated to revise the screw description in the sketch.
12. Section 5.27 Pipe Flashings
Updated to revise the screw part marks & descriptions in the sketch & sample BOM.
Updated to revise the sketches, erection drawing list & package list to match with the new
tempcon panels & screws.
14. Section 5.29 Windows and Louvers
New section created for steel louvers (Fixed and Adjustable Type) used at sidewalls and
endwalls either at base (FFL) or girt level including new buyouts part marks as well as fixation
on the new tempcon wall panels.
15. Section 5.31 Curved Eave
Updated to revise the screw part marks & descriptions and to include the new tempcon panels.
2

No Attachments
PRD
1 Section 5.01 Computer Details Reference
Item master:
Category 01 pages 1 to 6
Category 46 pages 1 to 20 Category 01,03,06,07,46 & 47 all pages
Package List:
DS pages 1 to 5
EG pages 1 to 7
LU pages 1 to 12
SL pages 1 to 5
SP pages 1 to 7 DS,EG,LU,SL,SP,VL,VP,PD,PV,RT,RV,
VL pages 1 to 5 SK & VG all pages
VP pages 1 to 7
PD pages 1 to 4
PV pages 1 to 3
RT pages 1 to 20
RV pages 1 to 20
SK pages 1 to 7
VG pages 1 to 7
WD pages 1 to 3
3 Section 5.06 pages 13,14,15,41,42,43,47 Section 5.06 pages 13,14,15,41,42,43,47
4 Section 5.08 pages 1 to 52 Section 5.08 All pages
5 Section 5.09 pages 1,9,10 Section 5.09 pages 1,9
6 Section 5.10 pages 1 to 19 Section 5.10 all pages
7 Section 5.19 pages 3,4,12,18,19 Section 5.19 pages 3,4,12,18,19
12 Section 5.27 pages 2,3,4 Section 5.27 pages 2,3,4
13 Section 5.28 pages 2,3,9 to 12,17,18,21,39 to 43 Section 5.28 pages 2,3,9 to 12,17,18,21,39 to 43
14 Section 5.29 pages 1 to 6
15 Section 5.31 pages 1,3,9,10,11,21 to 26 Section 5.31 pages 1,3,9,10,11,21 to 26
Please return all the old pages to PRD with your initials on it.
Best regards,
EMAD ANIS
RAJ/taj with company standards.
3
Saudi : PEB
Memorandum
October 23, 2000
PRD

____________________________________________________________________________________
Updated to revise the standard material description table & punch pattern table, “bse” code
writing procedure for ridge rafter included. Punching code exception cases added.
RVS page 001 updated to delete the obsolete details RVS-001 & RVS-002.
3. Section 5.6 Endwalls & Roof Transitions
Updated to include the new base/gable angle 06-0200 with 6000 mm length.
4. Section 5.8 Roof & Wall Sheeting
Updated to revise the roof sheeting end lap detail & to include the new base/gable angle 06-0200
with 6000 mm length. New Standard ridge panels to suit the new Endlap details also included.
Updated to include the new base/gable angle 06-0200 with 6000 mm length.
6. Section 5.31 Curved Eave
Updated to revise the roof sheeting Endlap detail.
1
7. The following are the details of pages to be replaced in your Detailing Manual:

Attachments
PRD
1 Section 4.4 pages 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 19 Section 4.4 pages 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 19
2 Section 5.1 Computer Details Reference RVS Section 5.1 Computer Details Reference RVS
page 1 page 1
3 Section 5.6 pages 7, 8, 9, 41, 42, 43, 47 Section 5.6 pages 7, 8, 9, 41, 42, 43,47
4 Section 5.8 pages 4, 6, 7, 8, 11, 13, 14, 23, 24, Section 5.8 pages 4, 6, 7, 8, 11, 13, 14, 23, 24,
26, 41 26, 41
5 Section 5.28 pages 36, 41 Section 5.28 pages 36, 41
6 Section 5.31 pages 1, 3, 4, 5, 17, 18, 24, 25, 26 Section 5.31 pages 1, 3, 4, 5, 17, 18, 24, 25, 26

EMAD ANIS to do so may result in non
2
Saudi : PEB
Memorandum
August 12, 2000
PRD

___________________________________________________________________________________
The following are some of the details of this revision of the Detailing Manual:
Updated to include CNC concept (passing information from Shop Drawing to the machines
automatically), also included punching codes for Peddinghaus machine.
Updated to change the Rolled Downspouts category from 03 to 46.
3. Section 5.1 Item Master
Category 01- Skylights category changed from 46 to 01 and new part numbers given (01-0630
to 01-0635)
Category 03- New part numbers (03-0610 & 03-0611) for steel fixed louvers added.
New part number (03-0614) for louver frame trim added.
New part number (03-0485 to 03-0489) added for fascia cap flashing for all
single skin panels.
Categories 05, 06 15 & 60

Unused parts were made obsolete in 05 category.
Hot rolled clips & other parts on 05 category had been moved to their
appropriate categories 06, 15 or 60.
Category 46- Rolled downspouts of standard lengths are added under 46 category to be used
for Egypt factory only. (46-0751 to 46-0756).
Downspout connectors/shoes/elbows are now under category 46 (46-0757 to 46-
0761).
New part numbers for Rolled Downspouts under category 46 created for bill-to-
length system (46-AA54 to 46-AA59).
Category 47- All Tempcon panels shall be billed out as bill-to-length under category 47. All
necessary new part numbers for bill-to-length tempcon panels are added under
47 category.
1
a) Table contents updated.
b) GUE pages 1, 8 & 9 has been updated to include new double downspout details (GUE-
033 to GUE-041) and also new details with Tempcon panels @ roof (GUE-042 to GUE-
049) had been added.
c) LDE pages 1 to 4 added for new Ladder Erection details (LDE-001 to LDE-024).
d) SHE pages 1 to 19 has been revised and pages 20 to 23 deleted, to remove the obsolete
details SHE-011 to 022, 026, 047 to 055, 062 & 063.
e) WLE page 3 added for new Steel Fixed Louver details (WLE-013 to WLE-018).
f) LDS pages 1 to 3 added for new Ladder Shop Drawing Templates (LDS-001 to LDS-
013).
g) TRS pages 5 to 7 had been updated to include the new Shop Drawing Templates for
fascia Fiberglas closure for Type-“S” panel (TRS-031 to TRS-034).
5. Section 5.3
Updated to reflect the new Punch Patterns (L & M) & revised interior tube column cap plate
detail.
6. Section 5.5
Updated to change the Eave Strut stiffener category for 05 to 15.
7. Section 5.6
Updated to change the stub post connection clip part number from 05-0128 to 05-0107.
8. Section 5.8
Roof & Wall Sheeting Section totally revised.
9. Section 5.10
Under for changing the category of rolled Downspouts from 03 to 46 and new Bill-to-Length
procedure for Downspouts added. Table for Gutter & Downspouts installation details also
revised to include more details.
10. Section 5.19
New Section 5.19 for Ladders added.
2
11. Section 5.24
Roof monitor girt clip part number hanged from 0-0534 to 05-0533.
12. Section 5.27
Category for Pipe flashing changed from 86 to 01.

1 Table of Contents Page 1 & 2 Table of Contents Page 1 & 2
4 Section 5.1 Computer Details Reference Section 5.1 Computer Details Reference
Pages 1 to 3 (Table of Contents) Pages 1 to 3 (Table of Contents)
GUE pages 1, 2 & 7 to 9 GUE pages 1, 2 & 7 to 8
LDE pages 1 to 4
SHE pages 1 to 19 SHE pages 1 to 23
WLE pages 3
LDS pages 1 to 3
TRS pages 5 to 7 TRS pages 5 to 6
5 Section 5.1 Item Master Section 5.1 Item Master
All categories – Full new set All categories – Full old set
Packages – LU pages 1 to 4 Packages – LU pages 1
6 Section 5.3 pages 20, 34, & 39 Section 5.3 pages 20, 34, & 39
11 Section 5.19 pages 1 to 19
13 Section 5.24 pages 4 Section 5.24 pages 4
Best regards,
Emad Anis
3
Saudi : PEB
Memorandum
February 12, 2000
PRD

___________________________________________________________________________________
Category 30 – Weight of signboard revised.
a) ABE Page nos. 25 & 26 has been revised to include latest detail.
b) EWE Pages 61 to 98 added to include new details for Curved Eave Condition.
c) SHE Page 1 has been revised to delete the Obsolete details SHE-002, SHE-003 & SHE-004. Page
nos. 15 to 23 added to include new details for Curved Eave Condition.
d) TRE Page 5 has been revised to include new details for Curved Eave Condition.
e) SHS Page 2 has been revised to delete Obsolete details SHS-008, SHS-009 & SHS-010 and to
include new details SHS-012 & SHS-013.
f) TRS Page 1 has been revised to update the drawings TRS-002 & TRS-003.
3. Section 5.4
Updated to reflect the revised Gusset plate calculation procedure for Angle Bracing.
4. Section 5.8
Curved Eave portion removed from this Chapter for Roof & Wall Sheeting.
5. Section 5.9
Updated to add Peak box details in this Chapter for Flashing & Trims.
1
6. Section 5.10
Updated to reflect the correct fastener name from SD5-4.8 x 20 to Sl2-4.8 x 20 Part Mark (01-
0407) and color Aztec Brown to Bronze Brown.
7. Section 5.28
Updated to reflect the revised Calculation for Door Guide Length and Bent Plate location.
8. Section 5.31
New Section 5.31 on Curved Eave added.

Attachments
PRD
Computer Details Reference TOC Page 2 & 3 Computer Details Reference TOC Page 2 & 3
ABE Page 25 & 26 ABE Page 25 & 26
EWE Page 61 to 98
SHE Page 1 & 2, 15 to 23 SHE Page 1 & 2
TRE Page 5 TRE Page 5
SHS Page 1 & 2 SHS Page 1
TRS Page 1, 2, 5 & 6 TRS Page 1, 2 & 5
Category 30 – Page 1 Category 30 – Page 1
4 Section 5.4 Page 35 to 47 Section 5.4 Page 35 to 45
6 Section 5.10 Page 13 & 14 Section 5.10 Page 13 & 14
8 Section 5.31 Page 1 to 26 Section 5.8 Pages 27 to 30
Please return all the old pages to PRD with your initials.

Best regards,
EMAD ANIS conformance of your output
2
Saudi : PEB
Memorandum
December 05, 1999
PRD

___________________________________________________________________________________
a) Category 03-New part numbers: 03-0735 (oasis eave gutter), 03-0783 (PVC downspout strap)
and 03-784 (PVC downspout strap support) were added. Revision on dimensions were made on
part numbers – 03-0280, 03-0281, 03-0285 and 03-0286 (all are peak box) and 03-0092 (eave
trim), 02-0094 and 02-0095 (both are gable trims).
b) Category 15-New part numbers: 15-0700, 15-0701, 15-0702, 15-0720, 15-0730 and 15-0731
(all standard base plates). Also 15-0220, 15-0221 (both are fascia bracket end plates) and 15-
0222 (fascia bracket connection plate) were added to suit fascia connection details.
Section 5.1 Package List
New package numbers were added – EG-0735 for oasis eave gutter and EG-0736 for oasis eave
gutter end closures.
Section 5.1 Computer Details Reference
NTE Notes (pages 1, 8, 9, 10 and 11) were revised and added. NTE-104 revised to denote
minimum 38 microns DFT or primer coating from previous 25 microns. NTE-139 has been
added to specify butt welding splice in HR-angle bracing longer than 6 meter. NTE-201, NTE-
203, NTE-204, NTE-209, NTE-210 and NTE-303 were revised to identify block work, concrete
slabs or concrete wall panels that are not supplied by Zamil Steel.
BWE Page 1 has been revised to reflect new eave gutter (03-0735) part number on standard
details.
GUE (Page 1 to 8) were revised to redefine single downspout installation details and added
double downspout installation detail for eave gutter at side wall. Also PVC downspout details
were included in GUE-013, GUE-014, GUE-021 and GUE-022.
SDE (Page 5 to 11, 21 to 24, 39 and 40 has been revised to show changes in sketches for Type-
B1 for dimensions for door height calculation.
SDS (Page 1 and 2) has been revised to reflect actual details of track guide of Type-B1.
1
2. Section 5.3
Updated to include the new standard base plates for built-up or hot-rolled rigid frame columns
with by-pass girt.
3. Section 5.6
Updated to include new standard base plates for 200C & 300C cold-formed, IPEa 200 x 18.4,
UB 203 x 133 x 25 and built-up endwall column/post.
4. Section 5.10
Updated to include new oasis eave gutter (03-0735), erection details for Type-R panel at fully
sheeted partially and partially sheeted/block wall and PVC downspout/connector calculations.
5. Section 5.28
Updated to reflect maximum door height calculation at eave height and also minor changes on
the drawing on top track for Type B-1 to match actual one supplied by supplier and other
related drawings.
Attachments
PRD
Computer Details Reference TOC Page 2 & 3 Computer Details Reference TOC Page 2 & 3
Category 03 – Pages 1 to 30 Category 03 – Pages 1 to 30
Category 15 – Pages 1 to 5 Category 15 – Pages 1 to 4
Section 5.1 Packages Section 5.1 Packages
EG (Eave Gutter Packages) Page 1 to 7 EG (Eave Gutter Packages) Page 1 to 4
NTE Page 1 & 2, 7 to 12 NTE Page 1 & 2, 7 to 12
BWE Page 1 & 2 BWE Page 1 & 2
GUE Page 1 to 8 GUE Page 1 to 5
SDE Page 5 to 11, 21 to 24, 39 and 40 SDE Page 5 to 11, 21 to 24, 39 and 40
SDS Page 1 & 2 SDS Page 1 & 2
4 Section 5.3 Page 21 & 22, 31 to 39 Section 5.3 Page 21 & 22, 31 to 39
7 Section 5.10 Page 1 & 2, 5 to 14 Section 5.10 Page 1 & 2, 5 to 14
8 Section 5.28 Page 5 & 6, 17 & 18, 23 to 26 Section 5.28 Page 5 & 6, 17 & 18, 23 to 26
Please return all the old pages to PRd with your initials on it.
Best regards,
Riad Mina
2
Saudi : PEB
Memorandum
October 20, 1998
PRD
From : Riad Mina / Products Research & Development

___________________________________________________________________________________
Following are the changes in the Detailing Manual and in the system:
1. Section 4.2
Explanation of approval drawing preparation is corrected.
2. Section 4.3
a) Added the key plan location at the Erection Drawing, above the drawing title.
b) Added Zamil steel standard for Grid Line System.
c) Revised the table of Anchor Bolt pattern details to include the new details added to the
Edrive.
3. Section 4.5
Color code # 18 is added for new standard paint “Grey Aluminium Oxide”. And the category
88 added to the category list.
4. Section 5.1
a) The Anchor Bolt pattern details for 1 ½” Anchor Bolt with different cases and the
Anchor Bolt pattern detail of Endwall Cold-Formed column with different conditions
are added to the Edrive.
b) Crane Bracket and Crane Column are revised to show the gauge of Bolts Tying Crane
Beams is 120mm instead of 100mm to clear stiffener at Crane Beams.
c) Roof Curb details at ridge with different profile of Roof Panel added to Edrive.
d) Ridge Ventilator Erection details with different type of Roof Panel are added to the
Edrive. Also, Power Ventilator on roof slope detail with different type of Roof Panel
are added to the Edrive.
e) Shop Drawing Template for different types of trims and Fiberglas corner detail of Fascia
with different panel profile are added to the Edrive.
f) Item Master list is revised to show the new paint color code # 18 and updation of
Category # 46 to match with available pre-painted coil thickness and finishes.
g) The Personnel Door Packages are revised to show the correct # of Door Leaf, Door
Frame packages.
h) The Skylight Packages with different types of Roof Panel are added to the system.
5. Section 5.5
Eave Strut detail with high Roof Slope are revised to use fin neck bolt instead of hi-strength
bolt and Section B added to 180C at page 6.
1
6. Section 5.18
Thickness of the Mezzanine Edge Trim changed to 3mm instead of 4mm.
7. Section 5.20
The Gauges of Bolts connecting Crane Beams to Crane Bracket or Crane Column are revised to
120 mm instead of 100 mm.
8. Section 5.28
a) X3 formula at page 23 are corrected.
b) Distance for Lock Plate at stopping is corrected.
5. Chapter 7
The Machinery and Equipment capabilities are revised as per the latest revision received from
Plant Engineering.
6. Following are the details of pages to be replaced in your Detailing Manual:

Attachments
PRD
Table of Contents Table of Contents
1 Section 4.2 Page 1 Section 4.2 Page 1
Section 5.1 ABE Page 1 to 32 Section 5.1 ABE Page 1 to 18
Section 5.1 CRE Page 1 to 10 Section 5.1 CRE Page 1 to 10
Section 5.1 CUE Page 1 to 2 Section 5.1 CUE Page 1
Section 5.1 RVE Page 1 to 5 Section 5.1 RVE Page 1 to 4
Section 5.1 CRS Page 1 to 8 Section 5.1 CRS Page 1 to 8
Section 5.1 TRS Page 1 to 5 Section 5.1 TRS Page 1
Section 5.1 IM Page 1 to 53 Section 5.1 IM Page 1 to 48
Section 5.1 PL Page 15 to 18 Section 5.1 PL Page 15 to 18
5 Section 5.5 Page 6 Section 5.5 Page 6
Section 5.5 Page 13 Section 5.5 Page 13
Section 5.20 Page 13 to 16 Section 5.20 Page 13 to 16
8 Section 5.28 Pages 23, 24, 29 & 30 Section 5.28 Pages 23, 24, 29 & 30
9 Chapter 7 Page 1 to 18 Chapter 7 Page 1 to 17

Best regards, understand this memo and
Riad Mina conformance of your output
2
Saudi : PEB
RIM/taj
Memorandum
April 01, 1998
PRD
From : Riad Mina / Products & Systems Department

____________________________________________________________________________________
Following are the changes in the Detailing Manual and in the system:
1. Section 4.3
Note # NTE-205 and NTE-307 are to be added to the Erection Drawing with multi-gable
building.
2. Section 4.5
Description of category # 65 has been revised at the category list.
3. Roof Panel End Lap

The End Lap of Roof Panel is revised as per the attached sketch. Therefore the following
changes are done to meet that:
3.1 The AGOSED program has been updated.
3.2 The Vax and Oracle Item Master have been revised.
3.3 The files # SHE-005, SHE-006, SHE-007, SHE-023, SHE-026, SHE-027, SHE-029,
SHE-030, SHE-031, SHE-047, SHE-048, SHE-049, SHE-050, SHE-051, SHE-052, SHE-
053, SHE-054, SHE-055, SHE-074, SHE-076, SHE-081 are revised and updated at the
Edrive.
3.4 The standard parts # 46-0501 to 46-0516 are revised and updated at the E:/STDPART.
4. Fin Neck Bolt

The Fin Neck Bolt ½” x 25 is depleted. Therefore the package # FB-4025-00 and part # 01-
0951-00 are cancelled.
5. Ridge Ventilator Joint Shaft

The Joint Shaft # 50-0125-00 are replaced by # 28-0100-02. Therefore the Item Master and
package list are revised at Vax and Oracle system.
6. Chapter 5.20 Cranes

The new standard of Cap Channel PFC-200 x 75, PFC-260 x 75 and PFC-380 x 100 are added to
the system. Accordingly the following files are added to the Edrive.
CRE-101 to CRE-123 for Erection Details.
CRS-101 to CRS-115 for Shop Drawing template.
7. The Bronze Brown Color

The new bronze color replaced the old color Aztec brown with the same color code 09.
Accordingly the following programs are updated:
1
7.1 AGOSED
7.2 Smart PEB Blocks # SDE-901, SDE-902, SDE-903, SDE-904, FAE-901.
7.3 Vax and Oracle Item Master.
8. Hot-Rolled End Wall Column

The thickness of Connection Plate at top of Hot-Rolled End Wall Columns are revised to equal
or more the column flange thickness.
9. Purlin/Girt 200Z22
The AGOSED is updated to show the defaults of Purlin Spacing as follows:
10. Purlin Distance

The AGOSED is updated to show the defaults of Purlin Spacing as follows:
10.1 Ridge spacing is 400 mm.

10.2 Eave spacing is variable with 1100 mm maximum.
10.3 The balance from the building width will be adjusted at the second spacing from eave
with minimum 500 mm and maximum 1500 mm.
11. Purlin Distance

The Spacer Trim added to the Jamb Trim at details # FOE-003, FOE-004, FOE-005 to suit the
field cut of panel at framed opening.
12. The Following are the details of pages to be replaced in your Detailing Manual:
Attachments Old pages which should be returned to PSD

3 Section 5.1 IM Page 37 to 40 Section 5.1 IM Page 37 to 40
4 Section 5.1 PL Page 3 & 4 Section 5.1 PL Page 3 & 4
5 Section 5.1 IM Page 47 & 48 Section 5.1 IM Page 47 & 48
6 Section 5.20 Pages 15, 16, 19, 20, 23 to 26 Section 5.20 Pages 15, 16, 19, 20, 23 to 26
Section 5.1 CRE Page 1 to 10 Section 5.1 CRE Page 1 to 5
Section 5.1 CRS Page 1 to 8 Section 5.1 CRS Page 1 to 5
Section 5.1 Page 2 & 3 (TOC) Section 5.1 Page 2 & 3 (TOC)
Section 5.10 Page 7 & 8 Section 5.10 Page 7 & 8

Riad Mina to do so may result in non
2
Saudi : PEB
Memorandum
April 04, 1998
PRD
From : Riad Mina / Products & Systems Department

____________________________________________________________________________________
Further to our memo date April 01, 1998 on the above subject, attached please find one additional sheet
Page 5.5 Page 1 and 2 for the New Purlin/Girt 200 Z 22 and Nested Girt/Purlin 200 Z 45. Please replace
the relevant page in your Detailing Manual.
Best regards,
Riad Mina all its attachments. Failure
3
Saudi : PEB
Riad Mina
Memorandum
January 15, 1998
PRD
From : Emad Anis / Products & Systems Department

____________________________________________________________________________________
Attached please find the following:
1. Revised copy of Table of Contents. Revised copy of computer details reference table of
contents.
2. Chapter 4 Section 4.3 Erection Drawings. New flange brace & liner details added.
3. Chapter 4 Section 4.5 Bill of Materials. Category description for category 30 has been modified
to include both open web joists as well as trusses.
4. Chapter 5 Section 5.1 Item Master. The Item Master has been revised for correct weight of
single skin as well as tempcon panels. Also, for adding new parts for 1 ½” dia. anchor bolt.
5. Chapter 5 Section 5.18 Mezzanines & Platforms. New section for mezzanines is being
introduced. Also, revised computer details reference for mezzanine erection & shop drawings is
provided.
6. Chapter 5 Section 5.1 PFE & PFS. Newly added computer details reference for portal frame
erection & shop drawings.
7. Chapter 5 Section 5.28 Doors. New section for doors is being introduced. Also revised
computer details reference for slide door erection & shop drawings is provided.
8. Chapter 5 Section 5.2 Anchor Bolt details. New 1 ½” dia. Anchor bolt size is being added to the
standard anchor bolt sizes.
9. Chapter 5 Section 5.3 Main Framing Details. Formula for calculating the dimensions for the web
cutting diagram is corrected.
10. Chapter 5 Section 5.4 Bracing. Minimum overall length for ½” dia. Cable is added.
1
Attachments Old pages which should be returned to PSD

1 Table of Contents Table of Contents
3 Section 4.5.Page 03 & 04 Section 4.5.Page 03 & 04
4 Section 5.1 IM Page 37 to 48 Section 5.1 IM Page 37 to 48
5 Section 5.18 Page 01 & 15
Section 5.1 MZE Page 01 to 15 Section 5.1 MZE Page 01 to 10
Section 5.1 MZS Page 01 to 06 Section 5.1 MZS Page 01 to 04
6 Section 5.1 PFE Pages 01 to 05
Section 5.1 PFS Page 01 to 02
7 Section 5.28 Page 01 to 44
Section 5.1 SDE Page 01 to 48 Section 5.1 SDE Page 01 to 24
Section 5.1 SDS Page 01 to 03 Section 5.1 SDS Page 01 to 06

Emad Anis to do so may result in non

ZAMIL DetailingManual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ZAMIL DetailingManual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DETAILING MANUAL

1. The Function of Drafting…………………………………………….. 01 to 02

TOC Page 1 Rev.35

No. Description Page

5.15 Framed Openings……………………………………………….

6. Special Detailing Requirements

8. Material Inventory Limitations........................................................... 01 to 13

TOC Page 2 Rev. 35

The following are the objectives of the Detailing Manual.

5. To serve as a training tool to the new engineering personnel.

ACCESSORY: A supplementary building product, such as a door, window, skylight, ventilator,

ASSEMBLY: Arrangement of different components to fit together.

BEAM: Horizontal Structural Member.

BENT PLATE: A plate bend to form an angle.

2.0 Page 1 Rev. 33

BRACED BAY: The bay where the bracing is provided.

BUILDING CODES: Regulations established by recognized agencies describing design loads,

BUILDING CODES: Regulations established by recognized agencies describing design loads,

BUILDING WIDTH: It is the lateral width of the building.

2.0 Page 2 Rev. 35

CATWALK: A narrow walkway used to provide access to mechanical equipments.

CAULKING: Sealant used in making watertight joints.

CLEAR SPAN: Building without internal columns.

CLIP: A plate or angle used to fasten two or more members together.

COIL: The roll of sheets or wires.

2.0 Page 3 Rev. 35

COMPONENT: An independent part of an assembly.

CRANE: A machine designed to lift and/or move material by means of a hoist.

CRANE BACK-LEG: The free vertical member of the Crane Tower.

CRANE BEAM: Support for overhead traveling bridge crane.

CRANE LOAD: The weight of crane trolley.

2.0 Page 4 Rev. 33

CURB: Raised flashing around roof openings to form waterproof openings.

CURVED EAVE: Curved panels provided at eave.

DAMPER: Baffle plate in a ventilator.

DEAD LOAD: Weight of the structure.

2.0 Page 5 Rev. 35

EAVE GUTTER: The gutter at eave used to drain water.

b) Engineering term referring to any side view of a structure.

ENDPLATE: A plate welded at the end of a member.

2.0 Page 6 Rev. 35

FLANGE: The projecting edge of a structural member.

2.0 Page 7 Rev. 35

FOUNDATION: The substructure which supports a building or other structure.

GAGE OR GAUGE: The distance between holes (see “Holes in Plates”).

GIRDER: A steel member (either hot rolled or built-up).

GLAZING: Providing glass panels instead of wall sheetings.

2.0 Page 8 Rev. 35

“H” SECTION: A steel member with an H cross section.

HANDRAILS: Horizontal and vertical supports at staircase ends.

HAUNCH: Intersection of column and rafter.

HEADER: Horizontal member over an opening in a wall.

HOLES IN PLATES: The following are the terms used:

EDGE DISTANCE: Distance from center of hole to edge of plate.

2.0 Page 9 Rev. 0

IMPACT LOAD: The load which strikes forcefully.

JAMB: Vertical member at the side of a wall opening.

JOIST: Horizontal member for supporting floor or roof decking.

KNEE: See Haunch.

LINER PANEL: Interior wall sheeting.

LIVE LOAD: Any variable temporary load on the structure.

a) Dead Load e) Wind Load

2.0 Page 10 Rev. 0